PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/8021x_Auth_Users.htm TITLE=802.1x Auth Users TEXT=802.1x Auth Users Navigation Device > Configure > PAE > 802.1x Auth Users The following information appears: Group Name (cpaeUserGroupName) User Name (cpaeUserGroupUserName) Address Type (cpaeUserGroupUserAddrType) User Address (cpaeUserGroupUserAddr) User Interface (cpaeUserGroupUserInterface) User VLAN (cpaeUserGroupUserVlan) Group Name (cpaeUserGroupName) The name of the group that a user belongs to. User Name (cpaeUserGroupUserName) The name of a user authenticated on a device's port. Address Type (cpaeUserGroupUserAddrType) Indicates which type of address a user's address is. User Address (cpaeUserGroupUserAddr) The address of the host from which a user logged in. User Interface (cpaeUserGroupUserInterface) The interface index that a user is authenticated on. User VLAN (cpaeUserGroupUserVlan) The VLAN that a user belongs to.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/802_1x_Authentication.htm TITLE=802.1x Authentication TEXT=802.1x Authentication Device > Configure > AAA Configuration > 802.1x Authentication From the 802.1x Authentication dialog box, you can configure the authenticationsettings for ports on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: 802.1x Authentication (dot1xPaeSystemAuthControl) Quiet Period (0..65535) (dot1xAuthQuietPeriod) Retransmission Time (1..65535) (dot1xAuthTxPeriod) Supplicant Timeout (1..65535) (dot1xAuthSuppTimeout) Server Timeout (1..65535) (dot1xAuthServerTimeout) Number of Retransmissions (1..10) (dot1xAuthMaxReq) Reauthentication Period (1..65535) (dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. 802.1x Authentication(dot1xPaeSystemAuthControl) Indicates whether 802.1x authentication is enabled on this device. Quiet Period (0..65535) (dot1xAuthQuietPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the quietPeriod constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Retransmission Time (1..65535) (dot1xAuthTxPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the txPeriod constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Supplicant Timeout(1..65535) (dot1xAuthSuppTimeout) Value, in seconds, of the suppTimeout constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Server Timeout (1..65535) (dot1xAuthServerTimeout) Value, in seconds, of the serverTimeout constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Number of Retransmissions(1..10) (dot1xAuthMaxReq) Value of the maxReq constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Reauthentication Period (1..65535) (dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the reAuthPeriod constant currently in use by the Reauthentication Timer state machine.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ACE_Change.htm TITLE=ACE Change TEXT=ACE Change Configuration > Classification > IP/IPX/MAC ACL > Add/Edit ACL > Add/Edit ACE > Change To apply a particular policy selection to an ACE: In the Policy Selection for ACE dialog box, select a policy selection from the list provided. Click OK .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Active_Call_Monitor.htm TITLE=Active Call Monitor TEXT=Active Call Monitor The Active Call Monitor dialog box provides you the details of an active call. Procedure In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. Select Active Call Status from the popup menu. The Active Call Status dialog box appears. Click Monitor . The following information appears: Transmit Packets (callActiveTransmitPackets) Transmit Bytes (callActiveTransmitBytes) Receive Packets (callActiveReceivePackets) Receive Bytes (callActiveReceiveBytes) Transmit Packets (callActiveTransmitPackets) The number of packets that are transmitted for this call. Transmit Bytes (callActiveTransmitBytes) The number of bytes that are transmitted for this call. Receive Packets (callActiveReceivePackets) The number of packets that are received for this call. Receive Bytes (callActiveReceiveBytes) The number of bytes that are received for this call.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Active_Call_Status.htm TITLE=Active Call Status  TEXT=Active Call Status The Active Call Status dialog box provides the details of an active call. Procedure In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. Select Active Call Status from the popup menu. The Active Call Status dialog box appears. The following information is shown: Destination-Address (callActivePeerAddress) Connect Time (callActiveConnectTime) Call State (callActiveCallState) Call Origin (callActiveCallOrigin) Charged Units (callActiveChargedUnits) Information Type (callActiveInfoType) Destination-Address (callActivePeerAddress) The number to which this call connects. If the number is not available, the value is a zero length string. Connect Time (callActiveConnectTime) The time that the call is connected. If the call is not connected, this value is zero. Call State (callActiveCallState) The current call state. Values are: unknown (1) The call state is unknown. connecting (2) A connection attempt (outgoing call) is in process. connected (3) An incoming call is being validated. active(4) The call is active. Call Origin (callActiveCallOrigin) The call origin. Values are: originate (1) answer (2) callback (3) Charged Units (callActiveChargedUnits) The number of charged units for this connection. For incoming calls or if charging information is not supplied by the switch, this value is zero. Information Type (callActiveInfoType) The information type for this call.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Actor_Configuration.htm TITLE=Actor Configuration TEXT=Actor Configuration Port > Configure > Aggregation Control > Actor Configuration This dialog box provides the Link Aggregation Control configuration information for the aggregation port associated with this device. The following data is displayed: System Priority (1-255) (dot3adAggPortActorSystemPriority) System ID (dot3adAggPortActorSystemID) Admin Key (1..1024) (dot3adAggPortActorAdminKey) Operational Key (dot3adAggPortActorOperKey) Admin State (dot3adAggPortActorAdminState) Operational State (dot3adAggPortActorOperState) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. System Priority (1-255) (dot3adAggPortActorSystemPriority) Priority value associated with the actor's system ID. System ID (dot3adAggPortActorSystemID) ID value for the system that contains this aggregation port. AdminKey (1..1024) (dot3adAggPortActorAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for this aggregation port. Note: Up to 8 ports can be assigned to an admin key. Operational Key (dot3adAggPortActorOperKey) Current operational value of the key for this aggregation port. Admin State (dot3adAggPortActorAdminState) Administrative values of Actor_State, as transmitted in LACPDUs by the actor. Operational State (dot3adAggPortActorOperState) Current operational values of Actor_State, as transmitted in LACPDUs by the actor.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Additional_Connection_Statistics_Bar.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics - BAR chart TEXT=Connection Statistics - BAR chart Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Additional Connection . Select Connection Statistics - BAR chart . The following information is displayed: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) device's management software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets handled by SLB which were switched via the highest-performance switching path. Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. Note the following: TCP connections are created after a connection SYN is received. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed after a configured amount of time. Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Number of connections established through SLB (in other words, reached the ESTAB state). Note the following: TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections destroyed by SLB, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. Note: UDP connections can only be timed out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Additional_Connection_Statistics_Bar_Delta.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics (DELTA) - BAR TEXT=Connection Statistics (DELTA) - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Additional Connection . Select Connection Statistics (DELTA) - BAR . The following information is displayed: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) device's management software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets handled by SLB which were switched via the highest-performance switching path. Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. Note the following: TCP connections are created after a connection SYN is received. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed after a configured amount of time. Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Number of connections established through SLB (in other words, reached the ESTAB state). Note the following: TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections destroyed by SLB, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. Note: UDP connections can only be timed out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Additional_Connection_Statistics_Pie.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics - PIE chart TEXT=Connection Statistics - PIE chart Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Additional Connection . Select Connection Statistics - PIE chart . The following information is displayed: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) device's management software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets handled by SLB which were switched via the highest-performance switching path. Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. Note the following: TCP connections are created after a connection SYN is received. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed after a configured amount of time. Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Number of connections established through SLB (in other words, reached the ESTAB state). Note the following: TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections destroyed by SLB, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. Note: UDP connections can only be timed out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Additional_Connection_Statistics_Strip.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics - STRIP chart TEXT=Connection Statistics - STRIP chart Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Additional Connection . Select Connection Statistics - STRIP chart . The following information is displayed: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) device's management software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets handled by SLB which were switched via the highest-performance switching path. Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. Note the following: TCP connections are created after a connection SYN is received. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed after a configured amount of time. Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Number of connections established through SLB (in other words, reached the ESTAB state). Note the following: TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections destroyed by SLB, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. Note: UDP connections can only be timed out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Additional_Connection_Statistics_Strip_Delta.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics (DELTA) - STRIP TEXT=Connection Statistics (DELTA) - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Additional Connection . Select Connection Statistics (DELTA) - STRIP . The following information is displayed: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) device's management software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Number of packets handled by SLB which were switched via the highest-performance switching path. Created Connections (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. Note the following: TCP connections are created after a connection SYN is received. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed after a configured amount of time. Established Connections (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Number of connections established through SLB (in other words, reached the ESTAB state). Note the following: TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Destroyed Connections (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections destroyed by SLB, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. Note: UDP connections can only be timed out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/address_allocated_config.htm TITLE=Address Allocated Config TEXT=Address Allocated Config Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Address Allocated Config . The following information appears: Pool Name (cIpLocalPoolName) Local Pool Address Type (cIpLocalPoolAllocAddrType) Inet Address (cIpLocalPoolAllocAddr) Allocation Interface (cIpLocalPoolAllocIfIndex) Allocation Person (cIpLocalPoolAllocUser) Pool Name ( cIpLocalPoolName ) A non-empty string that uniquely identifies an IP local pool. Local Pool Address Type (cIpLocalPoolAllocAddrType) Address type of cIpLocalPoolAllocAddr. Inet Address (cIpLocalPoolAllocAddr) Allocated IP address. The address type of this object is described by cIpLocalPoolAllocAddrType. Allocation Interface (cIpLocalPoolAllocIfIndex) Interface from which the allocation message was sent. If the interface cannot be determined, the value of this object will be zero. Allocation Person (cIpLocalPoolAllocUser) User name of the person from whom the allocation message was sent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_IPX_ACE.htm TITLE=Add/Edit IPX ACE TEXT=Add/Edit IPX ACE Configuration > Classification > IPX ACL > Add/Edit ACL > Add/Edit ACE In this dialog box, you can specify the settings for a particular IPX ACE. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Protocol Type (caqIpxAceProtocolType) Source Net (caqIpxAceSrcNet) Destination Net (caqIpxAceDestNet) Destination Node (caqIpxAceDestNode) Destination Net Mask (caqIpxAceDestNetMask) Destination Node Mask (caqIpxAceDestNodeMask) Destination Matching Criteria (caqIpxAceDestMatchCriteria) Policy Selection to be Applied The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click the ellipsis icon to bring up the Bits Property dialog box and specify which value is displayed. Click Change to apply a different policy selection to the IPX ACE. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Protocol Type (caqIpxAceProtocolType) The protocol number field in the IPX header used to indicate the higher layer protocol. Values can range from 0 to 255. Source Net (caqIpxAceSrcNet) Indicates the source network from which the packet is being sent. This is a 32-bit value that uniquely identifies the IPX network cable segment in IPX protocol. Destination Net (caqIpxAceDestNet) Number of the destination network to which the packet is being sent. This is a 32-bit value that uniquely identifies the IPX network cable segment in IPX protocol. A network number of 0xFFFFFFFF matches all networks. Destination Node (caqIpxAceDestNode) Node on the destination network to which the packet is being sent. This is a 48-bit value. Destination Net Mask (caqIpxAceDestNetMask) Mask to be applied to the destination net. This is a 32-bit value that has the same format as the destination net. Destination Node Mask (caqIpxAceDestNodeMask) Mask to be applied to the destination node. This is a 48-bit value. Destination Matching Criteria (caqIpxAceDestMatchCriteria) Indicate which matches are to be checked for the destination network of the flow. There are 5 possible values: matchProtocol(0), matchIpxDestNet(1), matchIpxDestNode(2), matchIpxDestNetMask(3), and matchIpxDestNodeMask(4). Policy Selection to be Applied An entry in the caqQosActionSelectTable object. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_IPX_ACL.htm TITLE=Add/Edit IPX ACL TEXT=Add/Edit IPX ACL Configuration > Classification > IPX ACL > Add/Edit ACL This dialog box displays a list of IPX Access Control Entries (ACEs). From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete IPX ACEs. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: ACL Name (caqIpxAclName) Protocol Type (caqIpxAceProtocolType) Source Net (caqIpxAceSrcNet) Destination Net (caqIpxAceDestNet) Destination Node (caqIpxAceDestNode) Destination Net Mask (caqIpxAceDestNetMask) Destination Node Mask (caqIpxAceDestNodeMask) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and add a new IPX ACE. Click Edit ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and edit an existing IPX ACE. Click Delete ACE to remove an existing IPX ACE. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. ACL Name (caqIpxAclName) The name of an Access Control List (ACL). This name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device. Protocol Type (caqIpxAceProtocolType) The protocol number field in the IPX header used to indicate the higher layer protocol. The value can range from 0 to 255. Source Net (caqIpxAceSrcNet) Indicates the source network from which the packet is being sent. This is a 32-bit value that uniquely identifies the IPX network cable segment in IPX protocol. Destination Net (caqIpxAceDestNet) Number of the destination network to which the packet is being sent. This is a 32-bit value that uniquely identifies the IPX network cable segment in IPX protocol. A network number of 0xFFFFFFFF matches all networks. Destination Node (caqIpxAceDestNode) Node on the destination network to which the packet is being sent. This is a 48-bit value. Destination Net Mask (caqIpxAceDestNetMask) Mask to be applied to the destination net. This is a 32-bit value that has the same format as the destination net. Destination Node Mask (caqIpxAceDestNodeMask) Mask to be applied to the destination node. This is a 48-bit value. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_IP_ACE.htm TITLE=Add/Edit IP ACE TEXT=Add/Edit IP ACE Configuration > Classification > IP ACL > Add/Edit ACL > Add/Edit ACE In this dialog box, you can specify the settings for a particular IP ACE. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Protocol Type (capIpAceProtocolType) Source IP (caqIpAceSrcIp) Source IP Mask (caqIpAceSrcIpMask) Destination IP (caqIpAceDestIp) Destination IP Mask (caqIpAceDestIpMask) ToS Matching Criteria (caqIpAceTosMatchCriteria) IP Precedence (caqIpAceIpPrec) DSCP Field (caqIpAceDscp) Protocol Matching Criteria (caqIpAceProtocolMatchCriteria) ICMP Code (caqIpAceIcmpCode) ICMP Type (caqIpAceIcmpType) IGMP Type (caqIpAceIgmpType) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Change to apply different policy selection to the IP ACE. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Protocol Type (capIpAceProtocolType) The protocol number field in the IP header used to indicate the higher layer protocol. Values can range from 0 to 255. A value of 0 matches every IP packet. Source IP (caqIpAceSrcIp) The specified source IP address. Source IP Mask (caqIpAceSrcIpMask) The specified source IP address mask. Destination IP (caqIpAceDestIp) The specified destination IP address. Destination IP Mask (caqIpAceDestIpMask) The specified destination IP address mask. ToS Matching Criteria (caqIpAceTosMatchCriteria) Indicates the field of the ToS octet in the packet header to be matched. There are 3 possible values: none(1), matchDscp(2), and matchIpPrec(3). IP Precedence (caqIpAceIpPrec) Specifies the IP precedence value to be matched against. DSCP Field (caqIpAceDscp) Specifies the DSCP value to be matched against. Protocol Matching Criteria (caqIpAceProtocolMatchCriteria) Indicates the field in the packet header for ICMP, IGMP, TCP protocol to be matched. There are 5 possible values: none(1), matchIgmpType(2), matchIcmpType(3), matchIcmpTypeAndCode(4), and matchEstablished(5). ICMP Code (caqIpAceIcmpCode) Indicates the message code of ICMP packets. The code is a number from 0 to 255. ICMP Type (caqIpAceIcmpType) Indicates the message type of ICMP packets. The type is a number from 0 to 255. IGMP Type (caqIpAceIgmpType) Indicates the message type of IGMP packets. The type is a number from 0 to 15. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_IP_ACL.htm TITLE=Add/Edit IP ACL TEXT=Add/Edit IP ACL Configuration > Classification > IP ACL > Add/Edit ACL This dialog box displays a list of IP Access Control Entries (ACEs). From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete IP ACEs. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: ACL Name (caqIpAclName) Source IP (caqIpAceSrcIp) Protocol Type (caqIpAceProtocolType) Source IP Mask (caqIpAceSrcIpMask) Source Ports (caqIpAceSrcPort) Destination IP (caqIpAceDestIp) Destination Mask (caqIpAceDestIpMask) Destination Ports (caqIpAceDestPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and add a new ACE to the specified ACL. Click Edit ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and edit an existing ACE in the specified ACL. Click Delete ACE to remove an ACE from the specified ACL. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. ACL Name (caqIpAclName) The name of an Access Control List. The name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device. Source IP (caqIpAceSrcIp) The specified source IP address. Protocol Type (caqIpAceProtocolType) The protocol number field used to indicate the higher layer protocol in the IP header, as specified in RFC 1700. The values range from 0 to 255, where a value of 0 matches every IP packet. Source IP Mask (caqIpAceSrcIpMask) The specified source IP address mask. Source Ports (caqIpAceSrcPort) The source port number of the TCP or UDP protocol. Values can range from 0 to 65,535. Destination IP (caqIpAceDestIp) The specified destination IP address. Destination Mask (caqIpAceDestIpMask) The specified destination IP address mask. Destination Ports (caqIpAceDestPort) The destination port number of the TCP or UDP protocol. Values can range from 0 to 65,535. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_MAC_ACE.htm TITLE=Add/Edit MAC ACE TEXT=Add/Edit MAC ACE Configuration > Classification > MAC ACL > Add/Edit ACL > Add/Edit ACE In this dialog box, you can specify the settings for a particular MAC ACE. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Protocol Type (caqMacAceEthertype) Source Mac (caqMacAceSrcMac) Source Mac Mask (caqMacAceSrcMacMask) Destination Mac (caqMacAceDestMac) Destination Mac Mask (caqMacAceDestMacMask) Policy Selection to be Applied The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Change to apply a different policy selection to the MAC ACE. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Protocol Type (caqMacAceEthertype) A 16-bit hexadecimal number which indicates the matched Ethernet type. A value of 0x0000 means that any Ethernet type will be matched. Source Mac (caqMacAceSrcMac) Indicates the 48-bit source MAC address. Source Mac Mask (caqMacAceSrcMacMask) Indicates the 48-bit source MAC address mask. Destination Mac (caqMacAceDestMac) Indicates the 48-bit destination MAC address. Destination Mac Mask (caqMacAceDestMacMask) Indicates the 48-bit destination MAC address mask. Policy Selection to be Applied An entry in the caqQosActionSelectTable object. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_MAC_ACL.htm TITLE=Add/Edit MAC ACL TEXT=Add/Edit MAC ACL Configuration > Classification > MAC ACL > Add/Edit ACL This dialog box displays a list of MAC Access Control Entries (ACEs). From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete MAC ACEs. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: ACL Name (caqMacAclName) Protocol Type (caqMacAceProtocolType) Source Mac (caqMacAceSrcMac) Source Mac Mask (caqMacAceSrcMacMask) Destination Mac (caqMacAceDestMac) Destination Mac Mask (caqMacAceDestMacMask) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and add a new MAC ACE. Click Edit ACE to open the Add/Edit Access Control Element dialog box and edit an existing MAC ACE. Click Delete ACE to remove an existing MAC ACE. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. ACL Name (caqMacAclName) The name of an Access Control List (ACL). This name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device. Protocol Type (caqMacAceProtocolType) The protocol number field in the MAC header used to indicate the higher layer protocol. Source Mac (caqMacAceSrcMac) Indicates the 48-bit source MAC address. Source Mac Mask (caqMacAceSrcMacMask) Indicates the 48-bit source MAC address mask. Destination Mac (caqMacAceDestMac) Indicates the 48-bit destination MAC address. Destination Mac Mask (caqMacAceDestMacMask) Indicates the 48-bit destination MAC address mask. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_Policy.htm TITLE=Add/Edit Policy TEXT=Add/Edit Policy Configuration > Policies > Policer Names > Add/Edit Policy In this dialog box, you can create a new policy or modify the settings of an existing policy. Note: The sup 1 supervisor card does not support the excess rate feature. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Name (caqFlowPolicerName) Type (caqFlowPolicerType) Normal Rate Requested (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateRequest) Normal Rate Granted (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateGrant) Normal Rate Action (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateAction) Excess Rate Requested (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateRequest) Excess Rate Granted (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateGrant) Excess Rate Action (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateAction) Burst Size Requested (caqFlowPolicerBurstSizeRequest) Burst Size Granted (caqFlowPolicerBurstSizeGrant) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Name (caqFlowPolicerName) The name of a policer. Type (caqFlowPolicerType) The type of a policer. There are two possible values: microflow(1) and aggregate(2). Normal Rate Requested (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateRequest) The requested average rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte per second; values can be 0, or range from 32 to 8,000,000. Normal Rate Granted (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateGrant) The granted average rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte per second. Normal Rate Action (caqFlowPolicerNormalRateAction) The action for normal rate out-of-profile packets. There are two possible values: drop(1) and policedDscp(2). Note: An out-of-profile packet is a packet that causes the committed access rate for the packet's flow to be exceeded. Excess Rate Requested (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateRequest) The requested excess rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte per second; values can be 0, or range from 32 to 8,000,000. If specified, the value must exceed the normal rate requested. Excess Rate Granted (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateGrant) The granted excess rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte per second. Excess Rate Action (caqFlowPolicerExcessRateAction) The action for excess rate out-of-profile packets. There are two possible values: drop(1) and policedDscp(2). Burst Size Requested (caqFlowPolicerBurstSizeRequest) The requested burst rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte; values can be 0, or range from 32 to 8,000,000. Burst Size Granted (caqFlowPolicerBurstSizeGrant) The granted burst rate of the flow. The base unit of this object is 1 kilobyte. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Add_Edit_Policy_Selection.htm TITLE=Add/Edit Policy Selection TEXT=Add/Edit Policy Selection Configuration > Policies > Policy Selection > Add/Edit In this dialog box, you can create a new policy selection or modify the settings of an existing policy selection. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Trust (caqQosActionSelectTrust) DSCP (caqQosActionSelectDscp) Micro Flow Policer (caqQosActionSelectMicroflow) Aggregate Flow Policer (caqQosActionSelectAggregate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Change to bring up the Select a Micro Policy dialog box and choose a policy from the list. Click None to specify that no policies are selected for the Micro Flow Policer or Aggregate Flow Policer categories. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Trust (caqQosActionSelectTrust) Determines if packets matching an Access Control Entry (ACE) can be trusted or if a specific DSCP value should be assigned to them. DSCP (caqQosActionSelectDscp) This object is only instantiated when the caqQosActionSelectTrust object in the same entry has been set to noTrust(1). Micro Flow Policer (caqQosActionSelectMicroflow) Indicates a type of policer. Aggregate Flow Policer (caqQosActionSelectAggregate) Indicates a type of policer.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Aggregation_Port_List.htm TITLE=Aggregator Configuration TEXT=Aggregator Configuration Device > Configure > Aggregator The Aggregator Configuration dialog box provides information on the protocol and address mode configurations for this device. The following data is displayed: Distribution Protocol (clagAggDistributionProtocol) Distribution Address Mode (clagAggDistributionAddressMode) This dialog box also provides a table which lists the ports associated with each aggregator on the system. The following data is displayed: Index (dot3adAggIndex) Port List (dot3adAggPortListPorts) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes made in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Distribution Protocol (clagAggDistributionProtocol) Controls the protocol address type (for example, MAC or IP) used on this LACP interface to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Distribution Address Mode (clagAggDistributionAddressMode) Load balancing address mode for the device. It can be a Source address, Destination address, or both. Index (dot3adAggIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this aggregator by the local system. Port List (dot3adAggPortListPorts) Complete set of ports currently associated with this aggregator. Port numbers are displayed in the following format: module/port(s). For example, the value 4/2-3 indicates that module 4, ports 2 and 3 are associated with this aggregator.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Agg_Pol_Stats.htm TITLE=Aggregate Policer Statistics TEXT=Aggregate Policer Statistics Monitoring > Aggregate Statistics This dialog box displays the following data: Policer Name (caqAggPolicerName) Packets (caqAggPolicerPackets) Packets Exceeding Normal Rate (caqAggPolicerNRExceedPackets) Packets Exceeding Excess Rate (caqAggPolicerERExceedPackets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Detailed Graph to view the packet statistics graphs for the selected policer. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Policer Name (caqAggPolicerName) Name of an aggregate policer created by using either the Command Line Interface (CLI) or the CatQdm device package. Packets (caqAggPolicerPackets) Number of packets policed by this aggregate policer. Packets Exceeding Normal Rate (caqAggPolicerNRExceedPackets) Number of packets exceeding the normal rate of this aggregate policer. Packets Exceeding Excess Rate (caqAggPolicerERExceedPackets) Number of packets exceeding the excess rate of this aggregate policer. Note: This field is only supported by Supervisor II cards.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Agg_Pol_Stats_Mon.htm TITLE=Aggregate Policer Statistics Monitoring TEXT=Aggregate Policer Statistics Monitoring Monitoring > Aggregate Statistics > Detailed Graph This dialog box displays the following data: Packets (caqAggPolicerPackets) Packets Exceeding Normal Rate (caqAggPolicerNRExceedPackets) Packets Exceeding Excess Rate (caqAggPolicerERExceedPackets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Stop to stop monitoring the packet statistics for the selected policer. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Packets (caqAggPolicerPackets) Number of packets policed by this aggregate policer. Packets Exceeding Normal Rate (caqAggPolicerNRExceedPackets) Number of packets exceeding the normal rate of this aggregate policer. Packets Exceeding Excess Rate (caqAggPolicerERExceedPackets) Number of packets exceeding the excess rate of this aggregate policer. Note: This field is only supported by Supervisor II cards.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Airlink_RP_Registration_Request_Errors.htm TITLE=Airlink RP Registration Request Errors TEXT=Airlink RP Registration Request Errors Navigation Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Request Errors . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Airlink Setup Record Not Received (cCdmaRegReqInitNoSetupErrs) Airlink Start Record Received (cCdmaRegReqStartBeforeSetupErrs) Airlink Start Record for De-Registration Request (cCdmaRegReqStartOnCloseErrs) Airlink Start Record Received for Active Session (cCdmaRegReqStartOnActiveErrs) Airlink Stop Record for Dormant Session (cCdmaRegReqStopOnDormantErrs) Airlink Stop Record for Initial Registration (cCdmaRegReqInitRcvdStopErrs) Airlink SDB Received (cCdmaRegReqInitRcvdSDBErrs) Airlink Setup Record Not Received (cCdmaRegReqInitNoSetupErrs) Airlink setup record not received in the Initial Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Airlink Start Record Received (cCdmaRegReqStartBeforeSetupErrs) Airlink start record received before the Airlink setup in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Airlink Start Record for De-Registration Request (cCdmaRegReqStartOnCloseErrs) Airlink Start record received in the De-registration request since the system was last restarted. Airlink Start Record Received for Active Session (cCdmaRegReqStartOnActiveErrs) Airlink start record received in the Registration Request for an already active session since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop Record for Dormant Session (cCdmaRegReqStopOnDormantErrs) Airlink stop record received in the Registration Request for an already dormant session since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop Record for Initial Registration (cCdmaRegReqInitRcvdStopErrs) Airlink stop record received in the Initial Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Airlink SDB Received (cCdmaRegReqInitRcvdSDBErrs) Airlink SDB received in the Initial Registration Request since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ARP_Table_Details.htm TITLE=ARP Table TEXT=ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table The ARP Table dialog box lists IP addresses configured on this deviceand their corresponding physical addresses. From here, you can delete IP/physicaladdress mappings. This dialog box displays the following data: Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Type (ipNetToMediaType) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Delete to delete an existing IP/physical address mapping. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Interface on which the equivalence of this entry is effective. NetworkAddress (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address corresponding to the media-dependent physical address. PhysicalAddress (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Media-dependent physical address. Type(ipNetToMediaType) Specifies the mapping type: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) invalid mapping dynamic (3) dynamic mapping static (4) static mapping Note: Whether the agent removesan invalid mapping from ipNetToMediaTable is implementation–specific.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Asset_Information.htm TITLE=Asset Information TEXT=Asset Information Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Asset Information . The following information is displayed: Physical Description (entPhysicalDescr) Original Equipment Manufacturer (ceAssetOEMString) Hardware Identification (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Firmware ID (ceAssetFirmwareID) Software ID (ceAssetSoftwareID) Common Language Equipment Identifier (ceAssetCLEI) Physical Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Original Equipment Manufacturer (ceAssetOEMString) Indicates the entity's Original Equipment Manufacturer. Hardware Identification (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Manufacturing assembly number for the entity, which serves as its identifier. Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Revision string for the entity within ceAssetMfgAssyNumber. Firmware ID (ceAssetFirmwareID) Indicates the firmware installed on this entity. Software ID (ceAssetSoftwareID) Indicates the software installed on this entity. Common Language Equipment Identifier (ceAssetCLEI) Indicates the Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI) code for the physical entity. If the physical entity is not present in the system, or does not have an associated CLEI code, then the value of this object is a zero-length string.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Assign_Port_VLAN.htm TITLE=Assign a Port to VLAN TEXT=Assign a Port to VLAN To access the Assign a Port to VLAN dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . Click Assign a Port to VLAN . From this dialog box, you can assign a port to a VLAN. The following information is displayed: PORT VLAN ID The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. PORT Identifier for a particular port, whose value is structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 indicates the fourth port on the third module. VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN to which a port has been assigned.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Attach_ACLs.htm TITLE=Attach ACLs TEXT=Attach ACLs Configuration > Interfaces > Attach ACLs This dialog box lists the current mappings of ACLs to particular interfaces. From here, you can launch dialog boxes to create new mappings. Note: To delete the mapping of an ACL to an interface, you must use the Command Line Interface (CLI). For the description of a particular column heading in this dialog box, click the appropriate link from the following list: ACL Type ACL Name Port(s) VLAN(s) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click New IP ACL Mapping to launch the Attaching IP ACL to Interfaces dialog box. Click New IPX ACL Mapping to launch the Attaching IPX ACL to Interfaces dialog box. Click New MAC ACL Mapping to launch the Attaching MAC ACL to Interfaces dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. ACL Type Specifies the interface type for a Access Control List (ACL): IP, IPX, or MAC. ACL Name The name of an ACL. Port(s) The ports on which ACL is configured. VLAN(s) The VLAN an ACL belongs to.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Authenticator_Statistics2.htm TITLE=Authenticator Statistics TEXT=Authenticator Statistics Port > Monitor > Authenticator This dialog box displays the following data: Module/Port Frame Version (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameVersion) Frame Source (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameSource) Do one of the following: Click Monitor to launch the Port Authenticator Statistics dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module/Port Module/port number for this port. Frame Version (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameVersion) Protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. Frame Source (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameSource) Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Authenticator_Statistics3.htm TITLE=Port Authenticator Statistics TEXT=Port Authenticator Statistics To access the Port Authenticator Statistics dialog box: Select Port > Monitor > Authenticator . Click Monitor . This dialog box displays the following data: EAPOL Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolFramesRx) EAPOL Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolFramesTx) EAPOL Start Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolStartFramesRx) EAPOL Logoff Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolLogoffFramesRx) EAPOL Resp/Id Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolRespIdFramesRx) EAPOL Response Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolRespFramesRx) EAPOL Req/Id Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolReqIdFramesTx) EAPOL Request Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolReqFramesTx) EAPOL Invalid Frames Received (dot1xAuthInvalidEapolFramesRx) EAPOL Length Error Frames (dot1xAuthEapLengthErrorFramesRx) Do one of the following: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. EAPOL Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolFramesRx) Number of valid EAPOL frames (of any type) received by this authenticator. EAPOL Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolFramesTx) Number of EAPOL frames (of any type) transmitted by this authenticator. EAPOL Start Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolStartFramesRx) Number of EAPOL Start frames received by this authenticator. EAPOL Logoff Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolLogoffFramesRx) Number of EAPOL Logoff frames received by this authenticator. EAPOL Resp/Id Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolRespIdFramesRx) Number of EAP Resp/Id frames received by this authenticator. EAPOL Response Frames Received (dot1xAuthEapolRespFramesRx) Number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id frames) received by this authenticator. EAPOL Req/Id Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolReqIdFramesTx) Number of EAP Req/Id frames transmitted by this authenticator. EAPOL Request Frames Transmitted (dot1xAuthEapolReqFramesTx) Number of EAP Request frames (other than Req/Id frames) transmitted by this authenticator. EAPOL Invalid Frames Received (dot1xAuthInvalidEapolFramesRx) Number of EAPOL frames received by this authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized. EAPOL Length Error Frames (dot1xAuthEapLengthErrorFramesRx) Number of EAPOL frames received by this authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Authorized_IP_Table.htm TITLE=Authorized IP Table TEXT=Authorized IP Table Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > Authorized IP Table The following information appears: IP Address (cnnEouAuthIpAddr) IP Mask (cnnEouAuthIpAddrMask) IP Policy Name (cnnEouAuthIpPolicy) Button Descriptions Click Create to launch the Row Creation dialog box. Enter the required information (described below) and then click OK . With a table entry selected, click Delete to remove that entry. IP Address (cnnEouAuthIpAddr) IP address of the statically authorized device. The address type is determined by the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddrType. IP Mask (cnnEouAuthIpAddrMask) Mask used with the source IP address to specify which traffic is exempted from EAP validation. (What does EAP stand for?) CiscoView supports IP wildcards by making use of inverse masks. For example: If the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddr is 10.0.0.0 and the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddrMask is 0.255.255.255, then any IP address with a value of 10.x.x.x is exempted from posture validation. If the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddr is 10.1.2.1 and the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddrMask is 0.0.0.0, the IP address 10.1.2.1 is exempted from posture validation. If the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddr is 10.0.0.0 and the value of cnnEouAuthIpAddrMask is 255.255.255.255, all IP addresses are exempted from posture validation. IP Policy Name (cnnEouAuthIpPolicy) Name of the policy associated with the statically authorized device identified by cnnEouAuthIpAddr. The policy must be present in the policy database before a statically authorized device can be associated with it.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Authorized_Mac_Table.htm TITLE=Authorized MAC Table TEXT=Authorized MAC Table Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > Authorized MAC Table The following information appears: Mac Address (cnnEouAuthMacAddr) Mac Mask (cnnEouAuthMacAddrMask) Mac Policy Name (cnnEouAuthMacPolicy) Button Descriptions Click Create to launch the Row Creation dialog box. Enter the required information (described below) and then click OK . With a table entry selected, click Delete to remove that entry. Mac Address (cnnEouAuthMacAddr) MAC address of the statically authorized device. Mac Mask (cnnEouAuthMacAddrMask) Mask used with the source MAC address to specify which traffic is exempted from EAP validation. CiscoView supports MAC wildcards by making use of inverse masks. For example: If the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddr is 00:0d:bc:ef:eb:bd and the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddrMask is 00:00:ff:ff:ff:ff, then any MAC address with a value of 00:0d:00:00:00:00 is exempted from posture validation. If the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddr is 00:0d:bc:ef:eb:bd and the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddrMask is 00:00:00:00:00:00, the MAC address 00:0d:bc:ef:eb:bd is exempted from posture validation. If the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddr is 00:0d:bc:ef:eb:bd and the value of cnnEouAuthMacAddrMask is ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, all MAC addresses are exempted from posture validation. Mac Policy Name (cnnEouAuthMacPolicy) Name of the policy associated with the statically authorized device identified by cnnEouAuthMacAddr. The policy must be present in the policy database before a statically authorized device can be associated with it.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Auth_Config.htm TITLE=Auth Config TEXT=Auth Config Navigation Port > Configure > PAE > Auth Config The following information appears: Source Admin (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodSrcAdmin) Source Oper (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodSrcOper) Period Oper (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodOper) Next ReAuth (cpaeAuthTimeToNextReAuth) ReAuth Action (cpaeAuthReAuthAction) IAB Enabled (cpaeAuthIabEnabled) PAE State (cpaeAuthPaeState) Source Admin (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodSrcAdmin) The source of the reAuthPeriod constant to be used by the reauthentication timer state machine. Source Oper (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodSrcOper) The source of the reAuthPeriod constant currently in use by the reauthentication timer state machine. Period Oper (cpaeAuthReAuthPeriodOper) The operational reauthentication period for this port. Next ReAuth (cpaeAuthTimeToNextReAuth) The amount of time remaining in this port's current session. ReAuth Action (cpaeAuthReAuthAction) The reauthentication action to be taken for this port. There are three possible values: terminate : The session is terminated as the corresponding authenticator PAE state machine disconnects. reAuth : The port is reauthenticated. noReAuth : The port is not reauthenticated. IAB Enabled (cpaeAuthIabEnabled) Specifies whether the PAE port is declared as an Inaccessible Authentication Bypass (IAB) port. IAB ports are granted network access via the administratively configured VLAN if it fails to connect to the authentication server. The only way to bring an IAB port back to the backend authentication state machine is by setting the value of dot1xPaePortInitialize in the corresponding dot1xPaePortTable entry to true . 802.1x reauthentication is temporarily disabled on an authenticated IAB port when the connection to the authentication server is broken, and re-enabled when the connection is back up. PAE State (cpaeAuthPaeState) Indicates the current value of the authenticator PAE state machine. There are seventeen possible values: other : None of the following states. initialize : The PAE state machine is being initialized. disconnected : An explicit logoff request was received from the supplicant, or the number of permissible reauthentication attempts has been exceeded. connecting : Attempting to establish communication with a supplicant. authenticating : A supplicant is being authenticated. authenticated : The authenticator has successfully authenticated the supplicant. aborting : The authentication process was prematurely aborted due to the receipt of a reauthentication request, an EAPOL-Start frame, an EAPOL-Logoff frame, or an authTimeout.	 held : The state machine ignores and discards all EAPOL packets, so as to discourage brute force attacks. This state is entered from the Authenticating state following an authentication failure. At the expiration of the quietWhile timer, the state machine transitions to the connecting state. forceAuth : The port is set to authorized and a canned EAP success packet is sent to the supplicant. forceUnauth : The port is set to unauthorized and a canned EAP failure packet is sent to the supplicant. If EAP-Start messages are received from the supplicant, this state is re-entered and further EAP failure messages are sent. guestVlan : The port has been moved to a configured guest VLAN. authFailVlan : The port has been moved to a configured authentication failed VLAN. criticalAuth : The port is set to authorized even though the RADIUS server is not reachable or does not respond. ipAwaiting : The port is waiting for an IP address from a DHCP server. policyConfig : This state is entered from the ipAwaiting state if an IP address is received while the corresponding policies are being installed. authFinished : The port is set to authorized by the MAC authentication bypass feature. restart : The PAE state machine has been restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Backbone_Fast_Capability.htm TITLE=Backbone Fast Capability TEXT=Backbone Fast Capability Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Backbone Fast Capability This dialog box displays the BackboneFast settings for the spanning treeprotocol configured on this device. The following information is displayed: BackboneFast Status (stpxBackboneFastEnabled) Indicates whether the BackboneFast capability is enabled on the device. Note: This field is displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to PVST+ . The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Backbone_Fast_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=Backbone Fast TEXT=Backbone Fast Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree > BackboneFast From this dialog box, you can monitor the Backbone Fast transitions recorded onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: In-Inferior BPDUs (stpxBackboneFastInInferiorBPDUs) In RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQRequestPDUs) In RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQResponsePDUs) Out-RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQRequestPDUs) Out-RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQResponsePDUs) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. In-Inferior BPDUs (stpxBackboneFastInInferiorBPDUs) Number of inferior BPDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQRequestPDUs) Number of Root Link Query request PDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQResponsePDUs) Number of Root Link Query response PDUs received by the switch. Out-RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQRequestPDUs) Number of Root Link Query request PDUs transmitted by the switch. Out-RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQResponsePDUs) Number of Root Link Query response PDUs transmitted by the switch.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Billing_Agents.htm TITLE=Billing Agents TEXT=Billing Agents From this dialog box, you can view detail information (such as the IP address, port number, and current state) for the billing mediation agents (BMAs) configured on the selected content services gateway (CSG) module. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a CSG module selected, click Billing Agents The following information is displayed: IP Address (csgAgentIpAddr) Port Number (csgAgentPort) Acct. Service Name (csgAgentAcctName) Priority (csgAgentPriority) State (csgAgentState) IP Address (csgAgentIpAddr) IP address of a BMA. Port Number (csgAgentPort) UDP port associated with a BMA. Acct. Service Name (csgAgentAcctName) Name of the accounting service associated with a BMA. Priority (csgAgentPriority) Activation priority of a BMA: BMAs with higher priorities are activated before BMAs with lower priorities. If multiple BMAs are active for load sharing, the BMAs with higher priorities are activated first. If an active BMA fails, the BMA (in standby state) with the next highest priority is activated. State (csgAgentState) State of a BMA. There are six possible values: standby—The server is ready to become active. failed—The server has failed to respond to requests. active—The server has been activated to receive requests. echowait—The CSG has sent an echo request to this billing mediation agent and is waiting for a response. nawait—The CSG has sent a node-alive request to this billing mediation agent and is waiting for a response. suspended—The server has received a stop request from the operator.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Billing_Agent_Statistics.htm TITLE=Billing Agent Statistics TEXT=Billing Agent Statistics From this dialog box, you can monitor the traffic statistics for the selected billing mediation agent (BMA) in real time. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a content services gateway (CSG) module selected, click Billing Agents . With a BMA selected, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: Lost Records (csgAgentLostRecords) Records Sent (csgAgentTotalSent) ACKs Failed (csgAgentFailAck) Msgs. to be ACKed (csgAgentOutstanding) Agent High Water (csgAgentHighWater) Bad Records Received (csgAgentBadRecord) Msgs. Retransmitted (csgAgentRetransmit) Lost Records (csgAgentLostRecords) Total number of records lost since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. Records Sent (csgAgentTotalSent) Total number of records sent to the BMA. ACKs Failed (csgAgentFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the BMA for which there are no outstanding requests. Msgs. to be ACKed (csgAgentOutstanding) Current number of messages waiting to be acknowledged. Agent High Water (csgAgentHighWater) Highest number of messages waiting to be acknowledged. The only write operation allowed for this object is to reset its value to zero. Bad Records Received (csgAgentBadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which the content services gateway detected an error while attempting to decode the contents. Msgs. Retransmitted (csgAgentRetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the BMA.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Boot_Configuration.htm TITLE=Boot Configuration TEXT=Boot Configuration Device > Configure > Boot Configuration The Boot Configuration dialog box provides information on the configuration register and boot image(s) for the active processor card. This dialog box displays the following data: Current Config Register: Boot With (ceExtConfigRegister) ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (bps) (Console Line Speed) Config Register at Next Boot: Next Boot With ( ceExtConfigRegNext) ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (bps) (Next Console Line Speed) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Current Config Register: Boot With (ceExtConfigRegister) Configuration register value the processor card booted with. ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (Console Line Speed) Indicates the line speed of the processor card. Config Register at Next Boot: Next Boot With (ceExtConfigRegNext) Configuration register value the processor card will next boot with. After this reboot, the object has the same value as ceExtConfigRegister. ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (Next Console Line Speed) Indicates the line speed of the processor card.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Boot_Flash_Memory.htm TITLE=Boot Flash Memory TEXT=Boot Flash Memory Device > Configure > Boot Flash Memory The dialog box provides information such as the name and space availableon this partition, as well as a list of all files present in boot flashmemory. From here, you can copy files from a TFTP server to this device,and vice versa. This dialog box displays the following data: Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Total Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Transfer Protocol (ciscoFlashCopyProtocol) IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click --> to copy a file from a server to this device. Click < -- to copy a file from this device to a server. Click Squeeze to remove deleted files and free up space in bootflash memory. Click Delete to delete a file from boot flash memory. Click Undelete to restore a file deleted from boot flash memory. Click Verify to verify a file for checksum. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Boot Flash: Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name used to refer to a partition by the system. This can be any alphanumericcharacter string of the form AAAAAAAAnn, where A represents a letter andn represents a number. Flash operations get directed to a device partitionbased on this name. Total Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Flash partition size. If there is a single partition, this value isequal to the value of ciscoFlashDeviceSize. Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Free space within a Flash partition. Be aware that the actual size ofa file in Flash includes a small overhead that represents the file headerof the file system. Certain file systems may also have a partition or deviceheader overhead to be considered when computing the free space. The managemententity is not expected to know or use any overheads such as file and partitionheader lengths, since such overheads may vary from file system to filesystem. Note: Files deleted from Flash do not free up space. A partitionmay have to be erased in order to reclaim the space occupied by files. Copy Files: Transfer Protocol (ciscoFlashCopyProtocol) The protocol used for any copy. Unless another protocol is specified,the default value is "tftp". Since feature support depends on a softwarerelease, version number of the release, platform, and maybe the image type(subset type), a management station is expected to somehow determine theprotocol support for a command. IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) Server address used for this Flash file transfer. The default valueis 'FFFFFFFF'H (or 255.255.255.255). File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) Source file name (either in Flash or on a server), depending on thetype of copy command. The file name must be of the form [ < device>:][ < partition>:] < file>,where < device> is obtained from FlashDeviceName, < partition> is obtainedfrom FlashPartitionName, and < file> is the name of a file in Flash. Note: To upload a file, it must already be present on the server,with read-write permission enabled. Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) Amount of available memory space on this partition, measured in bytes. Note: This item pertains to the device side of a Flash file transfer. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) Flash file name specified by the user. The name should not include thecolon (:) character, since it is a special separator character used todelineate the device name, partition name, and file name. Note: This item pertains to the device side of a Flash file transfer. File Directory: File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Flash file name specified by the user. The name should not include thecolon (:) character, since it is a special separator character used todelineate the device name, partition name, and file name. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of the Flash file. A file is marked as having an invalid checksumif any checksum mismatch is detected while writing or reading the file.Incomplete files (files truncated either because of a lack of free spaceor a network download failure) are also written with a bad checksum andmarked as invalid. File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of the Flash file in bytes. Note that this value does not includethe size of the file system file header. File size will always be a nonzerovalue. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in the file header. This value, computed and storedwhen a file is written into Flash, serves to validate data written intoFlash. Whereas the system generates and stores the checksum internallyin hexadecimal form, this object provides the checksum in string form.The checksum is available for all valid and invalid checksum files.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/BPDU_Skewing.htm TITLE=BPDU Skewing TEXT=BPDU Skewing Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > BPDU Skewing BPDU skewing detection applies to all of the Catalyst platforms (Catalyst 4000, Catalyst 5000 and Catalyst 6000). To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Instance Port Index Skewing Last Skew Duration Skew Worst Skew Duration Skewing Worst Skew Time The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Instance (StpxBpduSkewingInstanceIndex) Spanning Tree instance ID. Port Index (stpxBpduSkewingPortIndex) Value of dot1dBasePort (i.e. dot1dBridge.1.4) for the bridge port. Skewing Last Skew Duration (stpxBpduSkewingLastSkewDuration) Indicates the skew duration in milliseconds of the last BPDU skewing detected. Skew Worst Skew Duration (stpxBpduSkewingWorstSkewDuration) Indicates the skew duration in milliseconds of the worst BPDU skewing detected. Skewing Worst Skew Time (stpxBpduSkewingWorstSkewTime) Indicates the value of sysUpTime when the worst BPDU skewing was detected.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Bridge_Detail.htm TITLE=Bridge Details TEXT=Bridge Details To access this dialog box: Select Port > Configure > Bridge . Click Bridge Details . The following information is displayed: Circuit (dot1dBasePortCircuit) Number of the circuit for a particular port and is used only when the interface includes multiple circuits, for example, an X.25 interface. Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Number that indicates the priority of the port. Valid values include the following: 0, 16, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current state of the port. The possible values are disabled, blocking, listening, learning, forwarding, or broken. Path Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Contribution to the cost of paths through this port leading to the root. Designated Root (dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot) Unique identifier of the root in the bridge PDUs transmitted by the designated bridge for this port's segment. Designated Cost (dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost) Path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. Designated Bridge (dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge) Identifier of the bridge that this port considers to be designated for this port&#146;s segment. Designated Port (dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort) Identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment. Max Info field (dot1dTpPortMaxInfo) Maximum size of the information field that this port will transmit or receive. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Bridge_Monitor.htm TITLE=   Bridge Monitor TEXT=Bridge Monitor To access this dialog box: Select Port > Monitor > Bridge . Click Monitor . The following information is displayed: Discards (dot1dBasePortDelayExceededDiscards + dot1dBasePortMtuExceededDiscards + dot1dTpPortInDiscards) Number of discarded frames on the specified port and shows the number of discarded packets for the last polling period. Forward Transitions (dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions) Pattern and number of times during the last polling period that the port has changed from the Learning state to the Forwarding state. In Frames (dot1dTpPortInFrames) Pattern and number of frames received on this port from its segment during the last polling period. Out Frames (dot1dTpPortOutFrames) Pattern and number of frames transmitted by this port to its segment during the last polling period. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Bridge_Monitor_Instance.htm TITLE=Bridge Monitor TEXT=Bridge Monitor To access this dialog box: Select Port > Monitor > Bridge > Instance Based Bridge . Click Monitor . The following information is displayed: Discards (dot1dBasePortDelayExceededDiscards + dot1dBasePortMtuExceededDiscards + dot1dTpPortInDiscards) Number of discarded frames on the specified port and shows the number of discarded packets for the last polling period. Frwd Transitions (dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions) Pattern and number of times during the last polling period that the port has changed from the Learning state to the Forwarding state. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cache_1.htm TITLE=CDP Cache 1 TEXT=CDP Cache 1 Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol > Cache 1 This dialog box provides CDP configuration information for the device. CDP is a device discovery protocol that runs on routers, bridges, WBU switches, communication servers and more. Each device periodically sends messages to a multicast address. These messages advertise information about that device, such as name, capabilities, the interface and network address the device is connected to, and the version of IOS software that it is running. This information will be picked up by any other router(s) on the same medium which are listening for CDP advertisements. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Appliance ID (cdpCacheApplianceID) VLAN ID (cdpCacheVlanID) Power Consumption (cdpCachePowerConsumption) MTU (cdpCacheMTU) Primary Mgmt Address Type (cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddrType) Primary Mgmt Address (cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddr) Secondary Mgmt Address Type (cdpCacheSecondaryMgmtAddrType) Secondary Mgmt Address (cdpCacheSecondaryMgmtAddr) Cache Last Change (cdpCacheLastChange) Location (cdpCachePhysLocation) SysName (cdpCacheSysName) System Object ID (cdpCacheSysObjectID) Global Last Change (cdpGlobalLastChange) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Appliance ID (cdpCacheApplianceID) Remote device's appliance ID as reported in the most recent CDP message. VLAN ID (cdpCacheVlanID) Remote device's VoIP VLAN ID as reported in the most recent CDP message. Power Consumption (cdpCachePowerConsumption) Amount of power consumed by a remote device as reported in the most recent CDP message. MTU (cdpCacheMTU) Indicates the size of the largest datagram that can be sent/received by a remote device as reported in the most recent CDP message. Primary Mgmt Address Type (cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddrType) Type of address contained in the corrosponding instance of cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddress. Primary Mgmt Address (cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddr) Alternate network layer address (other than the one indicated by cdpCachePrimaryMgmtAddr) at which the device will accept SNMP messages as reported in the most recent CDP message. Secondary Mgmt Address Type (cdpCacheSecondaryMgmtAddrType) Type of address contained in the corrosponding instance of cdpCacheSecindaryMgmtAddress. Secondary Mgmt Address (cdpCacheSecondaryMgmtAddr) Alternate network layer address (other than the one indicated by cdpCacheSecondaryMgmtAddr) at which the device will accept SNMP messages as reported in the most recent CDP message. Cache Last Change (cdpCacheLastChange) Indicates the time when this cache entry was last changed. Location (cdpCachePhysLocation) Indicates the physical location as reported by the most recent CDP message. SysName (cdpCacheSysName) Indicates the value of the remote device's sysName MIB object. System Object ID (cdpCacheSysObjectID) Indicates the value of the remote device's sysObjectID MIB object. Global Last Change (cdpGlobalLastChange) Indicates the time when the cache table was last changed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Card_Statistics.htm TITLE=Card Statistics TEXT=Card Statistics Constellation Plus card > Monitor This dialog box monitors the statistics for this card. The following data is displayed: Cross Bar In Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsInErrors) Cross Bar Out Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutErrors) Cross Bar Out Dropped (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutDropped) Do one of the following: Click Stop to stop device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Cross Bar In Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsInErrors) Total number of error packets received through the statistics channel by the statistics module. Cross Bar Out Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutErrors) Total number of error packets transmitted by the statistics module through the statistics channel. Cross Bar Out Dropped (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutDropped) Total number of dropped packets transmitted by the statistics channel for the statistics module.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_a11_reg_denial_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Denial Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Denial Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Denial Statistics . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Denied A11 for De-established R-P Conn (cCdmaRpDeRegHandoffDeniedReqs) Denied Initial A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpInitRegDiscardedReqs) Discarded A11 Re- Registration Req (cCdmaRpReRegDiscardedReqs) A11 De-Registration Req Discarded (cCdmaRpDeRegDiscardedReqs) Denied Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegDeniedReqs) Discarded Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegDiscardedReqs) Active PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpInterPCFActiveHandoffs) Dormant PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpInterPCFDormantHandoffs) Denied A11 for De-established R-P Conn (cCdmaRpDeRegHandoffDeniedReqs) Total number of denied A11 Registration Requests meant for de-establishing the R-P connections with the Packet Control Function (PCF) from which the mobile node was handed off since the system was last restarted. The Code field in the corresponding Registration Reply message is set to non-zero Denied Initial A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpInitRegDiscardedReqs) Number of Initial A11 Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. Discarded A11 Re- Registration Req (cCdmaRpReRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. A11 De-Registration Req Discarded (cCdmaRpDeRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A11 De-Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. Denied Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegDeniedReqs) Total number of denied handoff A11 Registration Requests meant for already existing sessions since the system was last restarted. Discarded Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegDiscardedReqs) Number of handoff A11 Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. Active PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpInterPCFActiveHandoffs) Number of Inter PCF active handoff s since the system was last restarted. Dormant PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpInterPCFDormantHandoffs) Number of Inter PCF dormant handoffs since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_a11_reg_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Statistics   TEXT=CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN A11 Registration Statistics . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Accepted A11 for De-established R-P Conn (cCdmaRpDeRegHandoffAcceptedReqs) Initial A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpInitRegReceivedReqs) A11 Re- Registration Req (cCdmaRpReRegReceivedReqs) A11 De-Registration Req (cCdmaRpDeRegReceivedReqs) Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegReceivedReqs) Accepted Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegAcceptedReqs) Airlink Start A11 Registration Reg (cCdmaRpReRegAirlinkStarts) Airlink Stop A11 Registration Reg (cCdmaRpReRegAirlinkStops) Airlink Stop A11 De-Registration Reg (cCdmaRpDeRegAirlinkStops) Accepted A11 for De-established R-P Conn (cCdmaRpDeRegHandoffAcceptedReqs) Total number of accepted A11 Registration Requests meant for de-establishing the already established R-P connections with the Packet Control Function (PCF) from which the mobile node was handed off since the system was last restarted. The Code field in the corresponding Registration Reply message is set to zero. Initial A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpInitRegReceivedReqs) Number of Initial A11 Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. A11 Re- Registration Req (cCdmaRpReRegReceivedReqs) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests received since system was last restarted. A11 De-Registration Req (cCdmaRpDeRegReceivedReqs) Number of A11 De-Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegReceivedReqs) Number of A11 Handoff Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. Accepted Handoff A11 Registration Req (cCdmaRpHandoffRegAcceptedReqs) Total number of accepted handoff A11 Registration Requests meant for the already existing session, since the system was last restarted. Airlink Start A11 Registration Reg (cCdmaRpReRegAirlinkStarts) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests containing Airlink Start since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop A11 Registration Reg (cCdmaRpReRegAirlinkStops) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests containing Airlink Stop since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop A11 De-Registration Reg (cCdmaRpDeRegAirlinkStops) Number of A11 De-Registration requests containing Airlink Stop since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Addressing_Schema_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Addressing Schema Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Addressing Schema Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. It displays the handoff statistics of the packet data serving node (PDSN). Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Addressing Schema Statistics . The following information is displayed: Static IP negotiated by Simple Ip (cCdmaAddressStaticSIPs) Dynamic IP negotiated by Simple Ip (cCdmaAddressDynamicSIPs) Static IP negotiated by MOIP (cCdmaAddressStaticMIPs) Dynamic IP negotiated by MOIP (cCdmaAddressDynamicMIPs) Static IP negotiated by Proxy MOIP (cCdmaAddressStaticPMIPs) Dynamic IP negotiated by Proxy MOIP (cCdmaAddressDynamicPMIPs) Static IP negotiated by VPDN (cCdmaAddressStaticVPDNs) Dynamic IP negotiated by VPDN (cCdmaAddressDynamicVPDNs) Static IP negotiated by Simple Ip (cCdmaAddressStaticSIPs) Total number of simple IP calls that negotiated static IP addresses. Dynamic IP negotiated by Simple Ip (cCdmaAddressDynamicSIPs) Total number of simple IP calls that negotiated dynamic IP addresses. Static IP negotiated by MOIP (cCdmaAddressStaticMIPs) Total number of mobile IP calls that negotiated static IP addresses. Dynamic IP negotiated by MOIP (cCdmaAddressDynamicMIPs) Total number of mobile IP calls that negotiated dynamic IP addresses. Static IP negotiated by Proxy MOIP (cCdmaAddressStaticPMIPs) Total number of proxy mobile IP calls that negotiated static IP addresses. Dynamic IP negotiated by Proxy MOIP (cCdmaAddressDynamicPMIPs) Total number of proxy mobile IP calls that negotiated dynamic IP addresses. Static IP negotiated by VPDN (cCdmaAddressStaticVPDNs) Total number of VPDN calls that negotiated static IP addresses. Dynamic IP negotiated by VPDN (cCdmaAddressDynamicVPDNs) Total number of VPDN calls that negotiated dynamic IP addresses.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_closed_rp_info.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Information TEXT=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Information Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Information from the Category list. The following information appears: Closed RP Enabled (ccpcEnabled) Total Sessions (ccpcSessionTotal) Closed RP Enabled (ccpcEnabled) An indication of whether Closed RP feature is enabled. Total Sessions (ccpcSessionTotal) The total number of sessions currently established with this system.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_closed_rp_reg_stat.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click on Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics from the Category list. The following information appears: PCF IP Address (ccpcPcfIpAddress) PCF IP Address (ccpcPcfIpAddress) The IP address of the PCF that serves the mobile node.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_closed_rp_reg_stat_1.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 1 TEXT=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 1 Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics from the Category list. Select a row and click Monitor. Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 1 from the Category list. The following information appears: Incoming Call Requests (ccpcPcfRcvdIcrqs) Accepted Call Requests (ccpcPcfAcptdIcrqs) Denied Call Requests (ccpcPcfDroppedIcrqs) Incoming Call Replies Sent (ccpcPcfSentIcrps) Incoming-Call-Connected Received (ccpcPcfRcvdIccns) Incoming-Call-Connected Accepted (ccpcPcfAcptdIccns) Incoming Call Requests (ccpcPcfRcvdIcrqs) Total number of Incoming-Call-Requests received to establish an L2TP session since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Accepted Call Requests (ccpcPcfAcptdIcrqs) Total number of Incoming-Call-Requests accepted since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Denied Call Requests (ccpcPcfDroppedIcrqs) Total number of Incoming-Call-Requests denied since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Incoming Call Replies Sent (ccpcPcfSentIcrps) Total number of Incoming-Call-Replies sent since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Incoming-Call-Connected Received (ccpcPcfRcvdIccns) Total number of Incoming-Call-Connected messages received since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Incoming-Call-Connected Accepted (ccpcPcfAcptdIccns) Total number of Incoming-Call-Connected messages accepted since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_closed_rp_reg_stat_2.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 2 TEXT=CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 2 Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click on Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics from the Category list. Select a row and click on Monitor. Select CDMA PDSN Closed RP Registration Statistics - 2 from the Category list. The following information appears: Incoming-Call-Connected Dropped (ccpcPcfDroppedIccns) Call-Disconnect-Notify Received (ccpcPcfRcvdCdns) Call-Disconnect-Notify Sent (ccpcPcfSentCdns) Call-Disconnect-Notify Dropped (ccpcPcfDroppedCdns) Zero-Length-Buffer Recieved (ccpcPcfRcvdZlbs) Zero-Length-Buffer Sent (ccpcPcfSentZlb) Incoming-Call-Connected Dropped (ccpcPcfDroppedIccns) Total number of Incoming-Call-Connected messages accepted since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Call-Disconnect-Notify Received (ccpcPcfRcvdCdns) Total number of Call-Disconnect-Notify messages received to tear down L2TP session since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Call-Disconnect-Notify Sent (ccpcPcfSentCdns) Total number of Call-Disconnect-Notify messages sent to PCF to tear down L2TP session since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Call-Disconnect-Notify Dropped (ccpcPcfDroppedCdns) Total number of Call-Disconnect-Notify messages dropped since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Zero-Length-Buffer Recieved (ccpcPcfRcvdZlbs) Total number of Zero-Length-Buffer messages received since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF. Zero-Length-Buffer Sent (ccpcPcfSentZlb) Total number of Zero-Length-Buffer messages sent since the L2TP tunnel was established with PCF.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Cluster.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster This dialog box is applicable to Controller, Member, and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view the packet data serving node (PDSN) cluster details for this card. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster . The following information is displayed: PDSN Cluster (cCdmaClusterType) Role in Cluster (cCdmaClusterRole) PDSN Cluster (cCdmaClusterType) Type of PDSN cluster. There are three possible values: Value Description 0 nonCluster 1 peerToPeer 2 controllerMember Role in Cluster (cCdmaClusterRole) Role the PDSN plays within a controller member type of cluster. There are three possible values: Value Description 0 notApply - Means the PDSN does not play any cluster role. PDSN has this role if cCdmaClusterType is not controllerMember. 1 controller - PDSN is the controller of the cluster. 2 member - PDSN is a member of the cluster.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Cluster_Controller_General.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller General TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller General This dialog box is applicable to Controller clusters. From here, you can view the general controller details of the packet data serving node (PDSN). Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller General . The following information is displayed: Max Sessions Allowed (cCdmaClusterSessHighThreshold) Low Sessions Allowed (cCdmaClusterSessLowThreshold) Record Count (cCdmaClusterTotalMembers) Max Sessions Allowed (cCdmaClusterSessHighThreshold) Maximum number of allowed sessions. The agent generates a notification when this threshold is reached during call setup. Low Sessions Allowed (cCdmaClusterSessLowThreshold) Minimum number of allowed sessions. The agent generates a notification when this threshold is reached during call release. Record Count (cCdmaClusterTotalMembers) Total number of records in the PDSN cluster controller.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Cluster_Controller_Table.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller Table TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller Table This dialog box is applicable to Member clusters. From here, you can view the packet data serving node (PDSN) cluster controller details for this card. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster Controller Table . The following information is displayed: Controller Address Type (cCdmaClusterCtrlAddressType) Controller Address (cCdmaClusterCtrlAddress) Controller Status (cCdmaClusterCtrlStatus) Controller Address Type (cCdmaClusterCtrlAddressType) IP address type of a particular controller. The address type, combined with the control address, is used as an index to identify a unique cluster controller entry. Controller Address (cCdmaClusterCtrlAddress) IP address of a particular controller. The controller address, along with the address type, is used as an index to identify a unique cluster controller entry. Controller Status (cCdmaClusterCtrlStatus) Operational status of the cluster controller maintained by the member. There are three possible values: Value Description 1 notConfigured 2 configured 3 alive
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Cluster_Member_General.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster Member General TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster Member General This dialog box is applicable to Member clusters. From here, you can view details of the packet data serving node (PDSN) members. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster Member General . Cluster Controllers Count (cCdmaClusterTotalControllers) Total number of cluster controllers within the cluster.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Cluster_Member_Table.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster Member Table TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster Member Table This dialog box is applicable to Controller clusters. From here, you can view the packet data serving node (PDSN) cluster member details. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster Member Table . The following information is displayed: Cluster Member Address Type (cCdmaClusterMemberAddressType) Cluster Member Address (cCdmaClusterMemberAddress) Cluster Member Status (cCdmaClusterMemberStatus) Cluster Member Load (cCdmaClusterMemberLoad) Cluster Member Address Type (cCdmaClusterMemberAddressType) IP address type of the PDSN cluster member. The address type is combined with the cluster member address and used as an index to identify a unique cluster member entry. Cluster Member Address (cCdmaClusterMemberAddress) IP address of the PDSN cluster member. The address is combined with the cluster member address type and used as an index to identify a unique cluster member entry. Cluster Member Status (cCdmaClusterMemberStatus) Operational status of the PDSN. There are three possible values: Value Description 1 unknown—Cluster controller does not know the member status. 2 ready—Member is ready to serve call setup request. 3 adminProhibit—Member does not request for new call setup, but maintains existing calls. Cluster Member Load (cCdmaClusterMemberLoad) PDSN cluster member load, as an aggregate percentage of the maximum load that can be serviced.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Flow_Type_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Flow Type Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Flow Type Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Flow Type Statistics . The following information is displayed: Simple IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowSimpleIpSuccesses) Mobile IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowMobilIpSuccesses) Proxy Mobile IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowProxyIpSuccesses) VPDN Flows Established (cCdmaFlowVpdnSuccesses) Simple IP Failures (cCdmaFlowSimpleIpFailures) Mobile IP Failures (cCdmaFlowMobilIpFailures) Proxy Mobile IP Failures (cCdmaFlowProxyIpFailures) VPDN Failures (cCdmaFlowVpdnFailures) Unknown Failures (cCdmaFlowUnknownTypeFailures) Simple IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowSimpleIpSuccesses) Number of simple IP flows that have been established since system startup. Mobile IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowMobilIpSuccesses) Number of mobile IP flows that have been established since system startup. Proxy Mobile IP Flows Established (cCdmaFlowProxyIpSuccesses) Number of proxy mobile IP flows that have been established since system startup. VPDN Flows Established (cCdmaFlowVpdnSuccesses) Number of virtual private dial-up network (VPDN) flows that have been established successfully since system startup. Simple IP Failures (cCdmaFlowSimpleIpFailures) Total number of simple IP flow setup requests that failed since the last system reboot. Mobile IP Failures (cCdmaFlowMobilIpFailures) Total number of mobile IP flow setup requests that failed since the last system reboot. Proxy Mobile IP Failures (cCdmaFlowProxyIpFailures) Total number of proxy mobile IP flow setup requests that failed since the last system reboot. VPDN Failures (cCdmaFlowVpdnFailures) Total number of VPDN flow setup requests that failed since the last system reboot. Unknown Failures (cCdmaFlowUnknownTypeFailures) Total number of setup requests, with unknown flow type, that failed since the last system reboot.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Handoff_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Handoff Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Handoff Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. It displays the handoff statistics for the packet data serving node (PDSN). Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Handoff Statistics . The following information is displayed: Inter PCF Handoffs (cCdmaInterPcfHandoffs) Inter PDSN Handoffs (cCdmaInterPdsnHandoffs) CANID/PANID change Handoffs (cCdmaIdChangeHandoffs) Inter PCF Handoffs (cCdmaInterPcfHandoffs) Total number of inter packet control function (PCF) handoffs since the system last restarted. Inter PDSN Handoffs (cCdmaInterPdsnHandoffs) Total number of inter PDSN handoffs since the system last restarted. CANID/PANID change Handoffs (cCdmaIdChangeHandoffs) Total number of handoffs, because of current access network identifier/previous access network identifier (CANID/PANID) changes, since the system last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_interpcf_rgnupdate_failures.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Failures TEXT=CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Failures From this dialog box, you can view inter-Packet Control Function (PCF) handoff registration update failures. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Failures . The following information is displayed: Unspecified Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReaUnSpecFails) Administrative Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffAdmProhibFails) MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffMNAuthenFails) ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffIdMismatchFails) Bad Request Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffBadReqFails) Note: These statistics are a result of inter-PCF handoffs. Unspecified Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReaUnSpecFails) Number of updated registrations that failed because of an unspecified reason sincesystem startup. Administrative Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffAdmProhibFails) Number of updated registrations that failed due to administrative prohibition since system startup. MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffMNAuthenFails) Number of updated registrations that failed due to a Mobile Node (MN) authentication failure since system startup. ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffIdMismatchFails) Number of registrations that failed due to a registration identity mismatch since system startup. Bad Request Failures (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffBadReqFails) Number of updated registrations that failed due to a poorly formed request since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_interpcf_rgnupdate_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Statistics From this dialog box, you can view statistics for inter - Packet Control Function (PCF) handoff registration updates . Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Inter PCF Handoff Registration Update Statistics . The following information is displayed: Updates by PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpUpdPcfHandoffs) Updates Not Acknowledged (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffNotAckedReqs) Updates Acknowledged (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReceivedAcks) Updates Accepted (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffAcceptedReqs) Updates Denied (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffDeniedReqs) Registration Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffDiscardedAcks) Initial Updates Sent (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffInitTxdReqs) Retransmitted Updates (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReTxdReqs) Note: These statistics are a result of inter-PCF handoffs. Updates by PCF Handoffs (cCdmaRpUpdPcfHandoffs) Number of updated registrations sent as a result ofinter-PCF handoffs since system startup. Updates Not Acknowledged (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffNotAckedReqs) Number of A11 registration updates received that were unacknowledgedsince system startup . Updates Acknowledged (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReceivedAcks) Number of A11 registration updates received that were acknowledged since system startup. Updates Accepted (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffAcceptedReqs) Number of A11 registration acknowledgements received with the Status fieldset to zero since system startup. Updates Denied (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration acknowledgements received with the Status fieldset to a non-zero value since system startup. Registration Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffDiscardedAcks ) Number of A11 registration acknowledgements discarded since system startup. Initial Updates Sent (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffInitTxdReqs) Number of initial A11 registration updates sent as theresult of inter -PCF handoffs since system startup. Retransmitted Updates (cCdmaRpUpdHandoffReTxdReqs) Number of A11 registration updates that were retransmitted because the initial registration update was not acknowledged or was denied since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_service_option_rp_session_upd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option-Based RP Session Update Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update . The following information appears: Pcf IP Address (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdIpAddr ) Packet Data Service Option (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdServiceOption) Pcf IP Address (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdIpAddr ) IP address of the (Packet Control Function) PCF that serves the mobile node. Packet Data Service Option (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdServiceOption) A packet data service option specifies a means between the mobile station and radio network to establish and maintain cdma2000 traffic channels for packet data service.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_service_option_rp_session_update_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update  Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update . Select a row. Note : Clicking the Monitor1 button displays information for CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update Statistics. Clicking the Monitor 2 button displays information for CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update Statistics Contd. Click the Monitor1 button. The following information appears: A11 Sessions Transmitted (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdTxdReqs) A11 Sessions Acknowledged (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdAcptdReqs) A11 Sessions Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdDeniedReqs) A11 Registration Acknowledgements (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdNotAckedReqs) Initial A11 Session Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdInitTxdReqs) Re-transmitted A11 Session Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdReTxdReqs) Session Ack Since Restart (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdRcvdAcks) Session Updates Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdDiscardedAcks) A11 Sessions Transmitted (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdTxdReqs) Total number of A11 session updates transmitted since the system was last restarted. A11 Sessions Acknowledged (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdAcptdReqs) Total number of A11 session update acknowledgements received with the Status field set to zero (indicating that the corresponding registration update was accepted) since the system was last restarted. A11 Sessions Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdDeniedReqs) Total number of A11 session update acknowledgements received with the Status field set to non-zero indicating that the corresponding registration update was denied since the system was last restarted. A11 Registration Acknowledgements (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdNotAckedReqs) Total number of A11 session updates sent, for which no corresponding A11 registration acknowledgements were received since the system was last restarted. Initial A11 Session Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdInitTxdReqs) Total number of initial A11 session updates sent, excluding the re-transmitted A11 registration updates, since the system was last restarted. Re-transmitted A11 Session Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdReTxdReqs) Total number of re-transmitted A11 session updates since the system was last restarted. Session Ack Since Restart (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdRcvdAcks) Total number of A11 session acknowledgements received since the system was last restarted. Session Updates Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdDiscardedAcks) Total number of A11 session update acknowledgements discarded since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_service_option_rp_session_update_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update  Statistics Contd TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option-Based RP Session Update Statistics Contd Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update . S elect a row. Note : Clicking the Monitor1 button displays information for CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update Statistics. Clicking the Monitor 2 button displays information for CDMA PDSN PCF and Service Option based RP Session Update Statistics Contd. Click the Monitor2 button. The following information appears: Always On Registration Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdAlwaysOn) TNPDIT download Registration Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdRNPDIT) Session Parameter not Updated (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdParamNotUpdated) Unspecified Reason Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdReaUnSpecFails) MN Authentication Failure (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdMNAuthFails) Registration Identity Mismatch (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdIdMismatFails) Poorly Formed Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdBadReqFails) Always On Registration Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdAlwaysOn) Total number of initial A11 registration updates sent due to Always On downloaded since the system was last restarted. TNPDIT download Registration Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdRNPDIT) Total number of initial A11 registration updates sent due to TNPDIT downloaded since the system was last restarted. Session Parameter not Updated (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdParamNotUpdated) Number of session updates that failed for session parameter not updated reason since the system was last restarted. Unspecified Reason Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdReaUnSpecFails) Number of session updates that failed for unspecified reason since the system was last restarted. MN Authentication Failure (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdMNAuthFails) Number of session updates that failed due to MN authentication failure since the system was last restarted. Registration Identity Mismatch (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdIdMismatFails) Number of session updates that failed due to registration identity mismatch since the system was last restarted. Poorly Formed Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpSessUpdBadReqFails) Number of session updates that failed due to poorly formed request since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_ppp_stats.htm TITLE=PPP Setup Statistics TEXT=PPP Setup Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) -based PPP setup statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click PPP Setup Statistics. The following information is displayed : Active Connections (cCdmaPcfSoPppCurrentConns) Connection Initiate Requests Sent (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnInitiateReqs) Successful Connections (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnSuccesses) Failed Connection Setup Requests (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnFails) Negotiations Aborted (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnAborts) Active Connections (cCdmaPcfSoPppCurrentConns) Number of active PPP connections. Connection Initiate Requests Sent (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnInitiateReqs) Number of initiate PPP connection requests sent out since system startup. Successful Connections (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnSuccesses) Number of PPP connections that were successfully brought to the active state since system startup. Failed Connection Setup Requests (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnFails) Number of PPP connection setup requests that have failed since system startup. Negotiations Aborted (cCdmaPcfSoPppConnAborts) Number of PPP negotiations terminated prematurely due to a Mobile Node (MN) power-off since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpreg_denied_stats.htm TITLE=RP Registration Denied Statistics TEXT=RP Registration Denied Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) -based RPregistration denied statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Registration Statistics. Select RP Registration Denied Statistics . The following information is displayed : Registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegDeniedReqs) Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegDiscardedReqs) New Connection Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegDeniedReqs) Re-registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegDeniedReqs) De-registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegDeniedReqs) Handoff A11 Reg Req Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegDeniedReqs) Registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration requests denied since system startup. Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A11 registration requests discarded since system startup. New Connection Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for establishing new RP connections that have been denied since system startup. Re-registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for refreshing established RP connections that have been denied since system startup. De-registration Requests Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for closing established RP connections that have been denied since system startup. Handoff A11 Reg Req Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegDeniedReqs) Total number of denied handoff A11 Registration Requests meant for already existing session, since the system was last restarted. Note : This object is available for PDSN version 3.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpreg_failures.htm TITLE=RP Registration Failures TEXT=RP Registration Failures From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) -based RP registration failures. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Registration Statistics. Select RP Registration Failures . The following information is displayed: Unknown Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegPcfUnknwnFails) Administrative Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegAdmnFails) Insufficient Resource Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegNoRsrcFails) MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegMNAuthFails) ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegIdMismatFails) Bad Request Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegBadReqFails) Unknown Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegPcfUnknwnFails) Number of registration requests that failed when the PCF address did not appear in the Packet Data Serving Node's (PDSN) list of configured PCFs for an unspecified reason since system startup. Administrative Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegAdmnFails) Number of registration requests that failed when the PCF address did not appear in the PDSN's list of configured PCFs since system startup. Insufficient Resource Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegNoRsrcFails) Number of registration requests that failed when either the number of PCFs or sessions reached the maximum value or system resources were insufficient since system startup. MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegMNAuthFails) Number of registration requests that failed due to a Mobile Node (MN) authentication failure since system startup. ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegIdMismatFails) Number of registration requests that failed due to an identification mismatch since system startup. Bad Request Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegBadReqFails) Number of registration requests that failed due to a badly formed request since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpreg_failures_contd.htm TITLE=RP Registration Failures (contd..) TEXT=RP Registration Failures (contd..) From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) - based RP registration failures. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics. Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Registration Statistics. Select RP Registration Failures (contd..) . The following information is displayed : Unknown PDSN/HA Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegUnkPdsnFails) Reverse Tunnel Setup Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegNoRevTunFails) T-Bit Set Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegTBitNSetFails) Bad CVSE Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegBadCVSEFails) Unknown PDSN/HA Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegUnkPdsnFails) Number of registration requests that failed due to an unknown Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN)/Home Agent (HA) address since system startup. Reverse Tunnel Setup Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegNoRevTunFails) Number of registration requests that failed due to the failure of the Foreign Agent (FA) to HA reverse tunnel setup since system startup. T-Bit Set Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegTBitNSetFails) Number of registration requests that failed because the T-bit required for the reverse tunnel was not set since system startup. Bad CVSE Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegBadCVSEFails) Number of registration requests that failed because of unsupported vendor codes in the Customer/Vendor Specific Extension (CVSE) since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpreg_stats.htm TITLE=RP Registration Accepted Statistics TEXT=RP Registration Accepted Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) -based Radio Packet ( RP) registration accepted statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Registration Statistics . The following information is displayed : Registration Requests Received (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegRcvdReqs) Registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegAcptdReqs) New Connection Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegAcptdReqs) Re-registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAcptdReqs) De-registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegAcptdReqs) Accepted Handoff A11 Registrations (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegAcptdReqs) Registration Requests Received (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegRcvdReqs) Number of A11 registration requests received since system startup. Registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegAcptdReqs) Number of A11 registration requests accepted since system startup. New Connection Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegAcptdReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for establishing new RP connections that have been accepted since system startup. Re-registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAcptdReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for refreshing established RP connections that have been accepted since system startup. De-registration Requests Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegAcptdReqs) Number of A11 registration requests meant for closing established RP connections that have been accepted since system startup. Accepted Handoff A11 Registrations (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegAcptdReqs) Total number of accepted handoff A11 Registration Requests meant for already existing sessions, since the system was last restarted. Note : This object is available for PDSN version 3.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpupd_add_stats.htm TITLE=RP Update Additional Statistics TEXT=RP Update Additional Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) - based RP updatestatistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Update Statistics . Select RP Update Additional Statistics . The following information is displayed : Registration Acknowledgements Received (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdRcvdAcks) Registration Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdDiscardedAcks) Lifetime Expiry Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdRpLifeExpReqs) PPP Termination Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdPPPtermReqs) Other Reason Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdOtherReaReqs) Registration Acknowledgements Received (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdRcvdAcks) Number of A11 registration update acknowledgements received since system startup. Registration Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdDiscardedAcks) Number of A11 registration update acknowledgements discarded since system startup. Lifetime Expiry Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdRpLifeExpReqs) Number of initial A11 registration update requests sent due to RP lifetime expiry since system startup. PPP Termination Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdPPPtermReqs) Number of initial A11 registration update requests sent as a result of PPP termination since system startup. Other Reason Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdOtherReaReqs) Number of initial A11 registration update requests sent due to reasons other than RP lifetime expiry or PPP termination since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpupd_failures.htm TITLE=RP Update Failures TEXT=RP Update Failures From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO)-based RP update failures. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Update Statistics . Select RP Update Failures . The following information is displayed : Unknown Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdReaUnSpecFails) Administrative Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdAdmnFails) MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdMNAuthFails) ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdIdMismatFails) Bad Request Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdBadReqFails) Unknown Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdReaUnSpecFails) Number of registration updates that failed for an unspecified reason since system startup. Administrative Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdAdmnFails) Number of registration updates that failed due to administrative prohibition since system startup. MN Authentication Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdMNAuthFails) Number of registration updates that failed due to a Mobile Node (MN) authentication failure since system startup. ID Mismatch Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdIdMismatFails) Number of registration updates that failed due to a registration identity mismatch since system startup. Bad Request Failures (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdBadReqFails) Number of registration updates that failed due to a poorly formed request since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_rpupd_stats.htm TITLE=RP Update Statistics TEXT=RP Update Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO) - based RP updatestatistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, click RP Update Statistics . The following information is displayed : Updates Transmitted (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdTxdReqs) Updates Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdAcptdReqs) Updates Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdDeniedReqs) Updates Not Acknowledged (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdNotAckedReqs) Initial Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdInitTxdReqs) Retransmitted Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdReTxdReqs) Updates Transmitted (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdTxdReqs) Number of A11 registration update requests transmitted since system startup. Updates Accepted (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdAcptdReqs) Number of A11 registration update requests received with the Status field set to zero since system startup. Updates Denied (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdDeniedReqs) Number of A11 registration update requests received with the Status field set to a non-zero value since system startup. Updates Not Acknowledged (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdNotAckedReqs) Number of A11 registration update requests sent when no correspondingacknowledgements were received since system startup. Initial Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdInitTxdReqs) Number of initial A11 registration update requests, excluding retransmitted updates, since system startup. Retransmitted Updates (cCdmaPcfSoRpUpdReTxdReqs) Number of retransmitted A11 registration update requests since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_pcf_so_table.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Control Function (PCF) and Service Option (SO)-based statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . The following information is displayed : IP Address (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegIpAddr) Service Option (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegServiceOption) With an entry selected in the PCFs & Service Options table, you can open the following dialog boxes: Click RP Registration Statistics to open the RP Registration Accepted Statistics dialog box. Click RP Update Statistics to open the RP Update Statistics dialog box. Click PPP Setup Statistics to open the PPP Setup Statistics dialog box. IP Address (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegIpAddr) IP address of the PCF that serves the mobile node. Service Option (cCdmaPcfSoRpRegServiceOption) The service option received as part of the registration request.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PCF_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN PCF Table . With an entry selected in the CDMA PDSN PCF table, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: PCF Sessions Count (cCdmaPcfSessionTotal) Max Num of PCF Sessions (cCdmaPcfSessionMaxTotal) PCF Session Errors (cCdmaPcfErrorTotal) PCF Sessions Count (cCdmaPcfSessionTotal) Number of connections established with a packet control function (PCF). Max Num of PCF Sessions (cCdmaPcfSessionMaxTotal) Maximum number of simultaneous connections for a PCF. PCF Session Errors (cCdmaPcfErrorTotal) Number of session errors for a PCF.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PCF_Table.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PCF Table TEXT=CDMA PDSN PCF Table This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN PCF Table . PCF Ip Address (cCdmaPcfIpAddress) IP address identifying a packet control function (PCF).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Abnormal_Release_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Abnormal Release Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Abnormal Release Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view point-to-point protocol (PPP) abnormal statistics for a release. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Abnormal Release Statistics . The following data is displayed: PPP Released Due to Idle Timeout (cCdmaPppIdleTimeoutReleases) PPP Released Due to L2TP Tunnel Release (cCdmaPppL2tpTunnelReleases) PPP Released Due to Insufficient Resources (cCdmaPppInsufResReleases) PPP Released Due to Session Timeout (cCdmaPppSessTimeoutReleases) PPP Released Due to Service Interruption (cCdmaPppSrvIntReleases) PPP Released Due to Service Unavailability (cCdmaPppSrvUnavailReleases) PPP Released Due to Other Reasons (cCdmaPppOtherReasonReleases) PPP Released Due to Idle Timeout (cCdmaPppIdleTimeoutReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to PPP idle timeout since system startup. PPP Released Due to L2TP Tunnel Release (cCdmaPppL2tpTunnelReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to L2TP tunnel release since system startup. PPP Released Due to Insufficient Resources (cCdmaPppInsufResReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to insufficient resources since system startup. PPP Released Due to Session Timeout (cCdmaPppSessTimeoutReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to session timeout since system startup. PPP Released Due to Service Interruption (cCdmaPppSrvIntReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to service interruption since system startup. PPP Released Due to Service Unavailability (cCdmaPppSrvUnavailReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to service unavailability since system was last restarted. PPP Released Due to Other Reasons (cCdmaPppSrvUnavailReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to unknown reasons since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Authentication_Failures.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Failures TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Failures From this dialog box, you can view PPP authentication failures. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Failures . The following information is displayed: PPP CHAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthChapFailures) PPP PAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthPapFailures) PPP MSCHAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMschapFailures) PPP EAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthEapFailures) PPP MSID Tried (cCdmaPppAuthMsidAttempts) PPP MSID Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMsidFailures) AAA Timeout Failures (cCdmaPppAuthAAATimeouts) PPP CHAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthChapFailures) Number of times PPP CHAP authentication failed since system startup. PPP PAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthPapFailures) Number of times PPP PAP authentication failed since system startup. PPP MSCHAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMschapFailures) Number of times PPP MSCHAP authentication failed since system startup. PPP EAP Authentication Failures (cCdmaPppAuthEapFailures) Number of times PPP EAP authentication failed since system startup. PPP MSID Tried (cCdmaPppAuthMsidAttempts) Number of PPP MSID authentication requests sent since the last system restart. PPP MSID Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMsidFailures) Number of PPP MSID authentication requests that failed since the last system restart. AAA Timeout Failures (cCdmaPppAuthAAATimeouts) Number of PPP authentications that failed due to AAA timeouts since the last system restart. Note: This object is available only in PSDN 2.0.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Authentication_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view point-to-point protocol (PPP) authentication statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Statistics . The following data is displayed: PPP CHAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthChapAttempts) PPP CHAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthChapSuccesses) PPP PAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthPapAttempts) PPP PAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthPapSuccesses) PPP MSCHAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthMschapAttempts) PPP MSCHAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthMschapSuccesses) PPP EAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthEapAttempts) PPP EAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthEapSuccesses) PPP MSID Success (cCdmaPppAuthMsidSuccesses) PPP CHAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthChapAttempts) Number of PPP CHAP authentication requests sent out since system startup. PPP CHAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthChapSuccesses) Number of PPP CHAP authentication successes since system startup. PPP PAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthPapAttempts) Number of PPP PAP authentication requests sent out since system startup. PPP PAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthPapSuccesses) Number of PPP PAP authentication successes since system startup. PPP MSCHAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthMschapAttempts) Number of PPP MSCHAP authentication requests sent out since system startup. PPP MSCHAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthMschapSuccesses) Number of PPP MSCHAP authentication successes since system startup. PPP EAP Authentication Requests Sent (cCdmaPppAuthEapAttempts) Number of PPP EAP authentication requests sent out since system startup. PPP EAP Authentication Requests Successes (cCdmaPppAuthEapSuccesses) Number of PPP EAP authentication successes since system startup. PPP MSID Success (cCdmaPppAuthMsidSuccesses) Number of PPP MSID authentication requests that were successfully sent since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_authentication_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  PPP Authentication  Statistics Contd TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Statistics Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Authentication Statistics Contd . Select a row and click Monitor . The following information appears: CHAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthChapTimeouts) PAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthPapTimeouts) MSCHAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthMschapTimeouts) PPP Authentication Skipped (cCdmaPppAuthSkips) CHAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthChapTimeouts) Total number of PPP CHAP authentication timeouts due to the mobile node not responding to a CHAP request since the system was last restarted . PAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthPapTimeouts) Total number of PPP PAP authentication timeouts due to the mobile node not sending a PAP request since the system was last restarted. MSCHAP Authentication Timeout (cCdmaPppAuthMschapTimeouts) Total number of PPP MSCHAP authentication timeouts due to the mobile node not responding to a MSCHAP request since the system was last restarted. PPP Authentication Skipped (cCdmaPppAuthSkips) Total number of PPP negotiations that skipped PPP authentication, since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Compression_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Compression Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Compression Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view point-to-point protocol (PPP) compression statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Compression Statistics . The following data is displayed: PPP Connections With Negotiated Compression (cCdmaPppCompressNegoCons) PPP Connections With Microsoft Compression (cCdmaPppCompressMsftCons) PPP Connections With Ascend Compression (cCdmaPppCompressAscendCons) PPP Connections With Stack Compression (cCdmaPppCompressStackCons) PPP Connections With Deflate Compression (cCdmaPppCompressDeflateCons) PPP Connections With Other Compression (cCdmaPppCompressOtherCons) PPP Connections With Negotiated Compression (PDSN or MS) (cCdmaPppCompressNegoCons) Number of PPP connections that used negotiated compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Microsoft Compression (cCdmaPppCompressMsftCons) Number of PPP connections that used Microsoft compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Ascend Compression (cCdmaPppCompressAscendCons) Number of PPP connections that used Ascend compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Stack Compression (cCdmaPppCompressStackCons) Number of PPP connections that used stack compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Deflate Compression (cCdmaPppCompressDeflateCons) Number of PPP connections that used deflate compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Other Compression (cCdmaPppCompressOtherCons) Number of PPP connections that used a compression type other than negotiated, Microsoft, Ascend, Stack or deflate since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Miscellaneous_Stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view point-to-point protocol (PPP) miscellaneous connections. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Statistics . The following data is displayed: PPP Connections With Negotiated MRRU (cCdmaPppNegoMrruCons) PPP Connections With Negotiated IPX Protocol (cCdmaPppNegoIpxCons) PPP Connections With Negotiated IP Protocol (cCdmaPppNegoIpCons) PPP Connections With Negotiated VJ-Compression (cCdmaPppNegoVjCompCons) PPP Connections With Negotiated BAP (cCdmaPppNegoBapCons) PPP Bundles Formed (cCdmaPppConFormedBundles) PPP Connections With Negotiated MRRU (cCdmaPppNegoMrruCons) Number of PPP connections that have negotiated MRRU since system startup. PPP Connections With Negotiated IPX Protocol (cCdmaPppNegoIpxCons) Number of PPP connections that have negotiated IPX protocol since system startup. PPP Connections With Negotiated IP Protocol (cCdmaPppNegoIpCons) Number of PPP connections that have negotiated IP protocol since system startup. PPP Connections With Negotiated VJ-Compression (cCdmaPppNegoVjCompCons) Number of PPP connections that have negotiated VJ-compression since system startup. PPP Connections With Negotiated BAP (cCdmaPppNegoIpCons) Number of PPP connections that negotiated Bandwidth Allocation Protocol (BAP) since system startup. PPP Bundles Formed (cCdmaPppConFormedBundles) Number of PPP bundles formed since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_misc_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Stats Contd TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Stats Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Miscellaneous Stats Contd . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Compression Negotiation Failure (cCdmaPppCompressNegoFailures) LCP Echo Requests Transmitted (cCdmaPppTransmittedEchoReqs) LCP Echo Requests Retransmitted (cCdmaPppRetransmittedEchoReqs) LCP Echo Reply Received (cCdmaPppReceivedEchoReplies) LCP Echo Requests Timed Out (cCdmaPppEchoRequestTimeouts) Unidentified Protocol Packets Discarded (cCdmaPppUnknownProtocolPktDiscards) Bad Length Packets Discarded (cCdmaPppBadLengthPktDiscards) Compression Negotiation Failure (cCdmaPppCompressNegoFailures) Total number of PPP negotiations that failed due to compression negotiation failure since the system was last restarted. LCP Echo Requests Transmitted (cCdmaPppTransmittedEchoReqs) Total number of LCP Echo requests transmitted since the system was last restarted. LCP Echo Requests ReTransmitted (cCdmaPppRetransmittedEchoReqs) Total number of LCP Echo requests retransmitted since the system was last restarted. LCP Echo Reply Received (cCdmaPppReceivedEchoReplies) Total number of LCP Echo reply received since the system was last restarted. LCP Echo Requests Timed Out (cCdmaPppEchoRequestTimeouts) Total number of LCP Echo requests timed out since the system was last restarted. Unidentified Protocol Packets Discarded (cCdmaPppUnknownProtocolPktDiscards) Total number of packets discarded at PPP stack due to protocol value can not be identified, since the system was last restarted. Bad Length Packets Discarded (cCdmaPppBadLengthPktDiscards) Total number of PPP packets discarded stack due to bad length since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Normal_Release_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Normal Release Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Normal Release Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view point-to-point protocol (PPP) statistics for a release. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Normal Release Statistics . The following data is displayed: Total PPP Connections Released (PDSN or MS) (cCdmaPppTotalReleases) PPP Connections Released by PDSN (cCdmaPppPdsnReleases) PPP Connections Released by Mobile (cCdmaPppMobileReleases) PPP Released Due to Ingress Addr Filtering (cCdmaPppAddrFilterReleases) PPP Released Due to Admin Commands (cCdmaPppAdminReleases) PPP Released Due to LCP Term Reqs (cCdmaPppLcpTermReleases) PPP Released Due to PCF Registration Request (cCdmaPppDeregisterByPcfReleases) PPP Released Due to Session Lifetime Expires (cCdmaPppLifetimeExpiryReleases) Total PPP Connections Released (PDSN or MS) (CCdmaPppTotalReleases) Number of active PPP connections released by either the packet data serving node (PDSN) or mobile node since system startup. PPP Connections Released by PDSN (cCdmaPppPdsnReleases) Number of active PPP connection release requests initiated by the PDSN since system startup. PPP Connections Released by Mobile (cCdmaPppMobileReleases) Number of active PPP connection release requests initiated by the mobile node since system startup. PPP Released Due to Ingress Addr Filtering (cCdmaPppAddrFilterReleases) Number of PPP connection releases due to ingress address filtering since system startup. PPP Released Due to Admin Commands (cCdmaPppAdminReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to administrative commands since system startup. PPP Released Due to LCP Term Reqs (cCdmaPppLcpTermReleases) Number of PPP connections released due to Link Control Protocol ( LCP) term REQ since system startup. PPP Released Due to PCF Registration Request (cCdmaPppDeregisterByPcfReleases) Total number of PPP connections released as Packet Control Function (PCF) sends deregistration request since system was last restarted. Note : This object is available for PDSN version 3.0 and later. PPP Released Due to Session Lifetime Expires (cCdmaPppLifetimeExpiryReleases) Total number of PPP connections released as the session lifetime expires, since the system was last restarted. Note : This object is available for PDSN version 3.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Renegotiate_Stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics From this dialog box, you can view PPP renegotiation statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics . The following information is displayed: Total PPP Renegotiated (PDSN or MS) (cCdmaPppRenegTotalReqs) PPP Renegotiated by PDSN (cCdmaPppRenegByPdsnReqs) PPP Renegotiated by Mobile (cCdmaPppRenegByMobileReqs) PPP Renegotiated During Setup stage (cCdmaPppRenegLcpIpcpReqs) PPP Renegotiated Due to IP Address Mismatch (cCdmaPppRenegAddrMismatchReqs) PPP Renegotiated Due to Other Reasons (cCdmaPppRenegOtherReasonReqs) The following objects are available only in PSDN 2.0: Successful Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegSuccesses) Failed Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegFailures) Aborted Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegConnectionsAborted) Total PPP Renegotiated (PDSN or MS) (cCdmaPppRenegTotalReqs) Number of PPP connections renegotiated by either the Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN) or the mobile node (MN) since system startup. PPP Renegotiated by PDSN (cCdmaPppRenegByPdsnReqs) Number of PPP connection renegotiation requests initiated by the PDSN since system startup. PPP Renegotiated by Mobile (cCdmaPppRenegByMobileReqs) Number of PPP connection renegotiation requests initiated by the MN since system stratup. PPP Renegotiated During Setup stage (cCdmaPppRenegLcpIpcpReqs) Number of PPP connection renegotiation requests sent during setup (LCP and IPCP stages) since system startup. PPP Renegotiated Due to IP Address Mismatch (cCdmaPppRenegAddrMismatchReqs) Number of PPP connections renegotiated due to an IP address mismatch since system startup. PPP Renegotiated Due to Other Reasons (cCdmaPppRenegOtherReasonReqs) Number of PPP connections renegotiated due to reasons other than an IP address mismatch since system startup. Successful Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegSuccesses) Number of PPP renegotiations that were successfully brought to the active state since system startup. Failed Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegFailures) Number of PPP renegotiations that failed since system startup. Aborted Renegotiations (cCdmaPppRenegConnectionsAborted) Number of PPP renegotiations terminated prematurely due to the MN power-off or other reasons.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_renegotiation_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics Cont TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics Cont Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Renegotiation Statistics Cont . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: PPP Connections Renegotiated (cCdmaPppRenegAnidChanges) PPP Connections Renegotiated (cCdmaPppRenegAnidChanges) Total number of PPP connections renegotiated due to access-network id (anid) change during session handoff.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_setup_a10_release_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  PPP Setup A10 Release Stats  TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup A10 Release Stats Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Setup A10 Release Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: PDSN A10 Release before LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppPreLCPPdsnA10Releases) PCF A10 Release before LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppPreLCPPcfA10Releases) PDSN A10 Release in LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppLCPPdsnA10Releases) PCF A10 Release in LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppLCPPcfA10Releases) PDSN A10 Release in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPdsnA10Releases) PCF A10 Release in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPcfA10Releases) PDSN A10 Release in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIPCPPdsnA10Releases) PCF A10 Release in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIPCPPcfA10Releases) PDSN A10 Release before LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppPreLCPPdsnA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PDSN before the PPP enters LCP negotiation phase. PCF A10 Release before LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppPreLCPPcfA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PCF before the PPP enters LCP negotiation phase. PDSN A10 Release in LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppLCPPdsnA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PDSN during the LCP negotiation phase. PCF A10 Release in LCP Negotiation Phase (cCdmaPppLCPPcfA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PCF during the LCP negotiation phase. PDSN A10 Release in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPdsnA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PDSN during the PPP authentication phase. PCF A10 Release in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPcfA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PCF during the PPP authentication phase. PDSN A10 Release in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIPCPPdsnA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by PDSN during the IPCP negotiation phase. PCF A10 Release in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIPCPPcfA10Releases) Total number of A10 connections released by the PCF during the IPCP negotiation phase.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_setup_connection_term_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  PPP Setup Connection Termination Stats  TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Connection Termination Stats Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Connection Termination Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Conns Released of no MN IP Address (cCdmaPppNoRemoteIpAddressReleases) Conns Terminated of RP Disconnect (cCdmaPppLowerLayerReleaseFailures) Receiving Term Request in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIpcpPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Sending Term Request in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIpcpPhaseSentTermreqs) Receiving Term Request in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Sending Term Request in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPhaseSentTermreqs) Receiving Term Request in LCP Phase (cCdmaPppLcpPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Sending Term Request in LCP Phasec (cCdmaPppLcpPhaseSentTermreqs) Miscellaneous Reason Terminated Conn (cCdmaPppConnectionOtherFailures) Conns Released of no MN IP Address (cCdmaPppNoRemoteIpAddressReleases) Total number of PPP connections released because the mobile node has no IP address as it rejects the IP address allocated by Packet Data Serving Node ( PDSN). Conns Terminated of RP Disconnect (cCdmaPppLowerLayerReleaseFailures) Total number of PPP connections terminated because the lower layer, such as Radio Packet ( RP), is disconnected. Receiving Term Request in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIpcpPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP receiving term request during the Internet Protocol Control Protocol (IPCP) phase. Sending Term Request in IPCP Phase (cCdmaPppIpcpPhaseSentTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP sending term request during the IPCP phase. Receiving Term Request in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP receiving term request during the authentication phase. Sending Term Request in Authentication Phase (cCdmaPppAuthPhaseSentTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP sending term request during the authentication phase. Receiving Term Request in LCP Phase (cCdmaPppLcpPhaseReceivedTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP receiving term request during the LCP phase. Sending Term Request in LCP Phasec (cCdmaPppLcpPhaseSentTermreqs) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to PPP sending term request during the LCP phase. Miscellaneous Reason Terminated Conn (cCdmaPppConnectionOtherFailures) Total number of PPP negotiations terminated due to miscellaneous reasons.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Setup_Failures.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Failures TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Failures From this dialog box, you can view the PPP requests that have been rejected. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Failures . The following information is displayed: PPP Connection Setup Reqs Failed (cCdmaPppConnectionFailures) PPP Connections Failed at LCP stage (cCdmaPppLcpFailures) PPP Connections Failed at AUTH stage (cCdmaPppAuthFailures) PPP Connections Failed at IPCP stage (cCdmaPppIpcpFailures) The following objects are available only in PDSN 2.0: LCP Stage Failures after Maximum Retransmissions (cCdmaPppLcpFailuresMaxRetrans) LCP Stage Failures Due to Unknown Reason (cCdmaPppLcpFailuresUnknown) IPCP Stage Failures after Maximum Retransmissions (cCdmaPppIpcpFailuresMaxRetrans) IPCP Stage Failures Due to Unknown Reason (cCdmaPppIpcpFailuresUnknown) PPP Negotiations Aborted Prematurely (cCdmaPppConnectionsAborted) PPP Connection Setup Reqs Failed (cCdmaPppConnectionFailures) Number of times PPP connection setup requests failed since system startup. PPP Connections Failed at LCP stage (cCdmaPppLcpFailures) Number of times PPP connection requests failed at the LCP stage since system startup. PPP Connections Failed at AUTH stage (cCdmaPppAuthFailures) Number of times PPP setup connections failed at the authentication stage since system startup. PPP Connections Failed at IPCP stage (cCdmaPppIpcpFailures) Number of times PPP setup connections failed at the IPCP stage since system startup. LCP Stage Failures after Maximum Retransmissions (cCdmaPppLcpFailuresMaxRetrans) Number of PPP connection requests that failed at the LCP stage after the maximum number of retransmissions was reached since system startup. LCP Stage Failures Due to Unknown Reason (cCdmaPppLcpFailuresUnknown) Number of PPP connection requests that failed at the LCP stage because of an unknown reason since system startup. IPCP Stage Failures after Maximum Retransmissions (cCdmaPppIpcpFailuresMaxRetrans) Number of PPP connection requests that failed at the IPCP stage after the maximum number of retransmissions was reached since system startup. IPCP Stage Failures Due to Unknown Reason (cCdmaPppIpcpFailuresUnknown) Number of PPP connection requests that failed at the IPCP stage because of an unknown reason since system startup. PPP Negotiations Aborted Prematurely (cCdmaPppConnectionsAborted) Number of PPP negotiations that terminated prematurely due to a module node (MN) power-off since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_PPP_Setup_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view valid and accepted point-to-point protocol (PPP) setup requests. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Statistics . The following data is displayed: Currently Active PPP Connections (cCdmaPppCurrentConnections) PPP Initiate Connection Reqs Sent (cCdmaPppConnectionInitiateReqs) PPP Connection Reqs Succeessfully Active (cCdmaPppConnectionSuccesses) PPP Connections Entering LCP stage (cCdmaPppEnterLcpNums) PPP Connections Entering AUTH stage (cCdmaPppEnterAuthNums) PPP Connections Entering IPCP stage (cCdmaPppEnterIpcpNums) Currently Active PPP Connections (cCdmaPppCurrentConnections) Number of active PPP connections. PPP Initiate Connection Reqs Sent (cCdmaPppConnectionInitiateReqs) Number of PPP connection initiation requests sent out since system startup. PPP Connection Reqs Successfully Active (cCdmaPppConnectionSuccesses) Number of PPP connections made active since system startup. PPP Connections Entering LCP stage (cCdmaPppEnterLcpNums) Number of PPP connections entering the LCP stage since system startup. PPP Connections Entering AUTH stage (cCdmaPppEnterAuthNums) Number of PPP connections entering the authentication stage since system startup. PPP Connections Entering IPCP stage (cCdmaPppEnterIpcpNums) Number of PPP connections entering the IPCP stage since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_ppp_setup_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  PPP Setup Stats  Contd  TEXT=CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Stats Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PPP Setup Stats Contd . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: LCP Negotiation Failures (cCdmaPppLcpOptionIssueFailures) IPCP Negotiation Failures (cCdmaPppIpcpOptionIssueFailures) Authentication Stage Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMaxRetransFailures) Successfully LCP Stage Conn (cCdmaPppLcpSuccesses) Successful Conn in IPCP Stage (cCdmaPppIpcpSuccesses) Successful Conn in Authentication Stage (cCdmaPppAuthSuccesses) LCP Negotiation Failures (cCdmaPppLcpOptionIssueFailures) Total number of PPP connections terminated due to Link Control Protocol (LCP) options negotiation failure such as call back user not negotiating the call back option. IPCP Negotiation Failures (cCdmaPppIpcpOptionIssueFailures) Total number of PPP connections terminated due to Internet Protocol Control Protocol ( IPCP) options negotiation failure, such as IP address negotiation. Authentication Stage Failures (cCdmaPppAuthMaxRetransFailures) Total number of PPP connection requests that failed at the authentication stage after the maximum number of retransmissions since the system was last restarted. Successfully LCP Stage Conn (cCdmaPppLcpSuccesses) Total number of PPP connections that entered the LCP stage successfully. Successful Conn in IPCP Stage (cCdmaPppIpcpSuccesses) Total number of PPP connections that entered the IPCP stage successfully. Successful Conn in Authentication Stage (cCdmaPppAuthSuccesses) Total number of PPP connections that succeeded authentication.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Registration_Accepted_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Accepted Stats TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Accepted Stats This dialog box is applicable to Controller, Member, and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view registration statistics for valid and accepted requests. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Accepted Stats . The following data is displayed: Registration Request Received (cCdmaRpRegReceivedReqs) Registration Request Accepted (cCdmaRpRegAcceptedReqs) Registration Request for New Connection Accepted (cCdmaRpInitRegAcceptedReqs) Registration Request for Refreshing connection Accepted (cCdmaRpReRegAcceptedReqs) Registration Request for Disconnection Accepted (cCdmaRpDeRegAcceptedReqs) Registration Request Received (cCdmaRpRegReceivedReqs) Number of A-11 registration requests received since system startup. Registration Request Accepted (cCdmaRpRegAcceptedReqs) Number of A-11 registration requests accepted since system startup. The code field in the registration reply is set to zero. Registration Request for New Connection Accepted (cCdmaRpInitRegAcceptedReqs) Number of accepted A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for establishing new R-P connections. These A-11 registration requests contain the connection setup airlink record. The code field in the registration reply is set to zero. Registration Request for Refreshing connection Accepted (cCdmaRpReRegAcceptedReqs) Number of accepted A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for refreshing the established R-P connections. The code field in the registration reply is set to zero. Registration Request for Disconnection Accepted (cCdmaRpDeRegAcceptedReqs) Number of accepted A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for deactivating the established R-P connections. The code field in the registration reply is set to zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Registration_Denied_Stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Denied Stats TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Denied Stats This dialog box is applicable to Controller, Member, and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view registration statistics for denied requests. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Denied Stats . The following data is displayed: Registration Request Denied (cCdmaRpRegDeniedReqs) Registration Request Discarded (cCdmaRpRegDiscardedReqs) Registration Request for New connection Denied (cCdmaRpInitRegDeniedReqs) Registration Request for Refreshing connection Denied (cCdmaRpReRegDeniedReqs) Registration Request for Disconnection Denied (cCdmaRpDeRegDeniedReqs) Registration Request for Disconnection Denied (cCdmaRpDeRegDeniedReqs) Number of denied A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for deactivating the established R-P connections. The code field in the registration reply is set to non-zero. Registration Request Denied (cCdmaRpRegDeniedReqs) Number of A-11 registration requests denied since system startup. The code field in the registration reply is set to non-zero. Registration Request Discarded (cCdmaRpRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A-11 registration requests discarded since system startup. A registration reply is not returned for these A-11 registration requests. Registration Request for New connection Denied (cCdmaRpInitRegDeniedReqs) Number of denied A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for establishing new R-P connections. These A-11 registration requests contain the connection setup airlink record. The code field in the registration reply is set to non-zero. Registration Request for Refreshing connection Denied (cCdmaRpReRegDeniedReqs) Number of denied A-11 registration requests since system startup that are used for refreshing the established R-P connections. The code field in the registration reply is set to non-zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Registration_Failures.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Failures TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Failures This dialog box is applicable to Controller, Member, and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view rejected registration statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Failures . The following data is displayed: Registration Request Failed Unspecified (cCdmaRPRegReasonUnSpecFailures) Registration Request Failed Administrative (cCdmaRPRegAdminProhibFailures) Registration Request Failed Insuff Resource (cCdmaRPRegInsuffResFailures) Registration Request Failed MN Authentication (cCdmaRPRegMNAuthenFailures) Registration Request Failed Identity Mismatch (cCdmaRPRegIdentMismatchFailures) Registration Request Failed Poor Request (cCdmaRPRegBadRequestFailures) Registration Request Failed Unspecified (cCdmaRPRegReasonUnSpecFailures) Number of registration requests that failed because the packet control function (PCF) address was not found in the configured PCF packet data serving node (PDSN) list, for an unspecified reason, since system startup. Registration Request Failed Administrative (cCdmaRPRegAdminProhibFailures) Number of registration requests that failed because the PCF address was not found in the configured PCF PDSN list, due to administrative prohibition, since system startup. Registration Request Failed Insuff Resource (cCdmaRPRegInsuffResFailures) Number of registration requests that failed because the PCF number or session number has reached the maximum value since system startup. Registration Request Failed MN Authentication (cCdmaRPRegMNAuthenFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to a mobile node (MN) authentication failure since system startup. Registration Request Failed Identity Mismatch (cCdmaRPRegIdentMismatchFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to a registration identity mismatch since system startup. Registration Request Failed Poor Request (cCdmaRPRegBadRequestFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to a poorly formed request since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Registration_Failures_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Failures (contd..) TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Failures (contd..) This dialog box is applicable to Controller, Member, and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view rejected registration statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Failures (contd..) . The following data is displayed: Registration Request Failed Unknown HA/PDSN (cCdmaRpRegUnknownPdsnFailures) Registration Request Failed Reverse Tunnel (cCdmaRPRegNoRevTunnelFailures) Registration Request Failed T bit (cCdmaRPRegTBitNotSetFailures) Registration Request Failed CVSE (cCdmaRPRegBadCVSEFailures) Registration Request Failed Unknown HA/PDSN (cCdmaRpRegUnknownPdsnFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to an unknown packet data serving node (PDSN) or Home Agent (HA) address since the system was last restarted. Registration Request Failed Reverse Tunnel (cCdmaRPRegNoRevTunnelFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to a Foreign Agent (FA) to HA tunnel setup failure since system startup. Registration Request Failed T bit (cCdmaRPRegTBitNotSetFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to an unset T bit since system startup. Registration Request Failed CVSE (cCdmaRPRegBadCVSEFailures) Number of registration requests that failed due to an unsupported vendor code in CVSE since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Service_Option_Table.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Service Option Table TEXT=CDMA PDSN Service Option Table This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN Service Option Table . The following information is displayed: Service Option (cCdmaServiceOptionIndex) Rp Session Success (cCdmaServiceOptionSucesses) Rp Session Failure (cCdmaServiceOptionFailures) Service Option (cCdmaServiceOptionIndex) Service option, as defined by IOS 4.1. A service option is used to uniquely index table entries. Service options (as defined in 3GPP2 4.1) are: Value Description 6 smsRate1 9 loopback13K 12 asyncDataRate2 13 group3FaxRate2 14 smsRate2 15 packetData144k 18 otapaRate1 19 otapaRate2 22 packetDataRs1fRs1r 23 packetDataRs1fRs2r 24 packetDataRs2fRs1r 25 packetDataRs2fRs2 32 is2000TestData 33 packetData3G 37 isdn64k 54 is2000Markov 55 is2000Loopback 4103 packetDataRev1 Rp Session Success (cCdmaServiceOptionSucesses) Number of times the device succeeded in setting up a radio packet (RP) session for a particular service option defined by IOS 4.1. Rp Session Failure (cCdmaServiceOptionFailures) Number of times the device failed in setting up a RP session for a particular service option defined by IOS 4.1.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_session_flow_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN SESSION  FLOW Statistics  TEXT=CDMA PDSN SESSION FLOW Statistics Right-click on the MWAM card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN Session Flow Statistics . The following information appears: PPPoGRE Sessions (cCdmaPPPoGRESessionTotal) HDLCoGRE Sessions (cCdmaHDLCoGRESessionTotal ) Sessions Established (cCdmaEstablishedSessions) Sessions Released (cCdmaReleasedSessions ) MSID Flows (cCdmaMSIDFlowTotal) VPDN Flows (cCdmaVPDNFlowTotal) PPPoGRE Sessions (cCdmaPPPoGRESessionTotal) Number of PPPoGRE sessions currently established with this system. HDLCoGRE Sessions (cCdmaHDLCoGRESessionTotal ) Number of HDLCoGRE sessions currently established with this system. Sessions Established (cCdmaEstablishedSessions) Number of sessions established since system was last restarted. Sessions Released (cCdmaReleasedSessions ) Number of sessions released since the system was last restarted. MSID Flows (cCdmaMSIDFlowTotal) Number of flows currently using the MSID service. VPDN Flows (cCdmaVPDNFlowTotal) Number of flows currently using the VPDN service.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_session_update_denial_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  Session Update Denial Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Session Update Denial Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN Session Update Denial Statistics . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Registration Update Denied (cCdmaRpSessUpdDeniedReqs) Discarded Session Update Ack (cCdmaRpSessUpdDiscardedAcks) Unknown Session Reg Failure (cCdmaRpSessUpdReasonUnSpecFailures) Incorrect Parameter Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdReasonParamNotUpdated) MN Auth Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdMNAuthenFailures) Identity Mismatch Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdIdentMismatchFailures) Poor Request Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdBadReqFailures) Registration Update Denied (cCdmaRpSessUpdDeniedReqs) Number of A11 Session Update Acknowledgements received with the Status field set to non-zero indicating that the corresponding Registration Update was denied since the system was last restarted. Discarded Session Update Ack (cCdmaRpSessUpdDiscardedAcks) Number of A11 Session Update Acknowledgements discarded since the system was last restarted. Unknown Session Reg Failure (cCdmaRpSessUpdReasonUnSpecFailures) Number of session update registrations that failed for an unspecified reason since the system was last restarted. Incorrect Parameter Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdReasonParamNotUpdated) Number of session update registrations that failed due to session parameters not updated since the system was last restarted. MN Auth Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdMNAuthenFailures) Number of session update registrations failed due to mobile node authentication failure since the system was last restarted. Identity Mismatch Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdIdentMismatchFailures) Number of session update registrations failed due to registration identity mismatch since system was last restarted. Poor Request Session Reg Failures (cCdmaRpSessUpdBadReqFailures) Number of session update registrations failed due to poorly formed request since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_session_update_stats.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN  Session Update Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Session Update Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN Session Update Statistics . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Session Updates Transmitted (cCdmaRpSessUpdTransmittedReqs) Registration Update Accepted (cCdmaRpSessUpdAcceptedReqs) Unacknowledged Session Update (cCdmaRpSessUpdNotAckedReqs) Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdInitTransmittedReqs) Retransmitted Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdReTransmittedReqs) Acknowledged Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdReceivedAcks) Always On Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdAlwaysON) RNPDIT Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdRNPDIT) Session Updates Transmitted (cCdmaRpSessUpdTransmittedReqs) Number of A11 Session Updates transmitted since the system was last restarted. Registration Update Accepted (cCdmaRpSessUpdAcceptedReqs) Number of A11 Session Update Acknowledgements received with the Status field set to zero (indicating that the corresponding Registration Update was accepted) since the system was last restarted. Unacknowledged Session Update (cCdmaRpSessUpdNotAckedReqs) Number of A11 Session Update Updates sent, for which no corresponding A11 Registration Acknowledgements received since the system was last restarted. Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdInitTransmittedReqs) Number of initial A11 Session Updates sent, excluding re-transmitted A11 Registration Updates since the system was last restarted. Retransmitted Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdReTransmittedReqs) Number of re-transmitted A11 Session Updates since the system was last restarted. Acknowledged Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdReceivedAcks) Number of A11 Session Update Acknowledgements received since the system was last restarted. Always On Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdAlwaysON) Number of initial A11 Session Updates sent due to Always On since the system was last restarted. Note that this count does not include any retransmissions. RNPDIT Initial Session Updates (cCdmaRpSessUpdRNPDIT) Number of initial A11 Registration Updates sent due to RNPDIT value downloaded, since the system was last restarted. Note that this count does not include any retransmissions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Status_Change_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Status Change Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Status Change Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. It displays the status change statistics for the packet data serving node (PDSN). Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Status Change Statistics . IS to OOS change (cCdmaStatusIS2OOSes) Total number of changes from in service (IS) to out of service (OOS). OOS to IS change (cCdmaStatusOOS2ISes) Total number of changes from OOS to IS.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_System_Information.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN System Information TEXT=CDMA PDSN System Information From this dialog box, you can view Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN) system information. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select CDMA PDSN System Information. The following information is displayed: Max Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionMaxAllowed) Max Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowed) Host Name (cCdmaServingPdsnHostname) PDSN System Version (cCdmaSystemVersion) PDSN Authentication Timer (cCdmaSessionPdsnAuthenTimer) Max Session Notification Enable (cCdmaSessionMaxNotifEnabled) Max PCF Notification Enable (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowedNotifEnabled) Invalid Registration Notification Enable (cCdmaRegReqFailedNotifEnabled) PDSN Status (cCdmaSystemStatus) Session Low Threshold Allowed (cCdmaSessionLowThreshold) Session High Threshold Allowed (cCdmaSessionHighThreshold) Session Redundancy Enabled (cCdmaSrEnabled) Max Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionMaxAllowed) Maximum number of sessions allowed by the system. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. When the value of this object is zero, there are no limitations on the number of PDSN sessions. Max Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowed) Maximum number of packet control functions (PCF) allowed by system. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. When the value of this object is zero, there are no limitations on the number of PCF sessions. Host Name (cCdmaServingPdsnHostname) Host name of the serving PDSN. This object is applicable to controller, member and peer-peer. PDSN System Version (cCdmaSystemVersion) Cisco packet data switching node release version (for example, output: 1.1). This object is applicable to controller, member and peer-peer. PDSN Authentication Timer (cCdmaSessionPdsnAuthenTimer) Timer for Mobile IP (MoIP) users not using PPP authentication. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. Max Session Notification Enable (cCdmaSessionMaxNotifEnabled) When the value of this object is true , a notification is sent when the maximum number of sessions is reached. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. Note: The default value is false . Max PCF Notification Enable (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowedNotifEnabled) When the value of this object is true , a notification is sent when the maximum number of interconnected PCF are reached. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. Note: The default value is false . Invalid Registration Notification Enable (cCdmaRegReqFailedNotifEnabled) When the value of this object is true , a failure notification is sent to the manager whenever a session terminates because of a registration request failure. When enabled, this object is applicable to controller, member and peer-peer. Note: The default value is false . PDSN Status (cCdmaSystemStatus) Operational status of the PDSN subsystem. This object is applicable to controller, member and peer-peer. Session Low Threshold Allowed (cCdmaSessionLowThreshold) Minimum number of allowed sessions. The agent generates a notification when this threshold is reached during call release. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. Session High Threshold Allowed (cCdmaSessionHighThreshold) Maximum number of allowed sessions. The agent generates a notification when this threshold is reached during call setup. This object is applicable to member and peer-peer. Session Redundancy Enabled (cCdmaSrEnabled) Indicates whether the session redundancy feature is enabled. Note: This object is available only in PSDN 2.0.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_System_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN System Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN System Statistics From this dialog box, you can view Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN) system statistics. Navigation Right-click the Mobile Wireless Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN System Statistics . The following information is displayed: Currents Sessions Ratio [Current Number of Sessions(cCdmaSessionTotal) Vs Max Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionMaxAllowed)] Current PCF Ratio [Current Number of PCF(cCdmaPcfTotal) Vs Max Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowed)] Simple IP Flows (cCdmaSimpleIpFlowTotal) Mobile IP Flows (cCdmaMobileIpFlowTotal) Proxy MoIP Flows (cCdmaProxyMobileIpFlowTotal) Session Failures Count (cCdmaSessionFailTotal) The following objects are available only in PDSN 2.0: Active Sessions (cCdmaActiveSessions) Dormant Sessions (cCdmaDormantSessions) Currents Sessions Ratio [Current Number of Sessions(cCdmaSessionTotal) Vs Max Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionMaxAllowed)] Ratio of number of current sessions to the maximum number of sessions: Current Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionTotal): total number of sessions established with the system. Max Number of Sessions (cCdmaSessionMaxAllowed): maximum number of sessions allowed by the system. Current PCF Ratio [Current Number of PCF(cCdmaPcfTotal) Vs Max Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowed)] Ratio of current packet control functions (PCF) to the maximum number of PCF: Current Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfTotal): total number of PCF interacting with the system. Max Number of PCF (cCdmaPcfMaxAllowed): maximum number of PCF allowed by the system. Simple IP Flows (cCdmaSimpleIpFlowTotal) Number of flows using simple IP service. Mobile IP Flows (cCdmaMobileIpFlowTotal) Number of flows using Mobile IP service. Proxy MoIP Flows (cCdmaProxyMobileIpFlowTotal) Number of flows using proxy Mobile IP service. Session Failures Count (cCdmaSessionFailTotal) Number of A10/A11 session failures that have occurred since the PDSN agent restarted. Note: sysUpTime can be polled to determine if the agent was restarted. Active Sessions (cCdmaActiveSessions) Number of sessions in the active state. Dormant Sessions (cCdmaDormantSessions) Number of sessions in the dormant state.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Traffic_Octets_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Octets) Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Octets) Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) service level traffic statistics for octets. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Traffic (Octets) Statistics . The following data is displayed: Simple IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedSipKiloOctets) Simple IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedSipKiloOctets) Mobile IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedMipKiloOctets) Mobile IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedMipKiloOctets) Proxy Mobile IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedPmipKiloOctets) Proxy Mobile IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedPmipKiloOctets) SDB Marked Data Octets ( cCdmaTransmittedSDBOctets) Simple IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedSipKiloOctets) Number of simple IP data octets (in units of 1024 octets) sent to mobile stations from the packet data serving node (PDSN) since system startup. Simple IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedSipKiloOctets) Number of simple IP data octets (in unit of 1024 octets) received from mobile stations since system startup. Mobile IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedMipKiloOctets) Number of mobile IP data octets (in unit of 1024 octets) sent to mobile stations from the PDSN since system startup. Mobile IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedMipKiloOctets) Number of mobile IP data octets (in unit of 1024 octets) received from mobile stations since system startup. Proxy Mobile IP Kilo Octets Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedPmipKiloOctets) Number of proxy mobile IP data octets (in unit of 1024 octets) sent to mobile stations since system startup. Proxy Mobile IP Kilo Octets Received (cCdmaReceivedPmipKiloOctets) Number of proxy mobile IP data octets (in unit of 1024 octets) received from mobile stations since system startup. SDB Marked Data Octets (cCdmaTransmittedSDBOctets) Total number of SDB marked data octets sent to PCF from PDSN since system was last restarted. Note : This object is available for PDSN version 3.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Traffic_Pkts_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) service level traffic statistics for packets. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics . The following data is displayed: Simple IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedSipPkts) Simple IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedSipPkts) Mobile IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedMipPkts) Mobile IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedMipPkts) Proxy Mobile IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedPmipPkts) Proxy Mobile IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedPmipPkts) Simple IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedSipPkts) Number of simple IP data packets sent to mobile stations since system startup. Simple IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedSipPkts) Number of simple IP data packets received from mobile stations since system startup. Mobile IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedMipPkts) Number of mobile IP data packets sent to mobile stations since system startup. Mobile IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedMipPkts) Number of mobile IP data packets received from mobile stations since system startup. Proxy Mobile IP Data Pkts Transmitted (cCdmaTransmittedPmipPkts) Number of proxy mobile IP data packets sent to mobile stations since system startup. Proxy Mobile IP Data Pkts Received (cCdmaReceivedPmipPkts) Number of proxy mobile IP data packets received from mobile stations since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdma_pdsn_traffic_pkts_stats_contd.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics Contd TEXT=CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics Contd Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN Traffic (Pkts) Statistics Contd . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: SDB Marked Data Packets (cCdmaTransmittedSDBPkts) GRE Key Missing Discarded Packets (cCdmaNoGREKeyPktDiscards) Session Not Found Discarded Packets (cCdmaNoSessionPktDiscards) GRE Protocol Discarded Packets (cCdmaInvGREProtoPktDiscards) Invalid Checksum Discarded Packets (cCdmaInvCheckSumPktDiscards) SDB Marked Data Packets (cCdmaTransmittedSDBPkts) Total number of SDB marked data packets sent to PCF from PDSN since the system was last restarted. GRE Key Missing Discarded Packets (cCdmaNoGREKeyPktDiscards) Total number of packets discarded from PCF because GRE Key is missing since the system was last restarted. Session Not Found Discarded Packets (cCdmaNoSessionPktDiscards) Total number of packets discarded from PCF because the session is not found since the system was last restarted. GRE Protocol Discarded Packets (cCdmaInvGREProtoPktDiscards) Total number of packets discarded from PCF because GRE protocol is invalid since the system was last restarted. Invalid Checksum Discarded Packets (cCdmaInvCheckSumPktDiscards) Total number of packets discarded from PCF due to invalid checksum since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Update_Additional_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Additional Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Additional Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view valid and accepted registration updates. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Update Additional Statistics . The following data is displayed: Registration Update Acks Received (cCdmaRpUpdReceivedAcks) Registration Update Acks Discarded (cCdmaRpUpdDiscardedAcks) Registration Update Reqs - Lifetime Expiry (cCdmaRpUpdRpLifeExpReqs) Registration Update Reqs - PPP Termination (cCdmaRpUpdPPPtermReqs) Registration Update Reqs &#150; Other Reason (cCdmaRpUpdOtherReasonReqs) Registration Update Acks Received (cCdmaRpUpdReceivedAcks) N umber of A-11 registration acknowledgements received since system startup. Registration Update Acks Discarded (cCdmaRpUpdDiscardedAcks) Number of A-11 registration acknowledgements discarded since system startup. Registration Update Reqs - Lifetime Expiry (cCdmaRpUpdRpLifeExpReqs) Number of initial A-11 registration updates since system startup due to a RP lifetime expiration. Note: T his count does not include any retransmissions. Registration Update Reqs - PPP Termination (cCdmaRpUpdPPPtermReqs) Number of initial A-11 registration updates sent as a result of a PPP termination since system startup. Note: This count does not include any retransmissions. The code field in the registration reply message is set to non-zero. Registration Update Reqs &#150; Other Reason (cCdmaRpUpdOtherReasonReqs) Number of initial A-11 registration updates sent due to reasons other than a RP lifetime expiry or PPP termination since system startup. Note: This count does not include any retransmissions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Update_Failures.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Failures TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Failures This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view registration updates that have been rejected. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Update Failures . The following data is displayed: Update Request Failed Unspecified (cCdmaRpUpdReasonUnSpecFailures) Update Request Failed Administrative (cCdmaRpUpdAdminProhibFailures) Update Request Failed MN Authentication (cCdmaRpUpdMNAuthenFailures) Update Request Failed Identity Mismatch (cCdmaRpUpdIdentMismatchFailures) Update Request Failed Poor Request (cCdmaRpUpdBadReqFailures) Update Request Failed Unspecified (cCdmaRpUpdReasonUnSpecFailures) Number of updated registration requests that failed since system startup for an unspecified reason. Update Request Failed Administrative (cCdmaRpUpdAdminProhibFailures) Number of updated registration requests that failed since system startup due to an administrative prohibition. Update Request Failed MN Authentication (cCdmaRpUpdMNAuthenFailures) Number of updated registration requests that failed since system startup due to a MN authentication failure. Update Request Failed Identity Mismatch (cCdmaRpUpdIdentMismatchFailures) Number of updated registration requests that failed since system startup due to a registration identity mismatch. Update Request Failed Poor Request (cCdmaRpUpdBadReqFailures) Number of registration requests that failed since system startup due to poorly formed requests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDMA_PDSN_Update_Statistics.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Statistics TEXT=CDMA PDSN Registration Update Statistics This dialog box is applicable to Member and Peer to Peer clusters. From here, you can view valid and accepted registration updates. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Registration Update Statistics . The following data is displayed: Registration Update Request Transmitted (cCdmaRpUpdTransmittedReqs) Registration Update Request Accepted (cCdmaRpUpdAcceptedReqs) Registration Update Request Denied (cCdmaRpUpdDeniedReqs) Registration Update Request Not Acknowledged (cCdmaRpUpdNotAckedReqs) Initial Registration Update Requests (cCdmaRpUpdInitTransmittedReqs) Retransmitted Registration Update Requests (cCdmaRpUpdReTransmittedReqs) Registration Update Request Transmitted (cCdmaRpUpdTransmittedReqs) Number of A-11 registration updates transmitted since system startup. Registration Update Request Accepted (cCdmaRpUpdAcceptedReqs) Number of A-11 registration acknowledgements received since system startup with the status field set to zero (indicating that the corresponding registration update is accepted). Registration Update Request Denied(cCdmaRpUpdDeniedReqs) Number of A-11 registration acknowledgements received with the status field set to a non-zero value (indicating that the corresponding registration update is denied), since system startup. Registration Update Request Not Acknowledged(cCdmaRpUpdNotAckedReqs) Number of A-11 registration updates sent, for which no A-11 registration acknowledgements were received, since system startup. Initial Registration Update Requests (cCdmaRpUpdInitTransmittedReqs) Number of initial A-11 registration updates sent since system startup, excluding the retransmitted A-11 registration updates. Retransmitted Registration Update Requests (cCdmaRpUpdReTransmittedReqs) Number of retransmitted A-11 registration updates since system startup.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdp00000.htm TITLE=Using CDP TEXT=Using CDP The CDP application lets you view information (such as IP addresses, devicetypes, and port Ids) for neighboring Cisco devices and change Cisco DiscoveryProtocol (CDP) parameters for a device. To start CDP, select Neighbor View from the CiscoView applications menu. The Neighbor View dialog box appears, with information for the device currently displayed inCiscoView.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdp00001.htm TITLE=Neighbor View TEXT=Neighbor View The CDP Neighbor View dialog box lists information about all neighboring Ciscodevices on your network. The following information is displayed for eachneighbor device: Module, Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Module and port number for each available interface on the neighbor device. IP Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network (IP) address of the neighbor device's SNMP agent. Hardware Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform type (such as CPW 16 ) of the neighbor device. For more information on a neighbor device, select its entry in the list andclick Detail to display the Neighbor Details dialog box. To configure CDP information for one or more ports on the local device, click Configure to display the CDP Configuration dialog box. Click Refresh to re-display the neighbor list. Click Cancel to close the dialog box and return to CiscoView. Click Print to print a copy of the list, or click Help to display this help message
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdp00002.htm TITLE=Neighbor Details TEXT=Neighbor Details The Neighbor Details dialog box displays the following information about theselected neighbor device: IP Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network (IP) address of the neighbor device's SNMP agent. Revision (cdpCacheVersion) Software and hardware version strings reported by the neighbor device. Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device ID string reported by the neighbor device. Port ID (cdpCacheDevicePort) Box and port number for each available interface on the neighbor device. Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform type (such as CPW 16 ) of the neighbor device. Capability (cdpCacheCapabilities) Functional capabilities reported by the neighbor device. Click Cancel to close this dialog box and return to the neighbor list.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cdp00003.htm TITLE=CDP Configuration TEXT=CDP Configuration To launch the CDP Configuration dialog box: Select Device > Configure > CDP/Neighbor View . Click Configure . From this dialog box, you can change CDP information for any or all portson the local device. The following information is displayed: Module/Port State (cdpInterfaceEnable) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. To change CDP information for a port, select a row underneath the State field column. Adrop down box appears with Enable and Disable options. Select one and click Apply . Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module/Port Module and port number for each available interface on the local device. State (cdpInterfaceEnable) Indicates whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is running on this interface. The defaultvalue is enabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDP_Configuration.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > CDP Configuration This dialog box provides Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) configurationinformation for this device—for example, indicating whether CDP is currentlyrunning and how often CDP messages are generated. The dialog box displays the following data: CDP Global (cdpGlobalRun) CDP Global Message Interval (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) CDP Global Hold Time (cdpGlobalHoldTime) CDP Global Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to savethe changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel toclose the dialog box. Click Refresh toupdate the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to printthe contents of the dialog box. Click Help to accessonline help. CDP Global(cdpGlobalRun) Indicates whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) is currently running. }}--> }}-->Entriesin cdpCacheTable are deleted when CDP is disabled. CDPGlobal Message Interval (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are generated on this interface. Thedefault value is 60 seconds. CDPGlobal Hold Time (cdpGlobalHoldTime) Amount of time a receiving device holds onto a CDP message. The defaultvalue is 180 seconds. CDPGlobal Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) Device identifier displayed by this device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDP_Interface.htm TITLE=CDP Interface TEXT=CDP Interface Configuration > Interfaces > CDP Interface From this dialog box, you can specify the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) settings for the ports on this device. The following information is displayed: Port Number (ifIndex) Extended Trust (cdpInterfaceExtendedTrust) Untrusted CoS (cdpInterfaceCosForUntrustedPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Port Number (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. Extended Trust (cdpInterfaceExtendedTrust) Value transmitted by an extended trust TLV. Untrusted CoS (cdpInterfaceCosForUntrustedPort) Value transmitted by a Class of Service (CoS) for untrusted ports TLV.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDP_Neighbor_Detail.htm TITLE=Neighbor Detail TEXT=Neighbor Detail To access the Neighbor Detail dialog box: Select Device > Configure> CDP Configuration > Neighbor View. Select a neighbor device and click Detail . The dialog box provides detailed information on the selected neighbor device. The following data is displayed: Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Version (cdpCacheVersion) Device Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Duplex Mode (cdpCacheDuplex) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Address Type (cdpCacheAddressType) Capabilities (cdpCacheCapabilities) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to savethe changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel toclose the dialog box. Click Refresh toupdate the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to printthe contents of the dialog box. Click Help to accessonline help. DeviceID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Platform(cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported. Version(cdpCacheVersion) Version string, as reported in the most recent CDP message. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no Version field (TLV) was reported. DevicePort (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port ID string, as reported in the most recent CDP message. This istypically the value of the ifName object. A zero-length string indicatesthat no Port ID field (TLV) was reported. DuplexMode (cdpCacheDuplex) The duplex mode of the interface on the remote device, as reported inthe most recent CDP message. The value "unknown(1)" indicates that no duplexmode field (TLV) was reported. Address(cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has a value of "ip(1)", then this object is an IP address. AddressType (cdpCacheAddressType) Indicates the type of address contained in the corresponding instanceof cdpCacheAddress. Capabilities(cdpCacheCapabilities) Functional capabilities of the device, as reported in the most recentCDP message. A zero-length string indicates that no Capabilities field(TLV) was reported.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CDP_Neighbor_View.htm TITLE=Neighbor View TEXT=Neighbor View Device > Configure > CDP Configuration > Neighbor View The Neighbor View dialog box provides general information on thedevices connected to this device. From here, you can access more detailedinformation on a particular neighbor device. This dialog box displays the following data: Neighbor Device's Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Hardware Platform (cdpCachePlatform) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click Detail to launch the Neighbor Detaildialog box for the selected neighbor device. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. NeighborDevice's Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.This is typically the value of the corresponding ifName object. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no Port ID field (TLV) was reported. DeviceID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Address(cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has the value "ip(1)", then this object is an IP address. HardwarePlatform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Channel_Protocol.htm TITLE=Channel Protocol TEXT=Channel Protocol Device > Configure > Channel Protocol The Channel Protocol dialog box indicates which aggregation protocol (LAGP orPAGP) is configured on a particular module. This dialog box displays the following data: Module Number (moduleIndex) Protocol Type (clagAggProtocolType) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module Number (moduleIndex) Indicatesthe module number. Protocol Type (clagAggProtocolType) Indicates whether LAGP or PAGP is enabled on a module.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Classification.htm TITLE=Classification TEXT=Classification Configuration > Classification Traffic classification is done by means of creating Access Control Lists (ACLs). Each ACL consists of an ordered set of Access Control Entries (ACEs). Each ACE specifies classification criteria, a marking rule, and policing rules. QoS compares received traffic to the ACEs in ACLs until a match occurs. When the traffic matches the classification criteria in an ACE, QoS marks and polices the packet as specified in the ACE and makes no further comparisons. Three type of ACLs are supported: IP, IPX, and MAC. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cold_Starts.htm TITLE=Number of Cold Starts TEXT=Number of Cold Starts Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Redundant Framework > History . With an entry in the history table selected, click Monitor . This dialog box displays the following information: Cold Starts (cRFHistoryColdStarts) Indicates the number of system cold starts. This value includes the number of system cold starts due to switchover failure and the number of manual restarts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Commands_Configured_SysInfo_Logging.htm TITLE=Commands Configured for System Information Logging TEXT=Commands Configured for System Information Logging Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > System Information Log > Commands Configured for System Information Logging . This dialog box displays the following information: Command String (csilCommandString) Specifies the command to be executed. Execution Order (csilCommandExecOrder) Indicates the order in which the command specified by csilCommandLog will be executed periodically for logging system information. The value of this object does not need to be consistent as it can be changed during the configuration of the command set. The execution order of commands in the lower half of the list are changed when a command is added or removed to a position in the middle of the list. For example, say there is a list of three commands: show A , show B , and show C . These commands have execution orders of 1, 2, and 3, respectively. If show B is removed from the list, the execution order of show C changes from 3 to 2. When a fourth command, show D , is added to the list with an execution order of 2, the execution orders of show B and show C change to 3 and 4, respectively. The execution order of new commands added to the list must be continuous with the execution order of the last existing command on the list. Otherwise, the new commands will be rejected.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Configuration.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Redundant Framework > Configuration . From this dialog box, you can configure the settings for the Redundant Framework (RF) subsystem. The following information is displayed: Configuration Details: Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) Timers: Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) Keep Alive Threshold - Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMin) Keep Alive Threshold - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMax) Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) Keep Alive Timer – Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMin) Keep Alive Timer - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMax) RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) Notification Timer – Min (cRFCfgNotifTimerMin) Notification Timer - Max (cRFCfgNotifTimerMax) Configuration Details: Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Indicates the redundancy mode currently in effect. Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Further describes the redundancy mode indicated bycRFCfgRedundancyMode. Implementation-specific terminology associated with thecurrent redundancy mode may be presented here. Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Indicates whether redundant units can exchange synchronization messages witheach other: When the value of this object is true , the redundant system is considered to bein a maintenance mode of operation. When the value of this object is false , theredundant system is considered to be in a normal (non-maintenance) mode ofoperation. In maintenance mode, the active unit does not communicate with thestandby unit, and standby unit progression does not occur. When maintenance modeis disabled, the standby unit is reset to recover. Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Allows the enabling/disabling of RF subsystem notifications. Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) Used to launch RF subsystem action commands. The commands areuseful for maintenance and software upgrade activities. Timers: Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) On platforms that support keep-alives, this object designates the number of lost keep-alives tolerated before a failure condition is declared. If this occurs, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keep Alive Threshold - Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMin ) Minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh object. Keep Alive Threshold - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMax) Maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh object. Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer ) The value of this object is used to guard against lost keep-alives. The Redundancy Frameworksubsystem expects to receive a keep-alive within this period. If a keep-alive isnot received within this time period, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keep Alive Timer – Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMin ) Minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer object. Keep Alive Timer - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMax ) Maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer object. RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer ) As the standby unit progresses to the standbyHot state,asynchronous messages are sent from the active unit to the standby unit. Thesemessages must then be acknowledged by the standby unit. If the active unitreceives acknowledgement during the time period specified by this object,progression proceeds as normal. If the timer expires and an acknowledgement isnot received by the active unit, a switch of activity occurs. Note: The term notification refers to a RF notification, not anSNMP notification. Notification Timer – Min (cRFCfgNotifTimerMin ) Minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgNotifTimer object. Notification Timer - Max (cRFCfgNotifTimerMax ) Maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgNotifTimer object.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Configure_Notifications.htm TITLE=Configure Notifications TEXT=Configure Notifications From this dialog box, you can enable/disable content services gateway (CSG) notification messages. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway > Configure Notifications . The following information is displayed: Timers: BMA lost-record event monitor timer (csgAgentLostRecordTimer) QuotaMgr lost-record event monitor timer (csgQuotaMgrLostRecordTimer) EnableTraps: Enable CSG Agent Notifications (csgAgentNotifsEnabled) Enable Quota Server Notifications (csgQuotaNotifsEnabled) Enable CSG Database Notifications (csgDatabaseNotifsEnabled) Timers: BMA lost-record event monitor timer (csgAgentLostRecordTimer) Time interval used to determine the lost-record event (ciscoCsgAgentLostRecordEvent) of a billing mediation agent (BMA). A notification is issued when the content services gateway (CSG) detects a lost BMA record. A timer, set to the interval specified by this object, is started. When the timer expires, the lost record count (csgAgentLostRecords) is checked. If the lost record count has increased since the previous detection, the timer is restarted to monitor another period. If the lost record count has not increased since the previous detection, a final notification is sent to indicate that the condition has cleared. QuotaMgr lost-record event monitor timer (csgQuotaMgrLostRecordTimer) Time interval used to determine the lost-record event (ciscoCsgQuotaMgrLostRecordEvent) of a quota manager. A notification is issued when the CSG detects a lost quota manager record. A timer, set to the interval specified by this object, is started. When the timer expires, the lost record count (csgQuotaMgrLostRecords) is checked. If the lost record count has increased since the previous detection, the timer is restarted to monitor another period. If the lost record count has not increased since the previous detection, a final notification is sent to indicate that the condition has cleared. Enable Traps: Enable CSG Agent Notifications (csgAgentNotifsEnabled) Indicates whether CSG agent notifications are enabled. There are two possible values: true—All defined notifications for CSG agents are enabled. false—CSG agent notification generation is disabled. Enable Quota Server Notifications (csgQuotaNotifsEnabled) Indicates whether quota server notifications are enabled. There are two possible values: true—All defined notifications for quota servers are enabled. false—CSG quota server notifications generation is disabled. Enable CSG Database Notifications (csgDatabaseNotifsEnabled) Indicates whether CSG database notifications are enabled. There are two possible values: true—All defined notifications for the CSG database are enabled. false—CSG database notification generation is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Configure_Ports.htm TITLE=Configure Ports TEXT=Configure Ports Configuration > Interfaces > Configure Ports Default CoS is the Class of Service value for the packets that do not have a CoS value in their headers when the packet arrives at this interface. Trust State defines the basis of the DSCP value of the packet at the end of classification. ACL Base determines when the packet arriving should be classified as being based on port or VLAN. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: QoS Capable Ports (ifIndex) Default CoS (caqIfCos) Trust State (caqIfTrustStateConfig) ACL Base (caqIfAclBase) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. QoS Capable Ports (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Default CoS (caqIfCos) Indicates the default CoS value configured in this physical interface. This value will be assigned to a packet which does not have a CoS value in its Layer 2 header when it arrives at this interface. Trust State (caqIfTrustStateConfig) Used to set the trust state of packets arriving at an interface. One of four trust states can be applied: untrusted, trustCoS, trustIpPrec, or trustDscp. ACL Base (caqIfAclBase) For a given physical interface, this object indicates whether packets arriving at that interface are classified and policed based on a port's ACL or the ACL of the VLAN to which the port belongs. This object is instantiated only if the platform supports ACL configuration.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Comparative_Charts_Bar.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - BAR TEXT=Comparative Charts - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Comparative Charts - BAR . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection. UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access. FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers. Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open. Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Comparative_Charts_Bar_Delta.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR TEXT=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection. UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access. FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers. Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open. Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Comparative_Charts_Pie.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - PIE TEXT=Comparative Charts - PIE Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Comparative Charts - PIE . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection. UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access. FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers. Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open. Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Comparative_Charts_Strip.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - STRIP TEXT=Comparative Charts - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Comparative Charts - STRIP . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection. UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access. FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers. Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open. Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Comparative_Charts_Strip_Delta.htm TITLE=<b>Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP TEXT=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection. UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access. FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropped HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers. Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open. Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Connection_Statistics.htm TITLE=Connection Statistics TEXT=Connection Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Real Server . The Real Server Details dialog box appears. With a real server selected, click Monitor . Select Connection Statistics . The following information is displayed: Current Connections (slbRealNumberOfConnections) Operating Weight (slbRealOperWeight) Metric Value (slbRealMetric) Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Current Connections (slbRealNumberOfConnections) Number of TCP and UDP connections currently assigned to this real server. Operating Weight (slbRealOperWeight) Actual operating weight of this real server used by load-balancing algorithms. This value can be adjusted dynamically via DFP. Note the following: A weight of zero indicates that no new connections will be assigned to this real server. Higher weight values indicate to the load-balancing algorithms a higher availability of this real server to accept more work. Metric Value (slbRealMetric) Value used by the least connections load-balancing algorithm. It is the number of connections divided by the actual operating weight. Note: New connections will be given to the server with the smaller metric. Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total number of times this real server has failed since the creation of this row. Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Number of assigned connections handled by this real server since it was configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CoS_Assignment.htm TITLE=CoS Assignment TEXT=CoS Assignment Configuration > Output Scheduling > Class of Service Assignment Assigning a Class of Service (CoS) value to a queue and threshold combination determines which packets to drop to avoid congestion if a threshold in a queue is exceeded. For example, assigning CoS value 0 to queue 1, threshold 1, means all the packets with CoS 0 are dropped if the number of packets in queue 1 exceeds threshold 1. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Queue Type (caqCosAssignQueueType) CoS Value (caqCosAssignCos) Queue Number (caqCosAssignQueueNumber) Threshold Value (caqCosAssignThresholdNumber) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Queue Type (caqCosAssignQueueType) The queue type of this interface. CoS Value (caqCosAssignCos) Indicates the CoS value which is used to match the CoS value of packets for queue assignment. Queue Number (caqCosAssignQueueNumber) The queue number with which the CoS value denoted by caqCosAssignCos will be associated. This number must not be larger than the queue count defined by caqCosAssignQueueType. Threshold Value (caqCosAssignThresholdNumber) The threshold number with which the CoS value denoted by CoS Value (caqCosAssignCos) will be associated. This number must not larger than the threshold count defined by caqCosAssignQueueType.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CoS_to_DSCP_Mapping.htm TITLE=CoS to DSCP Mapping TEXT=CoS to DSCP Mapping Configuration > Mapping Tables > CoS > DSCP Configure the DSCP values for each CoS value. This table is applied when trust state is set to trustCoS. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Class Of Service (caqCosToDscpCos) DSCP Value (caqCosToDscpDscp) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Class Of Service (caqCosToDscpCos) The CoS value being mapped to the DSCP value in this device. DSCP Value (caqCosToDscpDscp) The DSCP value to which the CoS value maps.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CPU_Table.htm TITLE=CPU Table TEXT=CPU Table Device > Monitor > Total CPU Utilization This dialog box lists the CPUs supported by this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Total CPU Utilization dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Index that uniquely represents a CPU (or group of CPUs) whose CPU load information is reported by a row in this table. This index is assigned arbitrarily by the engine and is not saved after a reboot. Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) entPhysicalIndex value of the physical entity for which the CPU statistics inthis entry are maintained. The physical entity can be a CPU chip, a group ofCPUs, a CPU card, etc. The exact entity type is described by itsentPhysicalVendorType value. If the CPU statistics in this entry correspond tomore than one physical entity (or no physical entities), or if theentPhysicalTable is not supported by the SNMP agent, the value of this objectmust be zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CPU_Utilization.htm TITLE=CPU Utilization TEXT=CPU Utilization To access the CPU Utilization dialog box: Select Device > Configure > System Processes Information or Device > Monitor > System Processes Information . With a system process selected, click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the CPU utilization information for a selected system process. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Total CPU time used (cpmProcExtRuntimeRev) CPU Busy (5 Sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5SecRev) CPU Busy (1 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil1MinRev) CPU Busy (5 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil5MinRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Total CPU time used (cpmProcExtRuntimeRev) Amount of CPU time the process has used, in microseconds. This object deprecates cpmProcExtRuntime. CPU Busy (5 Sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5SecRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last 5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (1 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil1MinRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last 1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (5 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil5MinRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last 5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanPrivatePortTable.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN Ports TEXT=Secondary VLAN Ports Device > Configure > Private VLAN > SecondaryVLAN Ports This dialog box displays configuration information for the secondary VLANspresent on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Text description of the private port. SecondaryVLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A private port: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, whencpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanPrivatePortTable_port.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN TEXT=Secondary VLAN Port > Configure > Private VLAN > Secondary VLAN This dialog box displaysconfiguration information for the secondary VLANs present on this port. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Text description of the port. SecondaryVLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A privateport: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, when cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlanhas a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanPromPortTable.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Ports TEXT=Promiscuous Ports Device > Configure > Private VLAN > PromiscuousPorts This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLAN to primary VLAN remappings onthis device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Multi Primary VLAN Capability (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Two Way Remap Capability (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Text description of the promiscuousport. Multi Primary VLAN Capability (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicateswhether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remappingobjects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong tomultiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the valueof cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondaryVLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be thesame. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLANfor outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Two Way Remap Capability (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANsto the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature.When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can performonly one-wayremappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When thisobject is set to true(1) , apromiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-waycommunity VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanPromPortTable_port.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port Details TEXT=Promiscuous Port Details Port > Configure > Private VLAN > PromiscuousPort Details This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLANto primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicateswhether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remappingobjects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong tomultiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondaryVLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be thesame. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLANfor outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) A string of octetscontaining one bit per VLAN in the management domain on this port. The firstoctet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 0 through 7; thesecond octet to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 8 through 15; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit these octets from the end of this string in order to reducethe size of Set PDUs. An NMS may also omit trailing octets containing the valuezero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048through 3071 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2056 through 2063; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072through 4095 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3080 through 3087; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value of VlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANsto the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature.When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can performonly one-wayremappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When thisobject is set to true(1) , apromiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-waycommunity VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanVlanEditTable.htm TITLE=Private VLAN Creation TEXT=Private VLAN Creation Device > Configure > Private VLAN > PrivateVLAN Creation This dialog box displays private VLAN information on theVLANs present in the VLAN edit buffer for a VTP management domain. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType) Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanEditAssocPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create the private VLAN structure. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. PrivateVLAN Type (cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type, asdefined for the private VLAN feature. Note: A VLAN's private VLAN type cannot be changed once ports havebeen assigned to it. AssociatedPrimary VLAN (cpvlanVlanEditAssocPrimaryVlan) Identifier of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN featureif the value of cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType is either isolated(3) , community(4) , or twoWayCommunity(5) . When the value of cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanTypeis either normal(1) or primary(2) , then this object has a value of zero. Please note the following: One isolated VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN. Similarly, one primary VLAN can be associated with only one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community or two-way community VLANs. However, the opposite is not true. One community or two-way community VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/cpvlanVlanTable.htm TITLE=Private VLAN Details TEXT=Private VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN This dialog box displays private VLAN information on theVLANs that are currently configured on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Nameof the VLAN. PrivateVLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type, as defined for private VLAN features. AssociatedPrimary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) Identifier of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN featureif the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType is either isolated(3) , community(4) , or twoWayCommunity(5) . When the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanTypeis either normal(1) or primary(2) , then this object hasa value of zero. Please note the following: One isolated VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN. Similarly, one primary VLAN can be associated with only one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community or two-way community VLANs. However, the opposite is not true. One community or two-way community VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Create_Delete_SPAN.htm TITLE=Create SPAN TEXT=Create SPAN To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SPAN (Switch Port Analyzer) . With an entry selected, click Create . From this dialog box, you can create a new entry in portCopyTable. The following information is displayed: SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Data Source Source (portCopySource) Destination (portCopyDest) Direction (portCopyDirection) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Indicates the span session type: The value remoteSource refers to a session where traffic is copied from the source port to a RSPAN VLAN as its destination port. The value remoteDestination refers to a session where traffic is copied froma RSPAN VLAN tothe destination port. When the value of this object is local , both source and destination ports reside on the sameswitch. When the value of this object is notSpecified , the agent determines the span session type for a set operation.A read operation returns one of the other span session types. If the associated portCopyStatus object is set to active , then this objectcannot be modified. Data Source Indicates whether a port or VLAN is the data source. Source (portCopySource) Indicates the port number of the source port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Destination (portCopyDest) Indicates the port number of the destination port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Direction (portCopyDirection) Specifies the direction in which traffic is copied from a switch source port for the indicated port copy operation: When the value of this object is copyRxOnly(1) , only traffic received on the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyTxOnly(2) , only traffic transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyBoth(3) , all traffic received on or transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. The creation and deletion of instances of this object is controlled by portCopyRowStatus. Note that there is no guarantee that changing the value of this object while the value of the associated portCopyRowStatus object is set to active will not cause traffic discontinuities in the packet stream.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Create_Profile.htm TITLE=Create Profile TEXT=Create Profile To access the Modify Profile dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IGMP Profile Configuration. Click Create . The following data is displayed: Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this profile for IGMP filtering. Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) Internet address used to determine the start address of }}--> }}-->the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Internet address used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Defines the action to be taken when filtering IGMP reports for this profile.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Create_SVI.htm TITLE=Create SVI TEXT=Create SVI The Create SVI dialog box allows you to enter the details for creating a switched virtual interface (SVI). An SVI is a switch interface with an IP address that is a layer 3 LAN. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configuration Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge dialog box appears. Click Create SVI . The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID VLAN Interface IP Address VLAN Interface Subnet Mask VLAN Interface State VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface IP Address IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface Subnet Mask Mask IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface State Status of the VLAN interface. Status can be Up or Down.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Channel_Configuration.htm TITLE=Crossbar Channel Configuration TEXT=Crossbar Channel Configuration Navigation Card > Configure > Crossbar Channel Configuration This dialog box provides channel configuration information on the constellation modules. The following information appears: Module Slot (cc6kxbarModuleChannelModule) Channel Number (cc6kxbarModuleChannelChannel) Channel Module Status (Cc6kxbarModuleChannelModStatus) Channel Fabric Status (Cc6kxbarModuleChannelFabStatus) Channel Speed (cc6kxbarModuleChannelSpeed) Module Slot (cc6kxbarModuleChannelModule) Module slot number. Channel Number (cc6kxbarModuleChannelChannel) Fabric channel number of the cc6kxbarModuleChannelModule. Channel Module Status (Cc6kxbarModuleChannelModStatus) Status of the fabric channel at the cc6kxbarModuleChannelModule. Channel Fabric Status (Cc6kxbarModuleChannelFabStatus) Status of the fabric channel at the cc6kxbarFabricActiveSlot. Channel Speed (cc6kxbarModuleChannelSpeed) Speed (in Mbps) of the fabric channel at the cc6kxbarModuleChannelModule.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Channel_Statistics.htm TITLE=Crossbar Channel Statistics TEXT=Crossbar Channel Statistics Supervisor module > Configure > Crossbar Channel Statistics This dialog box monitors crossbar channel statistics for this module. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Module Slot Number (cc6kxbarStatisticsModule) Crossbar Statistics Channel (cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel) Cross Bar In Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsInErrors) Cross Bar Out Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutErrors) Cross Bar Out Dropped (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutDropped) Channel Input Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsInUtil) Channel Output Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutUtil) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module Slot Number (cc6kxbarStatisticsModule) Module slot number. Crossbar Statistics Channel (cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel) Fabric channel number associated with the statistics module. Cross Bar In Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsInErrors) Total number of error packets received on cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel for cc6kxbarStatisticsModule. Cross Bar Out Errors (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutErrors) Total number of error packets transmitted on cc6kxbarStatisticsModule through the cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel. Cross Bar Out Dropped (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutDropped) Total number of dropped packets transmitted on the cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel for cc6kxbarStatisticsModule. Channel Input Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsInUtil) Input utilization of the cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel for cc6kxbarStatisticsModule. Channel Output Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutUtil) Output utilization of the cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel for cc6kxbarStatisticsModule.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Channel_Statistics_IOS.htm TITLE=Crossbar Channel Statistics TEXT=Crossbar Channel Statistics Card > Configure > Crossbar Channel Statistics This dialog box monitors the crossbar channel statistics for this card. The following data is displayed: Module Slot Number (cc6kxbarStatisticsModule) Crossbar Statistics Channel (cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel) Channel Input Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsInUtil) Channel Output Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutUtil) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module Slot Number (cc6kxbarStatisticsModule) Numerical identifier assigned to the statistics module. Crossbar Statistics Channel (cc6kxbarStatisticsChannel) Fabric channel number associated with the statistics module. Channel Input Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsInUtil) Input utilization of the statistics channel for the statistics module. Channel Output Utilization (cc6kxbarStatisticsOutUtil) Output utilization of the statistics channel for the statistics module.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Error_Table.htm TITLE=Crossbar Error Table TEXT=Crossbar Error Table Navigation Device > Monitor > Crossbar Error Table The following information appears: Module (cc6kxbarErrorModule) Channel (cc6kxbarErrorChannel) Module CRC (cc6kxbarErrorModuleCrc) Module HBeat (cc6kxbarErrorModuleHbeat) Module Sync (cc6kxbarErrorModuleSync) Module DDR (cc6kxbarErrorModuleDDRSync) Channel Sync (cc6kxbarErrorChannelSync) Channel Buffer (cc6kxbarErrorChannelBuffer) Channel Timeout (cc6kxbarErrorChannelTimeout) Module (cc6kxbarErrorModule) Module slot number. Channel (cc6kxbarErrorChannel) Fabric channel number associated with a module. Module CRC (cc6kxbarErrorModuleCrc) Total number of CRC error packets for a module's fabric channel. Module HBeat (cc6kxbarErrorModuleHbeat) Total number of heartbeat misses detected for a module's fabric channel. Module Sync (cc6kxbarErrorModuleSync) Total number of times a module could not sync up with the active switching fabric module. Module DDR (cc6kxbarErrorModuleDDRSync) Total number of Double Data Rate (DDR) channel sync errors for a module's fabric channel. Channel Sync (cc6kxbarErrorChannelSync) Total number of sync errors received by a module's fabric channel. Channel Buffer (cc6kxbarErrorChannelBuffer) Total number of times the memory buffer for a module's fabric channel was full. Channel Timeout (cc6kxbarErrorChannelTimeout) Total number of timeouts for a module's fabric channel.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Mode_Configuration.htm TITLE=Cross Bar Mode Configuration TEXT=Cross Bar Mode Configuration Navigation Device > Configure > Cross Bar Mode Configuration This dialog box provides cross bar mode configuration information on the device. Note: To support this feature the device should have a Sup2 module installed. The following information appears: Cross Bar Fall Back Mode (cc6kxbarFallbackMode) Cross Bar Truncated Mode (cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed) Truncated Mode (cc6kxbarTruncatedModeOper) Force Bus Mode (cc6kxbarForceBusMode) Cross Bar Fall Back Mode (cc6kxbarFallbackMode) Controls system fallback to bus mode after the loss of a switching fabric module. There are two possible values: true —When the last fabric card is removed, the system automatically adjusts the switching mode of supervisor and line cards without resetting the system. With this feature enabled, the switch might lose traffic while it is changing the switching mode. false —All of the ports in the system are disabled when the last fabric card is removed. Cross Bar Truncated Mode (cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed) Determines the value of cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode for each module. There are two possible values: true —The value of cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode for all fabric capable modules present in the system is crossbarmode . false —Truncated mode is not allowed. Truncated Mode (cc6kxbarTruncatedModeOper) Indicates whether truncated mode is enabled on the device. Regardless of the value set for this object, the value of cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode for all fabric capable modules present in the system is crossbarmode . Force Bus Mode (cc6kxbarForceBusMode) Indicates whether affected modules are forced into bus mode. There are two possible values: true —All affected modules are reloaded and booted up as non-fabric capable modules with a cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode value set to busmode . false —All affected modules are reloaded and booted up with the default value of cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode set.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Mode_Configuration_IOS.htm TITLE=Crossbar Mode Configuration TEXT=Crossbar Mode Configuration Device > Configure > Crossbar Mode Configuration This dialog box provides information on the crossbar mode configuration for this device. The following data is displayed: Bus only Mode (Cc6kxbarFallbackMode) Truncated Mode (Cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed) Note: Only devices with Supervisor 2 and Crux modules installed support crossbar mode configuration. Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Bus only Mode (Cc6kxbarFallbackMode) Controls system fallback to bus only mode after loss of switching fabric module: When this object is set to true , the system adjusts the switching mode of supervisor and line cards automatically without resetting after the last fabric card is removed. When this object is set to false , all ports in this system are disabled after the last fabric card is removed. Note: With this feature enabled, the device might lose traffic while the switching mode is being changed. Truncated Mode (Cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed) Specifies whether truncated mode is enabled on this device. The value true indicates that truncated mode is enabled and that the switching mode for each fabric-capable module present in this system is set to Crossbar mode .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Module_Mode.htm TITLE=Crossbar Module Mode TEXT=Crossbar Module Mode Device > Configure > Crossbar Module Mode This dialog box provides information on Crossbar Module Mode configuration. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Slot Number Switching Mode The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Slot Number (cc6kxbarModuleModeModule) Specifies module slot number. Switching Mode (cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode) The cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode indicates the switching mode of the cc6kxbarModuleModeModule: Bus mode—Modules do not utilize the switching fabric. Instead, the module employs the backplane for both lookup and data forwarding. Crossbar mode—Modules utilize the backplane for forwarding decisions and the switching fabric for data forwarding. DCEF mode—Modules utilize the switching fabric for data forwarding, and local forwarding is enabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Crossbar_Module_Status.htm TITLE=Cross Bar Module Status TEXT=Cross Bar Module Status Device > Configure > Cross Bar Module Status This dialog box provides information on fabric modules. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Crossbar Fabric Active Slot Crossbar Fabric Backup Slot Minimum Fabric Modules The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Crossbar Fabric Active Slot (cc6kxbarFabricActiveSlot) Indicates the slot number of the active switching fabric module. A value of zero indicates that the active switching fabric module is either powered down or not present in the chassis. Crossbar Fabric Backup Slot (cc6kxbarFabricBackupSlot) Indicates the slot number of the backup switching fabric module. A value of zero indicates that the backup switching fabric module is either powered down or not present in the chassis. Minimum Fabric Modules (cc6kxbarMinFabricPresent) Object cc6kxbarMinFabricPresent indicates the minimum number of switching fabric capable modules present in the system for any switching fabric capable module in 'crossbarmode' (which is indicated by cc6kxbarModuleModeSwitchingMode when cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed is set to 'true'). When cc6kxbarMinFabricPresent has a value larger than the number of slots in the system, then the value of cc6kxbarTruncatedModeAllowed has no effect.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSG_Modules.htm TITLE=CSG Modules TEXT=CSG Modules From this dialog box, you can view all of the content service gateway (CSG) modules present in this device. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . The following information is displayed: Slot No. (csgUserCardId) User-Group Name (csgUserGroupName) Max. User Entries (csgUserMaxEntries) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Configure With a CSG module selected, click User Database to launch the User Database dialog box. With a CSG module selected, click Billing Agents to launch the Billing Agents dialog box. With a CSG module selected, click Quota Managers to launch the Quota Managers dialog box. Monitor With a CSG module selected, click CSG Module to launch the CSG User Statistics dialog box. Slot No. (csgUserCardId) Slot number in which the CSG module is inserted in the host switch. This object is part of the index for all CSG tables. User-Group Name (csgUserGroupName) Name of the associated user group. This object is part of the index for this table and csgUserDbTable. Max. User Entries (csgUserMaxEntries) Maximum number of user table entries.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Create_CSM_VLANs.htm TITLE=Content Switching Module Create SLB VLANs TEXT=Content Switching Module - Create CSM VLANs The Create CSM VLAN dialog box is used to create VLANs associated with the content switching module. Navigation Right-click the blade, then select CSM Configuration... . Click Create . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Type IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. VLAN Type Type of VLAN. Type shows if the VLAN resides on a client or a server. IP Address IP address associated with a particular VLAN. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Create_SLB_VLANs.htm TITLE=Content Switching Module Create SLB VLANs TEXT=Content Switching Module Create SLB VLANs The Create SLB VLANs dialog box is used to create SLB VLANs associated with the content switching module. Navigation Right-click the blade, then select CSM Configuration... . Cllick Create SLB VLANs . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Type IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. VLAN Type Type of VLAN. Type shows if the VLAN resides on a client or a server. IP Address IP address associated with a particular VLAN. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Delete_CSM_VLAN.htm TITLE=CSM Delete CSM VLAN TEXT=CSM - Delete CSM VLAN The Delete CSM VLAN dialog box allows you to specify the options for deleting a CSM VLAN. You can choose to delete the entire VLAN, the IP address, or the gatewy. Navigation Right-click the blade, then select CSM Configuration... . Select a row, and click Delete . The following information appears: Delete Options Delete Options Delete options available for the CSM VLAN are: Delete the entire VLAN. Delete the IP address of the VLAN. Delete the gateway.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Modify_CSM_VLAN.htm TITLE=CSM Modify CSM VLAN TEXT=Content Switching Module - Modify CSM VLAN The Modify CSM VLAN dialog box allows you to modify the VLAN ID, VLAN type, IP address, and subnet mask of VLANs associated with the content switching module. Navigation Right-click the blade, then select CSM Configuration... . Select a row, and click Modify . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Type IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. VLAN Type Type shows if the VLAN resides on a client or a server. IP Address IP address associated with a particular VLAN. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Show_CSM_VLANs.htm TITLE=Show SLB VLANs TEXT=Content Switching Module - CSM Configuration The CSM Configuration dialog displays details of the CSM VLANs. Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module, then select CSM Configuration ... . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Type IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway From the CSM Configuration dialog box: Click Create to create new SLB VLANs. Selet a row in the table and click Delete to delete the selected VLAN. You can delete the entire VLAN, the IP address, or the Gateway. To modify the IP address, or the subnet mask, or both, select a row, then click Modify . CLI Commands To display the details of SLB VLANs associated with the CSM blade, type the following command: sh ip slb vlan The command for deleting SLB VLAN is: module ContentSwitchingModule < slotNo > , VLAN < vlan > [client | server], no gateway < addr > and no ip address < addr > < mask > VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. VLAN Type Type shows if the VLAN resides on a client or a server. IP Address IP address associated with a particular VLAN. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CSM_Show_SLB_VLANs.htm TITLE=Show SLB VLANs TEXT=Content Switching Module - Show SLB VLANs The Show SLB VLANs dialog displays details of the SLB VLANs. Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module, then select CSM Configuration ... . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Type IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Click Create to create new SLB VLANs. Selet a row in the table and click Delete to delete the selected VLAN. You can delete the entire VLAN, the IP address, or the Gateway. You can modify the IP address, or the subnet mask, or both and click Update SLB VLANs to apply the changes. CLI Commands To display the details of SLB VLANs associated with the CSM blade, type the following command: sh ip slb vlan CLI command for deleting SLB VLAN is module ContentSwitchingModule < slotNo > , VLAN < vlan > [client | server], no gateway < addr > and no ip address < addr > < mask > VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. VLAN Type Type of VLAN. Type shows if the VLAN resides on a client or a server. IP Address IP address associated with a particular VLAN. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00000.htm TITLE=Enterprise Switches - Options TEXT=Enterprise Switches - Options The Cisco Enterprise Switch family of devices is a set of switching hubs consisting of the Catalyst 1200, 1600, 2900, 4000, 5000, 5002, 5500, 6000, and CPW 2200 products. This online help system describes all of the features in enterprise switches. Most of this information applies to all models. However, for some features, information categories available in the help system might not apply to your switch model. For example, if your switch does not support brouting, the brouting information in the main help system does not apply to your device. Context-sensitive help that you invoke from a particular device display applies only to that device. Navigating a Catalyst 5000 Series Device Interface Using CiscoView IP Addresses and CiscoView Catalyst 5500 Invocation Options Virtual Switch Support In this device package release, certain Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series hardware provides support for Virtual Switch functionality, which allows you to manage two switches as if they are only one. For more information, click here . Catalyst QoS Device Manager (CatQDM) CatQDM is a graphical user interface (GUI) application developed as an addlet using the CiscoView development environment. CatQDM, which is supported by Catalyst 6000 devices, provides a user interface for configuring and monitoring QoS features. For more information, click here to access the CatQDM online help system. Click on one of the following links for more information. Managing Catalyst 1200, 2900, 4000, 5000, 5500, 5509, 6000, and CPW 2200 Switches Managing Device Configuration Managing Card Configuration Managing Port Configuration Managing a Catalyst 5500 with an LS1010 PAM Displaying Power Supply Information Monitoring Device Performance Monitoring Port Performance Managing Catalyst 1600 Series Switches Managing 1600 Device Configuration Managing 1600 Port Configuration Monitoring 1600 Device Performance Monitoring 1600 Port Performance
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00001.htm TITLE=Navigating a Device Interface Using CiscoView TEXT=Navigating a Device Interface Using CiscoView Use CiscoView to perform the following actions on a Catalyst 5000 Series device. View the current status of the device. Display and change information for a switch, module, submodule, CPU, or port. Monitor port performance and traffic for a device or module. Navigating a Device Interface Using CiscoView To display configuration or traffic information about some part of a Catalyst 5000 series device, use either of the following procedures: Select options from the CiscoView menu: Click directly on a port, device, power supply, module, submodule, or CPU in the device display. With the device object selected, select an option from the CiscoView Configure , Monitor , or ATM Features menu. Only one configuration or monitor option is available at a time from the Configure or Monitor menus. Display popup options for selected device objects: Alternatively, click directly on a port, device, power supply, module, submodule, or CPU in the device display, hold down the right mouse button on that item, and select an option from the popup menu display. Popup menu options correspond with available menu options except that when you hold down the alternate mouse button over a port, the popup menu also includes commands to enable or disable that port. Note You must enter the correct write community name for the device in the Communities dialog box ( File menu) to change any displayed values. For more information, see Controlling Access to a Device
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00002.htm TITLE=Controlling Device Access TEXT=Controlling Device Access Access to each device is controlled by passwords called Read and Write community strings . The read community string allows you to access the device to displayinformation. The Read/Write community string allows you to both display and changeinformation on the device. Read and Read/Write passwords entered at the managementstation should correspond to the passwords for accessing the device locally. Strings will be displayed in these fields only if you entered the Read/WriteAll community name in the Read Only and Read Write fields when you firstdisplayed the device. If you have not done this, select Communities from the File menu to redisplay the File - Open Device window. Use the Communities option to enter the Write community string if you forgot to enter it when youfirst displayed the device and later realized that you want to configuresomething on the device. To display community string information for Catalyst 5000, 5500, 5509, 2900,and CPW 2200 devices, select Management from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Device window. For Catalyst 1200devices, select Communities from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Device window. Community string names must be alphanumeric, with a maximum of 20 characters,and cannot contain the at sign (@). Read Only (sysCommunityRo) Read community string or password for accessing the device. You need to enterthe Read community string before you can display a device representation ordisplay any information about the device. Read Write (sysCommunityRw) Community string that allows you to display and change device information. Read Write All (sysCommunityRwa) Read/Write All community string for the device. The Read/Write All communitystring is similar to the UNIX root password; that is, using this communitystring supersedes the Read and Read/Write community strings.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00003.htm TITLE=IP Addresses and CiscoView Invocation Options TEXT=IP Addresses and CiscoView Invocation Options Invoking embedded LS1010/Cat8510-CSR devices from Cat5500: The latest version of CiscoView’s Catalyst 5500 package can now “remember” embedded LS1010/Cat8510-CSR IP Address in each subsequent invocation of theparent Cat5500 device. Click on the MultiServiceSwitchRouter icon on the Cat5500 device and thefollowing options are displayed: LS1010 Host IP Address Managing a Catalyst 5500 with an LS1010 PAM
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00004.htm TITLE=Managing Device Configuration TEXT=Managing Device Configuration The Device command in the CiscoView Configure menu lets you view and changeconfiguration information for your Catalyst 1200, 2900, 4000, 5000, 5002, 5500, 5509, 6000,and CPW 2200 device. The following categories of information are available: Management Displays device management information for a Catalyst 5000 series OR a Catalyst 6000 series . Authentication Displays device authentication configuration, RADIUS, and TACACS+ informationfor the device. Traps Receivers Displays the trap receivers configured on a 4000-series device OR on a 5000-series device OR on a 6000-series device . Physical Displays physical information about a 4000-series device a 5000-series device OR a 6000 series device . (SPAN) Switch Port Analyzer Displays information about the monitoring source and destination ports on a 5000-series device OR on a 6000-series device . Spanning Tree Displays spanning tree options for halting loops discovered in the networktopology. Cisco Discovery Protocol Displays Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information known on a 5000-series device OR on a 6000-series device . CDP/Neighbor View Displays information about all neighboring Cisco devices on your network. Multi Instance Spanning Tree (MISTP) Lets you enable/disable an MISTP instance. MISTP Mapping Lets you map a VLAN to an MISTP instance. COPS Displays COPS device configuration information. File Copy Lets you copy config files to and from a remote host to runtime memory. Default Gateways Displays information for up to three entries of default gateways. VLAN & Bridge Displays VLAN membership and configuration for the device. IP Route Displays IP routing destination information for the device. ARP Table Displays the correspondence between physical and network addresses known onthe device. TCP Displays the algorithm and retransmission timeout information for the device. TopN Report Displays information from the TopN Report utility for each physical port’s traffic over a user-specified interval. TCP Connections Displays debugging information about current TCP connections on the device. UDP Displays the Universal Datagram Protocol (UDP) listener table for the device. FDDI/Ethernet Bridge Displays information about the FDDI/Ethernet Bridge for the device (notsupported on 4000-series devices). PIB Displays a single policy instance that identifies the current incarnation of the PIB and the PDP that installed this incarnation. Brouter Displays brouter information for the device. DNS Displays Domain Name Server (DNS) information for the device. MOTD Lets you change the message of the day for the device. System Log Lets you specify if system log messages should be sent to the console for a 5000-series device OR a 6000-series device . System Log Message Severity Lets you set the security level of the different types of system log messages. System Processes Displays the information and statistics data for all running processes on thedevice. NTP Lets you set Network Time Protocol (NTP) parameters for the device. TACACS+ Lets you set Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS+)parameters for the device. VMPS... Displays VMPS options for the device. IP Permit Sets VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) parameters for this device. EtherChannel Displays information about the EtherChannels defined for Catalyst 4000 and 5000 devices . Displays information about the EtherChannels defined for Catalyst 6000 devices . Scheduled Reset Lets you perform a scheduled reset operation. Summer Time Lets you specify the local dates and time, the summer time start and end as well as summer time recurring start and end. Boot Flash Memory Displays boot Flash partition information for the device. Boot Configuration Configures alternative boot configuration parameters; (sysBootedImage is notsupported on the 4000-series device). Multi-Layer Switching (MLS) Configures and displays information about MLS shortcuts, routers, netflowtimeouts, data exports, and Layer-2 statistics. Memory Pool Displays information about the different types of memory pools supported bythe Catalyst 5000 series. Trunk VLAN Mapping Lets you add and delete VLAN to VLAN association for the Catalyst 6000 (with software image version greater than 6.1). High Availability Detects there is a redundancy supervisor in the Catalyst 6000 chassis when it is in standby mode. Extended RMON Netflow Monitor Displays information about Extended RMON Netflow for Catalyst 5000 switcheswith Earl2 and Clear Lake modules installed. Channel Protocol Indicates the aggregation protocol configured on this device's modules. Error Disable Timeout Configuration Allows you to enable/disable the error disable timeout feature on this device. Traps Device > Configure > Traps Each managed device sends its traps or error messages to a management station. For example, a trap is sent whenever a port or device is reset or an incorrect community string is detected by the switch or router. The Traps window contains the following MIBs: Authentication Traps (snmpEnableAuthenTraps) Indicates whether traps will be sent when security violations occur. Enable this field if you want traps to be sent when security violations occur. Chassis Traps (sysEnableChassisTraps) Indicates whether chassis alarm traps (chassisAlarmOn and chassisAlarmOff) will be generated for this device. Module Traps (sysEnableModuleTraps) Indicates whether module traps (moduleUp and moduleDown) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Bridge Traps (sysEnableBridgeTraps) Indicates whether bridge traps (newRoot and topologyChange) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Repeater Traps (sysEnableRepeaterTraps) Indicates whether repeater traps will be generated for this device, as enabled or disabled. IP Permit Traps (sysEnableIpPermitTraps) Indicates whether the IP Permit Traps in this MIB should be generated (enabled). VMPS Changed Traps (sysEnableVMPSTraps) Indicates whether the wmVmpsChange trap defined in CISCO-VLAN-MEMBERSHIP-MIB should be generated (enabled). Configuration NVRAM Changed Traps (sysEnableConfigTraps) Indicates whether sysConfigChange trap in this MIB (which confirms that the system configuration in NVRAM is changed, should be generated (enabled). Entity Configuration Changed Traps (sysEnableEntityTraps) Indicates whether entConfigChange trap in the ENTITY-MIB (RFC-2023) should be generated (enabled). Spanning Tree Traps (sysEnableStpxTraps) Indicates whether stpxInconsistencyUpdate trap in the CISCO-STP-EXTENSIONS-MIB should be generated (enabled). VTP Notifications (vtpNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether the notification/traps defined by the vtpConfigNotificationsGroup are enabled. Click Apply to make your Traps changes take effect. Traps Receivers Table The Trap Receiver table displays the IP addresses and the Read community strings of the destination network management stations. The Trap Receiver table can contain a maximum of ten entries, even though the dialog box displays more than ten rows. Click Add to create a new row in the Trap Receiver table, then enter the IP Address and Community String and click Apply , or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Note: The rows in the Trap Receivers Table are numbered beginning with 0, so if you try to delete the second row, a message appears asking if you want to delete row 1. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can set trap configurations via the command line CLI/SNMP To set an snmp trap, use: set snmp trap < enable | disable > [vtp | ippermit | vmps | config | entity | stpx] set snmp trap < rcvr_address > < rcvr_community > show snmp Authentication Device > Configure > Authentication Manage your device’s authentication with the following options: Configuration RADIUS TACACS+ Configuration Device > Configure > Authentication > Configuration Authentication Configuration indicates whether TACACS+ or RADIUS is theprimary login, or primary enable authentication. Console Login (sysConsolePrimaryLoginAuthentication) Indicates whether TACACS+ or RADIUS is the primary login authentication. IftacasLoginAuthentication and radiusLoginAuthentication are set to disabled, itwill have a value of local. Console Privilege (sysConsolePrimaryEnableAuthentication) Indicates whether TACACS+ or RADIUS is the primary enable authentication. IftacacsEnableAuthentication and radiusEnableAuthentication are set to disabled,it will have a value of local. Telnet Login (sysTelnetPrimaryLoginAuthentication) Indicates whether TACACS+ or RADIUS is the primary login authentication, i.e.which method will be tried first for a telnet session. IftacacsLoginAuthentication and radiusLoginAuthentication are set to disabled, it will have a value oflocal. Telnet Privilege (sysTelnetPrimaryEnableAuthentication) Indicates whether TACACS+ or RADIUS is the primary enable authentication, i.e.which method will be tried first for a telnet session. IftacacsEnableAuthenticaion and radiusEnableAuthentication are set to disabled, it will have a valueof local. RADIUS Device > Configure > Authentication > RADIUS Use the Authentication RADIUS dialog box to set RADIUS parameters for thedevice. Login Authentication (radiusLoginAuthentication) Indicates whether the login authentication using RADIUS feature is enabled ordisabled for console and/or telnet sessions. Enable Authentication (radiusEnableAuthentication) Indicates whether the enable authentication using the RADIUS feature isenabled or disabled for console and telnet sessions. Server DeadTime (radiusDeadtime) Indicates the length of time, in seconds, the system will wait for a responsefrom RADIUS server before the system will mark the server dead. The defaultvalue of 0 means that the RADIUS servers will not be marked dead if they do notrespond. Authentication Key (radiusAuthKey) The key used in encrypting the packets passed between the RADIUS server andthe client. This key must match the one configured on the server. This item isonly accessible when using the community string defined in sysCommunityRwa, orthe value is a null string. Interval Between Retrials (radiusRetransmits) Indicates number of times the RADIUS server should be tried before giving upon the server. Timeout (radiusTimeout) Indicates the time, in seconds, between retransmissions to the RADIUS server. Click Apply to make your changes to these six values take effect. Server Address (radiusServerAddr) The IP address of a RADIUS server. Server Port (radiusServerAuthPort) The destination UDP port number to which RADIUS messages should be sent. TheRADIUS server will not be used for authentication if this port number is 0. Server Type (radiusServerType) Type of RADIUS server: primary or other. Click Create to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click on the Type field to change the type to Primary or Other. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TACACS+ Device > Configure > Authentication > TACACS+ Use the Authentication TACACS+ dialog box to set Terminal Access ControllerAccess Control System (TACACS+) parameters for the device. Login Authentication (tacacsLoginAuthentication) Whether TACACS+ login authentication is enabled on the device. Local Login Authentication (tacacsLocalLoginAuthentication) Whether login authentication using a local password is enabled on the device. Enable Authentication (tacacsEnableAuthentication) Whether TACACS+ enable authentication is enabled on the device. Local Enable Authentication (tacacsLocalEnableAuthentication) Whether enable authentication using a local password is enabled on the device. Allowed Login Attempts (tacacsNumLoginAttempts) Number of login attempts allowed on the device. Valid values are 1 to 10. Direct Request (tacacsDirectedRequest) Whether the TACACS+ directed request feature is enabled on the device. Time Out (tacacsTimeout) Number of seconds the device waits for a response from the TACACS+ server host. Authentication Key (tacacsAuthKey) Key used to encrypt the data passed between the TACACS+ server and thisclient. This key must match the one configured on the server. You must haveRead/Write access to the device to change this value. Click Apply to make your changes to these eight values take effect. TACACS+ Server's IP (tacacsServerAddr) IP address of this TACACS+ server. TACACS+ Server Type (tacacsServerType) Type of this TACACS+ server: primary or other. Click Create to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click on the Type field to change the type to Primary or Other. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00005.htm TITLE=Device Management (Catalyst 6000 series) TEXT=Device Management (Catalyst 6000 series) Configuring Device Information Displays device configuration information. Configuring Quality of Service Settings Displays QoS settings for the device. Configuration Files Displays information about router configuration files that have been loaded from network servers. Configuration Status Displays configuration information for the device module. Configuration History Displays a table of configuration events that have affected the module. IP Table Lists IP address information for the switch. IP Route Displays IP Route Table information about possible destinations and how they can be reached. ARP Table Lists the corresponding IP and physical addresses for the switch. TCP Displays TCP configuration information for the switch. TCP Connections Displays information about the TCP connections on the switch. UDP Displays information for the UDP listeners on the device. Configuration Files Device > Configure > Configuration Files Use the Router Configuration Files feature to display information about routerconfiguration files that have been loaded from network servers. Network Config Boot Address (netConfigAddr) Displays the address of the host that supplied the network configuration filefor the device. The network configuration file conatins commands that apply toall network servers and terminal services on a network. Network Config Filename (netConfigName) Displays the name of the network configuration file that resides on the device. Host Config Boot Address (hostConfigAdd) Displays the IP address of the network server that supplied the hostconfiguration file for the device. The host configuration file contains commands thatare specific to the device. Host Config Filename (hostConfigName) Displays the name of the host configuration file used by the device. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Configuration Status Device > Configure > Configuration Status The System Configuration dialog box displays system software information forthe switch. Running Last Changed (ccmHistoryRunningLastChanged) The date and time that the running configuration was last changed. If thisvalue is greater than the Running last Saved value, then the configuration hasbeen changed but not saved. Running Last Saved (ccmHistoryRunningLastSaved) The date and time that the running configuration was last saved (written). Startup Last Changed (ccmHistoryStartupLastChanged) the date and time that the startup configuration was last written. In general,this is the default configuration used when the system is cold started. Itcould have been changed by a save of the running configuration or by a copy fromelsewhere. Maximum Event Entries (ccmHistoryMaxEventEntries) The maximum number of entries that can be held in the History Event Table. Therecommended value for implementations is 10. Entries Bumped (ccmHistoryEvent EntriesBumped) The number of times the oldest entry in the History Event Table was deleted tomake room for a new entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Configuration History Device > Configure > Configuration History Use the Configuration History Table to review configuration events that haveaffected the module. Event Time (ccmHistoryEventTime) The date and time the event occurred. Command Source (ccmHistoryEventCommandSource) The source of the command that initiated the event. Config Source (ccmHistoryEventConfigSource) The configuration data source for the event. Config Destination (ccmHistoryEventConfigDestination) The configuration data destination for the event. Terminal Type (ccmHistoryEventTerminalType) If the Command Source value is “commandLine,” this is the terminal type. Terminal Number (ccmHistoryEventTerminalNumber) If the Command Source value is “commandLine,” this is the terminal number of the looged-in user. The value is -1 if the number is notavailable or not applicable. Terminal User (ccmHistoryEventTerminalUser) If the Command Source value is “commandLine,” this is the name of the looged-in user. The value is 0 if the name is notavailable or not applicable. Terminal Location (ccmHistoryEventTerminalLocation) If the Command Source value is “commandLine,” this is the hardwired location of the terminal or the remote host for anincoming connection. The value is 0 if the location is not available or notapplicable. Command Source Address (ccmHistoryEventCommandSourceAddress) If the Terminal Type value is “virtual,” this is the internet address of the connected system. If the Command Sourcevalue is “snmp,” this is the internet address of the requester. The value is 0.0.0.0 if theaddress is not available or not applicable. Virtual Host Name (ccmHistoryEventVirtualHostName) If the Terminal Type value is “virtual,” this is the host name of the connected system. The value is 0 if the hostname is not available or not applicable. Server Address (ccmHistoryEventServerAddress) If the Config Source of Config Destination value is “networkTftp,” or “networkRcp,” this is the configuration file name at the storage file server. The value is0 if the address is not applicable or not available. Config File (ccmHistoryEventFile) If the Config Source of Config Destination value is “networkTftp,” or “networkRcp,” this is the internet address of the storage file server. The value is 0.0.0.0if the address is not applicable or not available. Remote Copy (rcp) User (ccmHistoryEventRcpUser) If the Config Source of Config Destination value is “networkRcp,” this is the remote user name. The length is 0 if the user name is notapplicable or not available. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. IP Table Device > Configure > IP Table The IP Table dialog box displays IP address information for the switch. Port (ipAdEntIfIndex) Index value for the interface of this IP address. IP Address (ipAdEntAddr) IP address for this entity. Subnet Mask (ipAdEntNetMask) Subnet mask associated with this IP address. Broadcast Format (ipAdEntBcastAddr) Value of the least-significant bit in the IP broadcast address for this entity. Reasm Max Size (ipAdEntReasmMaxSize) Size, in bytes, of the largest IP datagram that this entity can reassemble from incoming fragmented datagrams. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route Table Use the IP Route Table dialog box to review stored information about possibledestinations and how to reach them. Whenever a host or gateway needs totransmit a packet, it consults the Routing Table to determine by which route it willsend the datagram. Each entry in the Routing Table describes an IP route. Destination (ipRouteDest) Indicates the destination IP address of the route. The address 0.0.0.0 is thedefault. Next Hop (ipRouteHop) Specifies the next hop for this route. Mask (ipRouteMask) Displays the subnet mask for the destination address. Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Displays the protocol by which the route was learned by the system. Port (ipRoutePort) Displays the index of the interface through which traffic to this destinationis transmitted. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric) Displays the number of hops (1 or 0) for this route; its meaning depends onthe routing protocol. Route Type (ipRouteType) Displays the status or type of the route. Possible values are direct,indirect, invalid, or other. The invalid value is usually used to delete an entry.Otherwise, it indicates an error. Route Age (ipRouteAge) Displays the number of seconds that have elapsed since this route was lastupdated or validated. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table The ARP Table dialog box displays the corresponding IP and physical addresses for the switch, taken from the switch's ARP table. You can edit any of these values, or delete a mapping entry from the table. Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Interface on which this entry's IP-address-to-physical-address mapping is effective. Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address corresponding to the media-dependent physical address. Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Media-dependent physical (MAC) address for this entry. Type (ipNetToMediaType) Type of address mapping: dynamic, static, invalid, or other. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TCP Device > Configure > TCP The TCP dialog box lists TCP configuration information for the switch. Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm that determines the TCP retransmission timeout value: constant, rsre (MIL-STD-1778), vanj (Van Jacobson's algorithm), or other. Min Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMin) Minimum permitted value, in milliseconds, for the TCP retransmission timeout. Max Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMax) Maximum permitted value, in milliseconds, for the TCP retransmission timeout. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Maximum number of TCP connections this entity can support. If this number is dynamic, the value is -1. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TCP Connections Device > Configure > TCP Connections The TCP Connections dialog box displays information about the TCP connections currently open on the switch. You can change the state of any connection. Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address for this TCP connection. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number for this TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address for this TCP connection. Port (tcpConnRemPort) Remote port number for this TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) State of this TCP connection. Common values are listen, closed, and closing. Set this value to delete to terminate the selected connection. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP dialog box displays information for the UDP listeners on the device. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for this UDP listener. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Local port number for this UDP listener. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00006.htm TITLE=Management TEXT=Management Device > Configure > Management Device management involves displaying and changing information regarding the device itself, for example, information about its physical location and description, information regarding its IP configuration, and device access information . The CiscoView Configure Device Management window displays the following MIB information: Device Name (sysName) Specifies the device domain name. The name can have a maximum of 255 characters. Contact (sysContact) Name of the network administration manager and information on how to contact this person. The contact name can contain up to 255 characters. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of the device. The location description can have a maximum of 255 characters. Descriptor (sysDescr) Textual description of the device. Up Since (sysUpTime) Time (in hundredths of a second) since the network management portion of the system was last re-initialized. Services (sysServices) Value which indicates the set of services that this device offers. IGMP (mcastEnableIgmp) [This feature is not supported for the Cat4000.] Displays whether Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is enabled or disabled on this device. When the IGMP is enabled in conjunction with Cisco routers running GCMP, only the required ports will participate in IP multicast groups. RGMP (mcastEnableRgmp) Indicates whether Router Group Management Protocol is enabled on the device or not. When RGMP is enabled in conjunction with Cisco routers running RGMP, multicast data traffic is forwarded only to those multicast routers that are interested to receive that data traffic. IGMP snooping feature must be enabled on the system to make RGMP feature operational. This object is only supported on platforms that support RGMP feature. Displayed for the Cat5000, Cat5500, and Cat6000 series devices, version 5.4 or higher. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00007.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=Configuring Device Management Information Device > Configure > Management The Management dialog box displays general management information about the switch, including the name of the designated contact person. You can change these values. Device Name (sysName) Name assigned to this device. Contact (sysContact) Name of a person to contact about this device. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of this device. QoS Enable (c8500QosEnable) Indicates whether Quality of Service functionality is enabled (true) or disabled (false) for Layer-3 switching of IP traffic. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00008.htm TITLE=Configuring Quality of Service Settings TEXT=Configuring Quality of Service Settings Device > Configure > Quality of Service (QoS) Information Use the QoS table to review Quality of Service (QoS) information for the device, and to modify WRR weight, as necessary. With QoS, traffic is sorted into a small number of classes and packets are marked accordingly. The QoS value is used to provide differential treatment to traffic in different classes so that different Quality of Service is provided to each class. Note: You must enable QoS functionality for the device in the Device > Configure > Management window . QoS values created for the QoS Configuration Table are valid but not active until QoS Enable (ciscoQosEnable) is set to True. Source Interface Index (c8500QoSMapSrcIf) Specifies the source interface for the device; &#147;All&#148; represents the system-level source interface when the index is &#147;0.&#148; Otherwise, the index entry will provide a pointer to the appropriate interface. Destination Interface Index (c8500QoSMapDstIf) Specifies the destination interface; &#147;All&#148; represents the system-level destination interface when the index is &#147;0.&#148; Otherwise, the index entry will provide a pointer to the appropriate interface. IP Precedence (c8500QoSMapPrecedence) Specifies the QoS value derived from the lower two bits of the IP precedence field. You can enter a value in the range 0-3 to indicate the Class of Service (CoS). The most preferred class is 3; the least preferred class is 0. The QoS value is derived from the lower 2 bits of the IP precedence field. WRR Weight (c8500QoSMapWrrWeight) Specifies the WRR (Weighted Round Robin) scheduling weight for a specified QoS value. The default value of the WRR weight is 1,2,4,8 respectively, for QoS values 0,1,2,3. You can enter a WRR scheduling weight value in the range 0...15. Click Create to create a new row in the QoS Table. Click Delete to delete a row in the table. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00022.htm TITLE=Traps TEXT=Traps Receivers Device > Configure > Traps Each managed device sends its traps or error messages to a management station. For example, a trap is sent whenever a port or device is reset or an incorrect community string is detected by the switch or router. The Traps window contains the following MIBs: Authentication Traps (snmpEnableAuthenTraps) Indicates whether traps will be sent when security violations occur. Enable this field if you want traps to be sent when security violations occur. Chassis Traps (sysEnableChassisTraps) Indicates whether chassis alarm traps (chassisAlarmOn and chassisAlarmOff) will be generated for this device. Module Traps (sysEnableModuleTraps) Indicates whether module traps (moduleUp and moduleDown) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Bridge Traps (sysEnableBridgeTraps) Indicates whether bridge traps (newRoot and topologyChange) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Repeater Traps (sysEnableRepeaterTraps) Indicates whether repeater traps will be generated for this device, as enabled or disabled. IP Permit Traps (sysEnableIpPermitTraps) Indicates whether the IP Permit Traps in this MIB should be generated (enabled). VMPS Changed Traps (sysEnableVMPSTraps) Indicates whether the wmVmpsChange trap defined in CISCO-VLAN-MEMBERSHIP-MIB should be generated (enabled). Configuration NVRAM Changed Traps (sysEnableConfigTraps) Indicates whether sysConfigChange trap in this MIB (which confirms that the system configuration in NVRAM is changed, should be generated (enabled). Entity Configuration Changed Traps (sysEnableEntityTraps) Indicates whether entConfigChange trap in the ENTITY-MIB (RFC-2023) should be generated (enabled). Spanning Tree Traps (sysEnableStpxTraps) Indicates whether stpxInconsistencyUpdate trap in the CISCO-STP-EXTENSIONS-MIB should be generated (enabled). VTP Notifications (vtpNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether the notification/traps defined by the vtpConfigNotificationsGroup are enabled. Click Apply to make your Traps changes take effect. Traps Receivers Table The Trap Receiver table displays the IP addresses and the Read community strings of the destination network management stations. The Trap Receiver table can contain a maximum of ten entries, even though the dialog box displays more than ten rows. Click Create to create a new row in the Trap Receiver table, then enter the IP Address and Community String and click Apply , or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Note: The rows in the Trap Receivers Table are numbered beginning with 0, so if you try to delete the second row, a message appears asking if you want to delete row 1. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can set trap configurations via the command line CLI/SNMP To set an snmp trap, use: set snmp trap < enable | disable > [vtp | ippermit | vmps | config | entity | stpx] set snmp trap < rcvr_address > < rcvr_community > show snmp
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00023.htm TITLE=Traps TEXT=Traps Receivers Device > Configure > Traps Each managed device sends its traps or error messages to a management station. For example, a trap is sent whenever a port or device is reset or an incorrect community string is detected by the switch or router. The Traps window contains the following MIBs: Authentication Traps (snmpEnableAuthenTraps) Indicates whether traps will be sent when security violations occur. Enable this field if you want traps to be sent when security violations occur. Chassis Traps (sysEnableChassisTraps) Indicates whether chassis alarm traps (chassisAlarmOn and chassisAlarmOff) will be generated for this device. Module Traps (sysEnableModuleTraps) Indicates whether module traps (moduleUp and moduleDown) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Bridge Traps (sysEnableBridgeTraps) Indicates whether bridge traps (newRoot and topologyChange) will be generated (enabled) for this device. IP Permit Traps (sysEnableIpPermitTraps) Indicates whether the IP Permit Traps in this MIB should be generated (enabled). VMPS Changed Traps (sysEnableVMPSTraps) Indicates whether the wmVmpsChange trap defined in CISCO-VLAN-MEMBERSHIP-MIB should be generated (enabled). Configuration NVRAM Changed Traps (sysEnableConfigTraps) Indicates whether sysConfigChange trap in this MIB (which confirms that the system configuration in NVRAM is changed, should be generated (enabled). VTP Notifications (vtpNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether the notification/traps defined by the vtpConfigNotificationsGroup are enabled. Click Apply to make your Traps changes take effect. Traps Receivers Table The Trap Receiver table displays the IP addresses and the Read community strings of the destination network management stations. The Trap Receiver table can contain a maximum of ten entries, even though the dialog box displays more than ten rows. Click Create to create a new row in the Trap Receiver table, then enter the IP Address and Community String and click Apply , or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Note: The rows in the Trap Receivers Table are numbered beginning with 0, so if you try to delete the second row, a message appears asking if you want to delete row 1. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can set trap configurations via the command line CLI/SNMP To set an snmp trap, use: set snmp trap < enable | disable > [vtp | ippermit | vmps | config | entity | stpx] set snmp trap < rcvr_address > < rcvr_community > show snmp
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00024.htm TITLE=Traps TEXT=Traps Receivers Device > Configure > Traps Each managed device sends its traps or error messages to a management station. For example, a trap is sent whenever a port or device is reset or an incorrect community string is detected by the switch or router. The Traps window contains the following MIBs: Authentication Traps (snmpEnableAuthenTraps) Indicates whether traps will be sent when security violations occur. Enable this field if you want traps to be sent when security violations occur. Chassis Traps (sysEnableChassisTraps) Indicates whether chassis alarm traps (chassisAlarmOn and chassisAlarmOff) will be generated for this device. Module Traps (sysEnableModuleTraps) Indicates whether module traps (moduleUp and moduleDown) will be generated (enabled) for this device. Bridge Traps (sysEnableBridgeTraps) Indicates whether bridge traps (newRoot and topologyChange) will be generated (enabled) for this device. IP Permit Traps (sysEnableIpPermitTraps) Indicates whether the IP Permit Traps in this MIB should be generated (enabled). VMPS Changed Traps (sysEnableVMPSTraps) Indicates whether the wmVmpsChange trap defined in CISCO-VLAN-MEMBERSHIP-MIB should be generated (enabled). Configuration NVRAM Changed Traps (sysEnableConfigTraps) Indicates whether sysConfigChange trap in this MIB (which confirms that the system configuration in NVRAM is changed, should be generated (enabled). Entity Configuration Changed Traps (sysEnableEntityTraps) Indicates whether entConfigChange trap in the ENTITY-MIB (RFC-2023) should be generated (enabled). Spanning Tree Traps (sysEnableStpxTraps) Indicates whether stpxInconsistencyUpdate trap in the CISCO-STP-EXTENSIONS-MIB should be generated (enabled). VTP Notifications (vtpNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether the notification/traps defined by the vtpConfigNotificationsGroup are enabled. Click Apply to make your Traps changes take effect. Traps Receivers Table The Trap Receiver table displays the IP addresses and the Read community strings of the destination network management stations. The Trap Receiver table can contain a maximum of ten entries, even though the dialog box displays more than ten rows. Click Create to create a new row in the Trap Receiver table, then enter the IP Address and Community String and click Apply , or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Note: The rows in the Trap Receivers Table are numbered beginning with 0, so if you try to delete the second row, a message appears asking if you want to delete row 1. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can set trap configurations via the command line CLI/SNMP To set an snmp trap, use: set snmp trap < enable | disable > [vtp | ippermit | vmps | config | entity | stpx] set snmp trap < rcvr_address > < rcvr_community > show snmp
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00025.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Device > Configure > Physical Physical information about the device includes chassis model, power supply,and fan descriptions. This information is often required when troubleshooting. The following information is displayed: Model (chassisModel) Serial Number (chassisSerialNumberString) Backplane Type (chassisBkplType) Major Alarm (chassisMajorAlarm) Minor Alarm (chassisMinorAlarm) Temperature Alarm (chassisTempAlarm) Fan Status (chassisFanStatus) Fan Diagnostic Errors (chassisFanTestResultDisplay) Traffic Peak % (sysTrafficPeak) Traffic Peak Time (sysTrafficPeakTime) Default Power Allocation (cpeExtDefaultAllocation) Dot1q Tagging (VlanTrunkPortsDot1qTag) Mac Reduction Admin Status (sysMacReductionAdminEnable) Mac Reduction Oper Status (sysMacReductionOperEnable) STP Fast Start BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) STP Fast Start BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Model (chassisModel) Manufacturer’s model number for the chassis. Serial Number (chassisSerialNumberString) The chassis serial number. Backplane Type (chassisBkplType) The chassis backplane type. Major Alarm (chassisMajorAlarm) Whether the chassis major alarm is on or off. Minor Alarm (chassisMinorAlarm) Whether the chassis minor alarm is on or off. Temperature Alarm (chassisTempAlarm) Whether the chassis temperature alarm is on or off. Fan Status (chassisFanStatus) Status of the chassis fan. There are three possible values: Minor fault or the number 3 indicates a minor problem with the power supply. Major fault or the number 4 indicates a major problem with the power supply. Other indicates that the status is none of the above. Note: If the status is not OK, the Fan Errors field gives more information about thepower supply failure condition. Possible errors are 12V+ Bad or 12V- Bad. Fan Diagnostic Errors (chassisFanTestResultDisplay) Test result for the chassis fan. A zero indicates that the supply passed alltests. Bits set in the result indicate error conditions. Possible errors areTemp High, Fan1 Bad, or Fan2 Bad. Traffic Peak % (sysTrafficPeak) Highest percentage of traffic relative to a maximum of 100% on the specifieddevice since it was last rebooted. Traffic Peak Time (sysTrafficPeakTime) Date and time that the traffic peak occurred. Default Power Allocation (cpeExtDefaultAllocation) Indicates the default inline power allocation per port. This is a global configuration parameter that applies to all inline power-capable ports in the system. Note: The system must consider this object and the per-port configuration object, cpeExtPsePortPwrMax, when determining how much power to allocate to a port. The system will use the lesser of the two values. Dot1q Tagging (VlanTrunkPortsDot1qTag) Indicates whether the tagging on all VLANs, including native VLAN for all 802.1q trunks, is enabled. Note: Valid only for Cat6K. Mac Reduction Admin Status (sysMacReductionAdminEnable) Indicates whether the Mac Reduction feature, which reduces the number of MAC addressesused in bridge identifier, is administratively enabled on the device or not. Note: Valid only for Cat6K. Mac Reduction Oper Status (sysMacReductionOperEnable) Indicates whether the Mac Reduction feature, which reduces the number of MAC addresses used in bridge identifier, is operationaly enabled on the device or not. If the value of this object is true(1), the accepted values for dot1dStpPriorityin BRIDGE-MIB should be in multiples of 4096 plus the bridge instance ID (such as VlanIndex). Changing this object value may cause the values of dot1dBaseBridgeAddress and dot1dStpPriority, in BRIDGE-MIB, to be changed. Note: Valid only for Cat6K. STP Fast Start BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Guard for Spanning Tree Port Fast Start feature is enabled or not. STP Fast Start BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Filtering for Spanning Tree Port Fast Start feature is enabled or not.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00026.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Device > Configure > Physical Physical information about the device includes chassis model, power supply,and fan descriptions. This information is often required when troubleshooting. The CiscoView Physical window displays the following information: Model (chassisModel) Manufacturer’s model number for the chassis. Major Alarm (chassisMajorAlarm) Whether the chassis major alarm is on or off. Minor Alarm (chassisMinorAlarm) Whether the chassis minor alarm is on or off. Temperature Alarm (chassisTempAlarm) Whether the chassis temperature alarm is on or off. Fan Status (chassisFanStatus) Status of the chassis fan. Possible values are as follows: Minor fault or the number 3 indicates a minor problem with the power supply. Major fault or the number 4 indicates a major problem with the power supply. Other indicates that the status is none of the above. If the status is not OK, the Fan Errors field gives more information about thepower supply failure condition. Possible errors are 12V+ Bad or 12V- Bad. Fan Diagnostic Errors (chassisFanTestResult) Test result for the chassis fan. A zero indicates that the supply passed alltests. Bits set in the result indicate error conditions. Possible errors areTemp High, Fan1 Bad, or Fan2 Bad. Traffic Peak % (sysTrafficPeak) Highest percentage of traffic relative to a maximum of 100% on the specifieddevice since it was last rebooted. Traffic Peak Time (sysTrafficPeakTime) Date and time that the traffic peak occurred. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00027.htm TITLE=System Configuration TEXT=System Configuration Device > Configure > Chassis Host Name (hostName) This variable represents the name of the host in printable ASCII characters. System Boot Host Address (sysConfigAddr) Holds the address of the host that supplied the system boot image. System Description (sysDescr) A textual description of the entity. This value should include the full name and versionidentification of the system's hardware type, software operating-system, and networkingsoftware. ROM Monitor Version (romVersion) ROM monitor version. *Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). ROM System Version (romSysVersion) ROM system software version. If version is unavailable, the string will be empty. *Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Configuration Memory (bytes) (nvRAMSize) Bytes of non-volatile configuration memory. *Configuration Memory (bytes) ( ceExtNVRAMSize) Total number of bytes of NVRAM in the entity. Configuration Memory In Use (bytes) (nvRAMUsed) Bytes of non-volatile configuration memory in use. *Configuration Memory In Use (bytes) (ceExtNVRAMUsed) Number of bytes of NVRAM in use.This object is irrelevent if ceExtNVRAMSize is 0. Configuration Register (configRegister) Value of configuration register. *Configuration Register (ceExtConfigRegister) The value of configuration register with which the processor module booted. IOS Name (sysConfigName) Holds the name of the system boot image. System Boot Protocol (sysConfigProto) Holds the protocol that supplied the system boot image. Reason of last Reload (whyReload) This variable contains a printable octet string which contains the reason why thesystem was last restarted. Click Cancel to close this dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Note: The items given * are applicable for MSFC cards available in SuperVisor modules of Virtual Switch System.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00028.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer Device > Configure > Switch Port Analyzer You can use switch port analyzer information to gather statistics on trafficbetween two ports or between a VLAN and a port. Note: To use the Extended RMON feature, configure the Clear Lake port to be a Switchport Analyzer Destination port like any other Ethernet/FastEthernet switchport. Use 1 as the Destination port number. The Switch Port Analyzer window displays the following information: Monitoring Status (monitorEnable) Indicates whether port monitoring is in progress (enabled). Destination (monitorDestinationModule) Module and port where the monitoring destination is located. Note: When the Clear Lake module is configured as the destination port, the words “Network Analysis Mode” appear in the Destination field of this SPAN configuration window to indicatethat the Destination port is Extended RMON capable. Type of Monitored Packets (monitorDirection) Type of packets to be monitored at the source port(s): transmit only, receiveonly, or both. Source Type (monitorSourceType) Type of port(s) being monitored. Options include a single port, multipleports, or all ports in a VLAN. Source To Be Monitored (monitorAdminSourcePorts) Administrative status of source Module and Port to be monitored. Ports Currently Being Monitored (monitorOperSourcePorts) Ports that are actually being monitored now. Click Modify to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00029.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer Device > Configure > Switch Port Analyzer > Copy You can use switch port analyzer information to gather statistics on traffic between two ports or between a VLAN and a port. This device does allow you to enter a VLAN number as a source. Up to five active Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) sets (each set is able to contain unlimited source ports) can be supported. For Catalyst 6000, two independent ingress/bidirectional SPANs are active at the same time. For Catalyst 5000 series devices, one ingress/bidirectional SPAN is active and a maximum of four outgoing SPANs are supported. For Catalyst 4000, if the data source is VLAN, the direction must be copyBoth. Note: The destination cannot be configured as the source. CONFIGURATION & IMPLEMENTATION TIPS Use the Switch Port Analyzer window to configure the following information: SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Indicates SPAN type: Local, Remote Source, or Remote Destination. SourcePorts/VLANs (portCopySource) Indicates source ports or VLANs. If the SPAN type is remote destination then it is not applicable (and will be shown as '-'). Destination Port (portCopyDest) Indicates destination port. If the SPAN type is remote source then it is not applicable (and will be shown as '-'). RSPAN VLAN (RpanVlan) Indicates the RSPAN VLAN number. If the SPAN type is local then it is not applicable (and will be shown as '-'.) Direction (portCopyDirection) Direction of monitored traffic. For each SPAN set, use this feature to specify the direction of the packets going through the source ports. The available options are described below: RX Only (copyRxOnly) Select this option to have only traffic received on the indicated source port copied to the indicated destination port. TX Only (copyTxOnly) Select this option to have only traffic transmitted on the indicated source port copied to the indicated destination port. RX & TX (copyBoth) Select this option to have all traffic received and transmitted on the indicated source port copied to the indicated destination port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. To Create a New SPAN set: Click Create . From the Data Source drop down box, select either Port(s) or VLAN(s). Enter the Source ports(s)/vlan(s). Enter the Destination port. From the Direction drop down box, select either Copy Rx Only, Copy Tx Only, or Copy Both. Click OK . To Delete a SPAN set: Highlight the SPAN port set (row) to be deleted. Click Delete . To Add Source to a SPAN set: Click Add Source . Enter the source port(s)/vlan(s) to be added to the SPAN set. Click OK . To Remove Source from a SPAN set: Select a row so that it is highlighted. Click Remove Source... . Enter the source port(s)/vlan(s) to be removed from the SPAN set. Click OK . Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Configuration/Implementation Tips The following configurations and implementations are supported: A trunk port can be configured as a source or destination port. If configured as a destination port, then the out-bound packets through the SPAN port will carry an ISL header. When a switch port is configured as a SPAN port, it is no longer a normal switch port and you will only see the monitored traffic through the SPAN port. When SPAN is enabled, any VLAN configuration change to the SPAN port will not be effective until SPAN is disabled. When SPAN is enabled, if any source or the destination port gets disabled, the SPAN functionality will stop working until both are enabled. Disabled ports can be configured to a source or the destination port, but the SPAN function will not start working until both the source and destination ports are enabled. When SPAN is enabled for monitoring a particular VLAN, the monitored ports will be changed when the user moves ports in or out from the monitored VLAN. For the Catalyst 5000, a maximum of 4 outgoing SPAN sessions are supported. A maximum of 1 SPAN session is supported for incoming traffic. For the Catalyst 6000, a total of 6 SPAN sessions are supported. A maximum of 2 SPAN sessions are supported for incoming traffic with a maximum of 4 SPAN sessions supported for outgoing traffic. Local ingress SPAN port(s) are used by remote SPAN session(s).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00030.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer Device > Configure > Switch Port Analyzer You can use switch port analyzer information to gather statistics on traffic between two ports or a VLAN and a port. Note: This Switch Port Analyzer window displays the following information for the previous Catalyst 5000 release, Version 3.1: Source Card (monitorSourceModule) Index number of the module on which the port to be monitored is located. Possible values are 1 through 16; the value 0 indicates that the monitor source port is a source VLAN number. This field is displayed only if you deselected VLAN and are configuring a switch port analyzer to monitor traffic between two ports. Source Port (monitorSourcePort) Number of the port to be monitored within a module. Possible values are 0 to 1024. This field is displayed only if you deselected VLAN and are configuring a switch port analyzer to monitor traffic between two ports. Source VLAN (monitorSourceVlan) Number of the VLAN to be monitored. This field is displayed only if you clicked on the button to the left of the Source Card field and are configuring a switch port analyzer to monitor traffic between a port and a VLAN. Possible values are 0 to 1024. This field does not apply to switch port analyzers configured on Token Ring ports. Destination Card (monitorDestinationModule) Number of the module on which the port that will be monitoring is located. Destination Port (monitorDestinationPort) Number of the port that will be monitoring the Source Port or Source VLAN. Direction (monitorDirection) Type of packets to be monitored at the source port. Possible values are transmit, receive, and transmit and receive. Monitor (monitorEnable) Whether the port is being monitored (enabled) or not (disabled). Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00031.htm TITLE=Global Configuration TEXT=Global Configuration Device > Configure > Spanning Tree Use this feature to set spanning tree parameters that enable the device's learning bridge to dynamically halt loops in the network (by shutting down selected bridge interfaces) before creating a spanning tree path. The following data is displayed: Spanning Tree Mode (stpxSpanningTreeType) Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) UplinkFast Mode (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) UplinkFast Learning Rate (0..32000) (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) Backbone Fast (stpxBackboneFastEnabled) Fast Start BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) Fast Start BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Fast Start Default Mode (stpxFastStartGlobalDefaultMode) LoopGuard Default Mode (stpxLoopGuardGlobalDefaultMode) Mac Reduction Admin Status (sysMacReductionAdminEnable) Mac Reduction Oper Status (sysMacReductionOperEnable) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes made in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Spanning Tree Mode (stpxSpanningTreeType) Actual mode the spanning tree protocol runs in on this device. There are four modes: PVST+ (Per VLAN Spanning Tree+ Protocol) MISTP (Multiple Instance Spanning Tree Protocol) MISTP–PVST+ (with the tunneling scheme enabled) MST (IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree) Spanning Tree PathCost Mode (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) Indicates the spanning tree path cost mode configured on this device. Thismode applies to all instances of the spanning tree protocol running on thedevice. When the value of this field is changed, the path cost of all ports isreassigned to the default path cost value, which is based on the new spanning tree pathcost mode and the speed of the ports. If the selected STP mode for the device is pvst+ , the value ofthis field can be changed between long and short . If theselected STP mode for the device is mistp , mistp-pvst+ , or mst , thedefault switch uses the long path cost. Note: When the value of this field is set to long , the path costyou can specifyranges from 1 to 268435456. When the value of this field is set to short , the path cost you can specify ranges from 1 to 65545. To set the path cost per port value: Select Port > Configure > Bridge . Click Bridge Details . UplinkFast Mode (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Displays whether STP UplinkFast is enabled on the device, as true or false. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST . UplinkFast Learning Rate (0..32000) (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) Maximum number of station-learning frames that this device will generate in each 100 millisecond period after an UplinkFast transition. The default is 15. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST . Backbone Fast (stpxBackboneFastEnabled) Indicates whether the BackboneFast capability is enabled on the device. Note: This field is displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to PVST+ . Fast Start BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Guard for Spanning Tree Port Fast Start feature is enabled or not. Fast Start BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Filtering for Spanning Tree Port Fast Start feature is enabled or not. Fast Start Default Mode (stpxFastStartGlobalDefaultMode) Indicates global default mode of Fast Start feature on the device. LoopGuard Default Mode (stpxLoopGuardGlobalDefaultMode) Indicates global default configuration mode of LoopGuard feature on the device. Mac Reduction Admin Status (sysMacReductionAdminEnable) Indicates whether the Mac Reduction feature, which reduces the number of MACaddresses used in bridge identifier, is administratively enabled on the deviceor not. Note: This object is only valid for Catalyst 6000 devices. Mac Reduction Oper Status (sysMacReductionOperEnable) Indicates whether the Mac Reduction feature, which reduces the number of MACaddresses used in bridge identifier, is operationaly enabled on the device ornot. If the value of this object is true(1), the accepted values for dot1dStpPriorityin BRIDGE-MIB should be in multiples of 4096 plus the bridge instance ID (suchas VlanIndex). Changing this object value may cause the values ofdot1dBaseBridgeAddress and dot1dStpPriority, in BRIDGE-MIB, to be changed. Note: This object is only valid for Catalyst 6000 devices.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00032.htm TITLE=Cisco Discovery Protocol TEXT=Cisco Discovery Protocol Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol The CiscoView Cisco Discovery Protocol window displays information about howdevices are connected to ports on the switch. Port (cdpCacheIfIndex) Index value of the local interface. For 802.3 repeaters for which the repeaterports do not have ifIndex values assigned, the port value is a unique valueand greater than any ifIndex value supported by the repeater. Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Unique value for each device from which CDP messages are being received. Azero-length string indicates that no device ID field was reported in the mostrecent CDP message. Device Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port identification number referenced in the most recent CDP message. Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network-layer address of the device’s SNMP agent as reported in the most recent CDP message. Address Type (cdpCacheAddressType) Type of address (Cisco Network Protocol) specified in the Address field. Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Device’s hardware platform as reported in the most recent CDP message. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no platform field was reported in the most recent CDPmessage. Capabilities (cdpCacheCapabilities) Device’s functional capabilities as reported in the most recent CDP message. Version (cdpCacheVersion) Software version string as reported in the most recent CDP message. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00033.htm TITLE=Cisco Discovery Protocol TEXT=Cisco Discovery Protocol Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol The CiscoView Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) options displays informationabout how Catalyst 6000-series devices are connected to ports on the switch. Configuration Cache Global Configuration CDP Configuration Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol > Configure Use this feature to display device CDP Configuration information for the device. CDP Running (cdpGlobalRun) Indicates whether Cisco Discovery Protocol is currently running. Message Interval (5...254 seconds) (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are to be generated: default value is 60 seconds. Global Hold Time (10...255 seconds) (cdpGlobalHoldTime) Indicates the time the receiving device holds CDP message. Advertised Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) Device ID advertised by this device. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. CDP Cache Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol > Cache The CiscoView Cisco Discovery Protocol window displays information about how devices are connected to ports on the switch. Use this feature to display the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) Cache Table. Port (cdpCacheIfIndex) Index value of the local interface. For 802.3 repeaters for which the repeater ports do not have ifIndex values assigned, the port value is a unique value and greater than any ifIndex value supported by the repeater. Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Unique value for each device from which CDP messages are being received. A zero-length string indicates that no device ID field was reported in the most recent CDP message. Device Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port identification number referenced in the most recent CDP message. Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network-layer address of the device&#146;s SNMP agent as reported in the most recent CDP message. Address Type (cdpCacheAddressType) Type of address (Cisco Network Protocol) specified in the Address field. Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Device&#146;s hardware platform as reported in the most recent CDP message. A zero-length string indicates that no platform field was reported in the most recent CDP message. Capabilities (cdpCacheCapabilities) Device&#146;s functional capabilities as reported in the most recent CDP message. VTP Management Domain (cdpCacheVTPMgmtDomain) The VTP Management Domain for the remote device's interface, as reported in the most recently received CDP message. Native VLAN (cdpCacheNativeVLAN) The remote device's interface's native VLAN, as reported in the most recent CDP message. The value 0 indicates no native VLAN field (TLV) was reported in the most recent CDP message. Duplex Mode (cdpCacheDuplex) The remote device's interface's duplex mode, as reported in the most recent CDP message; unknown(1): no duplex mode field (TLV) was reported in the most recent CDP message. halfduplex(2): Half Duplex. fullduplex(3): Full Duplex. Version (cdpCacheVersion) Software version string as reported in the most recent CDP message. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00036.htm TITLE=CDP Global Configuration TEXT=CDP Global Configuration Device > Configure > CDP Global Configuration Use the CDP Global Configuration window to review the device&#146;s global settings for CDP ( Cisco Discovery Protocol ). CDP Running (cdpGlobalRun) Indicates whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is currently running: true or false. Message Interval (5...254 seconds) (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) The interval at which CDP messages are to be generated: the default value is 60 seconds. Global Hold Time (10...255 seconds) (cdpGlobalHoldTime) The time limit during which the receiving device holds CDP messages: the default time value is 180 seconds. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00037.htm TITLE=Cisco Discovery Protocol TEXT=Cisco Discovery Protocol CDP is media- and protocol-independent and runs on all Cisco-manufacturedequipment, including routers, bridges, access and communications servers, andswitches. CDP allows network management applications to dynamically discover Ciscodevices that are neighbors of already-known devices, in particular, neighborsrunning lower-layer, transparent protocols. CDP runs on all media that supportSubnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP). CDP also runs over the data link layer only,not the network layer. Cisco devices do not forward CDP packets.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00038.htm TITLE=Default Gateways TEXT=Default Gateways Device > Configure > Default Gateways Displays information for up to three entries of default gateways. Address : (mdgGatewayAddr) The IP address of a default gateway Type : (mdgGatewayType) The type of gateway entry; invalid(1): remove this entry; primary(2): theprimary entry; other(3): a lower priority entry. The primary entry will be used first, if it is reachable. Otherwise, one ofthe other entries will be used. Setting one entry to primary(2) causes anyprevious primary entry to change to other(3). Click Create to enter a new gateway IP address and type, and click Apply to make your entry take effect. Click Delete to remove a selected gateway entry from the table. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00039.htm TITLE=Working with VLANs &amp; bridges TEXT=VLAN & Bridge Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge Virtual LANs (VLANs) allow you to logically group resources independent of their physical location. This arrangement of resources, and the ports to which they are attached, is called a logical grouping. A logical group of ports is called a VLAN. Ports or groups of ports in a VLAN are called members. VLANs isolate all traffic, including broadcasts and multicasts, from being propagated to members of other VLANs. A Token Ring VLAN comprises Token Ring Bridge Relay Functions (trBRFs) and Token Ring Concentrator Relay Functions (trCRFs). Note: Extended range VLAN values (1025-4094) are supported by Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later. If the switches are interconnected by a port called an Inter-Switch Link (ISL), you can specify which VLANs are allowed to flow through the ISL. You can use the VLAN & Bridge option to configure and view VLANs and their members. The table on the left side of the dialog box displays the following information: VLAN Number (VlanNumber) Numeric VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) ID. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with the VLAN; synonymous with the VLAN&#146;s emulated LAN name on LAN emulation (LANE) trunks. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN State (vtpVlanState) Current state of the VLAN. Possible values are Operational and Suspended. VLANs in Operational state are functional. VLANs in Suspended state do not pass packets. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type as defined for Private VLAN feature. Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the Private VLAN feature if Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of isolated(3) or community(4). If Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of normal(1) or primary(2), then this object has the value of 0. RSPAN VLAN (vtpVlanTypeExtProp) Indicates if the current VLAN is RSPAN VLAN or not. Possible values are yes or no. Default value should be no. Button Options The View Ports buttons at the upper right of the dialog box have the following functions: VLAN Members To display the ports on the switch that belong to a specified VLAN, select the number of the VLAN for which you want to display members, then click VLAN Members . The ports that belong to the VLAN are highlighted on the device display. The count includes both logical and physical ports, but CiscoView does not highlight the logical ports. Inter Switch To display ports in a VLAN shared across switches, click Inter Switch . Clear Ports To clear the highlighting, click Clear Ports . VLAN Non-Trunk Members To display the ports on the switch that belong to a specified VLAN but are not trunk ports, select the number of the VLAN for which you want to display member, then click VLAN Non-Trunk Members . The Bridge buttons have the following functions: Configure Forwarding (This option is not available for trBRFs.) Static (This option is not available for trBRFs or trCRFs.) The VTP-VLAN buttons at the bottom of the dialog box allow you to perform the following tasks with VLANs on a Catalyst 5000, 5500, or 6000: Local Mgmt Domain Create VLAN Delete VLAN Modify VLAN The SVI Group Configure button allows you to view , create or modify switched virtual interfaces. The VLAN Group Configure button allows you to view , create or modify VLAN groups. Note : The VLAN Group configure feature is supported only by IOS. To move a port to a different VLAN, drag the port with the middle mouse button (the left button for PC users) pressed and release it when the mouse pointer is over the desired entry in the VLAN table. To select multiple ports, select the first port as usual and then hold down the CONTROL key as you select additional ports. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Token Ring VLANs Within a Token Ring virtual LAN (VLAN), distributed rings can be formed by defining groups of ports that have the same ring number. The IEEE calls such a port group a Token Ring Concentrator Relay Function (trCRF). A trCRF is limited to the ports in a single Catalyst 5000 series switch. Within the trCRF, source-route switching is used for forwarding based on either MAC addresses or route descriptors. If desired, the entire VLAN can operate as a single ring. Frames can be switched between ports within a single trCRF. Multiple trCRFs can be interconnected using a single Token Ring Bridge Relay Function (trBRF). For source routing, the switch appears as a single bridge between the logical rings. The trBRF can function as a source-route bridge (SRB) or source-route transparent (SRT) bridge running either the IBM or IEEE Spanning-Tree Protocol. If SRB is used, duplicate MAC addresses can be defined on different distributed rings. To accommodate SNA traffic, you can use a combination of SRT and SRB modes. In a mixed mode the trBRF considers some ports (internal ports connected to trCRFs) to be operating in SRB mode while others are operating in SRT mode. The trBRF can be extended across a network of switches via high-speed uplinks between the switches. These links must have the ability to multiplex multiple VLANs and provide the necessary information to support logical rings. Bridge Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Configure Most of the configuration required in bridging is related to the Spanning Tree Algorithm. The Spanning Tree Algorithm allows the connected network topology to contain multiple physical paths between two stations, but constrains the active topology to be a single-span tree. If a port on one bridge fails, the other bridges can reconfigure the topology and switch traffic over to new paths. If the Spanning Tree feature is not enabled, no backup path exists to maintain bridge connectivity. To display or change bridging configuration for a device, click Configure in the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The dialog box displays the following information: Bridge Address (dot1dBaseBridgeAddress) MAC address of the bridge. Bridge Type (dot1dBaseType) Type of bridging that this bridge can do. The possible values are unknown, transparent-only, sourceroute-only, and srt (source route transparent bridging). Forwarding DB Learn Discards (dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards) Number of Forwarding Database entries that have been or would have been learned but were discarded because of lack of space. Spanning Tree (vlanSpantreeEnable) Whether the Spanning Tree feature is enabled or disabled. If disabled, transparent bridging is used. Forwarding DB Aging (secs) (dot1dTpAgingTime) Timeout value in seconds after which dynamically-learned forwarding information is removed from the bridge&#146;s forwarding database. Possible values range from 10 through 1,000,000 seconds, and the recommended default is 300 seconds. Spanning Tree Protocol (dot1dStpProtocol) Version of the Spanning Tree Protocol being used. The possible values are unknown, decLb100, or ieee80221d. The unknown value usually indicates an error. Priority (dot1dStpPriority) Integer that is the first two octets of the bridge identifier. Last Topology Change (dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange) Date and time that the last topology change was made. Topology Changes (dot1dStpTopChanges) Total number of topology changes by this bridge since it was last reset or initialized. Designated Root (dot1dStpDesignatedRoot) Bridge identifier of the node that this bridge indicates is the current root of the spanning tree. Root Cost (dot1dStpRootCost) Integer that represents the total cost of the best path to the root. Root Port (dot1dStpRootPort) Port number through which the lowest-cost path to the root is accessed. Max Age (dot1dStpMaxAge) Timeout value for STP information learned from the network. After this interval, information that has not been refreshed will be discarded. Hello Time (dot1dStpHelloTime) Interval for sending configuration bridge PDUs if the bridge is the root or is trying to become the root. Hold Time (dot1dStpHoldTime) Interval at which a maximum of two configuration bridge PDUs are transmitted by this node. Forward Delay (dot1dStpForwardDelay) Time for this port to spend in each of the listening and learning states in preparation for going into the forwarding state. Bridge Max Age (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) Value that all bridges use for the maximum age timeout when this bridge is the root. Possible values are from 6 to 40 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Max Age (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. Bridge Hello Time (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) Interval that all bridges use for hello time when this bridge is the root. Possible values are from 1 to 10 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Hello Time (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. Bridge Forward Delay (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) Value used by all bridges for the forward delay interval when this bridge is the root bridge. Possible values are from 4 to 30 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Forward Delay (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Bridge Forwarding Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Bridge Forwarding To display bridge forwarding information for a device, click Bridge Forwarding from the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The Bridge Forwarding dialog box displays the following information: MAC Address (dot1dTpFdbAddress) Unicast MAC address of destinations that are reachable by the port. Port (dot1dTpFdbPort) Port to which frames with that destination MAC address should be forwarded. Status (dot1dTpFdbStatus) How the entry or destination became known to the bridge. Possible values are learned, self, mgmt, or other. Learned information can include both dynamic and static entries. Self indicates the MAC address of a port on this bridge. Mgmt means that this address is in the static table or database for the bridge. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Bridge Static Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Bridge Forwarding The bridge static table displays forwarding information that has been manually configured on the bridge. The table shows the destination address, the port through which the bridge will forward traffic to that destination, and the status of the entry. To display bridge static information for a device, if the device supports the bridge static table, click Static in the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The Bridge Static dialog box displays the following information: MAC Address (dot1dStaticAddress) Destination MAC addresses that have been added to the database or table and to which the filtering/VLAN information applies. A MAC address consists of 6 bytes. The first three bytes identify the vendor. Port (dot1dStaticReceivePort) Port number from which a frame must be received for filtering to occur. The value 0 indicates that frames can be received from all ports on the bridge. For example, 1.6 means that card 1, port 6 is forwarding information for this port. Allowed Ports (dot1dStaticAllowedToGoTo) Set of ports through which forwarding is allowed. For example, the entry 1, 3, 7-10 indicates that ports 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, and 10 forward information for this port. Status (dot1dStaticStatus) Whether the entry is permanent or which conditions cause it to be removed. Possible values are permanent, deleteOnReset, deleteOnTimeout, or other. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. VTP Mgmt Domain Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Local Management Domain The VTP Mgmt Domain dialog box contains the following information about the local management domain: Management Domain Index (managementDomainIndex) Index value identifying this domain on the local system. Management Domain Name (managementDomainName) Management name of a domain in which this system is participating. This value is required. Working Mode of Local System (managementDomainLocalMode) Whether the local system is acting as a VTP client or a VTP server in this management domain. A value of transparent indicates that a device cannot support VTP for this domain. Configuration Revision Number (managementDomainConfigRevNumber) Current configuration revision number for this management domain. Revision # Last Updater (managementDomainLastUpdater) IP address of the VTP server that last updated the configuration revision number. Revision # Last Change (managementDomainLastChange) Time at which the configuration revision number was last increased to its current value. VTP Pruning State (managementDomainPruningState) Displays whether VTP Pruning is enabled or disabled. When enabled, pruning limits the scope of the broadcast traffic across trunk links. Current Version of VTP in Use (managementDomainVersionInUse) Displays the version number of the current VTP Management Domain. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Create VLAN Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Create VLAN To create a VLAN, first make sure that a local management domain name is defined. (Click Local Mgmt Domain in the VLAN & Bridge dialog box to verify this.) Then, enter the following information in the Create VLAN dialog box: Depending on the type of virtual LAN (VLAN) you are creating, some of the information in this dialog box will vary. VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN ID of this VLAN. Accepted values are as follows: for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.1 or earlier, 2 through 1,000. for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, 2 through 1,000 and 1025 through 4094. Consult your hardware user guide for more information on appropriate VLAN numbers. VLAN State (vtpVlanState) State of this VLAN: Operational or Suspended. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Name of this VLAN. The name can be up to 16 characters. MTU Size (vtpVlanMtu) Size of the largest MAC-layer data frame that can be transmitted on this VLAN. 802.10 SAID Field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Value of the 802.10 Security Association ID (SAID) field for this VLAN. This number is usually the same as the VLAN number. This field is not displayed when creating a trBRF or trCRF. If you are defining an Ethernet VLAN , the following additional information is displayed: Ring Number (vtpVlanRingNumber) Ring number of this VLAN. Bridge Number (vtpVlanBridgeNumber) The bridge number of the VTP-capable switches for this VLAN. STP Type (vtpVlanStpType) The STP type indicates the type of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) running on this VLAN. This object is only instanciated when the value of the corresponding instance of vtpVlanType has a value of 'fddiNet' or 'trNet'. Parent VLAN (vtpVlanParentVlan) Parent VLAN for this VLAN. Translational VLAN1 (vtpVlanTranslationalVlan1) A VLAN to which this VLAN is being translationally bridged. The associated VLAN type cannot be the same as the VLAN that is being modified or created. Translational VLAN2 (vtpVlanTranslationalVlan2) Another VLAN to which this VLAN is being translationally bridged. If you are defining an fddi VLAN or a trCRF VLAN , the following additional information is displayed: Bridging Mode (vtpVlanBridgeType) Bridging mode for this VLAN. Possible values are source-route transparent (SRT) bridging and source-route bridging (SRB). The default is SRB. Maximum Hops in STE Frames (vtpVlanSteHopCount) Maximum number of hops for spanning-tree explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. Maximum Hops in ARE Frames (vtpVlanAreHopCount) Maximum number of hops for all-routes explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. trCRF Backup Type (vtpVlanIsCRFBackup) Displays the trCRF backup path for traffic. This field applies to trCRFs only. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type as defined for Private VLAN feature. Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the Private VLAN feature if Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of isolated(3) or community(4). If Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of normal(1) or primary(2), then this object has the value of 0. Spanning Tree Status (stpxPVSTVlanEnable) Indicates whether Spanning Tree PVST+ Protocol is enabled for this Virtual LAN. Note: For Cat5K and Cat5500 supervisor with EARL-2 and later hardware: If Spanning Tree is disabled for one VLAN, it will be disabled for all VLANs. Rspan VLAN (vtpVlanTypeExt) Provides additional type information of this VLAN. Click OK to add a new VLAN, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Delete VLAN Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Delete VLAN Click Apply to delete this VLAN definition, or click Cancel to close this dialog box. Clicking Help displays this help message. Modify VLAN Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Modify VLAN To change the characteristics of a VLAN, change the appropriate fields in the Modify VLAN dialog box: Depending on the type of VLAN you are changing, some of the information in this dialog box will vary. VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN ID of this VLAN. Consult your hardware user guide for more information on appropriate VLAN numbers. VLAN State (vtpVlanState) State of this VLAN: Operational or Suspended. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Name of this VLAN. The name can be up to 16 characters. MTU Size (vtpVlanMtu) Size of the largest MAC-layer data frame that can be transmitted on this VLAN. 802.10 SAID Field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Value of the 802.10 Security Association ID (SAID) field for this VLAN. This number is usually the same as the VLAN number. This field is not displayed when creating a trBRF or trCRF. If you are defining an Ethernet VLAN , the following additional information is displayed: Ring Number (vtpVlanRingNumber) Ring number of this VLAN. Bridge Number (vtpVlanBridgeNumber) The bridge number of the VTP-capable switches for this VLAN. STP Type (vtpVlanStpType) The STP type indicates the type of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) running on this VLAN. This object is only instanciated when the value of the corresponding instance of vtpVlanType has a value of 'fddiNet' or 'trNet'. Parent VLAN (vtpVlanParentVlan) Parent VLAN for this VLAN. Translational VLAN1 (vtpVlanTranslationalVlan1) A VLAN to which this VLAN is being translationally bridged. The associated VLAN type cannot be the same as the VLAN that is being modified or created. Translational VLAN2 (vtpVlanTranslationalVlan2) Another VLAN to which this VLAN is being translationally bridged. The associated VLAN type cannot be the same as the VLAN that is being modified or created. If you are defining an fddi VLAN or a trCRF VLAN , the following additional information is displayed: Bridging Mode (vtpVlanBridgeType) Bridging mode for this VLAN. Possible values are source-route transparent (SRT) bridging and source-route bridging (SRB). The default is SRB. Maximum Hops in STE Frames (vtpVlanSteHopCount) Maximum number of hops for spanning-tree explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. Maximum Hops in ARE Frames (vtpVlanAreHopCount) Maximum number of hops for all-routes explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. trCRF Backup Type (vtpVlanIsCRFBackup) Displays the trCRF backup path for traffic. This field applies to trCRFs only. Spanning Tree Status (stpxPVSTVlanEnable) Indicates whether Spanning Tree PVST+ Protocol is enabled for this Virtual LAN. Note: For Cat5K and Cat5500 supervisor with EARL-2 and later hardware: If Spanning Tree is disabled for one VLAN, it will be disabled for all VLANs. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type as defined for Private VLAN feature. Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the Private VLAN feature if Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of isolated(3) or community(4). If Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of normal(1) or primary(2), then this object has the value of 0. Click OK to add a new VLAN, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00047.htm TITLE=IP Route TEXT=IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route The IP routing table stores information on possible destinations and how to reach them. Whenever a host or gateway needs to transmit a packet, it consults the routing table to determine the route by which to send the datagram. You can view, add, or delete routes to the IP routing table. Each entry in the routing table describes an IP route. The routing table provides the following information for each route: Destination (ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of the route. The address 0.0.0.0 is a default address. Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Next hop for this route. Mask (ipRouteMask) Subnet mask for the destination address. Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Protocol by which the route was learned. Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Index of the interface through which traffic to this destination is transmitted. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Number of hops (1 or 0) for this route. Its meaning depends on the routing protocol. Route Type (ipRouteType) Status or type of the route. Possible values are direct, indirect, invalid, or other. The invalid value is usually used to delete an entry. Otherwise, it indicates an error. Route Age (ipRouteAge) Number of seconds that have elapsed since this route was last updated or validated. Click Create to create a new row in the IP routing table (enter Destination IP Address and Next Hop, then click Apply ), or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00048.htm TITLE=ARP Table TEXT=ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table Many types of data transmission (for example, on a LAN or a packet network) require information that provides physical address information for corresponding IP addresses. ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) dynamically discovers the corresponding physical address for a known IP address. This process is called IP-to-physical-address mapping, and the information is stored in a table called the Address Translation Table or the ARP table. This information is required for various types of data transmission. The ARP table can also include your manual entries. The following information is displayed in the ARP Table window: Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Index value of this interface from the Interface table. Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address for which the corresponding physical address is displayed. Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Physical address that is mapped to the IP address. Type (ipNetToMediaType) How the entry was learned. Possible values are dynamic, static, other, or invalid. Use the invalid value to remove the entry from the table. Click Create to create a new row in the ARP table (enter an Interface index number, a Network IP address, and a Physical Address, then click Apply ), or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00049.htm TITLE=TCP TEXT=TCP Device > Configure > TCP The TCP dialog box displays the algorithm and retransmission timeoutinformation for the device. The algorithm determines how long the system should waitafter it has transmitted an unacknowledged segment before it should time out andretransmit the segment. This information helps control traffic congestion onyour network. The TCP window displays the following information: Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm used to compute the retransmission timeout. Possible values arersre, vanj, constant, or other. rsre refers to MIL-STD-1778, app.B. vanj means VanJacobson’s algorithm, and constant means a fixed value. Min Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMin) Lower boundary in milliseconds on the retransmission timeout. Its meaningdepends on the algorithm used. Max Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMax) Maximum upper boundary in milliseconds allowed for a retransmission timeout.Its meaning depends on the algorithm. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Limit on the maximum number of concurrent TCP connections or specifies thatthe limit is dynamically determined. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00050.htm TITLE=TopN Report TEXT=TopN Report Device > Configure > TopN Report TopN is a report utility that collects port-specific data for each physical port&#146;s activity during a user-specified interval. For example, TopN collects information such as port utilization, number of in/out bytes, number of in/out packets, number of in/out broadcast packets, number of in/out multicast packets, number of in errors, and number of buffer-overflow errors. The N value &#151; a value specified by the user &#151; is reported for topmost ports so that the traffic load among physical ports can be better analyzed. Note: The statistics variables are samples of one of their base statistics over an interval specified by the management station. Thus, these statistics are rate-based. You select how many such ports are reported. TIP: You must specify all options in the upper pane of the TopN configuration window. The report will be generated and displayed in the lower pane after you click the Report button. TOP PANE CONFIGURATION OPTIONS: The following variables shown in the upper configuration pane are used to create the TopN report: Metric (portTopNRateBase) The metric on which the report is based; select either: Utilization: portTopNUtilization(1) the port utilization I/O Octets: portTopNIOOctets(2) the number of in and out octets I/O Packets: portTopNIOPkts(3) the number of in and out packets I/O Broadcast Packets: portTopNIOBroadcastPkts(4) the number of in and out broadcast packets I/O Multicast Packets: portTopNIOMulticastPkts(5) the number of in and out multicast packets In-Error Packets: portTopNInErrors(6) the number of in error packets Buffer Overflows: portTopNBufferOverflow(7) the number of buffer overflows Port Type (portTopNType) The variable for all ports in this system that the portTopNRate variable is based upon. Select either: All: portTopNAllPorts(1) all ports Ethernet: portTopNEthernet(2) ethernet only Fast Ethernet: portTopNFastEthernet(3) fast ethernet only Giga Ethernet: portTopNGigaEthernet(4) giga ethernet only Token Ring: portTopNTokenRing(5) token ring only FDDI: portTopNFDDI(6) FDDI only TopN Mode (portTopNMode) TopN mode is the running mode of this portTopN control entry. portTopNForeground (1) means when portTopNTimeRemaining reaches 0, the report will appear on the CLI and will not be kept in portTopNTable. portTopNBackground (2) means the report will not show on the CLI, it will be kept in the portTopNBackground. Max. # of Reporting Ports (portTopNRequestedSize) The maximum number of ports requested for the TopN entry. The valid value for this object is 1 to maximum number of physical ports. The default value is 20 seconds. Duration (portTopNDuration) The sampling interval in seconds during which statistics are collected for this report. Requestor (portTopNOwner) The requestor is the entity that configured this entry and is therefore using the resources assigned to it. Note: the query criterion is deleted once the report is generated or failed. The user may also need to re-claim the resource of dead report, and this can be achieved with the button Delete All Reports . Select a background report and click on Delete Single Report to delete a report from the CLI. Click Report to generate the TopN Report. TopN REPORT, LOWER PANE DISPLAY: The following objects are shown in the lower pane as a result of the generated TopN Report: # of Granted Ports : (portTopNGrantedSize) the number of ports reported in the portTopNTable. Start Time : (portTopNStartTime) the sysUpTime when this report was last started. Report ID A report number for each report. Port (portTopNModuleNumber and portTopNPortNumber) The module/port identification of a port. Utilization (%) (portTopNUtilization) Port utilization. In/Out Total (bytes) (portTopNIOOctets) The number of in and out octets. In/Out Total (packets) (portTopNIOPkts) The number of in and out packets. In/Out Broadcast (packets) (portTopNIOBroadcast) The number of in and out broadcast packets. In/Out Multicast (packets) (portTopNIOMulticast) The number of in and out multicast packets. In Error (packets) (portTopNInErrors) The number of in error packets. Buffer Overflows (#) (portTopNBufferOverFlow) The number of overflow errors. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00051.htm TITLE=TCP Connections TEXT=TCP Connections Device > Configure > TCP Connections Information on TCP connections is usually used for debugging and provides information on which TCP ports are in use on the switch. The TCP Connections window displays the following information: Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address for the TCP connection. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number for the TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address for the TCP connection. Port (tcpConRemPort) Remote port number for the TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) Current status of the TCP connection. Possible values are closed, listen, synSent, synReceived, established, finWait1, finWait2, closeWait, lastAck, closing, timeWait, or delete TCB (transmission control block). Note: the only value which writable by a management station is deleteTCB(12); all others are read-only. Accordingly, it is appropriate for an agent to return a &#145;badValue&#146; response if a management station attempts to set this object to any other value. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00052.htm TITLE=UDP TEXT=UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP Listener table records the socket addresses. Socket addresses are IPaddresses and UDP port numbers used by local applications that are waiting forUDP datagrams. These applications are called listeners. The UDP window displays the contents of the UDP Listener table. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for the UDP listener. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Corresponding local port number for the UDP listener, or the SNMP socket usedon the switch. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00053.htm TITLE=FDDI/Ethernet Bridge TEXT=FDDI/Ethernet Bridge Device > Configure > FDDI/Ethernet Bridge (not supported on 4000-series devices). The FDDI/Ethernet Bridge window displays the following information: IP Fragmentation (brouterEnableIpFragmentation) Whether IP fragmentation is enabled or disabled. IPX FDDI Snap to Ethernet (brouterIpxSnapToEther) Default translation method for IPX packets when bridging from FDDI SNAP to Ethernet. Possible values are snap, ethernetII, iso8023, or raw8023. IPX Ethernet to FDDI (brouterIpx8023RawToFddi) Default translation for IPX packets when bridging. Possible values are snap, fddiRaw, and iso8022. IPX FDDI 802.2 To Ethernet (brouterIpx8022ToEther) Default translation method for IPX packets when bridging from FDDI 802.2 to Ethernet. Possible values are snap, ethernetII, iso8023, or raw8023. FDDI Check (brouterEnableFddiCheck) Whether MAC addresses learned on one side of a translational bridge should not be allowed to be learned on the other side of the bridge. APaRT (brouterEnableAPaRT) Whether Automatic Packet Recognition and Translation (APaRT) is enabled on translational bridges in the device. ICMP Unreachables (brouterEnableUnreachables) Whether ICMP unreachable messages are sent. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00054.htm TITLE=DNS TEXT=DNS Device > Configure > DNS The DNS dialog box displays Domain Name Server (DNS) information for thedevice. This feature requires software version 2.2 or later. DNS Operation (dnsEnable) Whether the DNS feature is enabled or disabled on this device. DNS Default Domain (dnsDomainName) Name of the DNS domain for this device. Click Apply to make your changes to these two values take effect. DNS Server's IP (dnsServerAddr) Network address of a DNS server. DNS Server Type (dnsServerType) Type of server: primary or other. The primary server will be used first, if itis reachable. Click Create to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00055.htm TITLE=MOTD TEXT=MOTD Device > Configure > MOTD The MOTD dialog box lets you change the message of the day (sysBannerMotd) for the device. The message of the day is displayed on the command line interface before login. This feature requires software version 2.2 or later. Enter the desired message and click Apply to make your change take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00056.htm TITLE=System Log TEXT=System Log Device > Configure > System Log The System Log dialog box lets you specify whether system log messages should be sent to the console. This feature requires software version 2.2 or later. System Log Console (syslogConsoleEnable) Whether system log messages should be sent to the device console. System Log Server (syslogHostEnable) Whether the system log server is enabled or disabled. Click Apply to make your changes to these two values take effect. System Log Server's IP (syslogServerAddr) IP address of a system log server. Click Add to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00057.htm TITLE=System Log Message Severity TEXT=System Log Message Severity Device > Configure > System Log Message Severity The System Log Message Severity dialog box lets you set the security level of the different types of system log messages. This feature requires software version 2.2 or later. System Log Message Facility (syslogMessageFacility) Type of system log message. The following table lists possible values: cdp tcp security mcast telnet radius dtp tftp udld dvlan vtp gvrp earl vmps cops fddi kernel qos ip filesys acl pruning drip rsvp snmp pagp ld spantree mgmt privatevlan system mls tac protfilt System Log Message Severity (syslogMessageSeverity) Severity level of this system log message. Possible values are emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notification, informational, and debugging. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00058.htm TITLE=System Log TEXT=System Log Device > Configure > System Log Manage your device’s system log with the following options: Configuration History Message Severity Global Configuration Server Configuration Commands Configured for System Information Logging Global Call Home Configuration Destination Profile Table Email Address Configuration SMTP Server Configuration System Log Configuration Device > Configure > System Log > Configuration Use the System Log Configuration feature to specify whether system log messages should be sent to the console. Notification Enabled (clogNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether clogMessageGenerated notifications will or will not be sent when a syslog message is generated by the device. Disabling notifications does not prevent syslog messages from being added to the clogHistoryTable. Min. Severity into Log (clogMaxSeverity) Indicates which syslog severity levels will be processed: emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3), error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog message with a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Note: severity numeric values increase as their severity decreases, e.g., error (4) is more sever than debug (8). Maximum Number of Log Entries (clogHistTableMaxLength) The upper limit on the number of entries that the clogHistoryTable may contain. A value of 0 will prevent any history from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entry will be deleted and a new one will be created. System Log Console (syslogConsoleEnable) Indicates whether the system log messages should be sent to console. System Log Server (syslogHostEnable) Indicates whether the system log server is enabled or disabled. System Log Telnet (syslogTelnetEnable) Indicates whether system log messages should be sent to telnet sessions. Note: You must click Apply for above value changes to take effect. System Log Server's IP (syslogServerAddr) IP address of a system log server. Click Create to add a new IP Address entry to this table, or click Delete to remove a selected entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. System Log History Device > Configure > System Log > History Use this System Log History (clogHistTable) feature to populate the System Loghistory table in which clogHistTable can store up to the maximumclogHistTableMaxLength message entries. Generation Time (clogHistTimestamp) Indicates the sysUpTime at which this message was generated. Severity (clogHistSeverity) Indicates the severity of the message; emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3),error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog messagewith a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Type (clogHistMsgName) A textual identification of the message type. Description (clogHistMsgText) The message itself. Generator (clogHistFacility) The name of the facility that generated this message, e.g., SYS. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. System Log Message Severity Device > Configure > System Log Message Severity The System Log Message Severity dialog box lets you set the security level of the different types of system log messages. This feature requires software version 2.2 or later. System Log Message Facility (syslogMessageFacility) Type of system log message. The following table lists possible values: cdp tcp security mcast telnet radius dtp tftp udld dvlan vtp gvrp earl vmps cops fddi kernel qos ip filesys acl pruning drip rsvp snmp pagp ld spantree mgmt privatevlan system mls tac protfilt System Log Message Severity (syslogMessageSeverity) Severity level of this system log message. Possible values are emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notification, informational, and debugging. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00061.htm TITLE=System Processes TEXT=System Processes Device > Configure > System Process Process ID (cpmProcessPID) The process ID. Name (cpmProcessName) The name associated with this process. If the name is longer than 32 characters, it will be truncated to the first 31 characters, and an asterisk (&#145;*&#146;) will be appended as the last character to imply a truncated process name. CreationTime (cpmProcessTimeCreated) The time that the process was created. This object together with cpmProcessPID uniquely identifies a process. Average Active Time (us) (cpmProcessuSecs) The average elapsed CPU time in microseconds during which the process was active. Priority (cpmProcExtPriority) The priority level. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00062.htm TITLE=NTP TEXT=NTP Device > Configure > NTP Use the NTP dialog box to set Network Time Protocol (NTP) parameters for the device. Using NTP Server (ntpBcastClient) Whether this device should act as a broadcast client. Broadcast Delay (ntpBcastDelay) Estimated round trip time (in microseconds) for NTP broadcasts. Receiving NTP Broadcast (ntpClient) Whether this device should act as an NTP client in a client-server configuration. Regular Time Zone Name (ntpTimezoneName) Your time zone name, for display purposes. Time Offset Hour(s) (ntpTimezoneOffsetHour) Number of hours that your time zone is offset from Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Time Offset Minute(s) (ntpTimezoneOffsetMinute) Number of minutes that your time zone is offset from Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Summer Time (ntpSummertimeStatus) Whether your clock should be set ahead one hour for summer time (such as Daylight Savings Time in the USA). More Summer Time configuration options are available under Device Configuration. Summer Time Zone Name (ntpSummerTimezoneName) Your summer time zone name, for display purposes. Click Apply to make your changes to these eight values take effect. NTP Server's IP (ntpServerAddress) IP address of this NTP server. Click Create to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00063.htm TITLE=TACACS+ TEXT=TACACS+ Device > Configure > TACACS+ Use the TACACS+ dialog box to set Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS+) parameters for the device. Login Authentication (tacacsLoginAuthentication) Whether TACACS+ login authentication is enabled on the device. Local Login Authentication (tacacsLocalLoginAuthentication) Whether login authentication using a local password is enabled on the device. Enable Authentication (tacacsEnableAuthentication) Whether TACACS+ enable authentication is enabled on the device. Local Enable Authentication (tacacsLocalEnableAuthentication) Whether enable authentication using a local password is enabled on the device. Allowed Login Attempts (tacacsNumLoginAttempts) Number of login attempts allowed on the device. Valid values are 1 to 10. Direct Request (tacacsDirectedRequest) Whether the TACACS+ directed request feature is enabled on the device. Time Out (tacacsTimeout) Number of seconds the device waits for a response from the TACACS+ server host. Authentication Key (tacacsAuthKey) Key used to encrypt the data passed between the TACACS+ server and this client. This key must match the one configured on the server. You must have Read/Write access to the device to change this value. Click Apply to make your changes to these eight values take effect. TACACS+ Server's IP (tacacsServerAddr) IP address of this TACACS+ server. TACACS+ Server Type (tacacsServerType) Type of this TACACS+ server: primary or other. Click Add to add a new entry to this table, or click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click Primary to make the selected entry the primary server. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00064.htm TITLE=VMPS... TEXT=VMPS The following VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) options are available: Client Sets VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) parameters for this device. Server Sets parameters for downloading software from a VMPS. VMPS Server MAC-to-VLAN Displays the mapping of port MAC addresses to VLANs on this device. Client: VQP Displays VQP information for the device. Client Device > Configure > VMPS The Client dialog box lets you set VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) parameters for this device. Last Accessed VMPS (vmpsAccessed) IP address of the last VMPS server accessed from this device. Last VMPS Action (vmpsAction) Last action requested from the VMPS server. VMPS Address (vmpsAddr) IP address of this VMPS server. VMPS Type (vmpsType) Type of this VMPS server: primary or other. Click Reconfirm to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments on the device. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to add a new entry to this table. Click Delete to remove the selected entry. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Server Device > Configure > VMPS > Server The Server dialog box lets you set parameters for downloading software from a VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS). Operational Status (vmpsOperStatus) Current status of the VMPS server: active or inactive. Administrative Status (vmpsAdminStatus) Desired status of the VMPS server: active or inactive. To change the status, change this value and click Modify . Last VMPS Restart (vmpsLastRestart) Length of time since the VMPS server was last restarted. Total Requests Received (vmpsInConfigReqs) Number of configuration requests received by this VMPS server. Invalid Requests Received (vmpsInConfigErrors) Number of configuration errors received by this VMPS server. Rejected Responses Sent (vmpsOutConfigFails) Number of failed configurations sent by this VMPS server Last Rejected Client's MAC (vmpsLastFailClient) MAC address of the last client rejected by this VMPS server. Configuration Server's IP (vmpsDownloadServerAddress) IP address of the host supplying TFTP configuration data for the VMPS. Configuration File Name (vmpsConfigFileName) Filename of the configuration file downloaded by the VMPS. Click Download to initiate a TFTP download of the configuration file. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VMPS Server MAC-to-VLAN Device > Configure > VMPS Server MAC-to-VLAN The VMPS Server MAC-to-VLAN dialog box displays the mapping of port MAC addresses to VLANs on this device. VMPS MAC (vmpsMacConfigAddress) MAC address of this station. VLAN Name (vmpsMacConfigVlan) Name of VLAN associated with this MAC address. Last Accessed (vmpsMacConfigLastAccessed) Last time this entry was used to map a MAC address to a VLAN. Last Requested (vmpsMacConfigLastRequestor) IP address of the device that last requested the VLAN associated with this MAC address. Requested Port ID (vmpsMacConfigLastRequestPortID) ID of the port included in this configuration request. Last Response Status (vmpsMacConfigLastResponseStatus) Response received for this configuration request: success, versionNotSupported, insufficientResources, accessDenied, postShutdown, or unknownManagementDomain. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Client: VQP Device > Configure > VMPS > Client:VQP The Client:VQP dialog box displays VQP information for the device. VQP Request Count (vmVQPQueries) Total number of VQP requests sent by this device. VQP Response Count (vmVQPResponses) Total number of VQP responses received by this device. VMPS Change Count (vmVmpsChanges) Number of times the current VMPS has changed. VQP Shutdown Count (vmVQPShutdown) Total number of 'shutdown' VQP responses received by this device. VQP Denied Count (vmVQPDenied) Total number of denied' VQP responses received by this device. VQP Wrong Domain Count (vmVQPWrongDomain) Total number of VQP responses indicating the wrong management domain received by this device. VQP Wrong Version Count (vmVQPWrongVersion) Total number of VQP responses indicating the wrong VQP version received by this device. VQP Insufficient Resource Count (vmInsufficientResources) Total number of VQP responses indicating insufficient resources received by this device. VLAN Query Protocol Version (vmVmpsVQPVersion) VQP version supported on this device. Number of VQP Request Retries (1..10) (vmVmpsRetries) Number of retries for VQP requests to a VMPS that should be attempted by the device before using the next available VMPS. VQP Reconfirm Interval (0..120) (vmVmpsReconfirmInterval) Time, in minutes, between reconfirmations of the membership addresses on the switch with VMPS. When the value of this object is zero, the switch does not reconfirm membership with VMPS. Current VMPS Used (vmVmpsCurrent) IP address of the VMPS currently in use. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00069.htm TITLE=IP Permit TEXT=IP Permit Device > Configure > IP Permit Use the IP Permit dialog box to configure the IP Permit feature on the device and list the addresses of known IP Permit hosts. IP Permit (ipPermitEnable) Enables or diables the IP Permit feature. Change this value as necessary and click Apply . The IP Permit List Table displays up to 10 IP addresses with the network masks of IP permit hosts. Click Create to add a new entry to the table, or click Delete to delete the selected entry. IP Address (ipPermitAddress) IP address of an IP permit host. IP Mask (ipPermitMask) IP network mask for this IP permit host. IP Access Type (ipPermitAccessType) IP access type of a IP permit host. The Access Attempts From Invalid IP Addresses Table lists up to 10 of the most recently denied IP addresses with the access type. Address (ipPermitDeniedAddress) IP address of a IP permit denied access. Time (ipPermitDeniedTime) The time (in hundredths of a second) since the IP permit denied access happened. Access Type (ipPermitDeniedAccess) Denied access type: Telnet or SNMP. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00070.htm TITLE=EtherChannel TEXT=EtherChannel Device > Configure > EtherChannel The EtherChannel dialog box displays information about the Fast EthernetChannels (100 Mbps) you configure for your devices. You define EtherChannels betweentwo devices’ Ethernet ports. Please note that if you are running older Catalyst software,only a subset of the following features are available. Note: If an Ethernet port is set to a Desirable status, it can initiate a negotiation with another devices’ Ethernet port to become an EtherChannel. If an Ethernet port is set to Auto , it will not initiate a negotiation to become an EtherChannel, but it canaccept the request from the other device’s desirable port based on the PAgP (Port Aggregation Protocol; a Ciscoproprietary protocol). Desirable and Auto port states are software driven protocolnegotiation processes for EtherChannels. You can alternatively createEtherChannels manually (which are automatically given an On status); such EtherChannels are used by the Catalyst software directlywithout an intermediary protocol negotiation process. Auto and Desirable settingsare not available for older Catalyst releases; if you are running an olderrelease, use the Create EtherChannel option to manually define EtherChannelgroups. EtherChannel Options: Use the following button functions to establish EtherChannel settings and portgroupings for the device: Click Create EtherChannel... to display the Configure EtherChannels dialog box, in which you Manually create EtherChannels by specifying which ports on each card are to begrouped into one EtherChannel. Delete EtherChannel groupings for this device. Convert Auto or Desirable EtherChannels ports to On or Off . Note: When you create an EtherChannel, the default port state is set On . If you delete an EtherChannel, the port state is set to Off . An On port-state setting cannot be changed to Desirable or Auto (the correspondingbutton options will be disabled) until you first enter the CreateEtherChannel window and change the port state to Off . See the EtherChannel MIBs section below for more information about creatingnew EtherChannels and establishing their status settings. Click Desirable to set two Ethernet ports on the same device to the desirable state. Adesirable port initiates a PAgP negotiation request to become a channel and willbecome a channel if the far end agrees. Two separate sets of actions must beperformed in order to set four ports to desirable. For example, to set 5/9-12 todesirable, select port 9 or 10 on card 5 first, click the Desirable button, then select port 11 or 12 on card 5 and again click the Desirable button. Click Auto to set two ports on the same device to the auto state. An auto port does notinitiate a PAgP request to become an EtherChannel but will accept the requestfrom the far end. As with the Desirable button feature, two separate actionsmust be performed in order to set four ports to auto. For example, to set3/9-12 to auto, select port 9 or 10 on card 3 first, click the Auto button,then select port 11 or 12 on card 3, and again click the Auto button. Click Show EtherChannels to highlight specific EtherChannels on the device’s rear view. Channeled ports are enclosed in the blue rectangles; whiterectangles represent ports that are not yet channeled. Click Refresh to retrieve the latest data from the SNMP agent. EtherChannel MIBs Table Port(s) (portChannelPorts) Identifies both the slot and Ethernet port number you set for use as anEtherChannel. For example, a port entry reading 5/2 indicates that port 2 on the card5 module is defined as a channel. The number of entries is determined by thenumber of Ethernet ports in your system that support Ethernet Channelingfunctionality. Administrative Status (portChannelAdminStatus) Indicates the current state of the channeled ports; Auto, Desirable, On, Off, desirableSilent, or autoSilent. Note: The EtherChannel ports on two devices can be configured to have either (1) an Auto port status on one device’s port,with a Desirable port status on the other device end, or (2) a port status of On set manually for both devices’ ports. Auto and Desirable states are driven by the Catalyst software; i.e.,the software determines whether or not it will use these EtherChannels,depending on protocol negotiations. The On and Off states, alternatively, are setmanually by you. An On state does not undergo any protocol negotiation; it is anEtherChannel used directly by the Catalyst software without an intermediaryprotocol negotiation process. Auto. An EtherChannel port state set via the Auto button. Although an auto state does not originate a request to become anEtherChannel, it will accept such a request from the other device’s port when that other port is set to Desirable. Desirable. An EtherChannel port state set via the Desirable button. A desirable port initiates a PAgP negotiation request to become achannel and will become a channel if the far end agrees. On. An Ethernet port state set via the Create EtherChannel button. When status is set manually to On , port channeling is enabled. When setting Etherchannels manually with thisfeature, remember that both devices’ Ethernet ports must be set to On to allow the software to recognize them and use them. On channels are grouped and ready, but only become active when the software usesthem; actively channeling ports are displayed in the Channeled Ports column ofthe EtherChannel table. Click the Refresh button to retrieve the latest data from the SNMP agent. See also Configure EtherChannels for more information about setting the On state by grouping ports into EtherChannels. Off. An Ethernet port state set via the Create EtherChannel button. When status is set manually to Off , port channeling is disabled. See Configure EtherChannels for more information about setting an Off state when grouping ports intoEtherChannels. desirableSilent. An Ethernet port state set via the Create EtherChannel button. When status is set manually to desirableSilent , the port initiates a PAgP negotiationrequest to become a channel and will become a channel if the far end agrees. If the port does not receiveany packets from the far end, then the port forms a channel by itself after a timeout period. autoSilent. An Ethernet port state set via the Create EtherChannel button. When status is set manually to autoSilent , the port does not initiate a request to become a channel.However, if it receives a request to become a channel from the far end, the channel is formed. If the port does not receiveany requests, then the port forms a channel by itself after a timeout period. Operational Status (portChannelOperStatus) Current operating status of the channeled ports. For example, a channel mightbe set to On , but it is not actively channeling unless its group is displayed in theChanneled Ports column of the EtherChannel table. Neighbor Device (portChannelNeighbourDeviceId) MAC address ID for the selected port on the neighbor device. Neighbor Port (portChannelNeighbourPortId) Indicates the neighbor port ID. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00071.htm TITLE=EtherChannel TEXT=EtherChannel Device > Configure > EtherChannel Use this feature to view the devices’ EtherChannel candidates and their physical interface members. You may add ports, show/hidemembers, and create or change EtherChannel groups from this window. PagP Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) The object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation ofinterfaces into aggregate ports. Thew default value of this MIB object is equal tothe value of the MIB pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface (go toPort > Configure > EtherChannel to find the value configured for pagpPhysGroupCapability(Physical Group). The SNMP agent accepts values from 1 to 1024. PagP Group Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) The interface ifIndex of active (channeling) EtherChannel(s), if not zero. This information is displayed only when EtherChannel ports are activelychanneling. The index itself is defined in the SNMP Agent. Port(s) (module/port) Port members of an EtherChannel, identified by both the slot and Ethernet portnumber you set for use as an EtherChannel. For example, a port entry reading5/2 indicates that port 2 on the card 5 module is defined as a channel. To Modify (reassign) the Port(s): Click the Create Group button. To Assign the Port(s) to the New Group: Click the Add Port(s) button. To Show or Hide Members: Use the Show/Hide Members button to display the port member(s) of anEtherChannel. Highlight the Administrative Group row for which members are displayed orhidden, then toggle the Show Member(s)/Hide member(s) button. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. EtherChannel Ethernet channeling is the aggregation of multiple ports into one logical portin order to provide a higher aggregated bandwidth and link redundancy. ThePagP (Port Aggregation Protocol) may bundle the ports with similar characteristicsto form a channel through a dynamic negotiation with the partners, ensuringtheir bidirectional and point-to-point connections. This device supportschanneling and PagP, allowing up to eight ports in each channel without any restrictionon the same switch.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00072.htm TITLE=Boot Flash Memory TEXT=Boot Flash Memory Device > Configure > Boot Flash Memory The Boot Flash Memory dialog box displays Boot Flash partition information forthe device. Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name identifying this Flash partition. This name can have up to 16 characters. Total Size (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Size of this Flash partition, in bytes. Available Size (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Space available in this Flash partition, in bytes. IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) Server IP address to be used for this Flash file transfer. File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) File pathname on the server for this Flash file. To upload a file, this filename must already exist on the server, and it must have read-write permissionenabled. The following two items refer to the device side of the transfer: Available Size (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) Available memory space on this partition, in bytes. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File pathname on the Flash device. The name should not include a colon (:). Click the left arrow button ( < - ) to upload a file to the server, or click the right arrow ( - > ) to download a file from the server. File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Name of this Flash file. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of this Flash file: valid, deleted, or invalidChecksum File Size (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of this Flash file, in bytes. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in this Flash file. This value serves to verfy the datawritten into flash memory. Click Delete to delete the selected flash file, or click Undelete to restore a deleted file. (Note that you cannot undelete a file afterexecuting Squeeze .) Click Squeeze to reclaim the space taken up by deleted Flash files. Click Erase to erase the boot Flash memory. Click Verify to check the integrity of the selected Flash file, using the file checksumvalue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click OK to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00073.htm TITLE=Boot Configuration TEXT=Boot Configuration Device > Configure > Boot Configuration Use the Boot Configuration function to set MIB variables for booting the device. Boot With (sysConfigRegister) Boots the device using one of the following three configuration options: ROM Monitor - Boots using configuration information in the ROM monitor. Boot Flash Image - Boots the device from the first bootable system image on the bootflash. Boot Variable - Boots the device using configuration parameters defined in sysBootVariable. When this option is selected, the Boot Configuration window expands to display a modifiable Boot Variable table . Using Default Configuration (sysConfigRegister) Boots the device using the system&#146;s default configuration information when you select the Yes option. ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (sysConfigRegister) Sets the console line speed in bits-per-second for ROM Monitor mode. This MIB is not associated with sysBaudRate, which configures the console port speed once the device is running. Boot Image (sysConfigName) Displays the filename of the system boot image from which the device last booted (the filename from the Boot Flash Memory Table that the Catalyst 5000 series system is now running).. Click the Apply button to make your changes take effect. Command Line Alternative: Use the following CLI commands to set sysConfigRegister boot configuration: set boot config-register 0xvalue [mod] Set boot config-register 1200|2400|4800|9600 [mod] set boot config-register ignore-config enable|disable [mod] Boot Variable (sysBootVariable) A table listing the system boot images (filenames) from the BOOT environment variable with which the system boots the device. Note that the system searches for the earliest entry in the table during the boot process (which is why you can use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to reposition an entry in the table as desired). Device - a Flash device name indicating your choice of one of the three flash devices available in the Catalyst 5000 series: slot0, slot1 (both from the PCMCI card) and Bootflash (inside the Supervisor III module). Filename - an image file used by the Catalyst device to boot. No entry in the Filename field means the that the first valid bootable image file (from the Boot Flash Memory Table ) will be used. An invalid filename is one that has been deleted from the Boot Flash Memory table. Click the Create button to enter another Device and Filename to the Boot Variable Table. In the popup window, select which Flash device you want to boot from (slot0, slot1, or bootflash), enter a valid image filename (one you previously defined within the Boot Flash Memory Table ), then click Apply . An empty filename field indicates to the system that the first invalid file from the device should be used. The newly added entry appears at the end of the table To delete an entry in the Boot variable Table, select a row, then click the Delete button. To reposition an entry in the table either up or down, click the Move Up or Move Down buttons, respectively. Be sure to click the Apply button to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: Use the following CLI commands to set sysBootVariable configuration: set boot system flash device:[filename] [prepend] [mod]
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00074.htm TITLE=Multi-Layer Switching TEXT=Multi-Layer Switching Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching MLS Aging Timer Sets the MLS aging time in seconds for regular established shortcuts androuter candidate flows. Included MLS-RP Adds or deletes external routers (not running FCP) to or from the shortcutprocess provided by the Router Switch Module. Shortcut Router Table Displays information about all routers sending FCP to the Catalyst 5000 seriesswitch for automatic inclusion in the shortcut process. Netflow Data Export Filters and exports NetFlow data for analysis at a specified host running theNFFC or NF Collector application. Layer 2 Statistics Displays the EARL2 switching engine’s statistics counters. IP Destination Only (dstOnly). Select this filter to query for the absolute destination IPaddress. If cseFlowQueryDestinationMask is specified at the same time, it will beapplied to the address part of cseFlowQueryDestination. Note that the source IPaddress, source netmask, and source port will not be available when Destinationis selected. IP Source OR Destination (srcOrDst). Select this filter to query for either the absolute destinationor the source IP address. If either of cseFlowQueryDestinationMask andcseFlowQuerySourceMask objects are specified at the same time, they will be applied tothe respective address parts of the cseFlowQueryDestination andcseFlowQuerySource objects. Use this selection to set up queries for flow in either direction. IP Source AND Destination (srcAndDst). Select this filter to query for both the absolute destinationand the source IP addresses. If either cseFlowQueryDestinationmask orcseFlowQuerySourceMask objects are specified at the same time, they will be applied tothe respective address parts of the cseFlowQueryDestination andcseFlowQuerySource objects. Use this selection to set up queries for flow in one direction. Complete IP Flows (fullFlow). Select this filter to query for a complete IP flow, includingthe transport port numbers. If either cseFlowQueryDestination Mask orcseFlowQuerySourceMask objects are specified at the same time, they will be applied to therespective address parts of the cseFlowQueryDestination and cseFlowQuerySourceobjects. Use this option to set up queries for flows on traffic using specific(TCP/UDP) port numbers corresponding to standard protocols such as FTP, WWW,TELNET, etc. All Established Flows (any). Select this filter to return all rows corresponding to allestablished flow entries in the cseFlowDataTable. The IP transport protocol type specified for this query: either UDP, TCP, orUDP and TCP together. The source network address, mask, and port. The destination network address, mask, and port. The IP of the router for which the flows are available. A 0.0.0.0 indicatesthat the query is for any router and will be displayed as “any.” The source address and port number. The display format for an IP address is: 1d.1d.1d.1d/2d or 4x.1x.1x.1x.1x.1x.1x.2d for IPX. The source MAC address. The destination MAC address. The transport protocol type. The VLAN number on which packets belonging to this flow are forwarded. MLS Aging Timer Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching > MLS Aging Timer Use the MLS Aging Timer dialog box to set timeout parameters in seconds for regular established shortcuts and candidate flows. During the timing factor, shortcut process flows are calculated. When the timeout is reached, if flow is insubstantial, the shortcut is deleted from the internal shortcut table, or is replaced by a new entry to preserve memory utilization. Regular Aging Time (cseFlowEstablshedAgingTime) The aging time, in seconds, for regular established flows. The default value is 256 seconds, and the range values are 4 to1920 seconds. Fast Aging Time (cseFlowFastAgingTime) The fast aging time for established flow entries is based on two variables: (1) the time chosen to configure (configure the time from 0 - 128 seconds) and (2) the number of switched packets in the given time interval, where the number of packets is fewer than the value set in cseFlowFastAgePktThreshold. Note: A typical value for fast aging time is 32 seconds (i.e., less than the number of packets in cseFlowFastAgePktThreshold that were switched within 32 seconds after a Layer-3 flow entry was established. The default fast aging time is 0 (no fast aging interval). Threshold of Fast Aging (cseFlowFastAgePktThreshold) The packet threshold setting for the cseFlowFastAging Time. It can be configured to 1,3,7,15,31, or 63 packets. If the packet threshold is not configured to one of these values, it will be adjusted to the closest value. The default fast aging time is 0; that is, no packets will be switched within the time set in cseFlowFastAgingTime after a Level-3 flow is established. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Command Line Alternative Use the following commands to configure the MLS Aging Timer from the command line: set mls agingtime < agingtime > set mls agingtime fast < fastagingtime > < pkt_threshold > Layer-2 Statistics Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching > Layer-2 Statistics Use the Layer-2 Statistics dialog box to review the EARL2 switching engine&#146;s statistics counters. Local Ports Forwarded Packets (cseL2ForwardedLocalPkts) The total number of local packets received and forwarded at Layer-2 by the EARL2 switching engine. Total Forwarded Packets (cseL2ForwardedTotalPkts) The total number of packets received and forwarded at Layer-2 by the EARL2 switching engine. Learned MAC Addresses (cseL2NewAddressLearns) The total number of new MAC addresses learned by the EARL2 switching engine. Dropped Forwarded Packets (cseL2AddrLearnFailures) The total number of MAC addresses for which learning failed due to fullness of the Layer-2 forwarding address table. Missed Forwarded Packets (cseL2DstAddrLookupMisses) The total number of MAC addresses missed during destination lookups. Received IP Packets (cseL2IpPkts) The total number of packets belonging to the IP family that were received by the EARL2 switching engine. Received IPX Packets (cseL2IpxPkts) The total number of packets belonging to the IPX family that were received by the EARL2 switching engine. Received Assigned Network Packets (cseL2AssignedProtoPkts) The total number of packets belonging to an assigned protocol family that were received by the EARL2 switching engine. Received Other Packets (cseL2OtherProtoPkts) The total number of packets belonging to all other protocol families that were received by the EARL2 switching engine. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00076.htm TITLE=Included Routers TEXT=Included Routers Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching > Included Routers Catalyst 5000 series switches contain a Router Switch Module that automatically generates shortcut routes between LAN subnets for specified externally connected routers when such routers are included in (added to) the MLS-RP Included Routers window. You include a router in the shortcut process by entering its name and IP address in the Included MLS-RP table. You can add (or delete) up to 16 routers to (or from) the Catalyst 5000 Layer 3 shortcut process for participation in NetFlow. All added routers and Catalyst 5000 switches must be running NCP. Note: All routers running FCP (Fusion Control Protocol) need not be specified here; the Catalyst 5000 series is designed to discover all such routers and automatically include them in the shortcut process. See the Shortcut Router Table feature for information about shortcut routers running FCP. Router’s IP Address (cseRouterIndex) IP address of the external router. Router Name (cseStaticRouterName) DNS name of the external router, if available. If there is no DNS name for the router, then this field will remain empty. Click Add to enter the router’s IP address, then click Apply to make your entry take effect. Click Delete to remove a router’s IP address from the table display. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can include an externally connected router in the Catalyst 5000 series shortcut process via the command line CLI/SNMP: To add a router to the shortcut process, use: set mls include < router_ip | router_name > To delete a router from the shortcut process, use: clear mls include < router_ip | router_name > . Multi-Layer Switch - Route Processor A Router Switch Module on each Catalyst 5000 series switch that automaticallygenerates a shortcut process (as a subset of the LAN switch). The shortcuts filter and forward packetsthrough a Catalyst 5000 switch based on the router’s MAC address, VLAN information, and network IP address, all received via NCP—a process that bypasses the externally-connected router altogether. Noconfiguration is required. Domain Name System A system used in the Internet for translating names of network nodes intoaddresses.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00077.htm TITLE=Shortcut Routers TEXT=Shortcut Routers Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching > Shortcut Routers Use the Shortcut Router table to review information discovered about allrouters sending FCP (Fusion Control Protocol) to the Catalyst 5000 series switch.Such discovered routers are automatically included in the shortcut process. Router IP Address (cseRouterIndex) The IP address of a discovered router. Router Name (cseRouterName) The DNS name of the router. If there is no DNS name for the router, then thisattribute may remain empty. Flow Type (cseRouterFlowMask) The type of mask configured for the router represented by this row in thetable. Each flow known to the switching engine has a mask that is applied to allpackets in order to compare them to that flow. The flow mask can be set fordstOnly, srcDst, or fullFlow. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can displayshortcut routers via the command line CLI/SNMP with thefollowing command: show mls
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00078.htm TITLE=Netflow (NFFC) Data Export TEXT=Netflow (NFFC) Data Export Device > Configure > Multi-Layer Switching > NetFlow Data Export Use the NetFlow Data Export feature to filter criteria and export netflow data for analysis at a specified host running the NFFC or NF Collector application. Filters for Netflow Data Export: Destination IP Address (cseNetflowLSExportDataDest) The destination network address in the NetFlow LAN for switching traffic data. Destination Netmask (cseNetflowLSExportDataDestMask) The IP subnet mask to be applied to its corresponding destination IP address. Destination Port Number (this variable is a subset of the Destination IP Address (cseNetflowLSExportDataDest) MIB) The destination port number in the NetFlow LAN for switching traffic data. Source IP Address (cseNetflowLSExportDataSource) The source network address in the NetFlow LAN for switching traffic data. Source Netmask (cseNetflowLSExportDataSourceMask) The IP subnet mask to be applied to its corresponding source IP address. Source Port Number (this variable is a subset of the source IP address (cseNetflowLSExportSourcePort) MIB) The source port number in the NetFlow LAN for switching traffic data. Destination Host: Netflow Data Export (cseNetflowLSExportStatus) The status of the Netflow LAN Switching data export feature; enabled or disabled. Host IP Address (cseNetflowLSExportHost) The network IP address of the host to which Netflow LAN Switching statistics are exported. IP Transport Number (cseNetflowLSExportTransportNumber) The UDP port number to be used for exporting the Netflow LAN Switching statistics. Click the Apply button to make your field entries or changes take effect. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Command Line Alternative: You can use the CLI command line (via the Telnet button in CiscoView&#146;s button bar) to enable the NetFlow data export feature, to specify the filter criteria, and to name the destination host for exported NetFlow traffic data. To specify filter criteria for the data to be exported, use: set mls ne flow [destination < ip_addr_spec > ] [source < ip_addr_space > ] [src_port < port_number > ] [dst_port < port_number > ] To enable or disable the Netflow Data Export feature , use: set mls nde < disable|enable > . To specify the destination host to which data is exported, use: set mls nde < host_ip|host_name > < port_number > .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00080.htm TITLE=Memory Pool TEXT=Memory Pool Device > Configure > Memory Pool Use the Memory Pool table to review memory pool statistics for the differenttypes of memory pools that are supported. Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Indicates the type of memory pool represented by the device; types are DRAM,FLASH, NVRAM, MBUF, CLUSTER, and MALLOC. Used Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently in use by theapplication. Free Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused. Largest Free Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currentlyunused. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00081.htm TITLE=Extended RMON Netflow Monitor TEXT=Extended RMON Netflow Monitor Device > Configure > Extended RMON Netflow Monitor Use the Extended RMON Netflow Monitor feature to receive Netflow Data Exportinformation, process it, and map it to an RMON2 group on your Clear Lake module.This feature can only be enabled for Catalyst 5000 switches with Earl2 andClear Lake modules installed. Note: In order to enable this feature, you must first obtain a special password fromyour Agent Option license. Password (sysExtendedRmonNetflowPassword) Accepts the password that enables the Extended RMON Netflow feature. Thepassword must be set before the Extended RMON Netflow can be enabled. Extended RMON Netflow (sysExtendedRmonNetflowEnable) Indicates whether the Extended RMON Netflow feature is enabled or not; thedefault value is Disabled. Setting this object to disabled will automaticallyclear the password. Without a valid password entry, a setting of Enabled will berejected and an error message displayed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00082.htm TITLE=Managing Card Configuration TEXT=Managing Card Configuration The Catalyst 5000 switch family supports several kinds of expansion modules.To get information about a module, select it in the device display, then choose Card from the Configure menu. The following categories of information are available: Physical Displays physical information about the module. Upload/Download Displays information regarding the module configuration file. Save Configuration Lets you save a copy of the module configuration file to a file or NVRAM. FDDI SMT Displays FDDI SMT card information. FDDI MAC Displays FDDI MAC card configuration information. FDDI Path Displays FDDI path information. Physical Card > Configure > Physical The CiscoView Configure Card window displays the following information: Name (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator, such as &#147;London.&#148; Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumberString) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values are ok, minorFault, majorFault, or other. If the status is not ok, the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. IP Address (moduleIPAddress) IP address of the module or card. Note: This field is only displayed on NAM and IDS modules. Feature Card (moduleSubType) Type of daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by the following modules: WS-X5505, WS-X5506, WS-X5509, WS-X5302, WS-X5530, WS-X5540, WS-X6K-SUP-2GE (Catalyst 6000 only), and WS-X6348-RJ45. Sub modules supported by WS-X5505, WS-X5506 and WS-X5509: wsf5510(3), -- EARL 1 wsf5511(4), -- EARL 1+ Sub modules supported by WS-X5302: wsx5304(6), -- VIP II carrier Sub modules supported by WS-X5530 and WS-X5540: wsf5520(7), -- EARL 1+ wsf5521(8), -- NFFC wsf5531(9), -- NFFC II Sub modules supported by WS-X6K-SUP-2GE and WS-X6K-S2U-MSFC2 (Catalyst 6000 only): wsf6020(100), -- L2 switching card wsf6020a(101),-- L2 switching card II wsf6kpfc(102), -- L3 switching engine wsf6kpfc2(103), -- L3 switching engine II Sub modules supported by WS-X6348-RJ45: wsf6kvpwr(104) -- inline power card Uplink Card (moduleSubType2) Type of additional daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by the Supervisor III module only. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. None indicates that the module passed all tests. Intake Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device's intake sensor. Exhaust Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device's exhaust sensor. Device1 Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device1 sensor. Device2 Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device2 sensor. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Upload/Download Card > Configure > Upload/Download Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to upload and download files toa switch or particular card. Catalyst 1200 and 1600 devices support downloadingto the switch itself, while for a Catalyst 4000, 5000, 5500, 6000, 2900, or CPW2200, you can download or upload files to any of the following: Supervisor card ATM card FDDI card Token Ring card PCMCIA devices Note: For the Token Ring card, you can download only the new software. To display information regarding the card or module configuration file fromthe CiscoView Configure Card window, select Upload/Download from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Card window displays the following information: TFTP Server (tftpHost) Whether the source host for the TFTP transfer is a local or remote server. Ifyou specify remote, ensure that the default TFTP server displayed to the rightof the Remote field is correct; if it is not, enter the IP address or host nameof the TFTP server. The Catalyst 6000 also accepts slot0: this allows the user to copy or save the configuration files (but not thesoftware image) between the internal boot flash and the PCMCI card. Filename (tftpFile) Name of the file for the TFTP transfer. Local/tftp boot (tftpResult) Displays messages as the upload/download process is occurring. Action (tftpAction) TFTP action to take. Choices are as follows: Download Config Receive a configuration file from the host or file. Upload Config Send a configuration file to the host or file. Download Sw Receive a software image from the host or file. Upload Sw Send a software image to the host or file. Download Fw Receive a firmware image from the host or file. Upload Fw Send its firmware image to the host or file. Tftp Result Result of the last TFTP operation. Note that the Token Ring card can execute only the Download Software option. Click Transfer to begin the upload or download process, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without performing any action. Save Configuration Card > Configure > Save Configuration The Save Configuration dialog box lets you save a copy of the moduleconfiguration file to a file or NVRAM. To upload a file, this filename must alreadyexist on the server, and it must have Read/Write permission enabled. Save Configuration to (writeNet, writeMem) Status on whether to save the configuration to a file (writeNet) or NVRAM(writeMem). TFTP Server IP (hostConfigAddr) IP address of the host server that supplied the configuration file. File Name (hostConfigName) Name of the configuration file. To upload a file, this filename must alreadyexist on the server, and it must have Read/Write permission enabled. Click Save to save the configuration file on the TFTP server. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. FDDI SMT Card > Configure > SMT To display FDDI SMT card information from the CiscoView Configure Card window,select SMT from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Station ID (fddimibSMTStationId) 8-octet string that uniquely identifies the FDDI station. ECM State (fddimibSMTECMState) Current state of the Entity Coordination Management (ECM) state machine.Possible values are Out, In, Path_Test, or Insert. CF State (fddimibSMTCFState) Attachment configuration for the station or concentrator, such as thru orwrap_ab. Available Paths (fddimibSMTAvailablePaths) Number of available paths. Time Stamp (fddimibSMTTimeStamp) Value of the station time stamp, which is included in status report messages. Transition Time Stamp (fddimibSMTTransitionTimeStamp) Time of the most recent event or condition assertion at the station. Bypass Present (fddimibSMTBypassPresent) Whether the station has a bypass on its AB port pair. Station Status (fddimibSMTStationStatus) Current status of the primary and secondary paths within this station.Possible values are concatenated, separated, and thru. Peer Wrap Flag (fddimibSMTPeerWrapFlag) Whether the Peer Wrap value is true or false. Remote Disconnect Flag (fddimibSMTRemoteDisconnectFlag) Whether the station was remotely disconnected from the network as a result ofa Parameter Management Frame command. Status Report Policy (fddimibSMTStatRptPolicy) Whether the device implements the Status Reporting Protocol, which sendsstatus messages to a ring manager station. User Data (fddimibSMTUserData) User or location information. Trace Max Expiration (fddimibSMTTraceMaxExpiration) Estimated time for a trace to propagate around the ring. This is a lower boundfor detecting a nonrecovering ring. Neighbor Notify Timer (fddimibSMTTNotify) Number of seconds used in the Neighbor Notification protocol, which is used toexchange address information and discover duplicate addresses. Possible rangeis 2 to 30 seconds. Config Policy (fddimibSMTConfigPolicy) Configuration policy. Connection Policy (fddimibSMTConnectionPolicy) Connection types that are rejected. Station Action (fddimibSMTStationAction) Triggers a connect, disconnect, test, or port connector disable. FDDI MAC Card > Configure > FDDI MAC To display or change FDDI MAC card configuration from the CiscoView ConfigureCard window, select FDDI MAC from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: SMT Address (fddimibMACSMTAddress) 6-octet individual MAC address used for SMT frames. Upstream Neighbor (fddimibMACUpstreamNbr) Upstream neighbor’s IEEE MAC address. Downstream Neighbor (fddimibMACDownstreamNbr) Downstream neighbor’s IEEE MAC address. Old Upstream Neighbor (fddimibMACOldUpstreamNbr) Previous value of the upstream neighbor’s MAC address. Old Downstream Neighbor (fddimibMACOldDownstreamNbr) Previous value of the downstream neighbor’s MAC address. RMT State (fddimibMACRMTState) Current value of the ring management state machine (for example, isolated,Non_Op, or Ring_Op). Duplicate Address Test (fddimibMACDupAddressTest) Value of the duplicate address flag; indicates whether the duplicate addresstest was passed. Duplicate Address Flag (fddimibMACDaFlag) Value of the ring management duplicate address flag. Downstream Port Type (fddimibMACDownstreamPORTType) Port Connector (PC) type of the first port downstream of this MAC (the portthat will exit the station). Frame Status Functions (fddimacFrameStatusFunctions) MAC’s optional frame status processing functions (for example, repeat, set, orclear). Not Copied Ratio (fddimibMACNotCopiedRatio) Ratio calculated in the MAC counters table. Not Copied Threshold (fddimibMACNotCopiedThreshold) Threshold for determining when a MAC condition report is generated. Not Copied (fddimibMACNotCopiedFlag) Whether the not copied condition is present. True indicates that the notcopied condition is present. Frame Error Ratio (fddimibMACFrameErrorRatio) Value of the ratio to be compared with the threshold. Frame Error Threshold (fddimibMACFrameErrorThreshold) Indicates a threshold value used to determine when a MAC condition report isgenerated. Frame Error Flag (fddimibMACFrameErrorFlag) Indicates whether the MAC frame error condition is present. True indicatesthat the MAC frame error condition is present. T Max Capability (fddimibMACTMaxCapability) Displays the maximum time value of fddiMACTMax that this MAC can support. TVX Capability (fddimibMACTVXCapability) Specifies the maximum time value of fddiMACTVX for this MAC. TVX is the validtransmission timer. T Max (fddimibMACTMax) Displays the value of T_Max, the maximum token rotation time passed to thisMAC. T Req (fddimibMACTReq) Displays the T_Req value passed to the MAC. This value is a timer that cantrigger a recovery process. T Neg (fddimibMACTNeg) Displays the value of the T_ Neg timer. Tvx Value (fddimibMACTvxValue) Specifies the value of the valid transmission timer (TVX) passed to this MAC. Current Path (fddimibMACCurrentPath) Path into which this MAC is currently inserted. Possible values are isolated,local, secondary, primary, concatenated, and thru. Available Paths (fddimibMACAvailablePaths) Bitmap of path types available for this MAC. Possible values are primary (0),secondary (1), or local (2). Requested Paths (fddimibMACRequestedPaths) Permitted paths into which this MAC may be inserted. Unit Data Available (fddimibMACUnitdataAvailable) Value of the MA_UNITDATA_Enable flag in ring management. Possible values aretrue or false. Unit Data Enable (fddimibMACUndataEnable) Value of the MA_UNITDATA_Enable flag in ring management. Possible values aretrue or false. FDDI Path Card > Configure > FDDI Path To display FDDI path information from the CiscoView Configure Card window,select FDDI Path from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: SMT Index (fddimibPATHSMTIndex) The value of the SMT index associated with this PATH. Index (fddimibPATHIndex) Index variable for uniquely identifying the primary, secondary and local PATH object instances. TVX Lower Bound (fddimibPATHTVXLowerBound) Configurable minimum time value of fddiMACTvx that can be used by any MAC thatis configured in this path. Max Lower Bound (fddimibPATHTMaxLowerBound) Configurable minimum time value of fddiMACTMax that can be used by any MACthat is configured in this path. Max T Req (fddimibPATHMaxTReq) Configurable maximum time value of fddiMACTReq that can be used by any MACthat is configured in this path. Token Order (fddimibPATHConfigTokenOrder) An object associated with Token order for this entry. Type (fddimibPATHConfigResourceType) Type of resource (MAC or port) for this entry. Index (fddimibPathConfigResourceIndex) Value of the SMT resource index used to refer to this MAC or port resource. Path (fddimibPATHConfigCurrentPath) Current insertion status for the resource on this path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00082_6kios.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Network Analysis Module > Configure > Physical The following information is displayed in the Physical dialog box: Name of the Module (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator, such as &#147;London.&#148; Module Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumber) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values are ok, minorFault, majorFault, or other. If the status is not ok, the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. IP Address ( moduleIPAddress ) IP address of the module or card. Note: This field is only displayed on NAM and IDS modules. Feature Card (moduleSubType) Type of daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by the following modules: WS-X5505, WS-X5506, WS-X5509, WS-X5302, WS-X5530, WS-X5540, WS-X6K-SUP-2GE (Catalyst 6000 only), and WS-X6348-RJ45. Sub modules supported by WS-X5505, WS-X5506 and WS-X5509: wsf5510(3), -- EARL 1 wsf5511(4), -- EARL 1+ Sub modules supported by WS-X5302: wsx5304(6), -- VIP II carrier Sub modules supported by WS-X5530 and WS-X5540: wsf5520(7), -- EARL 1+ wsf5521(8), -- NFFC wsf5531(9), -- NFFC II Sub modules supported by WS-X6K-SUP-2GE and WS-X6K-S2U-MSFC2 (Catalyst 6000 only): wsf6020(100), -- L2 switching card wsf6020a(101),-- L2 switching card II wsf6kpfc(102), -- L3 switching engine wsf6kpfc2(103), -- L3 switching engine II Sub modules supported by WS-X6348-RJ45: wsf6kvpwr(104) -- inline power card Uplink Card (moduleSubType2) Type of additional daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by the Supervisor III module only. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. None indicates that the module passed all tests. Intake Temperature ( entSensorValue ) Temperature recorded by the device's intake sensor. Exhaust Temperature ( entSensorValue ) Temperature recorded by the device's exhaust sensor. Device1 Temperature ( entSensorValue ) Temperature recorded by the device1 sensor. Device2 Temperature ( entSensorValue ) Temperature recorded by the device2 sensor. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00084.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Card > Configure > Physical The CiscoView Configure Card window displays the following information: Name (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator, such as &#147;London.&#148; Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumber) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Operational Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values are ok, minorFault, majorFault, or other. If the status is not ok, the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. None indicates that the module passed all tests. IP Address (moduleIPAddress) If the module has a separate IP address, that address is reported here. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00090.htm TITLE=Managing Port Configuration TEXT=Managing Port Configuration To get information about a port on your switch, select the port in the CiscoView display and choose Port from the Configure menu. The following categories of information may be available, depending on the port type: Physical Displays physical information for the port. Interface Displays interface information for the port. Capabilities Displays information about the capabilities of a selected port. PVC Configuration Displays the parameters of the PVC tunnels defined on the port. Cisco Discovery Protocol Displays Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for the port. Bridge Displays bridging information for the port. FDDI Displays FDDI port information. Brouter Displays brouter information for the port. IGMP Filter Displays filtering information for the port. Filter Vendor Displays filter vendor information for the port. Filter Complex Displays filter complex information for the port. IGMP Displays IGMP information for the port. IGMP Multicast Displays IGMP multicast information for the port. Security Displays security information for the port. Multicast Router Displays information about multicast router connections on the port. Broadcast Suppression Displays the broadcast packet suppression threshold for the port. Managing the Console Port Displays physical information for the console port. Token Ring Displays Token Ring configuration information for a Token Ring port. Spanning Tree Displays spanning tree configuration information for a Token Ring port. Switching Displays information about the switching and operating mode of a Token Ring port. Source Routing Displays source routing information for a Token Ring port. Filtering Displays the Filtering window, from which you can configure a protocol or MAC address filter for a Token Ring port. VTP Pruning Displays VTP information for a selected port, if it is configured as a VLAN trunk port. Flow Control Configures administrative and operational flow control parameters for the port. Protocol Filtering Sets up a filter for the port based on protocol type. EtherChannel Configures a physical port interface to become part of an EtherChannel, and displays the PAgP information for the port(s). STP Root Guard Disallows a switch port from becoming root port in STP. UDLDP Detects unidirectional links for devices that are incorrectly connected by uncoupled fiber strands. Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Displays Layer2 protocol tunneling settings. Interface Port > Configure > Interface To display interface information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Index (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. Speed (ifSpeed) Estimate of current bandwidth in bits per second. If the value is constant or cannot be measured, nominal bandwidth is used. MTU (ifMtu) Size (in bytes) of the largest protocol data unit that can be sent or received on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) If applicable, a physical address such as an Ethernet MAC address, a phone number, or a Packet Data Net address. Where not relevant, a 0-length octet string is provided. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. The possible values are up or down. For the dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156, 5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to do an active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current actual operating state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of the sysUpTime (in hundredths of seconds) when the interface entered its current operational state (none if the current state was entered before last initialization of management entity). Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver table every time the port state changes from up to down. Cannot modify this field for ATM Ports. Role Combination (ccopsIfRoleCombination) This is the administratively-desired role combination which represents roles that are currently set by the administrator for a particular interface in the COPS domain. Only those role names exist in ccopsRoleTable can be used. This is only available when the supervisor module has a feature card in place. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Capabilities Port > Configure > Capabilities Use this feature to configure or display the capabilities of a port, such as speed, security, broadcast suppression, flow control, etc. The values of each capability is concatenated with commas. For example, if a port can be configured with speed auto, 10M, or 100M, then &#145;auto, 10M, 100M&#146; is displayed. Speed (portCpbSpeed) The port speed. Duplex Mode (portCpbDuplex) The duplex setting for the port; either half or full. Trunk Encapsulation Type (portCpbTrunkEncapsulationType) - Catalyst 4000 devices VLAN Encapsulation Type (portCpbTrunkEncapsulationType) - Catalyst 6000 devices The port&#146;s encapsulation type. Trunking Mode (portCpbTrunkMode) The port&#146;s trunking mode; either on, off, desirable, auto, no, or negotiation. Channelling (portCpbChannel) The port channeling setting; either yes or no. Broadcast Suppression (portCpbBroadcastSuppression) The means by which broadcast suppression is achieved; example: by percentage. Flow Control (portCpbFlowControl) The port&#146;s flow control method; either Receive Off, Receive On, Receive Desired, Send Off, Send On, or Send Desired. Security (portCpbSecurity) The port&#146;s security setting; either supported or not supported. Dynamic VLAN (portCpbVlanMembership) The port&#146;s VLAN membership status; either static or dynamic. Port Fast (portCpbPortfast) - Catalyst 4000 devices Portfast (portCpbPortfast) - Catalyst 6000 devices The port&#146;s Portfast setting; either supported or not supported. Udld (portCpbUdld) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates whether the port is, or is not, capable of UDLD (UniDirectional Link Detection). Inline Power (portCpbInlinePower) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the inline power capability of a port. Voice VLAN (portCpbAuxiliaryVlan) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the voice VLAN capability of a port. Span (portCpbSpan) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the span capability of a port. 802.1x (portCpbDot1x) Indicates whether a port supports 802.1x. Auxiliary VLAN (portCpbAuxiliaryVlan) - Catalyst 6000 devices Indicates the voice VLAN capability of a port. IGMP Filter (portCpbIgmpFilter) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates whether a port supports IGMP filtering. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Cisco Discovery Protocol Port > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol To display Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Cisco Discovery Protocol from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Enabled (cdpInterfaceEnable) Whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is running on this interface. The default value is enabled. Message Interval (cdpInterfaceMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are generated on this interface. The default is 60 seconds, and the possible values are from 5 to 900. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Bridge Port > Configure > Bridge The following information is displayed in the Bridge dialog box: Bridge Instance Number (dot1dStpInstance) In PVST+ mode, the bridge instance number is the VLAN number this port belongs to. The default value of this object is displayed as the native VLAN of this port. Note: There can be more than one valid VLAN for a trunk port, and bridge details can be obtained for each of these VLANs. In MISTP and MST mode, the bridge instance number is the MISTP/MST instance number of the native VLAN this port belongs to. For MISTP, the default value is the MISTP instance number mapped to this port's native VLAN. For MST, the default value is zero. Note: Since a trunk port can have more than one valid VLAN, multiple bridge instances are also valid. Click Bridge Details to launch the Bridge Details dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. FDDI Port > Configure > FDDI To display or change information for an FDDI port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select FDDI from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: PC Type (fddimibPORTMyType) Port Connector (PC) type. The possible values are a, b, s, m, or none. Neighbor PC Type (fddimibPORTNeighborType) Type of the remote port, as determined in Physical Connection Management (PCM). Connect State (fddimibPORTConnectState) Connect state of the port. The possible values are disabled, connecting, standby, or active. PCM State (fddimibPORTPCMState) Detailed state of the Port Connect state machine. PMD Class (fddimibPORTPMDClass) Type of physical medium for the port. The possible values are multimode, single-mode1, single-mode2, sonet, low-cost-fiber, twisted-pair, unknown, or unspecified. Ler Cutoff (fddimibPORTLerCutoff) Link Error Rate at which a link will be broken. The value is an integer from 4 through 15. Ler Alarm (fddimibPORTLerAlarm) Link Error Rate threshold at which an alarm will be generated. The value is an integer from 4 through 15. Ler Flag (fddimibPORTLerFlag) Condition when the Link Error Rate estimate is less than or equal to the Alarm level. The possible values are true or false. BS Flag (fddimibPORTBSFlag) Value of the flag indicating the break state. The possible values are true or false. PC Withold (fddimibPORTPCWithold) Value of PC_Withold. The possible values are none, m-m, other, incompatible, and path not available. MAC Placement (fddimibPORTMACPlacement) MAC, if any, whose transit path exits the station via this port. The value is an integer from 0 through 7. Action (fddimibPORTAction) Action request for the port. The possible values are other, maintPORT, enablePORT, disablePORT, startPORT, and stopPORT. Brouter Port > Configure > Brouter To display or change brouter information for a port, select Brouter from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Bridge VLAN (brouterPortBridgeVlan) Bridge VLAN to which this port belongs. Possible values are 1 to 1024. Route Group (brouterPortRouteGroup) IP route group to which this port belongs. For the Catalyst 5000, 5500, 2900 or CPW 2200, possible values are from 1 through 255; for the Catalyst 1200 and 1600, possible values are 1 to 10. IP Address (brouterPortIpAddr) IP address of the port. IP Helpers (brouterPortIpHelpers) Octet string indicating the other VLANs to which broadcasts received on this port will be forwarded. Net Mask (brouterPortNetMask) Subnet mask of the port. Broadcast Address (brouterPortBroadcast) Port&#146;s broadcast address. Broadcast Throttle (filterPortBroadcastThrottle) Maximum number of broadcast packets per second allowed on this port. Packets in excess of this limit are dropped. For FDDI, possible values are 1 through 150,000; for Ethernet, possible values are 1 through 15,000. The value 0 indicates that an unlimited number of broadcast packets are allowed. IGMP Filter Port > Configure > IGMP Filter To display or change filtering information from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP Filter from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Value (filterProtocolValue) 16-bit protocol value. A packet is dropped if the packet&#146;s type field or DSAP/SSAP field equals this value (a match) and the value deny is specified in the filter protocol table. The packet is dropped also if a match doesn&#146;t occur and at least one protocol type filter has the value permit. Type (filterProtocolType) Allows you to add or remove entries from the filter protocol table. To add a new entry to the filter protocol table, set this field to deny or permit for a module, port, and protocol not already in the table. To remove an entry, set this value to invalid. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Filter Complex Port > Configure > Filter Complex To display Filter Complex information from the CiscoView Configure window, select Filter Complex from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Index (filterTestIndex) Index value that uniquely identifies a test for a particular port. Offset (filterTestOffset) Byte offset value. This value must be a 32-bit word aligned offset (for example, 0, 4, 8). Value (filterTestValue) 32-bit value that is compared with the packet location by the value of the Filter Test Offset field. Mask (filterTestMask) 32-bit value to be bitwise ANDed with the packet location specified by the offset value (filterTestOffset) before being compared to the Value field (filterTestValue). Complex Expression (filterPortComplex) Complex expression indicating test results based on the filterTestIndex value. The expression uses the following numbers and symbols: Numbers 1 through 8 Logical operators & (and), | (or), ! (not) Parentheses The following is an example of a complex expression: ( ( 1 & 2 ) | ! 3 ) If the conditions in this filter expression match a packet, the packet is dropped. IGMP Port > Configure > IGMP To display or change IGMP information for a port from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Status (igmpCondFilterIfStatus) Whether the presence of an IP multicast router on this interface is determined statically or dynamically. The values routerPresent (indicating that the router is present) or noRouter (indicating that the router is not present) indicate that this information is statically determined. The value dynamic indicates that the information is dynamically or automatically determined. Router (igmpCondFilterIfRouter) Whether an IP multicast router is present on this interface. IGMP Multicast Port > Configure > IGMP Multicast To display or change IGMP multicast information from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP Multicast from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Address (igmpCondFilterMcastAddress) IP address of the IP multicast group to which this port belongs. Member (igmpCondFilterMcastMember) Whether there is currently a member of the IP multicast group on this interface. In Pkts (igmpCondFilterMcastInPkts) Number of IP multicast datagrams destined for this multicast address that have been received on this interface. Out Pkts (igmpCondFilterMcastOutPkts) Number of IP multicast datagrams for this multicast address that have been forwarded to this interface. Security Port > Configure > Security The Security dialog box displays port security parameters for this port. Port Security Administrative Status (portSecurityAdminStatus) Set this value to enabled to enable port security on this port. Note: This variable cannot be enabled when the sysHighAvailabilityEnable is set to true. Port Security Operational Status (portSecurityOperStatus) Whether port security is currently enabled on this port. Port Security Last Source Address (portSecurityLastSrcAddr) Last source MAC address in an incoming packet seen on this port. Port Security Secure Source Address (portSecuritySecureSrcAddr) Address to be compared with incoming source addresses when port security is enabled on this port. Set this value to 0.0.0.0 to put the port in learning mode to make the next source address received the Secure Source Address. Security Policy (portSecurityViolationPolicy) If the value of this object is restrict(1) , the port drops all packets with unsecured addresses. If the value of this object is shutdown(2) , the port is forced to shut down for any violation of security. Supported only for Cat6000 series devices, version 5.4 or higher. Security Aging Time (portSecurityAgingTime) The interval in which the port is secured. After the expiration of the time, the corresponding portSecureSrcAddr or portSecurityExtSecureSrcAddr will be removed from the secure address list. The value of this object can be 0, or any number from 10 to 1440. If the value of this object is 0, the aging mechanism is disabled. Security Shutdown Time out (portSecurityShutdownTimeOut) The interval in which the port is shutdown due to the violation of security. After the expiration of the time, all the security configuration of this port is re-installed and the port is enabled. The value of this object can be 0, or any number from 10 to 1440. If the value of this object is 0, the port is shutdown permanently. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multicast Router Port > Configure > Multicast Router The Multicast Router dialog box shows information about multicast router connections on this port. Multicast Router Administrative Status (mcastRouterAdminStatus) Whether the presence of an IP multicast router on this port should be determined manually (routerPresent) or dynamically. Multicast Router Operational Status (mcastRouterOperStatus) Whether an IP multicast router is present on this port. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Broadcast Suppression Port > Configure > Broadcast Suppression The Broadcast Suppression dialog box displays the broadcast packet suppression threshold for the port. Broadcast Suppression - PPS Broadcast Throttle (filterPortBroadcastThrottle) The maximum number of broadcast packets per second allowed on this port. Broadcast Discards (filterPortBroadcastDiscards) The number of packets that have been discarded due to broadcast suppression on this port. Broadcast Suppression - % Broadcast Threshold (filterPortBroadcastThreshold) Indicates the integer part of the maximum percentage of available bandwidth allowed for incoming broadcast traffic on this port. Displayed for version 5.4 or higher. Broadcast Threshold Fraction (filterPortBroadcastThresholdFraction) Indicates the fraction part of the maximum percentage of available bandwidth allowed for incoming broadcast traffic on this port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Physical Configure > Console > Physical To display interface information for a console port from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Physical from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: RS232 Port Speed (sysBaudRate) Baud rate in bits per second of the RS232 field. The possible values are 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, and 38400. Modem (sysEnableModem) Whether the RS-232 port modem control lines are enabled or disabled. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Token Ring Port > Configure > Token Ring To display or change information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Token Ring from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Result of Last Enter Ring (dot5RingOpenStatus) Status of the port the last time it attempted to enter the ring. Possible values are open and failure. Error Report (dot5RingStatus) Status of the ring to which this port is connected. Possible status values include normal, single, or beaconing. Open/Close Info (dot5RingState) Current interface state with respect to entering or leaving the ring. Possible values are opened, closed, opening, closing, open failure, and ring failure. Speed (dot5RingSpeed) Speed of the ring to which this port is connected. Possible values are 4 Mbps and 16 Mbps. Upstream Neighbor MAC Addr (dot5UpStream) MAC address of the nearest active upstream neighbor. Active Monitor (dot5ActMonParticipate) Whether this port will participate in the active monitor selection process. Time Last Beacon Sent (dot5LastBeaconSent) Date and time a beacon frame was last transmitted on this interface. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Spanning Tree Port > Configure > Spanning Tree To display or change spanning tree information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Spanning Tree from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Number that indicates the priority of the port. Possible values are 0 through 255. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current state of the port. The possible values are disabled, blocking, listening, learning, forwarding, or broken. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Contribution to the cost of paths through this port leading to the root. Possible values are 1 through 65535. Designated Root (dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot) Unique identifier of the root in the bridge protocol data units transmitted by the designated bridge for this port's segment. Designated Cost (dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost) Path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. Designated Bridge (dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge) Identifier of the bridge that this port considers to be designated for this port&#146;s segment. Designated Port (dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort) Identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Switching Port > Configure > Switching To display or change switching information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Switching from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Port Mode (tokenRingPortMode) Operating mode to be used at the next reset of the port. Possible values are auto, full-duplex-concentrator, full-duplex-station, half-duplex-concentrator, half-duplex-station, ringin-ringout, and passive. The default is auto. Only full-duplex and half-duplex modes can be automatically detected. You cannot specify an operating mode of passive or unknown. The passive mode is displayed if the port has been selected as a passive monitoring port. Token Ring AC-bits (tokenRingPortSetACbits) Whether the address recognized (A) bit and the frame copied (C) bit should be set unconditionally when a port forwards certain logical link control frames. Possible values are enabled and disabled. The default is disabled. If this parameter is set to disabled, the setting of these bits will be set based upon the frame type. Early Token Release (tokenRingPortEarlyTokenRel) Whether the MAC of individual ports can release the token that they hold, even before the frame that they sent out on the ring cycles back to them. Possible values are enabled or disabled. Highest Frame Priority (tokenRingPortPriorityThresh) Highest Token Ring frame priority in the Frame Control field of the frame that the switch should place in the low-priority transmit queue. Possible values are 0 through 7. The default is 3. Minimum Transmit Token Priority (tokenRingPortPriorityMinXmit) Minimum reservation priority used when requesting a token on a busy ring. Possible values are 0 through 6. The default is 4. Config Loss Threshold (tokenRingPortCfgLossThresh) Value used to control the number of configuration losses that can occur within the configuration loss sampling interval. Configuration loss occurs when a port completes a connection, allows data traffic to flow, and subsequently closes. When the threshold is exceeded, the port is disabled and must be enabled via this panel or an SNMP manager. Possible values are 1 through 100. The default is 8. Config Loss Sampling Interval (tokenRingPortCfgLossInterval) Sampling period (in minutes) during which the number of configuration losses is measured. Possible values are 1 through 60. The default is 10. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Source Routing Port > Configure > Source Routing To display or change Source Routing information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Hop Count (dot1dSrPortHopCount) Maximum number of routing descriptors allowed in explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. Local Segment (dot1dSrPortLocalSegment) Number that uniquely identifies the segment to which this port is connected. Current source routing protocols limit this value to between 0 and 4095. (Zero is used by some management applications for special test cases.) The value 65535 signifies that no segment number is assigned to this port. Bridge Number (dot1dSrPortBridgeNum) Number that uniquely identifies a bridge when more than one bridge is used to span the same two segments. Current source-routing protocols limit this value to between 0 and 15. A value of 65535 signifies that no bridge number is assigned to this bridge. Largest Frame (dot1dSrPortLargestFrame) Maximum size of the INFO field (Logical Link Control (LLC) and above) that this port can send or receive. It does not include any MAC-level (framing) octets. STE Span Mode (dot1dSrPortSTESpanMode) Action the port will perform when presented with an STE frame. The following values can be set for STE Span Mode: disabled&#151;When you set STE Span Mode to disabled, the port will not accept or send STE packets. Any STE packets received will be silently discarded. forced&#151;When you set STE Span Mode to forced, the port will always accept and propagate STE frames. This allows a manually configured spanning tree to be configured for this class of packet. Note that unlike transparent bridging, this is not catastrophic to the network if there are loops. auto-span&#151;The auto-span value can be returned only by a bridge that implements the Spanning -Tree Protocol and has use of the protocol enabled on this port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. VTP Pruning Port > Configure > VTP Pruning The VTP Pruning dialog box displays VTP information for this port, if it is configured as a VLAN trunk port. Desired VLAN Encapsulation Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType) Type of VLAN encapsulation to use on this trunk port: ISL, 802.10, LANE, 802.1Q, or negotiate (which means that the protocol is not predetermined and the software will negotiate the encapsulation type). VTP Management Domain Index (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationOperType) Index value assigned to this management domain. VTP Join Messages Received (vlanTrunkPortInJoins) Number of VTP join messages received on this trunk port. VTP Join Messages Transmitted (vlanTrunkPortOutJoins) Number of VTP join messages sent on this trunk port. Unsupported VTP Messages Received (vlanTrunkPortOldAdverts) Number of VTP advertisement messages received on this port indicating that the sender does not support VLAN pruning. Pruning Eligible VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansPruningEligible) VLANs in this management domain that are eligible for pruning. Accepted values are 2 through 1,000. Allowed VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansEnabled) VLANs in this management domain that are enabled. On Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, accepted values are 1 through 1,005 and 1,025 through 4,094. Pruning Requested VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansXmitJoined) VLANs in this management domain that are being forwarded (not pruned) on this trunk port. Values range from 1 through 1,005. Active VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansRcvJoined) VLANs in this management domain that are sending joins on this trunk port. Values range from 1 through 1,005. Trunking Administrative Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicState) The administrative state of the trunk port (defined during EtherChannel configuration): On, Off, Desirable, Auto, or Negotiate. Trunking Operational Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) The current operational status of the trunk port: trunking or not trunking. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Flow Control Port > Configure > Flow Control Use the Flow Control dialog box to configure administrative and operational flow control parameters for the port. Note: This feature is available for Supervisor modules supporting EARL2 for Layer-3 switching via the bypass Shortcut Router. Receive Administrative Status (portAdminRxFlowControl) Indicates the receive flow control administrative status set on the port. If you set the status to on (1), the port will require the far end to send flow control. If you set the status to off (2), the port will not allow the far end to send flow control. If you set the status to desired (3), the port will allow the far end to send the flow control. Receive Operational Status (portOperRxFlowControl) Indicates the receive flow control operational status of the port. If the port could not agree with the far end on a link protocol, its operational status will be disagree (3). Transmit Administrative Status (portAdminTxFlowControl) Indicates the transmit flow control administrative status set on the port. If you set the status to on (1), the port will send flow control to the far end. If you set the status to off (2), the port will not send flow control to the far end. If you set the status to desired (3), the port will send the flow control to the far end if the far end supports it. Transmit Operational Status (portOperTxFlowControl) Indicates the transmit flow control operational status of the port. If the port could not agree with the far end on a link protocol, its operational status will be disagree (3). Link Fault Status (portLinkFaultStatus) Specifies additional link fault status on a gigabyte link: noFault means the link is up and operational; nearEndFault means the port is enabled but there is no GBIC present or the local port cannot synchronize with the remote end; nearEndConfigFail means the local port has detected a configuration mismatch with the remote end; farEndDisable means the far end is in the disabled state; farEndFault means the remote port is not synchronized; farEndConfigFail means the remote port has detected a configuration mismatch with the local end; notApplicable means the link fault status is not applicable on this port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Protocol Filtering Port > Configure > Protocol Filtering Use the Protocol Filtering dialog box to configure a filter for the selected port based on protocol type. There are three protocol types that the user can filter out: IP, IPX, and grpProtocols. Protocol to be Filtered (cseProtocolFilterPortProtocol) The protocol to be filtered for the selected port. Filter Admin Status (cseProtocolFilterPortAdminStatus) Indicates the administrative status of protocol membership of the port: on (1), off (2), or auto (3). Filter Operational Status (cseProtocolFilterPortOperStatus) Indicates the status of protocol filtering for the selected port: on (1), off (2), or notSupported (3). Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. # cvcat_conf_port_vlanmembership$ Port VLAN MembershipK Port VLAN Membership+ CVCAT The type of VLAN membership configuration; static or dynamic. The current status of the VLAN port: inactive, active, or shutdown. The port VLAN number. EtherChannel PAgP Port > Configure > EtherChannel > PAgP Use this feature to display information about the PagP (Port Aggregate Protocol) for the EtherChannel ports configured on the device. Those ports with a setting of off(1) or manual(2) in pagpEthcOperationMode will not have information displayed in this category. Operation Mode (pagpOperationMode) The operational mode of the Port Aggregation Portocol (PAgP) for this interface. PAgP State (pagpPortState) The state of the Port Aggregation Portocol (PAgP) for this interface. Last Changed On (pagpLastStateChanged) The time at which the pagpPortState last changed. Time-Out Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) The time-out frequency for the PagP packet measured as either fast (1) or slow (2). When the time-out frequency is fast (1), then this device uses a 3.5 second timer to time-out receipt of a PagP packet. When the time-out frequency is slow (2), then this device uses a 105-second timer. Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) The name of the method used on this interface&#146;s aggregation-port (agport) to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. The typical names are &#145;Source MAC address,&#146; &#145;Source and Destination Mac addresses,&#146; or &#145;IP Flow: Source, Destination, Protocol type.&#146; Number of Neighbors (pagpPartnerCount) The number of other devices known to be transmitting PagP packets to this device on this physical interface. Neighbor&#146;s MAC Address (pagpPartnerDeviceId) MAC address of the neighbor. Neighbor&#146;s Learning Method (pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpLearnMethod object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpPortPriority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pgapPortPriority object. Neighbor&#146;s ifIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) The value of the neighbor&#146;s ifIndex object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpOperGroupCapability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpOperGroupCapability object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpGroupIfIndex (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpGroupIfIndex object. Neighbor&#146;s sysName (pagpPartnerDeviceName) The value of the neighbor&#146;s sysName object. Neighbor&#146;s ifName (pagpPartnerPortName) The value of the neighbor&#146;s ifName object. Agport&#146;s MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The MAC Address obtained from the pAgP packet last received on this interface. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. UDLDP Port > Configure > UDLDP This feature can be used to detect unidirectional links for devices that are incorrectly connected by uncoupled fiber strands. UDLDP Enable (cudldpInterfaceEnable) Use cudldpInterfaceEnable to set UDLDP enable to true or false. If cudldpGlobalEnable is set to false, then this variable has no effect. UDLDP Status (cudldpInterfaceOperStatus) UDLDP indicates the status of the link: Shutdown &#150; An Uni-Direction link has been detected and the port has been disabled. Indeterminant &#150; Uni-Direction Link Detection protocol has not collected enough information to determine if the link is bidirectional or not. Bidirectional &#150; A bidirectional link has been detected. Not-applicable &#150; Uni-Direction Link Detection Protocol is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00091.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Port > Configure Use the CiscoView Configure Port window to display some or all of the following information, depending upon the type of port selected: Port Number (portIndex) An index value that uniquely identifies this port within a module. Name (portName) Name assigned to the port by the network administrator. Type (portType) Type of physical layer medium used on the port. For example, the type for multimode fiber FDDI would be fddi. Status (portOperStatus) Current operational status of the port. The possible values are ok or other. Configured Speed (portAdminSpeed) Current operational speed of the port in megabits per second. Possible values include auto detect (the speed is automatically detected from the port), 4Mbps, 10 Mbps, 16Mbps, 100 Mbps, 155 Mbps, or 1Gbps. Duplex (portDuplex) Indicates whether the port is operating in half-duplex mode, full-duplex mode, auto, or disagree mode (which occurs when the port cannot agree with the far end on port duplex). This field does not apply to Token Ring ports. Note : Auto and disagree modes are read-only and cannot be set. If port speed is set to auto, then port duplex becomes auto. VLAN Number (vlanPortVlan) VLAN identification number for this port. VLAN Port Admin Status (vlanPortAdminStatus) Indicates whether the port will get assigned to a VLAN statically or dynamically. When set to dynamic, the needed information is accessed from one of the VLAN Membership Policy Servers specified in the vmpsTable. The default value is static (1). Note : vlanPortAdminStatus cannot be set to dynamic (2) for a port that has portSecurityAdminStatus set to enabled (1), or for a port that currently has a vlanPortIslOperStatus of trunking (1). Port VLAN Status (vlanPortOperStatus) Indicates the current VLAN port status. Inactive (1) status indicates a dynamic port without a VLAN assigned or a static or dynamic port with an inactive assigned VLAN. Active (2) status indicates an active assigned VLAN. Shutdown (3) status indicates the port has been shut down as a result of a VMPS response on a dynamic port. A status of vlanActiveFault (4) only applies to token ring ports. Voice Virtual VLAN ID (vlanPortAuxiliaryVlan) The Voice Virtual ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Note : Voice Virtual VLAN ID applies only when there is a phone card present. Valid MIB object settings (0, 1...1000, 1025...4094, 4095, 4096): 0, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 0 N (1...1000), the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with N N (1025...4094), the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with N [This feature is only supported for the Cat6000 with software image 6.1 or later] 4095, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095 4096, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would not include Appliance VLAN-ID TLV Port Jumbo Frame Status (portJumboFrameEnable) Indicates the jumbo frame status of the port. When this object is enabled, the port supports frame sizes greater than the standard Ethernet frame size of 1,518 bytes. Dot 1Q Tunnel (cltcDot1qTunnelMode) Indicates whether dot1q tunnel mode is enabled on the interface. This object cannot be enabled when vlanTrunkPortsDot1qTag is set to false . Secondary VLAN (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN configured on this private port. Loop Guard (stpxLoopGuardConfigEnabled) Indicates whether the LoopGuard capability on this port is enabled or not. Note : LoopGuard cannot be enabled if Root Guard/STP Fast Start Mode is enabled. LoopGuard is valid for bridge ports only. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Inter-Switch Link Port > Configure > Inter-Switch Link To display Inter-Switch Link information for a port from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Inter-Switch Link from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Trunk Admin Status (vlanPortIslAdminStatus) Set this value to on to enable trunking on this port. This value does not appear for ATM ports, which are trunking by default. Trunk Oper Status (vlanPortIslOperStatus) Whether this port is trunking or not. Trunk Allowed VLANs (vlanPortIslVlansAllowed) VLANs that are allowed on this Inter-Switch Link. Trunk Priority VLANs (vlanPortIslPriorityVlans) VLANs on this Inter-Switch Link that have a higher priority. This aids in load balancing on the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00094.htm TITLE=PVC Configuration TEXT=PVC Configuration The PVC Configuration dialog box displays the parameters of the PVC tunnelsdefined on this port. VPI (capvcVPI) VPI value for this PVC. VCI (capvcVCI) VCI value for this PVC. VLAN (capvcVlanId) Number of the VLAN to which this PVC is bound. Peak Cell Rate (capvcPCR) Bandwidth allocation for this PVC, in Kbps. LoopBack (capvcOAM) Whether an F5 OAM loopback cell will be sent on this PVC. Frequency (capvcFrequency) If the Loopback value is true, this value indicates how often, in seconds, anF5 OAM loopback cell will be sent on this PVC. Click Set Up PVC to create a new PVC tunnel, or click Modify PVC to edit an existing one. Click Delete PVC to delete the selected PVC. Note that this will deactivate the VPI/VCI pairassigned to that PVC.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00095.htm TITLE=Create/Modify PVC TEXT=PVC Set Up/Modify The PVC Set Up or PVC Modify dialog box lets you set the parameters for a newPVC tunnel or change an existing one. Virtual Path Identifier (capvcVPI) VPI value for this PVC. Acceptable values are 0 through 3. Virtual Channel Identifier (capvcVCI) VCI value for this PVC. Acceptable values are 0 through 1023. Peak Cell Rate (capvcPCR) Bandwidth allocation for this PVC, in Kbps. You should ensure that the totalPCR of all PVCs defined on a port does not exceed the capacity of that port, ifthey are to operate simultaneously. Note that the system will not verify thisfor you. Bind to VLAN (capvcVlanId) Number of the VLAN to which this PVC is bound. Acceptable values are 1 through1005. LoopBack (capvcOAM) Whether an F5 OAM loopback cell will be sent on this PVC. Frequency (capvcFrequency) If the Loopback value is true, this value indicates how often, in seconds, anF5 OAM loopback cell will be sent on this PVC.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00096.htm TITLE=Delete PVC TEXT=Delete PVC This dialog box confirms that you want to delete a PVC tunnel defined on thisport. This should be done with caution, as it also deactivates the VPI/VCI pairassigned to the PVC tunnel. Click Apply to delete the PVC or click Cancel to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00098.htm TITLE=Security TEXT=Security Port > Configure > Security The Security dialog box displays port security parameters for this port. Port Security Administration Status (portSecurityAdminStatus) Set this value to enabled to enable port security on this port. Port Security Operation Status (portSecurityOperStatus) Whether port security is currently enabled on this port. Port Security Last Source Address (portSecurityLastSrcAddr) Last source MAC address in an incoming packet seen on this port. Port Security Secure Source Address (portSecuritySecureSrcAddr) Address to be compared with incoming source addresses when port security isenabled on this port. Set this value to 0.0.0.0 to put the port in learning modeto make the next source address received the Secure Source Address. Click Modify to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00105.htm TITLE=Filter Vendor TEXT=Filter Vendor Port > Configure > Filter Vendor To display filter vendor information from the CiscoView Configure Port window,select Filter Vendor from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Id (filterVendorId) Vendor ID portion of the MAC address. If the source or destination MAC addresshas the same vendor ID, a match occurs. The packet is dropped if a matchoccurs and deny is specified. The packet is also dropped if a match does not occurand at least one vendor ID filter was specified with a value of permit. Type (filterVendorType) Allows you to add or remove entries from the Filter Vendor table. Possiblevalues include deny and permit. Specify the value deny in this field to add a denyentry to the Filter Vendor table. Specify the value permit in this field toadd a permit entry to the Filter Vendor table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00106.htm TITLE=Filter MAC TEXT=Filter MAC Port > Configure > Filter MAC To display filter MAC information from the CiscoView Configure Port window,select Filter MAC from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Address (filterMacAddress) Filter MAC address. If this value equals the source or destination MACaddress, a match occurs. If a match occurs, the packet is dropped and a value of denyis specified. The packet is also dropped if a match does not occur and at leastone MAC address filter is specified with a value of permit. Type (filterMacType) Allows you to add or remove entries from the Filter MAC table. Two types ofentries can be added: deny and permit. Specify the deny value in this field toadd a deny entry to the Filter MAC table. Specify the permit value in this fieldto add a permit entry to the Filter MAC table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00110.htm TITLE=Repeater TEXT=Repeater Port > Configure > Repeater To display or change information for a Repeater port, from the CiscoViewConfigure Port window, select Repeater from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Admin Status (rptrPortAdminStatus) Desired status of this port. Set this value to disabled to disable the port. Operational Status (rptrPortOperStatus) Current operating status of this port: enabled or disabled. Auto Partitioned (rptrPortAutoPartitionState) Whether this port is currently partitioned by the repeater's auto-partitionprotection. Number of Address Changes (rptrAddrTrackSourceAddrChanges) Number of times the source address of the last readable frame received by thisport has changed on this port. Last Source Address (rptrAddrTrackNewLastSrcAddress) Source address of the last readable frame received by this port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00115.htm TITLE=Filtering TEXT=Filtering Port > Configure > Filtering To display the Filtering dialog box, from which you can view existing filtersand configure a new MAC or Protocol Filter for a Token Ring port, from theConfig Port window, select Filtering from the CATEGORY popup menu. By default, protocol filters are displayed. The following information is displayed: Value (filterProtocolValue) Protocol class being filtered. Type (filterProtocolType) Method in which the port handles frames that fall into the protocol classselected. Possible values are deny, permit, and invalid. Click Create to configure a new protocol filter or click Cancel to close the dialog box. To delete a filter, select the filter and click Delete . Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. To view MAC Address filters , select MAC Address Filters from the CATEGORY popup menu. Creating a Protocol Filter Port > Configure > Filtering > Create The Create Protocol Filter dialog box allows you to define protocol filtersfor this port. This dialog box displays the following information: Value (filterProtocolValue) Protocol class to be filtered. To select a value, click the arrow, and selecta class from the popup menu. Type (filterProtocolType) Method in which the port handles frames that fall into the protocol classselected. deny—Block all frames in this protocol class. permit—Allow all frames in this protocol class. invalid—To turn off the filter without deleting the definition. Click Apply to add the filter, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. MAC Address Filters Device > Configure > MAC Address Filters To display a list of MAC filters or create a new MAC address filter, select MAC Address Filters from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Address (filterMacAddress) Filter MAC address. If this value equals the source or destination MACaddress, a match occurs. If a match occurs, the packet is dropped and a value of denyis specified. The packet is also dropped if a match does not occur and at leastone MAC address filter is specified with a value of permit. Type (filterMacType) How the port handles frames that contain the specified MAC address. Possiblevalues are deny, permit, and invalid. Click Create to configure a new MAC address filter or click Cancel to close the dialog box. To delete a filter, select the filter and click Delete . Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Creating a MAC Address Filter Device > Configure > MAC Address Filters > Create The Create MAC Address Filter dialog box allows you to define protocol filtersfor this port. This dialog box displays the following information: Card (filterMacModule) Number identifying the card on which the port is located. Port (filterMacPort) Number of the port for which you are creating a protocol filter. Value (filterMacAddress) MAC address contained in the frames to be filtered. Type (filterMacType) How the port handles the frames that contain the specified MAC address. deny—Block all frames that contain this MAC address. permit—Allow all frames that contain this MAC address. invalid—Turn off the filter without deleting the definition. Click Apply to add the filter, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00120.htm TITLE=Ether Channel TEXT=Ether Channel Port > Configure > Ether Channel Use this feature to configure a physical interface to become part of an Ether Channel. Ether Channel ifIndex (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Ether Channel Operational Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Operational mode of the port: off(1): no aggregation of interfaces is allowed; manual(2): aggregation is under control of the pagpGroupCapabilityConfiguration section (meaning no PAgP protocol packets are sent, and any received are ignored); pagpOn(3): aggregation is under control of the PAgP protocol (meaning PAgP packets are sent on the interface and those received are acted upon). Physical Group (pagpPhysGroupCapability) The interfaces, of any number, with the same value of this object can be aggregated together manually . Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. Operational Group (pagpOperGroupCapability) An object used to inform the system administrator examining the FEC MIB of the capabilities of the current state of the interface's hardware to form agports. Hot Standby Priority (pagpPortPriority) The priority relative to other interfaces when determining which interface is to be used in Hot Standby mode. Learning Method (pagpLearnMethod) Indicates whether this device is able to learn the location of a source MAC address based on one of the following means: agPort(2): the agport on which it was received; physPort(1): the interface on which it was received. Distribution Protocol (PagpDistributionProtocol) The address, protocol type, or port number used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include ip and mac . If the device is running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later, the value port is also available. Note: The value mac is only applicable to Catalyst 4000 devices. Distribution Address (PagpDistributionAddress) The distribution type of the protocol used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include source , destination , and both . Note: The value both is only applicable to Catalyst 4000 devices. EtherChannel: Device ID (pagpDeviceId) The device&#146;s MAC address. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00124.htm TITLE=Monitoring Device Performance TEXT=Monitoring Device Performance You can display a summary of device performance information or display the following categories of device performance information. To display device performance information, select Device from the Monitor menu, or display the popup menu for the device by single-clicking on the device display. Then choose Monitor from the device popup menu. See Also: Monitoring Device Performance for a Catalyst 6000 series . Summary Displays a summary of device performance information. CPU Utilization Displays CPU Utilization information for three different time periods. IP Displays IP performance information for the device. ICMP Traffic 1 and ICMPTraffic 2 Displays ICMP information for the device. IGMP Interfaces Monitors interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. TCP Displays TCP connection and traffic information for the device. SNMP Traffic Monitors SNMP traffic on the device. Spanning Tree Displays Uplink Fast Convergence and Backbone Fast Convergence transition activity for a 6000-series device. STP UplinkFast Conversion Monitors UplinkFast transition activity for the device. Memory Pool Utilization Displays information about different types of memory pools in a device. Process Utilization Use this feature to display statistics information for the selected running process. Switching Bus Traffic Displays traffic meter information for the device. Power Monitors the amount of power available and consumed by various components in the device. Environment Temperature Monitors the temperature of various device components. Summary Device > Monitor > Summary To display a summary of device performance information, select Summary from the CATEGORY popup menu, if it is not already selected. The following information is displayed: Switch Load % (sysTraffic) Traffic meter value. The traffic meter value is the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Note: This field displays an absolutevalue . Note: This field is not supported in VS Mode. IP Traffic (ipInReceives + ipOutRequests + ipForwDatagrams) IP traffic pattern for the device. The value below the display represents the current traffic level. IP traffic is measured as the sum of the following MIB variables: IP Errors Summary of IP errors for the specified device. The number of errors is based on the sum of the following MIB variables: ipInHdrErrors + ipInAddrErrors + ipInUnknownProtos + ipInDiscards + ipOutDiscards + ipOutNoRoutes + ipReasmFails + ipFragFails + ipRoutingDiscards ICMP Traffic (icmpInMsgs + icmpOutMsgs) Summary of ICMP traffic for the specified device. ICMP Errors (icmpInErrors + icmpOutErrors) Summary of ICMP errors for the specified device. UDP Traffic (udpInDatagrams + udpOutDatagrams) Summary of the UDP traffic trends on the specific device. UDP Errors (udpInErrors + udpNoPorts) Pattern and current value of UDP errors. TCP Traffic (tcpInSegs + tcpOutSegs + tcpRetransSegs) Summary of TCP traffic for the device. TCP Errors (tcpInErrs) Pattern and current value of TCP errors. SNMP Traffic (snmpInPkts + snmpOutPkts) Pattern and current level of SNMP traffic. SNMP Errors Pattern and current value of SNMP errors. The summary is a combination of the following MIB variables: snmpInBadVersions + snmpInBadCommunityNames + snmpInBadCommunityUses + snmpInASNParseErrs + snmpInTooBigs + snmpOutTooBigs + snmpInNoSuchNames + snmpOutNoSuchNames + snmpInBadValues + snmpOutBadValues + snmpInReadOnlys + snmpInGenErrs + snmpOutGenErrs To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Absolute/DifferentialValues Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. CPU Utilization Device > Monitor > CPU Utilization Use this feature to display CPU Utilization information over three different time periods. CPU Utilization % (5 sec) : (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Utilization % (1 min) : (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Utilization % (5 min) : (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. IP Device > Monitor > IP To display performance information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select IP . The following information is displayed: IP ReassembleRequest (ipReasmReqds) Number of received IP fragments that need to be reassembled. In Delivers (ipInDelivers) Number of IP datagrams delivered to local protocols. Fragments Create d (ipFragCreates) Number of IP datagram fragments created. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. ICMP Traffic 1 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 1 The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. From this dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on this device. The following information is displayed: In Source Quench (icmpInSrcQuenchs) The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received. Out Source Quench (icmpOutSrcQuenches) The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent. In Redirect (icmpInRedirects) Trend in the number of ICMP Redirect Messages. A host should update its routing table based on the Redirect information. Out Redirect (icmpOutRedirects) Pattern in the number of Redirect Messages sent by a router. A host does not send Redirect messages. In Echo Request (icmpInEchos) Pattern in the number of incoming ICMP Echo Request messages. Out Echo Request (icmpOutEchos) Pattern and latest number of outgoing ICMP Echo Request messages. In Echo Reply (icmpInEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. Out Echo Reply (icmpOutEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. In Timestamp Request (icmpInTimestamps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received. Out Timestamp Request (icmpOutTimestamps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent. In Timestamp Reply (icmpInTimestampReps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. Out Timestamp Reply (icmpOutTimestampReps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. ICMP Traffic 2 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 2 The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. From this dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on this device. The following information is displayed: In Address Mask Request (icmpInAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Requests received. Out Address Mask Request (icmpOutAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. In Address Mask Reply (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply received messages. Out AddressMask Reply (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. In Parameter Problem (icmpInParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Parameter Problem messages. These messages usually relate to problems in optional IP header fields. Out ParameterProblem (icmpOutParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP messages sent to report a parameter problem. In DestinationUnreach able (icmpInDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Destination Unreachable Messages. Out DestinationUnreach able (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report unreachable destinations. In Time Exceeded (icmpInTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Time Exceeded messages. These signal expired Time-To-Lives and timeouts on reassembly of fragments. Out Time Exceeded (icmpOutTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report Time Exceeded. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. TCP Device > Monitor > TCP The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. The CiscoView Monitor Device window displays information about incoming and outgoing ICMP messages. Two categories of TCP information are monitored in the CiscoView Monitor Device window: information about connection statistics and information about traffic. Connection statistics count the outgoing and incoming connection attempts. TCP traffic counts indicate the network health of the host. For example, a large number of retransmissions indicates a problem. To display TCP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select TCP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor device window displays the following information: Active Open (tcpActiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of outgoing connection requests from this system. Passive Open (tcpPassiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of incoming connection requests from this system. The latest number is the number of connections that occurred during the last polling interval. Attempt Fail (tcpAttemptFails) Number of incoming and outgoing connection requests. Close (tcpEstabResets) Number of times the TCP connections have changed from the ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state to the CLOSED state. Current Established (tcpCurrEstab) Pattern for and latest number of TCP connections that are in either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state. Note: This field displays an absolutevalue . Out Reset (tcpOutRsts) Pattern for and number of TCP segments with the reset flag (RST) set to 1. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Absolute/DifferentialValues Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. SNMP Traffic Device > Monitor > SNMP Traffic CiscoView allows you to monitor SNMP traffic activity. The overall traffic and each of the SNMP message types (get-request, get-next-request, set-request, get-response, and trap) are monitored. Monitoring this activity can help you determine the SNMP performance of your management station, for example, if too many MIB variables are being requested. To display SNMP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select SNMP Traffic from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Total In GetRequest (snmpInTotalReqVars) Pattern for and latest total of local MIB objects that have been retrieved successfully as a result of incoming get-request and get-next-request messages. Total In SetRequest (snmpInTotalSetVars) Pattern and latest total of local MIB objects that have been updated successfully as a result of incoming set-requests. In Get Re quest (snmpInGetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming get-request messages that have been accepted and processed. Out Get Re quest (snmpOutGetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-request messages generated. In GetNext Re quest (snmpInGetNexts) Pattern and current number of incoming get-next-request messages that have been accepted and processed. Out GetNext Re quest (snmpOutGetNexts) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-next requests generated. In Set Re quest (snmpInSetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming set-request messages generated. Out Set Re quest (snmpOutSetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing set-request messages generated. In Get Response (snmpInGetResponses) Pattern and current number of incoming get-response messages accepted and processed. Out Get Response (snmpOutGetResponses) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-responses generated. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Pattern and current number of incoming traps accepted and processed. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Pattern and current number of outgoing traps generated. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. STP UplinkFast Conversion Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree Use this option to do display UplinkFast Conversion/Convergence activity for a device. The following information is displayed: Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Cumulative number of UplinkFast transitions recorded on the device. An UplinkFast transition goes directly from the STP Blocking state to the STP Forwarding state. Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) Cumulative number of station-learning frames generated on the device due to UplinkFast transitions. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Process Utilization Device > Monitor > Process Utilization Use this feature to display statistics for the selected running process. Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Numeric identifier assigned to a runningprocess. Process Name (cpmProcessName) Name assigned to a running process. Process Priority (cpmProcessExtPriorityRev) Indicates the priority level of a runningprocess. With a running process selected, click Monitor and a new dialog box is opened. The following information is displayed: Allocated Memory (cpmProcExtMemAllocated) The sum of all the dynamically allocated memory that this process has received from the system. This includes memory that may have been returned. The sum of freed memory is provided by cpmProcExtMemFreed. Freed Memory (cpmProcExtMemFreed ) The sum of all memory that this process has returned to the system. # of Invocations (cpmProcExtInvoked) The number of times since cpmProcessTimeCreated that the process has been invoked. CPU Time (cpmProcExtRuntime) The amount of CPU time the process has used, in microseconds. Utilization (5 sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5sec) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 5 -econd period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. Utilization (1 min) : (cpmProcExtUtil1Min) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 1 minute period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. Utilization (5 min) : (cpmProcExtUtil5Min) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 5 minute period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Switching Bus Traffic Device > Monitor > Switching Bus Traffic Use this option to display traffic meter information for the device. Supervisor Module (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for supervisor module WS-X5530; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus A (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus A; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus B (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus B; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus C (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus C; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> Memory Pool Utilization Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization Use the Memory Pool Utilization options to monitor information about different types of memory pools in a device. DRAM Flash NVRAM MBUF Cluster Memory MALLOC DRAM Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > DRAM From this dialog box, you can monitor DRAMmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Flash Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > Flash From this dialog box, you can monitor Flashmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. NVRAM Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > NVRAM From this dialog box, you can monitor NVRAMmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. MBUF Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > MBUF From this dialog box, you can monitor MBUFmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. Cluster Memory Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > Cluster Memory From this dialog box, you can monitor ClusterMemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. MALLOC Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > MALLOC From this dialog box, you can monitor MALLOCmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}-->
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00125.htm TITLE=Monitoring Device Performance TEXT=Monitoring Device Performance Click on the Catalyst 6000 device chassis, then select Device from the Monitorwindow. Use the monitoring windows to monitor device level parameters; the results aredisplayed through graphs and gauges. The following monitoring options areavailable. Summary Displays general traffic graphs for the device. CPU/Memory Utilization Displays gauges of CPU and memory usage for the device. SNMP Traffic Displays graphs of SNMP traffic on the device. CPU/Memory Utilization Click on the device chassis, then select Device from the Monitor menu (orright-click and select CPU/Memory Utilization from the popup menu). The CPU/Memory Utilization dialog box displays gauges of CPU and memory usagefor the device. CPU Busy % (5 sec) (busyPer) Provides the percentage of CPU usage over the last 5-second period in thescheduler. The scheduler determines which processor task takes priority overanother and triggers them accordingly. CPU Busy % (1 min) (avgBusy1) Provides an average cumulative percentage of CPU usage over a 1 minute period.The scheduler polls this variable every 5 seconds and computes the busy timein the last 5-second period, as well as the 5-minute exponentially-delayed busytime. CPU Busy % (5 min) (avgBusy5) Provides an average cumulative percentage of CPU usage over a 5-minute period.This variable is polled by the scheduler every five seconds, and computes thebusy time in the last 5 second period, as well as the 5-minute exponentiallydelayed busy time. CPU Memory Used % Percentage of available RAM in use on the CPU, calculated by the followingformula: 100 * (processorRam - freeMem) / processorRam To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. SNMP Traffic Click on the device chassis, then select Device from the Monitor menu (orright-click and select SNMP Traffic from the popup menu). The SNMP Traffic dialog box displays graphs of SNMP traffic on the device. In Req Vars (snmpInTotalReqVars) Number of Get-Requests and Get-Nexts processed by the device. In Set Vars (snmpInTotalSetVars) Number of Set-Requests processed by the device. In Get Reqs (snmpInGetRequests) Number of Get-Requests processed by the device. Out Get Reqs (snmpOutGetRequests) Number of Get-Requests generated by the device. In GetNexts (snmpInGetNexts) Number of Get-Nexts processed by the device. Out GetNexts (snmpOutGetNexts) Number of Get-Nexts generated by the device. In Set Reqs (snmpInSetRequests) Number of Set-Requests processed by the device. Out Set Reqs (snmpOutSetRequests) Number of Set-Requests generated by the device. In Get Reps (snmpInGetResponses) Number of Get-Responses processed by the device. Out Get Reps (snmpOutGetResponses) Number of Get-Responses generated by the device. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Number of traps processed by the device. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Number of traps generated by the device. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (ifappropriate/available). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, selecta value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00126.htm TITLE=Summary TEXT=Summary Click on the device chassis, then select Device from the Monitor menu (or right-click and select from the popup menu). The Summary Monitoring dialog box displays general traffic graphs for the device. IP Traffic (ipInReceives + ipOutRequests + ipForwDatagrams) Total number of IP datagrams handled by this entity, including received, transmitted, and forwarded datagrams. IP Errors Total number of IP datagrams that could not be sent or received successfully because of errors. Calculated with the following formula: ipInHdrErrors + ipInAddrErrors + ipInUnknownProtos + ipInDiscards + ipOutDiscards + ipOutNoRoutes + ipReasmFails + ipFragFails + ipRoutingDiscards ICMP Traffic (icmpInMsgs + icmpOutMsgs) Total number of ICMP messages that this entity received and attempted to send. Includes messages that could not be sent because of errors. ICMP Errors (icmpInErrors + icmpOutErrors) Sum of ICMP messages received with errors and those that could not be sent because of errors. UDP Traffic (udpInDatagrams + udpOutDatagrams) Total number of UDP datagrams received and sent by this entity. UDP Errors (udpInErrors + udpNoPorts) Total number of undeliverable received UDP datagrams. TCP Traffic (tcpInSegs + tcpOutSegs + tcpRetransSegs) Total number of TCP segments sent, received, and retransmitted. TCP Errors (tcpInErrs) Total number of TCP segments received in error. SNMP Traffic (snmpInPkts + snmpOutPkts) Total number of SNMP messages sent by or delivered to this entity. SNMP Errors Total number of sent or received SNMP messages that contained errors, calculated by the following formula: snmpInBadVersions + snmpInBadCommunityNames + snmpInBadCommunityUses + snmpInASNParseErrs + snmpInTooBigs + snmpOutTooBigs + snmpInNoSuchNames + snmpOutNoSuchNames + snmpInBadValues + snmpOutBadValues + snmpInReadOnlys + snmpInGenErrs + snmpOutGenErrs Discard Cells (ciscoAtmSwitchDiscardCells) Total number of cells discarded on the switch. Invalid Cells (ciscoAtmSwitchInvalidCells) Total number of invalid cells processed by the switch. Click Grapher to launch your network management graphing application (if appropriate/available).To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00135.htm TITLE=Spanning Tree TEXT=Spanning Tree Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree Use the Spanning Tree options to display Uplink Fast Convergence and BackboneFast Convergence transition activity for the device. Uplink Fast Convergence Backbone Fast Convergence Backbone Fast Convergence Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree > Backbone Fast Convergence Use this option to display Backbone Fast Convergence activity for the device. In Inferior BPDUs (stpxBackboneFastInInferiorBPDUs) The number of inferior BPDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQRequestPDUs) The number of Root Link Query request PDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQResponsePDUs) The number of Root Link Query response PDUs received by the switch. Out RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQRequestPDUs) The number of Root Link Query request PDUs transmitted by the switch. Out RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQResponsePDUs) The number of Root Link Query response PDUs transmitted by the switch. Click OK to continue.Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00136.htm TITLE=STP UplinkFast Conversion TEXT=STP UplinkFast Conversion Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree Use this option to do display UplinkFast Conversion/Convergence activity for adevice. The following information is displayed: Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Cumulative number of UplinkFast transitions recorded on the device. AnUplinkFast transition goes directly from the STP Blocking state to the STP Forwardingstate. Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) Cumulative number of station-learning frames generated on the device due toUplinkFast transitions. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00147.htm TITLE=FDDI MAC TEXT=FDDI MAC Device > Monitor > FDDI MAC To display FDDI MAC activity for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Devicewindow, select FDDI MAC from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: In Frames (fddimibMACFrameCts) Pattern and current number of frames received at this MAC. Copied Frames (fddimibMACCopiedCts) Pattern and current number of information frames addressed to and successfullycopied to a station’s receive buffers by this MAC. Out Frames (fddimibMACTransmitCts) Pattern and current number of information frames transmitted by this MAC. Error Frames (fddimibMACErrorCts) Pattern and current number of frames detected to be in error by this MAC (thathad not been detected in error by another MAC). Lost Frames (fddimibMACLostCts) Pattern and current number of times that this MAC detected a format errorduring frame reception. Tokens Rx (fddimibMACTokenCts) Pattern and current number of times that the station has received a token atthis MAC. TVX Expired (fddimibMACTvxExpiredCts) Pattern and number of times that the Valid Transmission Timer has expired. Not Copied (fddimibMACNotCopiedCts) Pattern and current number of frames that were addressed to this MAC but werenot copied into its receive buffers. TVX Late (fddimibMACLateCts) Pattern and current number of Token Rotation Time (TRT) expirations since thisMAC was reset or a token was received. RingOp Change (fddimibMACRingOpCts) Pattern and current value for the number of times the ring has entered theRing Operational state from the Ring Not Operational state. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate).To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00148.htm TITLE=Monitoring Port Performance TEXT=Monitoring Port Performance To monitor the performance of one or more ports on a switch, select the portand choose Port from the Monitor menu. Note: For 64-bit counters, IF-MIB are provided to prevent overflow as the portspeed reaches 1GB and the 32-bit counters become impractical. You must enable the64-bit counters through the CLI command line, in engineering mode, or all64-bit counters will return 0. Refer to the user manual for the device forinformation about using the engineering mode from the command line. The following categories of information are available: Interface Monitors interface traffic for the port. Bridge and Instance Based Bridge Displays bridging activity for the port. Ethernet Errors Displays error counts for an Ethernet port. FDDI Displays FDDI activity for the port. Transmit Collisions Displays transmit collisions for a repeater port. Token Ring Errors Displays Token Ring errors performance information. Source Route Frames Displays source-route frames performance data. Flow Control Displays flow control information for gigabyte ports. PAgP Statistics Displays the PagP-related statistics information for a port. Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Statistics Displays the Layer2protocol tunneling statistics for this interface. To monitor the traffic and utilization levels of all the ports in a module,select the module, hold down the right mouse button, and select Port Utilization from the drop-down menu. Interface Port > Monitor > Interface To monitor port interface information, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Utilization Level of utilization on the port. The current value represents the utilization levels over the last polling period. The utilization percentage is calculated using the following formula: For half duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * ifSpeed) For full duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * 2 * ifSpeed) where DELTA_OCTETS = (ifInOctets1 + ifOutOctets1) - (ifInOctets0 + ifOutOctets0) DELTA_TIME = (sysUpTime1 - sysUpTime0)/100 ---> in seconds (sysUpTime will be in hundredths of a second. Divide by 100 to see in seconds.) ifSpeed is speed of the interface (Example: 10000000 for 10Mbps port) ifInOctets0 is ifInOctets value at sysUpTime0, and ifInOctets1 is ifInOctets value at sysUpTime1 ifOutOctets0 is ifOutOctets value at sysUpTime0, and ifOutOctets1 is ifOutOctets value at sysUpTime1 (Example: If the monitor chart is at a refresh rate of 30 sec, and if ifInOctets0 is at 12:10:20, then ifInOctets1 will be at 12:10:50) Note: This field displays an absolutevalue . Unicasts (ifInUcastPkts + ifOutUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets received and sent. Broadcasts (ifExtnsBroadcastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsBroadcastsReceivedOks) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layer broadcast address and broadcast frames successfully received. Multicasts (ifExtnsMulticastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsMulticastsReceivedOks) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layer multicast address and successfully received multicast frames. Errors (ifInErrors + ifOutErrors) Number of total errors for the port. The value is the total of inbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors. Discards (ifInDiscards + ifOutDiscards + ifInUnknownProtos) Total number of discards for the port. The value is the total number of inbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors and the number of inbound packets discarded because they were directed to an unknown or unsupported protocol. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/DifferentialValues Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. Bridge Port > Monitor > Bridge The following information is displayed in this dialog box: VLAN Number (dot1dTpPort) In PVST+ mode, the bridge instance number is the VLAN number this port belongs to. The default value of this object is displayed as the native VLAN of this port. Note: There can be more than one valid VLAN for a trunk port, and bridge details can be obtained for each of these VLANs. In MISTP and MST mode, the bridge instance number is the MISTP/MST instance number of the native VLAN this port belongs to. For MISTP, the default value is the MISTP instance number mapped to this port's native VLAN. For MST, the default value is zero. Note: Since a trunk port can have more than one valid VLAN, multiple bridge instances are also valid. Click Monitor to launch the Bridge Monitor dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Instance Based Bridge Port > Monitor > Bridge > Instance Based Bridge The following information is displayed in this dialog box: STP Instance Number (dot1dStpInstance) In MISTP and MST mode, the bridge instance number is the MISTP/MST instance number of the native VLAN this port belongs to. For MISTP, the default value is the MISTP instance number mapped to this port's native VLAN. For MST, the default value is zero. Note: Since a trunk port can have more than one valid VLAN, multiple bridge instances are also valid. Click Monitor to launch the Bridge Monitor dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Ethernet Errors Port > Monitor > Ethernet Errors To monitor activity on an Ethernet port, on the CiscoView Monitor Port window, select Ethernet Errors from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following information: Alignments (dot3StatsAlignmentErrors) Number of frames with an alignment error. This means that the length is not an integral number of octets and the frame cannot pass the FCS test. Alignment errors are usually caused by a nonlocal network problem. Frame Checks (dot3StatsFCSErrors) Pattern of occurrences and latest count of frames with an alignment error, indicating that there is an integral number of octets but an incorrect FCS. MAC Tx (dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors) Number of frames for which transmission failed because of an internal MAC layer transmit error, that is, transmit errors not picked up in any other count. MAC Rx (dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors) Number of frames for which reception failed because of an internal MAC layer receive error, that is, the receive errors not picked up in any other count. Carrier Sense (dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors) Number of transmission attempts that failed because the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted. Giant Frames (dot3StatsFrameTooLongs) Number of received frames that were bigger than the maximum permitted size. A giant frame indicates a non-local software error occurred or that a protocol using nonstandard frame lengths is in use. SQE Test (dot3StatsSQETestErrors) Number of times that the Signal Quality Error TEST ERROR message was generated by the interface. Deferred Tx (dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions) Number of frames whose transmission was delayed because of an error. Single Collisions (dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames) Pattern of occurrences and number of successfully transmitted frames for which there was exactly one collision. Multi Collisions (dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames) Pattern of occurrences and number of successfully transmitted frames for which there were multiple collisions. Late Collisions (dot3StatsLateCollisions) Number of times that a collision was detected later than 64 octets into the transmission. (The total number of late collisions is added into the collision count.) Late collisions indicate either that the network has too large a propagation delay between the reporting station and some other stations, or that some other station is not detecting/responding to collisions correctly. Excess Collisions (dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions) Pattern of occurrences and latest number of frames for which transmission failed because of excessive collisions. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. FDDI Port > Monitor > FDDI To monitor FDDI activity for a port, select FDDI from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following FDDI information: LCT Fails (fddimibPORTLCTFailCts) Pattern and last number of consecutive times that the link confidence test(LCT) failed during connection management. The last number refers to the numberthat occurred during the last polling interval. Ler Estimate (fddimibPORTLerEstimate) Long-term average link error rate. Lem Rejects (fddimibPortLemRejectCts) Pattern and last number of times a link has been rejected. The number of timesrefers to the last value measured for the latest polling period. Lem Count (fddimibPORTLemCts) Pattern and last value of the Aggregate Link Error Monitor Error Count. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Transmit Collisions Port > Monitor > Transmit Collisions To monitor transmit collisions on a repeater port, on the CiscoView MonitorPort window, select Transmit Collisions from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the followinginformation: Transmit Collisions (rptrMonitorTransmitCollisions) Number of transmit collisions detected on the repeater port. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Token Ring Errors Port > Monitor > Token Ring Errors To monitor Token Ring errors for a Token Ring port, select Token Ring Errors from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following information aboutToken Ring errors: Line (dot5StatsLineErrors) This graph is incremented when a frame or token is copied or repeated by astation, the E bit is zero in the frame or token, and there is a nondata bit (J orK bit) between the SD and the ED of the frame or token or there is an FCSerror in the frame. Burst (dot5StatsBurstErrors) This graph is incremented when a station detects the absence of transitionsfor five half-bit timers (burst-five error). AC (dot5StatsACErrors) This graph is incremented when a station receives an SMP or SMP frame in whichA equal to C is equal to 0, and then receives another SMP frame with A equalto C is equal to 0 without first receiving an AMP frame. It denotes a stationthat cannot set the AC bits properly. Abort Trans (dot5StatsAbortTransErrors) This graph is incremented when a station transmits an abort delimiter whiletransmitting. Internal (dot5StatsInternalErrors) This dial is incremented when a station recognizes an internal error. Lost Frame (dot5StatsLostFrameErrors) This graph is incremented when a station is transmitting and its TRR timeexpires. In this condition, a transmitting station in strip mode does not receivethe trailer of the frame before the TRR time ends. Rx Congestions (dot5StatsReceiveCongestions) This graph is incremented when a station recognizes a frame addressed to itsspecific address but has no available buffer space, indicating that the stationis congested. Frame Copied (dot5StatsFrameCopiedErrors) This graph is incremented when a station recognizes a frame addressed to itsspecific address and detects that the FS field A bits are set to 1, indicating apossible line hit or duplicate address. Token (dot5StatsTokenErrors) This graph is incremented when a station acting as the active monitorrecognizes an error condition that needs a token transmitted. Soft (dot5StatsSoftErrors) This graph shows the number of soft errors the interface has detected. Itdirectly corresponds to the number of Report Error MAC frames that this interfacehas transmitted. Soft errors are those that are recoverable by the MAC-layerprotocols. Hard (dot5StatsHardErrors) This graph shows the number of times that this interface has detected animmediately recoverable fatal error. It denotes the number of times this interfaceis either transmitting or receiving beacon MAC frames. Signal Loss (dot5StatsSignalLoss) This graph shows the number of times that this interface has detected the lossof signal condition from the ring. Transmit Beacons (dot5StatsTransmitBeacons) This graph shows the number of times this interface has transmitted a beaconframe. Recoverys (dot5StatsRecoverys) This graph shows the number of Claim Token MAC frames received or thattransmitted after the interface has received a Ring Purge MAC frame. This countersignifies the number of times that the ring has been purged and is recovering backto a normal operating state. Lobe Wires (dot5StatsLobeWires) This graph shows the number of times the interface has detected an open orshort circuit in the lobe data path. The adapter will be closed, and the MIBvariable dot5RingState will indicate this condition. Removes (dot5StatsRemoves) This graph shows the number of times that the interface has received a RemoveRing Station MAC frame request. When this frame is received, the interface willenter the closed state, and the MIB variable dot5RingState will indicate thiscondition. Singles (dot5StatsSingles) This graph shows the number of times the interface has sensed that it is theonly station on the ring. This will happen if the interface is the first one upon a ring, or if there is a hardware problem. Freq (dot5StatsFreqErrors) This graph shows the number of times the interface has detected that thefrequency of the incoming signal differs from the expected frequency by more thanthat specified by the IEEE 802.5 standard. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Source Route Frames Port > Monitor > Source Routing To show source routing information for the selected port, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Port window. The CiscoView Configure Port window shows the following information: SR In Frames (dot1dSrPortSpecInFrames) Number of Specifically-Routed frames (also referred to as source-routedframes) that have been received from this port’s segment. SR Out Frames (dot1dSrPortSpecOutFrames) Number of Specifically-Routed frames (also referred to as source-routedframes) that this port has transmitted on its segment. APE In Frames (dot1dSrPortApeInFrames) Number of All-Paths Explorer frames (also referred to as all-routes explorerframes) that have been received by this port from its segment. APE Out Frames (dot1dSrPortApeOutFrames) Number of All-Paths Explorer frames (also referred to as all-routes explorerframes) that have been transmitted by this port on its segment. STE In Frames (dot1dSrPortSteInFrames) Number of spanning-tree explorer frames that have been received by this portfrom its segment. STE Out Frames (dot1dSrPortSteOutFrames) Number of spanning-tree explorer frames that have been transmitted by thisport on its segment. Duplicate Segment Discards (dot1dSrPortDuplicateSegmentDiscards) Number of explorer frames that have been discarded by this port because therouting descriptor field contained a duplicate segment identifier. Segment Mismatch Discards (dot1dSrPortSegmentMismatchDiscards) Number of explorer frames that have been discarded by this port because therouting descriptor field contained an invalid adjacent segment value. LAN ID Mismatch Errors (dot1dSrPortLanIdMismatches) Number of explorer frames that were discarded because the last LAN ID in therouting information field did not equal the LAN-in ID. Hop Count Exceeded Discards (dot1dSrPortHopCountExceededDiscards) Number of explorer frames that have been discarded by this port because thenumber of routing descriptors in the routing information field exceeded thespecified maximum hop count. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Flow Control Port > Monitor > Flow Control Use the Flow Control display to review flow control information for gigabyteports. MAC Control Frames Transmitted (portMacControlTransmitFrames) The total number of MAC control frames passed to the MAC sub-layer fortransmission. MAC Control Frames Received (portMacControlReceiveFrames) The total number of MAC control frames passed by the MAC sub-layer to the MACControl sub-layer on receive. Pause Frames Transmitted (portMacControlPauseTransmitFrames) The total number of PAUSE frames passed to the MAC sub-layer for transmission. Pause Frames Received (portMacControlUnknownProtocolFrames) The total number of PAUSE frames passed by the MAC sub-layer to the MACControl sub-layer on receive. Unknown Protocol Frames Received (portMacControlUnknownProtocolFrames) The total number of MAC Control frames received with an opcode that is notsupported by the device. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. PAgP Statistics Port > Monitor > PagP Statistics Use this option to display the PAgP-related statistics for a selected port. In Packets (pagpInPackets) The number of PAgP information packets received on this interface. Out Packets (pagpOutPackets) The number of PAgP information packets transmitted on this interface In Flushes (pagpInFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received and echoed on this interface notmatching any pagpDeviceId object belonging to the managed device. This objectcounts PagP flush packets originated by another device, and indicates that theother device implements the PagP flush feature and uses that feature to preventmis-ordering of data frames within an ordered stream. Out Flushes (pagpOutFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets generated on this interface. This object doesnot count PagP flush packets counted in pagpInFlushes and returned to thesender. If pagpOutFlushes is counting, and pagpReturnedFlushes is not, the otherdevice may not be returning PagP flush packets. Returned Flushes (pagpReturnedFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received on this interface matching somepagpDeviceId belonging to this device. This object counts PagP flush packets thatwere originated by the managed device and returned to it by another device. Thecounting of returned flush packets indicates that the managed device isimplementing the PAgP flush protocol and the other device is correctly returning PAgPflush protocol packets. In Errors (pagpInErrors) The number of packets received on this interface identified by encapsulationas PagP packets (of any type, for example: information or flush), but which werenot valid packets because of length, version, number of TLVs (the packet’s tag, length, and value), or an illegal value in an enumerated field. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. Port Utilization The Port Utilization dialog box lists traffic and utilization information foreach port in a module. Traffic information is reported in bytes per second.Utilization, a measurement of the port's usage compared to its capacity, iscalculated by the following formula: For half duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * ifSpeed) For full duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * 2 * ifSpeed) where DELTA_OCTETS = (ifInOctets1 + ifOutOctets1) - (ifInOctets0 + ifOutOctets0) DELTA_TIME = (sysUpTime1 - sysUpTime0)/100 ---> in seconds (sysUpTime will be in hundredths of a second. Divide by 100 to see in seconds.) ifSpeed is speed of the interface (Example: 10000000 for 10Mbps port) ifInOctets0 is ifInOctets value at sysUpTime0, and ifInOctets1 is ifInOctets value at sysUpTime1 ifOutOctets0 is ifOutOctets value at sysUpTime0, and ifOutOctets1 is ifOutOctets value at sysUpTime1 (Example: If the monitor chart is at a refresh rate of 30 sec, and if ifInOctets0 is at 12:10:20, then ifInOctets1 will be at 12:10:50) Port Number of the port for which traffic statistics are gathered. The modulenumber is listed first, followed by a period and the port number. Current Traffic and utilization level for this port in the most recent 60-seondinterval. Average Average traffic and utilization level for this port since polling of thismodule began. Peak Highest recorded traffic and utilization level for this port since polling ofthis module began. Peaktime Date and time at which the peak traffic level for this port was recorded. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00156.htm TITLE=Repeater Port TEXT=Repeater Port Port > Monitor > Repeater Port To monitor activity on a repeater port, on the CiscoView Monitor Port window,select Repeater Port from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the followinginformation: Readable Frames (rptrMonitorPortReadableFrames) Number of frames of valid frame length that have been received on this port. Error % Percentage of error traffic on this port, using the following formula: rptrMonitorPortTotalErrors / (rptrMonitorPortTotalErrors +rptrMonitorPortReadableFrames + 1) * 100 Collisions (rptrMonitorPortCollisions) Number of collisions detected on this port. Runts (rptrMonitorPortRunts) Number of runts (usually caused by collision fragments) detected on this port. Auto Partitions (rptrMonitorPortAutoPartitions) Number of times the repeater has automatically partitioned this port. FCS Errors (rptrMonitorPortFCSErrors) Number of Frame Check Sequence (FCS) errors detected on this port. Alignment Errors (rptrMonitorPortAlignmentErrors) Number of alignment errors detected on this port. Frame Too Longs (rptrMonitorPortFrameTooLongs) Number of frames detected on this port whose octet count is greater than themaximum frame size. Short Events (rptrMonitorPortShortEvents) Number of carrier events detected on this port whose activity duration is lessthan the minimum event time. Late Events (rptrMonitorPortLateEvents) Number of carrier events detected on this port that return collisions afterthe late event threshold time. Very Long Events (rptrMonitorPortVeryLongEvents) Number of carrier events detected on this port whose activity duration is toolong. Data Rate Mismatches (rptrMonitorPortDataRateMismatches) Number of data rate mismatch errors detected on this port. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). Notethat to get accurate statistics for a repeater port in the Grapher window, youmust set its community string appropriately in your network managementplatform. Alternatively, you can use Cisco's TrafficDirector application to get fulltraffic statistics for any port. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00159.htm TITLE=Catalyst 5000 Device Display - Back TEXT=Catalyst Device Display - Back You are viewing the back panel of the Catalyst 2900, 5000, 5002, 5500, 6000, or CPW 2200 switch. The back panel displays some or all of the following components, depending on your switch model: or 2 power supplies Supervisor card A combination of any of the following four card types: Ethernet Fast Ethernet Token Ring FDDI
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00160.htm TITLE=Catalyst 1200 Device Display - Back TEXT=Catalyst 1200 Device Display - Back You are viewing the back panel of a Catalyst 1200. The back panel contains the following components: AC power receptacle Optical bypass switch receptacle Admin port (EIA/TIA-232-C) Card slot for an optional CDDI/FDDI A/B port card Eight Ethernet 10BaseT (WS-C1201) or 10BaseT (WS-C1211) ports SUM interface port
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00163.htm TITLE=Basic Info TEXT=Basic Info Configure > Repeater > Basic Info To show basic information for the selected repeater, select Basic Info fromthe CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Repeater window. The CiscoView Configure Repeater window shows the following information: Group Capacity (rptrGroupCapacity) Number of groups that can be contained within the repeater. Oper Status (rptrOperStatus) Operational state of the repeater: ok, rptrFailure, groupFailure, portFailure,generalFailure, or other. Health (rptrHealthText) Information about the general health of the repeater. The information isagent-specific. Number of Partitioned Ports (rptrTotalPartitionedPorts) Total number of auto-partitioned ports on this repeater. Reset (rptrReset) Setting this value to reset will reset the repeater. Non Disrupt Test (rptrNonDisruptTest) Setting this value to selfTest causes the repeater to perform anagent-specific non-disruptive self test. This test does not interfere with data transfer orother management functions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00164.htm TITLE=Group Info TEXT=Group Info Configure > Repeater > Group Info To show group information for the selected repeater, select Group Info fromthe CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Repeater window. The CiscoView Configure Repeater window shows the following information: Index (rptrGroupIndex) Index number identifying this group. Description (rptrGroupDescr) Text string describing this group. Document Reference (rptrGroupObjectId) Vendor's authoritative identification of this group. Operational Status (rptrGroupOperStatus) Operational status of this group: operational, malfunctioning, notPresent,underTest, resetInProgress, or other. Last Op Status Change (rptrGroupLastOperStatusChange) Date and time that the operational status for this group was last changed. Port Capacity (rptrGroupPortCapacity) Maximum number of ports that can be contained within the group. The validrange for this value is 1 to 1024.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00165.htm TITLE=Managing 1600 Device Configuration TEXT=Managing 1600 Device Configuration The following is a list of functions for configuring and managing the Catalyst1600. Management VLAN Source Routing Bridge Bridge Forwarding Bridge Static IP Routing ARP Table TCP TCP Connections UDP Management Device > Configure > Management Device management involves displaying and changing information about a deviceincluding information regarding device physical location, description, and IPconfiguration. To display device management information, do the following: Display the CiscoView Configure Device window. Choose Management from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Device window shows the following information: System Name (sysName) Device domain name. The name can have a maximum of 256 characters. Contact (sysContact) Name of the network administration manager and information on how to contactthis person. The contact name can contain up to 256 characters. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of the device. The location description can have a maximumof 256 characters. IP Address (madgeConfigIPAddress) IP address of the displayed device. IP Mask (madgeConfigIPSubnetMask) Network mask for the displayed device. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumber) Burned-in identifying serial number for the displayed device. Microcode Version (madgeConfigMCodeVersion) Version of the microcode being used on the device. Bootcode Version (madgeConfigBCodeVersion) Bootcode version of the device and the hardware version. Microcode Filename (madgeConfigMCodeFilename) Original filename for the microcode that has been downloaded to the device. Device Health (madgeConfigDeviceHealth) Health of the device. Possible device health states include the following: Normal The device is operating normally. Warning You should check the device. Degraded The device is operating at reduced functionality. Critical The device is in a critical state. Admin Status (madgeConfigAdminStatus) Current operating mode of the device. The mode can be changed by setting thisfield. If the device does not support the specified action, it will return abad value error. Possible Admin Status values include the following: Normal Standard operating mode. Reboot Select Reboot to reboot the device. Identify The device lights are flashing. Select Identify to force the device to identify itself by flashing light. Test The device is in self-test mode. Select Test to force the device to do a self-test. Erase-config Select Erase-config to erase all configuration information. Erase-flash Select Erase-flash to erase all microcode. Write Password (madgeConfigPassword) Write password for the device. Any GET operation on this object will returnPUBLIC. If an attempt is made to set the password to a string greater than themaximum, a BAD VALUE will be returned. Authentication Traps (snmpEnableAuthenTraps) Whether traps will be sent when security violations occur. Enable this fieldif you want traps to be sent when security violations occur. Source Routing Device > Configure > Source Routing To display source routing information for the selected device, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup window in the CiscoView Configure Device window. The CiscoView Configure Device window displays the following information: Admin Status (RingswitchSrAdminState) You can enable or disable source routing for the switch using this menu. Oper Status (RingswitchSrOperState) This field shows the actual state of source routing for the switch. If sourcerouting has been disabled, this field will be labeled inactive. If sourcerouting is enabled, this field should be labeled active; if the switch cannotperform source routing, the field will be labeled inactive. IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route The IP routing table stores information on possible destinations and how to reach them. Whenever a host or gateway needs to transmit a packet, it consults the routing table to determine the route by which to send the datagram. You can view, add, or delete routes to the IP routing table. Each entry in the routing table describes an IP route. The routing table provides the following information for each route: Destination (ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of the route. The address 0.0.0.0 is a default address. Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Next hop for this route. Mask (ipRouteMask) Subnet mask for the destination address. Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Protocol by which the route was learned. Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Index of the interface through which traffic to this destination is transmitted. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Number of hops (1 or 0) for this route. Its meaning depends on the routing protocol. Route Type (ipRouteType) Status or type of the route. Possible values are direct, indirect, invalid, or other. The invalid value is usually used to delete an entry. Otherwise, it indicates an error. Route Age (ipRouteAge) Number of seconds that have elapsed since this route was last updated or validated. Click Create to create a new row in the IP routing table (enter Destination IP Address and Next Hop, then click Apply ), or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table Many types of data transmission (for example, on a LAN or a packet network) require information that provides physical address information for corresponding IP addresses. ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) dynamically discovers the corresponding physical address for a known IP address. This process is called IP-to-physical-address mapping, and the information is stored in a table called the Address Translation Table or the ARP table. This information is required for various types of data transmission. The ARP table can also include your manual entries. The following information is displayed in the ARP Table window: Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Index value of this interface from the Interface table. Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address for which the corresponding physical address is displayed. Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Physical address that is mapped to the IP address. Type (ipNetToMediaType) How the entry was learned. Possible values are dynamic, static, other, or invalid. Use the invalid value to remove the entry from the table. Click Create to create a new row in the ARP table (enter an Interface index number, a Network IP address, and a Physical Address, then click Apply ), or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TCP Device > Configure > TCP The TCP dialog box displays the algorithm and retransmission timeoutinformation for the device. The algorithm determines how long the system should waitafter it has transmitted an unacknowledged segment before it should time out andretransmit the segment. This information helps control traffic congestion onyour network. The TCP window displays the following information: Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm used to compute the retransmission timeout. Possible values arersre, vanj, constant, or other. rsre refers to MIL-STD-1778, app.B. vanj means VanJacobson’s algorithm, and constant means a fixed value. Min Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMin) Lower boundary in milliseconds on the retransmission timeout. Its meaningdepends on the algorithm used. Max Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMax) Maximum upper boundary in milliseconds allowed for a retransmission timeout.Its meaning depends on the algorithm. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Limit on the maximum number of concurrent TCP connections or specifies thatthe limit is dynamically determined. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TCP Connections Device > Configure > TCP Connections Information on TCP connections is usually used for debugging and provides information on which TCP ports are in use on the switch. The TCP Connections window displays the following information: Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address for the TCP connection. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number for the TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address for the TCP connection. Port (tcpConRemPort) Remote port number for the TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) Current status of the TCP connection. Possible values are closed, listen, synSent, synReceived, established, finWait1, finWait2, closeWait, lastAck, closing, timeWait, or delete TCB (transmission control block). Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP Listener table records the socket addresses. Socket addresses are IPaddresses and UDP port numbers used by local applications that are waiting forUDP datagrams. These applications are called listeners. The UDP window displays the contents of the UDP Listener table. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for the UDP listener. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Corresponding local port number for the UDP listener, or the SNMP socket usedon the switch. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Bridge Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Configure Most of the configuration required in bridging is related to the Spanning Tree Algorithm. The Spanning Tree Algorithm allows the connected network topology to contain multiple physical paths between two stations, but constrains the active topology to be a single-span tree. If a port on one bridge fails, the other bridges can reconfigure the topology and switch traffic over to new paths. If the Spanning Tree feature is not enabled, no backup path exists to maintain bridge connectivity. To display or change bridging configuration for a device, click Configure in the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The dialog box displays the following information: Bridge Address (dot1dBaseBridgeAddress) MAC address of the bridge. Bridge Type (dot1dBaseType) Type of bridging that this bridge can do. The possible values are unknown, transparent-only, sourceroute-only, and srt (source route transparent bridging). Forwarding DB Learn Discards (dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards) Number of Forwarding Database entries that have been or would have been learned but were discarded because of lack of space. Spanning Tree Protocol (sysvlanSpantreeEnable) Whether the Spanning Tree feature is enabled or disabled. If disabled, transparent bridging is used. Forwarding DB Aging (secs) (dot1dTpAgingTime) Timeout value in seconds after which dynamically-learned forwarding information is removed from the bridge&#146;s forwarding database. Possible values range from 10 through 1,000,000 seconds, and the recommended default is 300 seconds. Spanning Tree Protocol (dot1dStpProtocol) Version of the Spanning Tree Protocol being used. The possible values are unknown, decLb100, or ieee80221d. The unknown value usually indicates an error. Priority (dot1dStpPriority) Integer that is the first two octets of the bridge identifier. Last Topology Change (dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange) Date and time that the last topology change was made. Topology Changes (dot1dStpTopChanges) Total number of topology changes by this bridge since it was last reset or initialized. Designated Root (dot1dStpDesignatedRoot) Bridge identifier of the node that this bridge indicates is the current root of the spanning tree. Root Cost (dot1dStpRootCost) Integer that represents the total cost of the best path to the root. Root Port (dot1dStpRootPort) Port number through which the lowest-cost path to the root is accessed. Max Age (dot1dStpMaxAge) Timeout value for STP information learned from the network. After this interval, information that has not been refreshed will be discarded. Hello Time (dot1dStpHelloTime) Interval for sending configuration bridge PDUs if the bridge is the root or is trying to become the root. Hold Time (dot1dStpHoldTime) Interval at which a maximum of two configuration bridge PDUs are transmitted by this node. Forward Delay (dot1dStpForwardDelay ) Time for this port to spend in each of the listening and learning states in preparation for going into the forwarding state. Bridge Max Age (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) Value that all bridges use for the maximum age timeout when this bridge is the root. Possible values are from 600 to 4000 seconds. Bridge Hello Time (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) Interval that all bridges use for hello time when this bridge is the root. Bridge Forward Delay (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) Value used by all bridges for the forward delay interval when this bridge is the root bridge. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Note: If you are viewing the bridging configuration for a Token Ring Bridge Relay Function (TrBRF), click Segments to display a list of the TrCRFs in the TrBRF and their spanning tree configuration. Bridge Forwarding Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Bridge Forwarding To display bridge forwarding information for a device, click Bridge Forwarding from the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The Bridge Forwarding dialog box displays the following information: MAC Address (dot1dTpFdbAddress) Unicast MAC address of destinations that are reachable by the port. Port (dot1dTpFdbPort) Port to which frames with that destination MAC address should be forwarded. Status (dot1dTpFdbStatus) How the entry or destination became known to the bridge. Possible values arelearned, self, mgmt, or other. Learned information can include both dynamic andstatic entries. Self indicates the MAC address of a port on this bridge. Mgmtmeans that this address is in the static table or database for the bridge. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Bridge Static Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Bridge Forwarding The bridge static table displays forwarding information that has been manuallyconfigured on the bridge. The table shows the destination address, the portthrough which the bridge will forward traffic to that destination, and the statusof the entry. To display bridge static information for a device, if the device supports thebridge static table, click Static in the VLAN & Bridge dialog box. The Bridge Static dialog box displays the following information: MAC Address (dot1dStaticAddress) Destination MAC addresses that have been added to the database or table and towhich the filtering/VLAN information applies. A MAC address consists of 6bytes. The first three bytes identify the vendor. Port (dot1dStaticReceivePort) Port number from which a frame must be received for filtering to occur. Thevalue 0 indicates that frames can be received from all ports on the bridge. Forexample, 1.6 means that card 1, port 6 is forwarding information for this port. Allowed Ports (dot1dStaticAllowedToGoTo) Set of ports through which forwarding is allowed. For example, the entry 1, 3,7-10 indicates that ports 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, and 10 forward information for thisport. Status (dot1dStaticStatus) Whether the entry is permanent or which conditions cause it to be removed.Possible values are permanent, deleteOnReset, deleteOnTimeout, or other. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00166.htm TITLE=Managing 1600 Port Configuration TEXT=Managing 1600 Port Configuration The following lists tasks for displaying and configuring information aboutspecific Catalyst 1600 ports. Physical Interface Bridge Source Routing Physical Port > Configure > Physical To see physical information for a port, select Physical from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Port window. The CiscoView Configure Port window shows the following information: Ring Status (RingswitchPortRingStatus) This field shows the status of the ring to which this port is connected.Possible status values include normal, single, or beaconing. Adapter Status (RingswitchPortAdapterStatus) This field shows the status of the adapter used by this port. Possible statusvalues include open, closed, or opening. Media Type (RingswitchPortMediaType) This field shows the media type of the port. Possible values include unknown,utp, or stp. Mode (RingswitchPortIfMode) This field shows the node or concentrator status of the port. Possible valuesinclude node or concentrator. Ring Speed (RingswitchPortRingSpeed) This field shows the speed of the ring to which this port is connected.Possible values include 4 or 16. Status (portOperStatus) The Status field displays the current operational status of the port. Thepossible values are ok, minor Fault, majorFault, and other. Test Status (RingswitchPortTestState) This field shows the result of the bridge test. Possible values includeno-error, same-ring, duplicate-ring, fail-nb, bad-rnum, and fail-b. Test Phase (RingswitchPortTestPhase) This field shows the current phase of the bridge test. Possible values includenot-running, same-ring, routed, broadcast, and success. Address (RingswitchPortAddress) This field shows the hard-wired address of the port. Local Admin Address (RingswitchPortLAA) This field shows the locally administered address of the port. Station Type (RingswitchPortStationType) This field shows the workstation-only status of the port. If this is limited,the port only has workstations on it, and broadcast frames receive on this portwill not be transmitted on other limited ports. Possible values includeanything or workstations. Source Routing Port > Configure > Source Routing To show source routing information for the selected port, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Configure Port window. The CiscoView Configure Port window shows the following information: Add Enable (dot1dStpPortEnable) Use this menu to enable or disable Spanning Tree for a port. Hop Count (dotdSrPortHopCount) This field shows the maximum number of routing descriptors allowed in AllPaths or Spanning Tree Explorer frames. Local Segment (dotdSrPortLocalSegment) This field shows the segment number that uniquely identifies the segment towhich this port is connected. Current source routing protocols limit this valueto be between 0 through 4095. (Zero is used by some management applications forspecial test cases.) The value 65535 signifies that no segment number isassigned to this port. Bridge Number (dotdSrPortBridgeNum) This field shows the bridge number that uniquely identifies a bridge when morethan one bridge is used to span the same two segments. Current source routingprotocols limit this value to be between 0 through 15. A value of 65535signifies that no bridge number is assigned to this bridge. Target Segment (dotdSrPortTargetSegment) This field shows the segment number that corresponds to the target segmentthis port is considered to be connected to by the bridge. Current source routingprotocols limit this value to be between 0 through 4095. (Zero is used by somemanagement applications for special test cases.) The value 65535 signifies thatno segment number is assigned to this port. Largest Frame (dotdSrPortLargestFrame) This field shows the maximum size of the INFO field (LLC and above) that thisport can send or receive. It does not include any MAC-level (framing) octets. STE Span Mode (dotdSrPortSTESpanMode) The following values can be set for STE Span Mode to determine how this portwill behave when presented with a Spanning Tree Explorer (STE) frame: disabled When you set STE Span Mode to disabled, the port will not accept or sendSpanning Tree Explorer packets. Any STE packets received will be silently discarded. forced When you set STE Span Mode to forced, the port will always accept andpropagate STE frames. This allows a manually configured Spanning Tree for this class ofpacket to be configured. Note that unlike transparent bridging, this is notcatastrophic to the network if there are loops. auto-span The auto-span value can only be returned by a bridge that implements theSpanning Tree Protocol and has use of the protocol enabled on this port. Interface Port > Configure > Interface To display interface information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Portwindow, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Index (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. Speed (ifSpeed) Estimate of current bandwidth in bits per second. If the value is constant orcannot be measured, nominal bandwidth is used. Mtu (ifMtu) Size (in bytes) of the largest protocol data unit that can be sent or receivedon the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) If applicable, a physical address such as an Ethernet MAC address, a phonenumber, or a Packet Data Net address. Where not relevant, a 0-length octet stringis provided. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. The possible values are up or down. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current actual operating state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of the sysUpTime (in hundredths of seconds) when the interface enteredits current operational state (none if the current state was entered before lastinitialization of management entity). Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver table every timethe port state changes from up to down. Bridge Port > Configure > Bridge To display bridging information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Portwindow, select Bridge from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Circuit (dot1dBasePortCircuit) Number of the circuit for a particular port and is used only when theinterface includes multiple circuits, for example, an X.25 interface. Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Number that indicates the priority of the port. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current state of the port. The possible values are disabled, blocking,listening, learning, forwarding, or broken. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Contribution to the cost of paths through this port leading to the root. Designated Root (dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot) Unique identifier of the root in the bridge PDUs transmitted by the designatedbridge for this port's segment. Designated Cost (dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost) Path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. Designated Bridge (dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge) Identifier of the bridge that this port considers to be designated for thisport’s segment. Designated Port (dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort) Identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment. Max Info field (dot1dTpPortMaxInfo) Maximum size of the information field that this port will transmit or receive.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00167.htm TITLE=Monitoring 1600 Device Performance TEXT=Monitoring 1600 Device Performance You can display a summary of device performance information or display thefollowing categories of device performance information. To display device performance information, select Device > Monitor or select Device from the popup menu that appears when you click on the right mouse button. Summary IP ICMP TCP SNMP Summary Device > Monitor > Summary To display a summary of device performance information, select Summary from the CATEGORY popup menu, if it is not already selected. The following information is displayed: Switch Load % (sysTraffic) Traffic meter value. The traffic meter value is the percentage of bandwidthutilization for the previous polling interval. Note: This field is not supported in VS Mode. IP Traffic (ipInReceives + ipOutRequests + ipForwDatagrams) IP traffic pattern for the device. The value below the display represents thecurrent traffic level. IP traffic is measured as the sum of the following MIBvariables: IP Errors Summary of IP errors for the specified device. The number of errors is basedon the sum of the following MIB variables: ipInHdrErrors + ipInAddrErrors + ipInUnknownProtos + ipInDiscards +ipOutDiscards + ipOutNoRoutes + ipReasmFails + ipFragFails + ipRoutingDiscards ICMP Traffic (icmpInMsgs + icmpOutMsgs) Summary of ICMP traffic for the specified device. ICMP Errors (icmpInErrors + icmpOutErrors) Summary of ICMP errors for the specified device. UDP Traffic (udpInDatagrams + udpOutDatagrams) Summary of the UDP traffic trends on the specific device. UDP Errors (udpInErrors + udpNoPorts) Pattern and current value of UDP errors. TCP Traffic (tcpInSegs + tcpOutSegs + tcpRetransSegs) Summary of TCP traffic for the device. TCP Errors (tcpInErrs) Pattern and current value of TCP errors. SNMP Traffic (snmpInPkts + snmpOutPkts) Pattern and current level of SNMP traffic. SNMP Errors Pattern and current value of SNMP errors. The summary is a combination of thefollowing MIB variables: snmpInBadVersions + snmpInBadCommunityNames + snmpInBadCommunityUses +snmpInASNParseErrs + snmpInTooBigs + snmpOutTooBigs + snmpInNoSuchNames +snmpOutNoSuchNames + snmpInBadValues + snmpOutBadValues + snmpInReadOnlys + snmpInGenErrs +snmpOutGenErrs Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate).To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. IP Device > Monitor > IP To display performance information for a device, from the CiscoView MonitorDevice window, select IP . The following information is displayed: Reasm Reqds (ipReasmReqds) Number of received IP fragments that need to be reassembled. In Delivers (ipInDelivers) Number of IP datagrams delivered to local protocols. Frag Creates (ipFragCreates) Number of IP datagram fragments created. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. ICMP Device > Monitor > ICMP The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is an essential part of IP. Whenthe IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message issent back to the source. The CiscoView Monitor Device window displaysinformation about incoming and outgoing ICMP messages. To display ICMP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Devicewindow, select ICMP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor device window displays the following information: In Src Quenchs (icmpInSrcQuenchs) Trend in the number of outgoing Source Quench messages and the latest value. Out Src Quenchs (icmpOutSrcQuenches) Trend in the number of incoming Source Quench messages and the latest value. In Redirects (icmpInRedirects) Trend in the number of ICMP Redirect Messages. A host should update itsrouting table based on the Redirect information. Out Redirects (icmpOutRedirects) Pattern in the number of Redirect Messages sent by a router. A host does notsend Redirect messages. In Echos (icmpInEchos) Pattern in the number of incoming ICMP Echo Request messages. Out Echos (icmpOutEchos) Pattern and latest number of outgoing ICMP Echo Request messages. In Echo < - (icmpInEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. Out Echo < - (icmpOutEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. In Times (icmpInTimestamps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Timestamp requests received. Out Times (icmpOutTimestamps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent. In Times < - (icmpInTimestampReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. Out Times < - (icmpOutTimestampReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent. In Addr Masks (icmpInAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Requests received. Out Addr Masks (icmpOutAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. In Addr Mask < - (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply receivedmessages. Out Addr Mask < - (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. In Parm Probs (icmpInParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Parameter Problem messages. Thesemessages usually relate to problems in optional IP header fields. Out Parm Probs (icmpOutParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP messages sent to report a parameterproblem. In Dest Unreachs (icmpInDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Destination Unreachable Messages. Out Dest Unreachs (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report unreachabledestinations. In Time Excds (icmpInTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Time Exceeded messages. Thesesignal expired Time-To-Lives and timeouts on reassembly of fragments. Out Time Excds (icmpOutTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report Time Exceeded. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate).To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. TCP Device > Monitor > TCP The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is an essential part of IP. When theIP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sentback to the source. The CiscoView Monitor Device window displays informationabout incoming and outgoing ICMP messages. Two categories of TCP information are monitored in the CiscoView MonitorDevice window: information about connection statistics and information abouttraffic. Connection statistics count the outgoing and incoming connection attempts.TCP traffic counts indicate the network health of the host. For example, a largenumber of retransmissions indicates a problem. To display TCP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Devicewindow, select TCP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor device window displays the following information: Active Opens (tcpActiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of outgoing connection requests from this system. Passive Opens (tcpPassiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of incoming connection requests from this system.The latest number is the number of connections that occurred during the lastpolling interval. Attempt Fails (tcpAttemptFails) Number of incoming and outgoing connection requests. Estab Resets (tcpEstabResets) Number of times the TCP connections have changed from the ESTABLISHED orCLOSE-WAIT state to the CLOSED state. Curr Estab (tcpCurrEstab) Pattern for and latest number of TCP connections that are in eitherESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state. Out Rsts (tcpOutRsts) Pattern for and number of TCP segments with the reset flag (RST) set to 1. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x. SNMP Traffic Device > Monitor > SNMP Traffic CiscoView allows you to monitor SNMP traffic activity. The overall traffic andeach of the SNMP message types (get-request, get-next-request, set-request,get-response, and trap) are monitored. Monitoring this activity can help you determine the SNMP performance of yourmanagement station, for example, if too many MIB variables are being requested. To display SNMP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Devicewindow, select SNMP Traffic from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: In Req Vars (snmpInTotalReqVars) Pattern for and latest total of local MIB objects that have been retrievedsuccessfully as a result of incoming get-request and get-next-request messages. In Set Vars (snmpInTotalSetVars) Pattern and latest total of local MIB objects that have been updatedsuccessfully as a result of incoming set-requests. In Get Reqs (snmpInGetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming get-request messages that have beenaccepted and processed. Out Get Reqs (snmpOutGetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-request messages generated. In Get Nexts (snmpInGetNexts) Pattern and current number of incoming get-next-request messages that havebeen accepted and processed. Out Get Nexts (snmpOutGetNexts) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-next requests generated. In Set Reqs (snmpInSetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming set-request messages generated. Out Set Reqs (snmpOutSetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing set-request messages generated. In Get Reps (snmpInGetResponses) Pattern and current number of incoming get-response messages accepted andprocessed. Out Get Reps (snmpOutGetResponses) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-responses generated. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Pattern and current number of incoming traps accepted and processed. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Pattern and current number of outgoing traps generated. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported only by CiscoView 5.x.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00168.htm TITLE=Monitoring 1600 Port Performance TEXT=Monitoring 1600 Port Performance You can display a summary of port performance information or display thefollowing categories of port performance information. To display port performance information, select Port > Monitor or select Port from the popup menu that appears when you click on the right mouse button. Interface Token Ring Errors Token Ring Statistics Bridge Source Routing Token Ring Errors Port > Monitor > Token Ring To monitor Token Ring activity, select Token Ring from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Monitor Port window. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following information: Burst (dot5StatsBurstErrors) This dial is incremented when a station detects the absence of transitions forfive half-bit timers (burst-five error). Line (dot5StatsLineErrors) This dial is incremented when a frame or token is copied or repeated by astation, the E bit is zero in the frame or token, and there is a nondata bit (J orK bit) between the SD and the ED of the frame or token or there is an FCS errorin the frame. AC (dot5StatsACErrors) This dial is incremented when a station receives an SMP or SMP frame in whichA equal to C is equal to zero, and then receives another SMP frame with A equalto C is equal to zero without first receiving an AMP frame. It denotes astation that cannot set the AC bits properly. Abort Trans (dot5StatsAbortTransErrors) This dial is incremented when a station transmits an abort delimiter whiletransmitting. Internal (dot5StatsInternalErrors) This dial is incremented when a station recognizes an internal error. Lost Frame (dot5StatsLostFrameErrors) This dial is incremented when a station is transmitting and its TRR timeexpires. This condition denotes a condition where a transmitting station in stripmode does not receive the trailer of the frame before the TRR time goes off. Rx Congestions (dot5StatsReceiveCongestions) This dial is incremented when a station recognizes a frame addressed to itsspecific address, but has no available buffer space indicating that the stationis congested. Frame Copied (dot5StatsFrameCopiedErrors) This dial is incremented when a station recognizes a frame addressed to itsspecific address and detects that the FS field A bits are set to one, indicatinga possible line hit or duplicate address. Token (dot5StatsTokenErrors) This dial is incremented when a station acting as the active monitorrecognizes an error condition that needs a token transmitted. Soft (dot5StatsSoftErrors) This dial shows the number of Soft errors the interface has detected. Itdirectly corresponds to the number of Report Error MAC frames that this interfacehas transmitted. Soft Errors are those that are recoverable by the MAC-layerprotocols. Hard (dot5StatsHardErrors) This dial shows the number of times this interface has detected an immediatelyrecoverable fatal error. It denotes the number of times this interface iseither transmitting or receiving beacon MAC frames. Signal Loss (dot5StatsSignalLoss) This dial shows the number of times this interface has detected the loss ofsignal condition from the ring. Freq (dot5StatsFreqErrors) This dial shows the number of times the interface has detected that thefrequency of the incoming signal differs from the expected frequency by more thanthat specified by the IEEE 802.5 standard. Token Ring Statistics The Token Ring Statistics dialog box displays token ring usage data for a port. Transmit Beacons (dot5StatsTransmitBeacons) This dial shows the number of times this interface has transmitted a beaconframe. Lobe Wires (dot5StatsLobeWires) This dial shows the number of times the interface has detected an open orshort circuit in the lobe data path. The adapter will be closed, and the MIBvariable dot5RingState will indicate this condition. Recoveries (dot5StatsRecoverys) This dial shows the number of Claim Token MAC frames received or transmittedafter the interface has received a RING Purge MAC frame. This counter signifiesthe number of times the ring has been purged and is recovering back to a normaloperating state. Removes (dot5StatsRemoves) This dial shows the number of times the interface has received a Remove RingStation MAC frame request. When this frame is received, the interface will enterthe close state, and the MIB variable dot5RingState will indicate thiscondition. Singles (dot5StatsSingles) This dial shows the number of times the interface has sensed that it is theonly station on the ring. This will happen if the interface is the first one upon a ring, or if there is a hardware problem. Source Routing Port > Monitor > Source Routing To monitor source routing performance, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup menu in the CiscoView Monitor Port window. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following information: SR In Frames (dot1dSrPortSpecInFrames) Number of Specifically Routed frames (also referred to as Source Routedframes) that have been received from this port’s segment. SR Out Frames (dot1dSrPortSpecOutFrames) Number of Specifically Routed frames (also referred to as Source Routedframes) that this port has transmitted on its segment. APE In Frames (dot1dSrPortApeInFrames) Number of All Paths Explorer frames (also referred to as All Routes Explorerframes) that have been received by this port from its segment. APE Out Frames (dot1dSrPortApeOutFrames) Number of All Paths Explorer frames (also referred to as All Routes Explorerframes) that have been transmitted by this port on its segment. STE In Frames (dot1dSrPortSteInFrames) Number of spanning tree explorer frames that have been received by this portfrom its segment. STE Out Frames (dot1dSrPortSteOutFrames) Number of spanning tree explorer frames that have been transmitted by thisport on its segment. Segment Mismatch Discards (dot1dSrPortSegmentMismatchDiscards) Number of explorer frames that have been discarded by this port because therouting descriptor field contained an invalid adjacent segment value. Duplicate Segment Discards (dot1dSrPortDuplicateMismatchDiscards) Number of explorer frames that have been discarded by this port because therouting descriptor field contained an invalid adjacent segment value. Hop Count Exceeded Discards (dot1dSrPortHopCountExceededDiscards) Number of frames that have been discarded by this port because the routingdescriptor field contained a duplicate segment identifier. Interface Port > Monitor > Interface To monitor port interface information, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Utilization % Level of utilization on the port. The current value represents the utilization levels over the last polling period. The utilization percentage is calculated using the following formula: 800 * ( $ifInOctets + $ifOutOctets ) / $ifSpeed Unicasts (ifInUcastPkts + ifOutUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets received and sent. Broadcasts (ifExtnsBroadcastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsBroadcastsReceivedOks) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layer broadcast address and broadcast frames successfully received. Multicasts (ifExtnsMulticastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsMulticastsReceivedOks) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layer multicast address and successfully received multicast frames. Errors (ifInErrors + ifOutErrors) Number of total errors for the port. The value is the total of inbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors. Discards (ifInDiscards + ifOutDiscards + ifInUnknownProtos) Total number of discards for the port. The value is the total number of inbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors and the number of inbound packets discarded because they were directed to an unknown or unsupported protocol. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Bridge Port > Monitor > Bridge To monitor bridging activity for a port, select Bridge from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor Port window displays the following bridging information: Discards (dot1dBasePortDelayExceededDiscards + dot1dBasePortMtuExceededDiscards + dot1dTpPortInDiscards) Number of discarded frames on the specified port and shows the number of discarded packets for the last polling period. Frwd Transitions (dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions) Pattern and number of times during the last polling period that the port has changed from the Learning state to the Forwarding state. In Frames (dot1dTpPortInFrames) Pattern and number of frames received on this port from its segment during the last polling period. Out Frames (dot1dTpPortOutFrames) Pattern and number of frames transmitted by this port to its segment during the last polling period. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate). To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00170.htm TITLE=VLAN TEXT=VLAN Virtual LANs (VLANs) allow you to configure groups of users independent oftheir physical location. This arrangement of users or ports is called a logicalgrouping. The logical group of ports is called a VLAN. Ports or groups of portsin a VLAN are called members. VLANs isolate all traffic, including broadcastsand multicasts from being propagated to members of other VLANs. CiscoView provides device-level VLAN configuration for the Catalyst 1600. Tosee VLAN information and configure VLANs, select Device > Configure . The CiscoView Configure Device window appears. Select VLAN from the CATEGORY popup menu. The Configure VLAN window appears. The Configure VLAN window canalso be accessed from the VLAN icon in the toolbar. On a Catalyst 1600, the buttons at the bottom of the Configure VLAN windowallow you to perform the following tasks with VLANs: Create Delete Modify Show Members Ports The Configure VLAN window shows two tables: VLAN Table VLAN Member Table Create Allows you to create a VLAN. To create a VLAN, do the following: Type the VLAN name into an empty cell. The VLAN name can be up to 16 characters long. Click Create . The VLAN is created and given the default broadcast value of impermeable. Allnewly created VLANs have a broadcast value of impermeable. Modify Allows you to modify all changed cells in the VLAN table. You can change aVLAN name or change its broadcast value (for example, from impermeable topermeable). To modify a VLAN, do the following: Make the change you want. Click Modify . Show Members Allows you to see all members of the current VLAN in the VLAN membership table. To see members of the currently selected VLAN, click on the Show Membersbutton. You can also see the VLAN members by double-clicking in the VLAN table. Ports To see the VLAN membership of all ports on a device, click Port . This brings up a window that allows you to see the VLAN membership of allports on the device. VLAN Table The VLAN table can show up to 16 VLANs and contains the following information: VLAN ID (RingswitchLanNum) VLAN number for which this entry contains virtual LAN details. VLAN Name (RingswitchLanName) Name that the administrator has given this VLAN. VLAN Broadcasts (RingswitchLanPermeable) Whether the VLAN is permeable or impermeable. In an impermeable group,broadcast frames that were received on a port in the group but were not originated inthe group are discarded. In a permeable group, broadcast frames are transmittedon the other ports in the group. VLAN Member Table The VLAN membership table shows the members of the current VLAN and can recordup to 64 VLAN members. Below this table are the following buttons for addingand removing cells: Add Allows you to add the current cell to this VLAN. Remove Allows you to remove the current cell from this VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00172.htm TITLE=Delete TEXT=Delete Allows you to delete the current VLAN. To delete a VLAN, do the following: Select the VLAN you want to delete from the VLAN table. Click Delete . A confirmation dialog box will appear.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00182.htm TITLE=Catalyst 1600 Device Display - Back TEXT=Catalyst 1600 Device Display You are viewing the back panel of a Catalyst 1600. The back panel displays thefollowing components: Supervisor card (slot 1) The supervisor card contains two DB25 ports (serial and monitor); neither ofthese ports is manageable. You can click on the LCD panel to view device status. The LED shows device health. Device health is described by one of thefollowing states: Green Normal Yellow Warning or degraded Red Critical Token Ring cards (slots 2 and 3) Each card can have up to four ports; each port has two connectors (only one isactive). There are two LEDs per port. The upper LED indicates port status by color. The following maps color to theport status: Black Port is disabled. Yellow Port is open but not forwarding frames. Green Port is open and forwarding frames. Red Port has failed to open or has unexpectedly closed. When the upper LED is yellow or green, the lower LED provides the mode andring speed of the port. The following maps the color and number to the port modeand ring speed: Green 4 or 16 Port is configured for node mode at 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps. Yellow 4 or 16 Port is configured for concentrator mode at 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps. LCD panel Reset button This button is not active. To reset the device, choose Reset from the device pop-up menu (right-clicking over the device brings up thismenu). You can also reset the Device Management window by changing the AdminStatus field.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00184.htm TITLE=Managing a Catalyst 5500 with an LS1010 PAM TEXT=Managing a Catalyst 5500 with an LS1010 PAM An LS1010 Port OR Cat8510-CSR Adapter Module (PAM) can be added to ports 9through 12 of a Catalyst 5500 switch, effectively making the 5500 into two deviceswith distinct IP addresses. To manage this LS1010 PAM, click the LS1010 iconin the CiscoView icon bar. The LS1010 Host IP Address dialog box appears. Enter the IP address of the LS1010 PAM, and you will beable to manage the LS1010 device, modules, and ports independently. Note: While the Configure and Monitor menus at the top of the CiscoView windowcontinue to refer to the Catalyst 5500, you can also access these menus for theLS1010/Cat8510-CSR PAM by holding down the right mouse button on theLS1010/Cat8510-CSR icon that appears to the left of the LS1010/Cat8510-CSR supervisor card(slot 13) in the CiscoView display. To manage this LS1010/Cat8510-CSR PAM, click the MultiServiceSwitchRouter iconin the CiscoView icon bar. The LS1010/Cat8510-CSR Host IP Address dialog boxappears. Enter the IP address of the LS1010/Cat8510-CSR, and you will then beable to manage the LS1010/Cat8510-CSR device, modules, and ports independently. Ciscoview has the ability to store these associated embedded device IPAddresses, so that the next time (or every other time thereafter) that the userinvokes this Cat5500, the embedded LS1010/Cat8510-CSR device will automatically beinvoked in the composite view. If the user desires not to show this embedded device in any particular sessionthereafter, he must invoke the LS1010/Cat8510-CSR Host IP Address dialogagain and erase the IP-address from the text entry box, then click OK. Ciscoviewwill then show just the Cat5500 without the embedded device; this is the stateCiscoView was in before you entered the embedded device IP Address the veryfirst time.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00185.htm TITLE=LS1010 Host IP Address TEXT=LS1010 Host IP Address This dialog box lets you enter the IP address of an LS1010/Cat8510-CSR PAMconnected to a Catalyst 5500, so you can manage it as a separate device. Enter theaddress and click OK . You will now be able to manage the LS1010/Cat8510-CSR device, modules, andports in CiscoView. For more information, see Managing a Catalyst 5500 with an LS1010 PAM .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00186.htm TITLE=Displaying Power Supply Information TEXT=Displaying Power Supply Information To display configuration information for a Catalyst 4000, 5000, 5500, or 6000 power supply,right-click the power supply and select Configure . The following information is displayed: Power Supply Type (chassisPsType) Type of power supply in the chassis. PS Status (chassisPsStatus) Status of the power supply. Possible values includeOK, minor, major, and other. Minor fault or the number 3 indicates a minor problem with the power supply. Major fault or the number 4 indicates a major problem with the power supply. Other indicates that the status is none of the above. PS Diagnostic Errors (chassisPsTestResult) Test result for this power supply. A zero indicates that the supply passed alltests. Bits set in the result indicate error conditions. Redundant Supply Status (ciscoEnvMonSupplySource) Indicates whether this power supply is an internal redundant power supply. PS Fan Status (ciscoEnvMonFanState) Indicates the status of the power supply fan. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00191.htm TITLE=Router Card Configure TEXT=Router Card Configure The following options are available for configuring a router card: Chassis System Software Configuration Files Flash Memory IP Table Configuration Status Configuration History VLAN Interface Table PCMCIA Flash Memory Display TTY/Console Port Display Chassis Configure > Chassis, Configure > Chassis The Chassis dialog box displays general hardware configuration information for the router module. ROM Monitor Version (romVersion) ROM monitor version for the router. ROM System Version (romSysVersion) ROM system version for the router. Memory (processorRam) Amount of RAM, in bytes, available to the router CPU. Configuration Memory (nvRAMSize) Amount of non-volatile configuration memory, in bytes, installed in the router. Configuration Memory in Use (nvRAMUsed) Amount of non-volatile configuration memory, in bytes, currently in use. Configuration Register (configRegister) Current value of the configuration register. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. System Software Configure > System Software, Configure > System Software The System Software dialog box lists the name of the system boot image and the reason it was last loaded. IOS Name (sysConfigName) Name of the system boot image. Reason of Last Reload (whyReload) Reason why the system was last restarted. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Configuration File Configure > Configuration File, Configure > Configuration File The Configuration File dialog box displays software and host information for the router. Network Config Boot Address (netConfigAddr) IP address of the host that supplied the network configuration file for the router. Network Config Filename (netConfigName) Name of the network configuration file. Host Config Boot Address (hostConfigAddr) IP address of the host that supplied the host configuration file for the router. Host Config Filename (hostConfigName) Name of the host configuration file. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Flash Memory Configure > Flash Memory, Configure > Flash Memory The Flash Memory dialog box shows the size and space available for each defined flash partition on the module. Type (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name identifying this flash partition. This name can have up to 16 characters. Memory (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Size of this flash partition, in bytes. Memory Free (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Space available in this flash partition, in bytes. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. IP Table Configure > IP Table, Configure > IP Table The IP Table dialog box lists network addressing information for the module. Port (ipAdEntIfIndex) Unique interface value for this entry. IP Address (ipAdEntAddr) IP address for this entry. Subnet Mask (ipAdEntNetMask) Subnet mask associated with this IP address. Broadcast Format (ipAdEntBcastAddr) Value of the least significant bit in the broadcast address used by this entry. Reasm MaxSize (ipAdEntReasmMaxSize) The size of the largest IP datagram which this entity can reassemble from incoming IP fragmented datagrams received on this interface. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Configuration Status Configure > Configuration Status, Configure > Configuration Status The Configuration Status dialog box lists current configuration information for the module. Running Last Changed (ccmHistoryRunningLastChanged) The date and time when the running configuration was last changed. If this value is greater than the Running Last Saved value, the configuration has been changed but not saved. Running Last Saved (ccmHistoryRunningLastSaved) The date and time when the running configuration was last saved (written). Startup Last Changed (ccmHistoryStartupLastChanged) The date and time when the startup configuration was last written to. In general, this is the default configuration used when cold starting the system. It could have been changed by a save of the running configuration or by a copy from elsewhere. Maximum Event Entries (ccmHistoryMaxEventEntries) The maximum number of entries that can be held in the History Event Table. The recommended value for implementations is 10. Entries Bumped (ccmHistoryEventEntriesBumped) The number of times the oldest entry in the History Event Table was deleted to make room for a new entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Configuration History Configure > VR > Configuration History, Configure > VR > Configuration History The Configuration History dialog box lists configuration events that haveaffected the module. Event Time (ccmHistoryEventTime) The date and time when the event occurred. Command Source (ccmHistoryEventCommandSource) The source of the command that initiated the event. Config Source (ccmHistoryEventConfigSource) The configuration data source for the event. Config Destination (ccmHistoryEventConfigDestination) The configuration data destination for the event. Terminal Type (ccmHistoryEventTerminalType) If the Command Source value is 'commandLine', this is the terminal type. Terminal Number (ccmHistoryEventTerminalNumber) If the Command Source value is 'commandLine', this is the terminal number. Thevalue is -1 if the number is not available or not applicable. Terminal User (ccmHistoryEventTerminalUser) If the Command Source value is 'commandLine', this is the name of the loggedin user. The value is zero if the name is not available or not applicable. Terminal Location (ccmHistoryEventTerminalLocation) If the Command Source value is 'commandLine', this is the hard-wired locationof the terminal or the remote host for an incoming connection. The value iszero if the location is not available or not applicable. Command Source Address (ccmHistoryEventCommandSourceAddress) If the Terminal Type value is 'virtual', this is the internet address of theconnected system. If the Command Source value is 'snmp', this is the internetaddress of the requester. The value is 0.0.0.0 if the address is not available ornot applicable. Virtual Host Name (ccmHistoryEventVirtualHostName) If the Terminal Type value is 'virtual', this is the host name of theconnected system. The value is zero if the host name is not available or not applicable. Server Address (ccmHistoryEventServerAddress) If the Config Source or Config Destination value is 'networkTftp' or'networkRcp', this is the internet address of the storage file server. The value is0.0.0.0 if the address is not applicable or not available. Config File (ccmHistoryEventFile) If the Config Source or Config Destination value is 'networkTftp' or'networkRcp', this is the configuration file name at the storage file server. The valueis zero if the file name is not available or not applicable. Remote Copy (rcp) User (ccmHistoryEventRcpUser) If the Config Source or Config Destination value is 'networkRcp', this is theremote user name. The length is zero if the user name is not applicable or notavailable. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. VLAN Interface Table Configure > VLAN Interface Table, Configure > VLAN Interface Table The VLAN Interface Table dialog box lists the logical VLAN interfaces defined on the router module. Description (ifDescr) Text description of the logical VLAN interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Date and time of the last change to the operational status of the logical VLAN interface. In Octets (ifInOctets) Number of octets of data received on the logical VLAN interface. Out Octets (ifOutOctets) Number of octets of data transmitted on the logical VLAN interface. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. PCMCIA Flash Memory Display Configure > VR > PCMCIA Flash Memory Display The PCMCIA Flash Memory Display dialog box lists the defined flash files. File Name (ciscoFlashFIleName) Flash file name. Specify this name when copying the file. File Status (ciscoFlashFIleStatus) Status of the flash file: valid, invalid (bad checksum), or deleted. File Size (ciscoFlashFIleSize) Size of the flash file in bytes, including the file header Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. TTY/Console Port Display Configure > RCON The TTY/Console Port Display dialog box displays configuration information forthe TTY or Console port on the module. Active (tsLineActive) Whether the specified line is active. Type (tsLineType) Type of line: console, terminal, line-printer, virtual-terminal, auxiliary, orunknown Autobaud (tsLineAutobaud) Whether the line is set to autobaud detection so that it can adapt to the rateat which data is being sent to it. Input Speed (tsLineSpeedIn) Line speed at which the line is running. Output Speed (tsLineSpeedOut) Output speed at which the line is running. Flow Control (tsLineFlow) Type of flow control that the line is using. The flow can be controlled fromsoftware or hardware. The input value indicates that the flow control is comingfrom the device to the terminal service. The output value indicates that flowcontrol is provided by the terminal service. Modem Control (tsLineModem) type of modem control the line is using. Possible values include: Call-in,Call-out, Cts-required Ri-is-cd, and Inout. Location (tsLineLoc) Physical location of the line. Terminal Type (tsLineTerm) Terminal type of the line. Idle Timeout (tsLineTmo) Interval (in seconds) for closing the connection when there is no input oroutput traffic during a session. Session In Use (tsLineNses) Number of current sessions on the line. TACACS User Name (tsLineUser) Terminal Access Controller Access System (TACACS) username. TACACS serversprovide security for accessing terminals remotely. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00202.htm TITLE=VLAN Router Table TEXT=VLAN Router Table Device > Configure > VLAN Router Table The VLAN Router Table dialog box lists the router modules on the device andtheir VLAN information. Module Slot (moduleIndex) Slot number of this module. Router IP (moduleIPAddress) IP address for the router module, if it has its own address. Router IP VLAN (moduleIPAddressVlan) VLAN containing this module's IP address, if the module has its own address. Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the module. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00203.htm TITLE=Create/Delete EtherChannels TEXT=Create/Delete EtherChannels Device > Configure > EtherChannel > Create/Delete EtherChannels Create EtherChannels by specifying which ports on each card are to be grouped into EtherChannels. This feature also applies to 24-port modules. Note: When you create an EtherChannel port group, the default port state is set to On . If you delete an EtherChannel, the port state is set to Off . The status designations &#147;On&#148; and &#147;Off&#148; can be seen only in the Administrative Status column of the EtherChannel Table ) as a result of the grouping decisions you make in this window. An On port-state setting cannot be changed directly to Desirable or Auto (because the corresponding button options in the EtherChannel window are disabled when an On status is in place); you must first change the On port state to Off from within this Create/Delete EtherChannels window by either selecting the &#147;no&#148; option in the group field&#146;s popup menu or by deleting an EtherChannel (see instructions below). Established EtherChannel ports can be set to Auto or Desirable only when their On status is changed to Off with a &#147;no&#148; designation or a deletion. To set a port state to Auto or Desirable, be sure the port state is set to Off, then return to the EtherChannel Table window and click either the Set Auto or Set Desirable buttons. Creating EtherChannels: To create an EtherChannel, click on a field for one of the cards displayed and select a grouping arrangement from the popup menu, or select the &#147;no&#148; option from the menu if you want no EtherChannel grouping to take place. All available configuration options are automatically displayed. When you group an EtherChannel, Note that if you have 12 ports then you can make only 3 groups; if you have 24 Ethernet ports, you can make 6 EtherChannel groups. Click the Apply button to make your port groupings take effect (review this Restrictions List if you get the message: &#147;Please be sure of the following configurations&#148;. A selected group is actively channeling only when displayed in the Channeled Ports column of the EtherChannel Table. Deleting EtherChannels: To delete an EtherChannel, first suppose that you have established an EtherChannel grouping on card 4 of (5,6)(7,8) with a port state of On (the default state set when a grouping is defined). If you modify the group to include only ports (5,6) &#150;by clicking on the group field and selecting only (5,6) from the popup options-- then (7,8) are consequently considered deleted, with a port state now set automatically to Off as a result of the change (which takes effect after you click the Apply button and can only then be seen in the Administrative Status column of the table). (Review this Restrictions List if you get the message: &#147;Please be sure of the following configurations&#148;). Ports (7,8) from this example can now be used as EtherChannels with Auto or Desirable state settings (selected from buttons in the EtherChannel Table window, not from here in the Create/Delete EtherChannel window). Converting Desirable or Auto Channels: When you click on a group field for an Auto or Desirable port and select a grouping arrangement from the popup menu (or select the &#147;no&#148; option from the menu), you are converting the Auto or Desirable port state to On (or Off when &#147;no&#148; is selected). Click the Apply button to make your new On port groupings take effect (review this Restrictions List if you get the message: &#147;Please be sure of the following configurations&#148;). A selected group is actively channeling only when displayed in the Channeled Ports column of the EtherChannel Table. EtherChannel Table Card (portChannelModuleIndex) Indicates the number of the card on the device. Group 1-4 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 1-4: no for none, (1,2), or (1,2),(3,4), or (1,2,3,4). Group 5-8 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 5-8: no for none, (5,6), or (5,6),(7,8), or (5,6,7,8). Group 9-12 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 9-12: no for none, (9,10), or (9,10),(11,12), or (9,10,11,12). Group 13-16 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 13-16: no for none, (13,14), or (13,14),(15,16), or (13,14.15.16). Group 17-20 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 17-20: no for none, (17,18), or (17,18),(19,20), or (17,18,19,20). Group 21-24 (portChannelPorts) Ports in group 21-24: no for none, (21,22), or (21,22),(23,24), or (21,22,23,24). When clicking Apply to make your changes take effect a Restrictions List may be displayed. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00204.htm TITLE=Monitoring a Router Module TEXT=Monitoring a Router Module Monitor This dialog box displays gauges of CPU and memory usage for the router module. Memory Used Percentage of available RAM in use on the CPU, calculated by the following formula: 100 * (processorRam - freeMem) / processorRam Buffer Failures Percentage of buffer allocation attempts that failed, calculated by the following formula: bufferFail * 100 / (bufferHgHit + bufferLgHit + bufferBgHit + bufferMdHit + bufferSmHit + bufferFail) CPU Busy % (5 sec) (busyPer) CPU busy percentage in the last 5-second period. CPU Busy % (1 min) (avgBusy1) Average CPU busy percentage over the last minute. CPU Busy % (5 min) (avgBusy5) Average CPU busy percentage over the last 5 minutes. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00206.htm TITLE=TrCRF Spanning Tree Configuration TEXT=TrCRF Spanning Tree Configuration The Segments Configuration window displays a list of the Token Ring Concentrator Relay Functions (TrCRFs) in the Token Ring Bridge Relay Function (TrBRF) and their spanning-tree configurations. This window displays the following information: CRF (dot1dStpPort) Numeric VTP ID. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current status of this TrCRF within the spanning tree. Possible values are disabled, blocked, listening, learning, and forwarding. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Cost associated with the TrCRF. The Spanning-Tree Protocol uses path costs to determine which VLAN to select as a forwarding VLAN. Therefore, lower numbers should be assigned to VLANs that use faster media (such as full-duplex), and higher numbers should be assigned to VLANs that use slower media. The possible range is 1 to 65535. The default is 62. A rule of thumb for the path cost is 1000 / LAN speed, in megabits per second. Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Priority associated with the TrCRF. The VLAN with the lowest priority value has the highest priority and will forward the spanning-tree frames. The possible range is 0 through 255 (decimal). The default is 128. If all VLANs have the same priority value, the lowest VLAN ID forwards the spanning-tree frames. To change the path cost and priority of a TrCRF, select the TrCRF and click Apply . Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00207.htm TITLE=Modify TrCRF Spanning-Tree Protocol Configuration TEXT=Modify TrCRF Spanning-Tree Protocol Configuration You can change the path cost and priority of a TrCRF. This dialog box displays the following information: STP State (dot1dStpPortState) Current status of this TrCRF within the spanning tree. Possible values aredisabled, blocked, listening, learning, and forwarding. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Cost associated with the TrCRF. The Spanning-Tree Protocol uses path costs todetermine which VLAN to select as a forwarding VLAN. Therefore, lower numbersshould be assigned to VLANs that use faster media (such as full-duplex), andhigher numbers should be assigned to VLANs that use slower media. The possiblerange is 1 to 65535. The default is 62. A rule of thumb for the path cost is 1000/ LAN speed, in megabits per second. Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Priority associated with the TrCRF. The VLAN with the lowest priority valuehas the highest priority and will forward the spanning-tree frames. The possiblerange is 0 through 255 (decimal). The default is 128. If all VLANs have thesame priority value, the lowest VLAN ID forwards the spanning-tree frames. Click Apply to make you changes take affect or Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00210.htm TITLE=Brouter TEXT=Brouter Device > Configure > Brouter To display or change brouter information from the CiscoView Configure Devicewindow, select Brouter from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following brouter configuration information is displayed: Enable RIP (brouterEnableRip) Whether the RIP protocol has been enabled on the device. Possible values areenabled or disabled. Spanning Tree (brouterEnableSpanTree) Whether the Spanning Tree Protocol has been enabled or disabled on the device. Giant Pkg Check (brouterEnableGiantCheck) Whether special handling of giant packets is enabled or disabled. IP Fragmentation (brouterEnableIpFragmentation) Whether IP fragmentation is enabled or disabled. ICMP Unreachables (brouterEnableUnreachables) Whether ICMP unreachable messages are sent. IPX FDDI Snap to Ethernet (brouterIpxSnapToEther) Default translation method for IPX packets when bridging from FDDI SNAP toEthernet. Possible values are snap, ethernetII, iso8023, or raw8023. IPX FDDI 802.2 to Ethernet (brouterIpx8022ToEther) Default translation method for IPX packets when bridging from FDDI 802.2 toEthernet. Possible values are snap, ethernetII, iso8023, or raw8023. IPX Ethernet to FDDI (brouterIpx8023RawToFddi) Default translation for IPX packets when bridging. Possible values are snapand iso8022. CAM Mode (brouterCamMode) Whether the CAM module is operating in filtering or forwarding mode. Forwarding DB Aging (brouterCamAgingTime) Aging time for the CAM table. Possible values are from 0 through 1,000,000. Ethernet Receive Max Size (brouterEthernetReceiveMax) Maximum number of Ethernet receive buffers processed at one time per port.Possible values are 1 through 120. Ethernet Transmit Max Size (brouterEthernetTransmitMax) Maximum number of Ethernet transmit buffers processed at one time per port.Possible values are from 1 through 120. FDDI Receive Max Size (brouterFddiReceiveMax) Maximum number of FDDI receive buffers processed at one time per port.Possible values are from 1 through 120. FDDI Transmit Max Size (brouterFddiTransmitMax) Maximum number of FDDI transmit buffers processed at one time per port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00211.htm TITLE=IGMP TEXT=IGMP Device > Configure > IGMP To display IGMP information for a device from the CiscoView Configure Devicewindow, select IGMP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Filtering Enable (igmpConditionalFilteringEnable) Whether IGMP Conditional Filtering is enabled. Report Timeout (igmpMemberReportTimeout) Timeout interval for the IGMP membership report for a particular IP group.This report indicates that there is currently a member of that IP group on thespecified interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00212.htm TITLE=Device Information TEXT=Device Information Configure > Flash > Device Information To display Flash device information for a device from the CiscoView ConfigureDevice window, select Device Information from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Device Name (ciscoFlashDeviceName) Name of this flash device. Total Size (ciscoFlashDeviceSize) Total memory size, in bytes, of this device. Device Description (ciscoFlashDeviceDescr) Text description of this flash device. Device UpTime (ciscoFlashDeviceInitTime) System time when this device was initialized. Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDevicePartitions) Number of partitions defined on this device. Max. Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDeviceMaxPartitions) Maximum number of partitions supported by the system for this device. Thedefault is 1, which means that partitioning is not supported. Min. Partition Size (ciscoFlashMinPartitionSize) Minimum partition size, in bytes, supported on this device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00213.htm TITLE=File System TEXT=File System Configure > Flash > File System To display Flash file system information for a device from the CiscoView Configure Device window, select File System from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name used by the system to refer to this partition. Total Size (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Total memory size of this partition, in bytes. Available Size (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) Available memory space on this partition, in bytes. Click Copy File to copy a Flash file from a TFTP server to Flash memory, or vice versa. Click Squeeze to reclaim space in Flash memory from previously-deleted files. File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Name of this flash file. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus( Status of this flash file: valid, deleted, or invalidChecksum File Size (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of this flash file, in bytes. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in this flash file. This value serves to verify the data written into flash memory. Click Delete to delete the selected Flash file from memory. Click Undelete to restore a deleted file. ( Undelete only works if Squeeze has not been used since the file was deleted. Click Verify to check the checksum of the file. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00214.htm TITLE=Copy File TEXT=Copy File The Copy File dialog box lets you upload a copy of a Flash file to a hostserver or download a Flash file image from a server to the device. The following items refer to the server side of the transfer: IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) Server IP address to be used for this Flash file transfer. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File pathname on the server for this Flash file. To upload a file, this filename must already exist on the server, and it must have read-write permissionenabled. The following items refer to the device side of the transfer: Available Size (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) Available memory space on this partition, in bytes. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File pathname on the Flash device. The name should not include a colon (:). Click the left arrow button ( < - ) to upload a file to the server, or click the right arrow ( - > ) to download a file from the server. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00215.htm TITLE=Inter-Switch Link TEXT=Inter-Switch Link Port > Configure > Inter-Switch Link To display Inter-Switch Link information for a port from the CiscoViewConfigure Port window, select Inter-Switch Link from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Trunk Admin Status (vlanPortIslAdminStatus) Set this value to on to enable trunking on this port. This value does notappear for ATM ports, which are trunking by default. Trunk Oper Status (vlanPortIslOperStatus) Whether this port is trunking or not. Trunk Allowed VLANs (vlanPortIslVlansAllowed) VLANs that are allowed on this Inter-Switch Link. Trunk Priority VLANs (vlanPortIslPriorityVlans) VLANs on this Inter-Switch Link that have a higher priority. This aids in loadbalancing on the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00216.htm TITLE=EtherChannel TEXT=EtherChannel To display traffic information for an EtherChanneled port, select EtherChannelfrom the Monitor Port dialog box. The following information is displayed: Utilization % Level of utilization on the port. The current value represents the utilizationlevels over the last polling period. The utilization percentage is calculatedusing the following formula: 800 * ( $ifInOctets + $ifOutOctets ) / $ifSpeed Unicasts (ifInUcastPkts + ifOutUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets received and sent. Broadcasts (ifExtnsBroadcastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsBroadcastsReceivedOks) Total of the number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork orlink-layer broadcast address and broadcast frames successfully received. Multicasts (ifExtnsMulticastsTransmittedOks + ifExtnsMulticastsReceivedOks) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layermulticast address and successfully received multicast frames. Errors (ifInErrors + ifOutErrors) Number of total errors for the port. The value is the total of inbound andoutbound packets discarded because they contained errors. Discards (ifInDiscards + ifOutDiscards + ifInUnknownProtos) Total number of discards for the port. The value is the total number ofinbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors and the numberof inbound packets discarded because they were directed to an unknown orunsupported protocol. Click Grapher to launch your network manager's graphing application (if appropriate).To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print toprint the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00219.htm TITLE=NFFC or NF Collector TEXT=NFFC or NF Collector Applications you run from the command line that collect filtered netflow datafrom CiscoView for anaylsis. To use, run fdcount (which listens to a specified UDP port for Netflow data and calculates theaverage rates of arrival). The default UDP Port Number is 9991. The default number of flows to count is 100.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00220.htm TITLE=Please confirm the following configurations: TEXT=Please confirm the following configurations: The following configurations parameters must be set to create EtherChannels. Click the Cancel button if you need to check or reset any of the following configurationrequirements. Or, if you are sure that the following parameters are already set, thenclick Continue . Port Security Disabled. Check that the Port > Configure > Security status option is set to disabled; withthe port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configure menu,then choose Security from the dropdown menu, and be sure portSecurityAdminStatusis set to Disabled. Corresponding Spanning Tree Disabled. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Physical from the dropdown menu, and be sureportSpantreeFastStart is set to Disabled. All Ports Enabled. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Enable from the dropdown menu, OR choose Interface from thedropdown menu, and be sure ifAdminStatus is set to Up. Same Trunk Nodes on Both Ends. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Inter-Switch Link from the dropdown menu, and be surevlanPortIsOperStatus is set to Not Trunking. Open the other device and do the samefor the other end’s EtherChannel port(s). Same Port Duplex. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Physical from the dropdown menu, and be sure portDuplex isset to Full. Open the other device and do the same for the other end’s EtherChannel port(s). Same Port Speed. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Physical from the dropdown menu, and be sure portAdminSpeedis set to 10 or 100 Mbps. Open the other device and do the same for the otherend’s EtherChannel port(s); both must be either 10 or 100 Mbps. Same VLAN. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Physical from the dropdown menu, and be sure vlanPortVlan isset to the same as the other end’s EtherChannel port(s). No Dynamic VLAN. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Physical from the dropdown menu, and be sureportVlanAdminStatus is set to Static. Open the other device and do the same for the other end’s EtherChannel port(s). No Loop Link. Check to be sure there is no physical loop in either device’s connection topology. Broadcast Suppression By %, Not By packets/Sec. With the port selected on the device display, choose Port from the Configuremenu, then choose Broadcast Suppression from the dropdown menu, and be surefilterPortBroadcastThrottle is set to % (0...100). Open the other device and dothe same for the other end’s EtherChannel port(s).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00224.htm TITLE=COPS Device Configuration TEXT=COPS Device Configuration Device > Configure > Cops Max. # of Servers (ccopsServerMax) Maximum number of configurable COPS servers allowed for each client type. A value of zero indicates no limitation on the number of configurable COPS servers. Max. # of Roles (ccopsMaxRole) The maximum number of role-combinations supported by this device. a value of zero indicates no limitation on the number of role-combinations. Each CopsRoleCombination may contain up to ccopsMaxRole roles. Max. # of role Combinations (ccopsMaxRoleCombination) The maximum number of role-combinations supported by this device. A value of zero indicates no limitation on the number of role-combinations. Each CopsRoleCombination may contain up to ccopsMaxRole roles. Initial Time-out (ccopsInitialTimeout) This value is used for the first retry after every successful connnection. Time-out Increment of Next Retry (ccopsTimeoutIncrement) On every consecutive failure to connect to all existing COPS server for a client type, the COPS client increases the retry time-out by ccopsTimeoutIncrement but not greater than ccopsTimeoutMax. Max. Time-out (ccopsTimeoutMax) The maximum retry time-out that the COPS client allows.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00225.htm TITLE=COPS Servers Device Configuration TEXT=COPS Servers Device Configuration Device > Configure > Cops > Servers Server Name (ccopsServerConfigName) The IP address or the hostname of a COPS server. Server Client Type (ccopsServerConfigClientType) The type of policies to be retrieved from this server. Server Table Entry Priority (ccopsServerConfigPriority) The priority of this entry is relative to other entries when two entries of the same ccopsServerConfigClientType have the same ccopsServerConfigPriority value. The first one displayed in the table has the higher priority. Destination Port (ccopsServerConfigPort) The destination port number to which COPS server messages should be sent. By default the COPS service will be provided on the well-known COPS protocol port number 3288. Click Create to add an entry to this table. Select an entry and click Delete to delete an entry from this table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00226.htm TITLE=COPS Device Client Domains TEXT=COPS Device Client Domains Device > Configure > Cops > Client Domains Client Type (ccopsDomainClientType) The type of COPS client. Domain Name (ccopsDomainName) The COPS domain this client type belongs to.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00227.htm TITLE=COPS Device Client Roles TEXT=COPS Device Client Roles Device > Configure > Cops > Client Roles Role Name (ccopsRoleName) The name of the role. Only roles which were defined in COPS server should be used. COPS server will only supply the policies for those roles defined in its database. Click Create to add a role. Click Delete to delete a role. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Refresh to refresh the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00228.htm TITLE=Flash Memory Slot TEXT=Flash Memory Slot File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) The flash file name is specified by the user copying in the file. The name should not include the colon (:) character. The colon (:) character is a special separator character used to delineate the device name, the partition name, and the file name. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) The flash file status indicates the status of a file. A file is marked as having an invalid checksum if any checksum mismatch is detected while writing or reading the file. Incomplete files (files truncated either because of a lack of free space or a network download failure) are also written with a bad checksum and marked as invalid. File Size (ciscoFlashFileSize) The flash file size indicates the size of the file in bytes. This size does not include the size of the file-system file header. File size will always be non-zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00229.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer TEXT=File Table File Table Configure > Flash > File Table To display Flash file system information for a device from the CiscoView Configure Device window, select File Table from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Name of this flash file. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of this flash file: valid, deleted, or invalidChecksum. File Size (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of this flash file, in bytes. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00230.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Incarnation PIB Incarnation Device > Configure > PIB > Incarnation This table contains a single policy instance that identifies the current incarnation of the PIB and the PDP that installed this incarnation. The instance of this class is reported to the PDP at client connect time so that the PDP can (attempt to) ascertain the current state of the PIB. PDP Name (qosDevicePdpName) This table field provides the name of the PDP that installed the current incarnation of the PIB into the device. By default it is the zero length string. Current Incarnation (qosDevicePibIncarnation) This table field provides an ID to identify the current incarnation. It has meaning to the PDP that installed the PIB and perhaps its stanby PDPs. The default is the empty string. Expiration Time (sec.) (qosDevicePibTtl) This table field provides the number of seconds after a client close or TCP timeout for which the PEP continues to enforce the policy in the PIB. After this interval, the PIB is considered expired and the device no longer enforces the policy installed in the PIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00231.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Attribute PIB Attribute Device > Configure > PIB > Attribute This table provides specific attributes of the device. These include configuration values such as the configured PDP addresses, the maximum message size, and specific device capabilities. The latter include input port-based and output port-based classification and or policing, support for flow based policing, aggregate based policing, traffic shaping capabilities, and more. QoS Domain (qosDevicePepDomain) This table field provides the QoS domain that this device belongs to. This is configured locally on the device (perhaps by some protocol such as SNMP). By default, it is the zero-length string. Primary PDP (qosDevicePrimaryPdp) This table field provides the address of the PDP configured to be the primary PDP for the device. Secondary PDP (qosDeviceSecondaryPdp) This table field provides the address of the PDP configured to be the secondary PDP for the device. An address of zero indicates no secondary is configured. Max. Message Size (bytes) (qosDeviceMaxMessageSize) This table field provides the maximum size message that this PEP is capable of receiving in bytes. A value of zero means that the maximum message size is unspecified (but does not mean it is unlimited). A message greater than this maximum results in a 'Message Too Big' error on a 'no commit' REP. Capabilities (qosDeviceCapabilities) This table field provides an enumeration of device capabilities. Used by the PDP to select policies and configuration to push to the PEP.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00232.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Interface Type PIB Interface Type Device > Configure > PIB > Interface Type This table describes the interface types that exist on the device. Interface (qosInterfaceTypeId) This table field provides the ID of the instance. Queue Type (qosInterfaceQueueType) This table field provides the interface type in terms of the number of queues and thresholds. Roles (qosInterfaceTypeRoles) This table field provides a combination of roles on at least one interface of type qosInterfaceType. Capabilities (qosInterfaceTypeCapabilities) This table field provides an enumeration of interface capabilities and is used by the PDP to select policies and configuration to push to the PEP. The number in the bracket is the position of the bit in this field. Bit 0 : not specified Classification support - inputL2Classification (1), inputIpClassification (2), outputL2Classification (3), outputIpClassification (4), inputPortClassification (19), outputPortClassification (20) Policing support - inputUflowPolicing (5), inputAggregatePolicing (6), outputUflowPolicing (7), outputAggregatePolicing (8), policeByMarkingDown (9), policeByDropping (10), inputUflowShaping (21), inputAggregateShaping (22), outputUflowShaping (23), outputAggregateShaping (24) Supported scheduling mechanisms - fifo (11), wrr (12), wfq (13), cq (14), pq (15), cbwfq (16), pqWrr (25), pqCbwfq (26) Supported congestion control mechanisms - tailDrop (17), wred (18)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00233.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Domain PIB Domain Device > Configure > PIB > Domain This table maps DSCP to marked-down DSCP, IP precedence and CoS. DSCP (qosMarkedDscp) This table field provides the DSCP to use instead of the qosDscp when the packet is out of profile. L2 CoS (qosL2Cos) This table field provides the L2 Cos value to use when mapping this DSCP to layer 2 Cos.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00234.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Unmatched Policy PIB Unmatched Policy Device > Configure > PIB > Unmatched Policy This table specifies the policy to apply to an interface for a given role combination where no other policy matches. More specifically, the unmatched policy is what is applied to non-IP packets for which there is no MAC classification, or what is applied to IP packets that do not match any ACE in any ACL applied to the interface. Policy (qosUnmatchedPolicyId) This table field provides the ID of the instance. Role (qosUnmatchedPolicyRole) This table field provides the role combination for which this instance applies. Direction (qosUnmatchedPolicyDirection) This table field provides the direction of packet flow at the interface in question to which this PRI applies. Dscp (qosUnmatchedPolicyDscp) This table field provides the unmatched packet that is classified by the DSCP This must be specified even if qosUnmatchedPolicyDscpTrusted is true. Dscp Trusted (qosUnmatchedPolicyDscpTrusted) If this table field indicates that this attribute is true, then the Dscp associated with the packet is trusted (for example, it is assumed to have already been set). In this case, the Dscp is not rewritten with qosUnmatchedPolicydscp (qosUnmatchedPolicydscp is ignored) unless this is a non-IP packet and arrives untagged. The packet is still policed as part of its micro flow and its aggregate flow. MircoFlow Policer (qosUnmatchedPolicyMicroFlowPolicerId) This table field provides an index identifying the instance of policer to apply to unmatched packets. It must correspond to the ID of an instance of class qosPolicertable or be zero. If zero, the microflow is not policed. Aggregate (qosUnmatchedPolicyAggregateId) This table field provides an index identifying the aggregate that the packet belongs to. It must correspond to the instance ID of an instance of class qosAggregateTable or be zero. If zero, the mircorflow does not belong to any aggregate and is not policed as part of any aggregate.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00235.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Policer PIB Policer Device > Configure > PIB > Policer This table specifies policer parameters that can then be used by other groups such as the IP ACL Actions or the unmatched policy. This group also defines aggregates that flows can then be assigned to. Policer (qosPolicerId) This table field provides an interger index for this flow policer. Token Rate (bps) (qosPolicerRate) This table field provides the token rate. Normal Burst Size (bps) (qosPolicerNormalBurst) This table field provides the normal size of a burst. Excess Burst Size (bps) (qosPolicerExcessBurst) This table field provides the excess size of a burst. Action of Out-Of-Profile Packets (qosPolicerAction) This table field provides an indication of how to handle out-of-profile packets.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00236.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Policer Aggregate PIB Policer Aggregate Device > Configure > PIB > Policer Aggregate This table has instances which identify aggregate flows and the policer to apply to each. Aggregate (qosAggregateId) This table field provides an integer index for this aggregate flow. Aggregate Policer (qosAggregatePolicerId) This table field provides an index indentifying the instance of policer to apply to the aggregate. It must correspond to the ID of an instance of class qosPolicerTable.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00237.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB MAC PIB MAC Device > Configure > PIB > MAC This table defines MAC/VLAN and their associated DSCPs. MAC Classification (qosMacClassificationId) This table field provides the ID of the instance. Dest MAC VLAN (qosDstMacVlan) This table field provides the VLAN of the destination MAC address of the L2 frame. Dest MAC Address (qosDstMacAddress) This table field provides the destination MAC address of the L2 frame. Dest MAC Cos (qosDstMacCos) The Cos to assign the packet with the associated MAC/VLAN tuple. Note that this Cos is overridden by the policies to classify the fame at layer 3 if there are any.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00238.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB ACE Table PIB ACE Table Device > Configure > PIB > ACE Table This table defines ACE objects. ACE (qosIpAceId) This table field provides an integer index for this ACE. Dest Address (qosIpAceDstAddr) This table field provides the IP address to match against the packet's destination IP address. Dest Address Mask (qosIpAceDstAddrMask) This table field provides a mask for the matching of the destination IP address. Src Address (qosIpAceSrcAddr) This table field provides the IP address to match against the packet's source IP address. Src Address Mask (qosIpAceSrcAddrMask) This table field provides a mask for the matching of the source IP address. Dscp Min (qosIpAceDscpMin) This table field provides the minimum value that the DSCP in the packet can have and match this ACE. Dscp Max (qosIpAceDscpMax) This table field provides the maximum value that the DSCP in the packet can have and match this ACE. Protocol (qosIpAceProtocol) This table field provides the IP protocol to match against the packet's protocol. The value of zero means match all. Min Dest Port (qosIpAceDstL4PortMin) This table field provides the minimum value that the packet's layer 4 dest port number can have and match this ACE. Max Dest Port (qosIpAceDstL4PortMax) This table field provides the maximum value that the packet's layer 4 dest port number can have and match this ACE. Min Src Port (qosIpAceSrcL4PortMin) This table field provides the minimum value that the packet's layer 4 source port number can have and match this ACE. Max Src Port (qosIpAceSrcL4PortMax) This table field provides the maximum value that the packet's layer 4 source port number can have and match this ACE. Permit (qosIpAcePermit) If the packet matches this ACE and the value of this attribute is true, then the matching process terminates and the Qos associtated with this ACE (indirectly through the ACL) is applied to the packet. If the value of this attribute is false, then no more ACEs in this ACL are compared to this packet and matching continue with the first ACE of the next ACL.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00239.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB ACL Definition PIB ACL Definition Device > Configure > PIB > ACL Definition This table defines a set of ACLs each being an ordered list of ACEs. ACL Definition (qosIpAclDefinitionId) This table field provides a unique ID of this policy instance. ACL (qosIpAclId) This table field provides an index for this ACL. ACE Index (qosIpAceOrder) This table field provides an integer that determines the position of this ACE in the ACL. An ACE with a given order is positioned in the access control list before one with a higher order. ACE Definition (qosIpAclDefAceId) This attribute specifies the ACE in the qosIpAceTable that is in the ACL specified by qosIpAclId at the position specified by qosIpAclDefinitionEntry.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00240.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB ACL Action PIB ACL Action Device > Configure > PIB > ACL Action This table defines a set of ACLs to interfaces. Interfaces are specified abstractly in terms of interface roles. Action (qosIpAclActionId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. ACL (qosIpAclActAclId) This table field provides the ACL associated with this action. Role (qosIpAclInterfaceRoles) This table field provides the interfaces to which this ACL applies, specified in terms of a set of roles. Direction (qosIpAclInterfaceDirection) This table field provides the direction of packet flow at the interface in question to which this ACL applies. ACL Index (qosIpAclOrder) This table field provides an integer that determines the order of this ACL in the list of ACLs applied to interfaces of the specified role combination. An ACL with a given order is positioned in the list before one with a higher order. Dscp (qosIpAclDscp) This table field provides the DSCP to classify the packet within the event that the packet matches an ACE in this ACL and ACE is a permit. Dscp Trusted (qosIpAclDscpTrusted) If this attribute is true, then the Dscp associated with the packet is trusted (for example, it is assumed to have already been set). In this case, the Dscp is not rewritten with qosIpAclDscp (qosIpAclDscp is ignored). The packet is still policed as part of its micro flow and its aggregate flow. MicroFlow Index (qosIpAclMicroFlowPolicerId) This table field provides an index identifying the instance of policer to apply to the mircoflow. It must correspond to the ID of an instance of class qosPolicerTable, or be zero. If zero, the microflow is not policed. Aggregate Index (qosIpAclAggregateId) This table field provides an index identifying the aggregate that the packet belongs to. It must correspond to the ID of an instance of class qosAggregateTable, or be zero. If zero, the microflow does not belong to any aggregate and is not policed as part of any aggregate.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00241.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Scheduling Preferences PIB Scheduling Preferences Device > Configures > PIB > Scheduling Preferences This table specifies the scheduling preference an interface chooses if it supports multiple scheduling types. Higher values are preferred over lower values. Since some interfaces can configure both the scheduling preference and the queue type, both are specified by this class. Schedule (qosIfScheduleingPreferenceId) This table field provides the ID of an instance. Role (qosIfScheduleingRoles) This table field provides the combination of roles the interface must have for this policy instance to apply to that interface. Preference (qosIfScheduleingPreference) This table field provides the preference to use for this scheduling discipline and queue type. A higher value means a higher preference. If two disciplines have the same preference, the choice is a local decision. Discipline (qosIfScheduleingDiscipline) This table field provides an enumerate type for all the known scheduling disciplines. Queue Type (qosIfScheduleingQueueType) This table field provides the queue type of this preference.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00242.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Drop Preferences PIB Drop Preferences Device > Configure > PIB > Drop Preferences This table specifies the preference of the drop mechanism an interface chooses, if it supports multiple drop mechanisms. Higher values are preferred over lower values. Drop (qosIfDropPreferenceId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. Role (qosIfDropRoles) This table field provides the combination of roles the interface must have for this policy instance to apply to that interface. Preference (qosIfDropPreference) This table field provides the preference to use for this drop mechanism. A higher value means a higher preference. If two mechanisms have the same preference, the choice is a local decision. Discipline (qosIfDropDiscipline) This table field provides an enumerate type for all the known drop mechanisms.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00243.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB DSCP Assignment PIB DSCP Assignment Device > Configure > PIB > DSCP Assignment This table defines the assignment of each DSCP to a queue and threshold for each interface queue type. Dscp Assignment (qosIfDscpAssignmentId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. Role (qosIfDscpRoles) This table field provides the role combination the interface must be configure with. Queue Type (qosIfQueueType) This table field provides the interface queue type to which this row applies. Dscp (qosIfDscp) This table field provides the Dscp to which this row applies. Queue (qosIfQueue) This table field provides the queue to which the DSCP applies for the given interface type. Threshold (qosIfThresholdSet) This table field provides the threshold set of the specified queue to which the DSCP applies for the given interface type.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00244.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB DSCP Assignment (RED) PIB DSCP Assignment (RED) Device > Configure > PIB > DSCP Assignment (RED) This table defines a class of lower and upper values for each threshold set in a queue supporting WRED. If the size of the queue for a given threshold is below the lower value, then packets assigned to that threshold are always accepted into the queue. If the size of the queue is above upper value, then packets are always dropped. If the size of the queue is between the lower and the upper, then packets are randomly dropped. Red (qosIfRedId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. Role (qosIfRedRoles) This table field provides the role combination the interface must be configured with. No. of Threshold (qosIfRedNumThresholdSets) The values in this entry apply only to queues with the number of thresholds specified by this attribute. Threshold (qosIfRedThresholdSet) This table field provides the threshold set to which the lower and upper values apply. It must be in the range of 1 through qosIfRedNumThresholdSets. There must be exactly one PRI for each value in this range. Lower Threshold (qosIfRedThresholdSetLower) This table field provides the threshold value below which no packets are dropped. Upper Threshold (qosIfRedThresholdSetUpper) This table field provides the threshold value above which no packets are dropped.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00245.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Tail Drop Threshold PIB Tail Drop Threshold Device > Configure > PIB > Tail Drop Threshold This table defines threshold sets for a queue supporting tail drop. TailDrop (qosIfTailDropId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. Role (qosIfTailDropRoles) This table field provides the role combination the interface must be configured with. No. of Threshold (qosIfTailDropNumThresholdSets) The values in this entry apply only to queues with the number of thresholds specified by this attribute. Threshold (qosIfTailDropThresholdSet) This table field provides the threshold set to which the threshold value applies. Max Threshold (qosIfTailDropThresholdSetValue) This table field provides the threshold value above which packets are dropped.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00246.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=PIB Weight Table PIB Weight Table Device > Configure > PIB > Weight Table This table defines scheduling weights for each queue of an interface that supports weighted round robin scheduling. Weight (qosIfWeightsId) This table field provides an ID to identify the instance of the policy class. Role (qosIfWeightsRoles) This table field provides the role combination the interface must be configured with. No. of Queues (qosIfWeightsNumQueues) The value for the weight in this IP applies only to interfaces with the number of queues specified by this attribute. Weight Queue (qosIfWeightsQueue) This table field provides the queue to which the weight applies. Max. Drain (bytes) (qosIfWeightsDrainSize) This table field provides the maximum number of bytes that may be drained from the queue in one cycle. The percentage of the bandwidth allocated to this queue can be calculated from this attribute and the sum of the drain sizes of all the queues of the interface. Queue Size (bytes) (qosIfWeightsQueueSize) This table field provides the size of the queue in bytes. Some devices set queue size in terms of packets. These devices must calculate the queue size in packets by assuming an average packet size suitable for the particular interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00247.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=Scheduled Reset Scheduled Reset Device > Configure > Scheduled Reset After selecting and invoking the Scheduled reset menu in the device configuration menu, a dialog window appears in which the user can perform a scheduled reset operation. Scheduled Reset (resetEnable) The Disable setting will disable the previously scheduled reset time. The Enable setting will enable the previously scheduled reset time. Reset Date and Time (csyScheduledResetTime) The scheduled date and time the switch will be reset at. The maximum scheduled time is 24 days from the current system clock time. Setting this object value to be before the current system clock or beyond the maximum scheduled time limit will be rejected by the system. After the system has accepted the scheduled reset time, if the system clock is advanced ahead of the scheduled reset time, then reset will occur approximately 5 minutes after the current clock. Reset Action (csyScheduledResetAction) Writing reset (1) to this object performs the normal reset operation on the active supervisor module. Writing resetMinDown (2) to this object resets the switch with a minimal system down time at the scheduled time. The resetMinDown is only supported on Switches which have redundant supervisor modules. The resetMinDown is supported only for switches with redundant supervisor module. Reset Reason (csyScheduledResetReason) Indicates the reason for the systems scheduled reset. After the system is reset, this object value will be an empty string.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00248.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=Summer Time Summer Time Device > Configure > Summer Time This feature allows the user to specify the local dates and time, the summer time start and end as well as summer time recurring start and end. After selecting and invoking Summer Time menu in the device configuration menu, the following dialog window will be shown up and the user can perform summer time configuration. Country Location (csyLocationCountry) The country where the system is physically located (enter only 2 characters using A-Z. For example, for the United States of America enter US, for United Kingdom enter UK, for China enter CN, for Taiwan Province of China enter TW). Summer Time Status (csySummertimeStatus) An indication of whether the summer time is enabled on this device. Summer Time Offset (csySummerTimeOffset) The value of this object indicates number of minutes to add or to subtract during summer time. csyClockDateAndTime The current local date and time for the system. (YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM. For example, 2000-01-14, 12:33) csySummerTimeRecurringStart This field indicates that summer time starts at this time every week. Indicate the week of the month, the day of the week, the month and the time. (W-DAY-MM, HH:MM. For example, 1-Sun-Jan, 12:33) csySummerTimeRecurringEnd This field indicates that summer time ends at this time every week. Indicate the week of the month, the day of the week, the month and the time. (W-DAY-MM, HH:MM. For example, 1-Sun-Jan, 12:33)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00249.htm TITLE=Configuring Device Management Information TEXT=High Availability High Availability Device > Configure > High Availability This feature is supported when CiscoView detects there is a redundancy supervisor in the Catalyst 6000 chassis and it is in standby mode. High Availability Enable (sysHighAvailabilityEnable) Indicates whether High System Availability feature is enabled or not. If this feature is enabled, the active supervisor's layer-2 protocol state will be synched to the standby supervisor module, thus maintaining an up-to-date protocol data on the standby supervisor whenever possible. Note: This variable can be set to true only when Protocol Filtering is disabled on the switch and when Port 1/1 has port security disabled. High Availability Version Enable (sysHighAvailabilityVersioningEnable) Indicates whether support for supervisor software image versioning (i.e., the capability to run different images on the active and standby supervisors) for the High System Availability feature is enabled or not. High Availability Oper Status (sysHighAvailabilityOperStatus) Indicates the operational status of High System Availability feature. If the value of this object is notRunning(2), then the reason why this feature is actually not running is specified by the object sysHighAvailabilityNotRunningReason. If the value of this object is running(1), then the value of object sysHighAvailabilityOperReason is empty string. High Availability Status cannot be set to true if dynamic vlan membership is enabled on any of the ports. High Availability Not RunningReason (sysHighAvailabilityNotRunningReason) Indicates the reason why High System Availability feature is not running when the value of sysHighAvailabilityOperStatus is notRunning(2). The value of this object is empty string when the value of sysHighAvailabilityOperStatus is running(1).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00250.htm TITLE=PIB L2 Mapping TEXT=PIB L2 Mapping Device > Configure > PIB > L2 Mapping This table maps each of eight Cos values to a DSCP. Qos to Dscp Cos (qosCosToDscpCos) The L2 Cos value that is being mapped. Qos to Dscp Dscp (qosCosToDscpDscp) The Dscp value to use when mapping with L2 Cos to a Dscp.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00251.htm TITLE=Management TEXT=Management Device > Configure > Management Device management involves displaying and changing information regarding the device itself, for example, information about its physical location and description, information regarding its IP configuration, and device access information. The CiscoView Configure Device Management window displays the following MIB information: Device Name (sysName) Specifies the device domain name. The name can have a maximum of 256 characters. Contact (sysContact) Name of the network administration manager and information on how to contact this person. The contact name can contain up to 256 characters. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of the device. The location description can have a maximum of 256 characters. IGMP (mcastEnableIgmp) Displays whether Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is enabled or disabled on this device. When the IGMP is enabled in conjunction with Cisco routers running GCMP, only the required ports will participate in IP multicast groups.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00252.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Device > Configure > Physical }}-->Physical information about the device includes chassis model, power supply, and fan descriptions. This information is often required when troubleshooting. }}-->The CiscoView Physical window displays the following information: }}--> Model (chassisModel) }}-->Manufacturer’s model number for the chassis. }}--> Serial Number (chassisSerialNumberString) }}-->The chassis serial number. }}--> Backplane Type (chassisBkplType) }}-->The chassis backplane type. }}--> Major Alarm (chassisMajorAlarm) }}-->Whether the chassis major alarm is on or off. }}--> Minor Alarm (chassisMinorAlarm) }}-->Whether the chassis minor alarm is on or off. }}--> Temperature Alarm (chassisTempAlarm) }}-->Whether the chassis temperature alarm is on or off. }}--> Fan Status (chassisFanStatus) }}-->Status of the chassis fan. Possible values are as follows: }}-->Minor fault or the number 3 indicates a minor problem with the power supply. }}-->Major fault or the number 4 indicates a major problem with the power supply. }}-->Other indicates that the status is none of the above. }}-->If the status is not OK, the Fan Errors field gives more information about the power supply failure condition. Possible errors are 12V+ Bad or 12V- Bad. }}--> Fan Diagnostic Errors (chassisFanTestResult) }}-->Test result for the chassis fan. A zero indicates that the supply passed all tests. Bits set in the result indicate error conditions. Possible errors are Temp High, Fan1 Bad, or Fan2 Bad. }}--> Traffic Peak % (sysTrafficPeak) }}-->Highest percentage of traffic relative to a maximum of 100% on the specified device since it was last rebooted. }}--> Traffic Peak Time (sysTrafficPeakTime) }}-->Date and time that the traffic peak occurred. }}-->Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. }}-->
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00253.htm TITLE=ARP Table TEXT=ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table }}-->The ARP Table dialog box displays the corresponding IP and physical addresses for the switch, taken from the switch's ARP table. You can edit any of these values, or delete a mapping entry from the table. }}--> Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) }}-->Interface on which this entry's IP-address-to-physical-address mapping is effective. }}--> Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) }}-->IP address corresponding to the media-dependent physical address. }}--> Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) }}-->Media-dependent physical (MAC) address for this entry. }}--> Type (ipNetToMediaType) }}-->Type of address mapping: dynamic, static, invalid, or other. }}-->Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes made in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00254.htm TITLE=Boot Flash Memory TEXT=Boot Flash Memory Device > Configure > Boot Flash Memory The Boot Flash Memory dialog box displays Boot Flash partition information forthe device. Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name identifying this Flash partition. This name can have up to 16 characters. Total Size (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Size of this Flash partition, in bytes. Available Size (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Space available in this Flash partition, in bytes. Transfer Protocol (ciscoFlashCopyProtocol) Protocol to be used for any copy (will default to tftp if not specified). IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) Server IP address to be used for this Flash file transfer. File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) File pathname on the server for this Flash file. To upload a file, this filename must already exist on the server, and it must have read-write permissionenabled. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File pathname on the Flash device. The name should not include a colon (:). Click the left arrow button ( < - ) to upload a file to the server, or click the right arrow ( - > ) to download a file from the server. File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Name of this Flash file. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of this Flash file: valid, deleted, or invalidChecksum File Size (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of this Flash file, in bytes. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in this Flash file. This value serves to verfy the datawritten into flash memory. Click Delete to delete the selected flash file, or click Undelete to restore a deleted file. (Note that you cannot undelete a file afterexecuting Squeeze .) Click Squeeze to reclaim the space taken up by deleted Flash files. Click Erase to erase the boot Flash memory. Click Verify to check the integrity of the selected Flash file, using the file checksumvalue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click OK to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00255.htm TITLE=Cisco Discovery Protocol TEXT=Cisco Discovery Protocol Device > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol CDP Running (cdpGlobalRun) Indicates whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is currently running: true or false. Message Interval (5...254 seconds) (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) The interval at which CDP messages are to be generated: the default value is 60 seconds. Global Hold Time (10...255 seconds) (cdpGlobalHoldTime) The time limit during which the receiving device holds CDP messages: the default time value is 180 seconds. The CiscoView Cisco Discovery Protocol window displays information about howdevices are connected to ports on the switch. Global Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) Device ID advertised by this device. Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Unique value for each device from which CDP messages are being received. A zero-length stringindicates that no device ID field was reported in the most recent CDP message. Device Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port identification number referenced in the most recent CDP message. Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network-layer address of the device’s SNMP agent as reported in the most recent CDP message. Address Type (cdpCacheAddressType) Type of address (Cisco Network Protocol) specified in the Address field. Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Device’s hardware platform as reported in the most recent CDP message. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no platform field was reported in the most recent CDPmessage. Capabilities (cdpCacheCapabilities) Device’s functional capabilities as reported in the most recent CDP message. VTP Management Domain (cdpCacheVTPMgmtDomain) The VTP Management Domain for the remote device's interface as reported in the most recently received CDP message. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00256.htm TITLE=CDP/Neighbor View TEXT=CDP/Neighbor View The CDP Neighbor View dialog box lists information about all neighboring Ciscodevices on your network. The following information is displayed for eachneighbor device: Module, Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Module and port number for each available interface on the neighbor device. IP Address (cdpCacheAddress) Network (IP) address of the neighbor device's SNMP agent. Hardware Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform type (such as CPW 16 ) of the neighbor device. For more information on a neighbor device, select its entry in the list andclick Detail to display the Neighbor Details dialog box. To configure CDP information for one or more ports on the local device, click Configure to display the CDP Configuration dialog box. Click Refresh to re-display the neighbor list. Click Cancel to close the dialog box and return to CiscoView. Click Print to print a copy of the list, or click Help to display this help message
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00257.htm TITLE=IP Route TEXT=IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route The IP routing table stores information on possible destinations and how to reach them. Whenever a host or gateway needs to transmit a packet, it consults the routing table to determine the route by which to send the datagram. You can view, add, or delete routes to the IP routing table. Each entry in the routing table describes an IP route. The routing table provides the following information for each route: Destination (ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of the route. The address 0.0.0.0 is a default address. Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Next hop for this route. Mask (ipRouteMask) Subnet mask for the destination address. Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Protocol by which the route was learned. Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Index of the interface through which traffic to this destination is transmitted. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Number of hops (1 or 0) for this route. Its meaning depends on the routing protocol. Route Type (ipRouteType) Status or type of the route. Possible values are direct, indirect, invalid, or other. The invalid value is usually used to delete an entry. Otherwise, it indicates an error. Route Age (ipRouteAge) Number of seconds that have elapsed since this route was last updated or validated. Click Create to create a new row in the IP routing table (enter Destination IP Address and Next Hop, then click Apply ), or click Delete to remove the currently selected row. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00258.htm TITLE=Memory Pool TEXT=Memory Pool Device > Configure > Memory Pool Use the Memory Pool table to review memory pool statistics for the differenttypes of memory pools that are supported. Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Indicates the type of memory pool represented by the device; types are DRAM,FLASH, NVRAM, MBUF, CLUSTER, and MALLOC. Used Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently in use by theapplication. Free Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused. Largest Free Memory [bytes] (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currentlyunused. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00259.htm TITLE=Spanning Tree Protocol TEXT=Spanning Tree Protocol Device > Configure > Spanning Tree Use this feature to set spanning tree parameters that enable the device&#146;s learning bridge to dynamically halt loops in the network (by shutting down selected bridge interfaces) before creating a spanning tree path. STP UplinkFast (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Displays whether STP UplinkFast is enabled on the device, as true or false. STP UplinkFast Learning Rate (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) Maximum number of station-learning frames that this device will generate in each 100 millisecond period after an UplinkFast transition. The default is 15. Backbone Fast (stpxBackboneFastEnabled) Indicates whether the BackboneFast capability is enabled on the device. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00260.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer Device > Configure > Switch Port Analyzer > Copy You can use switch port analyzer information to gather statistics on traffic between two ports or between a VLAN and a port. This device does allow you to enter a VLAN number as a source. Up to two independent ingress/bidirectional SPANs are active at the same time. Source (portCopySource) The ifIndex of a port or VLAN to be monitored. CiscoView accepts ports using a module/port format as in the original Catalyst 5000 design. For example, you could enter 5/1-6, 6/4, 10/3-5 to indicate the group of ports 1-6 on module 5, port 4 on module 6, and ports 3-5 on module 10. You could also enter a VLAN number as the source. For VLAN SPAN, for example, you could enter VLAN numbers such as 1, or 2, or 1,2 or 1-5. Destination Port (portCopyDest) The ifIndex of a port. Direction (portCopyDirection) The direction of monitored traffic. For each SPAN set, use this feature to specify the direction of the packets going through the source ports. The available options are described below: Click Apply to make your changes take effect. To Create a New SPAN set: Click Create . From the Data Source drop down box, select either Port(s) or VLAN(s). Enter the Source ports(s)/vlan(s). Enter the Destination port. From the Direction drop down box, select either Copy Rx Only, Copy Tx Only, or Copy Both. Click OK . To Delete a SPAN set: Highlight the SPAN port set (row) to be deleted. Click Delete . To Add Source to a SPAN set: Click Add Source . Enter the source port(s)/vlan(s) to be added to the SPAN set. Click OK . To Remove Source from a SPAN set: Select a row so that it is highlighted. Click Remove Source... . Enter the source port(s)/vlan(s) to be removed from the SPAN set. Click OK . Copy Status (portCopySatus) Defines the status of the port copy entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00261.htm TITLE=System Log TEXT=System Log Device > Configure > System Log Use the System Log Configuration feature to specify whether system log messages should be sent to the console. Notification Enabled (clogNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether clogMessageGenerated notifications will or will not be sent when a syslog message is generated by the device. Disabling notifications does not prevent syslog messages from being added to the clogHistoryTable. Min. Severity into Log (clogMaxSeverity) Indicates which syslog severity levels will be processed: emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3), error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog message with a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Note: severity numeric values increase as their severity decreases, e.g., error (4) is more sever than debug (8). Maximum Number of Log Entries (clogHistTableMaxLength) The upper limit on the number of entries that the clogHistoryTable may contain. A value of 0 will prevent any history from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entry will be deleted and a new one will be created. System Log Console (syslogConsoleEnable) Indicates whether the system log messages should be sent to console. System Log Server (syslogHostEnable) Indicates whether the system log server is enabled or disabled. Click Apply to make your changes to these two values take effect. System Log Server's IP (syslogServerAddr) IP address of a system log server. Click Create to add a new IP Address entry to this table, or click Delete to remove a selected entry. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Use the System Log History (clogHistTable) feature to populate the System Loghistory table in which clogHistTable can store up to the maximumclogHistTableMaxLength message entries. Generation Time (clogHistTimestamp) Indicates the sysUpTime at which this message was generated. Severity (clogHistSeverity) Indicates the severity of the message; emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3),error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog messagewith a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Type (clogHistMsgName) A textual identification of the message type. Description (clogHistMsgText) The message itself. Generator (clogHistFacility) The name of the facility that generated this message, e.g., SYS. Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00262.htm TITLE=System Processes TEXT=System Processes Device > Configure > System Processes Process ID (cpmProcessPID) The process ID. Name (cpmProcessName) The name associated with this process. If the name is longer than 32 characters, it will be truncated to the first 31 characters, and an asterisk (&#145;*&#146;) will be appended as the last character to imply a truncated process name. Average Active Time (us) (cpmProcessSecs) The average elapsed CPU time in microseconds during which the process was active. Creation Time (cpmProcessTimeCreated) The time when the process was created. Priority Level (cpmProcExtPriority) The priority level at which the process is running. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00263.htm TITLE=TCP TEXT=TCP Device > Configure > TCP The TCP dialog box lists TCP configuration information for the switch. Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm that determines the TCP retransmission timeout value: constant, rsre (MIL-STD-1778), vanj (Van Jacobson's algorithm), or other. Min Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMin) Minimum permitted value, in milliseconds, for the TCP retransmission timeout. Max Retransmission Timeout (tcpRtoMax) Maximum permitted value, in milliseconds, for the TCP retransmission timeout. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Maximum number of TCP connections this entity can support. If this number is dynamic, the value is -1. The TCP Connections dialog box displays information about the TCP connections currently open on the switch. You can change the state of any connection. Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address for this TCP connection. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number for this TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address for this TCP connection. Port (tcpConnRemPort) Remote port number for this TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) State of this TCP connection. Common values are listen, closed, and closing. Set this value to delete to terminate the selected connection. Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00265.htm TITLE=UDP TEXT=UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP dialog box displays information for the UDP listeners on the device. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for this UDP listener. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Local port number for this UDP listener. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00266.htm TITLE=Working with VLANs &amp; bridges TEXT=VLAN & Bridge Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge Virtual LANs (VLANs) allow you to logically group resources independent oftheir physical location. This arrangement of resources, and the ports to whichthey are attached, is called a logical grouping. A logical group of ports iscalled a VLAN. Ports or groups of ports in a VLAN are called members. VLANs isolateall traffic, including broadcasts and multicasts, from being propagated tomembers of other VLANs. A Token Ring VLAN comprises Token Ring Bridge Relay Functions (TrBRFs) and Token RingConcentrator Relay Functions (TrCRFs). If the switches are interconnected by a port called an Inter-Switch Link(ISL), you can specify which VLANs are allowed to flow through the ISL. You can use the VLAN & Bridge option to configure and view VLANs and theirmembers. The table on the left side of the dialog box displays the followinginformation: VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with the VLAN; synonymous with the VLAN’s emulated LAN name on LAN emulation (LANE) trunks. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) VLAN type. Possible values are Ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface(FDDI), fddiNet, Token Ring Bridge Relay Function (TrBRF), and Token RingConcentrator Relay Function (TrCRF). VLAN State (vtpVlanState) Current state of the VLAN. Possible values are Operational and Suspended.VLANs in Operational state are functional. VLANs in Suspended state do not passpackets. Click OK to add a new VLAN, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00267.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Card > Configure > Physical The CiscoView Configure Card window displays the following information: Name (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator, such as &#147;London.&#148; Module Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumberString) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values are ok, minorFault, majorFault, or other. If the status is not ok, the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. None indicates that the module passed all tests. Daughter Card1 (moduleSubType) Type of daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by all Supervisor modules. Daughter Card2 (moduleSubType2) Type of additional daughterboard attached to this module, if any. Note: This MIB is supported by the Supervisor III module only. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00268.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Port > Configure > Physical The following information is displayed: Name of the Port (portName) Name assigned to the port by the network administrator. Type (portType) Type of physical layer medium used on the port. For example, the type for multimode fiber FDDI would be fddi. Status (portOperStatus) Current operational status of the port. The possible values are ready or disabled. Configured Speed (portAdminSpeed) Current operational speed of the port in megabits per second. Possible values include auto detect (the speed is automatically detected from the port), 4Mbps, 10 Mbps, 16Mbps, 100 Mbps, 155 Mbps, or 1Gbps. Duplex (portDuplex) Indicates whether the port is operating in half-duplex mode, full-duplex mode, or disagree mode (which occurs when the port cannot agree with the far end on port duplex). This field does not apply to Token Ring ports. Port's VLAN (vlanPortVlan) VLAN identification number for this port. VLAN Port Admin Status (vlanPortAdminStatus) Indicates whether the port will get assigned to a VLAN statically or dynamically. When set to dynamic, the needed information is accessed from one of the VLAN Membership Policy Servers specified in the vmpsTable. The default value is static (1). Note: vlanPortAdminStatus cannot be set to dynamic (2) for a port that has portSecurityAdminStatus set to enabled (1), or for a port that currently has a vlanPortIslOperStatus of trunking (1). VLAN Port Operational Status (vlanPortOperStatus) Indicates the current VLAN port status. Inactive (1) status indicates a dynamic port without a VLAN assigned or a static on dynamic port with an inactive assigned VLAN. Active (2) status indicates an active assigned VLAN. Shutdown (3) status indicates the port has been shut down as a result of a VMPS response on a dynamic port. A status of vlanActiveFault (4) only applies to token ring ports. Voice VLAN ID (vmVoiceVlanId) The Voice VLAN ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Valid values range from zero to 4096, as described below: 0—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of zero. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of zero and an 802.1p priority. 1 through 4094—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of N (where N equals the VVID specifed by this object). VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of N and an 802.1p priority. 4095—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received untagged without an 802.1p priority set. 4096—CDP packets transmitting through this port do not contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV. Or, if this VVID is not supported by the port, then this MIB object cannot be configured and returns a value of 4096. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00269.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface Port > Configure > Interface To display interface information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Index (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. Speed (ifSpeed) Estimate of current bandwidth in bits per second. If the value is constant or cannot be measured, nominal bandwidth is used. Mtu (ifMtu) Size (in bytes) of the largest protocol data unit that can be sent or received on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) If applicable, a physical address such as an Ethernet MAC address, a phone number, or a Packet Data Net address. Where not relevant, a 0-length octet string is provided. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. The possible values are up or down. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current actual operating state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of the sysUpTime (in hundredths of seconds) when the interface entered its current operational state (none if the current state was entered before last initialization of management entity). Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver table every time the port state changes from up to down. Cannot modify this field for ATM Ports.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00270.htm TITLE=Bridge TEXT=Bridge Port > Configure > Bridge To display bridging information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Bridge from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Circuit (dot1dBasePortCircuit) Number of the circuit for a particular port and is used only when the interface includes multiple circuits, for example, an X.25 interface. Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Number that indicates the priority of the port. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current state of the port. The possible values are disabled, blocking, listening, learning, forwarding, or broken. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Contribution to the cost of paths through this port leading to the root. Designated Root (dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot) Unique identifier of the root in the bridge PDUs transmitted by the designated bridge for this port's segment. Designated Cost (dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost) Path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. Designated Bridge (dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge) Identifier of the bridge that this port considers to be designated for this port&#146;s segment. Designated Port (dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort) Identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment. Max Info field (dot1dTpPortMaxInfo) Maximum size of the information field that this port will transmit or receive.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00271.htm TITLE=Managing Port Configuration TEXT=Cisco Discovery Protocol Port > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol To display Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Cisco Discovery Protocol from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Enabled (cdpInterfaceEnable) Whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is running on this interface. The default value is enabled. Message Interval (cdpInterfaceMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are generated on this interface. The default is 60 seconds, and the possible values are from 5 to 900.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00272.htm TITLE=Power Management TEXT=Power Management Port > Configure > Power Management Admin FRU Power State (cefcFRUPowerAdminStatus) Administratively desired FRU power state. Operational FRU Power State (cefcFRUPowerOperStatus) Operational FRU power state. FRU Current (cefcFRUCurrent) Current supplied by the FRU (positive values) or current required to operate the FRU (negative values).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00273.htm TITLE=Voice Port Interface Dialog TEXT=Voice Port Interface Dialog Port > Configure > Voice Configuration > Voice Port Interface The first two MIB variables are represented in table format. Operational DNS Server (voicePortOperDnsServerIpAddr) Operational DNS server of this port. Operational DNS Server Source (voicePortOperDnsServerSource) Source of the DNS server IP address for this port. Port IP Address (voicePortIfIpAddress) IP address for this port. Port IP Mask (voicePortIfIpNetMask) Subnet mask for this port. Port IP Gateway (voicePortIfGatewayAddress) Router address for this port. Port TFTP Server (voicePortIftftpServerAddress) TFTP server address for this port. Port DNS Server (voicePortIfdnsServerAddress) DNS server address for this port. Port DNS Domain (voicePortIfdnsDomain) Domain name for this port. Port Operational DNS Domain (voicePortIfOperDnsDomain) Operational DNS domain name for this port. DHCP Service (voicePortIfDHCPEnabled) Indicates whether DHCP service is enabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00274.htm TITLE=Voice Port Call Manager TEXT=Voice Port Call Manager Port > Configure > Voice Configuration > Voice Port Call Manager Call Manager Index (voicePortCallManagerIndex) Call manager index for this port. Call Manager IP Address (voicePortCallManagerIpAddr) Call manager IP address for this port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00275.htm TITLE=Switch Acceleration TEXT=Switch Acceleration Supervisor II Card > Configure > Switch Acceleration Switch Acceleration (switchAccelerationModuleEnable) Indicates whether switch acceleration is enabled on this module. If the ifAdminStatus of any port on this module is set to up , this feature cannot be enabled. When the ifAdminStatus of all ports on this module is set to down , the system will increase the switching bandwidth when this feature in enabled. Note: Enabling/disabling this feature may affect performance for 1-2 seconds. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00300.htm TITLE=Copy Config File TEXT=Copy Config File Device > Configure > File Copy > Copy Config File Use the CiscoView Copy Config File window to copy config files to and from a remote host to runtime memory. Use these settings: Protocol (fileCopyProtocol) Use tftp or rcp for any remote copy. From (fileCopyAction) Use one of these options: Host to Runtime Copy the configuration file from host to runtime configuration over the network through tftp/rcp. Runtime to Host Copy the runtime configuration to host over the network through tftp/rcp. Remote Host IP Address (fileCopyRemoteServer) IP address of the tftp/rcp remote server from, or to which, a file is copied. Source File Name (fileCopySrcFileName) Source filename (including the path, if applicable) of file. Destination File Name (fileCopyDstFileName) Destination filename (including path, if applicable) of file. rcp User Name (fileCopyUserName) Remote user name for copy via rcp. Copy part (fileCopyRuntimeConfigPart) Indicates what part of the runtime configuration is to be copied.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00301.htm TITLE=Copy Software Image File TEXT=Copy Software Image File Device > Configure > File Copy > Copy Software Image File Use the Copy Software Image File window to copy Software Image Files to and from a remote host to Flash memory. Use these settings: Protocol (fileCopyProtocol) TFTP or rcp for any remote copy. From (fileCopyAction) Use one of these options: Host to Flash Copy the image from host to the flash over the network through tftp/rcp. Flash to Host Copy the image from flash to host over the switch through tftp/rcp. Remote Host IP Address (fileCopyRemoteServer) IP address of tftp/rcp remote server from or to which to copy file. Source File Name (fileCopySrcFileName) Source filename (including the path, if applicable) of file. Destination File Name (fileCopyDstFileName) Destination filename (including path, if applicable) of file. rcp User Name (fileCopyUserName) Remote user name for copy via rcp. Module Number ( fileCopyModuleNumber) The module number specified in the copy operation. This field is available only with intelligent modules (modules with their own images).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00302.htm TITLE=Copy Config File (Catalyst 5000 SupIIG and SupIII) TEXT=Copy Config File (Catalyst 5000 SupIIG and SupIIIG) Device > Configure > File Copy > Copy Config File Use the CiscoView Copy Config File window to copy to and from a remote host to Flash or runtime memory. Use these settings: Protocol (fileCopyProtocol) TFTP or rcp for any remote copy. From (fileCopyAction) Set this option to: Flash to Runtime Copy the configuration file to the runtime configuration locally. Runtime to Flash Copy the runtime configuration to a configuration file on the Flash memory locally. Host to Flash Copy the configuration file from host to the runtime configuration over the network through TFTP/rcp. Flash to Host Copy the configuration file on the Flash memory to host over the network through TFTP/rcp. Remote Host (fileCopyRemoteServer) IP address or hostname of TFTP/rcp remote server from or to which to copy file. The accepted value of this object is 'cfg1' or 'cfg2' when the requested action is Flash to Runtime or Flash to Host . Source File Name (fileCopySrcFileName) Source filename (including the path, if applicable) of file. The accepted value of this object is 'cfg1' or 'cfg2' when the requested action is Runtime to Flash or Host to Flash . Destination File Name (fileCopyDstFileName) Destination filename (including path, if applicable) of file. rcp User Name (fileCopyUserName) Remote user name for copy via rcp protocol.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Cvc00310.htm TITLE=Root Guard TEXT=Root Guard Port > Configure > Spanning Tree > Root Guard From the Root Guard dialog box, you can disallow a switch port from becoming the root port in STP. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Root Guard Capability (stpxRootGuardConfigEnabled) MST Instance Number (0..15) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) MISTP Instance Number (1..16) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) VLAN Number (1..4095) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) Module Number (moduleIndex) Port Number (portIndex) Inconsistency State (stpxRootInconsistencyState) Do one of the following: Click Apply to save the changes made in the dialog box. Click Find Inconsistency to find root inconsistencies based on the combination of the VLAN Number, Module Number, and Port Number values. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Root Guard Capability (stpxRootGuardConfigEnabled) Shows whether RootGuard capability is enabled on port. Note : Root Guard cannot be enabled if Uplink Guard is enabled. However, it can be enabled when Loop Guard is not enabled. MST Instance Number (0..15) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) Number of MST instances supported by device when value of stpxSpanningTreeType is mst(4). Valid values for this object range from 0 to 15. MISTP Instance Number (1..16) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) Number of MISTP instances supported by device when value of stpxSpanningTreeType is mistp(2) or mistpPvstPlus(3). Valid values for this object range from 1 to 16. VLAN Number (1..4095) (stpxRootInconsistencyIndex) The VLAN ID if the object value of stpxSpanningTreeType is pvstPlus(1). Valid values for this object range from 1 to 4095. Note: Depending on the Spanning Tree type, CiscoView will display either MST Instance Number, MISTP Instance Number, or VLAN Number. Module Number (moduleIndex) Module number of the port. Port Number (portIndex) Port number. Inconsistency State (stpxRootInconsistencyState) Indicates whether the port on a particular VLAN or MISTP instance is in root-inconsistent state.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/CWAN_Interface.htm TITLE=PIM Components TEXT=Interface CWAN port > Configure > Interface The following information is displayed: Name (ifName) Index (ifIndex) Descriptor (ifDescr) Type (ifType) MTU (ifMtu) Speed (ifSpeed) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Last Change (ifLastChange) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. The value of this object is the name of the interface, as assigned by the local device, and is suitable for use in commands entered at the device console. Index (ifIndex) A unique value for each interface, which ranges between 1 and the value of ifNumber. The value for each interface must remain constant from one reinitialization of the entity's network management system to the next reinitialization. Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. }}--> }}-->This object contains a string which identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interface hardware/software version. Type (ifType) The type of interface. MTU (ifMtu) The size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface, specified in octets. For interfaces that transmit network datagrams, this is the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits per second. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Address of the interface at its protocol sublayer. The media-specific MIB on the interface must define the bit and byte ordering and format of the value contained by this object. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Desired state of the interface. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operational state. }}--> }}-->If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem, then this object contains a value of 0 .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/dcca_profile.htm TITLE=DCCA PROFILE  TEXT=DCCA PROFILE Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category DCCA Profile . The following information appears: DCCA Profile Name (cGgsnSADccaProfileNam) DCCA Authorization (cGgsnSADccaAuthorization) CCFH Attribute (cGgsnSADccaCcfh) Destination Realm (cGgsnSADccaDestinationRealm) Session Failover (cGgsnSADccaSessionFailover) Retransmit Timer (cGgsnSADccaTxTimeout) SGSN State Change Trigger (cGgsnSADccaTriggerSgsnChange) QOS State Change Trigger (cGgsnSADccaTriggerQosChange) DCCA Row Status (cGgsnSADccaRowStatus) DCCA Profile Name (cGgsnSADccaProfileNam) Specifies the Diameter Credit Control Application (DCCA) profile name. If the DCCA profile name is set in the charging profile, GGSN contacts the DCCA server for online billing, DCCA Authorization (cGgsnSADccaAuthorization) Must be set to a valid value upon transition of the entry to the active state. Defines the authorization method list (provided by AAA authorization) referencing the DIAMETER server group, which is defined in an AAA server group. CCFH Attribute (cGgsnSADccaCcfh) Governs the behavior of the credit control client in fault situations. When a response is not received from the DCCA server within the configured retransmit timer, what happens next is specified by the Credit Control Failure Handling (CCFH) attribute for the session: continue: Allows the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context to continue and allows the traffic. terminate: Terminates the PDP context and the CC session. retryTerminate: Allows the DCCA client to retry an alternate server and, if a fail-to send condition occurs, terminates the PDP context.. Destination Realm (cGgsnSADccaDestinationRealm) Sent within the initial Credit Control Request (CCR) request. This is a mandatory configuration while defining the row and can be changed while the row is still active. For subsequent CCRs, the original-realm AVP received in the last Credit Control Answer (CCA) is used as a destination-realm. Session Failover (cGgsnSADccaSessionFailover) Specifies whether session failover is supported. When set to true, DCCA client will move the session to an alternate server. When set to false, the credit control session will not be moved to an alternate server. Retransmit Timer (cGgsnSADccaTxTimeout) Specifies the retransmit timer value for the DCCA client. The retransmit timeout is used for CCR messages. The DCCA specification defines a retransmit timer (Tx) that is used by the client to supervise the communication with the server, because, for pre-paid services, the end user expects a response from the network in a reasonable time. Thus, the DCCA client shall react faster than the underlying base protocol. When the retransmit timer elapses, the DCCA client takes an action on the PDP context depending on the current value of CCFH for that session. The retransmit timer is started with each CCR (initial) and CCR (update). Since multiple CCR (update) messages are possible, if one CCR (update) message is pending, a subsequent CCR (update) message restarts the timer. When answers to all pending CCR (update) messages are received, the retransmit timer is stopped. SGSN State Change Trigger (cGgsnSADccaTriggerSgsnChange) Takes effect for generic DCCA implementations only; and, therefore, has no effect on vodafone-specific implementations. When set to true, a change in the SGSN triggers quota re-authorization. When set to false, a change in the SGSN does not trigger quota re-authorization. Modifying this object does not affect existing PDPs using this DCCA profile. Only new PDP contexts using this DCCA profile will be affected by the modification. QOS State Change Trigger (cGgsnSADccaTriggerQosChange) Takes effect for generic DCCA implementations only; and, therefore, has no effect on vodafone-specific implementations. When set to true, QOS change is a trigger for quota re-authorization. When set to false, quota re-authorization will not take place when when there is change in QOS. Modifying this object only affects new PDP contexts. DCCA Row Status (cGgsnSADccaRowStatus) Used to create a new row or delete an existing row in this table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Destination_Profile_Table.htm TITLE=Destination Profile Table TEXT=Destination Profile Table Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > Call Home Facility > Destination Profile Table . The following information is displayed: Call Home Message Format (callHomeDestProfileMsgFormat) Message Size (callHomeDestProfileMaxMsgSize) Message Transport Method (callHomeDestProfileTrnsprtMthd) Call Home Message Format (callHomeDestProfileMsgFormat) CallHome format used by this profile when sending messages. Implementations are allowed to assign a default value. Message Size (callHomeDestProfileMaxMsgSize) Maximum size of messages that can be sent by this destination profile. Implementations are allowed to assign a default value. When the value of this object is zero, there is no limit on the size of messages sent by this destination profile. Message Transport Method (callHomeDestProfileTrnsprtMthd) CallHome transport method used to deliver alert messages.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/DFP_Agent_Info.htm TITLE=DFP Agent Info TEXT=DFP Agent Info To access the DFP Agent Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click DFP Agents . This dialog box provides information about the Dynamic Feedback Protocol (DFP) agents that reports to the server load balancing (SLB) managers. The DFP Agent Info dialog box displays the following information: DFP Agent IP Address (slbDfpAgentIpAddress) DFP Agent Port (slbDfpAgentPort) DFP Agent State (slbDfpAgentState) Timeout (slbDfpAgentTimeout) Manager Retry count (slbDfpAgentRetryCount) Retry interval (slbDfpAgentInterval) DFP Agent Row status (slbDfpAgentRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. DFP Agent IP Address (slbDfpAgentIpAddress) The IP address of the DFP agent. DFP Agent Port (slbDfpAgentPort) The port of the DFP agent. DFP Agent State (slbDfpAgentState) The state of the DFP agent. Timeout (slbDfpAgentTimeout) The time interval in which the agent must send at least one message to the manager. Manager Retry count (slbDfpAgentRetryCount) The number of times the manager attempts to re-establish a connection with the agent. Retry interval (slbDfpAgentInterval) The time interval before which SLB retries connecting to a DFP. DFP Agent Row status (slbDfpAgentRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete a row entry in slbDfpAgentTable, following the RowStatus textual convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/DFP_Password_Info.htm TITLE=DFP Password Info TEXT=DFP Password Info To access the DFP Password Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click DFP Password . This dialog box provides information on the password values a local SLB manager uses to communicate with remote DFP agents. The DFP Password Info dialog box displays the following information: Pending Password (slbDfpPasswordPending) Password setting Period (slbDfpPasswordTimeout) DFP Password Row status (slbDfpPasswordRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Pending Password (slbDfpPasswordPending) The pending password the Dynamic Feedback Protocol (DFP) uses for MD5 authentication within password timeout ticks. When read, this object returns a zero-length string. Writing a zero-length string unsets the password. If modified twice within the time interval given by slbDfpPasswordTimeout, the password and timeout of the first modification are forgotten and replaced by the password and timeout of the second. Password setting Period (slbDfpPasswordTimeout) The time interval between setting the pending password and removing the current password. DFP Password Row status (slbDfpPasswordRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete a row entry in slbDfpPasswordTable, following the RowStatus textual convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Dial_Peer_Configuration.htm TITLE=Dial-Peer Configuration TEXT=Dial-Peer Configuration The Dial-Peer Configuration dialog box provides the dial-peer information for the interface. Procedure In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. Select a row and then click Configure . Select Dial-Peer Configuration from the Category list. The following information appears: Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) Call Retries (dialCtlPeerCfgCallRetries) Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) Pots Configuration Session-target (cvVoicePeerCfgSessionTarget) Digits prefix (cvVoicePeerCfgDialDigitsPrefix) DID Call (cvVoicePeerCfgDIDCallEnable) Cas Group (cvVoicePeerCfgCasGroup) RegisterE164 (cvVoicePeerCfgRegisterE164) Forward Digits (cvVoicePeerCfgForwardDigits) Click Dial Peer Statistics to display the statistics for the selected dial-peer. Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Identifies a single peer that has a unique value. There are several entries in this table for one peer that define different ways of reaching this peer. Thus, there are several entries in this table with the same value of dialCtlPeerCfgId. Multiple entries for one peer are used to support multilink as well as backup lines. Several entries for one peer must have the same value of dialCtlPeerCfgId, but different ifEntries and thus different values of ifIndex. Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) Call address at which the peer is called. It is similar to a set of characters following 'ATDT ' or the 'phone number' included in a D channel call request. The structure of this information is switch type specific. If the value is a zero length string, no address information is required for reaching the peer as in the case of leased lines. Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Calling party number information element. For example, the information element passed in an ISDN setup message by a PBX ( Private Branch Exchange) or switch, for incoming calls. This address identifies the peer. If this address is either unknown or identical to dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress, the value is a zero length string. Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) The desired information transfer speed in bits per second when calling this peer. It is the detailed media specific information. For example, information type and information transfer rate for ISDN circuits, is found using speed details. If the transfer speed used is unknown or the default speed for this type of interface is unknown, the value is zero. Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) The information transfer capability used when calling this peer. Values are: other (1) speech (2) unrestrictedDigital (3) Represents 64k/s data. unrestrictedDigital56 (4) Represents 56k rate adaption. restrictedDigital (5) audio31(6) Represents 3.1 kHz audio. audio7 (7) Represents 7 kHz audio video (8) packetSwitched (9) fax (10) speech (2) refers to a non-data connection, whereas audio31 (6) and audio7 (7) refer to data mode connections. Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Indicates whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps needs to be generated for this peer. Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Applicable permissions. The following are the permissions: originate (1) answer (2) both (3) Originate & answer callback (4) Either rejects the call and then calls back, or uses the 'Reverse charging' information element if it is available. Note: callback(4) is supposed to control charging, not security, and applies to callback prior to accepting a call. Callback for security reasons is handled using PPP callback. none (5) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) The connection is automatically disconnected if it carries no useful data for a specified time period, in seconds. Useful data in this context refers to forwarding packets, including routing information. It excludes the encapsulator maintenance frames. A zero value means the connection is not automatically taken down due to inactivity, which implies that it is a dedicated circuit. Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) Minimum duration of a call in seconds, starting from the time the call is connected until the call is disconnected. This to facilitate charging. In most countries charging applies to units of time, which is matched as closely as possible. Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) Maximum call duration in seconds. Zero means 'unlimited'. Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) The call timeout time in seconds. A default zero value means that the call timeout as specified for the media in question will apply. Call Retries (dialCtlPeerCfgCallRetries) The number of attempts that can be made to an inaccessible number or to the number which refuses the call. Zero means no bound. Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) The time in seconds between call retries if a peer cannot be reached. A zero value means that call retries are made without any delay. Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) The time in seconds after which call attempts are placed again after a peer is unreachable, i.e. after dialCtlPeerCfgCallRetries unsuccessful call attempts. A zero value means that a peer is not called again after dialCtlPeerCfgCallRetries unsuccessful call attempts. Pots Configuration Session-target (cvVoicePeerCfgSessionTarget) Specifies the session target of the peer. Session Target definition: The session target has the syntax used by the IETF service location protocol. The syntax is as follows: mapping-type:type-specific-syntax The mapping-type specifies a scheme for mapping the matching dial string to a session target. The valid mapping type definition for the peer is as follows: Mapping type definition: loopback Syntax: loopback:where In the loopback syntax 'where' string is defined as compressed or uncompressed. compressed means loopback is performed on compressed voice as close to the CODEC which processes the data. uncompressed means loopback is performed on the PCM or analog voice as close to the telephony endpoint. There are two loopback cases. They are as follows: Local loopback case : uncompressed The PCM voice coming into the DSP is turned around and sent back out, allowing testing of the transmit to receive paths in the telephony endpoint. compressed The compressed voice coming out of the CODEC is turned around on the DSP module and fed back into the decompressor through the jitter buffer. In addition to the telephony endpoint, this tests both the encode and decode paths without involving data paths or packet handling on the host router. Remote loopback case : compressed RTP packets received from the network are decapsulated and passed to the DSP board. Instead of feeding these into the CODEC for decompression, they are immediately sent back to the session application as if they originated locally and were compressed. uncompressed In addition to the above, the voice samples are sent all the way through the CODEC and then turned around instead of being sent to the telephony endpoint. Digits prefix (cvVoicePeerCfgDialDigitsPrefix) The prefix of the dial digits for the peer. The dial digits prefix is sent to telephony interface before the real phone number when the system places the outgoing call to the voice encapsulation peer over telephony interface. DID Call (cvVoicePeerCfgDIDCallEnable) Enables or disables the DID call treatment for incoming DNIS digits. true means treat the incoming DNIS digits as if the digits are received from DID trunk. false means disable DID call treatment for incoming DNIS digits. Cas Group (cvVoicePeerCfgCasGroup) The CAS group number of a CAS capable T1 or E1 that is in the dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf of RFC2128. It is set to a valid CAS group number if the dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf contains a valid ifIndex for a CAS capable T1 or E1. The value is set to -1 before the value of dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf of RFC2128 is changed. Value range is 0 to 23 for T1 and 0 to 30 for E1. -1 means the Cas Group is disabled. RegisterE164 (cvVoicePeerCfgRegisterE164) Specifies whether the E.164 number specified in the dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress field of the associated dialCtlPeerCfgTable entry be registered with the router gatekeeper. Forward Digits (cvVoicePeerCfgForwardDigits) The number of dialed digits to forward to the remote destination in the setup message. Values are: 0 to 32 Number of right justified digits to forward. -1 0 -2 Forward extra digits. -3 Forward all digits.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/DSCP_to_CoS_Mapping.htm TITLE=DSCP to CoS Mapping TEXT=DSCP to CoS Mapping Configuration > Mapping Tables > DSCP > CoS DSCP value in a received packet is changed during classification depending on the ACLs attached to the interface. During Policing, DSCP and CoS are agin determined depending on the policy configuration. This table configures a mapping between DSCP after classification and CoS and DSCP that have to be set in policing phase. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: DSCP Value (caqDscpMappingDscp) Class Of Service (caqDscpMappingCos) Normal Rate Policied DSCP (caqDscpMappingNRPolicedDscp) Excess Rate Policied DSCP (caqDscpMappingERPolicedDscp) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. DSCP Value (caqDscpMappingDscp) The DSCP value being mapped to the CoS value; the policed DSCP value in this device. Class Of Service (caqDscpMappingCos) The CoS value to which the DSCP values are mapped. Normal Rate Policed DSCP (caqDscpMappingNRPolicedDscp) The normal rate, policed, DSCP value to which the DSCP values are mapped. Excess Rate Policed DSCP (caqDscpMappingERPolicedDscp) The excess rate, policed, DSCP value to which the DSCP values are mapped.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Edit_Buffer.htm TITLE=Edit Buffer TEXT=Edit Buffer To access the Edit Buffer dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) > Instance Mapping . Click Edit Buffer . From this dialog box, you can modify the MST instances configured on this device. The following data is displayed: MST Instance (stpxMSTInstanceEditIndex) VLANs Mapped (stpxMSTInstanceEditVlansMapped) Note: This dialog box is available only on devices where the spanning tree type is set to MST. You may see a message which states that the edit buffer is locked by a non-SNMP (command line interface) user. In order to make changes: Click Yes to release the edit buffer and discard any changes the non-SNMP user made. Enter your changes. Click OK. The edit buffer is updated with the latest VLAN mappings and locked by the SNMP user. Do one of the following: Click Modify to specify the VLANs mapped to the selected MST instance. Note: MST instance 0 cannot be modified. Click Commit to commit the edit buffer contents into the device's NVRAM and release the edit buffer lock. Click Rollback to discard the edit buffer contents and release the edit buffer lock. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. MST Instance (stpxMSTInstanceEditIndex) Unique identifier for an MST instance that is supported by the device. Values can range from 0 to the value of MST Max Instance Number. VLANs Mapped (stpxMSTInstanceEditVlansMapped) Indicates the VLANs mapped to the selected MST instance.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Email_Address_Configuration.htm TITLE=Email Address Configuration TEXT=Email Address Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > Call Home Facility > Email Address Configuration . The following information is displayed: Maximum Destination Email Addresses (callHomeEmailAddrTblMaxEntries) Sender’s Email Address (callHomeEmailFrom) Reply To Email Address (callHomeEmailReplyTo) Email Address (callHomeDestEmailAddress) Maximum Destination Email Addresses (callHomeEmailAddrTblMaxEntries) Maximum number of entries that the agent supports in callHomeDestEmailAddressTable. Sender’s Email Address (callHomeEmailFrom) Email address listed in the From field when sending email via SMTP. Reply To Email Address (callHomeEmailReplyTo) Email address listed in the Reply To field when sending email via SMTP. Email Address (callHomeDestEmailAddress) Email address associated with this destination profile.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Entity_Config_Card.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Information TEXT=Entity Physical Information Device > Configure > Physical The following data is displayed in the Entity Configuration Details dialog box: Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Index value for the physical entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Model Name(entPhysicalModelName) The vendor-specific model name associated with this card or module. Note: The content will be present for both Chassis 1 and Chassis 2. If Standy chassis is not present , it will give a message Standby Chassis is not available. under Chassis 2 section.. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Environmental_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Environmental Monitoring TEXT=Environmental Monitoring Device > Configure > Environmental Monitoring This dialog box provides information on the environmental monitor supported by this device. The following data is displayed: Environmental Monitor Type (ciscoEnvMonPresent) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Click Stop to stop device monitoring. Environmental Monitor Type (ciscoEnvMonPresent) Type of environmental monitor located in the chassis.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Environment_Power.htm TITLE=Power TEXT=Power Device > Monitor > Environment Monitoring > Power Fromthis dialog box, you can monitor the amount of power available and consumed byvarious components in the device. This dialog box displays the following data: TotalPower Available ( CefcTotalAvailableCurrent ) TotalPower Drawn ( CefcTotalDrawnCurrent ) RemainingPower (cefcTotalAvailableCurrent - cefcTotalDrawnCurrent ) Power Supplies: Power Supply ( description ) Capacity ( Cefc FRUCurrent ) Modules: Module Number ( description ) Power Required (Watts) ( CefcFRUCurrent ) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. TotalPower Available ( CefcTotalAvailableCurrent ) Totalamount of power (in watts) available from the device's power supplies. TotalPower Drawn ( CefcTotalDrawnCurrent ) Totalamount of power (in watts) drawn from the device's power supplies. RemainingPower (cefcTotalAvailableCurrent - cefcTotalDrawnCurrent ) Amount of power available foruse by the device. It is calculated by subtracting the total power drawnfrom the total power available. Power Supplies: PowerSupply ( description ) Indicatesthe power supply number. Capacity ( Cefc FRUCurrent ) Amount of power available froma power supply, in watts. Modules: Module Number ( description ) Indicates the module number . Power Required(Watts) ( CefcFRUCurrent ) Amount of power required to operate this module, in watts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Environment_Temperature.htm TITLE=Environment Temperature TEXT=Environment Temperature Device > Monitor > Environment Monitoring From this dialog box, you can monitor the temperature of various devicecomponents. This dialog box displays the following data: Description ( CiscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr ) Temperature (C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue ) Status ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState ) Threshold Temp (C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold ) Last Shutdown Temperature (C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown ) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Description( CiscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr ) Shorttextual description of thetestpoint being monitored. Temperature(C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue ) Temperatureof the testpoint. Status( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState ) Currentstate of the testpoint being monitored. There are six possible values : Normal: the component is running at the normal operating temperature Warning: the component is running slightly above the normal operating temperature Critical: the component is running well above the normal operating temperature Shutdown: the component is running at a dangerously high temperature, and the device should be shut down immediately Not Present: the temperature sensor is not present Not Functioning: the temperature sensor is not functioning properly ThresholdTemp (C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold ) Highesttemperature the testpoint can attain before an emergency shutdown of the deviceis initiated. LastShutdown Temperature (C) ( ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown ) Temperatureof the testpoint when an emergency shutdown of the device was last initiated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/EOU_Configurations.htm TITLE=EOU Configurations TEXT=EOU Configurations Navigation Port > Configure > PAE > EOU Configurations The following information appears: Admin Status (cnnEouIfAdminStatus) Validation (cnnEouIfValidateAction) Fail Policy (cnnEouIfAaaFailPolicy) Admin Status (cnnEouIfAdminStatus) Current administrative status of this interface. There are three possible values: auto : Posture validation via EOU is enabled on this interface if an endpoint device is found. disabled : Posture validation via EOU is disabled. bypass : The host connected to this interface bypasses posture validation and directly downloads the host network access policy from authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) server. Validation (cnnEouIfValidateAction) EOU validation setting configured for the endpoint devices associated with this interface. Note: This object always returns the value none when read. There are four possible values: none(1) : No operation is performed. initialize(2) : Manually initiates reauthentication of all associated endpoint devices. revalidate(3) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of all associated endpoint devices. noRevalidate(4) : Disables the revalidation of all associated endpoint devices. Fail Policy (cnnEouIfAaaFailPolicy) The name of the policy template to be applied when cnnEouHostResultState is set to aaaFail . The specified policy name must exist in cpgPolicyTable if it is not an empty string.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/EOU_Details.htm TITLE=EOU Details TEXT=EOU Details Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > EOU Details The following information appears: Version (cnnEouVersion) Posture Validation (cnnEouEnabled) Clientless Authentication (cnnEouAllowClientless) IP StationID Allowed (cnnEouAllowIpStationId) Logging (cnnEouLoggingEnabled) Max Retry (cnnEouMaxRetry) PortNo (cnnEouPort) AAA Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutAAA) Hold Period Timout (cnnEouTimeoutHoldPeriod) Retransmit Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutRetransmit) Revalidation Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutRevalidation) Status Query Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutStatusQuery) Version (cnnEouVersion) EOU version in use on the local system. The value zero indicates the current version cannot be determined. Posture Validation (cnnEouEnabled) Indicates whether EOU posture validation is globally enabled on the device. Clientless Authentication (cnnEouAllowClientless) Indicates whether the authentication of clientless hosts is allowed on any system that does not run Cisco Trust Agent. IP StationID Allowed (cnnEouAllowIpStationId) Indicates whether the host IP address is sent in the calling station ID field of a RADIUS server request. Logging (cnnEouLoggingEnabled) Indicates whether EOU system logging events are enabled. Set this object to true to enable Syslog messages at an informational level (Syslog level 6). Max Retry (cnnEouMaxRetry) Maximum number of retry attempts for EOU. PortNo (cnnEouPort) UDP port number used for EOU. Note: Make sure that this port does not conflict with any other UDP applications. AAA Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutAAA) Timeout period used by a Network Access Device (NAD) with authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) enabled. Hold Period Timout (cnnEouTimeoutHoldPeriod) Length of time that elapses before client sessions are purged from the system due to client inactivity. Retransmit Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutRetransmit) Timeout period for a retransmitted EOU message. Revalidation Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutRevalidation) Timeout period for revalidation. Setting this object to zero globally disables periodic revalidation on this device. Status Query Timeout (cnnEouTimeoutStatusQuery) Timeout period for the status query after revalidation.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Error_Disable_Global.htm TITLE=Error Disable Timeout Configuration TEXT=Error Disable Timeout Configuration Device > Configure > Error Disable Timeout Fromthe Error Disable Timeout Configuration dialog box, you can enable/disable theerror disabletimeout feature on this device. The error disable timeout feature allows you to set atimeout period for ports in the error disable state ( Aport is in error disable state if it is enabled in NVRAM, but is disabled atruntime by any process) . After the specified timeout period, these ports areautomatically reenabled, eliminating the need to reenable each of these portsmanually. Note: This dialog box only appears on devicesrunning Catalyst OS version 5.4.1 orlater. This dialog box displays the following data: UDLD ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) DuplexMismatch ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) BPDUPort Guard ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) ChannelMisconfiguration ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) CrossBar Fall Back ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Gl2ptIngress Loop ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Gl2ptThreshold Exceed ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) BroadcastSuppression ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) OtherReason ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) TimeoutInterval (30…84000 Seconds) ( sysErrDisableTimeoutInterval ) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. UDLD( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Whena port enters the error disable state because it detected a unidirectional link, thenthe error disable timeout feature can be enabled/disabled. DuplexMismatch ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Whena port enters the error disable state because it detected a duplex mismatch, thenthe error disable timeout feature can be enabled/disabled. BPDUPort Guard ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Whena port enters the error disable state because it detected a BPDU guard, then theerror disable timeout feature can be enabled/disabled. ChannelMisconfiguration ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Whena port enters the error disable state because it detected a channelmisconfiguration, then the error disable timeout feature can be enabled/disabled. CrossBar Fall Back ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Indicates whether a port enters the error disable state when a crossbar failureoccurs. Note: Thisfield is only displayed on Catalyst 6000 devices with a Supervisor II card running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. Gl2ptIngress Loop ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) GLayer2 protocol tunneling incoming loop value. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. Gl2ptThreshold Exceed ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) GLayer2 protocol tunneling threshold exceed value. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. BroadcastSuppression ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Indicates whether a port enters the error disable state when broadcast suppressionoccurs. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. OtherReason ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Ifa port enters the error disable state for reasons other than the ones listed above, thenerror disabletimeout can be enabled/disabled. TimeoutInterval (30…84000 Seconds) ( sysErrDisableTimeoutInterval ) Indicates theerror disable timeout interval, in seconds.Valid values range from 30 to 84,000 seconds (24 hours).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Error_Disable_Port.htm TITLE=Port Configuration TEXT=Port Configuration Device > Configure > Error Disable Timeout > Error Disable Port Configuration From this dialog box, you can configure whether a port placed into the errordisable state is automatically reenabled after the timeout interval. Note: This dialog box is only available on devices running Catalyst OSversion 5.4 or later. The following information is displayed: Module/Port (portModuleIndex/portIndex) ErrDisable Timeout (portErrDisableTimeOutEnable) CrossBar Fall Back ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Gl2ptIngress Loop ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Gl2ptThreshold Exceed ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) BroadcastSuppression ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module/Port (portModuleIndex/portIndex) Indicates a port's module number and port number. ErrDisable Timeout (portErrDisableTimeOutEnable) Indicates whether the Error Disable Timeout feature is enabled. CrossBar Fall Back ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Indicates whether a port enters the error disable state when a crossbar failureoccurs. Note: Thisfield is only displayed on Catalyst 6000 devices with a Supervisor II card running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. Gl2ptIngress Loop ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) GLayer2 protocol tunneling incoming loop value. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. Gl2ptThreshold Exceed ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) GLayer2 protocol tunneling threshold exceed value. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later. BroadcastSuppression ( SysErrDisableTimeoutEnable ) Indicates whether a port enters the error disable state when broadcast suppressionoccurs. Note: This field is only displayed on Catalyst6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2.1 or later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Ether_Channel.htm TITLE=Ether Channel TEXT=Ether Channel Device > Configure > Ether Channel From this dialog box, you can create a new ether channel group. You can also add ports and view the ports that already belong to an existing ether channel group. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) EtherChannel IfIndex (pagpGroupIfIndex) Port(s) (PortColumn) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: With an ether channel group selected, click Add Port(s) to launch an input box and add ports to that ether channel. With an ether channel group selected, click Show Member(s) to highlight the ports belonging to that ether channel in the chassis view. Click Hide Member(s) to restore the previous chassis view. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. EtherChannel IfIndex (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Port(s) (PortColumn) Unique numerical index value for the interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Ether_Channel_Configuration_Port.htm TITLE=Ether Channel Configuration TEXT=Ether Channel Configuration Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration This dialog box provides Ether Channel configuration information for this port. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) Device Id (pagpDeviceId) Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) Learn Method (pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click PAgP to launch the PAgP Configuration dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Operational mode of the port: off(1): no aggregation of interfaces is allowed; manual(2): aggregation is under control of the pagpGroupCapabilityConfiguration section (meaning no PAgP protocol packets are sent, and any received are ignored); pagpOn(3): aggregation is under control of the PAgP protocol (meaning PAgP packets are sent on the interface and those received are acted upon). Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) The interfaces, of any number, with the same value of this object can be aggregated together manually . Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) An object used to inform the system administrator examining the FEC MIB of the capabilities of the current state of the interface's hardware to form agports. Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) The priority relative to other interfaces when determining which interface is to be used in Hot Standby mode. Device Id (pagpDeviceId) The device&#146;s MAC address. Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) The protocol address type used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include ip and mac . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionProtocol on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces. Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) The distribution type of the protocol used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include source , destination , and both . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionAddress on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces. Learn Method(pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The value of the partner's pagpLearnMethod object obtained from thePAgP packet last received on this interface. The value of this object is undefined(3) if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Ether_Channel_Configuration_Port_6k.htm TITLE=Ether Channel Configuration TEXT=Ether Channel Configuration Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration This dialog box provides Ether Channel configuration information for this port. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) Device Id (pagpDeviceId) Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) Learn Method (pagpLearnMethod)Learn Method (pagpLearnMethod) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click PAgP to launch the PAgP Configuration dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Operational mode of the port: off(1): no aggregation of interfaces is allowed; manual(2): aggregation is under control of the pagpGroupCapabilityConfiguration section (meaning no PAgP protocol packets are sent, and any received are ignored); pagpOn(3): aggregation is under control of the PAgP protocol (meaning PAgP packets are sent on the interface and those received are acted upon). Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) The interfaces, of any number, with the same value of this object can be aggregated together manually . Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) An object used to inform the system administrator examining the FEC MIB of the capabilities of the current state of the interface's hardware to form agports. Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) The priority relative to other interfaces when determining which interface is to be used in Hot Standby mode. Device Id (pagpDeviceId) The device&#146;s MAC address. Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) The protocol address type used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include ip and mac . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionProtocol on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces. Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) The distribution type of the protocol used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include source , destination , and both . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionAddress on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces. Learn Method (pagpLearnMethod) Specifies whether this device is able to learn the location of a source MAC address based on the agport on which it was received, agPort(2), or on the interface on which it was received, physPort(1).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fabric_Error_Recovery_Objects.htm TITLE=Fabric Error Recovery Objects TEXT=Fabric Error Recovery Objects Navigation Device > Configure > Error Recovery The following information appears: Threshhold Link (cc6kxbarErrRcvryThreshLink) ThreshPers Link (cc6kxbarErrRcvryThreshPersLink) Switchover Enable (cc6kxbarErrRcvrySwitchoverEnable) Threshhold Link (cc6kxbarErrRcvryThreshLink) The threshold configured for fabric link errors that take place in a fabric error recovery channel. ThreshPers Link (cc6kxbarErrRcvryThreshPersLink) The threshold configured for persistent fabric link errors that take place in a fabric error recovery channel. Switchover Enable (cc6kxbarErrRcvrySwitchoverEnable) Indicates whether the switchover to the standby fabric module is enabled upon the detection of excessive fabric link errors that have taken place in a fabric error recovery channel.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fan_Status.htm TITLE=Fan Status TEXT=Fan Status Device > Configure > Fan Status This dialog box provides information on the fans maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: The following data is displayed: Fan Status Index (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusIndex) Fan Status Description (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusDescr) Fan State (ciscoEnvMonFanState) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Click Stop to stop device monitoring. Fan Status Index (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusIndex) Unique identifier for the fan being used. This value is used for SNMP purposes only, and has no intrinsic signficance. Fan Status Description (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusDescr) Textual description of the fan being used. Fan State (ciscoEnvMonFanState) Current state of the fan being used.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fault_Comparative_Charts_Bar.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - BAR TEXT=Comparative Charts - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Comparative Charts - BAR . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device. Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fault_Comparative_Charts_Bar_Delta.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR TEXT=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Comparative Charts (DELTA) - BAR . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device. Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fault_Comparative_Charts_Pie.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - PIE TEXT=Comparative Charts - PIE Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Comparative Charts - PIE . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device. Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fault_Comparative_Charts_Strip.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - STRIP TEXT=Comparative Charts - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Comparative Charts - STRIP . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device. Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Fault_Comparative_Charts_Strip_Delta.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP TEXT=Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Comparative Charts (DELTA) - STRIP . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device. Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Flow_Control_Objects.htm TITLE=Flow Control Objects TEXT=Flow Control Objects Navigation Device > Configure > Flow Control The following information appears: Notif Enable (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlNotifEnable) Threshold Mode (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrMode) Threshold Value (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrValue) Trans Time (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOTransTime) Notif Enable (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlNotifEnable) Indicates whether notifications are generated for the flow control feature. If a bit corresponding to a notification is set to one, then that notification will be generated. Threshold Mode (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrMode) Specifies the configuration mode of the system bus flow control FIFO threshold. There are three possible values: off —The flow control FIFO threshold is set to the original value defined by the system. on —The flow control FIFO threshold is set to the lower value defined by the system. auto —The system monitors the system bus flow control FIFO threshold. The system will change this threshold from the original value to the lower value the first time it detects that the threshold is being exceeded on a physical entity (such as a module). Threshold Value (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrValue) Indicates whether the current value of the system bus flow control FIFO threshold is the original value or the lower value defined by the system. There are two possible values: original lower Trans Time (cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOTransTime) When the value of cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrValue is set to lower , this object indicates the value of sysUpTime when the system bus flow control FIFO threshold is transitioned to a lower value. When the value of cc6kxbarFlowCtrlBusFIFOThrValue is set to original , the value of this object is zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_ad_challenge_values.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Advertisement Challenge Values  TEXT=Foreign Agent Advertisement Challenge Values Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Advertisement Challenge Values. The following information appears: Interfaces Index (ifIndex) Challenge Index (cmiFaAdvertChallengeIndex) Challenge Value (cmiFaAdvertChallengeValue) Interfaces Index (ifIndex) Interfaces index. Challenge Index (cmiFaAdvertChallengeIndex) Number of last challenge values that can be used by mobile node in the registration request sent to the foreign agent on this interface. Challenge Value (cmiFaAdvertChallengeValue) Challenge value in the challenge window of the interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_ad_config.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Advertisement Configurations TEXT=Foreign Agent Advertisement Configurations Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Advertisement Configurations. The following information appears: Interfaces Index (ifIndex) Advertisement Status (cmiFaAdvertIsBusy) Registration Required (cmiFaAdvertRegRequired) Last Challenge Values (cmiFaAdvertChallengeWindow) Interfaces Index (ifIndex) Interfaces index. Advertisement Status (cmiFaAdvertIsBusy) Indicates whether the foreign agent is busy. When set to true (1), agent advertisements sent by the agent on this interface will have the B bit set to 1. Registration Required (cmiFaAdvertRegRequired) Specifies whether foreign agent registration is required on this interface. When set to true (1), agent advertisements sent on this interface will have the R bit set to 1. Last Challenge Values (cmiFaAdvertChallengeWindow) Specifies the number of last challenge values that can be used by the mobile node in the registration request sent to the foreign agent on this interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_asym_link_support.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support TEXT=Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support Configs . Select a row and click the Monitor button. The following information appears: Registration Requests Received for CoA (cmiFaCoaRegAsymLink) Registration Requests Received for CoA (cmiFaCoaRegAsymLink) Number of registration requests that have been received for this care-of address (CoA) on other interfaces (asymmetric links) and have been treated as received on this CoA interface. The count is zero if the CoA interface is not set as transmit-only.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_asym_link_support_configs.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support Configs TEXT=Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Asymmetric Link Support Configs . The following information appears: Care-of-address (faSupportedCOA) FA Advertise (cmiFaCoaInterfaceOnly) FA Transmit Only Status (cmiFaCoaTransmitOnly) Care-of-address (faSupportedCOA) Foreign agent care-of-address. FA Advertise (cmiFaCoaInterfaceOnly) Specifies whether the foreign agent interface associated with this care-of-address (CoA) should advertise this CoA only or not. If true, other configured care-of-addresses will not be advertised. FA Transmit Only Status (cmiFaCoaTransmitOnly) Specifies whether the foreign agent interface associated with this CoA is a transmit-only (uplink) interface or not. If true, the foreign agent treats all registration requests received (on any interface) for this CoA as having arrived on the care-of interface. This object can be set to true for serial care-of-interfaces only.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_interface_configs.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Interface Configs TEXT=Foreign Agent Interface Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Interface Configs . The following information appears: Interface Index (ifIndex) Reverse Tunnel Capability (cmiFaReverseTunnelEnable) FA Challenge Capability (cmiFaChallengeEnable) CHAP_SPI Number (cmiFaAdvertChallengeChapSPI) Interface Index (ifIndex) Interface index. Reverse Tunnel Capability (cmiFaReverseTunnelEnable) Specifies whether reverse tunnel capability is enabled on the interface or not FA Challenge Capability (cmiFaChallengeEnable) Specifies whether foreign agent challenge capability is enabled on the interface or not CHAP_SPI Number (cmiFaAdvertChallengeChapSPI) Specifies the CHAP_SPI number for foreign agent challenge authentication.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Foreign_Agent_Registration_Statistics1.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Registration Statistics1 TEXT=Foreign Agent Registration Statistics1 Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select Foreign Agent Registration Statistics1 . The following information is displayed: Regn Requests Count Total (faRegRequestsReceived) Regn Requests Relayed (faRegRequestsRelayed) Reason Unspecified Regns Rejected (faReasonUnspecified) Administratively Prohibited Regns (faAdmProhibited) Insufficient Resources - Regns Rejected (faInsufficientResource) Authentication Failure - Regns Rejected (faMNAuthenticationFailure) Long Lifetime - Regns Rejected (faRegLifetimeTooLong) Poorly formed Requests (faPoorlyFormedRequests) Regn Requests Count Total (faRegRequestsReceived) Total number of valid registration requests received. Regn Requests Relayed (faRegRequestsRelayed) Total number of registration requests relayed to the home agent by the foreign agent. Reason Unspecified Regns Rejected (faReasonUnspecified) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—reason unspecified (code 64). Administratively Prohibited Regns (faAdmProhibited) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—administratively prohibited (code 65). Insufficient Resources - Regns Rejected (faInsufficientResource) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—insufficient resources (code 66). Authentication Failure - Regns Rejected (faMNAuthenticationFailure) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—mobile node failed authentication (code 67). Long Lifetime - Regns Rejected (faRegLifetimeTooLong) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—requested lifetime too long (code 69). Poorly formed Requests (faPoorlyFormedRequests) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—poorly formed request (code 70).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Foreign_Agent_Registration_Statistics2.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Registration Statistics2 TEXT=Foreign Agent Registration Statistics2 Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select Foreign Agent Registration Statistics2 . The following information is displayed: Encapsulation Unavailable - Regns Rejected (faEncapsulationUnavailable) VJ Comp Unavailable - Regns Rejected(faVJCompressionUnavailable) HA Unreachable - Regns Rejected ( faHAUnreachable) Regn Replies Received (faRegRepliesRecieved) Regn Replies Relayed (faRegRepliesRelayed) HA Authentication Failure - Regns Rejected (faHAAuthenticationFailure) Poorly Formed Replies (faPoorlyFormedReplies) Encapsulation Unavailable - Regns Rejected (faEncapsulationUnavailable) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—requested encapsulation unavailable (code 72). VJ Comp Unavailable - Regns Rejected(faVJCompressionUnavailable) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—requested Van-Jacobson header compression unavailable (code 73). HA Unreachable - Regns Rejected ( faHAUnreachable) Total number of registration requests denied by the foreign agent—home agent unreachable (codes 80-95). Regn Replies Received (faRegRepliesRecieved) Total number of well-formed registration replies received from by the foreign agent. Regn Replies Relayed (faRegRepliesRelayed) Total number of registration replies relayed to the mobile node by the foreign agent. HA Authentication Failure - Regns Rejected (faHAAuthenticationFailure) Total number of registration replies denied by the foreign agent—home agent failed authentication (code 68). Poorly Formed Replies (faPoorlyFormedReplies) Total number of registration replies denied by the foreign agent—poorly formed reply (code 71).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_system_configs.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent System Configs TEXT=Foreign Agent System Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent System Configs . The following information appears: Reverse Tunnel Status (cmiFaRevTunnelSupported) FA Challenge Status (cmiFaChallengeSupported) Encap Delivery Style (cmiFaEncapDeliveryStyleSupported) Reverse Tunnel Status (cmiFaRevTunnelSupported) Indicates whether reverse tunnel is supported or not. FA Challenge Status (cmiFaChallengeSupported) Indicates whether Foreign Agent Challenge is supported or not. Encap Delivery Style (cmiFaEncapDeliveryStyleSupported) Indicates whether Encap delivery style is supported or not.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Foreign_Agent_System_Table.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent System Table TEXT=Foreign Agent System Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Foreign Agent System Table . Care of Address (faSupportedCOA) Care-of-address supported by the foreign agent. Row Status (faCOAStatus) Row status for the care-of-address entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_list.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors List TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors List Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors List . The following information appears: Visitor Identifier Type (CmiEntityIdentifierType) Visitor Identifier Associated (cmiFaRegVisitorIdentifier) Home IP Address (cmiFaRegVisitorHomeAddress) Home Agent IP Address (cmiFaRegVisitorHomeAgentAddress) Lifetime (cmiFaRegVisitorTimeGranted) Time to Expire (cmiFaRegVisitorTimeRemaining) ID Low Bits (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIDLow) ID High Bits (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIDHigh) Registration Acceptance (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIsAccepted) Challenge Value (cmiFaRegVisitorChallengeValue) Visitor Registration Flags (CmiFaRegVisitorRegFlagsRev1) Visitor Identifier Type (CmiEntityIdentifierType) A value that represents a type of mobile IP entity identifier: other(1) Identifier that is not in one of the formats defined in this list. ipaddress(2) IP address as defined by InetAddressIPv4 textual convention in INET-ADDRESS-MIB. nai(3) A network access identifier as defined by the CmiEntityIdentifier textual convention. Visitor Identifier associated (cmiFaRegVisitorIdentifier) The identifier associated with the visitor. Home IP Address (cmiFaRegVisitorHomeAddress) Home (IP) address of visiting mobile node. Home Agent IP Address (cmiFaRegVisitorHomeAgentAddress) Home agent IP address for that visiting mobile node. Lifetime (cmiFaRegVisitorTimeGranted) The lifetime granted to the mobile node for this registration. Only valid if faVisitorRegIsAccepted is true (1). Time to Expire (cmiFaRegVisitorTimeRemaining) The time remaining until the registration expireS. It has the same initial value as cmiFaRegVisitorTimeGranted and is counted down by the foreign agent. ID Low Bits (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIDLow) Low 32 bits of identification used in that registration by the mobile node. ID High Bits (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIDHigh) High 32 bits of identification used in that registration by the mobile node. Registration Acceptance (cmiFaRegVisitorRegIsAccepted) Whether the registration has been accepted or not. If it is false(2), this registration is still pending for reply. Challenge Value (cmiFaRegVisitorChallengeValue) Challenge value forwarded to the mobile node in the previous registration reply, which can be used by the mobile node in the next Registration request. Visitor Registration Flags (CmiFaRegVisitorRegFlagsRev1) Registration flags sent by the mobile node.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_stats_dereg.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-De-Registration TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-De-Registration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-De-Registration . The following information appears: De-Registration Requests Received (cmiFaDeRegRequestsReceived) De-Registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaDeRegRequestsRelayed) De-Registration Requests Denied (cmiFaDeRegRequestsDenied) De-Registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaDeRegRequestsDiscarded) Valid De-reg Replies Received (cmiFaDeRegRepliesValidFromHA) Valid De-reg Replies Relayed (cmiFaDeRegRepliesValidRelayToMN) De-Registration Requests Received (cmiFaDeRegRequestsReceived) Total number of de-registration requests received by the foreign agent. De-Registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaDeRegRequestsRelayed) Total number of de-registration requests relayed to home agent by the foreign agent. De-Registration Requests Denied (cmiFaDeRegRequestsDenied) Total number of de-registration requests denied by the foreign agent. De-Registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaDeRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of de-registration requests discarded by the foreign agent. Valid De-reg Replies Received (cmiFaDeRegRepliesValidFromHA) Total number of valid de-registration replies received from the home agent by the foreign agent. Valid De-reg Replies Relayed (c miFaDeRegRepliesValidRelayToMN) Total number of de-registration replies relayed to the mobile node by the foreign agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_stats_init_reg.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Initial Registration TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Initial Registration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Initial Registration . The following information appears: Initial Registration Requests Received (cmiFaInitRegRequestsReceived) Initial Registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaInitRegRequestsRelayed) Initial Registration Requests Denied (cmiFaInitRegRequestsDenied) Initial Registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaInitRegRequestsDiscarded) Initial Valid Registration Reply (cmiFaInitRegRepliesValidFromHA) Initial Registration Replies (cmiFaInitRegRepliesValidRelayMN) Foreign Agent Visitors List (cmiFaRegTotalVisitors) Initial Registration Requests Received (cmiFaInitRegRequestsReceived) Total number of initial registration requests received by the foreign agent. Initial Registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaInitRegRequestsRelayed) Total number of initial registration requests relayed by the foreign agent to the home agent. Initial Registration Requests Denied (cmiFaInitRegRequestsDenied) Total number of initial registration requests denied by the foreign agent. Initial Registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaInitRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of initial registration requests discarded by the foreign agent. Initial Valid Registration Reply (cmiFaInitRegRepliesValidFromHA) Total number of initial valid registration replies from the home agent to foreign agent. Initial Registration Replies (cmiFaInitRegRepliesValidRelayMN) Total number of initial registration replies relayed to the mobile node by the foreign agent. Foreign Agent Visitors List (cmiFaRegTotalVisitors) Current number of entries in faVisitorTable which contains the foreign agent's visitor list. The foreign agent updates this table in response to registration events from mobile nodes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_stats_rereg.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics Re-Registration TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics Re-Registration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Re-Registration . The following information appears: Re-registration Requests Received (cmiFaReRegRequestsReceived) Re-registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaReRegRequestsRelayed) Re-registration Requests Denied (cmiFaReRegRequestsDenied) Re-registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaReRegRequestsDiscarded) Valid Re-registration Requests Reply (cmiFaReRegRepliesValidFromHA) Valid Re-registration Requests Relay (cmiFaReRegRepliesValidRelayToMN) Re-Registration Requests Received (cmiFaReRegRequestsReceived) Total number of re-registration requests received by the foreign agent from mobile nodes. Re-Registration Requests Relayed (cmiFaReRegRequestsRelayed) Total number of re-registration requests relayed to mobile nodes by the foreign agent. Re-Registration Requests Denied (cmiFaReRegRequestsDenied) Total number of re-registration requests denied by the foreign agent. Re-Registration Requests Discarded (cmiFaReRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of re-registration requests discarded by the foreign agent. Valid Re-Registration Requests Reply (cmiFaReRegRepliesValidFromHA) Total number of valid re-registration replies from home agent. Valid Re-egistration Requests Relay (cmiFaReRegRepliesValidRelayToMN) Total number of valid re-registration replies from home agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_stat_reg_req_deny.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics Registration Requests Deny TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics Registration Requests Deny Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Registration Requests Deny . The following information appears: Reverse Tunnel Unavailable (cmiFaReverseTunnelUnavailable) Reverse Tunnel No T Bit (cmiFaReverseTunnelBitNotSet) MN Too Distant (cmiFaMnTooDistant) Number of Registration Requests Denied-No Delivery (cmiFaDeliveryStyleUnsupported) Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Unknown (cmiFaUnknownChallenge) Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Missing (cmiFaMissingChallenge) Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Stale (Number of Registration requests denied-Challenge Stale) Number of Registration Requests Denied-Unsupported Vendor ID by MN (cmiFaCvsesFromMnRejected) Number of Registration Requests Denied-Unsupported Vendor ID (cmiFaCvsesFromHaRejected) Reverse Tunnel Unavailable (cmiFaReverseTunnelUnavailable) Total number of Registration Requests denied by foreign agent -- requested reverse tunnel unavailable (Code 74). Reverse Tunnel No T Bit (cmiFaReverseTunnelBitNotSet) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- reverse tunnel is mandatory and T bit not set (Code 75). MN Too Distant (cmiFaMnTooDistant) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- mobile node too distant (Code 76). Number of Registration Requests Denied-No Delivery (cmiFaDeliveryStyleUnsupported) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- delivery style not supported (Code 79). Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Unknown (cmiFaUnknownChallenge) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- challenge was unknown (Code 104). Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Missing (cmiFaMissingChallenge) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- challenge was missing (Code 105). Number of Registration Requests Denied-Challenge Stale (Number of Registration requests denied-Challenge Stale) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- challenge was stale (Code 106). Number of Registration Requests Denied-Unsupported Vendor ID by MN (cmiFaCvsesFromMnRejected) Total number of registration requests denied by foreign agent -- Unsupported Vendor-ID or unable to interpret Vendor-CVSE-Type in the CVSE sent by the mobile node to the foreign agent (Code 100). Number of Registration Requests Denied-Unsupported Vendor ID (cmiFaCvsesFromHaRejected) Total number of registration replies denied by foreign agent -- Unsupported Vendor-ID or unable to interpret Vendor-CVSE-Type in the CVSE sent by the home agent to the foreign agent (Code 101).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/foreign_agent_visitors_stat_reg_req_from_entity.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics - Registration Request from Entity TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics - Registration Request from Entity Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Foreign Agent Visitors Statistics-Registration Request from Entity . The following information appears: Registration Requests with NVSE by MN (cmiFaNvsesFromMnNeglected) Registration Requests with NVSE by HA (cmiFaNvsesFromHaNeglected) Registration Requests from MN (cmiFaTotalRegRequests) Registration Requests from MA (cmiFaTotalRegReplies) FA Authentication Fails (cmiFaMnFaAuthFailures) Registration Requests Denied Due to MN-AAA (cmiFaMnAAAAuthFailures) Registration Requests with NVSE by MN (cmiFaNvsesFromMnNeglected) Total number of registration requests with an NVSE extension with one of the followingin the NVSE sent by the mobile node to the foreign agent: Unsupported Vendor-ID Unable to interpret Vendor-NVSE-Type Registration Requests with NVSE by HA (cmiFaNvsesFromHaNeglected) Total number of registration requests with an NVSE extension with one of the followingin the NVSE sent by the home agent to the foreign agent: Unsupported Vendor-ID Unable to interpret Vendor-NVSE-Type Registration Requests from MN (cmiFaTotalRegRequests) Total number of registration requests received from the mobile node by the foreign agent. Registration Requests from MA (cmiFaTotalRegReplies) Total number of registration replies received from the mobile agent by the foreign agent. FA Authentication Fails (cmiFaMnFaAuthFailures) Total number of registration requests denied due to mobile node and foreign agent authentication extension failures. Registration Requests Denied Due to MN-AAA (cmiFaMnAAAAuthFailures) Total number of registration requests denied due to mobile node-AAA authentication extension failures.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Foreign_Agent_Visitors_Table.htm TITLE=Foreign Agent Visitors Table TEXT=Foreign Agent Visitors Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Foreign Agent Visitors Table . The following information is displayed: Visitor IP Address (faVisitorIPAddress) Visitor Home Address (faVisitorHomeAddress) Visitor HA Address (faVisitorHomeAgentAddress) Total LifeTime of Registration (faVisitorTimeGranted) Remaining LifeTime of Registration (faVisitorTimeRemaining) Registration Flags (faVisitorRegFlags) 4 LSBs of Registration ID (faVisitorRegIDLow) 4 MSBs of Registration ID (faVisitorRegIDHigh) Registration Accepted (faVisitorRegIsAccepted) Visitor IP Address (faVisitorIPAddress) Source IP address of the visiting mobile node's registration request. Visitor Home Address (faVisitorHomeAddress) Home IP address of the visiting mobile node. Visitor HA Address (faVisitorHomeAgentAddress) Home agent IP address of the visiting mobile node. Total LifeTime of Registration (faVisitorTimeGranted) The lifetime, in seconds, granted to the mobile node for registration. Note: This object is valid only if faVisitorRegIsAccepted is set to true (1) . Remaining LifeTime of Registration (faVisitorTimeRemaining) Seconds remaining until the registration is expired. The initial value of this object is the same as faVisitorTimeGranted and is counted down by the foreign agent. Registration Flags (faVisitorRegFlags) Registration flags sent by the mobile node. 4 LSBs of Registration ID (faVisitorRegIDLow) Low-order 32 bits of identification used in the registration by the mobile node. 4 MSBs of Registration ID (faVisitorRegIDHigh) High-order 32 bits of identification used in the registration by the mobile node. Registration Accepted (faVisitorRegIsAccepted) Indicates whether the registration is accepted. There are two possible values: true (1)—registration is accepted false (2)—registration is still pending
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_(IOS)_Assign_VLAN_Groups_to_Firewall_Blade.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade (IOS) Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall   Blade TEXT=Firewall Service Blade (IOS): Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall Blade You can assign VLANs to a firewall blade, using this first option of the firewall service blade setup wizard. Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . The Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall Blade option is selected by default. For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall Blade . The following information appears: VLAN Group Associated VLANs Assign VLAN Group to Blade In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To go to the next wizard option, click Next . To assign VLANs to the firewall service blade, select the VLANs to assign, then click Apply . If a VLAN has already been assigned to the blade, the checkbox of that VLAN is automatically selected. To clear VLANs from a firewall service blade, unselect the VLANs to be cleared, then click Apply . VLAN Group Number assigned to the VLAN group. Associated VLANs VLANs associated with the group. Assign VLAN Group to Blade Check-box for selecting or deselecting the VLAN groups to assign to the blade. Select the VLAN groups, then click Apply .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Assign_VLANs_to_Firewall_Blade.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade You can assign VLANs to a firewall blade, using this first option of the firewall service blade setup wizard or the Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade option in the Firewall menu Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . The Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade option is selected by default. For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade . The following information appears: VLAN ID VLAN Name Assign VLAN to Blade In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To go to the next wizard option, click Next . To assign VLANs to the firewall service blade, select the VLANs to assign, then click Apply . If a VLAN has already been assigned to the blade, the checkbox of that VLAN is automatically selected. To clear VLANs from a firewall service blade, unselect the VLANs to be cleared, then click Apply . CLI Command set vlan VLAN_NO firewall-vlan SlotNo. of firewall blade clear vlan VLAN_NO VLAN ID Number assigned to the VLAN. VLAN Name Name of the VLAN Assign VLAN to Blade Check-box for selecting or deselecting the VLAN groups to assign to the blade. Select the VLANs, then click Apply .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Configure_Firewall_Interfaces.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Configure Firewall Interfaces TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Configure Firewall Interfaces You can configure firewall interfaces, using this second option of the firewall service blade setup wizard, or the Configure Firewall Interface(s) option in the Firewall menu. Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure Firewall Interfaces option, in the left pane, is selected. For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Configure Firewall Interface(s) . The following information appears: VLAN Name Secured VLAN Interfaces Security Level IP Address Subnet Mask To create a new firewall interface click Create . To delete a firewall interface, select a row, then click Delete . To change the security level, IP address, and subnet mask of the interface, select a row, then click Modify . In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To go to the previous wizard option click Back . To go to the next wizard option, click Next . VLAN Name Name of the VLAN. Secured VLAN Interfaces Name of the secured firewall interface. Security Level Level of security of the firewall interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Configure_HTTP.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Configure HTTP TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Configure HTTP You can create an HTTP service on the firewall interface using the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard or the Create button in the Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) option in the Firewall menu. Navigation For Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) option, in the left pane, is selected. The HTTP service details appear on the right pane. Click Create . For Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) . The HTTP service details are displayed. Click Create . The following information appears: IP Address Subnet Mask Interface IP Address IP address of the interface, in A.B.C.D format. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the interface in A.B.C.D format. Interface Name of the interface. You can select the name of the interface from the list.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Configure_HTTP_Server.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Configure HTTP Server TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Configure HTTP Server You can configure the HTTP server, using this fifth option of the firewall service blade setup wizard, or the Configure HTTP Server option in the Firewall menu Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure HTTP Server option, in the left pane, is selected. For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Configure HTTP Server . The following information appears: HTTP Server Status To apply the change in the HTTP server status, click Apply . In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To go to the previous wizard option click Back . To complete the firewall service blade setup, click Finish . HTTP Server Status You can enable or disable the HTTP server.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Configure_HTTP_Service_on_Firewall_Interface(s).htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Configure HTTP Service on Firewall   Interface(s) TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) You can configure the HTTP service on firewall interface(s), using this fourth option of the firewall service blade setup wizard, or the Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) option in the Firewall menu. Navigation Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) option, in the left pane, is selected. The following information appears: Interface Name HTTP Interface IP Address HTTP Interface Mask In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To configure the HTTP server status, click Configure HTTP . To remove HTTP service from the interface, select a row, then click Remove HTTP . To go to the previous wizard option, click Back . To go to the next wizard option, click Next . Interface Name Name of the firewall interface. HTTP Interface IP Address IP address assigned to the interface. HTTP Interface Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Configure_Static_Route.htm TITLE=FSB Configure Static Route TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Configure Static Route You can configure the static, using this third option of the firewall service blade setup wizard, or the Configure Static Route option in the Firewall menu Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure Static Route option, in the left pane, is selected. For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Configure Static Route . The following information appears: Interface Name IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway To create a new static route, click Create . To delete a static route, select the static route, then click Delete . In the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: To go to the previous wizard option click Back . To go to the next wizard option click Next . Interface Name Name of the firewall interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Create_Firewall_Interface.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Create Firewall Interface TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Create Firewall Interface You can create firewall interfaces using the firewall service blade setup wizard, or using the Create button in the Configure Firewall Interfaces option of the Firewall menu. Navigation For Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . The Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard appears. Click Next till the Configure Firewall Interfaces option, in the left pane, is selected. The Firewall Configuration details appear in the right pane. Click Create . For Firewall menu: Right-click the device, then select Configure Firewall Interface(s) . The firewall interface details are displayed. Click Create . The following information appears: VLAN Number Interface Name Security Level IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Number Number assigned to the VLAN. Interface Name Name of the firewall interface. Security Level Security level of the interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Create_Static_Route.htm TITLE=FSB Create Static Route TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Create Static Route You can configure the static, using this third option of the firewall service blade setup wizard, or the Configure Static Route option in the Firewall menu Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Next till the Configure Static Route option, in the left pane, is selected. The static route details are displayed in the right pane. Click Create . For the Firewall menu: Right-click the blade, then select Configure Static Route . The static route details are displayed in the right pane. Click Create . The following information appears: Firewall Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Firewall Interface Name of the firewall interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FSB_Modify_Firewall_Interface.htm TITLE=Firewall Service Blade Modify Firewall Interface TEXT=Firewall Service Blade: Modify Firewall Interface You can modify firewall interface details using the firewall service blade setup wizard or using the Modify button in the Configure Firewall Interface(s) option in the Firewall menu. Navigation For the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard: Right-click the blade, then select Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard . The Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard appears. Click Next till the Configure Firewall Interfaces option, in the left pane, is selected. The Firewall Configuration details appear on the right pane. Select a row, then click Modify . For the Firewall menu: Right-click the device, then select Configure Firewall Interface(s) . The firewall interface details are displayed. Select a row, then click Modify . The following information appears: VLAN Number Interface Name Security Level IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Number Number assigned to the VLAN. Interface Name Name of the firewall interface. Security Level Security level of the interface. You can change the security level. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FXO_FXS_Interface.htm TITLE=FXO/FXS Interface TEXT=Voice Ports The dialog box provides information on the voice ports on the card. Procedure For a FXS voice port: In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. The following information appears: Index (ifIndex) Description (ifDescr) Type (ifType) Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Index (ifIndex) Index of the interface. Description (ifDescr) Presents the interface information (for example, the product name, manufacturer, and hardware version). Type (ifType) The network interface type defined in the MIB-II interface table. For switch port ifType is ethernetcsmacd Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) The intended interface state. Possible values are up, down, and testing. You cannot set the testing value. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) The current operating state of the interface. Values are: up (1) The ifAdminStatus is Up. down (2) The ifAdminStatus is down. testing (3) No operational packets can be passed. You cannot set this value through SNMP. Unknown (4) Dormant (5) The interface is waiting for external actions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FXS_Interface_Configuration.htm TITLE=FXS Interface Configuration TEXT=FXS Interface Configuration The FXS Interface Configuration dialog box provides Foreign Exchange Station interface configuration information. Procedure In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. Select FXS Interface Configuration from the Category list. The following information appears: General Port Name (ifDescr) Type (ifType) Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Last Changed (ifLastChange) Description (ifAlias) FXS Signal Type (cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType) Ring Frequency (cvaIfFXSRingFrequency) Hook Status (cvaIfFXSHookStatus) Ring Active Status (cvaIfFXSRingActive) Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXSRingGround) Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXSTipGround) Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) Analog Information Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) Maintanance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) General Port Name (ifDescr) Presents the interface information (for example, the product name, manufacturer, and hardware version). Type (ifType) The network interface type defined in the MIB-II interface table. For switch port ifType is ethernetcsmacd Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) The intended interface state. Possible values are up, down, and testing. You cannot set the testing value. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) The current operating state of the interface. Values are: up (1) The ifAdminStatus is Up. down (2) The ifAdminStatus is down. testing (3) No operational packets can be passed. You cannot set this value through SNMP. Unknown (4) Dormant (5) The interface is waiting for external actions. Last Change (ifLastChange) The value of sysUpTime,in hundredths of a second, when the interface entered its operational state. (The value is 0 if the state was entered before the last initialization of the management entity.) Description (ifAlias) The name for the interface specified by a network manager. The name provides a non-volatile handler for the interface. FXS Signal Type (cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType) Indicates the signaling type of the FXS interface is either loop start or ground start. Ring Frequency (cvaIfFXSRingFrequency) The ring frequency to be used in the FXS interface. The default value of this object is 25 Hertz (Hz). Values are: ringFrequency25 - ring Frequency 25 Hertz ringFrequency50 - ring Frequency 50 Hertz ringFrequency20 - ring Frequency 20 Hertz ringFrequency30 - ring Frequency 30 Hertz Hook Status (cvaIfFXSHookStatus) The hook status of FXS interface. Values are: onHook The connected equipment (for example, a phone) is onHook. offHook The connected equipment is offHook. Ring Active Status (cvaIfFXSRingActive) This object contains the outgoing ring active indication. If the object value is true, then the interface is currently generating Ring Out to the Key Telephone System (KTS) or plain old telephone service (POTS); otherwise, it is not generating Ring Out. Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXSRingGround) This object contains the incoming ring ground indication. It is only valid when the cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType is fxsGroundStart. If the object is true, then the interface is presenting a Ring Ground to the connected equipment; otherwise, it is not presenting a Ring Ground. Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXSTipGround) This object contains the incoming ring tip indication. It is only valid when the cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType is fxsGroundStart. If the object is true, then the interface is detecting a Tip Ground at the interface; otherwise, it is not detecting a Tip Ground. Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) The object indicates the connection mode of the interface. Values are: Normal The interface acts normally to handle incoming and outgoing calls. Trunk The interface acts in trunking mode. Trunking mode causes two interfaces (on either the same or different routers) to be always conferenced together, and for telephony signaling to be passed transparently through the VoIP system rather than trapped and interpreted by the session application on the router(s). Plar The interface acts in private line automatic ringdown (PLAR) mode. PLAR is handled by associating a peer directly with an interface such that when the interface goes off-hook, that peer is used to set up the second call leg and conference them together without the caller having to dial any digits. Analog Information Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) Indicates the information transfer services for the current or last call. Possible values are: g3fax - Group 3 fax voice - Analog voice. None - No information transfer service. This is available only for Analog Interfaces. Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) Indicates the terminating impedance of voice analog interfaces. Values are: Other None of the above. Arbitrary, within limits for special cases Ohms600Real 600 Ohms Ohms600Complex 600 Ohms + 2.16uF Ohms900Complex 900 Ohms + 2.16uF OhmsComplex 1 complex 1; 220 Ohms + 820 Ohms || 115nF. Used primarily in Germany. OhmsComplex 2 complex2; 270 Ohms + 750 Ohms || 150nF. Used primarily in the United Kingdom and Sweden. This is available only for Analog Interfaces Maintanance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) Indicates the maintenance mode of the analog voice interface. Values are: Host Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the compressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is passed by voice application to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding these into the codec for decompression, they are immediately sent back to the voice application as if they had originated locally and had been compressed. Host Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the uncompressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is sent by voice application all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the telephony endpoint. Interface Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the voice application. Interface Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding the voice samples into the codec for compression, they are immediately sent back to the telephony interface. None Interface is not in maintenance mode. This is available only for Analog Interfaces. Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) Indicates the accumulated number of signaling protocol errors that are detected in the interface since system startup. This is available only for Analog Interfaces.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/FXS_Voice_Configuration.htm TITLE=FXS Voice Configuration TEXT=FXS Voice Configuration The FXO Voice Configuration dialog box provides Foreign Exchange Station voice configuration information. Procedure In the rear view, right-click the LEDs of FXS ports available in the CMM submodule. Select FXS Voice Configuration from the Category list. The following information appears: Voice Configuration Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) Noise VAD Regeneration (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Echo Cancellation (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) In Gain (cvIfCfgInGain) Out Attenuation (cvIfCfgOutAttn) Music On Hold Threshold (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) Dial Timers Initial Dial Time out (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) Interdigit Dial Time Out (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingInterDigitDuration) Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) This is the full E.164 phone number that is used to establish connection with trunking mode or PLAR mode. If the cvIfCfgConnectionMode is &#147;normal,&#148; then this object will be a zero-length string. Noise VAD Regeneration (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Indicates whether the background noise should be played to fill silence gaps if VAD is activated. The default value of this object is enabled. Echo Cancellation (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Specifies whether the Echo Cancellation is enabled for the interface. The default value of this object is enabled. Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) The object specifies the Echo Canceller coverage for the interface. This object is valid if the cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable object is &#147;true.&#148; The default value of this object is echoCanceller16ms. Values of the echo canceller coverage are: echoCanceller8ms 8 milliseconds echoCanceller16ms 16 milliseconds echoCanceller24ms 24 milliseconds echoCanceller32ms 32 milliseconds In Gain (cvIfCfgInGain) The amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of the interface. The input gain settings only define a gain/loss relative to the 0-dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0-dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default value of this object is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14 dB. Out Attenuation (cvIfCfgOutAttn) The amount of attenuation inserted at the transmit side of the interface. The output attenuation settings only define a loss relative to the 0 dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0 dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default value of this object is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14 dB. Music On Hold Threshold (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) The object specifies the Music On Hold Threshold for the interface. The default value of this object is -38 decibels per milliwatt (dBm). The value range is -70 to -30 dBm. Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Indicates whether the Nonlinear Processing is enabled for the interface. The default value of this object is enabled. Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) The country specific setting for the tone, ring, and cadence parameters to be used by the interface. Shows the two letter ISO-3166 country code. Values are: Code Country Code Country Code Country AR Argentina IN India PE Peru AU Australia ID Indonesia PH Philippines AT Austria IE Ireland PL Poland BE Belgium IL Israel PT Portugal BR Brazil IT Italy RU Russian Federation CA Canada JP Japan SA Saudi Arabia CN China JO Jordan SG Singapore CO Columbia KE Kenya SK Slovakia CY Cyprus KR Korea Republic SI Slovenia CZ Czech Republic LB Lebanon ZA South Africa DK Denmark LU Luxembourg ES Spain EG Egypt MY Malaysia SE Sweden FI Finland MX Mexico CH Switzerland FR France NP Nepal TW Taiwan DE Germany NL Netherlands TH Thailand GH Ghana NZ New Zealand TR Turkey GR Greece NG Nigeria GB United Kingdom HK Hong Kong NO Norway US United States HU Hungary PK Pakistan VE Venezuela IS Iceland PA Panama ZW Zimbabwe Dial Timers Initial Dial Time out (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) The initial digit timeout that indicates the amount of time the managed system waits for an initial input digit from the caller. The timer is activated when the call is accepted and is deactivated upon digit input. If the timer expires, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone, and the call is abandoned. The value of zero disables the timer. The value range is 0 to 120. The default value of this object is 10 seconds. Interdigit Dial Time Out (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) The inter-digit timeout that indicates the amount of time the managed system waits for a subsequent input digit from the caller. The timer is started upon receipt of an input digit and restarted as each digit is received until the destination address is identified. If the timer expires and no destination address is identified, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone and the call is abandoned. The value of zero disables the timer. The value range is 0 to 120. Default is 10 seconds. Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds. Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingInterDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF inter-digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point TEXT=GGSN Access Point From this dialog box, you can view detail information for the access points configured on the GGSN. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Status of Row (cgprsAccPtRowStatus) Access Point Name (cgprsAccPtName) Access Type (cgprsAccPtMode) Dynamic Address Allocation Method (cgprsAccPtIpAddressPool) Primary DHCP Server (cgprsAccPtDHCPServerPri) Secondary DHCP Server (cgprsAccPtDHCPServerSec) Gateway Address (cgprsAccPtDHCPGwAddr) Access List Towards MS (cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupIn) Access List From MS (cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupOut) Access Violation (cgprsAccPtAccessViolation) Subscription to Access Point (cgprsAccPtSubrRequired) Access Point Initiated (cgprsAccPtNetworkInitiated) Dial-on-Demand Interface (cgprsAccPtPppTunnelDialerIfIndex) Idle Connection Time (cgprsAccPtIdlePdpPurgeTimer) Roaming MS Status (cgprsAccPtBlockMsRoaming) Anonymous User Name (cgprsAccPtAnonymousUserName) ISDN ID Status (cgprsAccPtMsIsdnSuppressed) Mobile Stations ISDN ID Replacement (cgprsAccPtMsIsdnSuppressedValue) Authentication Radius Server Group (cgprsAccPtAaaAuthServerGroup) Accounting Radius Server Group (cgprsAccPtAaaAccountServerGroup) Accounting Enabled (cgprsAccPtAaaAccountingEnable) Type of APN (cgprsAccPtType) VRF Name (cgprsAccPtVrfName) DHCP Server Address Space (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrSpace) Enable GGSN (cgprsAccPtPppRegenEnable) Maximum Regenerated PPP Session Count (cgprsAccPtPppRegenMaxSessions) Maximum Tolerance (cgprsAccPtPppRegenSetupTime) Enable Auto Aggregation (cgprsAccPtAutoAggregation) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Unique local identifier for the access point on the GGSN. Status of Row (cgprsAccPtRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy . Access Point Name (cgprsAccPtName) Access point name; the name consists of two parts: The APN Network Identifier is mandatory and is a fully qualified domain name that conforms to the DNS naming conventions. An example of an APN Network Identifier would be: company.com. The APN Operator Identifier is optional. It is a fully qualified domain name that conforms to the DNS naming convention and consists of three labels, the last of which must be .gprs. An example of an APN Operator Identifier would be: mncyyyy.mcczzzz.gprs. An example of a full APN name with both the network and operator identifiers would be: company.com.mncyyyy.mcczzzz.gprs'. This object would be a null string, if the name is not specified. Access Type (cgprsAccPtMode) Type of access allowed to the PDN, through the access point. There are two possible values: Value Description transparent Users can access the PDN without authentication nontransparent Users must be authenticated by the GGSN Dynamic Address Allocation Method (cgprsAccPtIpAddressPool) Method by which a dynamic address is allocated for the access point. There are four possible values: Value Description global No method defined specifically for the access point. The DHCP or radius server that is globally configured for the GGSN is used to allocate the dynamic IP address for the user dhcp DHCP server is used to allocate the dynamic address to the user radius Radius server is used to allocate the dynamic address to the user disable Allocation of dynamic addresses is disabled Primary DHCP Server (cgprsAccPtDHCPServerPri) IP address of the primary DHCP server from which a mobile subscriber can request for an IP address assignment to access the APN. In case the primary DHCP server is not available, the secondary DHCP server is used. Secondary DHCP Server (cgprsAccPtDHCPServerSec) IP address of the secondary DHCP server. The secondary DHCP server is used if the primary DHCP server is not available. Gateway Address (cgprsAccPtDHCPGwAddr) DHCP gateway address that is used in the giaddr field of the DHCP request. The gateway address is used by DHCP to determine from the pool from which the IP address is allocated. If no DHCP gateway is specified, the IP address associated with the Gn interface is used. Access List Towards MS (cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupIn) Access list (ACL) that the GGSN uses to compare the packets received at the access point from the PDN for forwarding to an MS. ACLs are used at the access point level to control access for packets between the APN and MS. Access violations by a packet, cause the packet to be either dropped or its PDP session terminated. The action to be taken is determined by the value of cgprsAccPtAccessViolation. Access List From MS (cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupOut) Access list (ACL) that the GGSN uses to compare packets that were originated by an MS and that were received at the access point for forwarding to the PDN. ACLs are used at the access point level to control access for packets between the APN and MS. Access violations by a packet, cause the packet to be either dropped or its PDP session terminated. The action to be taken is determined by the value of cgprsAccPtAccessViolation. Access Violation (cgprsAccPtAccessViolation) Specifies how an access violation should be treated. An access violation occurs if the IP packets violates any rules in the access list as specified by either cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupIn or cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupOut. Access violations by packets are dealt with in one of two ways: Value Action discardPacket Packets are discarded terminateSession User session is terminated Subscription to Access Point (cgprsAccPtSubrRequired) Indicates if a user needs to subscribe to the access point before accessing it. Access Point Initiated (cgprsAccPtNetworkInitiated) Indicates if network (PDN) initiated PDP sessions are allowed for the access point. If the value of the object is false, the PDP is initiated by the MS. Dial-on-Demand Interface (cgprsAccPtPppTunnelDialerIfIndex) Dial-on-demand interface used to tunnel end-to-end PPP sessions from MS to external dial-up network. Idle Connection Time (cgprsAccPtIdlePdpPurgeTimer) Maximum number of consecutive seconds that the PDP context is allowed to have idle connection before the GTP session is terminated. A value of 0 means the session idle timer is not used. Roaming MS Status (cgprsAccPtBlockMsRoaming) Indicates if access to a roaming MS needs to be blocked for the APN. Anonymous User Name (cgprsAccPtAnonymousUserName) Anonymous user name that is used by the GGSN when an MS tries to access a non-transparent APN without supplying user name and password. ISDN ID Status (cgprsAccPtMsIsdnSuppressed) Specifies if the ISDN id, used by the MS, needs to be suppressed when authenticating with a radius server. This object can be set only if radius server is configured on the access point. Mobile Stations ISDN ID Replacement (cgprsAccPtMsIsdnSuppressedValue) Value that is transmitted to the radius server in place of the mobile station's ISDN id. This object can be set only if cgprsAccPtMsIsdnIdSuppressed is true . Valid characters for the object are 0 to 9, a, b, c, * and #. If no value is set for this object, then no MS-ISDN id is sent to the radius server. Authentication Radius Server Group (cgprsAccPtAaaAuthServerGroup) AAA radius server group that is used for authentication by the APN. Accounting Radius Server Group (cgprsAccPtAaaAccountServerGroup) AAA radius server group that is used for accounting by the APN. If no group is specified for accounting, cgprsAccPtAaaAuthServerGroup is used. Accounting Enabled (cgprsAccPtAaaAccountingEnable) Used to enable accounting when the APN is in transparent mode. When the object is set to true , cgprsAccPtAaaAccountServerGroup is used for accounting. If cgprsAccPtAaaAccountServerGroup is not specified, cgprsAccPtAaaAuthServerGroup is used. When the APN is in non-transparent mode, accounting is always enabled, that is, the object is true by default. Type of APN (cgprsAccPtType) Type of APN; there are two possible values: Value Description virtual APN type that is not associated with any specific physical target network on the GGSN. When the object is set to virtual, all other APN parameters are ignored. real APN type that corresponds to a physical interface on a network that is external to the GGSN VRF Name (cgprsAccPtVrfName) Name of the VRF with which the APN is associated. DHCP Server Address Space (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrSpace) Specifies the address space used by the DHCP server. This object can be modified only if cgprsAccPtDHCPServerPri is already set. There are two possible values: global(1) vrf(2) Enable GGSN (cgprsAccPtPppRegenEnable) Enables GGSN to regenerate a PPP session for each IP PDP context on the APN. Maximum Regenerated PPP Session Count (cgprsAccPtPppRegenMaxSessions) Maximum number of regenerated PPP sessions allowed for the access-point. This object can be set only if cgprsAccPtPppRegenEnable is set to true . Maximum Tolerance (cgprsAccPtPppRegenSetupTime) Maximum tolerance time, in seconds, within which a regenerated PPP session has to fully come up. This object can be set only if cgprsAccPtPppRegenEnable is set to true . Enable Auto Aggregation (cgprsAccPtAutoAggregation) Enables auto aggregation on the APN. When a user tries to configure entries in cgprsAccPtAggregTable, this object is automatically set to false . When the object is set to true , the entries in cgprsAccPtAggregTable, if any, are deleted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point_Extension.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Extension TEXT=GGSN Access Point Extension Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Extension from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Access Point List In Enable (cgprsAccPtIPAccListInEnable) Access Point List Out Enable (cgprsAccPtIPAccListOutEnable ) RADIUS accounting server response Enable (cgprsAccPtGtpRespMesgWaitAcctng) Radius Attribute Status (cgprsAccPtImsiSuppressed) TPDU Source Address Verification (cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduSrcAddr) TPDU Destination Address Verification (cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduDstAddr) Inter Mobile Address Type (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddrTyp) Inter Mobile Address (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddr) Radius Server Request Suppressed (cgprsAccPtSuppressRadiusAttribs) Enable AAA Interim Accounting (cgprsAccPtInterimAccountinEnable) Radius Attribute Values (cgprsAccPtSetRadiusAttributes) Service Mode (cgprsAccPtOperationMode) Absolute Session Timer (cgprsAccPtAbsoluteSessionTimer) NAS Id (cgprsAccPtRadiusAttrNasId) Inbound Service Policy (cgprsAccPtPdpInServicePolicyName) Verify Domain (cgprsAccPtPppRegenVerifyDomain) Local Address Pool Name (cgprsAccPtIpAddrLocalPoolName) Service-Aware Billing (cgprsAccPtServiceAware) Downlink Next Hop Address Type (cgprsAccPtAdvDownlinkNextHopAddrType) Downlink Next Hop Address ( cgprsAccPtAdvDownlinkNextHopAddr) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Unique local identifier for the access point on the GGSN. Access Point List In Enable (cgprsAccPtIPAccListInEnable) When set to true , ACL denoted by cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupIn becomes active. When set to false , it becomes inactive. Access Point List Out Enable (cgprsAccPtIPAccListOutEnable) When set to true , ACL denoted by cgprsAccPtIPAccListGroupOut becomes active. When set to false , it becomes inactive. RADIUS accounting server response Enable (cgprsAccPtGtpRespMesgWaitAcctng) When set to true , GGSN waits for a RADIUS accounting response before sending a create PDP context response to the SGSN, for create PDP context requests received at a particular APN. When set to false , GGSN sends create PDP response to SGSN after sending a RADIUS start accounting message to the RADIUS server (without waiting for a response from the RADIUS accounting server). Radius Attribute Status (cgprsAccPtImsiSuppressed) Specifies whether GGSN will send the radius attribute (IMSI value) in any of the radius requests to the radius server. When set to true , the IMSI attribute will not be sent by the GGSN. When set to false , the IMSI attribute will be sent by the GGSN. This object is deprecated by cgprsAccPtSuppressRadiusAttribs. TPDU Source Address Verification (cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduSrcAddr) When set to true , GGSN checks the upstream TPDU source address against the address previously assigned to this user. If the addresses are different, the TPDU is dropped and cgprsAccPtSourceAddrViolTpdus is incremented. This check enables GGSN to restrict users with fake identity. When set to false , no checking is performed by GGSN. TPDU Destination Address Verification (cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduDstAddr) When set to true , GGSN checks the upstream TPDU destination address against the range of IP addresses reserved for PLMN devices. If there is a match, the TPDU is dropped and cgprsAccPtDestAddrViolTpdus is incremented. The configuration of IP address ranges reserved for PLMN device is out of the scope of this MIB. This check would enable GGSN to protect GPRS network from some hacker who may try to flood the GGSN and PLMN nodes with intense data traffic. When set to false , no checking is performed by GGSN. Inter Mobile Address Type (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddrTyp) Type of Internet address by which cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddr is reachable. Inter Mobile Address (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddr) IP address of the device to which inter-mobile traffic is redirected. When this redirection is active on an APN, before downstream packets exit GGSN, they are screened to see if they come from other GTP tunnels. If so, they are not GTP-tunneled downstream, but get redirected to the device. When set to zero, inter-mobile traffic is not redirected (that is., the traffic gets switched through GGSN without going through any Gi interface). Radius Server Request Suppressed (cgprsAccPtSuppressRadiusAttribs) Attributes that are suppressed by GGSN in its authorization and accounting requests to the RADIUS server. Enable AAA Interim Accounting (cgprsAccPtInterimAccountinEnable) When set to true , AAA interim accounting for PDP contexts on this APN is enabled and accounting updates are triggered whenever a update PDP request is received. This object can be set to true only when cgprsAccPtAaaAccountingEnable is already enabled. Radius Attribute Values (cgprsAccPtSetRadiusAttributes) Indicates the values set in various radius attributes by the GGSN while communicating with the RADIUS Server. There are three possible values: none : Resets the value set by the following options. userNameMsisdn - The MSISDN of the mobile node is sent in the user-name attribute. accSessIdChargingId - The Charging ID is sent in the accounting session id attribute. Service Mode (cgprsAccPtOperationMode) Indicates the current operational mode of this APN. There are two possible values: inService : Normal operational mode in which all functions are allowed. A cgprsAccPtInServiceNotif notification is sent to indicate the state change. maintenance : No new PDP contexts can be activated in this mode. A cgprsAccPtMaintenanceNotif notification is sent to indicate the state change. Absolute Session Timer (cgprsAccPtAbsoluteSessionTimer) When the time interval specified by this object expires, the GGSN deactivates the PDP. A value of zero for this object indicates that the timer is disabled. NAS Id (cgprsAccPtRadiusAttrNasId) Value used as the NAS ID in RADIUS access requests sent by the GGSN on this APN. Note: To clear this value, set a zero-length string for this object. Inbound Service Policy (cgprsAccPtPdpInServicePolicyName) Name of the service policy that is applicable to inbound traffic on all PDP contexts associated with this APN. Verify Domain (cgprsAccPtPppRegenVerifyDomain) When set to true , a PPP regeneration session creation request is rejected if the domain name specified in the PCO field is different from the APN name. This object can be set only when cgprsAccPtPppRegenEnable is set to true . Local Address Pool Name (cgprsAccPtIpAddrLocalPoolName) Name of the local address pool used when cgprsAccPtIpAddressPool is set to local . Service-Aware Billing (cgprsAccPtServiceAware) Enables service-aware billing (Diameter Credit Control Application [DCCA] support) on the access-point. This object can be set only when the object cGgsnSAServiceAware present in CISCO-GGSN-SERVICE-AWARE-MIB is set to 'true'. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Downlink Next Hop Address Type (cgprsAccPtAdvDownlinkNextHopAddrType) Type of Internet address of downlink next hop address. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Downlink Next Hop Address (cgprsAccPtAdvDownlinkNextHopAddr) Advertises the next hop address on the GGSN to which downlink traffic destined for the GGSN is to be routed. The address type is given by the cgprsAccPtAdvDownlinkNextHopAddrType object. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point_Monitor1.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point TEXT=GGSN Access Point The GGSN Access Point dialog box lists the IP addresses allocated to the MS. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN Access Point Statistics dialog box, click Monitor1 . The following information is displayed: No. of IP Addresses Allocated (cgprsAccPtIpAddrAllocations) Total PDP Context (cgprsAccPtMsActivatedPdps) Successfully Completed PDP Context (cgprsAccPtSuccMsActivatedPdps) Dynamic PDP Context (cgprsAccPtMsActivatedDynPdps) Dynamic PDP Context Completed (cgprsAccPtSuccMsActivatedDynPdps) PDP Context Deactivation (cgprsAccPtMsDeactivatedPdps) PDP Context Deactivation Completed (cgprsAccPtSuccMsDeactivatedPdps) No. of IP Addresses Allocated (cgprsAccPtIpAddrAllocations) Number of IP addresses allocated to the MS. Total PDP Context (cgprsAccPtMsActivatedPdps) Total number of PDP context activation procedures initiated by any MS on this APN. Successfully Completed PDP Context (cgprsAccPtSuccMsActivatedPdps) Total number of successfully completed PDP context activation procedures initiated by the MS on the APN. Dynamic PDP Context (cgprsAccPtMsActivatedDynPdps) Total number of dynamic PDP context activation procedures initiated by the MS on the APN. When an MS requests dynamic PDP address from the PLMN, a dynamic PDP context activation procedure is initiated. Dynamic PDP Context Completed (cgprsAccPtSuccMsActivatedDynPdps) Total number of successfully completed dynamic PDP context activation procedures initiated by the MS on the APN. PDP Context Deactivation (cgprsAccPtMsDeactivatedPdps) Total number of PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the MS on the APN. PDP Context Deactivation Completed (cgprsAccPtSuccMsDeactivatedPdps) Total number of successfully completed PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the MS.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point_Monitor2.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point PDPs TEXT=GGSN Access Point PDPs Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN Access Point Statistics dialog box, click Monitor2 . The following information is displayed: No of Successfully Network Initiated PDP context (cgprsAccPtSuccNetworkInitPdps) No of Network Initiated PDP context (cgprsAccPtNetworkInitPdps) PDP context deactivation procedures (cgprsAccPtGgsnDeactivatedPdps) PDP context deactivation procedures completed (cgprsAccPtSuccGgsDeactivatedPdps) Active PDP contexts Count (cgprsAccPtActivePdps) Upstream Payload (cgprsAccPtUpstreamTrafficVol) Downstream Payload (cgprsAccPtDownstreamTrafficVol) No of Successfully Network Initiated PDP context (cgprsAccPtSuccNetworkInitPdps) The total number of successfully completed network initiated PDP context activation procedures. No of Network Initiated PDP context (cgprsAccPtNetworkInitPdps) The total number of network initiated PDP context activation procedures. PDP context deactivation procedures (cgprsAccPtGgsnDeactivatedPdps) The total number of PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the GGSN. PDP context deactivation procedures completed (cgprsAccPtSuccGgsDeactivatedPdps) The total number of successfully completed PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the GGSN. Active PDP contexts Count (cgprsAccPtActivePdps) The current number of active PDP contexts on this APN. Upstream Payload (cgprsAccPtUpstreamTrafficVol) The total payload volume in upstream traffic. Data flow from MS to PDN is considered to be upstream traffic. Downstream Payload (cgprsAccPtDownstreamTrafficVol) The total payload volume in downstream volume. Data flow from PDN to MS is considered as downstream traffic.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point_Statistics.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Statistics TEXT=GGSN Access Point Statistics Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Unique local identifier for the access point on the GGSN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Access_Point_Violation_and_Redirection.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Violation and Redirection TEXT=GGSN Access Point Violation and Redirection From this dialog box, you can view access point violation and intermobile redirection statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN Access Point Statistics dialog box, click Monitor3 . The following information is displayed: Source Address Violation (cgprsAccPtSourceAddrViolTpdus) Destination Address Violation (cgprsAccPtDestAddrViolTpdus) Redirected InterMobile Communication (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilTraffic) Source Address Violation (cgprsAccPtSourceAddrViolTpdus) Number of upstream TPDUs (Payload of GPRS Tunneling Protocol) that have been dropped due to source address violation as specified by cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduSrcAddr. Destination Address Violation (cgprsAccPtDestAddrViolTpdus) Number of upstream TPDUs that have been dropped due to destination address violation as specified by cgprsAccPtVerifyUpStrTpduDstAddr. Redirected InterMobile Communication (cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilTraffic) Number of packets, pertaining to intermobile communication, that have been redirected to the device specified by cgprsAccPtRedirInterMobilAddr.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_cac_config.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point CAC Configuration TEXT=GGSN Access Point CAC Configuration Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point CAC Configuration from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) CAC Policy Name (cgprsAccPtCacPolicyName) Upstream Bandwidth Pool (cgprsAccPtCacUpStrBandWidthPool) Downstream Bandwidth Pool (cgprsAccPtCacDnStrBandWidthPool) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Locally unique identifier for this access point on the Gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). CAC Policy Name (cgprsAccPtCacPolicyName) Local policy name that will be used by Call Admission Control (CAC) for the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts associated with this Access Point Name (APN). A zero-length string indicates that no policy is configured. Upstream Bandwidth Pool (cgprsAccPtCacUpStrBandWidthPool) Name of the bandwidth pool used for upstream traffic. A zero-length string indicates that no policy is configured. A bandwidth pool is a user-defined pool that provides bandwidth pre-allocation details like the amount of available bandwidth and the percentage of bandwidth available to a specific traffic class. CAC uses this information during PDP context activation and modification procedures. Downstream Bandwidth Pool (cgprsAccPtCacDnStrBandWidthPool) Name of the bandwidth pool used for downstream traffic. A zero-length string indicates that no policy is configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_chrg_param.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Charging Parameters TEXT=GGSN Access Point Charging Parameters Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Charging Parameters from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) MS Type (cgprsAccPtMsType) Charging Profile Number (cgprsAccPtChgProfile) Override SGSN Values (cgprsAccPtChgProfOverride) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Locally unique identifier for this access point on the Gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). MS Type (cgprsAccPtMsType) Mobile station (MS) type applied to the charging profile indicated by cgprsAccPtChgProfile on this Access Point Name (APN). There are six possible values: all home : the IMSI and SGSN correspond to the same Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) roaming : belongs to a SGSN which has a different PLMN roamingTrusted visiting : the IMSI belongs to a different PLMN visitingTrusted Note: A roaming/visiting MS is considered trusted if the PLMN it belongs to is trusted. Charging Profile Number (cgprsAccPtChgProfile) Charging profile number applied to the MS indicated by cgprsAccPtMsType on this APN. Valid values range from 1 to 255. Note: A value for this object must be set when creating a table entry. Override SGSN Values (cgprsAccPtChgProfOverride) When the value of this object is true , the charging characteristics value supplied by the Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) is ignored and the values provided in this table are used instead.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_gen_server_table.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Generic Server Table TEXT=GGSN Access Point Generic Server Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Generic Server Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Primary DNS Server (cgprsAccPtPriDnsServer) Secondary DNS Server (cgprsAccPtSecDnsServer) Primary NetBIOS Server (cgprsAccPtPriNetbiosServer) Secondary NetBIOS Server (cgprsAccPtSecNetbiosServer) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Locally unique identifier for this access point on the Gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Primary DNS Server (cgprsAccPtPriDnsServer) IP address of the primary DNS server. Secondary DNS Server (cgprsAccPtSecDnsServer) IP address of the secondary DNS server. Note: A secondary server can be configured only when a primary server has already been configured. Primary NetBIOS Server (cgprsAccPtPriNetbiosServer) IP address of the primary NetBIOS name server (NBNS). Secondary NetBIOS Server (cgprsAccPtSecNetbiosServer) IP address of the secondary NBNS. Note: A secondary server can be configured only when a primary server has already been configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_route_probe_table.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Route Probe Table TEXT=GGSN Access Point Route Probe Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Access Point Route Probe Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Destination IP Address (cgprsAccPtRpDestAddr) Protocol Type (cgprsAccPtRpProtocol) Port (cgprsAccPtRpDestPort) TTL Value (cgprsAccPtRpTtl) Access Point Identifier (cgprsAccPtIndex) Locally unique identifier for this access point on the Gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Destination IP Address (cgprsAccPtRpDestAddr) Destination IP address to which the route probe packet will be sent. Protocol Type (cgprsAccPtRpProtocol) Protocol type of the route probe packet. There are two possible values: udp icmp This object can be set only after cgprsAccPtRpDestAddr has first been set. Port (cgprsAccPtRpDestPort) Destination port number of the route probe packet when cgprsAccPtRpProtocol is set to udp . This object can be set only after cgprsAccPtRpDestAddr has first been set. TTL Value (cgprsAccPtRpTtl) Indicates the TTL value set in the route probe packet. This object can be set only after cgprsAccPtRpDestAddr has first been set.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_throput_stat.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics TEXT=GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics . Select category GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics . The following information appears: Access Point Index (cgprsAccPtIndex) Collection Interval (cgprsAccPtThruputInterval) Access Point Index (cgprsAccPtIndex) A locally unique identifier for this access point on this GGSN. Collection Interval (cgprsAccPtThruputInterval) This object represents the time interval at which the statistics are sampled. Interval configuration is out of the scope of the MIB and are covered in CISCO-GGSN-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_throput_stat_mon.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics TEXT=GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics . Select category GGSN Access Point Throughput Statistics . Select a row and click Throughput Statistics . The following information appears: Last Collected Time (cgprsAccPtThruPutLastCollected) Upstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtUpstrByteCount) Downstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtDownstrByteCount) Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtUpstrPktCount) Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtDownstrPktCount) Last Collected Time (cgprsAccPtThruPutLastCollected) This object represents the delta value between the time when this data is collected and the time it is been retrieved. Upstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtUpstrByteCount) This object represents the total payload volume in upstream traffic sent on this APN in the last sampling period specified by cgprsAccPtThruputInterval. Downstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtDownstrByteCount) This object represents the total payload volume in downstream traffic sent on this APN in the last sampling period specified by cgprsAccPtThruputInterval. Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtUpstrPktCount) This object represents the number of upstream packets sent on this APN in the last sampling period specified by cgprsAccPtThruputInterval. Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtDownstrPktCount) This object represents the number of downstream packets sent on this APN in the last sampling period specified by cgprsAccPtThruputInterval.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_access_pt_traffic_stat.htm TITLE=GGSN Access Point Traffic Statistics TEXT=GGSN Access Point Traffic Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category list. Select a row and click on Monitor. Select category GGSN Access Point Traffic Statistics . The following information appears: Upstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtRevUpstreamTrafficVol) Downstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtRevDownstrTrafficVol) Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtUpstreamPacketCount) Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtDownstreamPacketCount) DHCP Address Requests (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrRequests) Succesful DHCP Address Requests (cgprsAccPtSuccDhcpAddrRequests) DHCP Address Release Requests (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrReleases) Upstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtRevUpstreamTrafficVol) This object indicates the total payload volume in upstream traffic. Data flow from MS to PDN is considered to be upstream traffic. Downstream Bytes (cgprsAccPtRevDownstrTrafficVol) This object indicates the total payload volume in downstream traffic. Data flow from PDN to MS is considered as downstream traffic. Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtUpstreamPacketCount) This object represents the total number of upstream packets sent on this APN. Data flow from MS to PDN is considered to be upstream traffic. This counter is triggered when upstream traffic is being routed to PDN. Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtDownstreamPacketCount) This object represents the total number of downstream packets sent on this APN. Data flow from PDN to MS is considered to be downstream traffic. This counter is triggered when downstream traffic is being routed to PDN. DHCP Address Requests (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrRequests) This object represents the total number of DHCP address request sent by the GGSN on this APN. Trigger Condition: This counter is triggered by create pdp request message. Succesful DHCP Address Requests (cgprsAccPtSuccDhcpAddrRequests) This object represents the total number of successful DHCP address request sent by the GGSN on this APN. This counter is triggered by create pdp request message. DHCP Address Release Requests (cgprsAccPtDhcpAddrReleases) This object represents the total number of DHCP address release request sent by the GGSN on this APN. This counter is triggered by delete pdp request message.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Address_Duplication.htm TITLE=GGSN Address Duplication TEXT=GGSN Address Duplication From the GGSN Address Duplication dialog box, you can view the range of IP addresses used in GPRS PLMN. This table helps to prevent IP duplication. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Address Duplication from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Starting Address Type (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIpType) Starting IP Address (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIp) Ending Address Type (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIpType) Ending IP Address (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIp) Create/Delete Row (cGgsnIpDupProtectRowStatus) Starting Address Type (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIpType) Type of Internet address by which cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIp is reachable. The value of this object is the same as the value of cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIpType. Starting IP Address (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIp) Start IP address in the address range. Ending Address Type (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIpType) Type of Internet address by which cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIp is reachable. The value of this object is the same as the value of cGgsnMsExcludeRangeStartIpType. Ending IP Address (cGgsnMsExcludeRangeEndIp) End IP address in the address range. Create/Delete Row (cGgsnIpDupProtectRowStatus) Status of the row in the IP protect table. This object is used to create a new row or delete an existing row in the table. To create a row, set this object to createAndGo. To delete a row, set this object to destroy.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Aggregate_Routes_Table.htm TITLE=GGSN Aggregate Routes Table TEXT=GGSN Aggregate Routes Table From this dialog box, you can view the GGSN aggregate routes table. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Aggregate Routes Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Default Address Type (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddrType) Default IP Address (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddr) Default IP Address Mask (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpMask) Create/Delete Row (cGgsnDefaultAggregRowStatus) Default Address Type (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddrType) Type of Internet address denoted by cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddr. Default IP Address (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddr) IP address whose network prefix is defined by cGgsnDefaultAggregIpMask. Default IP Address Mask (cGgsnDefaultAggregIpMask) Net mask pertaining to cGgsnDefaultAggregIpAddr. Create/Delete Row (cGgsnDefaultAggregRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . To delete a row, set the object to destroy . Note: The values createAndWait and notInService are not supported.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_APN_Aggregate_Routes.htm TITLE=GGSN APN Aggregate Routes TEXT=GGSN APN Aggregate Routes The GGSN APN Aggregate Routes dialog box provides APN details, which include aggregation. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN APN Aggregate Routes from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Internet Address Type (cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddrType) IP Address (cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddr) Net Mask (cgprsAccPtAggregIpMask) Row Status (cgprsAccPtAggregRowStatus) Internet Address Type (cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddrType) Type of Internet address denoted by cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddr. IP Address (cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddr) IP address whose network prefix is defined by cgprsAccPtAggregIpMask. When this object is set cgprsAccPtAggregIpMask must be specified. Net Mask (cgprsAccPtAggregIpMask) Net-mask pertaining to cgprsAccPtAggregIpAddr. Row Status (cgprsAccPtAggregRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_APN_Generic.htm TITLE=GGSN APN Generic TEXT=GGSN APN Generic The GGSN APN Generic dialog box lists access point system information. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN APN Generic from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Notification Controller (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifEnable) Max History Table Size (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifHistMax) Latest Entries Index (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifLatestIndex) Notification Controller (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifEnable) When the value of this object is true(1) , cgprsAccPtCfgNotif notifications are generated. Otherwise, they are not. Note: Entries in cgprsAccPtCfgNotifHistTable are generated regardless of the value of this object. Max History Table Size (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifHistMax) Maximum number of entries in the event history table cgprsAccPtCfgNotifHistTable. When the table is full, the oldest entries are removed to make space for new entries. Latest Entries Index (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifLatestIndex) Value of cgprsAccPtCfgNotifIndex for the most recently created entry in cgprsAccPtCfgNotifHistTable.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_APN_History.htm TITLE=GGSN APN History TEXT=GGSN APN History The GGSN APN History dialog box lists every access point notification that has been generated. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN APN History from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Notification Identifier (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifIndex) Access Point (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifAccPtIndex) Notification Reason (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifReason) Notification Identifier (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifIndex) Arbitrary nonzero integer value that uniquely identifies each notification previously sent by the GPRS. The value increases monotonically with each notification sent by the GGSN. When the object reaches the maximum value of 4294967295 wraps to 1. Access Point (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifAccPtIndex) Access point that has been created, changed or modified. Notification Reason (cgprsAccPtCfgNotifReason) Reason for the notification. There are three possible values: modification(1) creation(2) deletion(3)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_cac_policy_table.htm TITLE=GGSN CAC Policy Table TEXT=GGSN CAC Policy Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN CAC Policy Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: CAC Policy Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacPolicyName) Maximum Pdp-context (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxPdp) Maximum Pdp Threshold (cggsnUmtsQosCacPdpThreshold) Maximum Traffic-Class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxTrafficClass) Traffic Handling Priority (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxTrafHandPrio) Maximum Peak-throughput (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPut) Reject on Exceeding Peak-throughput (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPutReject) Maximum Delay-class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClass) Reject on Exceeding Max Delay-class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClassRej) CAC Policy Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacPolicyName) Call Admission Control (CAC) policy name that will be attached to one or more Access Point Names (APNs). Maximum Pdp-context (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxPdp) Maximum number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts that can be created. When set to zero, there is no limit on PDP context creation. Maximum Pdp Threshold (cggsnUmtsQosCacPdpThreshold) When the threshold defined by this object is reached, only PDP contexts with a allocation/retention priority of 1 are accepted. Note the following: This object can be set only after cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxPdp has already been set. This value set for this object should be lower than the value set for cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxPdp. When set to zero, PDP context creation with allocation/retention will not be checked. Maximum Traffic-Class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxTrafficClass) Indicates the highest acceptable traffic class. There are four possible values: conversational streaming interactive background If the requested traffic class is higher than the configured traffic class, then the create PDP context request is rejected. Also note that a traffic class can not be downgraded. Traffic Handling Priority (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxTrafHandPrio) Indicates the priority of the traffic class set in cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxTrafficClass. There are four possible values: none priority1 priority2 priority3 Note the following: This object is applicable only to the traffic class type interactive . If no value is set for this object, then any priority is accepted. Maximum Peak-throughput (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPut) Indicates the highest peak throughput class that can be accepted by a particular APN. This object is used only by GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) v0 or GTP v1 PDP contexts containing R97/98 Quality of Service (QoS). Note the following: If the requested peak throughput class is higher than the value specified by this object, then the request is either downgraded to the configured value or rejected. If no value for this object is set, then the request is mapped based on the R99 maximum bit rate rules for determining R99 attributes from R97/98 attributes (as defined in 23.107). In addition, the maximum bit rate parameter is applied to the request. If the value of this object is set to zero, then any throughput is accepted. Reject on Exceeding Peak-throughput (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPutReject) When set to true , the PDP request is rejected when its value exceeds the value set for cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPut. When set to false , the PDP is downgraded to the value set for cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPut This object can be set to true only when cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxThruPut is set to a non-zero value. Maximum Delay-class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClass) Indicates the highest delay class that can be accepted by a particular APN. This object is used only by GTP v0 or GTP v1 PDP contexts containing R97/98 QoS. There are five possible values: none delayClass1 delayClass2 delayClass3 delayClass4 If the delay class set for a PDP request is higher than the value specified by this object, then the request is either downgraded to the configured value or rejected. If no value for this object is set, then the request is mapped to either the R99 Interactive or Background traffic class, based on the rules for determining R99 attributes from R97/98 attributes (as defined in 23.107). In addition, the highest traffic handling priority is applied if the request is mapped to the Interactive traffic class. Reject on Exceeding Max Delay-class (cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClassRej) When set to true , the PDP request is rejected when its value exceeds the value set for cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClass. When set to false , the PDP is downgraded to the value set for cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClass. This object can be set to true only when cggsnUmtsQosCacMaxDelayClass is set to a value other than none .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_cac_traffic_class_table.htm TITLE=GGSN CAC Traffic Class Table TEXT=GGSN CAC Traffic Class Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN CAC Policy Table from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN CAC Policy Table dialog box, click Traffic Class Details . The following information appears: CAC Policy Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacPolicyName) Traffic Class (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcTrafClass) Bit Rate Type (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRateType) Direction (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcDirection) Bit Rate (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRate) Reject on Exceeding Max Bit Rate (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcReject) CAC Policy Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacPolicyName) Call Admission Control (CAC) policy name that will be attached to one or more Access Point Names (APNs). Traffic Class (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcTrafClass) Universal Mobile Telephone System (UMTS) traffic class to which the MBR/GBR in the uplink/downlink will be assigned. There are four possible values: conversational streaming interactive background Note: When cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRateType is set to guaranteed , only the values conversational and streaming can be set for this object. Bit Rate Type (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRateType) Bit rate type applicable to the traffic class indicated by cggsnUmtsQosCacTcTrafClass. There are two possible values: maximum guaranteed Direction (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcDirection) Indicates the direction of traffic. There are two possible values: uplink downlink Bit Rate (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRate) MBR/GBR allowed for the traffic class indicated by cggsnUmtsQosCacTcTrafClass. Reject on Exceeding Max Bit Rate (cggsnUmtsQosCacTcReject) Indicates whether the requested MBR/GBR is downgraded or the requested Packet Data Protocol (PDP) is rejected when the requested MBR/GBR exceeds the value set in cggsnUmtsQosCacTcBitRate. When set to true , the request is rejected. When set to false , the requested MBR/GBR is downgraded.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_cac_virtual_bw_pool.htm TITLE=GGSN CAC Virtual BW Pool TEXT=GGSN CAC Virtual BW Pool Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN CAC Virtual BW Pool from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Virtual BW Pool Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacBWPoolName) Total Bandwidth (cggsnUmtsQosCacBWPoolBWVal) Virtual BW Pool Name (cggsnUmtsQosCacBWPoolName) Name of the virtual bandwidth pool which will be attached to the Access Point Name (APN). Total Bandwidth (cggsnUmtsQosCacBWPoolBWVal) Indicates the total bandwidth for this pool. Note: A value for this object must be set for each table entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging TEXT=GGSN Charging From this dialog box, you can view GGSN charging statistics. Note: This dialog box is available only the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Charging from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: State Transitions (cgprsCgDownTimes) Count Access Points (cgprsCgAccPtNum) Opened G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrOpenedNum) Closed G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrClosedNum) Current Container (cgprsCgContainerNum) Pending G-CDRs (cgprsCgPendingMsgNum) Transmitted G-CDRs (cgprsCgSentMsgNum) Total CDRs opened (cgprsCgTotalCdrOpened) Total containers created (cgprsCgTotalContainerCreated) State Transitions (cgprsCgDownTimes) Number of times the cgprsCgAlarmEchoFailure trap state transitioned since system startup. Count Access Points (cgprsCgAccPtNum) Number of access points for which charging data is collected. Opened G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrOpenedNum) Number of G-CDRs opened on the GGSN. A G-CDR is opened when a PDP context is activated. Closed G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrClosedNum) Number of closed G-CDRs on the GGSN that have not been sent to the CG. The G-CDR is closed on encountering trigger conditions. In the event that the G-CDR is closed and the PDP remains active, a new G-CDR is opened for the PDP. Current Container (cgprsCgContainerNum) Number of open or closed charging containers. Pending G-CDRs (cgprsCgPendingMsgNum) Number of pending G-CDR output messages. Transmitted G-CDRs (cgprsCgSentMsgNum) Number of G-CDR output messages transmitted since the charging service was enabled. The transmitted G-CDR is the CDR that was sent to the CG and for which the GGSN got a response from the CG. Total CDRs opened (cgprsCgTotalCdrOpened) Number of CDRs opened on the GGSN, either since system startup or since the last time the charging statistics was cleared. Total containers created (cgprsCgTotalContainerCreated) Number of containers created on the GGSN, either since system startup or since the last time the charging statistics was cleared.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Alarms.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Alarms TEXT=GGSN Charging Alarms The GGSN Charging Alarms dialog box provides a history of the charging gateways and all charging-related alarms. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Alarms from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Charging Gateway ID (cgprsCgAlarmHistIndex) Gateway Type (cgprsCgAlarmHistType) Address Type (cgprsCgAlarmHistAddrType) IP Address (cgprsCgAlarmHistAddress) Alarm Severity (cgprsCgAlarmHistSeverity) Detailed Information (cgprsCgAlarmHistInfo) Charging Gateway ID (cgprsCgAlarmHistIndex) Monotonically increasing integer that indexes charging gateways and charging-related alarms. The value of this object is wrapped back to one when it reaches the maximum value of 4294967295. Gateway Type (cgprsCgAlarmHistType) Type of GPRS charging gateway or charging-related alarm. Address Type (cgprsCgAlarmHistAddrType) Type of internet address given in cgprsCgAlarmHistAddress. IP Address (cgprsCgAlarmHistAddress) IP address that uniquely identifies the charging gateway. Alarm Severity (cgprsCgAlarmHistSeverity) Indicates the severity of the alarm. Detailed Information (cgprsCgAlarmHistInfo) Provides detailed information on when a GPRS charging gateway or charging-related alarm is generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Gateways.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Gateways TEXT=GGSN Charging Gateways From this dialog box, you can view the charging gateway (CG) details of the GGSN. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Gateways from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Gateway Identifier (cgprsCgGatewayIndex) Address Type (cgprsCgGatewayAddrType) Address (cgprsCgGatewayAddr) Gateway Table Row Status (cgprsCgGatewayRowStatus) Gateway Status (cgprsCgOperStatus) Gateway Reachability (cgprsCgLinkState) Gateway Identifier (cgprsCgGatewayIndex) Unique identifier for the CG. Address Type (cgprsCgGatewayAddrType) Type of Internet address given in cgprsCgGatewayAddr. There are six possible values: unknown(0) ipv4(1) ipv6(2) ipv4z(3) ipv6z(4) dns(16) Address (cgprsCgGatewayAddr) IP address that uniquely identifies the CG. Gateway Table Row Status (cgprsCgGatewayRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . cgprsCgGatewayAddrType and cgprsCgGatewayAddr are the mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy . Gateway Status (cgprsCgOperStatus) Indicates whether the configured CG is active. There are three possible values: Value Description undefined (1) Neither in the active nor in the standby mode active (2) In the active mode standby (3) In the standby mode Gateway Reachability (cgprsCgLinkState) Indicates the status of the CG. There are three possible values: Value Description on CG is reachable pending CG is not reachable but the GGSN is trying to establish a connection with it off CG is not reachable
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_charging_gateway_status.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Gateway Status TEXT=GGSN Charging Gateway Status Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Gateway Status from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Reject on No-profile Match (cgprsCgChargingCharReject) Service Mode (cgprsCgServiceMode) Generate Partial CDRs (cgprsCgPartialCdrGenEnable) Enable Switch Over Priority (cgprsCgSwitchOverPriority) Add Charging Characteristic Selection Mode (cgprsCgCharSelectionMode) Reconnect Timer (cgprsCgReconnect) Enable PTC IE in CDR (cgprsCgPtcEnable) Send Possibly Duplicate Record in CDR (cgprsCgPtcPossiblyDupEnable) Active Charging Gateway (cgprsCgActiveChgGatewayAddress) Previous Active Charging Gateway (cgprsCgOldChgGatewayAddress) Reject on No-profile Match (cgprsCgChargingCharReject) Specifies whether an incoming Packet Data Protocol (PDP) create request is rejected when either a matching charging profile is not configured or an overriding profile is not present. If set to true , the PDP create request is rejected. If set to false , the PDP create request is accepted and the default charging profile is applied to it. Service Mode (cgprsCgServiceMode) Indicates the current service mode for charging gateways. There are two possible values: operational : Charging gateways operate as they normally do. maintenance : The transmission of CDRs to other charging gateways does not take place. However, the collection of CDRs continues as expected. Generate Partial CDRs (cgprsCgPartialCdrGenEnable) When set to true , the GGSN generates partial CDRs. A partial CDR is a secondary CDR in which some of the fields that cannot be modified during the life of the PDP are not included. A primary CDR refers to the first CDR opened in response to a PDP create request. Subsequent CDRs, called secondary CDRs, are opened when the primary CDR is closed by a trigger event such as exceeding the data volume limit. Enable Switch Over Priority (cgprsCgSwitchOverPriority) This object is used to enable the switch over priority mechanism. When set to true , if a charging gateway with a higher priority than the active charging gateway comes up, it then becomes the active charging gateway. When set to false , the current active charging gateway remains so, even if a charging gateway with a higher priority comes up. Add Charging Characteristic Selection Mode (cgprsCgCharSelectionMode) When set to true , the charging characteristic selection mode is added to the CDR. Reconnect Timer (cgprsCgReconnect) Indicates whether the charging reconnect feature is enabled. When enabled, the GGSN will attempt to reconnect with a charging gateway that was unreachable due to transient network or link failures. This feature is available when an unreachable charging gateway is using the UDP path protocol and the charging gateway can respond to, but not send, echo requests. Note: By default, this feature is disabled. Enable PTC IE in CDR (cgprsCgPtcEnable) When set to true , the GGSN includes the Packet Transfer Command (PTC) IE with the CDR message. The value set for the IE is Send Data Record Packet if cgprsCgPtcPossiblyDupEnable is set to false and the possibility of a duplicate Data Record Packet has been ruled out. Note: This object cannot be set to false if cgprsCgPtcPossiblyDupEnable is set to true . Send Possibly Duplicate Record in CDR (cgprsCgPtcPossiblyDupEnable) When set to true , the GGSN includes the PTC IE with the CDR message. The value set for the IE is Possibly Duplicate Record when the CDR packet is directed to a secondary CGF (by a CDR generating node) because the currently used CGF is not working or the CDR transfer is not working properly. Note: This object is relevant only when cgprsCgPtcEnable is set to true . Active Charging Gateway (cgprsCgActiveChgGatewayAddress) IP address of the active charging gateway. The address type is indicated by cgprsCgActiveChgGatewayAddrType. Previous Active Charging Gateway (cgprsCgOldChgGatewayAddress) IP address of the previous active charging gateway. The address type is indicated by cgprsCgActiveChgGatewayAddrType.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_charging_gateway_stat_contd.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Gateway Status Contd TEXT=GGSN Charging Gateway Status Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category GGSN Charging Gateway Status Contd . The following information appears: Maximum Service Records (cgprsCgCdrOptionServiceRecord) Partial CDR Enable All (cgprsCgPartialCdrGenEnableAll) Real APN (cgprsCgCdrOptionApn) Virtual APN (cgprsCgCdrOptionVirtualApn) APN Selection Mode (cgprsCgCdrOptionApnSelMode) Dynamic Address (cgprsCgCdrOptionDynamicAddr) Network Initiated PDP Context (cgprsCgCdrOptionNip) Served PDP Address (cgprsCgCdrOptionPdpAddress) PDP Type (cgprsCgCdrOptionPdpType) MSISDN Number (cgprsCgCdrOptionSerMsisdn) SGSN PLMN ID (cgprsCgCdrOptionSgsnPlmn) S-CDR CAMEL Information (cgprsCgCdrOptionCamelCharInfo) International Mobile Equipment Identity (cgprsCgCdrOptionImeisv) MS Time Zone (cgprsCgCdrOptionMsTimeZone) Radio Access Type (cgprsCgCdrOptionRatType) User Location Information (cgprsCgCdrOptionUserLocInfo) Maximum Service Records (cgprsCgCdrOptionServiceRecord ) Gateway GPRS Support Node-Call Detail Records (G-CDRs) contain information for part, or the entire duration, of a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context. The G-CDR includes information such as the subscriber (MSISDN, IMSI), APN used, QoS applied, SGSN ID (as the mobile access location), a timestamp and duration, data volume recorded separately for the upstream and downstream direction, and volume thresholds for intermediate CDR generation and tariff time switches. In addition to all of the above, enhanced G-CDRs contain a service-record part with the usage data of each service flow used by a PDP session (specified by category ID). For example, upstream and downstream volume and duration is recorded per service flow. By default this feature is not enabled. The number specified is the maximum number of service records a G-CDR can contain before the G-CDR is closed and a partial G-CDR is opened. Partial CDR Enable All (cgprsCgPartialCdrGenEnableAll ) When set to true , enables the GGSN to copy the SGSN list for charging release prior to release 4 (cgprsCgRelease). The SGSN change limit trigger specified in the object cgprsCgCdrSgsnChangeLimit must be set as well. This object can be set to true only when the object cgprsCgPartialCdrGenEnable is set to true. When set to false , the current SGSN address may not be present in CDR. Real APN (cgprsCgCdrOptionApn) When set to true , real APN is included in G-CDR and accounting records. When set to false , Access Point Name is disabled in G-CDRs. The option cannot be disabled if the CHARGING_RELEASE is 98 or 99. Virtual APN (cgprsCgCdrOptionVirtualApn) When set to true , virtual APN is included in G-CDR and accounting records. When set to false , Real APN is included in the G-CDRs. APN Selection Mode (cgprsCgCdrOptionApnSelMode) When set to true , the APN selection mode field is included in the G-CDR and sent to the charging gateway. The APN selection mode field indicates which was selected: A subscribed APN. A non-subscribed APN that was sent by the mobile station. A non-subscribed APN. Dynamic Address (cgprsCgCdrOptionDynamicAddr) When set to true , the Dynamic Address field is included in G-CDRs and sent to the charging gateway. Network Initiated PDP Context (cgprsCgCdrOptionNip) When set to true , the Network Initiated PDP (NIP) context field is included in G-CDR and sent to the charging gateway. The inclusion of this field indicates that the PDP context is network-initiated. The field is omitted in case of a mobile-activated PDP context. Served PDP Address (cgprsCgCdrOptionPdpAddress) When set to true , the Served PDP Address field is included in G-CDR and sent to the charging gateway. The Served PDP Address field contains the PDP address of the served IMSI. This address is a network layer address, for example, of type IP version 4 or IP version 6. This parameter shall be present except when both the PDP type is PPP and dynamic PDP address assignment is used. PDP Type (cgprsCgCdrOptionPdpType) When set to true , the PDP Type field is included in G-CDRs. This field defines the PDP type; for example, IP, PPP, or IHOSS:OSP. MSISDN Number (cgprsCgCdrOptionSerMsisdn) When set to true , the GGSN provides the Mobile Station (MS) ISDN number (MSISDN) from the create PDP context request in the G-CDRs. Contains the MSISDN of the served party; served party refers to the mobile subscriber involved in the transaction recorded. When set to false , the GGSN does not provide the MSISDN number in the G-CDRs. SGSN PLMN ID (cgprsCgCdrOptionSgsnPlmn) When set to true , the SGSN PLMN ID (MCC and MNC) is included in the G-CDR and sent to charging gateway. The SGSN PLMN ID field contains a SGSN PLMN Identifier for the SGSNs that have been connected during the record. This implies that when the mobile station moves to another PLMN, the G-CDR has to be closed S-CDR CAMEL Information (cgprsCgCdrOptionCamelCharInfo) When set to true , S-CDR CAMEL information -- a copy of Tag and Length from SGSN's call detail record (S-CDR) received from SGSN --- is included in G-CDR. When set to false , the CAMEL field is not included in G-CDRs. International Mobile Equipment Identity (cgprsCgCdrOptionImeisv) When set to true , the IMEI (Software Version) Information Element will be handled by GGSN in a transparent manner and will be sent to the charging gateway that is release 5.0-compliant without any modification. International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI Software Version (IMEISV): indicates identity of mobile equipment used by the subscriber. MS Time Zone (cgprsCgCdrOptionMsTimeZone) When set to true , the mobile station Time Zone field is included in the G-CDRs and sent to the charging gateway. Mobile station Time Zone indicates the offset between universal time and local time in steps of 15 minutes from the time zone where the mobile station currently resides. Radio Access Type (cgprsCgCdrOptionRatType) When set to true , the Radio Access Type (RAT) Information Element is included in the G-CDRs and sent to the charging gateway. RAT indicates whether the SGSN serves the User Equipment (UE) by Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) or GSM/EDGE RAN (GERAN). User Location Information (cgprsCgCdrOptionUserLocInfo) When set to true , the User Location Information Information Element is included in G-CDRs and sent to the charging gateway. User Location Information indicates the Cell Global Identity (CGI)/Service Area Identity (SAI) where the mobile station is currently located.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Information.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Information TEXT=GGSN Charging Information From this dialog box, you can view general charging information. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Information from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Charging Process State (cgprsCgEnable) Local Record Sequence Number State (cgprsCgCdrLocalSeqNumEnable) Node ID State (cgprsCgCdrNodeIdEnable) Open New Partial CDRs Trigger (cgprsCgClearCdrPartialCdr) Flow Control State (cgprsCgFlowControlEcho) G-CDR Packet Statistics State (cgprsCgCdrPktsStatEnable) Non-primary Partial CDR State (cgprsCgCdrNonPrimaryEnable) Roamers charge (cgprsCgChargeForRoamersOnly) Max G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrAggreLimit) Charging Data Interval (cgprsCgTransInterval) Upper Limit of Entries (cgprsCgTariffTimeMaxEntries) Next Entry Index (cgprsCgTariffTimeNextIndex) Alarm State (cgprsCgAlarmEnable) Number of Entries (cgprsCgAlarmHistTableMax) Charging Process State (cgprsCgEnable) Used to enable or disable the charging transaction feature on the GGSN. When the object is set to true , charging process is enabled on the GGSN. Local Record Sequence Number State (cgprsCgCdrLocalSeqNumEnable) Used to enable or disable the feature that uses the local record sequence number field in G-CDRs on the GGSN. The G-CDRs contain the local record sequence number in the CDR when the object is set to true . Node ID State (cgprsCgCdrNodeIdEnable) Used to enable or disable the feature of using the Node ID field in G-CDRs on the GGSN. The G-CDRs include the Node ID field, when the object is set to true . Open new partial CDRs trigger (cgprsCgClearCdrPartialCdr) Closes all existing CDRs, transfers them to the CG and opens new partial CDRs for any existing PDP context. Value Description close-cdr closes all existing CDRs can-close-cdr CDRs can be closed. This trigger can be set to 'close-cdr' only when it is in 'can-close-cdr' state. cannot-close-cdr CDRs cannot be closed. closing-cdr CDRs are closing. Flow Control State (cgprsCgFlowControlEcho) Used to enable or disable flow control between the GGSN and CG. When the object is set to true , the GGSN enables the element for private extension information in the echo request. This is used for maintaining flow control on packets transmitted to the CG. G-CDR Packet Statistics State (cgprsCgCdrPktsStatEnable) Used to enable or disable collection of G-CDR packet statistics. When the object is set to true , the G-CDR is enabled to collect the packet statistics from cgprsGtpChargingPktsUplink and cgprsGtpChargingPktsDownlink objects. Non-primary Partial CDR State (cgprsCgCdrNonPrimaryEnable) Controls the generation of nonprimary partial CDRs on the GGSN. The control is as follows: Value Description true (1) Enables generation of non-primary partial CDRs false (2) Disables generation of non-primary CDRs. All partial CDRs have the same content as primary partial CDRs. Roamers Charge (cgprsCgChargeForRoamersOnly) Indicates GGSN needs to generate CDRs for roamers. When roamers charge is false, GGSN generates CDRs for non-roamers. This option affects new PDP contexts. The ones that have already been created are not affected. Max G-CDRs (cgprsCgCdrAggreLimit) Maximum number of G-CDRs that can be aggregated in a message that transfers charging data to a CG. Charging Data Interval (cgprsCgTransInterval) Time interval, in seconds, between two transfers of GPRS charging data for a PDP context (user session). The charging data is sent by the GGSN to the charging gateway. Upper Limit of Entries (cgprsCgTariffTimeMaxEntries) Upper limit on the number of entries that the cgprsCgTariffTimeTable can contain. Next Entry Index (cgprsCgTariffTimeNextIndex) Value to be used for cgprsCgTariffTimeIndex when creating entries in the cgprsCgTariffTimeTable. A value of 0 means that no new rows can be created. Otherwise, it is recommended that values be assigned contiguously, starting from 1. Alarm State (cgprsCgAlarmEnable) Controls the generation of cgprsCgAlarmNotif as follows: Value Description true (1) Enables generation of cgprsCgAlarmNotif notifications false (2) Disables generation of cgprsCgAlarmNotif notifications Number of Entries (cgprsCgAlarmHistTableMax) Upper limit on the number of entries that cgprsCgAlarmHistTable can contain.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Info_Extension.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Info Extension TEXT=GGSN Charging Info Extension From this dialog box, you can view GGSN charging information details. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Info Extension from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Latest Charging Gateway Id (cgprsCgAlarmHistLatestIndex) Max SGSN changes to trigger G-CDR (cgprsCgCdrSgsnChangeLimit) Release (cgprsCgRelease) GTP Short Header (cgprsCgGtpShortHeaderEnable) Data Record Transfer Format (cgprsCgTransFormNumRespEnable) Latest Charging Gateway Id (cgprsCgAlarmHistLatestIndex) The value of cgprsCgAlarmHistIndex for the most recently created entry in cgprsCgAlarmHistTable. Max SGSN changes to trigger G-CDR (cgprsCgCdrSgsnChangeLimit) Maximum number of SGSN changes that trigger the closure of G-CDR or partial record. When the maximum number is reached, the record is closed and a new partial record is opened. When the value is zero, then for every SGSN change, the G-CDR or partial record is closed. If this value is set to -1 , then the number of SGSN changes is not associated with the closure of G-CDR or creation and closure of a partial record. Valid values for this object range from -1 to 15. Release (cgprsCgRelease) Release specific parameters that need to be used when communicating with the CG; for example, QoS profile information, charging characteristics field, etc. There are two possible values: release98(1) release99(2) GTP Short Header (cgprsCgGtpShortHeaderEnable) Enables GGSN to use the 6-byte GTP short header for charging transactions. Toggle is not possible when there are pending CDRs. Data Record Transfer Format (cgprsCgTransFormNumRespEnable) When the value of this object is true , the data record transfer response IE uses is the one octet format which contains the number of records responded. When the value of this object is false , means the data record transfer response IE uses is the 2-octet format which contains the length of this IE. Toggle is not possible when there are active MS sessions on GGSN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_charging_profile.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Profile Table TEXT=GGSN Charging Profile Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Profile Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Charging Profile Number (cgprsCgProfileNum) Description (cgprsCgProfileDesc) Category (cgprsCgProfileCategory) Suppress CDRs (cgprsCgProfileCdrSuppress) Volume Limit (cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimit) Reset Volume Limit Timer (cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimitReset) Time Duration Limit (cgprsCgProfileDurLimit) Reset Duration Limit (cgprsCgProfileDurLimitReset) Enable Tariff Time (cgprsCgProfileTariffTime) SGSN change limit (cgprsCgProfileSgsnChange) CDRs Suppression for Prepaid (cgprsCgProfileCdrSuppressPrepaid) DCCA Client (cgprsCgProfileContentDccaProfile) Close/Update PostPaid Time (cgprsCgProfileContentPostTime ) Validity Postpaid Timeout (cgprsCgProfileContentPostValTime) Postpaid Volume Count (cgprsCgProfileContentPostVolume) Charging Profile Rulebase ID (cgprsCgProfileContentRulebaseId) Charging Profile Number (cgprsCgProfileNum) Represents the P bits in charging characteristics. Description (cgprsCgProfileDesc) Text string that describes this profile. Category (cgprsCgProfileCategory) Indicates the current charging profile category. There are four possible values: hotRate : hot billing flat : flat rate charging prepaid : prepaid charging normal : normal charging Suppress CDRs (cgprsCgProfileCdrSuppress) When set to true , no CDRs are generated. Volume Limit (cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimit) Volume limit at which a CDR update must take place. Reset Volume Limit Timer (cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimitReset) Used to reset the volume limit timer specified in cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimit when another trigger occurs. When set to true , the volume limit timer is reset when another trigger, such as reaching the duration limit, occurs. When set to false , the volume timer will continue until it reaches the value set in cgprsCgProfileVolumeLimit. Time Duration Limit (cgprsCgProfileDurLimit) Time limit in which a CDR update must take place. The value zero indicates that no limit is set. Reset Duration Limit (cgprsCgProfileDurLimitReset) Used to reset the duration limit timer specified in cgprsCgProfileDurLimit when another trigger occurs. When set to true , the duration limit timer is reset when another trigger, such as reaching the volume limit, occurs. When set to false , the duration timer will continue until it reaches the value set in cgprsCgProfileDurLimit. Enable Tariff Time (cgprsCgProfileTariffTime) When set to true , this object enables the tariff time for this profile. SGSN change limit (cgprsCgProfileSgsnChange) Indicates the number of Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) changes that will trigger the closure of a G-CDR or partial record. Note the following: When the maximum number of SGSN changes is reached, the record is closed and a new partial record is opened. When the value of this object is zero, the G-CDR or partial record is closed for every SGSN change. The value -1 indicates that there is no limit on SGSN changes. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. CDRs Suppression for Prepaid (cgprsCgProfileCdrSuppressPrepaid) This object specifies the suppression of CDRs for prepaid. This object can be set to 'true' only when the object cgprsCgProfileCdrSuppress is set to 'false'. When set to: true--There won't be any CDRs generated for prepaid users. false--CDRs will be generated for prepaid users. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. DCCA Client (cgprsCgProfileContentDccaProfile) This object specifies a Diameter Credit Control Application (DCCA) client to use to communicate with a DCCA server in a GGSN charging profile. The profile name is the DCCA profile name (cGgsnSADccaProfileName) that is present in CISCO-GGSN-SERVICE-AWARE-MIB and is outside the scope of this MIB. The presence of the object in this table indicates that online billing is required. Therefore, regardless of whether a subscriber is prepaid or postpaid, the GGSN will contact the DCCA server if this object is set. If the user is to be treated as a postpaid user, the server returns X and the user is treated as a postpaid user. If this object is not set to a valid value, then users using the charging profile will be treated as postpaid (offline billing). Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Close/Update PostPaid Time (cgprsCgProfileContentPostTime ) This object specifies a trigger condition for postpaid users in this charging profile, the time duration limit that, when exceeded, causes the GGSN to collect upstream and downstream traffic byte counts and close and update the G-CDR for a particular PDP context. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Validity Postpaid Timeout (cgprsCgProfileContentPostValTime) This object specifies the validity timeout for the postpaid users in this charging profile. By default, the time and volume quota for postpaid has no validity timeout. If it is configured, it applies to both time-based or volume-based quota. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Postpaid Volume Count (cgprsCgProfileContentPostVolume) This object specifies a trigger condition for postpaid users in this charging profile, the maximum number of bytes that the GGSN maintains across all containers for a particular PDP context before closing and updating the G-CDR. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Charging Profile Rulebase ID (cgprsCgProfileContentRulebaseId) This object sets the rulebase ID for this charging profile. Rulebases contain the rules for defining categories of traffic, categories on which decisions, such as whether to allow or disallow traffic, and how to measure the traffic, are based. The GGSN maps Diameter Rulebase IDs to CSG billing plans. The rulebase value presented in a RADIUS Access Accept message overrides the default rulebase ID configured in the charging profile. A rulebase ID received in a CCA initial message from a DCCA server overrides the Rulebase ID received from the RADIUS server and the default rulebase ID configured in a charging profile. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_charging_profile_map_table.htm TITLE=GGSN Default Charging Profile Map Table TEXT=GGSN Default Charging Profile Map Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Default Charging Profile Map Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: MS Type (cgprsCgProfileMapCategory) Profile Number (cgprsCgProfileMapNum) Override SGSN Values (cgprsCgProfileMapOverride) Trusted Profile (cgprsCgProfileMapTrusted) MS Type (cgprsCgProfileMapCategory) Indicates the mobile station (MS) type. There are four possible values: any home roaming visitor Profile Number (cgprsCgProfileMapNum) Indicates the profile number that is created by cgprsCgProfileTable. This object holds the valid value represented by cgprsCgProfileNum. Note: Profile number 0 cannot be created or deleted using cgprsCgProfileTable. It is created using other configuration objects such as cgprsCgContainerVolThresh, cgprsCgCdrSgsnChangeLimit, and cgprsCgContainerTimeLimit. Override SGSN Values (cgprsCgProfileMapOverride) Indicates whether the profile set in cgprsCgProfileMapNum should override the value received from the Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN). Trusted Profile (cgprsCgProfileMapTrusted) Indicates whether the roaming and visitor profiles are trusted profiles. Note the following: This object is irrelevant when cgprsCgProfileMapCategory is set to either all or home . If set to true and cgprsCgProfileMapCategory is set to roaming , then this profile will be the default profile for a trusted roamer. If set to false , then this profile is just a roamer. If set to true and cgprsCgProfileMapCategory is set to visitor , then this profile will be the default profile for a trusted visitor. If set to false , then this profile is just a roamer.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_charging_stats_contd.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Statistics Contd TEXT=GGSN Charging Statistics Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category GGSN Charging Statistics Contd . The following information appears: Received Record on GGSN (cgprsCgTotalServiceRecords ) Received Record on GGSN (cgprsCgTotalServiceRecords ) Reflects the total number of service records created on the GGSN, either since system startup or since the time the service-aware feature is enabled. Trigger Condition: This counter is triggered when the service record is closed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Tariff_Details.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Tariff Details TEXT=GGSN Charging Tariff Details From this dialog box, you can view the entry details for tariff times. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Tariff Details from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Charging Tariff Time ID (cgprsCgTariffTimeIndex) Status of Row (cgprsCgTariffTimeRowStatus) Tariff Time in Hours (cgprsCgTariffTimeHour) Tariff Time in Minutes (cgprsCgTariffTimeMin) Tariff Time in Seconds (cgprsCgTariffTimeSec) Charging Tariff Time Identifier (cgprsCgTariffTimeIndex) Arbitrary nonzero integer value that uniquely identifies each charging tariff time. Status of Row (cgprsCgTariffTimeRowStatus) Status of the row in the tariff time table. Used to create a new row or delete an existing row in the table. You cannot modify the rows in the table if the value of this object is active. Row Status options notInService and createAndWait are not supported for this object. Tariff Time in Hours (cgprsCgTariffTimeHour) Number of hours as given by the hours part of GPRS tariff time. Tariff Time in Minutes (cgprsCgTariffTimeMin) Number of minutes as given by the minutes part of GPRS tariff time. Tariff Time in Seconds (cgprsCgTariffTimeSec) Number of seconds as given by the seconds part of GPRS tariff time.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Charging_Transmission_Details.htm TITLE=GGSN Charging Transmission Details TEXT=GGSN Charging Transmission Details From this dialog box, you can view charging transmission details for the device. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Charging Transmission Details from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GGSN's Queue Size (cgprsCgPktsQSize) Two TCP Retry Interval (cgprsCgPathRequest) Container Triggered Threshold (cgprsCgContainerVolThresh) IP Mapping (cgprsCgMapDataTos) Transport Protocol (cgprsCgPathProtocol) Switch Timeout (cgprsCgServerSwitchTimeout) Max Charging Condition (cgprsCgConditionLimit) Destination Port (cgprsCgGtpPrimePort) Transmit Buffer Size (cgprsCgN3BufferSize) GGSN's Queue Size (cgprsCgPktsQSize) Maximum size of the GGSN queue, in terms of the number of outstanding requests for transfer of charging data. The default value is 128. Two TCP Retry Interval (cgprsCgPathRequest) Time interval, in minutes, between two attempts at establishing TCP connection for communication with CG. The default value is 0. Container Triggered Threshold (cgprsCgContainerVolThresh) Traffic volume threshold, in bytes, that triggers addition of a container and closure of the G-CDR. The default value is 1048576. IP Mapping (cgprsCgMapDataTos) IP Mapping of the Type of Service (ToS) for the GPRS charging data packets that are transmitted by the GGSN. The service priority is directly proportional to the ToS mapping value, with the service priority being higher when the mapping value is higher. The values 6 and 7 are not used for mapping. Default value is 3. Transport Protocol (cgprsCgPathProtocol) Transport protocol used by the GGSN to transmit and receive charging data to and from a CG. The protocols used are: UDP TCP The default value is UDP. Switch Timeout (cgprsCgServerSwitchTimeout) Time, in seconds, for which a GGSN waits to establish connection with a destination CG that cannot be located or that has become unusable. The GGSN then switches over to an alternate CG. A value of 0 means that this object is disabled. The default value is 60. Max Charging Condition (cgprsCgConditionLimit) Maximum number of changes to a charging condition that triggers closure of a G-CDR partial record. When the maximum number is reached, the existing G-CDR is closed and a new partial G-CDR is opened. The default value is 3. Destination Port (cgprsCgGtpPrimePort) Destination port for transferring a G-CDR between the GGSN and CG. This port is used for both UDP and TCP. The default value is 3386. Transmit Buffer Size (cgprsCgN3BufferSize) Buffer size, in bytes, for transmitting GTP PDUs. The default value is 1460.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_csg_stats.htm TITLE=GGSN CSG Statistics TEXT=GGSN CSG Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN CSG Statistics . The following information appears: Outbound Packets Sent (cGgsnSACsgOutboundMsgs) Outbound Octets Sent (cGgsnSACsgOutboundOctets ) Inbound Packets Received (cGgsnSACsgInboundMsgs) Inbound Octets Received (cGgsnSACsgInboundOctets) Initial Quota Grant (cGgsnSACsgServiceAuthReqs) Service Authorization Request (cGgsnSACsgServiceAuthResps ) Service Re-Authorization Request (cGgsnSACsgServiceReAuthReqs) CSG Quota Return Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaReturns) Outbound Packets Sent (cGgsnSACsgOutboundMsgs) Aggregate number of echo request, echo response, and node alive messages sent. Outbound Octets Sent (cGgsnSACsgOutboundOctets ) Aggregate number of echo request, echo response, and node alive messages sent in terms of octets. Inbound Packets Received (cGgsnSACsgInboundMsgs) Aggregate number of echo request, echo response, and node alive messages received. Inbound Octets Received (cGgsnSACsgInboundOctets) Aggregate number of echo request, echo response, and node alive messages received in terms of octets. Initial Quota Grant (cGgsnSACsgServiceAuthReqs) Number of requests by the Content Service Gateway for an initial quota grant of a particular category. The Content Service Gateway allows only synchronous quota grants (that is, grants due to explicit requests from it). Service Authorization Request (cGgsnSACsgServiceAuthResps ) Number of responses given to the Content Service Gateway for service authorization requests. Service Re-Authorization Request (cGgsnSACsgServiceReAuthReqs) Indicates the number of service re-authorization requests by the Content Service Gateway for a category verification. CSG Quota Return Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaReturns) Number of quota return messages from the Content Service Gateway. The Content Service Gateway sends quota return message when the validity timer expires or there is no response message from the quota server . On receipt of quota return message, the quota server returns the usage of a particular category.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_csg_stats_contd.htm TITLE=GGSN CSG Statistics Contd TEXT=GGSN CSG Statistics Contd Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click on to the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN CSG Statistics Contd . The following information appears: QS Quota Return Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaReturnReqs) CSG Quota Push Responses (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushResps) CSG Service Stop Messages (cGgsnSACsgServiceStopMsgs) CSG Service Stop Messages Received (cGgsnSACsgServiceStopReqs) GGSN Quota Push Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushMsgs) CSG Quota Push Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushRsps ) CSG GTP Ack (cGgsnSACsgGtpAcks) QS Quota Return Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaReturnReqs) Indicates the number of quota return requests by the quota server. The quota server may send this message to cause the Content Service Gateway (CSG) to return unused quota for the target service. The quota server sends the quota return request when the validity timer expires, this in turn triggers the Credit Control Request (CCR) update. The Diameter Credit Control Application (DCCA) server grants quota in response to a quota return request. CSG Quota Push Responses (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushResps) Indicates the number of quota push responses by the Content Service Gateway. The purpose of quota push response is mainly to convey the session ID to the quota server, so that the quota server can save it for subsequent transactions that it originates CSG Service Stop Messages (cGgsnSACsgServiceStopMsgs) Indicates the number of service stop messages by the Content Service Gateway. The following list summarizes the situations under which a user is disconnected from the service: When the Content Service Gateway removes the user, by a RADIUS Accounting (stop) message, the Content Service Gateway sends the service stop message for each service for which user had an active session. When the idle timer on the Content Service Gateway expires, it sends service stop for the category. When the quota server sends service stop request message, the Content Service Gateway reports the usage and remaining quota. CSG Service Stop Messages Received (cGgsnSACsgServiceStopReqs) Indicates the number of service stop messages received by the Content Service Gateway. GGSN Quota Push Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushMsgs) Indicates the number of quota push messages sent by the GGSN. GGSN sends the quota push message in the following conditions: When DCCA server returns non zero quota. When category is blacklisted or unknown. When retransmit (Tx) timer, associated with DCCA client, expires. When credit control not required. CSG Quota Push Messages (cGgsnSACsgQuotaPushRsps ) Indicates the number of quota push responses by the Content Service Gateway. The Content Service Gateway responds to the quota push with the quota push response. The cause information element in the GTP header indicates success or failure. The category whose quota is pushed must be statically configured on the Content Service Gateway. If it is not configured, the Content Service Gateway sends reject cause 255 in its quota push response. CSG GTP Ack (cGgsnSACsgGtpAcks) Indicates the number of GTP level acknowledgements by the Content Service Gateway for some requests from the quota server (e.g., quota return request and service stop request). The acknowledgements do not contain the user index and service ID TLVs, which are helpful for category lookup. However, they contain the sequence number in the GTP header that matches with that of the corresponding requests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_DiffServ_Code_Point_Map_Table.htm TITLE=GGSN DiffServ Code Point Map Table TEXT=GGSN DiffServ Code Point Map Table From this dialog box, you can view Per Hop Behaviour (PHB) group to Diff Server Code Point (DSCP) mappings. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN DiffServ Code Point Map Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: PHB Values (cggsnQosDiffServPhb) Dscp Values for PHB (cggsnQosDscp) PHB Values (cggsnQosDiffServPhb) Denotes the various PHB values that are available: signallingClass(1) - Signalling class efClass(2) - Expedited forwarding class afClass1Low(3) - Assured forwarding class 1 with low drop precedence afClass1Medium(4) - Assured forwarding class 1 with medium drop precedence afClass1High(5) - Assured forwarding class 1 with high drop precedence afClass2Low(6) - Assured forwarding class 2 with low drop precedence afClass2Medium(7) - Assured forwarding class 2 with medium drop precedence afClass2High(8) - Assured forwarding class 2 with high drop precedence afClass3Low(9) - Assured forwarding class 3 with low drop precedence afClass3Medium(10) - Assured forwarding class 3 with medium drop precedence afClass3High(11) - Assured forwarding class 3 with high drop precedence afClass4Low(12) - Assured forwarding class 4 with low drop precedence afClass4Medium(13) - Assured forwarding class 4 with medium drop precedence afClass4High(14) - Assured forwarding class 4 with high drop precedence bestEffort(15) - Best effort class Dscp Values for PHB (cggsnQosDscp) DSCP of PHB defined by cggsnQosDiffServPhb. The values recommended for the various values of cggsnQosDiffServPhb are: signallingClass - 101000 efClass - 101110 afClass1Low - 001010 afClass1Medium - 001100 afClass1High - 001110 afClass2Low - 010010 afClass2Medium - 010100 afClass2High - 010110 afClass3Low - 011010 afClass3Medium - 011100 afClass3High - 011110 afClass4Low - 100010 afClass4Medium - 100100 afClass4High - 100110 bestEffort - 000000
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP TEXT=GGSN GTP From this dialog box, you can view GGSN GTP statistics. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN GTP from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: No of Failures (cGtpPathFailureOccurrences) GTP Packets Dropped (cGtpTotalDroppedPackets) No of Failures (cGtpPathFailureOccurrences) Number of times that any one of the GSN's peers failed to respond to a GTP Echo Request message during the waiting intervals. GTP Packets Dropped (cGtpTotalDroppedPackets) Total number of GTP packets that were received but could not be processed and hence were dropped since system started.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_Director.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP Director TEXT=GGSN GTP Director From this dialog box, you can view information about the GGSN GTP director. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to gtpdirector . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Director from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GPRS Service Type (cGtpGSNService) Retry same GGSN Timer (cgdCreatePdpRequestInfoSaveTimer) Send GTP Director Notifications (cgdNotifEnable) GPRS Service Type (cGtpGSNService) Type of GPRS service enabled on the device: Value Description undefined GPRS service functionality is turned off. ggsn Device functions as a GGSN. sgsn Device functions as SGSN. gtpdirector Device functions as GDM. When the device is configured to function as GDM, all other objects in this MIB will not be accessible and the CISCO-GTP-DIRECTOR-MIB should be used for managing the device. Retry same GGSN Timer (cgdCreatePdpRequestInfoSaveTimer) When a GDM receives a request to create PDP, it processes and forwards the request to the GGSN and saves information related to the request. This timer defines the time during which the information is maintained by the GDM. Any subsequent retries by the SGSN within this time period is forwarded to the same GGSN, but the timer is not reset if a retry occurs before it expires. Send GTP Director Notifications (cgdNotifEnable) Indicates whether ciscoGtpDirectorNotifications notification is sent when it is generated by the device. Value Description true Enables the device to send the notification. false Prevents the device from sending out the notification.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_Director_Status_Monitor.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP Director Status TEXT=GGSN GTP Director Status From this dialog box, you can view the current status of the GGSN GTP director. Note: This dialog is available only if cGtpGSNService is set to gtpdirector . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN GTP Director Status from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Pending create PDP requests (cgdPendingPdps) Unique create PDP requests forwarded (cgdCreatePdpRequestFwded) Total create PDP requests forwarded (cgdTotalCreatePdpRequestFwded) Create PDP requests rejected (cgdCreateRequestRejected) Unsupported signaling messages (cgdTotalUnsupportedMessages) Total PDP requests dropped (cgdPdpRequestDropped) Pending create PDP requests (cgdPendingPdps) Number of create PDP requests whose connection retry timer has not expired. Unique create PDP requests forwarded (cgdCreatePdpRequestFwded) Number of unique create PDP requests forwarded by the GDM to GGSN. This does not include retransmissions. Total create PDP requests forwarded (cgdTotalCreatePdpRequestFwded) Number of create PDP requests forwarded by the GDM to GGSN. This includes retransmissions. Create PDP requests rejected (cgdCreateRequestRejected) Number of create PDP requests rejected by GGSN. Unsupported signaling messages (cgdTotalUnsupportedMessages) GDM does not support any signalling message other than create PDP request. If the GDM receives any unsupported signalling message, it will not be forwarded to GGSN and will be dropped. cgdTotalUnsupportedMessages gives the total number of unsupported signalling messages received by the GDM. Total PDP requests dropped (cgdPdpRequestDropped) Number of PDP requests dropped by the GDM due to routing failures, which occur if the GTP is unable to pass the packet to IP.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_Information.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP Info TEXT=GGSN GTP Info From this dialog box, you can view the latest GGSN GTP information. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Information from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GPRS Service Type (cGtpGSNService) GTP Version (cGtpVersion) Max Retransmissions (cGtpN3Request) Receive Buffer Size (cGtpN3BufferSize) Max PDP Contexts (cGtpMaximumPdps) Availability of Notification (cGtpNotifEnable) Last Unreachable Address Type (cGtpLastNoRespToEchoGSNIpAddrTyp) Last Unreachable GSN IP (cGtpLastNoRespToEchoGSNIpAddr) GPRS Service Type (cGtpGSNService) Indicates the type of GPRS service that is enabled on the device. Type can be: Type Description undefined (0) GPRS service functionality disabled ggsn (1) Device functions as a GGSN sgsn (2) Device functions as an SGSN gtp-director (3) Device functions as a GDM GTP Version (cGtpVersion) GTP version supported by the GSN. Max Retransmissions (cGtpN3Request) Maximum number of times a signaling request message is retransmitted, if no corresponding response message is received within the time specified in cGtpT3ResponseTimer. Receive Buffer Size (cGtpN3BufferSize) Maximum size of the receive buffer for G-PDUs and signaling request messages. If a packet contains more data bytes than the receive buffer can contain, the packet is discarded. Max PDP Contexts (cGtpMaximumPdps) Maximum number of PDP contexts that can be activated on the GSN. Availability of Notification (cGtpNotifEnable) Indicates whether cGtpNotifications are sent when a notification is generated by the device. Value Description true Enables the device to send a notification false Prevents the device from sending a notification Last Unreachable Address Type (cGtpLastNoRespToEchoGSNIpAddrTyp) Type of Internet address by which cGtpLastNoRespToEchoGSNIpAddr can be reached. Last Unreachable GSN IP (cGtpLastNoRespToEchoGSNIpAddr) IP address of the last peer GSN device that did not reply to a GTP Echo Request message sent from the local GSN device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_Path_Table.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP Path Table TEXT=GGSN GTP Path Table From this dialog box, you can view the path details of GGSN with SGSN or charging gateway. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Address Type (cGtpPathAddressType) Address (cGtpPathAddress) Port (cGtpPathPort) GTP Version (cGtpPathVersion) Address Type (cGtpPathAddressType) Type of Internet address by which cGtpPathAddress is reachable. Address (cGtpPathAddress) An address that uniquely identifies a remote node to which this path is established. Port (cGtpPathPort) Port on the remote node. The value zero is invalid. GTP Version (cGtpPathVersion) GTP version of the path identified by cGtpPathEntry. There are two possible values: version0 represents GTP version 0 version1 represents GTP version 1
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_Timer.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP Timer TEXT=GGSN GTP Timer From this dialog box, you can view the current settings for the GGSN GTP timer. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Timer from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: T3-RESPONSE Timer (cGtpT3ResponseTimer) Availability of Echo Request Timer (cGtpEchoRequestTimerEnable) Echo Request Timer (cGtpEchoRequestTimer) Availability of Echo Timer (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerEnable) Minimum Echo Time (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerMinTime) Smooth Factor (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerSmoothFactor) T3-RESPONSE Timer (cGtpT3ResponseTimer) Used for retransmission. A GSN starts the timer, upon transmission of a signaling request message. The message is retransmitted, if no response is received before the timer expires. Availability of Echo Request Timer (cGtpEchoRequestTimerEnable) Indicates if echo request timer is used by the GGSN. Value Description true Enable echo request timer false Disable echo request timer Echo Request Timer (cGtpEchoRequestTimer) Time interval, in seconds, after which an echo request message is retransmitted. An echo response message is normally received in response to an echo request message. In the event of no response to the echo request message, a notification is generated, identifying the peer GSN (that is, cGtpGSN Address), that failed to respond. This object can be retrieved only if cGtpEchoRequestTimerEnable is set to true . Availability of Echo Timer (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerEnable) Indicates if dynamic echo timer is used by the GGSN. Value Description true Enables dynamic echo timer false Disables dynamic echo timer Minimum Echo Time (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerMinTime) Minimum time, in seconds, used by the dynamic echo timer. This object can be retrieved only if cGtpDynamicEchoTimerEnable is set to true . Smooth Factor (cGtpDynamicEchoTimerSmoothFactor) Smooth factor by which the dynamic echo timer can be adjusted. This object can be retrieved only if cGtpDynamicEchoTimerEnable is set to true .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_GTP_VS_PDP_Context.htm TITLE=GGSN GTP VS PDP Context TEXT=GGSN GTP VS PDP Context From this dialog box, you can view active Packet Data Protocol (PDP) traffic for various GTP versions. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN GTP VS PDP Context from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GTP v0 PDP (cGgsnActiveGtpVersion0Pdps) GTP v1 PDP (cGgsnActiveGtpVersion1Pdps) GTP v0 PDP (cGgsnActiveGtpVersion0Pdps) Number of active GTP v0 PDP contexts. GTP v1 PDP (cGgsnActiveGtpVersion1Pdps) Number of active GTP v1 PDP contexts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_History_Table.htm TITLE=GGSN History Table TEXT=GGSN History Table From this dialog box, you can view the GGSN notification history table. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN History Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Index (cGgsnHistNotifIndex) Type of Notification (cGgsnHistNotifType) Severity Level (cGgsnHistNotifSeverity) Notification Time (cGgsnHistNotifTimestamp) Address Reachable (cGgsnHistNotifGgsnIpAddrType) Device that generated Notification (cGgsnHistNotifGgsnIpAddr) Additional Type Information (cGgsnHistNotifInfo) Index (cGgsnHistNotifIndex) Monotonically increasing integer that indexes notifications. The value of this object is wrapped back to 1 when it reaches the maximum value of 4294967295. Type of Notification (cGgsnHistNotifType) Type of notification issued by the device. There are 10 possible values: Type Description ggsnServiceUp (1) GGSN service started ggsnServiceDown (2) GGSN service shut down mapSgsnUp (3) MAP-SGSN service started mapSgsnDown (4) MAP-SGSN service shut down noResource (5) MS initiated or network initiated PDP count reached limit noRadius (6) Radius server not configured noDHCPServer (7) DHCP server not configured ipAllocationFail (8) IP address allocation failed authenticationFail (9) Authentication failed apnUnreachable (10) Access point not reachable Severity Level (cGgsnHistNotifSeverity) Indicates the severity level of the notification. There are seven possible values: cleared(1) minor(5) indeterminate(2) warning(6) critical(3) info(7) major(4) Note: You cannot set this object to cleared(1) or indeterminate(2) . Notification Time (cGgsnHistNotifTimestamp) Value of sysUpTime when the notification was generated. Address Reachable (cGgsnHistNotifGgsnIpAddrType) Type of Internet address by which cGgsnHistNotifGgsnIpAddr can be reached. There are six possible values: unknown(0) ipv4(1) ipv6(2) ipv4z(3) ipv6z(4) dns(16) Device that generated Notification (cGgsnHistNotifGgsnIpAddr) IP address that uniquely identifies the device that generated the notification. Additional Type Information (cGgsnHistNotifInfo) Textual description of cGgsnHistNotifType. This object contains information about the alarm type. This object could also contain additional information. If the message text exceeds 64 bytes, the message is truncated to 63 bytes and an asterisk (*) is appended to show that the message has been truncated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Incoming_PDP_Statistics.htm TITLE=GGSN Incoming PDP Statistics TEXT=GGSN Incoming PDP Statistics From this dialog box, you can view incoming Packet Data Protocol (PDP) error statistics. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Incoming PDP Statistics from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: TFT Semantic Error (cGgsnTftSemanticErrorPdps) TFT Syntactic Error (cGgsnTftSyntacticErrorPdps) Packet Filter Semantic Error (cGgsnPktFilterSemanticErrorPdps) Packet Filter Syntactic Error (cGgsnPktFilterSyntacticErrorPdps) TFT Semantic Error (cGgsnTftSemanticErrorPdps) Number of received PDP context messages that had TFTs with semantic errors. TFT Syntactic Error (cGgsnTftSyntacticErrorPdps) Number of received PDP context messages that had TFTs with syntactic errors. Packet Filter Semantic Error (cGgsnPktFilterSemanticErrorPdps) Number of received PDP context messages that had packet filters with semantic errors. Packet Filter Syntactic Error (cGgsnPktFilterSyntacticErrorPdps) Number of received PDP context messages that had packet filters with syntactic errors.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_PLMN_Address_Range.htm TITLE=GGSN PLMN Address Range TEXT=GGSN PLMN Address Range From this dialog box, you can configure the Public Land Mobile Networks (PLMN) address ranges used for General Packet Radio Service (GPRS). Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN PLMN Address Range from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Address Type (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeIpAddrType) First Address (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeFirstIp) Last Address (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeLastIp) Rowstatus (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeRowStatus) Address Range Usage (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeUsage) Address Type (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeIpAddrType) Address type for cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeFirstIp and cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeLastIp addresses. Only ipv4(1) addresses are supported. First Address (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeFirstIp) First IP address in the address range. Last Address (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeLastIp) Last IP address in the address range. Rowstatus (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . To delete a row, set the object to destroy . Address Range Usage (cGgsnPlmnAddrRangeUsage) Specifies how GGSN uses the address range. When the value of this object is security , the address range is used for GGSN security (i.e., any TPDU with a destination address that falls within this address range is discarded). When the value of this object is sgsn , the address range denotes the SGSN address range in the local PLMN which can be used to check for roaming MS.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_plmn_table.htm TITLE=GGSN PLMN Table TEXT=GGSN PLMN Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN PLMN Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Mobile Country Code (MCC) (cGgsnPlmnMcc) Mobile Network Code (MNC) (cGgsnPlmnMnc) PLMN Scope (cGgsnPlmnScope) Mobile Country Code (MCC) (cGgsnPlmnMcc) Segment of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) ID that indicates the relevant Mobile Country Code. Mobile Network Code (MNC) (cGgsnPlmnMnc) Segment of the PLMN ID that indicates the relevant Mobile Network Code. PLMN Scope (cGgsnPlmnScope) Indicates the scope of the PLMN. There are two possible values: home trusted Note: At any given time, only one PLMN entry can have the value home .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_psd_stats.htm TITLE=GGSN PSD Statistics  TEXT=GGSN PSD Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN PSD Statistics . The following information appears: Write Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSWriteReq`) Read Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSReadReq) Retransmission Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSRdWrRetrans) State Transitions (cPsdClientDSDiskFullTrans) Write Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSWriteReq`) Number of Data Record Transfer request (for write) messages sent to the PSD server. This counter is incremented when the FIFO write request is sent to the PSD server from the client. Read Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSReadReq) Number of Data Record Transfer request (for read) messages sent to the PSD server. This counter is incremented when the FIFO read request message is sent to the PSD server. Retransmission Data Record Transfer Request (cPsdClientDSRdWrRetrans) Number of Data Record Transfer Request (retransmission) messages sent to the PSD server. The PSD does not differentiate between a retransmission and an original request. This counter and the two previous counters (cPsdClientDSReadReq and cPsdClientDSWriteReq) can be used to tally the number of messages received by the PSD client. This counter is incremented when FIFO read/write retransmission messages are sent to the PSD server. State Transitions (cPsdClientDSDiskFullTrans) The number of state transitions made by the PSD from state 'disk available' to 'disk full'. This counter is incremented when client receives the disk full indication from the PSD server.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_QOS_Config.htm TITLE=GGSN QOS TEXT=GGSN QOS The GGSN QOS dialog box lists the quality of service (QoS) parameters of a GGSN in a GPRS system. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN QOS from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: QoS Method Type (cggsnQosMappingMethod) Bandwidth Resource (cggsnQosTotalBandwidthResrc) Deviation Factor (cggsnQosPremiumMtDeviationFactor) Bandwidth Factor (cggsnQosBestEffrtBandWidthFactor) DSCP Status & Path (cggsnQosUmtsDscpUnmodified) Note: The last four objects are available only if the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical . QoS Method Type (cggsnQosMappingMethod) Type of QoS method mapped to GPRS QoS. There are three possible values: canonical delay none (best-effort) Bandwidth Resource (cggsnQosTotalBandwidthResrc) Total amount of bandwidth resource on the GSN. The total depends on various factors such as system throughput, memory size, and maximum number of PDP contexts supported. A portion of the total resources is allocated to a user at the time of PDP context activation, based on the user's QoS class. This object can be retrieved only if the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2) . Deviation Factor (cggsnQosPremiumMtDeviationFactor) Mean throughput deviation factor used by the GGSN to calculate the data throughput that is allowed for premium QoS. This object can be retrieved only if the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2) . Bandwidth Factor (cggsnQosBestEffrtBandWidthFactor) Bandwidth factor to be applied to canonical best-effort QoS class. This object can be retrieved only if the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2) . DSCP Status & Path (cggsnQosUmtsDscpUnmodified) Indicates whether the DSCP in the subscriber datagram is modified before it is forwarded in the uplink/downlink path. There are four possible values: up(1): DSCP will not be modified in the uplink path. down(2): DSCP will not be modified in the downlink path. all(3): DSCP will not be modified in either the uplink or downlink path. none(4): DSCP will be modified in both the uplink and downlink path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_QOS_Mapping_Config.htm TITLE=GGSN QOS Mapping TEXT=GGSN QOS Mapping The GGSN QOS Mapping dialog box lists the mapping of different QoS classes to the ToS precedence classes in the IP header. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . If the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to none , this table is empty. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN QOS Mapping from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Different QOS Classes (cggsnQosClass) IP TOS Precedence (cggsnQosMappedIpTos) Different QoS Classes (cggsnQosClass) Specifies the different QoS classes of canonical or delay QoS, based on the value set to cggsnQosMappingMethod. The value is interpreted as shown in the following tables. If cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to delay(3) : Value Interpretation 1 delay1 2 delay2 3 delay3 4 delay_best_effort If cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2) : Value Interpretation 1 premium 2 normal 3 best_effort IP TOS Precedence (cggsnQosMappedIpTos) IP ToS precedence to which cggsnQosClass is mapped. The service priority is directly proportional to the ToS precedence; that is, the higher the ToS precedence, the higher the service priority. ToS values of 6 (internetwork_control) and 7 (network_control) are not used in mapping. There are six possible values for this object: routine(0) priority(1) immediate(2) flash(3) flash-override(4) critical(5)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_QOS_Mapping_Monitor.htm TITLE=GGSN QOS Mapping TEXT=GGSN QOS Mapping The GGSN QOS Mapping dialog box lists the active PDP contexts that have cggsnQosClass. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn and the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is not set to none . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN QOS Mapping from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN QOS Mapping dialog box, click Monitor . PDP Contexts Count (cggsnQosCurrentPdps) Number of PDP contexts that have this QOS class.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_QOS_Monitor.htm TITLE=GGSN QOS TEXT=GGSN QOS From this dialog box, you can view quality of service (QOS) statistics. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn and the value of cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN QOS from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Bandwidth Resource Used (cggsnQosCurrentUsedBandwidth) Premium Class Throughput (cggsnQosPremiumMeanThroughput) Normal Class Throughput (cggsnQosNormalMeanThroughput) Best-effort Class Throughput (cggsnQosBestEffortMeanThroughput) Bandwidth Resource Used (cggsnQosCurrentUsedBandwidth) Amount of bandwidth resource used on the GGSN. This object can be retrieved only if cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2). Premium Class Throughput (cggsnQosPremiumMeanThroughput) Sum of the mean throughput of premium class QoS users on the GSN. This object can be retrieved only if cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2). Normal Class Throughput (cggsnQosNormalMeanThroughput) Sum of the mean throughput of normal class QoS users on the GSN. This object can be retrieved only if cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2). Best-effort Class Throughput (cggsnQosBestEffortMeanThroughput) Sum of the mean throughput of best-effort class QoS users on the GSN. This object can be retrieved only if cggsnQosMappingMethod is set to canonical(2).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_quota_server_error_stats.htm TITLE=Quota Server Error Statistics  TEXT=GGSN Quota Server Error Statistics Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Quota Server Error Statistics . The following information appears: Negative Response from CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdNegativeResponses) Pending Response from CSG (cGgsnSAQsRequestsUnreplied) Improper Sequence (cGgsnSAQsSeqnumFailures) Dropped Messages (cGgsnSAQsDroppedMsgs) Unknown Messages in QS (cGgsnSAQsUnknownMsgs) Unknown Responses (cGgsnSAQsUnknownResponses) IE Error (cGgsnSAQsIEErrorMsgs) Negative Response from CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdNegativeResponses) Number of negative responses received from the Content Service Gateway (CSG). The Content Service Gateway sends a negative GTP acknowledgement and the failure cause code in the quota push response. Pending Response from CSG (cGgsnSAQsRequestsUnreplied) Number of pending requests that are waiting for a response from the Content Service Gateway. Improper Sequence (cGgsnSAQsSeqnumFailures) Number of messages received without proper sequence number. The quota server uses different pools of sequence numbers for quota management and path management messages. To manage these sequence numbers, the quota server utilizes the service of sequence number manager. For quota management messages, the sequence numbers start from 1, increases till 65535, and then wrap around. Dropped Messages (cGgsnSAQsDroppedMsgs) Number of dropped messages. The quota server verifies the GTP header content before queuing an inbound message to the quota server process. If any field is bad, the quota server drops the message before queuing. Unknown Messages in QS (cGgsnSAQsUnknownMsgs) Number of unknown messages in the quota server. Unknown Responses (cGgsnSAQsUnknownResponses) Number of unknown responses received by the quota server. IE Error (cGgsnSAQsIEErrorMsgs) Number of messages received with an IE error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_quota_server_stats.htm TITLE=GGSN Quota Server Statistics TEXT=GGSN Quota Server Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Quota Server Statistics . The following information appears: Request Received From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdRequests) Responses Received From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdResponse) Request to CSG (cGgsnSAQsSentRequests) Responses to CSG (cGgsnSAQsSentResponses) Echo request / Node Alive From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdPathRequests) Path Management Response (cGgsnSAQsRcvdPathResponses) QS Echo Request Message (cGgsnSAQsSentPathRequests) QS Echo Response Message (cGgsnSAQsSentPathResponses) Request Received From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdRequests) Indicates the number of request messages received from the Content Service Gateway (CSG). The counter is incremented when the quota server receives these messages: User profile request. Service authorization request. Service re-authorization request Content authorization request. Responses Received From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdResponse) Indicates the number of responses received from the Content Service Gateway for the corresponding requests. Request to CSG (cGgsnSAQsSentRequests) Indicates the number of request messages sent to the Content Service Gateway. The counter is incremented for every request sent from the quota server, such as: Quota return request. Service stop request. User disconnect request. Responses to CSG (cGgsnSAQsSentResponses) Indicates the number of echo and node alive requests received from the Content Service Gateway. Both Content Service Gateway and the quota server use echoes to detect the health of the path between them. The Content Service Gateway sends the real address while sending the request. Echo request / Node Alive From CSG (cGgsnSAQsRcvdPathRequests) Indicates the number of responses received for path management request messages from the quota server. Path Management Response (cGgsnSAQsRcvdPathResponses) Indicates the number of echo request messages sent by the quota server to check the health of the path between the quota server and the and Content Service Gateway. QS Echo Request Message (cGgsnSAQsSentPathRequests) Indicates the number of path responses sent by the quota server. The quota server sends the node alive response to the Content Service Gateway for a node alive request and it sends the response for the echo request made by a Content Service Gateway with valid restart counter. QS Echo Response Message (cGgsnSAQsSentPathResponses) Number of path responses sent by the quota server. The quota server sends a node alive response to the content server gateway for a node alive request and also sends the response with valid restart counter for an echo request made by the content server gateway.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_quota_serve_errorr_stats_contd.htm TITLE=GGSN Quota Server Error  Statistics Contd TEXT=GGSN Quota Server Error Statistics Contd Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Quota Server Error Statistics Contd . The following information appears: Bad Source (cGgsnSAQsBadSrcAddressMsgs) Higher Version (cGgsnSAQsVersionUnSupportedMsgs) TLV Missing (cGgsnSAQsMandTlvMissingMsgs) Incorrect TLV (cGgsnSAQsMandTlvIncorrectMsgs) Unexpected Length TLV (cGgsnSAQsInvalidMsgFormats) CSG No Response (cGgsnSAQsNoResponseToMsgs) Bad Source (cGgsnSAQsBadSrcAddressMsgs) Number of messages with a bad source address. Higher Version (cGgsnSAQsVersionUnSupportedMsgs) Number of messages with a higher version. The quota server and Content Service Gateway use version zero (0) of GTP for communication between them. If the Content Service Gateway sends a message with a higher version, the quota server will respond with the message version not supported . TLV Missing (cGgsnSAQsMandTlvMissingMsgs) Number of messages sent by the Content Service Gateway with mandatory TLV missing; these messages are dropped. Incorrect TLV (cGgsnSAQsMandTlvIncorrectMsgs) Number of messages sent by the Content Service Gateway with an incorrect mandatory TLV. Unexpected Length TLV (cGgsnSAQsInvalidMsgFormats) Number of messages sent by the Content Service Gateway with a TLV of unexpected length. The quota server drops these messages. CSG No Response (cGgsnSAQsNoResponseToMsgs) Number of messages sent from the quota server, for which there is no response from the Content Service Gateway after n3/t3 retransmission.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Received.htm TITLE=GGSN Received TEXT=GGSN Received From this dialog box, you can view the latest statistics for everything the GGSN has received. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Received from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GTP Received (cGgsnReceivedSigMessages) Unexpected GTP Received (cGgsnUnexpectedSigMessages) G-PDU Received (cGgsnReceivedGPDUs) G-PDU Total Bytes Received (cGgsnReceivedGPDUOctets) Unexpected G-PDU (cGgsnUnexpectedGPDUs) PDP Rejected (cGgsnActivationRejectedPdps) Rejected Out of Resources (cGgsnOutOfResourcePdps) GTP Wrong Value (cGgsnParserErrorMessages) Notifications Generated (cGgsnGeneratedNotifs) Less Severe Alarms (cGgsnIgnoredAlarms) GTP Received (cGgsnReceivedSigMessages) Number of GTP signalling messages received by the GGSN. Unexpected GTP Received (cGgsnUnexpectedSigMessages) Number of unexpected GTP signalling messages received by the GGSN. G-PDU Received (cGgsnReceivedGPDUs) Number of G-PDU messages received by the GGSN. G-PDU Total Bytes Received (cGgsnReceivedGPDUOctets) Total number of bytes sent in G-PDU messages by the GGSN. Unexpected G-PDU (cGgsnUnexpectedGPDUs) Number of unexpected G-PDU messages, for example non existent PDP contexts and ACL denial, received by the GGSN. PDP Rejected (cGgsnActivationRejectedPdps) Number of PDP contexts for which the activation request was rejected by the GGSN. Rejected Out of Resources (cGgsnOutOfResourcePdps) Number of PDP contexts for which the activation request rejected by the GGSN due to its running out of resources for transmitting GTP packets. Examples of the GGSN running out of resources would be: Out of memory The number of PDPs on GGSN has reached the limit All dynamic PDP addresses are occupied GTP Wrong Value (cGgsnParserErrorMessages) Number of GTP messages received with a wrong value. Reasons for messages with wrong value would include: Mandatory and optional information element in the GTP packet is duplicated, missing, unknown, incorrect, or out of order. The GTP message is too short to hold the GTP header for the supported version. The GTP messages are running on an unsupported version of GTP. The GTP message type is unknown. Notifications Generated (cGgsnGeneratedNotifs) Number of cGgsnNotification notifications that have been generated since sysUpTime. Less Severe Alarms (cGgsnIgnoredAlarms) Number of alarms generated since sysUpTime, that were less severe than cGgsnNotifLeastSeverLevel, and for which no notifications were generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_redundancy_config.htm TITLE=Redundancy Configuration TEXT=Redundancy Configuration Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Configure . Select the category Redundancy Configuration . The following information appears: Keep-alive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) Keep-alive Timer (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) RF Notification Timer (cRFCfgNotifTimer) RF Action (cRFCfgAdminAction) Enable RF Notifications (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) In Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Redundancy Mode Description (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Operational Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyOperMode) Keep-alive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) On platforms that support keep-alives, the keep-alive threshold value designates the number of lost keep-alives tolerated before a failure condition is declared. If this occurs, a SWACT notification is sent. On platforms that do not support keep-alives, this object has no purpose or effect. Keepalive Timer (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) On platforms that support keepalives, the keepalive timer value is used to guard against lost keep-alives. The RF subsystem expects to receive a keep-alive within this period. If a keepalive is not received within this time period, a SWACT notification is sent. On platforms that do not support keepalives, this object has no purpose or effect. RF Notification Timer (cRFCfgNotifTimer) The term 'notification' here refers to an RF notification and not an SNMP notification. As the standby unit progresses to the 'standbyHot' state, asynchronous messages are sent from the active unit to the standby unit must then be acknowledged by the standby unit. If the active unit receives the acknowledgement during the time period specified by this object, progression proceeds as normal. If the timer expires and an acknowledgement is not received by the active unit, a switch of activity occurs. RF Action (cRFCfgAdminAction) This variable is set to invoke RF subsystem action commands. The commands are useful for maintenance and software upgrade activities. Enable RF Notifications (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Allows enabling/disabling of RF subsystem notifications. In Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Indicates whether redundant units may communicate synchronization messages with each other. If communication is not permitted, this object is set to 'true'. If communication is permitted, this object is set to 'false'. If the value of this object is 'true', the redundant system is considered to be in a maintenance mode of operation. If the value of this object is 'false', the redundant system is considered to be in a normal (non-maintenance) mode of operation. In maintenance mode (true), the active unit will not communicate with the standby unit. The standby unit progression will not occur. When maintenance mode is disabled (false), the standby unit is reset to recover. Maintenance mode (true) is useful for maintenance-type operations. Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Indicates the redundancy mode configured on the device. Redundancy Mode Description (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Further clarifies or describes the redundancy mode indicated by cRFCfgRedundancyMode. Implementation-specific terminology associated with the current redundancy mode may be presented here. Operational Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyOperMode) Indicate the operational redundancy mode of the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_redundancy_hist_table.htm TITLE=Redundancy History Table TEXT=Redundancy History Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click on Configure . Select category Redundancy History Table . The following information appears: Entries in History Table (cRFHistoryTableMaxLength) No. of System Cold starts (cRFHistoryColdStarts) Standby Available Time (cRFHistoryStandByAvailTime) Previous Active Unit (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Curent Active Unit (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Switchover Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Switchover Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Entries in History Table (cRFHistoryTableMaxLength) Maximum number of entries permissible in the history table. A value of 0 will result in no history being maintained. No. of System Cold starts (cRFHistoryColdStarts) Indicates the number of system cold starts. This includes the number of system cold starts due to switchover failure and the number of manual restarts. Standby Available Time (cRFHistoryStandByAvailTime) Indicates the cumulative time that a standby redundant unit has been available since last system initialization. Previous Active Unit (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Indicates the primary redundant unit that went down. Curent Active Unit (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Indicates the secondary redundant unit that took over as active. Switchover Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Indicates the reason for the switchover. Switchover Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Indicates the Date & Time when switchover occured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_redundancy_stats.htm TITLE=GGSN Redundancy Statistics TEXT=GGSN Redundancy Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category GGSN Redundancy Statistics . The following information appears: Message (cGgsnTotalMessages) PDP Context (cGgsnContextSetupMessages) Modify/ Update PDP (cGgsnContextModifyMessages) PDP Delete (cGgsnContextRemoveMessages) SGSN/GGSN Path Setup (cGgsnPathSetupMessages) Path Modify (cGgsnPathModifyMessages) Path Removal (cGgsnPathRemoveMessages) Message (cGgsnTotalMessages) Maintains a count of the total number of messages of all kinds. PDP Context (cGgsnContextSetupMessages) Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context is checkpointed to standby only after it goes to active. Maintains a total count of PDP context setup messages. Trigger Condition: This counter is updated whenever a PDP context setup message is checkpointed to standby. Modify/ Update PDP (cGgsnContextModifyMessages) When a PDP context is modified or updated, the categories get affected and a new quota is assigned to them. This new information must be checkpointed to the standby. This object maintains the total number of context modify messages that are checkpointed to standby. Trigger Condition: This counter is incremented whenever a context modify message is checkpointed to standby. PDP Delete (cGgsnContextRemoveMessages) When the PDP context is deleted, the deletion event is checkpointed to the standby, so that the corresponding backup context is deleted as well. This object maintains the total number of context removed messages which are checkpointed to standby. Trigger Condition: The counter is incremented for every context remove message that is checkpointed. SGSN/GGSN Path Setup (cGgsnPathSetupMessages) Messages (of any kind, such as PDP create/delete and so on) indicate the presence of other GSNs. Path is set up between GSNs when they transmit the messages. This object contains the number of path setup messages between SGSN and GGSN. Trigger Condition: This counter is updated for every path setup messages sent. Path Modify (cGgsnPathModifyMessages) Number of path Modify messages. The information element (IE) recovery count is used to indicate restart of other GSN. Any change related to path or GSN will be checkpointed to standby. Trigger Condition: This counter is incremented for every change related to path. Path Removal (cGgsnPathRemoveMessages) Keeps track of all the path remove messages between GSNs. As long as the context remains established, the path between the GSNs is alive. When the last context is released and the echo timer is not enabled, a path timer is started within which the PDP context is expected to keep the path live; when the timer expires, the path is removed. Trigger Condition: This timer is triggered when a path between GSNs is removed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_redundancy_stats_contd.htm TITLE=GGSN Redundancy Statistics Contd TEXT=GGSN Redundancy Statistics Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category GGSN Redundancy Statistics Contd . The following information appears: Charging Gateway Ready (cGgsnCGFReadyMessages) Charging Gateway State Change (cGgsnCGFModifyMessages ) Charging Gateway Removal (cGgsnCGFRemoveMessages) GGSN to GSN/CGF (cGgsnInternalStateMsgs) CAC Failure (cGgsnSlbCacFailures) Session Failures (cGgsnSlbSessionFailures ) Charging Gateway Ready (cGgsnCGFReadyMessages) Charging information is sent from a GGSN to the charging gateway. GTP protocol is used between them. This object consists of the total number of CGF ready messages. Trigger Condition: The counter is incremented when a CGF ready message is checkpointed to standby. Charging Gateway State Change (cGgsnCGFModifyMessages ) Significant information related to change in state of CGF must be checkpointed to GGSN. This object indicates the total number of CGF modify messages received. Trigger condition: This counter is triggered when there is a change in CGF state. Charging Gateway Removal (cGgsnCGFRemoveMessages) Counts all the messages responsible for CGF removal. Trigger Condition: This counter is triggered when context is deleted. GGSN to GSN/CGF (cGgsnInternalStateMsgs) GGSN sends certain information to other GSNs (SGSN) and CGF. On failover, this information must remain consistent. The information includes the following: information element recovery count sent to the other GSNs for path management, local record sequence number and charging ID, and so on. Trigger Condition: The counter is incremented for each of these kinds of messages. CAC Failure (cGgsnSlbCacFailures) Tracks the number of CAC Failure notifications sent to SLB. Trigger Condition: The counter is incremented whenever GGSN sends a CAC failure notification to SLB. Session Failures (cGgsnSlbSessionFailures ) Tracks the number of session failure notifications sent to SLB. Trigger Condition: The counter is incremented whenever GGSN sends a session failure notification to SLB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_redundancy_status.htm TITLE=Redundancy Status TEXT=Redundancy Status Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click on Configure . Select category Redundancy Status . The following information appears: Unit Id (cRFStatusUnitId) State (cRFStatusUnitState) Peer Unit Id (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Peer Unit State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Is Primary Unit (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) Redundant Peer Detected (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Inhibit Manual Switch (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Last Switching Reason (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Last Failover Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) standbyHot Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) Unit Id (cRFStatusUnitId) A unique identifier for this redundant unit. This identifier is implementation-specific but the method for selecting the id must remain consistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include: slot id, physical or logical entity id, or a unique id assigned internally by the RF subsystem. State (cRFStatusUnitState) The current state of RF on this unit. Peer Unit Id (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) A unique identifier for the redundant peer unit. This identifier is implementation-specific but the method for selecting the id must remain consistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include: slot id, physical or logical entity id, or a unique id assigned internally by the RF subsystem. Peer Unit State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) The current state of RF on the peer unit. Is Primary Unit (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) The current state of RF on the primary unit. Redundant Peer Detected (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Indicates whether the redundant peer unit has been detected. If the redundant peer unit is detected, this object is true. If the redundant peer unit has not been detected, this object is false. Inhibit Manual Switch (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Indicates whether a manual switch of activity is permitted. If a manual switch of activity is allowed, this object is false. If a manual switch of activity is not allowed, this object is true. Note that the value of this object is the inverse of the status of manual SWACTs. This object does not indicate whether a switch of activity is or has occurred. This object only indicates if the user-controllable capability is enabled. A switch of activity is the event in which the standby redundant unit becomes active and the previously active unit becomes standby. Last Switching Reason (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) The reason for the last switch of activity. Last Failover Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) The value of sysUpTime when the primary redundant unit took over as active. The value of this object will be 0 until the first switchover. standbyHot Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) The value of sysUpTime when the peer redundant unit entered the standbyHot state. The value will be 0 on system initialization.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_service_aware_fail_stats.htm TITLE=GGSN Service Aware Failure Statistics  TEXT=GGSN Service Aware Failure Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Service Aware Failure Statistics . The following information appears: GGSN Failures (cGgsnSATotalGgsnFailures ) CSG Failures (cGgsnSATotalCsgFailures ) DCCA Total Failures (cGgsnSATotalDccaFailures) DCCA Failures (cGgsnSARejDccaFailures) CSG Failures (cGgsnSARejCsgFailures) GGSN Failures (cGgsnSATotalGgsnFailures ) Number of GGSN failures, such as, when GGSN fails to communicate with the Content Service Gateway (CSG) or fails to receive a response from the Diameter Credit Control Application (DCCA) server. CSG Failures (cGgsnSATotalCsgFailures ) Number of Content Service Gateway failures in communication with the quota server. DCCA Total Failures (cGgsnSATotalDccaFailures) Number of failures in the DCCA server. DCCA Failures (cGgsnSARejDccaFailures) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) sessions that have been rejected due to DCCA failure. CSG Failures (cGgsnSARejCsgFailures) Number of rejected PDPs due to CSG failure.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_service_aware_stats_1.htm TITLE=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 1 TEXT=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 1 Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Service Aware Statistics 1 . The following information appears: Service Aware APNs (cGgsnSANumServiceAwareApns) GGSN Events (cGgsnSATotalGgsnEvents) CSG Events (cGgsnSATotalCsgEvents) DCCA Events (cGgsnSATotalDccaEvents) Categories Created (cGgsnSATotalCreatedCategories) Synchronization Objects (cGgsnSATotalCreatedSyncObjs) Service Authorization (cGgsnSATotalServiceAuthMsgs) Service Stop (cGgsnSATotalServiceStopMsgs) Quota Granted (cGgsnSATotalQuotaGranted) Service Aware APNs (cGgsnSANumServiceAwareApns) Number of service aware Access Point Names ( APNs). GGSN Events (cGgsnSATotalGgsnEvents) Number of GGSN events. CSG Events (cGgsnSATotalCsgEvents) Number of Content Service Gateway events. DCCA Events (cGgsnSATotalDccaEvents) Number of Diameter Credit Control Application (DCCA) events. Categories Created (cGgsnSATotalCreatedCategories) Number of categories that are created. Categories will not be statically configured in GGSN. GGSN learn about the categories for particular PDP session dynamically by the DCCA server and the Content Service Gateway. Synchronization Objects (cGgsnSATotalCreatedSyncObjs) Number of synchronization objects that get created for each of the triggers, which keep track of the affected categories and their current state. The synchronization object contains: Type of object List of affected categories. Service Authorization (cGgsnSATotalServiceAuthMsgs) Number of service authorization messages sent by the Content Service Gateway. Service Stop (cGgsnSATotalServiceStopMsgs) Number of service stop messages received. Quota Granted (cGgsnSATotalQuotaGranted) Total amount of quota granted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_service_aware_stats_2.htm TITLE=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 2  TEXT=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 2 Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Service Aware Statistics 2 . The following information appears: Blacklisted Categories (cGgsnSATotalBlackListCategories) Re-authorization Events (cGgsnSATotalRAREvents ) Deleted PDP's (cGgsnSATotalDeletePdps) Prepaid To Postpaid after Quota Usage (cGgsnSAFinalConvertToPostpaidPdps) Deleted Categories (cGgsnSATotalDeletedCategories) Deleted Synchronization Objects (cGgsnSATotalDeletedSyncObjects) Ack Received for Quota Push (cGgsnSATotalQuotaPushAcks) CSG Re-authorization (cGgsnSATotalServiceReAuthMsgs) CSG Quota Return Message (cGgsnSATotalQuotaReturns) Blacklisted Categories (cGgsnSATotalBlackListCategories) Number of categories that are blacklisted. Re-authorization Events (cGgsnSATotalRAREvents ) Number of re-authorization (RAR) events. Deleted PDP's (cGgsnSATotalDeletePdps) Number PDPs that are deleted. Prepaid To Postpaid After Quota Usage (cGgsnSAFinalConvertToPostpaidPdps) Number of prepaid PDPs that are converted to postpaid after reporting the final usage of the quota. The steps involved are: Send a quota return request to the Content Service Gateway and, if there is a synchronization object for Gn side trigger, send the update response and delete the sync object. Create a new sync object for this event. Make the category part of sync object. Deleted Categories (cGgsnSATotalDeletedCategories) Nu mber of categories that have been deleted from the list. Deleted Synchronization Objects (cGgsnSATotalDeletedSyncObjects) Number of synchronization objects that have been deleted. Ack Received for Quota Push (cGgsnSATotalQuotaPushAcks) Number of acknowledgements received for the quota push event. CSG Re-authorization (cGgsnSATotalServiceReAuthMsgs) Number of service re-authorization messages sent by the Content Service Gateway. CSG Quota Return Message (cGgsnSATotalQuotaReturns) Number of quota return messages sent by the Content Service Gateway.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_service_aware_stats_3.htm TITLE=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 3 TEXT=GGSN Service Aware Statistics 3 Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select the category GGSN Service Aware Statistics 3 . The following information appears: Terminated Categories (cGgsnSATotalTerminateCategories) Unknown Categories (cGgsnSATotalUnknownCategories) Rating Condition Change Events (cGgsnSATotalRatingChanges ) Conversions from Prepaid to Postpaid (cGgsnSATotalPostpaidConversions) Dummy Quota Pushed (cGgsnSATotalDummyQuotas) Prepaid Users (cGgsnSATotalPrepaidUsers) Postpaid Users (cGgsnSATotalPostpaidUsers) FSM Errors (cGgsnSACategoryFsmRtnErrors) Terminated Categories (cGgsnSATotalTerminateCategories) Number of categories that are terminated. Unknown Categories (cGgsnSATotalUnknownCategories) Number of unknown categories. Rating Condition Change Events (cGgsnSATotalRatingChanges ) Number of rating condition change events. Rating condition change is typically an update request from SGSN involving SGSN change or QOS change. Conversions from Prepaid to Postpaid (cGgsnSATotalPostpaidConversions) Number of conversions from prepaid to postpaid. Dummy Quota Pushed (cGgsnSATotalDummyQuotas) Total amount of dummy quota pushed to the Content Service Gateway. Prepaid Users (cGgsnSATotalPrepaidUsers) Number of prepaid users. Postpaid Users (cGgsnSATotalPostpaidUsers) Number of postpaid users. FSM Errors (cGgsnSACategoryFsmRtnErrors) Number of errors returned by category FSM.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_sgsn_stat.htm TITLE=GGSN - SGSN Throughput Statistics TEXT=GGSN - SGSN Throughput Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics . Select GGSN - SGSN Throughput Statistics from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Remote Address (cGtpPathAddress) Remote Port (cGtpPathPort) Collection Interval (cGgsnSgsnThruPutInterval) Remote Address (cGtpPathAddress) An address that uniquely identifies a remote node to which this path is established. Remote Port (cGtpPathPort) This object identifies the port on the remote node. The value of zero is invalid. Collection Interval (cGgsnSgsnThruPutInterval) This object should be one of the values set in the objects cGgsnThruputIntervalOne or cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo except for value '0', which means the throughput collection is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_sgsn_stat_mon.htm TITLE=GGSN - SGSN Statistics - Monitor TEXT=GGSN - SGSN Throughput Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics. Select GGSN - SGSN Throughput Statistics from the Category list. Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Data Last Collected (cGgsnSgsnThruPutLastCollected) Upstream Packets Sent (cGgsnSgsnUpStreamPktCnt) Upstream Bytes Sent (cGgsnSgsnUpStreamByteCnt) Downstream Packets Sent (cGgsnSgsnDownStreamPktCnt) Downstream Bytes Sent (cGgsnSgsnDownStreamByteCnt) Data Last Collected (cGgsnSgsnThruPutLastCollected) This object represents the delta value between the time when this data is collected and the time it is retrieved. Upstream Packets Sent (cGgsnSgsnUpStreamPktCnt) This object represents the total number of upstream packets sent on this SGSN data path. Data flow from MS to PDN is considered to be upstream traffic. Upstream Bytes Sent (cGgsnSgsnUpStreamByteCnt) This object represents the total number of upstream bytes sent on this SGSN data path. Data flow from MS to PDN is considered to be upstream traffic. Downstream Packets Sent (cGgsnSgsnDownStreamPktCnt) This object represents the total number of downstream packets sent on this SGSN data path. Data flow from PDN to MS is considered to be downstream traffic. Downstream Bytes Sent (cGgsnSgsnDownStreamByteCnt) This object represents the total number of downstream bytes sent on this SGSN data path. Data flow from PDN to MS is considered to be downstream traffic.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_sgsn_thruput.htm TITLE=GGSN - SGSN Throughput  TEXT=GGSN - SGSN Throughput Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category GGSN – SGSN T hroughput . The following information appears: Remote Address (cGtpPathAddress) Remote Port (cGtpPathPort) Collection Interval (cGgsnSgsnThruPutInterval) Remote Address (cGtpPathAddress) Address that uniquely identifies the remote node to which this path is established. Remote Port (cGtpPathPort) Port on the remote node. A value of zero is invalid. Collection Interval (cGgsnSgsnThruPutInterval) One of the values set in the objects cGgsnThruputIntervalOne or cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo except for value zero (0) which means that throughput collection is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Statistics.htm TITLE=GGSN Statistics TEXT=GGSN Statistics From this dialog box, you can view the latest statistics for the GGSN. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Statistics from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: PDP Contexts Created (cGgsnTotalCreatedPdps) PDP Contexts Deleted (cGgsnTotalDeletedPdps) Total Network Initiated PDP (cGgsnTotalNetworkInitPdps) Total PPP PDP Contexts Created (cGgsnTotalPppPdpsCreated) Total PPP PDP Contexts Deleted (cGgsnTotalPppPdpsDeleted) Rejected PDP request (unavailable resource) (cGgsnOutofResourcePppRegenPdps) Dropped PDP requests (max regeneration reached) (cGgsnDroppedPppRegenPdps) Active Network Initiated PDP (cGgsnActiveNetworkInitPdps) Active PPP PDP (cGgsnActivePppPdps) Active PPP regenerated PDP (cGgsnActivePppRegenPdps) Pending PPP regenerated PDP (cGgsnPendingPppRegenPdps) PDP contexts Created (cGgsnTotalCreatedPdps) Total number of PDP contexts created since system startup. PDP Contexts Deleted (cGgsnTotalDeletedPdps) Total number of PDP contexts deleted since system startup . Total Network Initiated PDP (cGgsnTotalNetworkInitPdps) Total number of PDP contexts initiated by the PDN that were activated by the GGSN. Total PPP PDP Contexts Created (cGgsnTotalPppPdpsCreated) Number of PPP PDP contexts created. Total PPP PDP Contexts Deleted (cGgsnTotalPppPdpsDeleted) Number of PPP PDP contexts deleted. Rejected PDP request (unavailable resource) (cGgsnOutofResourcePppRegenPdps) Number of create PDP context and delete PDP context requests rejected due to unavailable resource on the GGSN for PPP regeneration. Dropped PDP requests (max regeneration reached) (cGgsnDroppedPppRegenPdps) Number of create PDP context and delete PDP context requests that were dropped due to the threshold limit being reached for maximum number of PPP regeneration sessions allowed on the GGSN. Active Network Initiated PDP (cGgsnActiveNetworkInitPdps) Number of network initiated PDP contexts that are currently active on the GGSN. Active PPP PDP (cGgsnActivePppPdps) Number of PPP PDP contexts that are currently active on the GGSN. Active PPP regenerated PDP (cGgsnActivePppRegenPdps) Number of PPP-Regen PDP contexts currently active. Pending PPP regenerated PDP (cGgsnPendingPppRegenPdps) Number of pending PPP regeneration sessions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_system_info.htm TITLE=GGSN System Information (Contd) TEXT=GGSN System Information (Contd) Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category GGSN System Information (contd.) The following information appears: Threshold Memory (cGgsnMemoryThreshold) Service Mode (cGgsnServiceMode) Session Timeout Value (cGgsnSessionTimeout) Throughput Interval ONE (cGgsnThruputIntervalOne) Throughput Interval TWO (cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo) GGSN Compliance Level (cGgsnCompliance3GppGgsn) Create Existing PDP as Update (cGgsnCreateReqV1UpdExistPdp) Turn on Attribute 27 Session Timeout (cGgsnRadAttrSessTimeout) Disable Verify-MS in Downlink (cGgsnDownlinkVerifyMsDisable) Service Mode Status (cGgsnServiceModeStatus) GGSN Global Error Notification (cGgsnGlobalErrorNotifEnabled) GGSN Access Point Notification (cGgsnAccessPointNotifEnabled) GGSN PacketData Protocol Notification (cGgsnPdpNotifEnabled) GTP SLB Mode (cGgsnSlbMode) CAC Failure Notification (cGgsnSlbNotif) Threshold Memory (cGgsnMemoryThreshold) Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) memory overload protection is a mechanism to prevent GGSN from completely running out of memory when GGSN is running near its capacity, or in some failure scenarios such as content gateway down. A protection mechanism is place; when the available memory on the GGSN drops below a configured threshold the following occurs: Charging triggers are ignored. PDP create is rejected. PDP update requests will delete PDP,. Charging triggers occur due to criteria such as volume limit and time limit. When one of the conditions is met , the Charging Data Records (CDRs) are closed and will be updated to the charging gateway. Service Mode (cGgsnServiceMode) GGSN supports this General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) service mode for maintenance purposes. Two modes are supported in GGSN, operational and maintenance mode. 'inService' mode represents nominal operation, and there will be no change in the way the GGSN operates. The following is true of 'maintenance' mode: Imposes restrictions, such as some of the configurations allowed by the GGSN, and no new PDPs accepted. Can be useful to make some changes to the configuration of the GGSN without affecting the existing PDPs. Applies globally to the GGSN, which means the whole box will be put in maintenance mode. Additional maintenance modes--that are outside the scope of this MIB--exist: APN level maintenance mode--Defined in CISCO-GPRS_ACC-PT-MIB Charging maintenance mode--Defined in CISCO-GPRS-CHARGING-MIB Internally, GGSN maintains three states (inService, maintenance, and outOfService ), which can be viewed with cGgsnServiceModeStatus. The SNMP entity generates notification when switching modes and uses the cGgsnInServiceNotif and cGgsnMaintenanceNotif for this purpose. Session Timeout Value (cGgsnSessionTimeout) PDP context timeout value. The PDP context terminates after this timer expires. This value has meaning when cGgsnRadAttrSessTimeout is set to 'true' and if the attribute #27 is not received from the AAA. Throughput Interval ONE (cGgsnThruputIntervalOne) This object and cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo specify the interval at which the data throughput needs to be collected per Access Point Name (APN)/Serving GPRS support Node (SGSN). After this object is set to a valid value, data throughput collection starts for per configured APN and per PATH created. Data throughput collection is updated periodically (each time the configured throughput interval expires) to the corresponding objects (cGgsnSgsnStatTable for per SGSN and cgprsAccPtThruputStatsTable for per APN). When set to zero (0), collection for this interval is stopped and the data related to this interval is deleted from the tables (cGgsnSgsnStatTable and cgprsAccPtThruputStatsTable). INCONSISTENT value SNMP error happens when trying to set cGgsnThruputIntervalOne and cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo with same value (except when that value is zero (0)). Setting the same value to the same object resets the value / collection status for that interval. Throughput Interval TWO (cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo) This object and cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo specify the interval at which the data throughput needs to be collected per APN/SGSN. After this object is set to some valid value, data throughput collection starts for per configured APN and per PATH created. The data throughput collection is updated periodically (each expiry of configured throughput interval) to the corresponding objects (cGgsnSgsnStatTable for per SGSN and cgprsAccPtThruputStatsTable for per APN). When set to zero (0), collection for this interval is stopped and the data related to this interval is deleted from the tables (cGgsnSgsnStatTable and cgprsAccPtThruputStatsTable). INCONSISTENT value SNMP error happens when trying to set cGgsnThruputIntervalOne and cGgsnThruputIntervalTwo with same value (except when that value is zero (0)). Setting the same value to the same object resets the value / collection status for that interval. GGSN Compliance Level (cGgsnCompliance3GppGgsn) Compliance level for the particular GGSN version present in cGgsnVersion--This object can be used to set the compliance level back to the previous GGSN version. When set to 'default', the compliance level for that GGSN version, indicated by the object cGgsnVersion, will be considered. When the cGgsnVersion is holding a value of 'release50', the compliance level can be set back to 'release40'. Create Existing PDP as Update (cGgsnCreateReqV1UpdExistPdp) This object is used for backward compatibility due to implementation of CR 311 (Release 5). CR 311: The SGSN shall not send a Create PDP Context Request for an already active context. If a new Create PDP Context Request is incoming on TEID 0 for an already active PDP context, this Create PDP Context Request must be considered related to a new session. The existing PDP context shall be torn down locally, and the associated PDP contexts deleted locally, before the new session is created. If a new Create PDP Context Request is incoming on a TEID that is different from 0 and this TEID is already allocated to one or more activated PDP contexts, and the NSAPI IE value in this message matches the NSAPI value of an active PDP context, the GGSN shall send back a Create PDP Context Response with a rejection cause code. The decision to teardown or keep the existing PDP context is implementation-dependent: false--The changes due to CR 311 will be applicable. true--The changes due to CR 311 will not be taken into account. This object has no meaning when the object cGgsnCompliance3GppGgsn holds a value of 'release40'. Turn on Attribute 27 Session Timeout (cGgsnRadAttrSessTimeout) This object is used for enabling the session timeout feature on the global (router) level set using cGgsnSessionTimeout, APN level (cgprsAccPtAbsoluteSessionTimer, which is defined in CISCO-GPRS-ACC-PT-MIB and is outside the scope of this MIB). This object is also used to parse the RADIUS attribute #27 present in the access-accept request: true- -Session timeout is enabled. false- Session timeout is disabled. Disable Verify-MS in Downlink (cGgsnDownlinkVerifyMsDisable) This object enables the feature that will allow the GGSN to route IP packets beyond the mobile station. This works only if a static route is added in GGSN to the node beyond the mobile station. On enabling this feature, GGSN will route the packets in both process switch path and cef switch path. This is supported only for IP PDP type. This feature has some limitations: Not scalable, since the operator has to add static route to all nodes beyond the mobile station. Only works for mobile stations having static addresses. In case of GTPv1 the mobile station has to select TFT's to allow traffic flow in the downlink direction. IP address assignment/Radius for the devices behind the mobile station needs to be done within the scope of that network; the GGSN will not provide this facility in any way for the hosts behind the mobile station. In a MWAM and Cat6500/7600 environment, the static route should be added only on that particular GGSN on the MWAM from where the mobile station is reachable. When set to: true-- Routing beyond the mobile station is enabled. false-- Routing beyond the mobile station is disabled. Service Mode Status (cGgsnServiceModeStatus) Represents the internal service mode that GSN maintains. The service switching is done with object cGgsnServiceMode. GGSN Global Error Notification (cGgsnGlobalErrorNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnGlobalErrorNotif notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--enables the device to send a notification. false-- prevents the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GGSN Access Point Notification (cGgsnAccessPointNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnAccessPointNameNotif notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--enables the device to send a notification. false-- prevents the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GGSN PacketData Protocol Notification (cGgsnPdpNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnPacketDataProtocolNotif notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--enables the device to send a notification. false--prevents the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GTP SLB Mode (cGgsnSlbMode) GTP SLB can operate in two modes: dispatched and directed: dispatched mode--Forwards the create request without changing the destination IP address (vserver address) and the create response comes from the same (vserver) address. directed mode--Changes the destination IP address to that of GGSN's VT and the create response comes from the GGSN VT. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. CAC Failure Notification (cGgsnSlbNotif) This object is used to enable or disable the GGSN behavior of sending CAC failure notification to SLB, or session failure notification to SLB. When set to: cacFailure(1)--This object is required to enable the feature in the dispatched mode of operation of SLB. sessionDeletion(2)--GGSN will send delete notification message to SLB when the last PDP associated with an IMSI is deleted. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_System_Information.htm TITLE=GGSN System Information TEXT=GGSN System Information The GGSN System Information dialog box displays Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) trap and history information. Note: This dialog box is available only when the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . The dialog box is unavailable if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to undefined or gtpdirector . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN System Information from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Current GPRS Image (cGgsnVersion) Notification (cGgsnNotifEnabled) Least Severity Level (cGgsnNotifLeastSeverLevel) Entries Retained in History Table (cGgsnHistNotifMaxLength) Index of Recent Entry (cGgsnHistNotifLatestIndex) Method Used to Obtain Address (cGgsnDefaultIpAllocationMethod) Waiting Time Before Purging (cGgsnIdlePdpPurgeTimer) AAA Authentication Server Group (cGgsnDefaultAaaAuthServerGroup) AAA Accounting Server Group (cGgsnDefaultAaaAccServerGroup) PPP Virtual Template Interface (cGgsnPppVirtualTemplate) APN Virtual Template Interface (cGgsnPppRegenVirtualTemplate) GTP Enabled Interfaces (cGgsnGtpEncapInterface) GPRS Image Configuration (cGgsnConfigVersion ) Prepaid PDPs (cGgsnPrepaidPDPs ) Postpaid PDPs (cGgsnPostpaidPDPs) GGSN Service Notification (cGgsnServiceNotifEnabled) GGSN Memory Notification (cGgsnMemoryNotifEnabled) GGSN PDF Notification (cGgsnPdfNotifEnabled) Current GPRS Image (cGgsnVersion) Release number of the General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) image running on GGSN. There are four possible values: release14(1) - Release 1.4 release30(2) - Release 3.0 release40(3) - Release 4.0 release31(4) - Release 3.1 Notification (cGgsnNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnNotification notification is sent when the device generates a notification. Value of the Object Description true Device sends a notification and logs the notification in cGgsnHistNotifTable false Device does not send out a notification. However, the notification is logged in cGgsnHistNotifTable Least Severity Level (cGgsnNotifLeastSeverLevel) Lowest severity level for which the device generates notifications. Notifications are not generated for alarms with a severity level less than the value of this object. There are seven possible values: cleared(1) minor(5) indeterminate(2) warning(6) critical(3) info(7) major(4) Note: You cannot set this object to cleared(1) or indeterminate(2) . Entries Retained in History Table (cGgsnHistNotifMaxLength) Maximum number of entries to be retained in the cGgsnHistNotifTable. When the table is full, the oldest entries are removed to make space for new entries. Index of Recent Entry (cGgsnHistNotifLatestIndex) Value of cGgsnHistNotifIndex for the most recently created entry in cGgsnHistNotifTable. Method Used to Obtain Address (cGgsnDefaultIpAllocationMethod) Default method by which GGSN obtains address leases for mobile user sessions. There are three possible values: Method Description disable (1) Dynamic address location is disabled dhcp (2) DHCP server is used to locate the address radius (3) Radius server is used to locate the address Waiting Time Before Purging (cGgsnIdlePdpPurgeTimer) Time, in hours, that GGSN waits before purging idle PDP contexts. A value zero means the purge timer is disabled. AAA Authentication Server Group (cGgsnDefaultAaaAuthServerGroup) AAA radius of server group used for authentication by all APNs on this GGSN. AAA accounting server group (cGgsnDefaultAaaAccServerGroup) AAA radius server group used for accounting by all APNs on this GGSN. PPP Virtual Template Interface (cGgsnPppVirtualTemplate) Virtual template interface used by PPP Type PDPs. APN Virtual Template Interface (cGgsnPppRegenVirtualTemplate) Virtual template interface used for PPP Regeneration by the APNs on which PPP Regeneration is configured. If the value is zero it means that no interface is specified. GTP Enabled Interfaces (cGgsnGtpEncapInterface) ifIndex of the interface on which which GTP encapsulation is configured. Only one interface can be configured with gtp encapsulation on GGSN. A zero indicates that no interface is configured with GTP encapsulation. GPRS Image Configuration (cGgsnConfigVersion) The config version of the GPRS image, in the form Version.Release.Maintenence, provides information on the ability of the devices to support configuration operations. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Prepaid PDPs (cGgsnPrepaidPDPs) Number of prepaid PDPs created since the last clearance of statistics (GPRS service aware statistics). Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. Postpaid PDPs (cGgsnPostpaidPDPs) Current number of postpaid PDPs created since the last clearance of statistics (GPRS service aware statistics). Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GGSN Service Notification (cGgsnServiceNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnInServiceNotif notification and cGgsnMaintenanceNotif notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--Enables the device to send a notification. false--Prevent the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GGSN Memory Notification (cGgsnMemoryNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnMemThresholdReachedNotif notification and cGgsnMemThresholdClearedNotif notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--Enables the device to send a notification. false--Prevents the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later. GGSN PDF Notification (cGgsnPdfNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnPdfStateUpNotif notification and cGgsnPdfStateDownNotiff notification will be sent when a notification is generated by the device. When set to: true--Enables the device to send a notification. false--Prevents the device from sending out a notification. Note : This object is available for GGSN version 6.0 and later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_traffic_class_bw_alloc_table.htm TITLE=GGSN Traffic Class BW Allocation Table TEXT=GGSN Traffic Class BW Allocation Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN CAC Virtual BW Pool from the Category drop-down box. With an entry selected in the GGSN CAC Virtual BW Pool dialog box, click Traffic Class Details . The following information appears: Traffic Class (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClass) % of BW Allocated (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassPerVal) Absolute Value of BW Allocated (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassAbsVal) Available Unused BW (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassAvailBw) Traffic Class (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClass) Indicates the traffic class for which bandwidth allocation is needed. There are four possible values: conversational streaming interactive background % of BW Allocated (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassPerVal) Percentage of bandwidth allocated to the traffic class set in cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClass. This object is valid and can be set only when cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassPercent is set to true . Absolute Value of BW Allocated (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassAbsVal) Indicates the absolute value of bandwidth allocated to the traffic class set in cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClass. This object is valid and can be set only when cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassPercent is set to false . Available Unused BW (cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClassAvailBw) Indicates the absolute available bandwidth left unused for the traffic class set in cggsnQosBWPoolTrafClass.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Traffic_DS_PHB_Group.htm TITLE=GGSN Traffic &amp; DS PHB Group TEXT=GGSN Traffic & DS PHB Group From this dialog box, you can view Universal Mobile Telephone System (UMTS) traffic class mappings with the Per Hop Behaviour (PHB) group. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN Traffic & DS PHB Group from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: Traffic Class (cggsnQosUmtsTrafficClass) Traffic Class Mapped PHB (cggsnQosUmtsDiffServPhbgroup) PDP Per Traffic Class (cggsnQosUmtsPdps) Traffic Class (cggsnQosUmtsTrafficClass) UMTS QoS traffic class. There are five possible values: signalling(1) conversational(2) streaming(3) interactive(4) background(5) UMTS QoS uses this parameter to make assumptions about the traffic source, and determine the maximum bit rate, and guaranteed bit rate for this traffic class when performing admission control. The signalling traffic class only applies to UMTS signalling messages. Traffic Class Mapped PHB (cggsnQosUmtsDiffServPhbgroup) PHB which is mapped to the traffic class given by cggsnQosUmtsTrafficClass. DS architecture is based on number of functional elements, one of which is PHB. PHBs specify queuing, queue management and scheduling characteristics that provide a means of allocating buffer and bandwidth resources at each node among the competing traffic streams. The various DS PHBs include: signalling - signallingClass(1) The signalling class PHB is only used for the UMTS signalling messages. This DS PHB does not apply to any other IP data packets. expedited forwarding - efClass(2) The expedited forwarding PHB is used to provide a low loss, low latency, low jitter, assured bandwidth, end-to-end service through DS domains. Such a service appears to endpoints like a point-to-point connection, or a virtual leased line. assured forwarding - afClass(3-6) The assured forwarding PHB provides a means for a provider DS domain to offer different levels of delivery assurances for packets received from a customer DS domain. There are four assured forwarding classes: afClass1 afClass2 afClass3 afClass4 afClass1, afClass2, afClass3 and afClass4 are defined, where each AF class is in each DS node and is allocated a certain amount of forwarding resources(buffer space and bandwidth). IP packets are assigned into one or more of these classes, according to the subscribed service. Within each class the packets are marked by a mobile subscriber, or by the provider DS domain, with one of the three possible drop precedence values. In case of congestion, the drop precedence of a packet determines the relative importance of a packet within the class. Packets in one class are forwarded independently of the packets in another class. best effort - bestEffort(7) This is the default PHB. The packets of this aggregate are forwarded on an output link whenever the link is not required to satisfy any other PHB. PDP Per Traffic Class (cggsnQosUmtsPdps) Number of PDP contexts associated with each traffic class identified by cggsnQosUmtsTrafficClass.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/GGSN_Transmitted.htm TITLE=GGSN Transmitted TEXT=GGSN Transmitted From this dialog box, you can view the latest statistics for everything the GGSN has transmitted. Note: This dialog box is available only if the value of cGtpGSNService is set to ggsn . Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Transmitted from the Category drop-down box. The following information is displayed: GTP Sent (cGgsnSentSigMessages) G-PDU Sent (cGgsnSentGPDUs) G-PDU Total Bytes Sent (cGgsnSentGPDUOctets) GTP Sent (cGgsnSentSigMessages) Number of GTP signalling messages sent by the GGSN. G-PDU Sent (cGgsnSentGPDUs) Number of G-PDU messages sent by the GGSN. G-PDU Total Bytes Sent (cGgsnSentGPDUOctets) Total number of bytes, sent in G-PDU messages, by the GGSN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ggsn_virtual_server_table.htm TITLE=GGSN  Virtual Server Table TEXT=GGSN Virtual Server Table Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category GGSN Virtual Server Table . The following information appears: Virtual Server Address Type (cGgsnSlbVserAddrType) Virtual Server Address (cGgsnSlbVserAddress) Next Hop Virtual Server Address Type (cGgsnSlbVserNextHopAddrType) Next Hop Virtual Server Address (cGgsnSlbVserNextHopAddress) VRF Name (cGgsnSlbVserVrfName) Virtual Server Row Status (cGgsnSlbVserRowStatus) Virtual Server Address Type (cGgsnSlbVserAddrType) Address type of the vserver. Only IPv4 IP address type is supported. Virtual Server Address (cGgsnSlbVserAddress) Address of GTP vservers; required only in directed mode. If SLB is running in directed mode and this object is not configured, then the feature remains disabled. If SLB is running in the dispatched mode, the vserver that forwarded the create request is known to the GGSN and thus it is possible to send the notification directly to the vserver. Next Hop Virtual Server Address Type (cGgsnSlbVserNextHopAddrType) IP address type to reach the virtual server. Only IPv4 IP address type is supported. Next Hop Virtual Server Address (cGgsnSlbVserNextHopAddress) IP address to reach the vserver. VRF Name (cGgsnSlbVserVrfName) VRF name--on an interface on GGSN that is connected to SLB-- to reach the vserver. Virtual Server Row Status (cGgsnSlbVserRowStatus) Creates a new row in the table or deletes the existing row.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Global_Call_Home_Configuration.htm TITLE=Global Call Home Configuration TEXT=Global Call Home Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > Call Home Facility > Global Call Home Configuration . The following information is displayed: Call Home Status (callHomeEnable) Trigger for Call Home Alert (callHomeAlertAction) Status of Call Home Alert (callHomeAlertActionStatus) Alert Action Failure Cause (callHomeAlertActionFailureCause) Server Notification Status (ccmEnableSmtpServerNotif) Last Alert Instant (callHomeLastAlertSent) Call Home Status (callHomeEnable) Enables/disables the CallHome infrastructure on the local device. Trigger for Call Home Alert (callHomeAlertAction) This object acts as a trigger by which the generation of a particular alert type can be verified. Specifically, setting this object triggers the transmission of a CallHome message for the specified alert type so that the CallHome backend is activated. When the value of this object is noOp , no action is taken. When read, the value of the object is always noOp . Status of Call Home Alert (callHomeAlertActionStatus) Indicates the status of the last CallHome test invocation. There are four possible values: unknown (1) successful (2) inprogress (3) failed (4) When the value of this object is failed , callHomeAlertActionFailureCause provides the failure cause. To find out the test result, management stations can read the value of this object after a successful set to callHomeAlertAction. Alert Action Failure Cause (callHomeAlertActionFailureCause) Indicates the failure cause for the last CallHome test invocation. This object is valid only if the value of callHomeAlertActionStatus is failed . Server Notification Status (ccmEnableSmtpServerNotif) Indicates whether the device generates ccmSmtpServerFailNotif notifications. When the value of this object is false , notifications are not generated. Last Alert Instant (callHomeLastAlertSent) Value of sysUpTime when the last CallHome alert was sent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Global_Configuration.htm TITLE=Global Configuration TEXT=Global Configuration Configuration > Global You can enable or disable QoS using the Global Configuration dialog box. The source for QoS policies also can be specified using this dialog box. QoS can be based on a local configuration (using this application). This QoS source is configurable globally for the device, and for individual interfaces. Note: The QoS configuration you select will only be enforced when QoS is enabled. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Enable QoS (qosEnabled) Requested (qosPrAdminPolicySource) Operational (qosPrOperPolicySource) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Enable QoS (qosEnabled) Indicates whether the QoS feature is enabled on the device. Requested (qosPrAdminPolicySource) Indicates the desired source of a device's provisioning of QoS policy for the whole device. Operational (qosPrOperPolicySource) Indicates the operational source of a device's provisioning of QoS policy.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Global_Configuration2.htm TITLE=Global Configuration TEXT=Global Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > System Information Log > Global Configuration . The following information is displayed: System Information Logging (csilSysInfoLogEnabled) Notifications (csilSysInfoLogNotifEnabled) Number of Servers Allowed (csilMaxServerAllowed) Commands per Profile (csilMaxCommandPerProfile) Profiles per Server (csilMaxProfilePerServerAllowed) System Information Logging (csilSysInfoLogEnabled) Specifies whether system information logging is enabled. Notifications (csilSysInfoLogNotifEnabled) Indicates whether notifications are generated by the system logging process. Number of Servers Allowed (csilMaxServerAllowed) Specifies the maximum number of entries in csilServerTable. A value of zero indicates that there is no limit on the number of entries in csilServerTable. Commands per Profile (csilMaxCommandPerProfile) Specifies the maximum number of commands allowed in a profile. A value of zero indicates that there is no limit on the number of commands allowed in a profile. Profiles per Server (csilMaxProfilePerServerAllowed) Indicates the maximum number of command profiles that can be configured on a logging server. A profile defines a set of commands that will be used for system information logging.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Global_Configuration_ki.htm TITLE=Global Configuration TEXT=Global Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > System Information Log > Global Configuration . The following information is displayed: System Information Logging (csilSysInfoLogEnabled) Notifications (csilSysInfoLogNotifEnabled) Number of Servers Allowed (csilMaxServerAllowed) Commands per Profile (csilMaxCommandPerProfile) Profiles per Server (csilMaxProfilePerServerAllowed) System Information Logging (csilSysInfoLogEnabled) Specifies whether system information logging is enabled. Notifications (csilSysInfoLogNotifEnabled) Indicates whether notifications are generated by the system logging process. Number of Servers Allowed (csilMaxServerAllowed) Specifies the maximum number of entries in csilServerTable. A value of zero indicates that there is no limit on the number of entries in csilServerTable. Commands per Profile (csilMaxCommandPerProfile) Specifies the maximum number of commands allowed in a profile. A value of zero indicates that there is no limit on the number of commands allowed in a profile. Profiles per Server (csilMaxProfilePerServerAllowed) Indicates the maximum number of command profiles that can be configured on a logging server. A profile defines a set of commands that will be used for system information logging.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Global_Configuration_MST.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) This dialog box provides the global Multiple Spanning Tree configuration information for this device. The following data is displayed: Region Name (stpxMSTRegionName / stpxMSTRegionEditName) Region Revision Number (1..65535) (stpxMSTRegionRevision / stpxMSTRegionEditRevision) Maximum Instance Number (stpxMSTMaxInstanceNumber) Maximum Hop Count (1..40) (stpxMSTMaxHopCount) Note: This dialog box is available only on devices where the spanning tree type is set to MST. Do one of the following: Click Release Edit Buffer to discard any changes made by a CLI or SNMP user. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Note: After clicking Apply , a message appears stating that making changes might result in the loss of connectivity. To proceed, click Yes . Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Region Name (stpxMSTRegionName / stpxMSTRegionEditName) Operational MST region name. The second object (stpxMSTRegionEditName) is used to set this field. Note: You may see a message which states that the edit buffer is locked by a non-SNMP (command line interface) user. In order to make changes, first click Yes to release the edit buffer and discard any changes that have been made. RegionRevision Number (1..65535) (stpxMSTRegionRevision / stpxMSTRegionEditRevision) Operational MST region version. The second object (stpxMSTRegionEditRevision) is used to set this field. Note: You may see a message which states that the edit buffer is locked by a non-SNMP (command line interface) user. In order to make changes, first click Yes to release the edit buffer and discard any changes that have been made. Maximum Instance Number (stpxMSTMaxInstanceNumber) Maximum MST instances supported by this device. Maximum Hop Count (1..40) (stpxMSTMaxHopCount) Maximum number of hops for the MST region.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_statistics1.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Statistics 1 TEXT=GTP Path History Statistics 1 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path History Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Unexpected PDUs (cGtpHistUnexpectedMsgs) Dropped PDUs (cGtpHistDroppedDataMsgs) PDUs Received (cGtpHistRcvdPDUMsgs) PDUs Sent (cGtpHistSentPDUMsgs) PDU Octets Received (cGtpHistRcvdPDUOctets) PDU Octets Sent (cGtpHistSentPDUOctets) Too Short PDUs (cGtpHistMsgTooShort) Unknown Messages (cGtpHistUnknownMsgs) Unexpected PDUs (cGtpHistUnexpectedMsgs) Number of unexpected protocol data unit (PDU) messages received. This object is incremented each time the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) receives a GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) PDU message for a nonexistent Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context. Dropped PDUs (cGtpHistDroppedDataMsgs) Number of GTP PDU messages dropped for a specific serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. PDUs Received (cGtpHistRcvdPDUMsgs) Number of PDU messages received on a SGSN path. PDUs Sent (cGtpHistSentPDUMsgs) Number of PDU messages sent on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Received (cGtpHistRcvdPDUOctets) Number of bytes received in a PDU message on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Sent (cGtpHistSentPDUOctets) Number of bytes sent in a PDU message on a SGSN path. Too Short PDUs (cGtpHistMsgTooShort) Number of GTP-PDU messages received which are too short to hold the GTP header for the supported GTP version. Unknown Messages (cGtpHistUnknownMsgs) Number of unknown GTP messages received. This object is incremented each time a message with a Message Type value that defines an unknown GTP signaling message is received.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_statistics2.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Statistics 2 TEXT=GTP Path History Statistics 2 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path History Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Unexpected Messages (cGtpHistUnexpectedSigMsgs) Roaming MS PDUs (cGtpHistRoamingPDUs) Security Violations (cGtpHistSecurityViolations) Create Requests (cGtpHistUnsupportedExtHdr) GTP Path Failures (cGtpHistPathFailures) Packets Dropped (cGtpHistTotalDropped) Signaling Packets Dropped (cGtpHistDroppedSigMsgs) Messages Received (cGtpHistRcvdSigMsgs) Unexpected Messages (cGtpHistUnexpectedSigMsgs) Number of unexpected GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) signaling messages received. This object is incremented each time a message is received on the wrong end of the tunnel or a response message is received for a request that was not sent by the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Roaming MS PDUs (cGtpHistRoamingPDUs) Number of protocol data unit (PDU) messages received from a roaming mobile station (MS) on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. Security Violations (cGtpHistSecurityViolations) Number of security violations that occurred on each SGSN path. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a packet from an MS with a source or destination address violation. Create Requests (cGtpHistUnsupportedExtHdr) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context creation requests received with unsupported extension headers. GTP Path Failures (cGtpHistPathFailures) Number of path failures on the GGSN. This object is incremented each time the transmit response timer expires for any message sent on the path. Packets Dropped (cGtpHistTotalDropped) Number of packets dropped by the GGSN. Signaling Packets Dropped (cGtpHistDroppedSigMsgs) Number of signaling packets dropped by the GGSN. Messages Received (cGtpHistRcvdSigMsgs) Number of signaling messages received on a SGSN path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_statistics3.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Statistics 3 TEXT=GTP Path History Statistics 3 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path History Statistics3 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Signaling Messages Sent (cGtpHistSentSigMsgs) Total PDPs Created (cGtpHistTotalCreatedPDPs) Total PDPs Deleted (cGtpHistTotalDeletedPDPs) PPP PDPs Created (cGtpHistTotalCreatedPppPDPs) PPP PDPs Deleted (cGtpHistTotalDeletedPppPDPs) Hanging PDPs Cleared (cGtpHistHangPDPSessCleared) Path Failure Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistPathFailLocalDelPDPs) Version Upgrade PDPs (cGtpHistVerUpgradeLocalDel) Signaling Messages Sent (cGtpHistSentSigMsgs) Number of signaling messages sent on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. Total PDPs Created (cGtpHistTotalCreatedPDPs) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts created since the system was last reinitialized. This object includes static, dynamic, and IP PDP contexts. Total PDPs Deleted (cGtpHistTotalDeletedPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted since the system was last reinitialized. PPP PDPs Created (cGtpHistTotalCreatedPppPDPs) Number of Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) PDP contexts created since the system was last reinitialized. PPP PDPs Deleted (cGtpHistTotalDeletedPppPDPs) Number of PPP PDP contexts deleted since the system was last reinitialized. Hanging PDPs Cleared (cGtpHistHangPDPSessCleared) Number of hanging single PDP contexts cleared on the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Path Failure Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistPathFailLocalDelPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a path failure. Version Upgrade PDPs (cGtpHistVerUpgradeLocalDel) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a version upgrade.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_statistics4.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Statistics 4 TEXT=GTP Path History Statistics 4 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path History Statistics4 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Locally Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistNoSgsnLocalDelPDPs) Fallback Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistVerFallbackLocalDel) Total Collisions (cGtpHistCreateCollideWithDel) GTP Version Changes (cGtpHistVersionChanges) Create PDP Requests (cGtpHistRetransCreatePDPReqs) Create Requests (cGtpHistCreateAsUpdate) Rejected PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6PdpActRejects) Successfully Created PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6CreatedPDPs) Locally Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistNoSgsnLocalDelPDPs) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts deleted locally without sending a delete PDP request. If General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) is disabled or the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) is in standby mode, PDP contexts are deleted locally. Fallback Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistVerFallbackLocalDel) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a reversion to a previous GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) version. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a version0 PDP context creation request that exists on a GTP version1 path. Total Collisions (cGtpHistCreateCollideWithDel) Number of collisions that occurred when a PDP context was locally deleted and then recreated. GTP Version Changes (cGtpHistVersionChanges) Number of GTP version changes that occurred on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a version1 PDP context creation request that exists on a GTP version0 path. Create PDP Requests (cGtpHistRetransCreatePDPReqs) Number of retransmitted PDP context creation requests received. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a PDP creation request with the same sequence number as the previous PDP creation request. Create Requests (cGtpHistCreateAsUpdate) Number of PDP context creation requests received that are treated as update requests by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a PDP context creation request for an existing context. Rejected PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6PdpActRejects) Number of IPv6 PDP context activation requests rejected by the GGSN. Successfully Created PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6CreatedPDPs) Total number of IPv6 PDP contexts successfully created on a SGSN path. This object includes static, dynamic, and IP PDP contexts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_statistics5.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Statistics 5 TEXT=GTP Path History Statistics 5 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path History Statistics5 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6DeletedPDPs) Messages Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdSigMsgs) Messages Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentSigMsgs) IPV6 Messages Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdPDUs) IPV6 Messages Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentPDUs) PDU Octets Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdOctets) PDU Octets Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentOctets) Deleted PDPs (cGtpHistIpv6DeletedPDPs) Total number of IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts deleted on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. Messages Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdSigMsgs) Total number of IPv6 signaling messages received on a SGSN path. Messages Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentSigMsgs) Number of IPv6 signaling messages sent on a SGSN path. IPV6 Messages Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdPDUs) Total number of IPv6 protocol data unit (PDU) messages received on a SGSN path. IPV6 Messages Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentPDUs) Total number of IPv6 PDU messages sent on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Received (cGtpHistIpv6RcvdOctets) Number of bytes received in an IPv6 PDU message on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Sent (cGtpHistIpv6SentOctets) Number of bytes sent in an IPv6 PDU message on a SGSN path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_history_table.htm TITLE=GTP Path History Table TEXT=GTP Path History Table Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GTP Path History Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Index (cGtpHistIndex) Remote Address Type (cGtpHistRemoteAddrType) Remote Address (cGtpHistRemoteAddress) Remote Port Number (cGtpHistRemotePort) Index (cGtpHistIndex) History number of an entry. Remote Address Type (cGtpHistRemoteAddrType) Internet address type value for cGtpHistRemoteAddress. Remote Address (cGtpHistRemoteAddress) Internet address for the remote end of a GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) path, such as the address of the serving GPRS support node (SGSN). Remote Port Number (cGtpHistRemotePort) Port number for the remote end of a GTP path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_statistics1.htm TITLE=GTP Path Statistics 1 TEXT=GTP Path Statistics 1 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Unexpected PDUs (cGtpUnexpectedMsgs) Dropped PDUs (cGtpDroppedDataMsgs) PDUs Received (cGtpRcvdPDUMsgs) PDUs Sent (cGtpSentPDUMsgs) PDU Octets Received (cGtpRcvdPDUOctets) PDU Octets Sent (cGtpSentPDUOctets) Too Short PDUs (cGtpMsgTooShort) Unknown Messages (cGtpUnknownMsgs) Unexpected PDUs (cGtpUnexpectedMsgs) Number of unexpected protocol data unit (PDU) messages received. This object is incremented each time the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) receives a GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) PDU message for a nonexistent Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context. Dropped PDUs (cGtpDroppedDataMsgs) Number of GTP PDU messages dropped for a specific serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. PDUs Received (cGtpRcvdPDUMsgs) Number of PDU messages received on a SGSN path. PDUs Sent (cGtpSentPDUMsgs) Number of PDU messages sent on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Received (cGtpRcvdPDUOctets) Number of bytes received in a PDU message on a SGSN path. PDU Octets Sent (cGtpSentPDUOctets) Number of bytes sent in a PDU message on a SGSN path. Too Short PDUs (cGtpMsgTooShort) Number of GTP-PDU messages received which are too short to hold the GTP header for the supported GTP version. Unknown Messages (cGtpUnknownMsgs) Number of unknown GTP messages received. This object is incremented each time a message with a Message Type value that defines an unknown GTP signaling message is received.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_statistics2.htm TITLE=GTP Path Statistics 2 TEXT=GTP Path Statistics 2 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Unexpected Messages (cGtpUnexpectedSigMsgs) Roaming MS PDUs (cGtpRoamingPDUs) Security Violations (cGtpSecurityViolations) Create Requests (cGtpUnsupportedExtHdr) Total Path Failures (cGtpPathFailures) Packets Dropped (cGtpTotalDropped) Signaling Packets Dropped (cGtpDroppedSigMsgs) GTP Messages Received (cGtpRcvdSigMsgs) Unexpected Messages (cGtpUnexpectedSigMsgs) Number of unexpected GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) signaling messages received. This object is incremented each time a message is received on the wrong end of the tunnel or a response message is received for a request that was not sent by the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Roaming MS PDUs (cGtpRoamingPDUs) Number of protocol data unit (PDU) messages received from a roaming mobile station (MS) on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. Security Violations (cGtpSecurityViolations) Number of security violations that occurred on each SGSN path. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a packet from an MS with a source or destination address violation. Create Requests (cGtpUnsupportedExtHdr) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context creation requests received with unsupported extension headers. Total Path Failures (cGtpPathFailures) Number of path failures on the GGSN. This object is incremented each time the transmit response timer expires for any message sent on the path. Packets Dropped (cGtpTotalDropped) Number of packets dropped by the GGSN. Signaling Packets Dropped (cGtpDroppedSigMsgs) Number of signaling packets dropped by the GGSN. GTP Messages Received (cGtpRcvdSigMsgs) Number of signaling messages received on a SGSN path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_statistics3.htm TITLE=GTP Path Statistics 3 TEXT=GTP Path Statistics 3 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path Statistics3 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Signaling Messages Sent (cGtpSentSigMsgs) Total PDPs Created (cGtpTotalCreatedPDPs) Total PDPs Deleted (cGtpTotalDeletedPDPs) Created PPP PDPs (cGtpTotalCreatedPppPDPs) Deleted PPP PDPs (cGtpTotalDeletedPppPDPs) Cleared PDP Sessions (cGtpSinglePDPSessCleared) Path Failure PDPs Deleted (cGtpPathFailLocalDelPDPs) Version Upgrade PDPs (GtpVerUpgradeLocalDelPDPs) Signaling Messages Sent (cGtpSentSigMsgs) Number of signaling messages sent on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. Total PDPs Created (cGtpTotalCreatedPDPs) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts created since the system was last reinitialized. This object includes static, dynamic, and IP PDP contexts. Total PDPs Deleted (cGtpTotalDeletedPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted since the system was last reinitialized. Created PPP PDPs (cGtpTotalCreatedPppPDPs) Number of Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) PDP contexts created since the system was last reinitialized. Deleted PPP PDPs (cGtpTotalDeletedPppPDPs) Number of PPP PDP contexts deleted since the system was last reinitialized. Cleared PDP Sessions (cGtpSinglePDPSessCleared) Number of hanging single PDP contexts cleared on the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). Path Failure PDPs Deleted (cGtpPathFailLocalDelPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a path failure. Version Upgrade PDPs (GtpVerUpgradeLocalDelPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a version upgrade.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_statistics4.htm TITLE=GTP Path Statistics 4 TEXT=GTP Path Statistics 4 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path Statistics4 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Locally Deleted PDPs (cGtpNoSgsnLocalDelPDPs) Fallback Deleted PDPs (cGtpVerFallbackLocalDelPDPs) Total Collisions (cGtpCreateCollideWithDel) Version Changes Occured (cGtpVersionChanges) Create Requests (cGtpRetransCreatePDPReqs) Create as Update Requests (cGtpCreateAsUpdate) IPV6 PDPs Rejected (cGtpIpv6PdpActRejects) IPv6 PDPs Created (cGtpIpv6CreatedPDPs) Locally Deleted PDPs (cGtpNoSgsnLocalDelPDPs) Number of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts deleted locally without sending a delete PDP request. If General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) is disabled or the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) is in standby mode, PDP contexts are deleted locally. Fallback Deleted PDPs (cGtpVerFallbackLocalDelPDPs) Number of PDP contexts deleted locally because of a reversion to a previous GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) version. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a version0 PDP context creation request that exists on a GTP version1 path. Total Collisions (cGtpCreateCollideWithDel) Number of collisions that occurred when a PDP context was locally deleted and then recreated. Version Changes Occured (cGtpVersionChanges) Number of GTP version changes that occurred on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a version1 PDP context creation request that exists on a GTP version0 path. Create Requests (cGtpRetransCreatePDPReqs) Number of retransmitted PDP context creation requests received. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a PDP creation request with the same sequence number as the previous PDP creation request. Create as Update Requests (cGtpCreateAsUpdate) Number of PDP context creation requests received that are treated as update requests by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a PDP context creation request for an existing context. IPV6 PDPs Rejected (cGtpIpv6PdpActRejects) Number of IPv6 PDP context activation requests rejected by the GGSN. IPv6 PDPs Created (cGtpIpv6CreatedPDPs) Total number of IPv6 PDP contexts successfully created on a SGSN path. This object includes static, dynamic, and IP PDP contexts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/gtp_path_statistics5.htm TITLE=GTP Path Statistics 5 TEXT=GTP Path Statistics 5 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select GGSN GTP Path Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select GTP Path Statistics5 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Deleted IPv6 PDPs (cGtpIpv6DeletedPDPs) IPv6 Messages Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdSigMsgs) IPv6 Messages Sent (cGtpIpv6SentSigMsgs) IPv6 PDUs Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdPDUs) IPv6 PDUs Sent (cGtpIpv6SentPDUs) IPv6 PDU Octets Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdOctets) IPv6 PDU Octets Sent (cGtpIpv6SentOctets) Deleted IPv6 PDPs (cGtpIpv6DeletedPDPs) Total number of IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts deleted on a serving GPRS support node (SGSN) path. IPv6 Messages Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdSigMsgs) Total number of IPv6 signaling messages received on a SGSN path. IPv6 Messages Sent (cGtpIpv6SentSigMsgs) Number of IPv6 signaling messages sent on a SGSN path. IPv6 PDUs Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdPDUs) Total number of IPv6 protocol data unit (PDU) messages received on a SGSN path. IPv6 PDUs Sent (cGtpIpv6SentPDUs) Total number of IPv6 PDU messages sent on a SGSN path. IPv6 PDU Octets Received (cGtpIpv6RcvdOctets) Number of bytes received in an IPv6 PDU message on a SGSN path. IPv6 PDU Octets Sent (cGtpIpv6SentOctets) Number of bytes sent in an IPv6 PDU message on a SGSN path.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/HA_Reg_Statistics1.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Statistics1 TEXT=Home Agent Registration Statistics1 Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select Home Agent Registration Statistics1 . The following information is displayed: Registration Accept Ratio (haRegistrationAccepted/haRegRequestsReceived) Multiple Binding Unsupported (haMultiBindingUnsupported) Reason Unspecified (haReasonUnspecified) Administratively Prohibited (haAdmProhibited) Insufficient Resources (haInsufficientResource) MN Authentication Failure (haMNAuthenticationFailure) FA Authentication Failure (haFAAuthenticationFailure) Identification Mismatch (haIDMismatch) Registration Accept Ratio (haRegistrationAccepted/haRegRequestsReceived) haRegistrationAccepted: Total number of registration requests accepted by the home agent (code 0). haRegRequestsReceived: Total number of registration requests received by the home agent. Multiple Binding Unsupported (haMultiBindingUnsupported) Total number of registration requests accepted by the home agent—simultaneous mobility bindings unsupported (code 1). Reason Unspecified (haReasonUnspecified) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—reason unspecified (code 128). Administratively Prohibited (haAdmProhibited) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—administratively prohibited (code 129). Insufficient Resources (haInsufficientResource) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—insufficient resource (code 130). MN Authentication Failure (haMNAuthenticationFailure) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—mobile node failed authentication (code 131). FA Authentication Failure ( haFAAuthenticationFailure) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—foreign agent failed authentication (code 132). Identification Mismatch (haIDMismatch) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—identification mismatch (code 133).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/HA_Reg_Statistics2.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Statistics2 TEXT=Home Agent Registration Statistics2 Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select Home Agent Registration Statistics2 . The following information is displayed: Poorly Formed Requests (haPoorlyFormedRequest) Innumerous Mobility Bindings ( haTooManyBindings) HA Address Unknown (haUnknownHA) Gratuition ARPs Sent (haGratuitiousARPsSent) Proxy ARPs Sent (haProxyARPsSent) Registration Replies Ratio (haRegRepliesSent/haRegRequestsReceived) Deregistration Replies Ratio (haDeRegRepliesSent/haDeRegRequestsReceived) Poorly Formed Requests (haPoorlyFormedRequest) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—poorly formed request (code 134). Innumerous Mobility Bindings (haTooManyBindings) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—too many simultaneous mobility bindings (code 135). HA Address Unknown (haUnknownHA) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent—unknown home agent address (code 136). Gratuition ARPs Sent (haGratuitiousARPsSent) Total number of gratuition ARPs sent by the home agent on behalf of mobile nodes. Proxy ARPs Sent (haProxyARPsSent) Total number of proxy ARPs sent by the home agent on behalf of mobile nodes. Registration Replies Ratio (haRegRepliesSent/haRegRequestsReceived) haRegRepliesSent: Total number of registration replies sent by the home agent. haRegRequestsReceived: Total number of registration requests received by the home agent. Deregistration Replies Ratio (haDeRegRepliesSent/haDeRegRequestsReceived) haDeRegRepliesSent: Total number of registration replies sent by the home agent in response to deregistration requests. haDeRegRequestsReceived): Total number of registration requests received by the home agent with a lifetime of zero (requests to deregister).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/HA_Reg_Statistics_Per_Node.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Statistics Per Node TEXT=Home Agent Registration Statistics Per Node Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Home Agent Registration Table . With an entry selected in the Home Agent Registration table, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: Accepted Requests Count (haServiceRequestsAccepted) Denied Requests Count (haServiceRequestsDenied) Overall Service Time (haOverallServiceTime) Accepted Requests Count (haServiceRequestsAccepted) Total number of service requests for the mobile node accepted by the home agent (code 0 + code 1). Denied Requests Count (haServiceRequestsDenied) Total number of service requests for the mobile node denied by the home agent (sum of all registrations denied with code 128 through 159). Overall Service Time (haOverallServiceTime) Overall service time, in seconds, that have been accumulated for the mobile node since the home agent last rebooted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/History.htm TITLE=History TEXT=History Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Redundant Framework > History . The following information is displayed: Switchover Details: Maximum Length of History Table (cRFHistoryTableMaxLength) Availability of Redundant unit in seconds (cRFHistoryStandByAvailTime) History Table: Index (cRFHistorySwitchOverIndex) Previous Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Current Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Switch Over Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Swact Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Switchover Details: Maximum Length of History Table (cRFHistoryTableMaxLength) Maximum number of entries allowed in the history table. The value of this object is zero if no history is being maintained. Availability of Redundant unit in seconds (cRFHistoryStandByAvailTime) Indicates the cumulative time that a standby redundant unit has been available since the last system initialization. History Table: Index (cRFHistorySwitchOverIndex) A monotonically increasing integer used to index the history table. After reaching the maximum value, the value of this object resets to 1. Previous Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Indicates the primary redundant unit that went down. Current Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Indicates the secondary redundant unit that took over as active. Switch Over Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Indicates the reason for the last switchover. Swact Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Indicates when the last switchover occurred.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/History_Table.htm TITLE=History Table TEXT=History Table Device > Configure > MAC > History Table The History Table dialog box archives the MAC Change Notification messages generated by this device. Messages are archived even if Mac Change Notification messages are not actually sent. The following data is displayed: Index (cmnHistIndex) MAC Changed Message (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) System Up Time (cmnHistTimestamp) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (cmnHistIndex) Unique identifier for a MAC Change Notification message generated by the device. MAC Changed Message (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) Provides information about a MAC Change Notification message. The message displays operation, VLAN, MAC, module, and port information. System Up Time (cmnHistTimestamp) Value of sysUpTime when the MAC Changed Notification message containing information provided by the Hist MAC Changed Msg object was generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_mobile_network_grp_configs.htm TITLE=Home Agent Mobile Network Group Configs TEXT=Home Agent Mobile Network Group Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Home Agent Mobile Network Group Configs . The following information appears: MR Address Type (cmiHaMrAddrType) Inet Address (cmiHaMrAddr) MR Dynamic Registration (cmiHaMrDynamic) Create/Delete Row (cmiHaMrStatus) MR Address Type (cmiHaMrAddrType) Type of IP address stored in cmiHaMrAddr. Only IPv4 address type is supported. Inet Address (cmiHaMrAddr) IP address of a mobile router providing mobility to one or more networks. Only IPv4 addresses are supported. MR Dynamic Registration (cmiHaMrDynamic) Specifies whether the mobile router is capable of registering networks dynamically or not. Create/Delete Row (cmiHaMrStatus) The row status for the mobile router entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Home_Agent_Mobility_Table.htm TITLE=Home Agent Mobility Table TEXT=Home Agent Mobility Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Home Agent Mobility Table . The following information is displayed: MN Ip Address (haMobilityBindingMN) MN Care of Address (haMobilityBindingCOA) Source Ip Address (haMobilityBindingSourceAddress) Registration Flags (haMobilityBindingRegFlags) 4 LSBs of Identifier (haMobilityBindingRegIDLow) 4 MSBs of Identifier (haMobilityBindingRegIDHigh) Total Registration Lifetime (haMobilityBindingTimeGranted) Remaining Lifetime (haMobilityBindingTimeRemaining) MN Ip Address (haMobilityBindingMN) Home IP address of the mobile node. MN Care of Address (haMobilityBindingCOA) Mobile node's care-of-address. One mobile node can have multiple bindings with different care-of-addresses. Source Ip Address (haMobilityBindingSourceAddress) Source IP address of the registration request received by the home agent. This is either a mobile node's co-located care-of-address or an address of the foreign agent. Registration Flags (haMobilityBindingRegFlags) Registration flags sent by the mobile node. 4 LSBs of Identifier (haMobilityBindingRegIDLow) Low-order 32 bits of identification used in a binding by the mobile node. 4 MSBs of Identifier (haMobilityBindingRegIDHigh) High-order 32 bits of identification used in a binding by the mobile node. Total Registration Lifetime (haMobilityBindingTimeGranted) Lifetime, in seconds, granted to the mobile node for this registration. Remaining Lifetime (haMobilityBindingTimeRemaining) Seconds remaining until the registration expires. This object has the same initial value as haMobilityBindingTimeGranted and is counted down by the home agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_redundancy_stats_ack.htm TITLE=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics - Acknowledgement TEXT=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics - Acknowledgement Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Redundancy Statistics Contd1 . The following information appears: Ack Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIAcks) Ack Dropped (cmiHaRedunDroppedBIAcks) Security Violations (cmiHaRedunSecViolations) Ack Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIAcks) Total number of acknowledgements received in response to binding information replies sent by the home agent. Ack Dropped (cmiHaRedunDroppedBIAcks) Total number of acknowledgements dropped by the home agent since there are no corresponding binding information replies sent by it. Security Violations (cmiHaRedunSecViolations) Total number of security violations in the home agent caused by processing of the packets received from the peer home agent. Security violations can occur for the following reasons. Authenticator value in the packet is invalid. Value stored in the identification field of the packet is invalid.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_redundancy_stats_bind_info.htm TITLE=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics - Binding Information TEXT=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics - Binding Information Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Redundancy Statistics –Binding Information . The following information appears: Binding Info Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIReps) Replies Dropped (cmiHaRedunDroppedBIReps) Ack Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBIAcks) Requests Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIReqs) Requests Replies (cmiHaRedunSentBIReps) No Acknowledgement (cmiHaRedunFailedBIReps) Total Binding Info (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBIReps) Binding Info Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIReps) Total number of binding information replies received by the home agent. Replies Dropped (cmiHaRedunDroppedBIReps) Total number of binding information replies dropped since there is no corresponding binding information request sent by the home agent. Ack Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBIAcks) Total number of acknowledgements sent in response to binding information replies received by the home agent. Requests Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBIReqs) Total number of binding information requests received by the home agent. Requests Replies (cmiHaRedunSentBIReps) Total number of binding information replies sent by the home agent. No Acknowledgement (cmiHaRedunFailedBIReps) Total number of binding information replies sent by by the home agent for which no acknowledgement is received from the standby home agent. Total Binding Info (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBIReps) Total number of binding information replies sent by the home agent including retransmissions of the same reply.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_redundancy_stats_bind_updates.htm TITLE=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics - Binding Updates TEXT=Home Agent Redundancy Statistics-Binding Updates Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Redundancy Statistics-Binding Updates . The following information appears: Binding Updates (cmiHaRedunSentBUs) Binding Updates - No Ack. (cmiHaRedunFailedBUs) Ack Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBUAcks) Total Updates Sent (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBUs) Bindings Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBUs) Ack Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBUAcks) Requests Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBIReqs) Failed Requests (cmiHaRedunFailedBIReqs) Total Requests (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBIReqs) Binding Updates (cmiHaRedunSentBUs) Total number of binding updates sent by the home agent. Binding Updates - No Ack (cmiHaRedunFailedBUs) Total number of binding updates sent by the home agent for which no acknowledgement is received from the standby home agent. Ack Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBUAcks) Total number of acknowledgements received in response to binding updates sent by the home agent. Total Updates Sent (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBUs) Total number of binding updates sent by the home agent including retransmissions of the same binding update. Bindings Received (cmiHaRedunReceivedBUs) Total number of binding updates received by the home agent. Ack Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBUAcks) Total number of acknowledgements sent in response to binding updates received by the home agent. Requests Sent (cmiHaRedunSentBIReqs) Total number of binding information requests sent by the home agent. Failed Requests (cmiHaRedunFailedBIReqs) Total number of binding information requests sent by the home agent for which no reply is received from the active home agent. Total Requests (cmiHaRedunTotalSentBIReqs) Total number of binding information requests sent by the home agent for which no reply is received from the active home agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Home_Agent_Registration_Table.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Table TEXT=Home Agent Registration Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Home Agent Registration Table . The following information is displayed: MN Ip Address (haMobilityBindingMN) Latest Regn Accepted Time (haRecentServiceAcceptedTime) Latest Regn denied Time (haRecentServiceDeniedTime) Latest Regn denied Code (haRecentServiceDeniedCode) MN Ip Address (haMobilityBindingMN) Home IP address of the mobile node. Latest Regn Accepted Time (haRecentServiceAcceptedTime) The time when the most recent registration request was accepted by the home agent for a mobile node. Latest Regn denied Time (haRecentServiceDeniedTime) The time when the most recent registration request was denied by the home agent for a mobile node. Latest Regn denied Code (haRecentServiceDeniedCode) Code indicating the reason for the rejection of the registration request by the home agent. Possible values include: reasonUnspecified(128) admProhibited(129) insufficientResource(130) mnAuthenticationFailure(131) faAuthenticationFailure(132) idMismatch(133) poorlyFormedRequest(134) tooManyBindings(135) unknownHA(136)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_grp_mobile_binding_configs.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Group - Mobile Binding Configs TEXT=Home Agent Registration Group - Mobile Binding Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Home Agent Registration Group - Mobile Binding Configs . The following information appears: MN's Home IP Address (haMobilityBindingMN) MN's CoA (haMobilityBindingCOA) MN Identifier Type (cmiHaRegMnIdentifierType) MN Identifier Associated (cmiHaRegMnIdentifier) Mobile Binding Registration Flags (cmiHaRegMobilityBindingRegFlags) Access Type (cmiHaRegMnIfDescription) Bandwidth (cmiHaRegMnIfBandwidth) Roaming Interface Identifier (cmiHaRegMnIfID) Multiple Path Metric Type (cmiHaRegMnIfPathMetricType) MN's Home IP Address (haMobilityBindingMN) Home IP address for the mobile node. MN's CoA (haMobilityBindingCOA) Care of address for the mobile node. MN Identifier Type (cmiHaRegMnIdentifierType) The type of the mobile node's identifier. MN Identifier Associated (cmiHaRegMnIdentifier) The identifier associated with the mobile node. Mobile Binding Registration Flags (cmiHaRegMobilityBindingRegFlags) Registration flags sent by the mobile node. Access Type (cmiHaRegMnIfDescription) Description of the access type for the roaming interface of the registering mobile node or router. Bandwidth (cmiHaRegMnIfBandwidth) Bandwidth of the roaming interface through which the mobile node or router is registered. Roaming Interface Identifier (cmiHaRegMnIfID) A unique number identifying the roaming interface through which the mobile node or router is registered. This is also used as an unique identifier for the tunnel from the home agent to the mobile router. Multiple Path Metric Type (cmiHaRegMnIfPathMetricType) Specifies the metric to use when multiple path is enabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_process_configs.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Configs TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Home Agent Registration Processing Configs . The following information appears: Max Registration Processed (cmiHaRegDateMaxRegsProcLoc) Max Registration Processed by AAA (cmiHaRegDateMaxRegsProcByAAA) Average Processing Time (cmiHaRegAvgTimeRegsProcByAAA) Maximum Processing Time (cmiHaRegMaxTimeRegsProcByAAA) Max Registration Processed (cmiHaRegDateMaxRegsProcLoc) The time at which the number of registration requests processed in a minute by the home agent reached maximum. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated locally by the home agent. Max Registration Processed by AAA (cmiHaRegDateMaxRegsProcByAAA) The time at which number of registration requests processed in a minute by the home agent reached maximum. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server. Average Processing Time (cmiHaRegAvgTimeRegsProcByAAA) The average time taken by the home agent to process a registration request. Calculated based on those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server only . Maximum Processing Time (cmiHaRegMaxTimeRegsProcByAAA) The maximum time taken by the home agent to process a registration request. It considers only those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_proc_stats_init_reg.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics -Initial Registration TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics -Initial Registration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent registration Processing Statistics-Initial Registration . The following information appears: No Encap (cmiHaEncapUnavailable) NAI Check Fails (cmiHaNAICheckFailures) Init Request Received (cmiHaInitRegRequestsReceived) Init Request Accepted (cmiHaInitRegRequestsAccepted) Init Request Denied (cmiHaInitRegRequestsDenied) Init Request Discarded (cmiHaInitRegRequestsDiscarded) MB Table Entries (cmiHaRegTotalMobilityBindings) No Encap (cmiHaEncapUnavailable) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent due to an unsupported encapsulation. NAI Check Fails (cmiHaNAICheckFailures) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent due to an NAI check failures. Init Request Received (cmiHaInitRegRequestsReceived) Total number of initial registration requests received by the home agent. Init Requests Accepted (cmiHaInitRegRequestsAccepted) Total number of initial registration requests accepted by the home agent. Init Request Denied (cmiHaInitRegRequestsDenied) Total number of initial registration requests denied by the home agent. Reasons that a home agent denies a request include: Can't allocate IP address for MN. Request parsing failed. NAI length exceeds the packet length. Init Request Discarded (cmiHaInitRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of initial registration requests discarded by the home agent. Reasons that a home agent discards a request include: IP mobile home-agent service is not enabled. HA-CHAP authentication failed. Mobile node security association retrieval failed. MB Table Entries (cmiHaRegTotalMobilityBindings) Current number of entries in haMobilityBindingTable. The haMobilityBindingTable contains the home agent's mobility binding list. The home agent updates this table in response to registration events from mobile nodes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_proc_stats_reg_req.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics-RegistrationRequests TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics-Registration Requests Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Registration Processing – Registration Requests . The following information appears: Registration Requests (cmiHaRegTotalProcLocRegs) Max Requests (cmiHaRegMaxProcLocInMinRegs) Requests Processed (cmiHaRegProcLocInLastMinRegs) Processed by HA (cmiHaRegTotalProcByAAARegs) Maxi Processing by HA per Min (cmiHaRegMaxProcByAAAInMinRegs) Last Minute Processing by HA (cmiHaRegProcAAAInLastByMinRegs) Requests Received by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsReceived) Requests Denied by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsDenied) Requests Discarded by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsDiscarded) Registration Requests (cmiHaRegTotalProcLocRegs) Total number of registration requests processed by the home agent. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated locally by the home agent. Max Requests (cmiHaRegMaxProcLocInMinRegs) Maximum number of registration requests processed in a minute by the home agent. It includes only those registration requests that were authenticated locally by the home agent. Requests Processed (cmiHaRegProcLocInLastMinRegs) Number of registration requests processed during the last minute by the home agent. It includes only those registration requests that were authenticated locally by the home agent. Processed by HA (cmiHaRegTotalProcByAAARegs) Total number of registration requests processed by the home agent. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server. Maximum Processing by HA (cmiHaRegMaxProcByAAAInMinRegs) Maximum number of registration requests processed in a minute by the home agent. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server. Last Minute Processing by HA (cmiHaRegProcAAAInLastByMinRegs) Number of registration requests processed by the home agent in the last minute. Includes only those registration requests that were authenticated by the AAA server. Requests Received by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsReceived) Total number of registration requests received by the home agent. Includes initial registration requests, re-registration requests and de-registration requests. Requests Denied by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsDenied) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent. Reasons for which a home agent denies a request include: Can't allocate IP address for mobile node. Request parsing failed. NAI length exceeds the packet length. Requests Discarded by HA (cmiHaRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of registration requests discarded by the home agent. The reasons for which HA discards a request include:Total number of Registration Requests discarded by the home agent. Reasons for which a home agent discards a request include: IP mobile home-agent service is not enabled. HA-CHAP authentication failed. Mobile node security association retrieval failed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_proc_stats_reg_req_deny.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics - Registration Request - Deny TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics - Registration Request - Deny Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics-Registration Request Deny . The following information appears: CVSE Rejected from FA (cmiHaCvsesFromFaRejected) NVSE Rejected from MN (cmiHaNvsesFromMnNeglected) NVSE Rejected from FA (cmiHaNvsesFromFaNeglected) Auth Fails (cmiHaMnHaAuthFailures) AAA Auth Fails (cmiHaMnAAAAuthFailures) CVSE Rejected from FA (cmiHaCvsesFromFaRejected) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent -- Unsupported Vendor-ID or unable to interpret Vendor-CVSE-Type in the CVSE sent by the foreign agent to the home agent (Code 141). NVSE Rejected from MN (cmiHaNvsesFromMnNeglected) Total number of registration requests with an NVSE extension with one of the following in the NVSE sent by the mobile node to the home agent: Unsupported Vendor-ID Unable to interpret Vendor-NVSE-Type NVSE Rejected from FA (cmiHaNvsesFromFaNeglected) Total number of registration requests, with an NVSE extension with one of the followingin the NVSE sent by the foreign agent to the home agent: Unsupported Vendor-ID Unable to interpret Vendor-NVSE-Type Auth Fails (cmiHaMnHaAuthFailures) Total number of registration requests denied due to mobile node and home agent authentication extension failures. AAA Auth Fails (cmiHaMnAAAAuthFailures) Total number of registration requests denied due to mobile node-AAA authentication extension failures.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_proc_stats_rereg.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics - Re-registration TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics - Re-registration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics –Re-registration . The following information appears: Re-Reg Received (cmiHaReRegRequestsReceived) Re-Reg Accepted (cmiHaReRegRequestsAccepted) Re-Reg Denied (cmiHaReRegRequestsDenied) Re-Reg Discarded (cmiHaReRegRequestsDiscarded) De-Reg Received (cmiHaDeRegRequestsReceived) De-Reg Accepted (cmiHaDeRegRequestsAccepted) De-Regi Denied (cmiHaDeRegRequestsDenied) De-Reg Discarded (cmiHaDeRegRequestsDiscarded) Re-Reg Received (cmiHaReRegRequestsReceived) Total number of re-registration requests received by the home agent. Re-Reg Accepted (cmiHaReRegRequestsAccepted) Total number of re-registration requests accepted by the home agent. Re-Reg Denied (cmiHaReRegRequestsDenied) Total number of re-registration requests denied by the home agent.Reasons that a home agent denies a request include: Can't allocate IP address for MN. Request parsing failed. NAI length exceeds the packet length. Re-Reg Discarded (cmiHaReRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of re-registration requests discarded by the home agent. Reasons that a home agent discards a request include: IP mobile home-agent service is not enabled. HA-CHAP authentication failed. Mobile node security association retrieval failed. De-Reg Received (cmiHaDeRegRequestsReceived) Total number of De-registration requests received by the home agent. De-Reg Accepted (cmiHaDeRegRequestsAccepted) Total number of de-registration requests accepted by the home agent. De-Reg Denied (cmiHaDeRegRequestsDenied) Total number of de-registration requests denied by the home agent. Reasons that a home agent denies a request include: Can't allocate IP address for MN. Request parsing failed. NAI length exceeds the packet length. De-Reg Discarded (cmiHaDeRegRequestsDiscarded) Total number of de-registration requests discarded by the home agent. Reasons that a home agent discards a request include: IP mobile home-agent service is not enabled. HA-CHAP authentication failed. Mobile node security association retrieval failed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_proc_stats_rev_tunnel.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics -Reverse Tunnel TEXT=Home Agent Registration Processing Statistics -Reverse Tunnel Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category cmiHaReverseTunnelUnavailable. The following information appears: No Reverse Tunnel (cmiHaReverseTunnelUnavailable) No T Bit (cmiHaReverseTunnelBitNotSet) No Encap (cmiHaEncapsulationUnavailable) CVSE Rejected (cmiHaCvsesFromMnRejected) No Reverse Tunnel (cmiHaReverseTunnelUnavailable) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent -- requested reverse tunnel unavailable (Code 137). No T Bit (cmiHaReverseTunnelBitNotSet) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent -- reverse tunnel is mandatory and T bit not set (Code 138). No Encap (cmiHaEncapsulationUnavailable) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent -- requested encapsulation unavailable (Code 72). CVSE Rejected (cmiHaCvsesFromMnRejected) Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent -- Unsupported Vendor-ID or unable to interpret Vendor-CVSE-Type in the CVSE sent by the mobile node to the home agent (Code 140).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_req_configs.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Request Configs  TEXT=Home Agent Registration Request Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Home Agent Registration Request Configs . The following information appears: MN Registration Identifier Type (cmiHaRegMnIdType) Mobile Node Identifier Associated (cmiHaRegMnId) Overall Service Time (cmiHaRegOverallServTime) Recent Service Acceptance (cmiHaRegRecentServAcceptedTime) Recent Service Deny (cmiHaRegRecentServDeniedTime) Registration Requests Deny Reason (cmiHaRegRecentServDeniedCode) MN Registration Identifier Type (cmiHaRegMnIdType) The type of the mobile node's identifier. Mobile Node Identifier Associated (cmiHaRegMnId) The identifier associated with the mobile node. Overall Service Time (cmiHaRegOverallServTime) Overall service time that has accumulated for the mobile node since the home agent last rebooted. Recent Service Acceptance (cmiHaRegRecentServAcceptedTime) The time at which the most recent registration request was accepted by the home agent for this mobile node. Recent Service Deny (cmiHaRegRecentServDeniedTime) The time at that the most recent registration request was denied by the home agent for this mobile node. Registration Requests Deny Reason (cmiHaRegRecentServDeniedCode) The code indicating the reason that the most recent registration request for this mobile node was rejected by the home agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/home_agent_reg_stats_per_node.htm TITLE=Home Agent Registration Statistics per Node TEXT=Home Agent Registration Statistics per Node Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Home Agent Registration Request Configs . Select a row and click the Statistics button. The following information appears: Requests Accepted (cmiHaRegServAcceptedRequests) Requests Denied (cmiHaRegServDeniedRequests) Requests Accepted (cmiHaRegServAcceptedRequests) Total number of service requests for the mobile node accepted by the home agent (Code 0 + Code 1). Requests Denied (cmiHaRegServDeniedRequests ) Total number of service requests for the mobile node denied by the home agent (sum of all registrations denied with Code 128 through Code 159).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Host_Configurations.htm TITLE=Host Configurations TEXT=Host Configurations Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > Host Configurations The following information appears: Host Validation (cnnEouHostValidateAction) IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostValidateIpAddrType) IP Address (cnnEouHostValidateIpAddr) MAC Address (cnnEouHostValidateMacAddr) Posture Token Type (cnnEouHostValidatePostureToken) Max Query Entries (cnnEouHostMaxQueries) Validate Posture Token String (cnnEouHostValidatePostureTokenStr) Host Validation (cnnEouHostValidateAction) EOU validation setting configured for the devices associated with the system. When a device is initialized, all previous state information for that device is deleted and the admission control process starts with no active state. When a device is revalidated, state information for that device is retained so that the device still has its normal access privileges during the revalidation process. There are 15 possible values: none(1) : No operation is performed. initializeAll(2) : Manually initiates reauthentication of all endpoint devices on the system. initializeAuthClientless(3) : Manually initiates reauthentication of all clientless endpoint devices. initializeAuthEap(4) : Manually initiates reauthentication of all endpoint devices authorized by the Extensive Authentication Protocol (EAP). initializeAuthStatic(5) : Manually initiates reauthentication of all statically authorized endpoint devices. initializeIp(6) : Manually initiates reauthentication of a specific IP device. The values of cnnEouHostValidateIpAddrType and cnnEouHostValidateIpAddr are used by this operation. initializeMac(7) : Manually initiates reauthentication of the endpoint device, identified by its MAC address. The value of cnnEouHostValidateMacAddr is used by this operation. initializePostureToken(8) : Manually initiates reauthentication of the endpoint devices with a specific posture token assigned. The value of cnnEouHostValidatePostureToken is used by this operation. revalidateAll(9) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of all devices on the system. revalidateAuthClientless(10) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of all clientless devices on the system. revalidateAuthEap(11) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of the devices authorized by EAP on the system. revalidateAuthStatic(12) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of all statically authorized devices on the system. revalidateIp(13) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of a specific device, identified by its IP address. The values of cnnEouHostValidateIpAddrType and cnnEouHostValidateIpAddr are used by this operation. revalidateMac(14) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of a specific device, identified by its MAC address. The value of cnnEouHostValidateMacAddr is used by this operation. revalidatePostureToken(15) : Revalidates the EOU posture credentials of devices with the specific posture token assigned. The value of cnnEouHostValidatePostureToken is used by this operation. Note: This object always returns the value none when read. IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostValidateIpAddrType) IP address type for a detected host. IP Address (cnnEouHostValidateIpAddr) IP address of a detected host. The address type is determined by the value of cnnEouHostValidateIpAddrType. MAC Address (cnnEouHostValidateMacAddr) MAC address of a detected host. Posture Token Type (cnnEouHostValidatePostureToken) Type of posture token. Max Query Entries (cnnEouHostMaxQueries) Maximum number of query entries allowed to be outstanding at any time in cnnEouHostQueryTable. Validate Posture Token String (cnnEouHostValidatePostureTokenStr) Posture token string for a detected host.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Host_Info_Table.htm TITLE=Host Info Table TEXT=Host Info Table Navigation Port > Configure > PAE > Host Info Table The following information appears: Index (cpaeHostInfoHostIndex) MAC Address (cpaeHostInfoMacAddress) Posture Token (cpaeHostInfoPostureToken) User Name (cpaeHostInfoUserName) Address Type (cpaeHostInfoAddrType) Info Address (cpaeHostInfoAddr) Posture Token String (cpaeHostPostureTokenStr) Index (cpaeHostInfoHostIndex) An arbitrary index assigned by the agent to identify the host. MAC Address (cpaeHostInfoMacAddress) The MAC address of the host. Posture Token (cpaeHostInfoPostureToken) The posture token assigned to the host. This object has been obsoleted and is replaced by cpaeHostPostureTokenStr. User Name (cpaeHostInfoUserName) The name of an authenticated user on the host. Address Type (cpaeHostInfoAddrType) Indicates the IP address type configured for the host. Info Address (cpaeHostInfoAddr) The IP address of the host. The address type is indicated by the value of cpaeHostInfoAddrType. Posture Token String (cpaeHostPostureTokenStr) The posture token string assigned to the host.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Host_Query_Details.htm TITLE=Host Query Details TEXT=Host Query Details Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > Host Query Details The following information appears: Index (cnnEouHostQueryIndex) Mask Type (cnnEouHostQueryMask) Interface Index (cnnEouHostQueryInterface) IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostQueryIpAddrType) IP Address (cnnEouHostQueryIpAddr) MAC Address (cnnEouHostQueryMacAddr) Posture Token Type (cnnEouHostQueryPostureToken) Skipped Hosts (cnnEouHostQuerySkipNHosts) Total Hosts (cnnEouHostQueryTotalHosts) Host Query Rows (cnnEouHostQueryRows) Query Create Time (cnnEouHostQueryCreateTime) Query Status (cnnEouHostQueryStatus) Query Posture Token String (cnnEouHostQueryPostureTokenStr) Button Descriptions Click Create to launch the Row Creation dialog box. Enter the required information (described below) and then click OK . With a table entry selected, click Delete to remove that entry. Index (cnnEouHostQueryIndex) An arbitrary integer, whose value ranges from 1 to the value of cnnEouHostMaxQueries, that identifies this control query. Mask Type (cnnEouHostQueryMask) Mask type configured for the queried host. There are eight possible values: authenClientless(1) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about the clientless hosts that are active in the system. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in cnnEouHostQueryIndex. authenEap(2) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about the hosts authorized by Extensive Authentication Protocols (EAP) that are active in the system. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in cnnEouHostQueryIndex. authenStatic(3) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about the statically authorized hosts that are active in the system. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in cnnEouHostQueryIndex. interface(4) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about the hosts that are associated with a specific interface. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index aset in cnnEouHostQueryIndex and the interface index set in cnnEouHostQueryInterface. ip(5) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about a specific IP host. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in the cnnEouHostQueryIndex, the IP address type set in cnnEouHostQueryIpAddrType, and the IP address set in cnnEouHostQueryIpAddr. mac(6) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about a specific MAC host. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in cnnEouHostQueryIndex and the MAC address set in cnnEouHostQueryMacAddr. postureToken(7) : The rows added to cnnHostQueryResultTable provide EOU information about the hosts that have been assigned a specific posture token that are active in the system. These rows correspond to the query table row which matches the index set in cnnEouHostQueryIndex and the posture token set in cnnEouHostQueryPostureToken. all(8) : Displays all rows corresponding to every detected host in the system. Interface Index (cnnEouHostQueryInterface) Index value that uniquely identifies an interface where an endpoint device is connected. IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostQueryIpAddrType) Internet address type for the queried host. IP Address (cnnEouHostQueryIpAddr) Internet address for the queried host. The address type is determined by the value of cnnEouHostQueryIpAddrType. Note the following: This object should be instantiated and assigned a proper IP address whenever the value of the corresponding cnnEouHostQueryMask object is set to ip . If the value of cnnEouHostQueryMask is set to ip , then the appropriate IP address type is assigned to cnnEouHostQueryIpAddrType and the appropriate IP address is assigned to this object. Only the IP host with the specified address is listed in the result table. MAC Address (cnnEouHostQueryMacAddr) MAC address for the queried host. Note the following: This object should be instantiated and assigned a proper MAC address whenever the value of the corresponding cnnEouHostQueryMask object is set to mac . If the value of cnnEouHostQueryMask is set to mac , then an appropriate MAC address is assigned to this object. Only the host with the specified MAC address is listed in the result table. Posture Token Type (cnnEouHostQueryPostureToken) Posture token type assigned to the queried host. Note the following: This object should be instantiated and assigned a proper posture token whenever the value of the corresponding cnnEouHostQueryMask object is set to	 postureToken . If the value of cnnEouHostQueryMask is set to postureToken , then an appropriate posture token is assigned to this object. Only the host with the specified posture token is listed in the result table. Skipped Hosts (cnnEouHostQuerySkipNHosts) Number of hosts (detected by a search) that are skipped before any hosts are stored in cnnEouHostResultTable. This object can be used along with cnnEouHostQueryTotalHosts to skip previously found hosts by setting its value equal to the number of associated rows in cnnEouHostResultTable and only querying the remaining hosts in the table. Note: Due to the dynamic nature of the EOU, queried hosts may be missed or repeated because this object is set. Total Hosts (cnnEouHostQueryTotalHosts) Number of hosts matching the query criteria. Host Query Rows (cnnEouHostQueryRows) Indicates the status of a query. When the value of this object is -1, either the query has not been started or the agent is still processing this query instance. This is the default value when a row is instantiated. When the value of this object is 0 through 2147483647, the search has ended. The value of this object is the number of rows in cnnEouHostResultTable resulting from this query. Query Create Time (cnnEouHostQueryCreateTime) Time when this query was created. Query Status (cnnEouHostQueryStatus) The status object used to manage rows in this table. When the value of this object is set to createAndGo , the query is initiated. The query is complete when the value of cnnEouHostQueryRows becomes greater than or equal to zero. After a row becomes active, values within that row cannot be modified. To make changes, you would need to delete the row and then create a new row with the correct values. Query Posture Token String (cnnEouHostQueryPostureTokenStr) The posture token string assigned to the queried host. If the value of cnnEouHostQueryMask is set to postureToken , then an appropriate posture token string is assigned to this object. At this point, only the host with the specified posture token string will be listed in the resulting table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Host_Result_Details.htm TITLE=Host Result Details TEXT=Host Result Details Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > Host Result Details The following information appears: Associated Interface (cnnEouHostResultAssocIf) IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostResultIpAddrType) IP Address (cnnEouHostResultIpAddr) Mac Address (cnnEouHostResultMacAddr) Auth Type (cnnEouHostResultAuthType) Posture Token (cnnEouHostResultPostureToken) Query Period (cnnEouHostResultStatusQryPeriod) Revalidation Period (cnnEouHostResultRevalidatePeriod) Detected Host State (cnnEouHostResultState) URL String (cnnEouHostResultUrlRedir) Posture Token String (cnnEouHostResultPostureTokenStr) Associated Interface (cnnEouHostResultAssocIf) An index value that uniquely identifies an interface to which the endpoint device is currently connected. IP Addr Type (cnnEouHostResultIpAddrType) Type of Internet address by which the detected host is reachable. IP Address (cnnEouHostResultIpAddr) Internet address for the detected host. The IP address type is indicated by the value of cnnEouHostResultIpAddrType. Mac Address (cnnEouHostResultMacAddr) MAC address of the detected host Auth Type (cnnEouHostResultAuthType) Authentication type used in the posture validation process for the detected host. Posture Token (cnnEouHostResultPostureToken) Indicates the posture token of the detected host. During the posture validation process, the host is placed into a category and has a token assigned to it. The assignment depends on the current state of the software residing on the host. The host will have the specific right to access the network based on the assigned token. Query Period (cnnEouHostResultStatusQryPeriod) Timeout period, in seconds, for the status query sent after this interface is revalidated. Revalidation Period (cnnEouHostResultRevalidatePeriod) Timeout period, in seconds, for the revalidation of this interface. Detected Host State (cnnEouHostResultState) Current EOU state of this detected host. URL String (cnnEouHostResultUrlRedir) Indicates the URL from which you can download the latest anti-virus file. If the detected host fails credential validation, then it may require remediation. Posture Token String (cnnEouHostResultPostureTokenStr) Posture token string of the detected host. During the posture validation process, the host is placed into a particular category and has a token assigned to it. This assignment will depend on the state of the software that resides on the host. The host will have specific rights to access the network based on the token assigned.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Filter_Configuration.htm TITLE=IGMP Filter Profile TEXT=IGMP Filter Profile Device > Configure > IGMP Filter Profile This dialog box identifies the IP Multicast groups associated with each profile configured on this device. The following data is displayed: Filter Action (cIgmpFilterEnable) Max Profiles (cIgmpFilterMaxProfiles) Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Start Address Type (cIgmpFilterStartAddressType) Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) End Address Type (cIgmpFilterEndAddressType) End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Create to launch the Create Profile dialog box. From here, set the desired parameters and click OK to create a new profile. Click Delete to delete an existing profile. Click Modify to launch the Modify Profile dialog box. From here, make the desired changes and click OK to modify the selected profile. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Filter Action (cIgmpFilterEnable) Indicates whether Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) filtering isenabled on this device. Max Profiles (cIgmpFilterMaxProfiles) Indicates the maximum number of profiles this device can support. Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this profile for IGMP filtering. Start Address Type (cIgmpFilterStartAddressType) Internet address type used to determine the start address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) Internet address used to determine the start address of }}--> }}-->the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address Type (cIgmpFilterEndAddressType) Internet address type used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Internet address used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Defines the action to be taken when filtering IGMP reports for this profile.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Interfaces_Configure_Device.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces Device > Configure > Multicasting > IGMP Interfaces The IGMP Interfaces dialog box lists all the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Query Interval (igmpInterfaceQueryInterval) IGMP Version (igmpInterfaceVersion) IGMP Querier (igmpInterfaceQuerier) Query Response Time (igmpInterfaceQueryMaxResponseTime) Querier Timeout (igmpInterfaceQuerierPresentTimeout) Leave Option (igmpInterfaceLeaveEnabled) Version 1 Querier Timer (igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTimer) Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Query Interval (igmpInterfaceQueryInterval) Frequency at which IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted on this interface. IGMP Version (igmpInterfaceVersion) Version of IGMP running on this interface. For IGMP to function correctly, all routers on a LAN must be configured to run the same version of IGMP. IGMP Querier (igmpInterfaceQuerier) Address of the IGMP Querier on the IP subnet this interface is attached to. Query Response Time (igmpInterfaceQueryMaxResponseTime) Maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface. Querier Timeout (igmpInterfaceQuerierPresentTimeout) needdefinition Leave Option (igmpInterfaceLeaveEnabled) needdefinition Version 1 Querier Timer (igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTimer) Time remaining until the host assumes that there are no IGMPv1 routers present on the interface. Until the value of this object is zero, the host will reply to all queries with version 1 membership reports. Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The robustness variable can be adjusted to deal with expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to be lossy, the robustness variable should be increased.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Interfaces_Configure_Port.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces Port > Configure > IGMP Interfaces The IGMP Interfaces dialog box lists all the multicast groups for which there are members on a particular interface. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Membership (igmpCacheSelf) Last Reporter (igmpCacheLastReporter) Cache Up Time (igmpCacheUpTime) Expiry Time (igmpCacheExpiryTime) Cache Status (igmpCacheStatus) Version 1 Timer (igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer) Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Membership (igmpCacheSelf) Indicates whether the local system is a member of this interface's group address. Last Reporter (igmpCacheLastReporter) IP address of the source of the last membership report received for this IP Multicast group address. If no membership report has been received, the value of this object is 0.0.0.0 . Cache Up Time (igmpCacheUpTime) Amount of time since the system joined this group address. The value of this object is zero if the system is not currently a member of this group address. Expiry Time (igmpCacheExpiryTime) Amount of time that needs to pass before this entry is aged out. Cache Status (igmpCacheStatus) Current status of this group address. Version 1 Timer (igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer) Time remaining until the local router assumes that there are no longer any IGMPversion 1 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface. After receivingan IGMPv1 membership report, this value of this object is reset to the groupmembership timer. Until the timer reaches zero, the local router ignores anyIGMPv2 Leave messages received on this interface for this group. Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The robustness variable can be adjusted to deal with expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to be lossy, the robustness variable should be increased.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Interfaces_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces To access the IGMP Interfaces dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > IGMP Interfaces . With an entry selected, click Monitor . From here, you can monitor the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. The following information is displayed: Wrong Version Querier (igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQueries) Interface Joins (igmpInterfaceJoins) Interface Leaves (igmpInterfaceLeaves) Interface Groups (igmpInterfaceGroups) Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Wrong Version Querier (igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQueries) Number of queries received whose IGMP version does not match igmpInterfaceVersion. IGMP requires that all routers on a LAN are configured to run the same version of IGMP. Thus, if any queries are received with the wrong version, this indicates a configuration error. Interface Joins (igmpInterfaceJoins) Number of times an entry for this interface has been added to the cache table. This object provides an indication of the amount of IGMP activity over time. Interface Leaves (igmpInterfaceLeaves) Number of times an entry for this interface has been deleted from the cache table. This object is deprecated since its value cannot be used to compare with igmpInterfaceJoins to get the number of groups joined. Instead, igmpInterfaceGroups indicates the number of groups joined, which can then be compared with igmpInterfaceJoins to derive the number of leaves. Interface Groups (igmpInterfaceGroups) Current number of entries for this interface in the cache table. Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The robustness variable can be adjusted to deal with expected packet loss ona subnet. If a subnet is expected to be lossy, the robustness variable should beincreased.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Interfaces_Monitor_Device_start.htm TITLE=IGMP Interface Statistics TEXT=IGMP Interface Statistics Device > Monitor > IGMP Interfaces From the IGMP Interface Statistics dialog box, you can view a listing of the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. The following information is displayed: IGMP Interface Index (ifIndex) IGMP Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the IGMP Interfaces dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. IGMP Interface Index (ifIndex) ifIndex value for the IGMP-enabled interface. IGMP Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) ifDescr value for the IGMP-enabled interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Snooping_Configuration.htm TITLE=IGMP Snooping Configuration TEXT=IGMP Snooping Configuration Device > Configure > IGMP Snooping Configuration This dialog box displays the following data: Fast Leave Status (cisFastLeaveEnabled) IGMP v1/v2 Snooping Protocol: Snooping Status (cisIgmpSnoopingEnabled) IGMP v3 Snooping Protocol: Administrative Status (cisV3ProcessEnabledAdminStatus) Operational Status (cisV3ProcessEnabledOperStatus) Fast Block Status (cisFastBlockEnabled) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Fast Leave Status (cisFastLeaveEnabled) Indicates whether the Fast-Leave mechanism has been enabled for the system. If Fast-Leave is enabled, IGMP Snooping will prune the port on which an IGMP leave message has been received without waiting for the Group Specific Query to determine whether there are any more hosts on that port for that group. If the value of cisV3ProcessEnabledOperStatus is false , this object will have no effect. IGMP v1/v2 Snooping Protocol: Snooping Status (cisIgmpSnoopingEnabled) Indicates whether IGMP Snooping has been enabled for the system. IGMP v3 Snooping Protocol: Administrative Status (cisV3ProcessEnabledAdminStatus) Indicates the administrative status of IGMP version 3 processing in the system. When the IGMP protocol has been enabled, a system will process: IGMP version 3 messages when this object is set to true . IGMP version 1/version 2 messages when this object is set to false . Operational Status (cisV3ProcessEnabledOperStatus) Indicates the current operational status of IGMP version 3 processing in the system. The value of this object is true when the system is operating in IGMP version 3. Fast Block Status (cisFastBlockEnabled) Indicates whether the Fast-Block mechanism has been enabled for the system. This object only has an effect when the value of cisV3ProcessEnabledOperStatus is true .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IGMP_Snooping_Statistics.htm TITLE=IGMP Snooping Statistics TEXT=IGMP Snooping Statistics Device > Monitor > IGMP Snooping Statistics This dialog box displays the following data: IGMP Snooping Capable Interface Index (ifIndex) IGMP Snooping Capable Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an interface selected, click Monitor to launch the IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Tx Statistics dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. IGMP Snooping Capable Interface Index (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. IGMP Snooping Capable Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Text description of the IGMP Snooping capable interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/info_mobile_networks_associated_with_HA.htm TITLE=Information of Mobile Networks Associated with HA TEXT=Information of Mobile Networks Associated with Home Agent Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Information of Mobile Networks associated with HA. The following information appears: Mobile Network Address Type (cmiHaMobNetAddressType) Mobile Network IP Address (cmiHaMobNetAddress) Mobile Network Prefix Length (cmiHaMobNetPfxLen) Dynamic Registration Status (cmiHaMobNetDynamic) Create/Delete Row (cmiHaMobNetStatus) Mobile Network Address Type (cmiHaMobNetAddressType) Type of IP address stored in cmiHaMobNetAddress. Only IPv4 address type is supported. Mobile Network IP Address (cmiHaMobNetAddress) IP address of the mobile network. Only IPv4 addresses are supported. Mobile Network Prefix Length (cmiHaMobNetPfxLen) Prefix length associated with the mobile network IP address. Dynamic Registration Status (cmiHaMobNetDynamic) Indicates whether the mobile network has been registered dynamically or not. Create/Delete Row (cmiHaMobNetStatus) The row status for the mobile network entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/inline_power_characteristics.htm TITLE=Power Characteristics TEXT=Power Characteristics Navigation Inline power port > Configure > Inline Power… > Power Characteristics The following information is displayed: Admin Status (cpeExtPsePortEnable/pethPsePortAdminEnable) IEEE Classifications (pethPsePortPowerClassifications) Operational Status (pethPsePortDetectionStatus) Port Type (pethPsePortType) Power Priority (pethPsePortPowerPriority) Power Pairs Control (pethPsePortPowerPairsControlAbility) Power Pairs (pethPsePortPowerPairs) Power Denied (PethPsePortPowerDeniedCounter) Admin Status (cpeExtPsePortEnable/pethPsePortAdminEnable) cpeExtPsePortEnable This object is an extension of the object pethPsePortAdminEnable. It allows you to be more specific when enabling power source entity (PSE) functionality. There are two possible values: auto —Enables powered device (PD) discovery on the interface. The amount of power allocated depends on the PD discovered. If the value of pethPsePortAdminEnable was false prior to this set operation, then it change to true . static —Enables PD discovery on the interface. This value differs from the value auto in that the amount of power allocated is based on the power sourcing equipment's configuration. If the value of pethPsePortAdminEnable was false prior to this set operation, then it change to true . Note: The states auto and static correspond to the value true for the object pethPsePortAdminEnable. However, if the value of pethPsePortAdminEnable is false , then the value of this object is irrelevant. pethPsePortAdminEnable When the value of this object is true , an interface can provide PSE functionality. Also, this object will adopt the value auto . When the value of this object is false , PSE functionality is disabled. IEEE Classifications (pethPsePortPowerClassifications) This object allows you to tag terminals on the Power over LAN network with different classification labels according to their power consumption. Devices such as IP telephones and WLAN access points are classified according to their power requirements. The classification labels are defined in the IEEE specification. Note: This object is valid only while a PD is being powered. Operational Status (pethPsePortDetectionStatus) Operational status of the port PD detection. There are six possible values: disabled —the PSE State diagram is in the DISABLED state deliveringPower —the PSE State diagram has been in the POWER_ON state for a duration greater than the tlim max (see IEEE Std. 802.3af , Table 33-5 tlim) fault —the PSE State diagram is in the TEST_ERROR state test —the PSE State diagram is in the TEST_MODE state otherFault —the PSE State diagram is in the IDLE state due to the variable error_conditions searching —the PSE State diagram is in a state other than those listed above Port Type (pethPsePortType) Indicates the type of PD that is connected to the port. Power Priority (pethPsePortPowerPriority) Indicates the power priority of a port. When necessary, the agent will first disconnect ports with a lower power priority value. Power Pairs Control (pethPsePortPowerPairsControlAbility) When the value of this object is true , the device is capable of controlling the power pairs functionality in order to switch pins for sourcing power. When the value of this object is false , the PSE pinout alternative used cannot be controlled through the PethPsePortAdminEnable object. Power Pairs (pethPsePortPowerPairs) Indicates which power pairs are in use. There are two possible values: signal —indicates that only the signal pairs are in use spare —indicates that only the spare pairs are in use Power Denied (PethPsePortPowerDeniedCounter) Number of times the PSE state diagram has entered the POWER_DENIED state.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/inline_power_details.htm TITLE=Power Details TEXT=Power Details Navigation Inline power port > Configure > Inline Power… > Power Details The following information is displayed: Discover Mode (cpeExtPsePortDiscoverMode) Powered Device Detected (cpeExtPsePortDeviceDetected) IEEE Power Device (cpeExtPsePortIeeePd) Default Power Allocated (cpeExtDefaultAllocation) Maximum Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrMax) Allocated Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrAllocated) Available Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrAvailable) Actual Power Consumption (cpeExtPsePortPwrConsumption) Discover Mode (cpeExtPsePortDiscoverMode) Discovery mode used by the system to discover the powered device (PD). There are five possible values: unknown —the discovery mode on the interface is unknown off —indicates that discovery is disabled on the interface ieee —the discovery mode on the interface is IEEE-based cisco —the discovery mode on the interface is Cisco-based ieeeAndCisco —the discovery mode on the interface is both IEEE and Cisco-based Powered Device Detected (cpeExtPsePortDeviceDetected) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that a PD has been detected on the interface. IEEE Power Device (cpeExtPsePortIeeePd) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that the PD attached to the interface is an IEEE-compliant PD. Note: When the value of this object is false , the value of pethPsePortPowerClassifications (the corresponding object from pethPsePortTable) is irrelevant. Default Power Allocated (cpeExtDefaultAllocation) Indicates the default inline power allocation per port. This is a global configuration parameter that applies to all inline power-capable ports in the system. Note: The system must consider this object and the per-port configuration object, cpeExtPsePortPwrMax, when determining how much power to allocate to a port. The system will use the lower of the two values. Maximum Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrMax) Maximum amount of power that the power source entity (PSE) will make available to the PD connected to this interface. Allocated Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrAllocated) Amount of power allocated by the PSE to the PD. Available Power (cpeExtPsePortPwrAvailable) Amount of power available for the PD to use. This value may differ from the value of cpeExtPsePortPwrAllocated, depending on how efficiently the PSE delivers power to the PD. Note: When sufficient power is available to power a PD, the value of this object should be equal to the lesser of the cpeExtDefaultAllocation and cpeExtPsePortPwrMax objects. Actual Power Consumption (cpeExtPsePortPwrConsumption) Actual power consumption of the PD connected to this interface. It may not equal the value of cpeExtPsePortPwrAvailable.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Instance_Mapping.htm TITLE=Instance Mapping TEXT=Instance Mapping Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) > Instance Mapping This dialog box provides a table which lists the VLANs mapped to a particular MST instance. The following data is displayed: MST Instance (stpxMSTInstanceIndex) VLANs Mapped (stpxMSTInstanceVlansMapped) Remaining Hop Count (stpxMSTInstanceRemainingHopCount) Note: This dialog box is available only on devices where the spanning tree type is set to MST. Do one of the following: Click Edit Buffer to modify the VLANs mapped to a particular MST Instance. Note: You may see a message which states that the edit buffer is locked by a non-SNMP (command line interface) user. In order to make changes, first click Yes to release the edit buffer and discard any changes the non-SNMP user made. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MST Instance (stpxMSTInstanceIndex) Unique identifier for an MST instance that is supported by the device. Values can range from 0 to the value of MST Max Instance Number. VLANs Mapped (stpxMSTInstanceVlansMapped) VLANs mapped to this MST instance. Remaining Hop Count (stpxMSTInstanceRemainingHopCount) Remaining hop count for this MST instance.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interfaces.htm TITLE=Interfaces TEXT=Interfaces Configuration > Interfaces For each interface, you can configure the default CoS value and trust state. An interface can also be configured to be classified as a VLAN or as a port. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_Address_Assignment.htm TITLE=Interface Address Assignment TEXT=Interface Address Assignment Navigation To access the Interface Address Assignment dialog box: Right-click the device. Select Configure > Interface Address Table The following information is displayed: Internet address Type (ciiIPAddressType) Internet Protocol address (ciiIPAddress) Interface Index (ciiIPAddressIfIndex) Prefix Length (ciiIPAddressPrefixLength) Broadcast Address (ciiIPAddressBroadcast) IP Address Category (ciiIPAddressCategory) Internet address Type (ciiIPAddressType) Indicates the Internet address type for this entry's InetAddress and InetAddressPrefixLength objects. Internet Protocol address (ciiIPAddress) IP address to which this entry's addressing information pertains. Interface Index (ciiIPAddressIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies the interface to which this entry is applicable. The value of this object is the same as the ifIndex value for the interface associated with this entry. Prefix Length (ciiIPAddressPrefixLength) Length of the prefix associated with this entry's IP address. When this object is set to zero, all addresses match. The address type is specified by the value of ciiIPAddressType for this entry. Broadcast Address (ciiIPAddressBroadcast) Broadcast address associated with this entry's IP address. The address type is specified by the value of ciiIPAddressType for this entry. IP Address Category (ciiIPAddressCategory) Indicates this entry's IP address category. When setting this object, it must comply with the value of ciiIPAddressCategoryCap.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_Based.htm TITLE=Interface Based TEXT=Interface Based Monitoring > Interface Based In this dialog box, select the interfaces you want to monitor. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Interface (caqPortStatsDropPkts) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: After choosing an interface, click Select Direction to bring up the Monitoring Interface Based Statistics dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Interface (caqPortStatsDropPkts) The number of packets that have been received and dropped from the interface because they exceeded the threshold value configured at this queue and interface threshold.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_Capabilities.htm TITLE=Interface Capabilities TEXT=Interface Capabilities Configuration > Global > Interface Capabilities This dialog box displays a list of interfaces with their corresponding traffic direction, queue type, and capabilities. To set the capabilities for a particular interface, click the corresponding entry for that interface in the Capabilities column, which brings up the Bits Property dialog box. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface (ifIndex) Direction (Direction) Queue Type (QosInterfaceQueueType) Capabilities (QosInterfaceTypeCapabilities) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Interface (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Direction (Direction) Indicates a particular direction of traffic. Queue Type (QosInterfaceQueueType) An enumerated type for all known interfaces. Capabilities (QosInterfaceTypeCapabilities) An enumeration of interface capabilities.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_IGMP_Filter_Configuration.htm TITLE=IGMP Filter Port Profile TEXT=IGMP Filter Port Profile Port > Configure > IGMP Filter Port Profile This dialog box provides the IGMP filter profile information for this device. The following data is displayed: Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Start Address Type (cIgmpFilterStartAddressType) Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) End Address Type (cIgmpFilterEndAddressType) End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Port Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this profile for IGMP filtering. Start Address Type (cIgmpFilterStartAddressType) Internet address type used to determine the start address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) Internet address used to determine the start address of }}--> }}-->the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address Type (cIgmpFilterEndAddressType) Internet address type used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Internet address used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Defines the action to be taken when filtering IGMP reports for this profile. Port Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this profile for IGMP filtering. To assign a particular profile to this port, select a profile and click Apply . Before assigning a profile: If the active protocol type is PAGP, select Port > Configure > Ether Channel and set Ether Channel Operational Mode to off . If the active protocol type is LACP, select Port > Configure > Aggregator Control and set Admin Status to off . Note: If a port is not associated with a profile, zero is displayed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_Mac_Notification.htm TITLE=MAC Notification (Port) TEXT=MAC Notification Port > Configure > MAC Notification From the MAC Notification dialog box, you can enable/disable the Address Learned and Address Removed features on this interface. The following data is displayed: Address Learned (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable) }}--> }}--> Address Removed (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Address Learned (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable ) Indicates whether this interface is enabled to send a MAC Changed Notification message when it learns a new MAC address. Address Removed (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) Indicates whether this interface is enabled to send a MAC Changed Notification message when a MAC address it previously learned is removed from the forwarding table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Interface_Policies.htm TITLE=Interface Policies TEXT=Interface Policies Configuration > Global > Interface Policies This dialog box displays a list of interfaces with their corresponding requested and operational policies. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface (ifIndex) Requested Policy (qosPrlfAdminPolicySource) Operational Policy (qosPrlfOperPolicySource) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Interface (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Requested Policy (qosPrlfAdminPolicySource) Indicates the desired source of QoS provisioning policy for this interface. Operational Policy (qosPrlfOperPolicySource) Indicates the operational source of QoS provisioning policy for this interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Internal_Port_Details.htm TITLE=Port Details TEXT=Port Details Network Analysis Module > Configure > Port Details This dialog box displays the following data: Port Number (portNumber) Port Name (portName) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. With a port selected, click Details... to launch a dialog box which displays more information for that port. From here, you can also launch the Physical, Interface, and Capabilities port dialog boxes. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Port Number (portNumber) Indicates the number of the selected port. Port Name (portName) Indicates the name of the selected port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Internal_Port_Details_6kios.htm TITLE=Internal Port Details TEXT=Internal Port Details Network Analysis Module > Configure > Internal Port Details This dialog box displays the following data: Port Name (portName) Port Number (portNumber) Do one of the following: With a port selected, click Details... to launch a dialog box which displays more information for that port. From here, you can also launch the Physical, Interface, and Capabilities port dialog boxes. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Port Name (portName) Indicates the name of the selected port. Port Number (portNumber) Indicates the number of the selected port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/invalid_rp_reg_update_ack_err_stats.htm TITLE=Invalid RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats  TEXT=Invalid RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Invalid RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Invalid Registration Update (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvPakLenErrs ) Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvProtocolErrs) Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvRUAEKeyErrs) Invalid SPI (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvSPIErrs) Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvConnectionIDErrs) Invalid MN ID (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMNIDErrs) Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMNIDTypeErrs) Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMSIDLenErrs) Invalid Registration Update (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvPakLenErrs ) Number of Invalid Registration Update Ack packet length while parsing since the system was last restarted. Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvProtocolErrs) Number of Invalid Protocol value in the Registration Update Ack Session Specific Extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvRUAEKeyErrs) Number of Invalid Authentication key in the Registration Update Ack Registration Update Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid SPI (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvSPIErrs) Number of Invalid SPI in the Registration Update Ack Registration Update Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvConnectionIDErrs) Number of Invalid Connection ID in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMNIDErrs) Number of Invalid MN ID in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMNIDTypeErrs) Number of Invalid MN ID type in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvMSIDLenErrs) Number of Invalid MSID length in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/invalid_rp_session_update_ack_errors.htm TITLE=Invalid RP Session Update Ack Errors  TEXT=Invalid RP Session Update Ack Errors Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Invalid RP Session Update Ack Errors Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Invalid Session Update Ack (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvPakLenErrs ) Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvProtocolErrs) Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvRUAEKeyErrs) Invalid SPI (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvSPIErrs) Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvConnectionIDErrs) Invalid MN ID (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMNIDErrs) Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMNIDTypeErrs) Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMSIDLenErrs) Invalid Session Update Ack (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvPakLenErrs ) Number of Invalid Session Update Ack packet length while parsing since the system was last restarted. Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvProtocolErrs) Number of Invalid Protocol value in the Session Update Ack Session Specific Extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvRUAEKeyErrs) Number of Invalid Authentication key in the Session Update Ack Registration Update Authentication extension since system was last restarted. Invalid SPI (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvSPIErrs) Number of Invalid SPI in the Session Update Ack Session Update Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvConnectionIDErrs) Number of Invalid Connection ID in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMNIDErrs) Number of invalid mobile node ID in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMNIDTypeErrs) Number of Invalid mobile node ID type in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvMSIDLenErrs) Number of Invalid MSID length in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Access_Mode_Configuration.htm TITLE=IPSec Access Mode Configuration TEXT=IPSec Access Mode Configuration The VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box is used to configure the VLAN connection port in the access mode. The port access mode is configured in two steps: Configure inside interface VLAN This option lists the existing VLANs configured in the device. You can select one of the existing VLANS, or create a new one by clicking Create . Configure outside Access Port This option configures the VLAN using the name and VLAN ID of the outside interface. Procedure Right-click the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Access Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Status Select a VLAN and click Next to configure the outside access port. Click Create to add a new VLAN. VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address. Interface Status Status of the VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Access_Port_CLI_Summary.htm TITLE=Access Port CLI Summary TEXT=Access Port CLI Summary The CLI Summary option of the VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to view the CLI commands used to configure the VLAN configuration port in the access mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Access Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The Outside Access Port option appears. Click Next . A summary of the CLI commands used is displayed. Click Finish to configure the port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Configure_Outside_Access_Port.htm TITLE=Configure Outside Access Port TEXT=Configure Outside Access Port The Configure Outside Access Port option of the VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to use the name and ID of the outside VLAN interface to configure the VLAN configuration port in the access mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Access Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The following information appears: Access Port Outside VLAN ID Click Next to view the commands to be sent to the device. Access Port Name of the access port. Outside VLAN ID Identifier of the outside VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Configure_Outside_Routed_Port.htm TITLE=Configure Outside Routed Port TEXT=Configure Outside Routed Port The Configure Outside Routed Port option of the VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to use the name and ID of the outside VLAN interface to configure the VLAN configuration port in the routed mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Routed Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The following information appears: Routed Port Click Next to view the commands to be sent to the device. Routed Port Name of the routed port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Configure_Outside_Trunk_Port.htm TITLE=Configure Outside Trunk Port TEXT=Configure Outside Trunk Port The Configure Outside Trunk Port option of the VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to use the name and ID of the outside VLAN interface to configure the VLAN configuration port in the trunk mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Trunk Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The following information appears: Trunk Port Outside VLAN ID Click Next to view the commands to be sent to the device. Trunk Port Name of the routed port. Outside VLAN ID Identifier of the outside VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Launch_VPN_Device_Manager.htm TITLE=Launch VPN Device Manager TEXT=Launch VPN Device Manager VDM (VPN device manager) is an embedded device manager. VDM is used to manage and configure site-to-site VPNs on a single device from a web browser, and to view the effects of their changes in real time. This can be launched either using http or https. Procedure Right-click IPSec VPN Service Module, then select Launch VPN Device Manager . In the Launch VPN Device Manager dialog box select HTTP, then click Launch . The VPN Device Manager opens in a web browser with the URL: http:// < ip-address > /go/vdm In the Launch VPN Device Manager dialog box select HTTPS, then click Launch . The VPN Device Manager opens in a web browser with the URL: https:// < ip-address > /go/vdm The following CLI commands are used if you select the HTTP option: (config)# xsm (config)# xsm vdm (config)# ip http server The following CLI commands are used if you select the HTTPS option: (config)# xsm (config)# xsm vdm (config)# ip http secure-server
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Routed_Mode_Configuration.htm TITLE=Routed Mode Configuration TEXT=Routed Mode Configuration The VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box is used to configure the VLAN connection port in the routed mode. The port routed mode is configured in two steps: Configure inside interface VLAN This option lists the existing VLANs configured in the device. You can select one of the existing VLANS, or create a new one by clicking Create . Configure outside Routed Port This option configures the VLAN using the name and VLAN ID of the outside interface. Procedure Right-click the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Routed Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Status Click Create to add a new VLAN. VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address. Interface Status Status of the VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Routed_Port_CLI_Summary.htm TITLE=Routed Port CLI Summary TEXT=Routed Port CLI Summary The CLI Summary option of the VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to view the CLI commands used to configure the VLAN configuration port in the routed mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Routed Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Routed Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The Outside Routed Port option appears. Click Next . A summary of the CLI commands used is displayed. Click Finish to configure the port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Trunk_Mode_Configuration.htm TITLE=Trunk Mode Configuration TEXT=Trunk Mode Configuration The VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box is used to configure the VLAN connection port in the trunk mode. The port trunk mode is configured in two steps: Configure inside interface VLAN This option lists the existing VLANs configured in the device. You can select one of the existing VLANS, or create a new one by clicking Create . Configure outside Trunk Port This option configures the VLAN using the name and VLAN ID of the outside interface. Procedure Right-click the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Trunk Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Status Click Create to add a new VLAN. VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. IP Address IP address assigned to the VLAN. Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the VLAN IP address. Interface Status Status of the VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_Trunk_Port_CLI_Summary.htm TITLE=Trunk Port CLI Summary TEXT=Trunk Port CLI Summary The CLI Summary option of the VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box enables you to view the CLI commands used to configure the VLAN configuration port in the trunk mode. Procedure Right-click on the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . Click Create . The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Select the radio button Trunk Port Mode, then click Configure... . The VPN Service Blade Trunk Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box appears. Select a VLAN from the table or create a new VLAN. Click Next . The Outside Trunk Port option appears. Click Next . A summary of the CLI commands used is displayed. Click Finish to configure the port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_VLAN_Configuration.htm TITLE=IPSec VLAN Configuration TEXT=IPSec VLAN Configuration The IPSec VLAN Configuration dialog box enables you to create crypto VLANs and specify the configuration mode. Procedure Right-click the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . The IPSec VPN Service Blade VLAN Configuration dialog box appears. Click Create . The following information appears: Mode of Operation Click Configure to configure the VLAN in the selected mode. Mode of Operation Mode in which the crypto VLAN can be configured. Mode can be access, routed, or trunk.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_VLAN_Group_Configure.htm TITLE=VLAN Group Configure TEXT=VLAN Group Configure The VLAN Group Configure dialog box is used to configure VLAN Groups. The table shows the list of configured VLAN Groups and their associated VLANs. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configure Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge details are displayed. Click Configure in the VLAN Group area. The following information appears: VLAN Groups Associated VLANs Click Create to create new VLAN Group. Select a row and click Delete to delete the selected VLAN Group. Select a row and click Modify to modify the associated VLAN Ids in that particular VLAN Group. VLAN Groups Identifier of the VLAN group. Associated VLANs VLANs associated with a particular VLAN Group.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_VLAN_Group_Create.htm TITLE=VLAN Group Create TEXT=VLAN Group Create The Create VLAN Group dialog box is used to create VLAN Groups. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configure Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge details are displayed. Click Configure in the VLAN Group area. The configured VLAN groups and the associated VLANs are displayed. Click Create . The following information appears: VLAN Group ID Associated VLANs VLAN Group ID Identifier of the VLAN group. Associated VLANs VLANs associated with a particular VLAN Group.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_VLAN_Group_Modify.htm TITLE=VLAN Group Modify TEXT=VLAN Group Modify The Create VLAN Group dialog box is used to create VLAN Groups. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configure Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge details are displayed. Click Configure in the VLAN Group area. The configured VLAN groups and the associated VLANs are displayed. Select a row, then click Modify . The following information appears: VLAN Group ID Associated VLANs VLAN Group ID Identifier of the VLAN group. Associated VLANs VLANs associated with a particular VLAN Group.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPSec_VPN_Service_Blade_VLAN_Setup.htm TITLE=IPSec VPN Service Blade VLAN Setup TEXT=IPSec VPN Service Blade VLAN Setup The IPSec VPN Service Blade VLAN Configuration category of the VPN Service Blade Access Port Mode Setup Wizard dialog box is used to configure crypto vlans. Procedure Right-click the IPSec VPN Service Blade, then select VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard . The following information appears: Inside VLAN Interface Outside Port/VLAN Interface Click Create to configure new cryto VLAN connection. Inside VLAN Interface VLAN ID of the inside interface. Outside Port/VLAN Interface Name of the outside port or VLAN ID of the outside interface
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ipv6_access_point_statistics1.htm TITLE=IPV6 Access Point Statistics 1 TEXT=IPV6 Access Point Statistics 1 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select IPV6 Access Point Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: MS initiated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsActivatedPdps) Completed MS PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccActivatedPdps) N/W initiated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6NetworkInitDeactPdps) Completed N/W PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6NetworkInitDeactSuccPdps) Dynamic PDPs initiated (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsActivatedDynPdps) Dynamic PDPs Completed (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccActivatedDynPdps) MS Deactivation PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsDeactivatedPdps) MS initiated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsActivatedPdps) Total number of IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context activation procedures initiated by any mobile station (MS) on this access point name (APN). This object is incremented each time a PDP context creation request is received. Completed MS PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccActivatedPdps) Total number of successfully completed IPv6 PDP context activation procedures initiated by any MS on this APN. This object is incremented each time a PDP context creation response message is sent by the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). N/W initiated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6NetworkInitDeactPdps) Total number of IPv6 PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the network. This object is incremented each time the network generates a PDP context deletion request. Completed N/W PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6NetworkInitDeactSuccPdps) Total number of successfully completed IPv6 PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the network on this APN. This object is incremented each time the GGSN generates a PDP context deletion response message. Dynamic PDPs initiated (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsActivatedDynPdps) Total number of dynamic IPv6 PDP context activation procedures initiated by any MS on this APN. When an MS requests a dynamic PDP address from the public land mobile network (PLMN), a dynamic PDP context activation procedure is initiated. This object is incremented each time the GGSN receives a PDP context creation request from an MS. Dynamic PDPs Completed (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccActivatedDynPdps) Total number of successfully completed dynamic IPv6 PDP context activation procedures initiated by any MS on this APN. This object is incremented each time a PDP context creation response message is received. MS Deactivation PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsDeactivatedPdps) Total number of IPv6 PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by any MS on this APN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ipv6_access_point_statistics2.htm TITLE=IPV6 Access Point Statistics 2 TEXT=IPV6 Access Point Statistics 2 Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select GGSN Access Point Statistics from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select IPV6 Access Point Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: MS Deactivated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccDeactivatedPdps) GGSN Deactivation PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6GgsnDeactivatedPdps) GGSN Deactivated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6GgsnSuccDeactivatedPdps) Upstream Traffic (cgprsAccPtIpv6UpstreamTrafficVolume) Downstream Traffic (cgprsAccPtIpv6DownstreamTrafficVolume) Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtIpv6UpstreamPacketCount) Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtIpv6DownstreamPacketCount) MS Deactivated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6MsSuccDeactivatedPdps) Total number of successfully completed IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context deactivation procedures initiated by any mobile station (MS) on this access point name (APN). This object is incremented each time a PDP context deletion response message is sent by the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) to a serving GPRS support node (SGSN). GGSN Deactivation PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6GgsnDeactivatedPdps) Total number of IPv6 PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the GGSN on this APN. This object is incremented each time a PDP context deletion request message is sent by the GGSN to a SGSN. GGSN Deactivated PDPs (cgprsAccPtIpv6GgsnSuccDeactivatedPdps) Total number of successfully completed IPv6 PDP context deactivation procedures initiated by the GGSN on this APN. This object is incremented each time a PDP context deletion response message is received by the GGSN from a SGSN. Upstream Traffic (cgprsAccPtIpv6UpstreamTrafficVolume) Total payload volume of upstream traffic processed by this APN. Data flow from an MS to a PDN is considered as upstream traffic. This object is incremented each time upstream traffic is routed to a PDN. what does pdn stand for? Downstream Traffic (cgprsAccPtIpv6DownstreamTrafficVolume) Total payload volume of downstream traffic processed by this APN. Data flow from a PDN to an MS is considered as downstream traffic. This object is incremented each time downstream traffic is routed to a PDN. Upstream Packets (cgprsAccPtIpv6UpstreamPacketCount) Total number of upstream packets sent by this APN. Data flow from an MS to a PDN is considered as upstream traffic. This object is incremented each time upstream traffic is routed to a PDN. Downstream Packets (cgprsAccPtIpv6DownstreamPacketCount) Total number of downstream packets sent by this APN. Data flow from a PDN to an MS is considered as downstream traffic. This object is incremented each time downstream traffic is routed to a PDN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ipv6_ggsn_pdp_context_status.htm TITLE=IPV6 GGSN PDP Context Status TEXT=IPV6 GGSN PDP Context Status Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select IPV6 GGSN PDP Context Status from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: GTP V0 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Gtpv0Pdp) GTP V1 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Gtpv1Pdp) Active IPV6 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Ms) GTP V0 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Gtpv0Pdp) Current number of active GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) v0 IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts. GTP V1 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Gtpv1Pdp) Current number of active GTP v1 IPv6 PDP contexts. Active IPV6 PDPs (cGgsnActivatedIpv6Ms) Current number of active IPv6 PDP contexts.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ipv6_ggsn_statistics.htm TITLE=IPV6 GGSN Statistics TEXT=IPv6 GGSN Statistics Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select IPv6 GGSN Statistics from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Successfully Created (cGgsnTotalCreatedIPv6Pdps) Deleted PDPs (cGgsnTotalDeletedIPv6Pdps) Rejected PDPs (cGgsnTotalRejectedIPv6Pdps) Messages Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6SigMessages) Messages Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6SigMessages) Packets Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6PDUs) Packets Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6PDUs) PDUs Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6PDUOctets) PDUs Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6PDUOctets) Successfully Created (cGgsnTotalCreatedIPv6Pdps) Total number of successfully created IPv6 Packet Data Protocol (PDP) contexts. This object is incremented each time an IPv6 PDP context is created. This includes static, dynamic, and IP PDP contexts. Deleted PDPs (cGgsnTotalDeletedIPv6Pdps) Total number of IPv6 PDP contexts deleted. This object is incremented each time an IPv6 PDP context is deleted. This includes static, dynamic, IP, and Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) PDP contexts. Rejected PDPs (cGgsnTotalRejectedIPv6Pdps) Total number of rejected IPv6 PDP context activation requests. This object is incremented each time an IPv6 PDP context activation request is rejected. Messages Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6SigMessages) Total number of GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) signaling messages related to IPv6 PDP contexts sent by the gateway GPRS support node (GGSN). This object is incremented each time a GTP signaling message for IPv6 PDP contexts is sent out (including retries). Messages Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6SigMessages) Total number of GTP signaling messages related to IPv6 PDP contexts received by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time a GTP signaling message for IPv6 PDP contexts is received. Packets Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6PDUs) Number of IPv6 data packets sent by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time a G-PDU is sent out. g-pdu message? Packets Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6PDUs) Number of IPv6 data packets received by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time a G-PDU is received. PDUs Sent (cGgsnSentIPv6PDUOctets) Number of IPv6 data bytes sent in PDU messages by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time a G-PDU is sent out. PDUs Received (cGgsnReceivedIPv6PDUOctets) Number of IPv6 data bytes received in PDU messages by the GGSN. This object is incremented each time a G-PDU is received.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IPX_ACL.htm TITLE=IPX ACL TEXT=IPX ACL Configuration > Classification > IPX ACL This dialog box displays a list of IPX ACLs. From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete IPX ACLs. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Access Control Lists (caqIpxAclName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and add a new IPX ACL. Click Edit ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and edit an existing IPX ACL. Click Delete ACL to remove an existing IPX ACL. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Access Control Lists (caqIpxAclName) The name of an Access Control List (ACL). This name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IP_ACL.htm TITLE=IP ACL TEXT=IP ACL Configuration > Classification > IP ACL This dialog box displays a list of IP ACLs. From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete IP ACLs. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Access Control Lists (caqIpAclName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and add a new IP ACL. Click Edit ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and edit an existing IP ACL. Click Delete ACL to delete an IP ACL. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Access Control Lists (caqIpAclName) The name of an ACL. The name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IP_Device_Tracking.htm TITLE=IP Device Tracking TEXT=IP Device Tracking Navigation Device > Configure > EOU > IP Device Tracking The following information appears: Tracking Enabled (cnnIpDeviceTrackingEnabled) Tracking Probe Count (cnnIpDeviceTrackingProbeCount) Tracking Probe Interval (cnnIpDeviceTrackingProbeInterval) MabPort Track Enabled (cpaeMabPortIpDevTrackEnabled) Port Track Enabled (cpaePortIpDevTrackEnabled) Tracking Enabled (cnnIpDeviceTrackingEnabled) Indicates whether the IP device tracking feature is globally enabled on this device. Tracking Probe Count (cnnIpDeviceTrackingProbeCount) The number of times this device sends the ARP probe to an IP device before removing that device from the IP device tracking table. Tracking Probe Interval (cnnIpDeviceTrackingProbeInterval) The number of seconds this device waits before resending the ARP probe. MabPort Track Enabled (cpaeMabPortIpDevTrackEnabled) Indicates whether IP device tracking is enabled on this port for the corresponding MAC Auth-bypass authenticated host. Port Track Enabled (cpaePortIpDevTrackEnabled) Indicates whether IP device tracking is enabled on this port for the corresponding 802.1x authenticated host.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ip_pool_config.htm TITLE=IP Pool Config TEXT=IP Pool Config Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Config . Note : To create an IP pool, see Creating an IP Pool . The following information appears: IP Local Pool (cIpLocalPoolName) Local Pool Address Type (cIpLocalPoolAddrType) First IP Address (cIpLocalPoolAddressLo) Last IP Address (cIpLocalPoolAddressHi) IP Local Pool Containment (cIpLocalPoolGroupContainedIn) Pool Status (cIpLocalPoolRowStatus) IP Local Pool (cIpLocalPoolName) An arbitrary non-empty string that uniquely identifies the IP local pool. This name must be unique among all the local IP pools even when they belong to different pool groups. Local Pool Address Type (cIpLocalPoolAddrType) Specifies the address type of cIpLocalPoolAddressLo and cIpLocalPoolAddressHi. If you are creating a new pool, enter address type of 1 or 2: 1 - ipv4 2 - ipv6 First IP Address (cIpLocalPoolAddressLo) First IP address of the range of IP addresses contained by this pool entry. The address type of this object is described by cIpLocalPoolAddrType. Last IP Address (cIpLocalPoolAddressHi) Last IP address of the range of IP addresses mapped by this pool entry. The address type of this object is described by cIpLocalPoolAddrType. If only a single address is being mapped, the value of this object is equal to the value of cIpLocalPoolAddressLo. IP Local Pool Containment (cIpLocalPoolGroupContainedIn) Relates an IP local pool to its IP pool group. A null string indicates this IP local pool is not contained in a named IP pool group, but that it is contained in the base IP pool group. An IP local pool can only belong to one IP pool group. Pool Status (cIpLocalPoolRowStatus) Facilitates the creation or deletion of a conceptual row in this table. Creating an IP Pool Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Config . Click the Create button. Enter data in the following fields: IP Local Pool (cIpLocalPoolName) Local Pool Address Type (cIpLocalPoolAddrType) First IP Address (cIpLocalPoolAddressLo)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ip_pool_config_group.htm TITLE=IP Pool Group Config TEXT=IP Pool Group Config Right-click on MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Group Config . The following information appears: Pool Group (cIpLocalPoolGroupName) Pool Group (cIpLocalPoolGroupName) Unique group name that identifies the IP pool group. A null string represents the base IP pool group.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ip_pool_containment.htm TITLE=IP Pool Containment  TEXT=IP Pool Containment Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Containment . The following information appears: Pool Group (cIpLocalPoolGroupName) Pool Child Index (cIpLocalPoolChildIndex) Pool Group (cIpLocalPoolGroupName) Unique group name that identifies the IP pool group. A null string represents the base IP pool group. Pool Child Index (cIpLocalPoolChildIndex) Value of cIpLocalPoolName for the contained IP local pool.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ip_pool_group_statistics.htm TITLE=IP Pool Group Statistics TEXT=IP Pool Group Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Config. Select a row and click the Statistics button. The following information appears: Available IP Address (cIpLocalPoolGroupFreeAddrs) Allocated IP Address (cIpLocalPoolGroupInUseAddrs) Available IP Address (cIpLocalPoolGroupFreeAddrs) Number of IP addresses available for use in the IP pool group. Allocated IP Address (cIpLocalPoolGroupInUseAddrs) Number of IP addresses that have been allocated from the IP pool group.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ip_pool_statistics.htm TITLE=IP Pool Statistics TEXT=IP Pool Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category IP Pool Config . S elect a row and click the Statistics Button. The following information appears: Available IP Address (cIpLocalPoolFreeAddrs) Used IP Address (cIpLocalPoolInUseAddrs) Available IP Address (cIpLocalPoolFreeAddrs) Number of IP addresses available for use in the range of IP addresses. Used IP Address (cIpLocalPoolInUseAddrs) Number of IP addresses being used in the range of IP addresses.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/IP_Prec_to_DSCP_Mapping.htm TITLE=IP Precendence-to-DSCP Mapping TEXT=IP Precendence-to-DSCP Mapping Configuration > Mapping Tables > IP Prec > DSCP Configure DSCP values for each IP Precedence. This table is applicable if trust state is trustIpPrec. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: IP Prec (caqIpPrecToDscpIpPrec) DSCP Value (caqIpPrecToDscpDscp) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. IP Prec (caqIpPrecToDscpIpPrec) The IP Precedence value being mapped to the DSCP value in this device. DSCP Value (caqIpPrecToDscpDscp) The DSCP value to which the IP Precedence value maps.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/L2_Protocol_Tunneling.htm TITLE=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling TEXT=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Port > Configure > Layer2 Protocol Tunneling From this dialog box, you can specify Layer2 protocol tunneling settings forthe ports on this device. Tunneling allows separate local networks, connected through an ISP,to be recognized as one VLAN. This is possible because packets are transportedby the ISP from one network to another, giving the impression that the two networks arereally one network. Tunneling is supported by the following Layer2 protocols: Cisco DiscoveryProtocol (CDP), VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP), and Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Note: This dialog box only appears on interfaces that support tunneling. This dialog box displays the following data: CDP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) CDP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) CDP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) VTP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) VTP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) VTP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) STP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) STP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) STP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. CDP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether CDP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. CDP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled CDP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops CPD PDUs. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when CDP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. CDP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled CDP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when CDP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. VTP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether VTP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. VTP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled VTP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops VTP PDUs. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when VTP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. VTP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled VTP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when VTP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. STP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether STP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. STP Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled STP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops STP PDUs. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when STP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. STP Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled STP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when STP tunneling mode is disabled. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. Drop Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold on an interface. After reaching this value, the interfacedrops PDUs. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This thresholdis applicable for all the three protocols. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that do not support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis. Shutdown Threshold (PDUs/sec) (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold on an interface. After reaching this value, the interfaceshuts down. A value of 0 indicates that no limit is set. This thresholdis applicable for all the three protocols. Note: This field is only displayed on devices that do not support thresholdson a per interface and per protocol basis.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/L2_Protocol_Tunneling_Device.htm TITLE=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling TEXT=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Device > Configure > Layer2 Protocol Tunneling From this dialog box, you can configure the Class of Service setting for thisdevice. Tunneling allows separate local networks, connected through an ISP,to be recognized as one VLAN. This is possible because packets are transportedby the ISP from one network to another, giving the impression that the two networks arereally one network. Tunneling is supported by the following Layer2 protocols: Cisco DiscoveryProtocol (CDP), VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP), and Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Note: This dialog box only appears on interfaces that support tunneling. The following data is displayed: Class of Service (cltcTunnelCos) Specifies the user priority of tunneled PDUs and applies to all incomingtunneled interfaces. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/L2_Protocol_Tunneling_Statistics.htm TITLE=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Statistics TEXT=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Statistics Port > Monitor > Layer2 Tunneling Statistics This dialog boxdisplays the Layer2 protocol tunneling statistics for this interface. The dialogbox appears only when dot1q tunneling mode is enabled on this interface. The following data is displayed: CDP Encapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats ) CDP Deencapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelDeEncapStats) VTP Encapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats) VTP Deencapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelDeEncapStats) STP Encapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats) STP Deencapsulation PDUs ( cltcTunnelDeEncapStats) Do one of the following: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. CDPEncapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled incoming CDP encapsulated PDUs. CDPDeencapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelDeEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled outgoing CDP deencapsulated PDUs. VTPEncapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled incoming VTP encapsulated PDUs. VTPDeencapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelDeEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled outgoing VTP deencapsulated PDUs. STPEncapsulation PDUs ( CltcTunnelEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled incoming STP encapsulated PDUs. STPDeencapsulation PDUs ( cltcTunnelDeEncapStats) Indicatesthe number of tunneled outgoing STP deencapsulated PDUs. Note: When none of these protocols areenabled for tunneling, a message appears stating this fact. In addition, nostatistics will be available to monitor. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/L3_Statistics.htm TITLE=L3 Statistics TEXT=L3 Statistics Device > Monitor > L3 Statistics This dialog box monitors the L3 statistics on a Catalyst 5000 device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: L3 Switched Total Pkts L3 Candidate Flow Hits L3 Established Flow Hits L3 Active Flows L3 Flow Learn Failures L3 Int Flow Invalids L3 Exit Flow Invalids To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. L3 Switched Total Pkts (cseL3SwitchedTotalPkts) Total number of packets switched at L3 by this switching engine. L3 Candidate Flow Hits (cseL3CandidateFlowHits) Number of L3 cache hits for the candidate flow entries in this switching engine. L3 Established Flow Hits (cseL3EstablishedFlowHits) Number of L3 cache hits for established flow entries in this switching engine. L3 Active Flows (cseL3ActiveFlows) Number of active flows in the L3 flow table of this switching engine. L3 Flow Learn Failures (cseL3FlowLearnFailures) Number of flows that failed to be learned because the L3 flow table in this switching engine was full. L3 Int Flow Invalids (cseL3IntFlowInvalids) Number of flow invalidation events received by this switching engine from the internal router(s). L3 Exit Flow Invalids (cseL3ExtFlowInvalids) Number of flow invalidation events received by this switching engine.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/LACP_Aggregator_Configuration.htm TITLE=LACP Aggregator TEXT=LACP Aggregator Device > Configure > Aggregator > LACP Aggregator The LACP Aggregator dialog box provides information about every aggregator associated with this system. From here, you can modify the value for the Actor System Priority field. The following data is displayed: Index (dot3adAggIndex) MAC Address (dot3adAggMACAddress) Actor System Priority (0-65535) (dot3adAggActorSystemPriority) Actor System ID (dot3adAggActorSystemID) Aggregator Type (dot3adAggAggregateOrIndividual) Actor Admin Key (0-65535) (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Actor Operational Key (dot3adAggActorOperKey) Partner System ID (dot3adAggPartnerSystemID) Partner System Priority (dot3adAggPartnerSystemPriority) Partner Oper Key (dot3adAggPartnerOperKey) Collector Maximum Delay (0-65535) (dot3adAggCollectorMaxDelay) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes made in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Click Stop to stop device monitoring. Index (dot3adAggIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this aggregator by the local system. MAC Address (dot3adAggMACAddress) MAC address assigned to this aggregator. Actor System Priority (0-65535) (dot3adAggActorSystemPriority) Priority value associated with the actor's system ID. Actor System ID (dot3adAggActorSystemID) MAC address value used as a unique identifier for the system that contains this aggregator. Aggregator Type (dot3adAggAggregateOrIndividual) Read-only Boolean value indicating whether this aggregator represents an Aggregate or Individual link. Actor Admin Key (0-65535) (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for this aggregator. Actor Operational Key (dot3adAggActorOperKey) Current operational value of the key for this aggregator. Partner System ID (dot3adAggPartnerSystemID) Unique identifier for the current protocol partner of this aggregator. Partner System Priority (dot3adAggPartnerSystemPriority) Priority value associated with the protocol partner's system ID. Partner Oper Key (dot3adAggPartnerOperKey) Operational value of the key for this aggregator's current protocol partner. Collector Maximum Delay (0-65535) (dot3adAggCollectorMaxDelay) Maximum delay, in tenths of a microsecond.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/LACP_Statistics.htm TITLE=LACP Statistics TEXT=LACP Statistics Port > Monitor > LACP Statistics The LACP Statistics dialog box provides link aggregation information for every port associated with this device. The following data is displayed: LACPDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx) Marker PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx) Marker Response PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx) Unknown PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsUnknownRx) Badly Formed PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsIllegalRx) LACPDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx) Marker PDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx) Marker Response PDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx) Do one of the following: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: The Start/Stop toggle featureis supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. LACPDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx) Number of valid LACPDUs received on this aggregation port. Marker PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx) Number of valid marker PDUs received on this aggregation port. Marker Response PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx) Number of valid marker response PDUs received on this aggregation port. Unknown PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsUnknownRx) Number of frames received that either: 1) carry the Slow Protocols Ethernet Type value (43B.4), but contain an unknown PDU; or 2) are addressed to the Slow Protocols group MAC Address (43B.3), but do not carry the Slow Protocols }}--> }}-->Ethernet Type. Badly Formed PDUs Received (dot3adAggPortStatsIllegalRx) Number of frames received that carry the Slow Protocols Ethernet Type value (43B.4), but contain a badly formed PDU or an illegal value of the Protocol Subtype (43B.4). LACPDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx) Number of LACPDUs transmitted on this aggregation port. Marker PDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx) Number of marker PDUs transmitted on this aggregation port. Marker Response PDUs Transmitted (dot3adAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx) Number of marker response PDUs transmitted on this aggregation port. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Layer_4_7_Statistics.htm TITLE=Layer 4/7 Statistics TEXT=Layer 4/7 Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Layer 4/7 Statistics . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Layer_4_7_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Layer 4/7 Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Layer 4/7 Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Layer 4/7 Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) L4 Connections (cslbxStatsL4PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. Dropped L4 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL4PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with only a Layer 4 policy configured. L7 Connections (cslbxStatsL7PolicyConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. Dropped L7 Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedL7PolicyConns) Number of connections dropped by virtual servers with a Layer 7 policy configured. L7 Parse Length Rejects (cslbxStatsMaxParseLenRejects) Number of connections rejected because the length of a HTTP request or response header exceeded the maximum Layer 7 parse length configured for the matching virtual server. L7 Parse Error Rejects (cslbxStatsL7ParserErrorRejects) Number of connections rejected because an error occurred while parsing the connection data at Layer 7. L7 Mismatch Rejects (cslbxStatsVerMismatchRejects) Number of connections rejected because the Layer 7 configuration was changed while Layer 7 parsing was occurring on the connection.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/LCD_Banner.htm TITLE=Banner Configuration TEXT=Banner Configuration WSC-6500-SFM card liquid crystal display (LCD) banner > Configure This dialog box provides information on LCD Banner Configuration. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Banner Index LCD Banner Banner Max Size The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Banner Index (cc6kxbarLcdBannerIndex) Object which specifies a unique entry in the table. LCD Banner (cc6kxbarLcdBannerBanner) Message that would be displayed on the fabric card LCD. Note: The size of cc6kxbarLcdBannerBanner should not be greater than cc6kxbarLcdBannerMaxSize value. Banner Max Size (cc6kxbarLcdBannerMaxSize) Maximum size of the cc6kxbarLcdBannerBanner.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Login_Configuration.htm TITLE=Login Configuration TEXT=Login Configuration Device > Configure > AAA Configuration > Login Configuration This dialog box provides login configuration information associated with the device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Login Mode (cacLoginMode) Session (cacSession) Maximum Login Attempt (cacMaxLoginAttempt) Lockout Period (sec) (cacLockoutPeriodExt) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Login Mode (cacLoginMode) Mode in which the user logs into the network device. Session (cacSession) Session type used to connect to the network device. Maximum Login Attempt (cacMaxLoginAttempt) Indicates the maximum number of login attempts allowed. Note: Setting this variable to 0 will disable login. Lockout Period (sec) (cacLockoutPeriodExt) Indicates the lockout period after the maximum number of login attempts is set. If the device is running Catalyst OS version 7.1 or earlier, then the valid value range is 0, 30-600 seconds. If the device is running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later, then the valid value range is 0, 30-43,200 seconds.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Login_Credentials.htm TITLE=Login Credentials TEXT=Login Credentials The Login Credentials dialog box allows you to enter the Telnet username, Telnet password and Privilege password. Login credentials are a prerequisite for launching service blades configuration dialogs and the VLAN flows dialog. You need to enter the login credentials for the following: When you start the VLAN Flows - By VLAN IDs dialog from Device Menu > VLAN Flows > By VLAN IDs. When you start the VLAN Flows - By Services dialog from Device Menu > VLAN Flows > By Services. When you start the Firewall Service Blade Setup Wizard dialog from FWSM Menu > Firewall Service Blade Wizard. When you start the Show SLB VLANs dialog from CSM Menu > CSM Configuration. When you start the SSL Blade Configuration dialog from SSL Menu > SSL Blade Configuration. When you start the SVI Configuration dialog from Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > SVI Configure. When you start Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade from FWSM Menu > Assign VLANs to Firewall Blade. When you start Configure Firewall Interface(s) from FWSM Menu > Configure Firewall Interface(s). When you start Configure Static Route from FWSM Menu > Configure Static Route. When you start Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s) from FWSM Menu > Configure HTTP Service on Firewall Interface(s). When you start Configure HTTP Server from FWSM Menu > Configure HTTP Server. When you start VLAN Group Configuration dialog from Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Vlan Group Configure. When you start Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall Blade from FWSM Menu > Assign VLAN Groups to Firewall Blade. When you start the VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard dialog from VPNSM Menu > VPN Service Blade Setup Wizard. When you Launch VPN Device Manager from VPNSM Menu - > Launch VPN Device Manager. The Login Credentials dialog box has the following fields for each of the service blades: Telnet Username Telnet Password Privilege Password Note : For VLAN Visualization dialog (both by services and by VLAN IDs) you must give the Telnet username, Telnet password and Privilege password of Supervisor, MSFC, FWSM, and SSL blades. For FWSM blade wizard dialog you must give the Telnet username, Telnet password and Privilege password of Supervisor and FWSM blade. For Show SLB VLANs dialog of CSM blade you must give the Telnet usernames, Telnet password and Privilege password of Supervisor and MSFC.This is because you cannot session to the CSM blade. All necessary configurations of CSM have to be done in Supervisor and MSFC. For SSL Blade Configuration dialog you must give the Telnet username, Telnet password and Privilege password of Supervisor and SSL Blade. For IPSec VPN Blade Configuration dialog you must give the Telnet username, Telnet password and Privilege password of Supervisor. Telnet Username Username configured using the username < username > password < password > command, or using the AAA server. Leave this field blank if username is not configured. Telnet Password The basic EXEC mode login password. Leave this field blank if Telnet password is not configured. Privilege Password The Enable mode password for supervisor and service blades and Privilege password for MSFC. Leave this field blank if Privilege password is not configured. For MSFC enter just the Privilege password.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_ACL.htm TITLE=MAC ACL TEXT=MAC ACL Configuration > Classification > MAC ACL This dialog box displays a list of MAC ACLs. From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete MAC ACLs. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Access Control Lists (caqMacAclName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and add a new MAC ACL. Click Edit ACL to open the Add/Edit Access Control List dialog box and edit an existing MAC ACL. Click Delete ACL to remove an existing MAC ACL. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Access Control Lists (caqMacAclName) The name of an ACL. This name is unique throughout all of the ACL tables that refer to the list which the entry belongs to in the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_Notification_Archive.htm TITLE=MAC Change Notification Archive TEXT=MAC Change Notification Archive To access the MAC Change Notification Archive dialog box: Select Device > Configure > MAC Notification. Click MAC Change Notification Archive . The Table of History Indices dialog box appears. Click MAC change Messages . This dialog box displays the following data: MAC Change Notification - Operation (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) MAC Change Notification - VLAN (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) MAC Change Notification - Address (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) MAC Change Notification - dot1dBasePort (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Change Notification - Operation (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) Contains MAC change notification event information. This object consists of several tuples packed together as follows: tuple1, tuple2, tuple3, and so on. Each tuple consists of 11 octets in the format < operation > < VLAN > < MAC > < dot1dBasePort > , where < operation > is a one octet object that supports the following values: 0—end of MIB object 1—MAC learned 2—MAC removed MAC Change Notification - VLAN (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) Contains MAC change notification event information. This object consists of several tuples packed together as follows: tuple1, tuple2, tuple3, and so on. Each tuple consists of 11 octets in the format < operation > < VLAN > < MAC > < dot1dBasePort > , where < VLAN > is: a two octet object the VLAN number of the VLAN which the MAC address belongs to MAC Change Notification - Address (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) Contains MAC change notification event information. This object consists of several tuples packed together as follows: tuple1, tuple2, tuple3, and so on. Each tuple consists of 11 octets in the format < operation > < VLAN > < MAC > < dot1dBasePort > , where < MAC > is: a six octet object the Layer 2 MAC address MAC Change Notification - dot1dBasePort (cmnHistMacChangedMsg) Contains MAC change notification event information. This object consists of several tuples packed together as follows: tuple1, tuple2, tuple3, and so on. Each tuple consists of 11 octets in the format < operation > < VLAN > < MAC > < dot1dBasePort > , where < dot1dBasePort > is: a two octet object the value of dot1dBasePort for the interface from which the MAC address is learned
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_Notification_Archive_index.htm TITLE=MAC Notification Archive TEXT=Table of History Indices To access the MAC Notification Archive dialog box: Select Device > Configure > MAC Notification. Click BUTTON "MAC Change Notification Archive" . This MODAL dialog box displays the following data: MAC Change Notification Index (cmnHistIndex) Time Stamp (cmnHistTimestamp) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Change Notification Index (cmnHistIndex) Index that uniquely identifies a MAC change notification event previously generated by the device. This value of this object starts at one, and increases by one each time a MAC change notification is generated. After reaching the maximum value, the agent wraps the value of this object back to one. Time Stamp (cmnHistTimestamp) Value of sysUpTime when the cmnMacChangedNotification containing the information denoted by the cmnHistMacChangedMsg object in this entry was generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mac_Notification_Configuration.htm TITLE=MAC Notification (Device) TEXT=MAC Notification Device > Configure > MAC Notification This dialog box provides information on the MAC Notification feature. From here, you can enable/disable the feature, as well as specify the values for the Notification Interval and Table Maximum Length fields. The following data is displayed: MAC Notification (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) Address Learned (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) Address Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) Notification (cmnNotificationsEnabled) Notification Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) Table Maximum Length (cmnHistTableMaxLength) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Notification (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) Indicates whether the MAC notification feature is currently running on the device. Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) Specifies the maximum interval of time MAC Changed Notification messages are generated by the device. Address Learned (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) Number of MAC addresses added to the forwarding database. Address Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) Number of MAC addresses removed from the forwarding database. Notification (cmnNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether MAC Changed Notification messages are sent when MAC addresses are added or removed from the forwarding database of the device. Disabling notification messages does not prevent MAC address information from being added to the history table. Notification Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) Number of MAC Changed Notification messages sent by the device. Table Maximum Length (cmnHistTableMaxLength) Upper limit on the number of entries the history table can contain.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_Notification_Device.htm TITLE=MAC Notification TEXT=MAC Notification Device > Configure > MAC Notification This dialog box displays the following data: MAC Notification Status (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) MAC Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) MAC Change Notification Status (cmnNotificationsEnabled) Number of Entries MAC Change Notification Archive (cmnHistTableMaxLength) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click MAC Change Notification Archive to view the MAC change notification history table. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Notification Status (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) Indicates whether the MAC notification feature is currently enabled on the device. Once enabled, the cmnIfConfigTable determines whether the feature is running on each interface. Setting this object to false(2) disables the MAC notification feature globally. MAC Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) Specifies the maximum time interval between cmnMacChangedNotifications generated by the device. If the value of cmnNotificationsEnabled is true(1) , the device sends out the generated cmnMacChangedNotifications and archives the MAC change notification events in the cmnHistoryTable. If the value of cmnNotificationEnabled is false(2) , the device does not send out the generated cmnMacChangedNotifications, but it does archive these events in the cmnHistoryTable. MAC Change Notification Status (cmnNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether cmnMacChangedNotification notifications are sent when MAC addresses are learned or removed from the device's forwarding database. Disabling notifications does not prevent MAC address information from being added to the cmnHistoryTable. Number of Entries MAC Change Notification Archive (cmnHistTableMaxLength) Upper limit on the number of entries the cmnHistoryTable can contain. A value of 0 will prevent any entries from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entry is deleted and a new one is created.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_Notification_Monitor.htm TITLE=MAC Notification TEXT=MAC Notification Device > Monitor > MAC Notification This dialog box displays the following data: MAC Addresses Learnt (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) MAC Addresses Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) Notifications Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Addresses Learnt (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) Number of MAC addresses learned by the device. MAC Addresses Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) Number of MAC addresses removed from the forwarding database. Notifications Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) Number of cmnMacChangedNotifications sent out by the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MAC_Notification_Port.htm TITLE=MAC Notification (Port) TEXT=MAC Notification Port > Configure > MAC Notification This dialog box provides information on the MAC Notification feature. From here, you can specify whether MAC Notification messages are sent after aMAC address is added to or removed from the forwarding table. The following data is displayed: Address Learnt Notification (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable) Address Removed Notification (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Address Learnt Notification (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable) Indicates whether this interface is enabled to send MAC Changed notificationmessages after a MAC address is added to the forwarding table. Address Removed Notification (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) Indicates whether this interface is enabled to send MAC Changed notificationmessages after a MAC address is removed from the forwarding table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Management.htm TITLE=Management TEXT=Management Device > Configure > Management The Management dialog box displays the following data: Device Name (sysName) Descriptor (sysDescr) Contact (sysContact) Location (sysLocation) Up Since (sysUpTime) Services (sysServices) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. DeviceName (sysName) Specifies the name of the device. Descriptor (sysDescr) Textual description of the entity. Note: It is mandatorythat this object only contains printable ASCII characters. Contact (sysContact) Contact person for this managed node, as well as information on howto contact this person. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of this node. Up Since (sysUpTime) Time (in hundredths of a second) since the network management portionof the system was last reinitialized. Services (sysServices) Set of services this entity primarily offers.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mapping_Tables.htm TITLE=Mapping Tables TEXT=Mapping Tables Configuration > Mapping Tables Mapping tables are used for computing the final DSCP value using the CoS, IP Precedence, and DSCP values in the headers of incoming packets. Depending on the trust state of the port and ACE, the final DSCP value is determined using these mapping tables. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Memory_Pool.htm TITLE=Memory Pool TEXT=Memory Pool Memory Pool: Device > Configure > Memory Pool Memory Pool Table: Device > Monitor > Memory Pool This dialog box displays information on the memory pools supported by this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Pool Type (ciscoMemoryPoolType) Pool Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Alternate Pool (ciscoMemoryPoolAlternate) Memory Used (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory Free (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Total Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Memory Pool Statistics dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Pool Type (ciscoMemoryPoolType) Different types of memory pools that may be present in a managed device. Memory pools can be roughly categorized into two groups, predefined pools and dynamic pools. The following pool types are currently predefined: processor memory i/o memory pci memory fast memory multibus memory Dynamic pools will have a pool type value greater than any of the predefined types listed above. Note that only the processor pool is required to be supported by all devices. Support for other pool types is dependent on the device being managed. Pool Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Indicates the type of memory pool represented by the device; types are DRAM, FLASH, NVRAM, MBUF, CLUSTER, MALLOC, and RMON. Alternate Pool (ciscoMemoryPoolAlternate) Indicates whether this memory pool has an alternate pool configured. Alternate pools are used for fallback when the current pool runs out of memory. If an instance of this object has the value zero, then this pool does not have an alternate. Otherwise, the value of this object is the same as the value of ciscoMemoryPoolType for the alternate pool. Memory Used (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently in use by the application. Memory Free (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused. Total Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Equals the sum of ciscoMemoryPoolUsed and ciscoMemoryPoolFree. Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Memory_Pool_Statistics.htm TITLE=Memory Pool Statistics TEXT=Memory Pool Statistics To access the Memory Pool Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Memory Pool or Device > Monitor > Memory Pool. With a memory pool selected, click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the statistics for a specific memory pool. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Memory Used (%) (Total Memory) Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Memory Used (%) (Total Memory) Equal to (100 * ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) / (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree). Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currentlyunused.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Memory_Utilization.htm TITLE=Memory Utilization TEXT=Memory Utilization To access the Memory Utilization dialog box: Select Device > Configure > System Processes Information or Device > Monitor > System Processes Information . With a system process selected, click Monitor . Select Memory Utilization . From this dialog box, you can monitor the memory utilization information for a selected system process. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Memory Allocated (cpmProcExtMemAllocatedRev) Memory Freed (cpmProcExtMemFreedRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Memory Allocated (cpmProcExtMemAllocatedRev) Sum of all the dynamically allocated memory that this process has received from the system. This includes memory that may have been returned. The sum of freed memory is provided by cpmProcExtMemFreedRev. This object deprecates cpmProcExtMemAllocated. Memory Freed (cpmProcExtMemFreedRev) Sum of all memory that this process has returned to the system. This object deprecates cpmProcExtMemFreed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Message_Statistics.htm TITLE=Message Statistics TEXT=Message Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Message Statistics . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Message_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Message Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Message Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Message Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Connection Replications Transmitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Keep-Alives Received (cslbxFtRxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Keep-Alives Transmitted (cslbxFtTxHeartBeatMsgs) Number of keep-alive messages sent by this SLB device. State Updates Received (cslbxFtRxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages received by this SLB device. State Updates Transmitted (cslbxFtTxUpdateMsgs) Number of state update (sticky) messages sent by this SLB device. Master Overrides Received (cslbxFtRxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages received by this SLB device. Master Overrides Transmitted (cslbxFtTxCoupMsgs) Number of master override messages sent by this SLB device. Master Elects Received (cslbxFtRxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages received by this SLB device. Master Elects Transmitted (cslbxFtTxElectMsgs) Number of master election messages sent by this SLB device. Connection Replication Received (cslbxFtRxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages received by this SLB device. Connection Replications Transmitted (cslbxFtTxConnReplMsgs) Number of connection replication messages sent by this SLB device.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MIP_Security_Associations_Table.htm TITLE=MIP Security Associations Table TEXT=MIP Security Associations Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select MIP Security Associations Table . The following information is displayed: Peer Entity's Ip Address (mipSecPeerAddress) Security Parameter Index (mipSecSPI) Security Algorithm (mipSecAlgorithmType) Security Mode (mipSecAlgorithmMode) Replay-Protection Method (mipSecReplayMethod) Peer Entity's Ip Address (mipSecPeerAddress) IP address of the peer entity with which the node shares the mobility security association. Security Parameter Index (mipSecSPI) 4-byte opaque index within the mobility security association which specifies the security parameters to be used when authenticating the peer. Security Algorithm (mipSecAlgorithmType) Type of security algorithm. There are two possible values: other (1) md5 (2) Security Mode (mipSecAlgorithmMode) Security mode used by the algorithm. There are two possible values: other (1) prefixSuffix (2) Replay-Protection Method (mipSecReplayMethod) Replay-protection method supported by the selected security parameter index within the mobility security association.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MIP_Security_Violations_Statistics.htm TITLE=MIP Security Violations Statistics TEXT=MIP Security Violations Statistics Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select MIP Security Violations Table . With an entry selected in the MIP Security Violations table, click Monitor . Security Violations Ratio (mipSecViolationCounter/mipSecTotalViolations) Ratio of a peer's security violations to the total number of security violations for the managed entity: mipSecViolationCounter—total number of security violations for a peer mipSecTotalViolations—total number of security violations for the managed entity
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MIP_Security_Violations_Table.htm TITLE=MIP Security Violations Table TEXT=MIP Security Violations Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select MIP Security Violations Table . The following information is displayed: Total Number of Security Violations (mipSecTotalViolations) Violator's Ip Address (mipSecViolatorAddress) Security Violations Count (mipSecViolationCounter) Latest Security Violation's SPI (mipSecRecentViolationSPI) Latest Security Violation's Time (mipSecRecentViolationTime) Latest Security Violation's 4 LSBs (mipSecRecentViolationIDLow) Latest Security Violation's 4 MSBs (mipSecRecentViolationIDHigh) Latest Security Violation's Reason (mipSecRecentViolationReason) Total Number of Security Violations (mipSecTotalViolations) Total number of security violations for the entity. Violator's Ip Address (mipSecViolatorAddress) Violator's IP address. Security Violations Count (mipSecViolationCounter) Total number of security violations for the peer. Latest Security Violation's SPI (mipSecRecentViolationSPI) Security parameter index (SPI) of the most recent security violation for the peer: If the security violation is due to an identification mismatch, then this is the SPI from the mobile-home authentication extension. If the security violation is due to an invalid authenticator, then this is the SPI from the offending authentication extension. In all other cases, the value is set to zero. Latest Security Violation's Time (mipSecRecentViolationTime) Time of the most recent security violation for the peer. Latest Security Violation's 4 LSBs (mipSecRecentViolationIDLow) Low-order 32 bits of identification used in requests or replies to the most recent security violation for the peer. Latest Security Violation's 4 MSBs (mipSecRecentViolationIDHigh) High-order 32 bits of identification used in requests or replies to the most recent security violation for the peer. Latest Security Violation's Reason (mipSecRecentViolationReason) Reason for the most recent security violation for the peer. There are six possible values: noMobilitySecurityAssociation (1) badAuthenticator (2) badIdentifier (3) badSPI (4) missingSecurityExtension (5) other (6)
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Miscellaneous_Statistics.htm TITLE=Miscellaneous Statistics TEXT=Miscellaneous Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Miscellaneous Statistics . The following information is displayed: Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Miscellaneous_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Miscellaneous Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Miscellaneous Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Miscellaneous Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Bad SSL Format Rejects (cslbxStatsBadSslFormatRejects) Number of connections rejected because an invalid or unrecognized SSL format was detected. Out Of Memory Rejects (cslbxStatsOutOfMemoryRejects) Number of connections rejected because the SLB device could not allocate the required memory. Timeout Terminated Connections (cslbxStatsTimedOutConnections) Number of connections terminated because they were idle longer than the configured idle timeout value. TCP Packages with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsTcpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of TCP packets with a checksum error. IP Packets with Checksum Error (cslbxStatsIpChecksumErrorPkts) Accumulated number of IP packets with a checksum error.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MISTP_Instance.htm TITLE=MISTP Instance TEXT=MISTP Instance Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multi Instance Spanning Tree (MISTP) From this dialog box, you can enable/disable an MISTP instance. The following data is displayed: Index (stpxMISTPInstanceIndex) Status (stpxMISTPInstanceEnable) VLANs Mapped (stpxMISTPInstanceVlansMapped) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Modify Mapping to launch the MISTP-VLAN Mapping dialog box and change the settings for the selected mapping. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (stpxMISTPInstanceIndex) An arbitrary integer, within the range 1 to 16, that represents the value of the Instance Number (stpxMISTPInstanceNumber) and that uniquely identifies an instance. Status (stpxMISTPInstanceEnable) Indicates whether the MISTP protocol is currently enabled on the MISTP instance. VLANs Mapped (stpxMISTPInstanceVlansMapped) A string of octets containing one bit per VLAN. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndex values of 0 through 7; the second octet to VLANs 8 through 15; etc. Note: Extended range VLAN values (1025-4094) are supported by Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MISTP_Mapping.htm TITLE=MISTP Mapping TEXT=MISTP Mapping Device > Configure > MISTP > MISTP Mapping Use the MISTP Mapping dialog box to map a VLAN to an MISTP instance. VLAN Index (vtpVlanIndex) Indicates a VLAN number. MISTP Instance Index (stpxVlanMISTPInstMapInstIndex) Indicates MISTP instance. The valid values of MISTP instance index is 0 to 16 (0 indicating unmapping).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_ip_notification_rel_obj_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile IP Notification Related Object Configs TEXT=Mobile IP Notification Related Object Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile IP Notification Related Object Configs . The following information appears: Mobile IP Notification (cmiTrapControl) CoAType (cmiNtRegCOAType) Mobile Node's Care-of Address (cmiNtRegCOA) HA Address Type (cmiNtRegHAAddrType) Mobile Node's Home Agent Address (cmiNtRegHomeAgent) Registered Home Address Type (cmiNtRegHomeAddressType) Visiting Mobile Node Home (IP) Address (cmiNtRegHomeAddress) Reg NAI (cmiNtRegNAI) Registration Deny Reason (cmiNtRegDeniedCode) Mobile IP Notification (cmiTrapControl) Turns mobile IP notification generation on and off . Setting a notification type's bit to: 1 Enables generation of notifications of that type, subject to further filtering resulting from entries in the snmpNotificationMIB. 0 Disables generation of notifications of that type. CoAType (cmiNtRegCOAType) Type of the address stored in cmiHaRegMnCOA. Mobile Node's Care-of Address (cmiNtRegCOA) Mobile node's care-of address. HA Address Type (cmiNtRegHAAddrType) Type of the address stored in cmiHaRegMnHa. Mobile Node's Home Agent Address (cmiNtRegHomeAgent) Mobile node's home agent address. Registered Home Address Type (cmiNtRegHomeAddressType) Type of the address stored in cmiHaRegRecentHomeAddress. Visiting Mobile Node Home (IP) Address (cmiNtRegHomeAddress) Home (IP) address of visiting mobile node. Reg NAI (cmiNtRegNAI) Identifier associated with the mobile node. Registration Deny Reason (cmiNtRegDeniedCode) Code indicating the reason that the most recent Registration Request for this mobile node was rejected by the home agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_ip_security_violation_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile IP Security Violation Configs TEXT=Mobile IP Security Violation Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . elect category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile IP Security Violation Configs . The following information appears: Security Violator's Identifier Type (cmiSecViolatorIdentifierType) Security Violator's Identifier (cmiSecViolatorIdentifier) Recent Security Violation SPI (cmiSecRecentViolationSPI) Recent Security Violation Time (cmiSecRecentViolationTime) Lower Order Identification Bits (cmiSecRecentViolationIDLow) Higher Order Identification Bits (cmiSecRecentViolationIDHigh) Recent Security Violation Reason (cmiSecRecentViolationReason) Security Violator's Identifier Type (cmiSecViolatorIdentifierType) The type of violator's identifier. Security Violator's Identifier (cmiSecViolatorIdentifier) Violator's identifier. The violator is not necessary in the cmiSecAssocTable Recent Security Violation SPI (cmiSecRecentViolationSPI) SPI of the most recent security violation for this peer. If the security violation is due to: An identification mismatch, then this is the SPI from the Mobile-Home Authentication Extension. An invalid authenticator, then this is the SPI from the offending authentication extension. In all other cases, it should be set to zero. Recent Security Violation Time (cmiSecRecentViolationTime) Time of the most recent security violation for this peer. Lower Order Identification Bits (cmiSecRecentViolationIDLow) Low-order 32 bits of identification used in request or reply of the most recent security violation for this peer. Higher Order Identification Bits (cmiSecRecentViolationIDHigh) High-order 32 bits of identification used in request or reply of the most recent security violation for this peer. Recent Security Violation Reason (cmiSecRecentViolationReason) Reason for the most recent security violation for this peer.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_ip_sec_violation_stats.htm TITLE=Mobile IP Security Violation Statistics TEXT=Mobile IP Security Violation Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile IP Security Violation Configs . Select a row and click the Statistics button. The following information appears: No of Violations (cmiSecTotalViolations) No of Violations (cmiSecTotalViolations) Total number of security violations for this peer.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mobile_IP_System_Group.htm TITLE=Mobile IP System Group TEXT=Mobile IP System Group Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Mobile IP System Group . The following information is displayed: MoIP Entities (mipEntities) Enable MoIP (mipEnable) Encapsulation Method (mipEncapsulationSupported) MoIP Entities (mipEntities) Mobile entities supported by the managed entity. The bit position corresponds to: mobileNode (0) foreignAgent (1) homeAgent (2) Note: The entity may support more than one Mobile IP (MIP) entity. For example, the entity supports both homeAgent (2) and foreignAgent (1) . Therefore, bit one and bit two are set to 1 . Enable MoIP (mipEnable) Indicates whether MIP is enabled for the managed entity. If MIP is disabled, both agent discovery and registration functions should be disabled. Encapsulation Method (mipEncapsulationSupported) Encapsulation methods supported by the MIP entity. The bit position corresponds to: ipInIp (0)—IP encapsulation within IP gre (1)—generic routing encapsulation minEnc (2)—minimal encapsulation within IP other (3)—Other
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_network_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Network Configs TEXT=Mobile Network Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Network Configs . The following information appears: Mobile Network Interfaces Index (cmiMrMobNetIfIndex) Inet Address (cmiMrMobNetAddr) Prefix Length Associated (cmiMrMobNetPfxLen) Mobile Network Address Type (cmiMrMobNetAddrType) Create/Delete Row (cmiMrMobNetStatus) Tunnel Interfaces Index (cmiMrHaTunnelIfIndex) Mobile Network Interfaces Index (cmiMrMobNetIfIndex) The ifIndex value from Interfaces table of MIB II for the interface on the mobile router connected to the mobile network. Inet Address (cmiMrMobNetAddr) IP address of the mobile network. Mobile Network Address Type (cmiMrMobNetPfxLen) Prefix length associated with the mobile network IP address. Mobile Network Address Type (cmiMrMobNetAddrType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMrMobNetAddr. Create/Delete Row (cmiMrMobNetStatus) Row status for the mobile network entry. Tunnel Interfaces Index (cmiMrHaTunnelIfIndex) The ifIndex value from Interfaces table of MIB II for the tunnel interface (to HA) of the mobile router.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_node_discover_and_reg_flags_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Node Discovery and Registration Flags Configs TEXT=Mobile Node Registration Flags Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Node Registration Flags Configs . The following information appears: Agent IP Address (mnRegAgentAddress) COA (mnRegCOA) Mobile Node Registration Flags (cmiMnRegFlags) Agent IP Address (mnRegAddress) Mobile node address. COA (mnRegCOA) Mobile node care-of-address. Mobile Node Registration Flags (cmiMnRegFlags) Registration flags sent by the mobile node. It is the second byte in the Mobile IP Registration Request message.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Configs  TEXT=Mobile Router Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router Configs . The following information appears: Collocated Tunnel Indication (cmiMrCollocatedTunnel) Collocated Tunnel Indication (cmiMrCollocatedTunnel) Indicates whether a single tunnel or dual tunnels will be created between a mobile router and a home agent when the mobile router registers with a CCoA.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_discovery_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Discovery Configs TEXT=Mobile Router Discovery Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router Discovery Configs . The following information appears: MA Address Type (cmiMrMaAddressType) HA Address (cmiMrMaAddress) Is Home Agent (cmiMrMaIsHa) Interface Index (cmiMrMaAdvRcvIf) Advertising Interface (cmiMrMaIfMacAddress) Sequence No (cmiMrMaAdvSequence) Advertisement Flags (cmiMrMaAdvFlags) Longest Registration Lifetime (cmiMrMaAdvMaxRegLifetime) Max Time of Validity (cmiMrMaAdvMaxLifetime) Max Advertisement Received (cmiMrMaAdvTimeReceived) First Advertisement Received (cmiMrMaAdvTimeFirstHeard) MA Address Type (cmiMrMaAddressType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMrMaAddress. Only IPv4 address type is supported. HA Address (cmiMrMaAddress) IP address of the mobile agent from which the advertisement was received. Only IPv4 addresses are supported. Is Home Agent (cmiMrMaIsHa) Indicates whether the mobile agent is a home agent for the mobile router or not. If true, the agent is one of the mobile router's configured home agents. Interface Index (cmiMrMaAdvRcvIf) ifIndex value from Interfaces table of MIB II for the interface of mobile router on which the advertisement from the mobile agent was received. Advertising Interface (cmiMrMaIfMacAddress) Mobile agent advertising interface MAC address. Sequence No (cmiMrMaAdvSequence) Sequence number of the most recently received agent advertisement. The sequence number ranges from 0 to 0xffff. After the sequence number attains the value 0xffff, it rolls over to 256. Advertisement Flags (cmiMrMaAdvFlags) Flags contained in the 7th byte in the extension of the most recently received mobility agent advertisement: reverseTunnel Agent supports reverse tunneling gre Agent offers Generic Routing Encapsulation minEnc Agent offers Minimal Encapsulation foreignAgent Agent is a Foreign Agent homeAgent Agent is a Home Agent busy Foreign Agent is busy regRequired FA registration is required Longest Registration Lifetime (cmiMrMaAdvMaxRegLifetime) Longest registration lifetime in seconds that the agent is willing to accept in any registration request. Max Time of Validity (cmiMrMaAdvMaxLifetime) Maximum number of seconds during which the advertisement is considered valid in the absence of further advertisements. Max Advertisement Received (cmiMrMaAdvTimeReceived) Time at which the most recently received advertisement was received. First Advertisement Received (cmiMrMaAdvTimeFirstHeard) Time at which the first advertisement from the mobile agent was received.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_discovery_stats.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Discovery Statistics TEXT=Mobile Router Discovery Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module. Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router Discovery Configs . Select a row and click the Statistics button. The following information appears: Remaining Lifetime (cmiMrMaAdvLifetimeRemaining) Remaining Hold-Down (cmiMrMaHoldDownRemaining) Remaining Lifetime (cmiMrMaAdvLifetimeRemaining) The time remaining until the advertisement lifetime expires. Remaining Hold-Down (cmiMrMaHoldDownRemaining) The time remaining until the hold-down period expires.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_home_agent_address_list.htm TITLE=Mobile Router's Home agent address list TEXT=Mobile Router's Home Agent Address List Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router's Home agent address list . The following information appears: MN's HP IP Address (mnHAAddress) Priority for Home Agent (cmiMrHAPriority) Home Agent Best (cmiMrHABest) MN’s HA IP Address (mnHAAddress) Mobile node home agent IP address. Priority for Home Agent (cmiMrHAPriority) Priority for this home agent. Home Agent Best (cmiMrHABest) Indicates whether this home agent is the best (in terms of the priority or the configuration time when multiple home agents have the same priority) or not. When true , the mobile router tries to register with this home agent first.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_interface_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Interface Configs TEXT=Mobile Router Interface Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router interface Configs . The following information appears: MR InterfaceIndex (cmiMrIfIndex) Access Type Description (cmiMRIfDescription) Waiting Time (cmiMrIfHoldDown) Roam Priority Value (cmiMrIfRoamPriority) Periodic Agent Solicitation (cmiMrIfSolicitPeriodic) Solicitation Time Interval (cmiMrIfSolicitInterval) Initial Solicit Retransmission (Initial Solicit Retransmission) Max Solicitation Retransmission (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransMax) Solicitation Retransmission Limit (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransLimit) Current Retransmission Interval (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransCurrent) CCoA Address Type (cmiMrIfCCoaAddressType) CCoA Address (cmiMrIfCCoaAddress) CCoA Default Gateway Type (cmiMrIfCCoaDefaultGwType) Gateway IP Address (cmiMrIfCCoaDefaultGw) CCoA Registration Retry (cmiMrIfCCoaRegRetry) Create/Delete Row (cmiMrIfStatus) CCoA Registration (cmiMrIfCCoaRegistration) CCoA Only (cmiMrIfCCoaOnly) CCoA Enable (cmiMrIfCCoaEnable) Registered CoA Type (cmiMrIfRegisteredCoAType) Mobile Router Roam Status (cmiMrIfRoamStatus) Care-of Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredCoA) Type of Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredMaAddrType) Mobility Agent Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredMaAddr) HaTunnel Index (cmiMrIfHaTunnelIfIndex) Roaming Interface Identifier (cmiMrIfID) MR InterfaceIndex (cmiMrIfIndex) Access Type Description (cmiMRIfDescription) Description of the access type for the mobile router interface. Waiting Time (cmiMrIfHoldDown) Waiting time after which mobile router registers to agents heard on this interface. Roam Priority Value (cmiMrIfRoamPriority) Priority value used to select an interface among multiple interfaces to send registration request. Periodic Agent Solicitation (cmiMrIfSolicitPeriodic) Specifies whether periodic agent solicitation is enabled or not. When set to true(1), the mobile router will send solicitations on this interface periodically according to other configured parameters. Solicition Time Interval (cmiMrIfSolicitInterval) Time interval after which a solicitation has to be sent after an agent advertisement is heard on the interface. Initial Solicit Retransmission (Initial Solicit Retransmission) Wait period before first retransmission of a solicitation when no agent advertisement is heard. Max Solicitation Retransmission (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransMax) Maximum limit for the solicitation retransmission timeout interval. For each successive solicitation message, the retransmission timeout interval is twice the previous interval. Solicitation Retransmission Limit (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransLimit) Maximum number of solicitation retransmissions allowed. Current Retransmission Interval (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransCurrent) Current retransmission interval. CCoA Address Type (cmiMrIfCCoaAddressType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMrIfCCoaAddress. CCoA Address (cmiMrIfCCoaAddress) Interface address to be used as a collocated care-of IP address. Currently, the primary interface IP address is used as the CCoA. CCoA Default Gateway Type (cmiMrIfCCoaDefaultGwType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMrIfCCoaDefaultGw. Gateway IP Address (cmiMrIfCCoaDefaultGw) Gateway IP address to be used with CCoA registrations on an interface other than a serial interface with a static (fixed) IP address. CCoA Registration Retry (cmiMrIfCCoaRegRetry) Time to wait between successive registration attempts after CCoA registration failure. Create/Delete Row (cmiMrIfStatus) Row status for this table. CCoA Registration (cmiMrIfCCoaRegistration) Type of registration that the mobile router will currently attempt on this interface. If cmiMrIfCCoaRegistrationis: False--The mobile router will attempt to register through a foreign agent. True--The mobile router will attempt CCoA registration. NOTE: cmiMrIfCCoaRegistration will be true under either of the following circumstances: cmiMrIfCCoaOnly is set to true. cmiMrIfCCoaOnly is set to false and foreign agent advertisements are not heard on the interface. CCoA Only (cmiMrIfCCoaOnly) Specifies whether the ccoa-only state is enabled or not on this mobile router interface. When this variable is set to true-- The mobile router attempts to register directly using a CCoA and will not attempt foreign agent registrations even if foreign agent advertisements are heard on this interface. false-- The mobile router attempts foreign agent registration whenever foreign agent advertisements are heard. When foreign agent advertisements are not heard, then the interface attempts CCoA registration. CCoA Enable (cmiMrIfCCoaEnable) Enables CCoA registrations on the mobile router interface. When this object is set to: false--The mobile router attempts foreign agent registrations only on this interface. true--The interface is enabled for CCoA registration. Depending on the value of the cmiMrIfCCoaOnly object, the mobile router might register with a CCoA or with a foreign agent. Registered CoA Type (cmiMrIfRegisteredCoAType) Type of address stored in cmiMrIfRegisteredCoA. Mobile Router Roam Status (cmiMrIfRoamStatus) Indicates whether the mobile router is currently registered through this interface. Care-of Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredCoA) Care-of address registered by the mobile router through this interface: zero--Contains zero when the mobile router is at home or not registered. foreign agent care-of address--Contains this address when the registration is through a foreign agent. collocated care-of address--Contains this address when the registration uses a collocated care-of address. Type of Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredMaAddrType) Type of address stored in cmiMrIfRegisteredMaAddr. Mobility Agent Address (cmiMrIfRegisteredMaAddr) Address of the mobility agent through which this mobile router interface is registered: zero--Contains zero when the mobile router is at home or not registered. home agent address--Contains this address when the registration is through a collocated care-of address. foreign agent address--Contains this address when the registration uses a is through a foreign agent. HaTunnel Index (cmiMrIfHaTunnelIfIndex) The ifIndex value from Interfaces table of MIB II for the tunnel interface (to the home agent) of the mobile router through this roaming interface. Roaming Interface Identifier (cmiMrIfID) Unique number identifying the roaming interface. This is also used as an unique identifier for the tunnel between the home agent and the mobile router.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_interface_stats.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Interface Statistics TEXT=Mobile Router Interface Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router interface Configs. Select a row and click the Statistics button. The following information appears: Current Retransmission (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransRemaining) No of Retransmissions (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransCount) Time Remaining (cmiMrIfCCoaRegRetryRemaining) Current Retransmission (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransRemaining) Time remaining before the current retransmission interval expires. No of Retransmissions (cmiMrIfSolicitRetransCount) Number of retransmissions of the solicitation. Time Remaining (cmiMrIfCCoaRegRetryRemaining) Time remaining before the current CCoA registration retry interval expires.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_reg_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Router Registration Configs TEXT=Mobile Router Registration Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router Registration Configs . The following information appears: Time before Lifetime Expiration (cmiMrRegExtendExpire) Number of Retries (cmiMrRegExtendRetry) Waiting Time for Reply (cmiMrRegExtendInterval) Requested Registration Time (cmiMrRegLifetime) Initial Retransmission (cmiMrRegRetransInitial) Maximum Retransmission Time (cmiMrRegRetransMax) Maxi Retransmissions (cmiMrRegRetransLimit) Time before Lifetime Expiration (cmiMrRegExtendExpire) Time remaining in seconds to send registration request before lifetime expiration. Number of Retries (cmiMrRegExtendRetry) Number of retries to be sent. Waiting Time for Reply (cmiMrRegExtendInterval) Time in seconds after which the mobile router is to send another registration request when no reply is received. Requested Registration Time (cmiMrRegLifetime) Requested lifetime in seconds in registration requests. Initial Retransmission (cmiMrRegRetransInitial) Time in milliseconds to wait after no reply is received before retransmitting for the first time. Maximum Retransmission Time (cmiMrRegRetransMax) Maximum retransmission time allowed (milliseconds). Max Retransmission (cmiMrRegRetransLimit) Maximum number of retransmissions allowed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobile_router_sys_n_mobile_agent_reg_configs.htm TITLE=Mobile Router System and Mobile Agent Registration Configs TEXT=Mobile Router System and Mobile Agent Registration Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobile Router System and Mobile Agent Registration Configs . The following information appears: Reverse Tunneling Status (cmiMrReverseTunnel) Redundancy Group Name (cmiMrRedundancyGroup) Max Registration Received Date (cmiMaRegDateMaxRegsReceived) Advertisement Flags (cmiMnAdvFlags) Reverse Tunneling Status (cmiMrReverseTunnel) Specifies whether reverse tunneling is enabled on the mobile router or not. Redundancy Group Name (cmiMrRedundancyGroup) Name of the redundancy group used to provide network availability for the mobile router. Max Registration Received Date (cmiMaRegDateMaxRegsReceived) The time at which the maximum number of registration requests in a minute were received by the mobility agent. Advertisement Flags (cmiMnAdvFlags) Flags contained in the 7th byte in the extension of the most recently received mobility agent advertisement: reverseTunnel Agent supports reverse tunneling gre Agent offers Generic Routing Encapsulation minEnc Agent offers Minimal Encapsulation foreignAgent Agent is a Foreign Agent homeAgent Agent is a Home Agent busy Foreign Agent is busy regRequired FA registration is required
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobility_agent_advertisement_configs.htm TITLE=Mobility Agent Advertisement Configurations TEXT=Mobility Agent Advertisement Configurations Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobility Agent Advertisement Configurations . The following information appears: MA Advertisement Interface (cmiMaAdvInterfaceIndex) MA Interface Address Type (cmiMaInterfaceAddressType) IP Address for Advertisement Interface (cmiMaInterfaceAddress) Max Registration Lifetime (cmiMaAdvMaxRegLifetime) Advertisement Prefix Length Inclusion (cmiMaAdvPrefixLengthInclusion) MA Address Type (cmiMaAdvAddressType) MA Advertisement Address (cmiMaAdvAddress) Max Time Interval between Advertisements (cmiMaAdvMaxInterval) Min Time Interval between Advertisements (cmiMaAdvMinInterval) Max Advertisement Lifetime (cmiMaAdvMaxAdvLifetime) Response Solicitation Only (cmiMaAdvResponseSolicitationOnly) MA Advertisement Row Status (cmiMaAdvStatus) MA Advertisement Interface (cmiMaAdvInterfaceIndex) ifIndex value from Interfaces table of MIB II for the interface that is advertising. MA Interface Address Type (cmiMaInterfaceAddressType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMaInterfaceAddress. IP Address for Advertisement Interface (cmiMaInterfaceAddress) IP address for advertisement interface. Max Registration Lifetime (cmiMaAdvMaxRegLifetime) Longest lifetime in seconds that mobility agent will accept in any registration request. Advertisement Prefix Length Inclusion (cmiMaAdvPrefixLengthInclusion) Whether the advertisement should include the Prefix-Lengths Extension. If True, all advertisements sent over this interface should include the Prefix-Lengths Extension. MA Address Type (cmiMaAdvAddressType) Type of IP address stored in cmiMaAdvAddress. MA Advertisement Address (cmiMaAdvAddress) IP destination address to be used for advertisements sent from the interface. The only permissible values are one of the following: The all-systems multicast address (224.0.0.1); Default value: 224.0.0.1 if the router supports IP multicast on the interface The limited-broadcast address (255.255.255.255). Default value: 255.255.255.255. Max Time Interval between Advertisements (cmiMaAdvMaxInterval) Maximum time in seconds between successive transmissions of Agent Advertisements from this interface. Default values are: 600 seconds for an interface which uses IEEE 802 style headers and for ATM interface. Zero (0) in other cases. Min Time Interval between Advertisements (cmiMaAdvMinInterval) Minimum time in seconds between successive transmissions of agent advertisements from this interface. Default value is 0.75 * cmiMaAdvMaxInterval Max Advertisement Lifetime (cmiMaAdvMaxAdvLifetime) Time (in seconds) to be placed in the Lifetime field of the RFC 1256-portion of the Agent Advertisements sent over this interface. Default value is 3 * cmiMaAdvMaxInterval. Response Solicitation Only (cmiMaAdvResponseSolicitationOnly) Flag indicates whether the advertisement from that interface should be sent in response only to an Agent Solicitation message. This value depends upon cmiMaAdvMaxInterval. If cmiMaAdvMaxInterval is zero, this value will be set to true. If this value is set to true, then cmiMaAdvMaxInterval will be set to zero. MA Advertisement Row Status (cmiMaAdvStatus) Row status for the agent advertisement table. If this column status is 'active', the manager should not change any column in the row. Only cmiMaAdvInterfaceIndex is mandatory for creating a new row. The interface should already exist.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mobility_Agent_Advertisement_Group_Statistics.htm TITLE=Mobility Agent Advertisement Group Statistics TEXT=Mobility Agent Advertisement Group Statistics Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select Mobility Agent Advertisement Group Statistics . The following information is displayed: Total Advertisements Sent (maAdvertisementsSent) Advertisements for Solicitations (maAdvsSentForSolicitation) Total Solicitations Received (maSolicitationsReceived) Total Advertisements Sent (maAdvertisementsSent) Total number of advertisements sent by the mobility agent. Advertisements for Solicitations (maAdvsSentForSolicitation) Total number of advertisements sent by the mobility agent in response to mobile node solicitations. Total Solicitations Received (maSolicitationsReceived) Total number of solicitations received by the mobility agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mobility_Agent_Advertisment_Table.htm TITLE=Mobility Agent Advertisement Table TEXT=Mobility Agent Advertisement Table Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Configure . Select Mobility Agent Advertisement Table . The following information is displayed: Source Ip Address (maInterfaceAddress) Max Registration Lifetime (maAdvMaxRegLifetime) Prefix Length Extension (maAdvPrefixLengthInclusion) Destination Ip Address (maAdvAddress) Max Advertisement Interval (maAdvMaxInterval) Min Advertisement Interval (maAdvMinInterval) Advertise On Solicitation (maAdvResponseSolicitationOnly) Row Status (maAdvStatus) Source Ip Address (maInterfaceAddress) IP address of the advertisement interface. Max Registration Lifetime (maAdvMaxRegLifetime) Longest lifetime, in seconds, that the mobility agent is willing to accept in any registration request. Prefix Length Extension (maAdvPrefixLengthInclusion) When this object is set to true , advertisements sent over the interface include the prefix-lengths extension. Destination Ip Address (maAdvAddress) IP destination address to be used for advertisements sent from the interface. The only permissible values are the all-systems multicast address (224.0.0.1) or the limited-broadcast address (255.255.255.255). Max Advertisement Interval (maAdvMaxInterval) Maximum time interval, in seconds, between successive transmissions of agent advertisements from the interface. Min Advertisement Interval (maAdvMinInterval) Minimum time interval, in seconds, between successive transmissions of agent advertisements from the interface. Advertise On Solicitation (maAdvResponseSolicitationOnly) Indicates whether an advertisement should only be sent from the interface in response to an agent solicitation message. Row Status (maAdvStatus) Status of a particular row in the agent advertisement table. If the current status of a column is active , the manager should not modify any columns associated with that row.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobility_agent_mobile_router_reg_stats.htm TITLE=Mobility Agent and Mobile Router Registration Statistics TEXT=Mobility Agent and Mobile Router Registration Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category Mobility Agent and Mobile Router Registration Statistics . The following information appears: Max Registration (cmiMaRegMaxInMinuteRegs) Registration Last Minute (cmiMaRegInLastMinuteRegs) Security Associations (cmiSecAssocsCount) Max Registration Request (cmiMaRegMaxInMinuteRegs) Maximum number of registration requests received in a minute by the mobility agent. Registration Last Minute (cmiMaRegInLastMinuteRegs) Number of registration requests received in the last minute by the mobility agent. Security Associations (cmiSecAssocsCount) Number of mobility security associations known to the entity, that is, the number of entries in the cmiSecAssocTable.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mobility_security_association_configs.htm TITLE=Mobility Security Association Configs TEXT=Mobility Security Association Configs Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Mobility Security Association Configs . The following information appears: Peer Entity's Identifier Type (cmiSecPeerIdentifierType) Peer Identifier (cmiSecPeerIdentifier) SA SPI (cmiSecSPI) Algorithm Type (cmiSecAlgorithmType) Algorithm Mode (cmiSecAlgorithmMode) Replay-Protection Method (cmiSecReplayMethod) Shared Secret Key (cmiSecKey2) Create/Delete Row (cmiSecStatus) Peer Entity's Identifier Type (cmiSecPeerIdentifierType) The type of the peer entity's identifier. Peer Identifier (cmiSecPeerIdentifier) The identifier of the peer entity with which this node shares the mobility security association. SA SPI (cmiSecSPI) The SPI is the 4-byte index within the Mobility Security Association that selects the specific security parameters--the rest of the variables in this cmiSecAssocEntry-- to be used to authenticate the peer. Algorithm Type (cmiSecAlgorithmType) Type of authentication algorithm: other(1) Any other authentication algorithm not specified here. md5(2) MD5 message-digest algorithm. hmacMD5(3) HMAC MD5 message-digest algorithm. Algorithm Mode (cmiSecAlgorithmMode) Security mode used by this algorithm: other(1) Any mode not specified in this list. prefixSuffix(2) In this mode, the data for which the authenticator value needs to be calculated is preceded and followed by the 128-bit shared secret key. Replay-Protection Method (cmiSecReplayMethod) The replay-protection method supported for this SPI within this Mobility Security Association: other(1) Any other replay protection method not specified in this list. timestamps(2) Timestamp-based replay protection method. nonces(3) Nonce-based replay protection method. Shared Secret Key (cmiSecKey2) The shared secret key for the security associations. Reading this object will always return zero length value. If the value is given in hex, it should be 16 bytes in length. If it is in ASCII, it can vary from 1 to 16 characters. Create/Delete Row (cmiSecStatus) The row status for this table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Modify_MST_Instance.htm TITLE=Modify MST Instance TEXT=Modify MST Instance To access the Modify MST Instance dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) > Instance Mapping . Click Edit Buffer . Select a MST instance and click Modify . From this dialog box, you can modify the values for the following objects: MST Instance (mstInstanceEditIndex) VLANs Mapped (mstInstanceEditVlansMapped) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MST Instance (mstInstanceEditIndex) Unique identifier for an MST instance that is supported by the device. Values can range from 0 to the value of MST Max Instance Number. VLANs Mapped (mstInstanceEditVlansMapped) Indicates the VLANs mapped to the selected MST instance. Note: Valid VLAN values range from 1 to 4094.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Modify_Profile.htm TITLE=Modify Profile TEXT=Modify Profile To access the Modify Profile dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IGMP Profile Configuration. Select a profile and click Modify . The following data is displayed: Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Profile Index (cIgmpFilterProfileIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this profile for IGMP filtering. Start Address (cIgmpFilterStartAddress) Internet address used to determine the start address of }}--> }}-->the IP multicast group for this profile. End Address (cIgmpFilterEndAddress) Internet address used to determine the end address of the IP multicast group for this profile. Profile Action (cIgmpFilterProfileAction) Defines the action to be taken when filtering IGMP reports for this profile.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitoring.htm TITLE=Monitoring TEXT=Monitoring The statistics monitored by CatQDM can be viewed as graphs that can be updated every polling cycle. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Note: If you are running embedded CiscoView, you will not be able to access the Monitoring dialog box or its subsequent dialog boxes.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitoring_Graph.htm TITLE=Monitoring Graph TEXT=Monitoring Graph Monitoring > Interface Based > Select Direction > Select QueueNo > Select Threshold > Graph It This dialog box graphs the number of packets dropped from the interface you specified. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Port Statistics Drop Packets (caqPortStatsDropPkts) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Stop to end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Port Statistics Drop Packets (caqPortStatsDropPkts) The number of packets that have been received and dropped from the interface because they exceeded the threshold value configured at this queue and interface threshold.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_CDMA_PDSN_Cluster.htm TITLE=CDMA PDSN Cluster TEXT=CDMA PDSN Cluster This dialog box is applicable to Controller clusters. Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . With a device selected in the MWAM module table, click Statistics . Select CDMA PDSN Cluster . Total Sessions (CdmaClusterTotalSessions) Total number of session records in the packet data serving node (PDSN) cluster controller.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_CSG_Modules.htm TITLE=CSG User Statistics TEXT=CSG User Statistics From this dialog box, you can monitor the user statistics for the selected content services gateway (CSG) module in real time. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a CSG module selected, click CSG Module . The following information is displayed: User Table Entries (CsgUserCurrEntries) User High Water (csgUserHighWater) LRUs acquired (csgUserLRUSteals) User Table Entries (CsgUserCurrEntries) Current number of user table entries. User High Water (csgUserHighWater) Indicates the highest number of entries inserted into the user table. The only write operation allowed for this object is to reset its value to zero. LRUs acquired (csgUserLRUSteals) Number of user table entries acquired from the LRU list. When the user table is completely filled and a new user is detected, the oldest user table entry is allocated to the new user.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=Monitor Device TEXT=Monitor Device NEED INTRO. TEXT, MIB VERIFICATION. Dropped Packets (IN) (X X X X) Dropped Packets (OUT) (X X X X) Dropped Packets (IN) (X X X X) Description... Dropped Packets (OUT) (X X X X) Description...
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_Real_Server_Info.htm TITLE=Monitor Real Server TEXT=Monitor Real Server To access the Monitor Real Server dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Real Servers . The Real Server Info table is displayed. Select an entry in the Real Server Info table and click Monitor . This dialog box displays the following data: Connections Count (slbRealNumberOfConnections) Operating Weight (slbRealOperWeight) Metric value (slbRealMetric) Consecutive fails Count (slbRealConsecutiveFails) Total Fail Count (slbRealTotalFails) Total Connections Handled (slbRealTotalConnections) Connections Handled -64bit (slbRealHCTotalConnections) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Connections Count (slbRealNumberOfConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections assigned to the real server. Operating Weight (slbRealOperWeight) The actual operating weight of the real server used by the load balancing algorithms. This can be adjusted dynamically by Dynamic Feedback Protocol (DFP). A weight of zero indicates that no new connections will be assigned to the real server. Higher weight values shows that the real server can accept more work. Metric value (slbRealMetric) The value used by the least connections load balancing algorithm. The number of connections divided by the actual operating weight gives its value. New connections are given to the server with the smaller metric. Consecutive fails Count (slbRealConsecutiveFails) The number of connection failures. A connection is failed when a SYN timeouts or an RST is received from the real server. Total Fail Count (slbRealTotalFails) The number of times the real server has failed since the creation of the row. Total Connections Handled (slbRealTotalConnections) The number of assigned connections handled by the real server since it was configured. Connections Handled -64bit (slbRealHCTotalConnections) The number of assigned connections handled by the real server since it was configured. This is the 64-bit version of slbRealTotalConnections.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_SLB_Statistics32.htm TITLE=SLB Statistics (32-bit) TEXT=SLB Statistics (32-bit) To access the SLB Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click 32 Bit Monitor . This dialog box displays the following data: Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) Connections Created (slbStatsCreatedConnections) Connections Established (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) Connections Destroyed (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) Connections Reassigned (slbStatsReassignedConnections) Connections Zombie (slbStatsZombies) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packet Forwarded (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts) The number of packets forwarded by the Software Load Balancing (SLB) manager software. Packets Handled (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts) The number of packets switched via the highest-performance switching path. Connections Created (slbStatsCreatedConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections created since SLB was configured. TCP connections are created after seeing a SYN for a connection. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination and are removed based on a timer. Connections Established (slbStatsEstablishedConnections) The number of connections established through SLB. TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Connections Destroyed (slbStatsDestroyedConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections SLB destroyed, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. UDP connections can only be timed out. Connections Reassigned (slbStatsReassignedConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections reassigned from one real server to another. Connections Zombie (slbStatsZombies) The number of TCP and UDP connections currently in the zombie state waiting for timers to expire.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_SLB_Statistics64.htm TITLE=SLB Statistics (64-bit) TEXT=SLB Statistics (64-bit) To access the SLB Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click 64 Bit Monitor . This dialog box displays the following data: Packet Forwarded-64bit (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingHCPks) Packets Handled-64bit (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingHCPkts) Connections Created-64 bit (slbStatsCreatedHCConnections) Connections Established-64bit (slbStatsEstablishedHCConnections) Connections Destroyed-64bit (slbStatsDestroyedHCConnections) Connections Reassinged-64bit (slbStatsReassignedHCConnections) Connections Zombie-64bit (slbStatsHCZombies) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packet Forwarded-64bit (slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingHCPks) The number of packets forwarded by the SLB manager software. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsUnassistedSwitchingPkts. Packets Handled-64bit (slbStatsAssistedSwitchingHCPkts) The number of packets switched via the highest-performance switching path. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsAssistedSwitchingPkts. Connections Created-64 bit (slbStatsCreatedHCConnections) The number of connections SLB created since it was configured. TCP connections are created after seeing a SYN for a connection. UDP connections are created based on the source and destination, and are removed based on a timer. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsCreatedConnections. Connections Established-64bit (slbStatsEstablishedHCConnections) The number of connections established through SLB. TCP connections reach the ESTAB state after a SYN - SYN/ACK exchange. UDP connections reach the ESTAB state after data is sent from the client or server. Connections Destroyed-64bit (slbStatsDestroyedHCConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections SLB destroyed, either by TCP/IP teardown or timeout. UDP connections can only be timed out. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsDestroyedConnections. Connections Reassinged-64bit (slbStatsReassignedHCConnections) The number of TCP and UDP connections reassigned from one real server to another. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsReassignedConnections. Connections Zombie-64bit (slbStatsHCZombies) The number of TCP and UDP connections currently in the zombie state waiting for timers to expire. This is the 64-bit version of slbStatsZombies.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Monitor_Virtual_Server_Info.htm TITLE=Monitor Virtual Server TEXT=Monitor Virtual Server To access the Monitor Virtual Server dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Virtual Servers . Select an entry in the Virtual Server Info table and click Monitor . This dialog box displays the following data: Current Connections (slbVirtualNumberOfConnections) Total Connections (slbVirtualTotalConnections) Total Connnections-64bit (slbVirtualHCTotalConnections) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Current Connections (slbVirtualNumberOfConnections) The number of assigned connections the virtual server handles. Total Connections (slbVirtualTotalConnections) The number of assigned connections the virtual server handled since it was configured. Total Connnections-64bit (slbVirtualHCTotalConnections) The number of assigned connections the virtual server handled since it was configured. This is the 64-bit version of slbVirtualTotalConnections.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Mon_Interface_Based_Stats.htm TITLE=Monitoring Interface Based Statistics TEXT=Monitoring Interface Based Statistics NEED INTRO. TEXT, MIB VERIFICATION. Queue Number (X X X X) Queue Number (X X X X) Description... Click Graph It to...
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/mr_statistics.htm TITLE=MR Statistics TEXT=MR Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category MR Statistics . The following information appears: New HA Registration (cmiMrRegNewHa) Better Interface Detect (cmiMrBetterIfDetected) Packets on MR-HA Tunnel (cmiMrTunnelPktsRcvd) Packets Sent (cmiMrTunnelPktsSent) Bytes Received (cmiMrTunnelBytesRcvd) Bytes Sent (cmiMrTunnelBytesSent) Active Redundancy State (cmiMrRedStateActive) Passive Redundancy State (cmiMrRedStatePassive) New HA Registration (cmiMrRegNewHa) Number of times a mobile router registers with a different home agent due to changes in home agent / home agent priority. Better Interface Detect (cmiMrBetterIfDetected) Number of times that the mobile router has detected a better interface. Packets on MR-HA Tunnel (cmiMrTunnelPktsRcvd) Number of packets received on the mobile router-home agent tunnel. Packets Sent (cmiMrTunnelPktsSent) Number of packets sent through the mobile router-home agent tunnel. Bytes Received (cmiMrTunnelBytesRcvd) Number of bytes received on the mobile router-home agent tunnel. Bytes Sent (cmiMrTunnelBytesSent) Number of bytes sent through the mobile router-home agent tunnel. Active Redundancy State (cmiMrRedStateActive) Number of times the redundancy state of the mobile router changed to active. Passive Redundancy State (cmiMrRedStatePassive) Number of times the redundancy state of the mobile router changed to passive.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MST_Modify_Configuration.htm TITLE=MST - Modify Configuration TEXT=Modify MST Instance To access the Modify MST Instance dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) > Instance Mapping . Click Edit Buffer . Select a MST instance and click Modify . From this dialog box, you can modify the values for the following objects: Region Name (stpxMSTRegionName) Region Version (stpxMSTRegionRevision) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Region Name (stpxMSTRegionName) Operational MST region name. Region Version (stpxMSTRegionRevision) Operational MST region version.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MST_Port_Role_Information.htm TITLE=MST Port Role Information TEXT=MST Port Role Information Port > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multi Spanning Tree (MST) > MST Port RoleInfo This dialog box provides port role information for a particular MST instance. The following data is displayed: MST Instance (stpxMSTPortRoleInstanceIndex) Role (stpxMSTPortRoleValue) Do one of the following: Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MST Instance (stpxMSTPortRoleInstanceIndex) Unique identifier for an MST instance that is supported by the device. Values can range from 0 to the value of MST Max Instance Number. Role (stpxMSTPortRoleValue) Indicates the port role for a particular MST instance.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MST_Port_Status.htm TITLE=MST Port Status TEXT=MST Port Status Port > Configure > Spanning Tree > Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) This dialog box provides MST information for a specific trunk port, as well as MST information for the bridge port present in this system. The following data is displayed: Module (moduleIndex) Port (portIndex) Admin Link Type (stpxMSTPortAdminLinkType) Operational Link Type (stpxMSTPortOperLinkType) Port Status (stpxMSTPortStatus) Preferred MST Instances (0..15) (stpxPreferredMSTInstancesMap) Do one of the following: Click Redetect Protocol to initiate protocol migration on this port. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module (moduleIndex) Module number for this port. Port (portIndex) Numerical identifier assigned to this port. Admin Link Type (stpxMSTPortAdminLinkType) Indicates the administrative link type configuration of a bridge port: pointToPoint—the port is administratively configured to be connected to a point-to-point link shared—the port is administratively configured to be connected to a shared medium auto—the administrative configuration of the port's link type depends on the port's link duplex mode. If the port link is in full-duplex mode, the administrative link type is pointTopoint . If the port link is in half-duplex mode, the administrative link type is shared . Note: This object is instantiated only when the value of stpxSpanningTreeType for this device is set to MST . In addition, this field is notdisplayed for voice ports. Operational Link Type (stpxMSTPortOperLinkType) Indicates the operational link type of a bridge port: pointToPoint—the port is operationally connected to a point-to-point link shared—the port is operationally connected to a shared medium other—none of the above Note: This object is instantiated only when the value of stpxSpanningTreeType for this device is set to MST . Port Status (stpxMSTPortStatus) Indicates the operational status of this port. Preferred MST Instances (0..15) (stpxPreferredMSTInstancesMap) List of preferred MST instances for the trunk port. Valid values range from 0to 15. Note: Values can be entered as a single digit or as a range (forexample, 1-3). In addition, this field is not displayed for voice ports.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Multicasting.htm TITLE=Multicasting TEXT=Multicasting Device > Configure > Multicasting From the Multicasting dialog box, you can specify the protocol to be usedwhen . The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Select to . Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Multiple_Address_Assignment.htm TITLE=Multiple Address Assignment TEXT=Multiple Address Assignment Navigation To access the Multiple Address Assignment dialog box: Right-click the device. Select Configure > Interface Address Table - Multiple IP Address The following information is displayed: Interface Index (ciiIPAddressIfIndex) Internet address Type (ciiIPAddressType) Internet Protocol address (ciiIPAddress) Prefix Length (ciiIPIfAddressPrefixLength) Broadcast Address (ciiIPIfAddressBroadcast) IP Address Category (ciiIPIfAddressCategory) Interface Index (ciiIPAddressIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies the interface to which this entry is applicable. The value of this object is the same as the ifIndex value for the interface associated with this entry. Internet address Type (ciiIPAddressType) Indicates the Internet address type for this entry's InetAddress and InetAddressPrefixLength objects. Internet Protocol address (ciiIPAddress) IP address to which this entry's addressing information pertains. Prefix Length (ciiIPIfAddressPrefixLength) Length of the prefix associated with this entry's IP address. When this object is set to zero, all addresses match. The address type is specified by the value of ciiIPAddressType for this entry. Note: Since this object is equivalent to the ciiIPAddressPrefixLength object, any changes made to one will affect the other. Broadcast Address (ciiIPIfAddressBroadcast) Broadcast address associated with this entry's IP address. The address type is specified by the value of ciiIPAddressType for this entry. Note: Since this object is equivalent to the ciiIPAddressBroadcast object, any changes made to one will affect the other. IP Address Category (ciiIPIfAddressCategory) Indicates this entry's IP address category. When setting this object, it must comply with the value of ciiIPAddressCategoryCap. Note: Since this object is equivalent to the ciiIPAddressCategory object, any changes made to one will affect the other.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/MWAM_Module.htm TITLE=MWAM Module TEXT=MWAM Module Navigation Right-click the Multiprocessor WAN Application Module (MWAM), then select Configure > MWAM module . The following information is displayed: Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Device Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Processor Details DeviceID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Address(cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has the value "ip(1)", then this object is an IP address. Device Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported. Processor Details Indicates the type of image running in the MWAM processor. There are eight possible values: Unreachable IP GGSN SSG PDSN Controller PDSN Member PDSN–Peer to Peer Home Agent Unknown Config
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/NAM_Configuration.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Network Analysis Module (NAM) Card > Configure This dialog box displays the following information: Name (moduleName) Module Model (moduleModel) Serial Number (moduleSerialNumber) Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Status (moduleStatus) IP Address (moduleIPAddress) Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Intake Temperature (entSensorValue) Exhaust Temperature (entSensorValue) Device1 Temperature (entSensorValue) Device2 Temperature (entSensorValue) Name (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator, such as &#147;London.&#148; Module Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumber) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values are ok , minorFault , majorFault , or other . If the status is not ok , the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. IP Address (moduleIPAddress) IP address of the module or card. Note: This field is only displayed on NAM and IDS modules. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. None indicates that the module passed all tests. Intake Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device's intake sensor. Exhaust Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device's exhaust sensor. Device1 Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device1 sensor. Device2 Temperature (entSensorValue) Temperature recorded by the device2 sensor.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/NAM_Web_Interface.htm TITLE=NAM Web Interface TEXT=NAM Web Interface Network Analysis Module (NAM) > Web Interface For more information on the Network Analysis Module, please refer to the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/cc/pd/ifaa/6000nam/prodlit/namca_ov.htm The following information is displayed: Protocol Protocol used to open the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application - HTTP or HTTPS. Note: If the protocol selected in this field is different from the protocol this module is configured for, you will receive an error message after attempting to launch the application. Port Port number of the selected protocol. The default value is 80 for HTTP, and 443 for HTTPS. Note: If the port specified in this field is different from the port configured to accept connections, you will receive an error message after attempting to launch the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application. Click Launch to open the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/NAM_Web_Interface_6kios.htm TITLE=NAM Web Interface TEXT=NAM Web Interface Network Analysis Module (NAM) > NAM Web Interface For more information on the Network Analysis Module, please refer to the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/cc/pd/ifaa/6000nam/prodlit/namca_ov.htm The following information is displayed: Protocol Protocol used to open the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application - HTTP or HTTPS. Note: If the protocol selected in this field is different from the protocol this module is configured for, you will receive an error message after attempting to launch the application. Port Port number of the selected protocol. The default value is 80 for HTTP, and 443 for HTTPS. Note: If the port specified in this field is different from the port configured to accept connections, you will receive an error message after attempting to launch the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application. Click Launch to open the Catalyst 6000 NAM Traffic Analyzer application. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/New_ACL_Map.htm TITLE=ACL Mapping TEXT=ACL Mapping Configuration > Interfaces > Attach ACLs > New IP/IPX/MAC ACL Mapping To create a new IP, IPX, or MAC ACL mapping: In the Attaching (IP/IPX/MAC) ACL to Interfaces dialog box, select an ACL from the list provided. Specify the port and/or VLAN interface numbers. Click OK .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/new_ip_pool_config.htm TITLE=New IP Pool Config  TEXT=New IP Pool Config Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category New IP Pool Config . The following information appears: Pool Name (cIpLocalPoolName) High Water (cIpLocalPoolStatHiWaterUsedAddrs) Low Level Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldLo) High Level Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldHi) Pool Name ( cIpLocalPoolName ) A non-empty string that uniquely identifies an IP local pool. High Water (cIpLocalPoolStatHiWaterUsedAddrs) Contains the high water mark of used addresses in an IP local pool since: The pool was created The system restarted This object was reset whichever occurred last. This object can only be set to zero, and by doing so, it is reset to the value of cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrs. Since the number of addresses in a pool can be reduced (for example, by deleting one of its ranges), the value of this object may be greater than the sum of cIpLocalPoolStatFreeAddrs and cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrs. Low Level Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldLo) When the number of used addresses in an IP local pool falls below this threshold value, the ciscoIpLocalPoolInUseAddrNoti notification will be rearmed. The value of this object should never be greater than the value of cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldHi. High Level Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldHi) When the number of used addresses in an IP local pool is equal or exceeds this threshold value, a ciscoIpLocalPoolInUseAddrNoti notification will be generated. Once this notification is generated, it will be disarmed and it will not be generated again until the number of used address falls below the value indicated by cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldLo. The value of this object should never be less than the value of cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrThldLo.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/new_ip_pool_statistics.htm TITLE=New IP Pool Statistics TEXT=New IP Pool Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category New IP Pool Config . Select a row and click Statistics . The following information appears: Address Available (cIpLocalPoolStatFreeAddrs) Used Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrs) Low Percentage Address (cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldLo) High Percentage Address (cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldHi) Address Available (cIpLocalPoolStatFreeAddrs) Number of IP addresses available for use in this IP local pool. Used Address (cIpLocalPoolStatInUseAddrs) Number of IP addresses being used in this IP local pool. Low Percentage Address (cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldLo) When the percentage of used addresses in an IP local pool falls below this threshold value, a cilpPercentAddrUsedLoNotif notification is generated. After the notification is generated once, it will not be generated again until the number of used addresses equals or exceeds the value indicated by cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldHi. The value of this object should never be greater than the value of cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldHi. High Percentage Address (cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldHi) When the percentage of used addresses in an IP local pool is equal to or exceeds this threshold value, a cilpPercentAddrUsedHiNotif notification is generated. After the notification is generated once, it will not be generated again until the number of used addresses falls below the value indicated by cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldLo. The value of this object should never be smaller than the value of cIpLocalPoolPercentAddrThldLo.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Notification_Control_Objects.htm TITLE=Notification Control Objects TEXT=Notification Control Objects Navigation Device > Configure > PAE > Notification Control The following information appears: Guest VLAN Notif (cpaeNoGuestVlanNotifEnable) AuthFail VLAN Notif (cpaeNoAuthFailVlanNotifEnable) Guest VLAN Notif (cpaeNoGuestVlanNotifEnable) When this object is set to true , the system generates cpaeNoGuestVlanNotif messages. AuthFail VLAN Notif (cpaeNoAuthFailVlanNotifEnable) When this object is set to true , the system generates cpaeNoAuthFailVlanNotif messages.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Output_Scheduling.htm TITLE=Output Scheduling TEXT=Output Scheduling Configuration > Output Scheduling Scheduling the output involves configuring various queues and thresholds. The number of thresholds and their values depend on queue type. Please refer to Configuring Quality of Service for further details on queue types and thresholds. You can access it from the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/cat6000/sw_5_5/cnfg_gd/qos.htm The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Packets.htm TITLE=Packets TEXT=Packets Monitoring > Packets The following types of packet statistics can be monitored: To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: L3 Packets dropped by Policer (caqL3PacketsDropByPolicer) Tos value changed IP packets (caqTosChangedIpPackets) Cos value changed IP packets (caqCosChangedIpPackets) Cos value changed Non-IP packets (caqCosChangedNonIpPackets) You can also set how often the graphs are updated. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Stop to end device monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. L3 Packets dropped by Policer (caqL3PacketDropByPolicer) Layer 3 packets dropped due to policing. Tos value changed IP packets (caqTosChangedIpPackets) IP Packets whose ToS value has changed. Cos value changed IP packets (caqCosChangedIpPackets) IP Packets whose CoS value has changed. Cos value changed Non-IP packets (caqCosChangedNonIpPackets) Non-IP packets whose CoS value has changed.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Packet_Statistics.htm TITLE=Packet Statistics TEXT=Packet Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Packet Statistics . The following information is displayed: Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Packet_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Packet Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Packet Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Fault Tolerance . Select Packet Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total FT Packets Received (cslbxFtRxPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages received by this Server Load Balancing (SLB) device. Total FT Packets Dropped (cslbxFtDropPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device. Duplicate FT Packets Received (cslbxFtDuplPackets) Total number of duplicate Fault Tolerance messages received by this SLB device. Checksum Error Packets Received (cslbxFtXsumErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages with a checksum error received by this SLB device. Buffer Packets Received (cslbxFtBuffErrPackets) Total number of Fault Tolerance messages dropped by this SLB device due to insufficient buffer memory.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PAE_Details.htm TITLE=PAE Details TEXT=PAE Details Navigation Device > Configure > PAE > PAE Details The following information appears: Guest VLAN Id (cpaeGuestVlanId) Shutdown Timeout (cpaeShutdownTimeout) Radius Accounting (cpaeRadiusAccountingEnabled) Reauthentication Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassReAuthTimeout) Reauthentication (cpaeMacAuthBypassReAuthEnabled) Bypass Violation (cpaeMacAuthBypassViolation) Authentication Shutdown Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassShutdownTimeout) Authentication Fail Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassAuthFailTimeout) Web Proxy Authentication (cpaeWebAuthEnabled) Authentication Session Period (cpaeWebAuthSessionPeriod) Login Page (cpaeWebAuthLoginPage) Failed Login Page (cpaeWebAuthLoginFailedPage) Quiet Period (cpaeWebAuthQuietPeriod) Max Retries (cpaeWebAuthMaxRetries) Test Limits (cpaePortEapolTestLimits) MAB Critical Recovery (cpaeMabCriticalRecoveryDelay) Auth Critical Recovery (cpaeWebAuthCriticalRecoveryDelay) Critical Recovery Delay (cpaeCriticalRecoveryDelay) Guest VLAN Id (cpaeGuestVlanId) Specifies the ID of the system's guest VLAN. Note the following: An interface with a cpaePortMode value of singleHost is moved to the guest VLAN if the supplicant on the interface is not IEEE-802.1x capable. A value of zero indicates that no guest VLAN is configured in the system. If the platform supports a per-port guest VLAN ID configuration, this object is not instantiated. Shutdown Timeout (cpaeShutdownTimeout) Specifies the shutdown timeout interval to enable the interface automatically in case it is shutdown due to security violation. Note the following: If the value of this object is zero, then the interfaces shut down due to a security violation will not be enabled automatically. The value of this object is applicable to the interface only when the value of cpaeShutdownTimeoutEnabled is true and the port security feature is disabled on the interface. Radius Accounting (cpaeRadiusAccountingEnabled) Indicates whether RADIUS accounting is enabled for this device. Reauthentication Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassReAuthTimeout) Amount of time that must elapse before reauthentication is triggered on all authenticated MAC Auth-bypass ports. Reauthentication (cpaeMacAuthBypassReAuthEnabled) Reauthentication control setting for all MAC Auth-bypass ports. When this object is set to true , every authenticated MAC Auth-Bypass port reauthenticates the device connecting to that port after the time interval specified by cpaeMacAuthBypassReAuthTimeout elapses. When this object is set to false , global MAC Auth-Bypass reauthentication is disabled. Bypass Violation (cpaeMacAuthBypassViolation) Specifies the action taken upon the receipt of a security violation event. There are two possible values: restrict(1) : Packets from the MAC address of the device causing the security violation are dropped. shutdown(2) : The port responsible for the security violation is shutdown. Authentication Shutdown Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassShutdownTimeout) Amount of time that must elapse before a port is auto-enabled after being shutdown due to a MAC Auth-bypass security violation. Authentication Fail Timeout (cpaeMacAuthBypassAuthFailTimeout) Amount of time an unauthenticated MAC Auth-bypass port waits before retrying the authentication process. Web Proxy Authentication (cpaeWebAuthEnabled) Indicates whether web proxy authentication is enabled in the system. Authentication Session Period (cpaeWebAuthSessionPeriod) Web proxy authentication session period configured for the system. The session period is the amount of time that must elapse before a web proxy authenticated session is terminated. Login Page (cpaeWebAuthLoginPage) URL of the customized login page for web proxy authentication. A customized login page must provide the same input fields provided by the default login page for users to input credentials. Note: If this object contains a zero-length string, the default login page is used. Failed Login Page (cpaeWebAuthLoginFailedPage) URL of the customized login-failed page for web proxy authentication. The login-failed page is sent to a client any time an authentication failure occurs. This page must provide the same input fields provided by the default login page for users to input credentials, as well as authentication failure information. Note: If this object contains a zero-length string, the default login-failed page is used. Quiet Period (cpaeWebAuthQuietPeriod) Amount of time a web proxy authentication state machine is held in the blackListed state after the maximum number of authentication attempts have been made. Max Retries (cpaeWebAuthMaxRetries) Maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts a user is allowed to make. Test Limits (cpaePortEapolTestLimits) The maximum number of entries allowed in cpaePortEapolTestTable. MAB Critical Recovery (cpaeMabCriticalRecoveryDelay) Specifies the critical recovery delay time for MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) in the system. A value of zero indicates that critical recovery delay for MAB is disabled. Auth Critical Recovery (cpaeWebAuthCriticalRecoveryDelay) Specifies the critical recovery delay time for Web Proxy Authentication in the system. A value of zero indicates that critical recovery delay for Web Proxy Authentication is disabled. Critical Recovery Delay (cpaeCriticalRecoveryDelay) Specifies the critical recovery delay time for 802.1x in the system. A value of zero indicates that critical recovery delay for 802.1x is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PAE_Port_Configuration.htm TITLE=PAE Port TEXT=PAE Port Navigation Port > Configure > PAE > PAE Port The following information appears: Protocol Version (dot1xPaePortProtocolVersion) Capability (dot1xPaePortCapabilities) Intialization (dot1xPaePortInitialize) ReAuthentication (dot1xPaePortReauthenticate) Multiple Host (cpaeMultipleHost) Port Mode (cpaePortMode) Vlan No (cpaeGuestVlanNumber) Guest Vlan (cpaeInGuestVlan) Shutdown Timeout (cpaeShutdownTimeoutEnabled) Auth-Fail Vlan (cpaePortAuthFailVlan) Assigned Vlan (cpaePortOperVlan) Assigned Vlan Type (cpaePortOperVlanType) VLAN Max Attempts (cpaeAuthFailVlanMaxAttempts) Protocol Version (dot1xPaePortProtocolVersion) Protocol version associated with this port. Capability (dot1xPaePortCapabilities) Indicates the PAE functionality this port supports. It will show what functionality is supported, whether it }}--> }}-->supports Authenticator functions or }}--> }}-->supplicant functions. Intialization (dot1xPaePortInitialize) Initialization control for this port. Setting this attribute to true causes the port to be initialized. The attribute reverts to false after initialization is complete. Note: This attribute can only be set to true when a porthas network connectivity and port control is in automatic mode. ReAuthentication (dot1xPaePortReauthenticate) Reauthentication control for this port. Setting this attribute to true causes the Authenticator PAE state machine for the Port to reauthenticate the supplicant. Note: This attribute can only be set to true when a porthas network connectivity, port control is in automatic mode, and port status isauthorized. Multiple Host (cpaeMultipleHost) Specifies whether the port allows multiple-host connection. Port Mode (cpaePortMode) Specifies the dot1x operation mode configured for the port. There are three possible values: singleHost(1) : The port allows one host to connect and be authenticated. multiHost(2) : The port allows multiple hosts to connect. After one host is authenticated, the remaining hosts are also authenticated. multiAuth(3) : The port allows multiple hosts to connect and be authenticated. Note: If the port security feature is enabled on the interface, the port security configuration settings (such as the number of the hosts allowed, the security violation action, etc.) are applied to the interface. Vlan No (cpaeGuestVlanNumber) Indicates the Guest VLAN configured for the interface. An interface with a cpaePortMode value of singleHost is moved to its Guest VLAN if the interface's supplicant is not capable of IEEE-802.1x authentication. When the value of this object is zero, it indicates that no Guest VLAN is configured for the interface. Guest Vlan (cpaeInGuestVlan) Indicates whether the interface is currently in its Guest VLAN. Note: The object is deprecated by cpaePortOperVlanType. Shutdown Timeout (cpaeShutdownTimeoutEnabled) Indicates whether the shutdown timeout feature is enabled on the interface. Auth-Fail Vlan (cpaePortAuthFailVlan) Specifies the Authentication Fail (Auth-Fail) VLAN for this port. A port with a cpaePortMode value of singleHost is moved to its Auth-Fail VLAN if the corresponding supplicant supports IEEE-802.1x authentication but is unsuccessfully authenticated. When the value of this object is zero, it indicates that no Auth-Fail VLAN is configured for this port. Assigned Vlan (cpaePortOperVlan) Value of VlanIndex for the VLAN assigned to this port via IEEE-802.1x authentication. When the value of this object is zero, it indicates that no VLAN is assigned to this port. Assigned Vlan Type (cpaePortOperVlanType) Type of VLAN assigned to this port via IEEE-802.1x authentication. There are four possible values: other : The VLAN assigned to this port is not of a type specified by the other possible values for this object. none : No VLAN has been assigned to this port. In this case, the corresponding value of cpaePortOperVlan is zero. guest : A Guest VLAN has been assigned to this port. This VLAN is specified by the corresponding cpaeGuestVlanNumber object. authFail : An Auth-Fail VLAN has been assigned to this port. This VLAN is specified by the corresponding cpaeAuthFailVlanNumber object. VLAN Max Attempts (cpaeAuthFailVlanMaxAttempts) The maximum number of authentication attempts made before a port is moved into the Auth-Fail VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PAE_Web_Proxy_Authentication.htm TITLE=PAE Web Proxy Authentication TEXT=PAE Web Proxy Authentication Navigation Device > Configure > PAE > PAE Web Proxy Authentication The following information appears: Address Type (cpaeWebAuthHostAddrType) Host Address (cpaeWebAuthHostAddress) Session Period (cpaeWebAuthAaaSessionPeriod) Session Leftover Time (cpaeWebAuthHostSessionTimeLeft) State (cpaeWebAuthHostState) Host Initialization (cpaeWebAuthHostInitialize) Address Type (cpaeWebAuthHostAddrType) Indicates the Internet address type of the host. Host Address (cpaeWebAuthHostAddress) Indicates the Internet address of the host. The address type is determined by the value of cpaeWebAuthHostAddrType. Session Period (cpaeWebAuthAaaSessionPeriod) Indicates the web proxy authenticated session period on this host, which is supplied by the authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) server. If the value of this object is a non-zero value, it takes precedence over the period specified by cpaeWebAuthPortSessionPeriod. Session Leftover Time (cpaeWebAuthHostSessionTimeLeft) Indicates the amount of time remaining in the current web proxy authenticated session for this host. State (cpaeWebAuthHostState) Indicates the current state of the web proxy authentication state machine. There are nine possible values: initialize : Initial state of the web proxy authentication state machine. connecting : The login page has been sent to the client; the state machine is waiting for a response from the client. authenticating : Credentials are extracted from the client's response and authentication with the AAA server begins. authenticated : Web proxy authentication has succeeded. The session timer is started, policies are applied, and the success page is sent back to the client. authFailed : Web proxy authentication failed. If the retry count has not exceeded the maximum number of attempts, the login page is resent with authentication failure information embedded within it. Otherwise, this object moves to the blackListed state. parseError : Unable to extract user credentials from the client's response. sessionTimeout : The session timer expired. User policies are removed and then the state machine moves to the intialize state. blackListed : The web proxy authentication retry count has exceeded the maximum number of attempts. To move the object from this state, you much set the value of the state machine to initialize . aaaFail : Either the AAA server is not reachable after sending an authentication request or the host has been in the blackListed state for the period of time specified by cpaeWebAuthQuietPeriod (with Inaccessible Authentication Bypass (IAB) enabled on the corresponding port connected to the host). Host Initialization (cpaeWebAuthHostInitialize) Initialization control setting for this host. When this object is set to true , the web proxy authentication state machine is initialized for the host. When this object is set to false , nothing happens. Note: This object always returns the value false when read.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PAgP_Configuration_Port.htm TITLE=PAgP Configuration TEXT=PAgP Configuration To access this dialog box: Select Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration . Click PAgP . Use this feature to display Port Aggregate Protocol (PagP) information for the Ether Channel ports configured on this device. Note: This dialog box is not displayed on ports with pagpEthcOperationMode set to off(1) or manual(2) .In addition, the Partner Details section is only displayed on ports with pagpPartnerCount set to "one(2)" or "many(3)". To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Current Interface: Operational Mode (pagpOperationMode) PAgP State (pagpPortState) State Last Change Time (pagpLastStateChanged) Hello Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) Distribution Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) Partner Details: No of Partners (pagpPartnerCount) Learn Method (pagpPartnerLearnMethod) Port Priority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) IfIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) Operational Group Capability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) Agport Index (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) Device Name (pagpPartnerDeviceName) Device Id (pagpPartnerDeviceId) Port Name (pagpPartnerPortName) MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Current Interface: Operational Mode (pagpOperationMode) Operational mode of PAgP for this interface. PAgP State (pagpPortState) State of PAgP for this interface. State Last Change Time (pagpLastStateChanged) The time at which the pagpPortState last changed. Hello Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) The time-out frequency for the PagP packet is measured as either fast or slow. When the time-out frequency isset to fast (1) , then this device uses a 3.5 second timer to time-out receipt of a PagP packet. When the time-out frequency is set to slow (2) , then this device uses a 105-second timer. Distribution Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) The name of the method used on this interface’s aggregation port (agport) to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. The typical names are Source MAC address , Source and Destination Macaddresses , or IP Flow: Source, Destination, Protocol type . Partner Details: No of Partners (pagpPartnerCount) The number of other devices known to be transmitting PAgP packets tothis device on this physical interface. There are three possible values: none(1)—The values of the remaining variablesin this section are as defined by each variable. one(2)—The values of the remaining variables in thissection are valid. many(3)—The values of the remaining variables in thissection reflect the last PAgP packet received. The values in this sectionare, in this case, unreliable, as they may change with the receipt of eachnew PAgP packet on this interface. Learn Method(pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The value of the partner's pagpLearnMethod object obtained from thePAgP packet last received on this interface. The value of this object is undefined(3) if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . Port Priority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) The value of the partner's pgapPortPriority object obtained from the PAgPpacket last received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . IfIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) The value of the partner's ifIndex object obtained from the PAgP packetlast received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCountis set to none(1) . Operational Group Capability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) The value of the partner's pagpOperGroupCapability object obtained from thePAgP packet last received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . Agport Index (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) The value of the partner's pagpGroupIfIndex object obtained from the PAgP packetlast received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCountis set to none(1) . Device Name (pagpPartnerDeviceName) The display string obtained from the PAgP packet last received on thisinterface. This object is a zero-length string if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) or no device name has been received. The value transmitted in a PAgPinformation packet should be the sysName value of the device sending thepacket. The maximum size of this display string is 255 octets. Device Id (pagpPartnerDeviceId) MAC address of the partner obtained from the PAgP packet last receivedon this interface. When pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) , theaddress displayed contains only zeroes. Port Name (pagpPartnerPortName) The display string obtained from the PAgP packet last received on thisinterface. This object is a zero-length string if pagpPartnerCount is setto none(1) or no port name has been received. The value transmitted in a PAgP packetshould be the ifName value of the interface on the device sending the packet.The maximum size of this display string is 255 octets. MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The MAC address obtained from the pAgP packet last received on this interface.When pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) or no agport MAC address hasbeen received in a PAgP packet, the address displayed contains only zeroes.Otherwise, the devicesending the TLV is promising to use the MAC address specified by this object inevery frame it sends from the agport.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PAgP_Statistics_Port.htm TITLE=PAgP Statistics TEXT=PAgP Statistics Port > Monitor > PagP Statistics Use this option to display the PAgP-related statistics for a selected port. Packets Received (pagpInPackets) Packets Sent (pagpOutPackets) Flush Packets Received (pagpInFlushes) Flush Packets Sent (pagpOutFlushes) Flush Packets Returned (pagpReturnedFlushes) Error Packets Received (pagpInErrors) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packets Received (pagpInPackets) The number of PAgP information packets received on this interface. Packets Sent (pagpOutPackets) The number of PAgP information packets transmitted on this interface Flush Packets Received (pagpInFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received and echoed on this interface notmatching any pagpDeviceId object belonging to the managed device. This objectcounts PagP flush packets originated by another device, and indicates that theother device implements the PagP flush feature and uses that feature to preventmis-ordering of data frames within an ordered stream. Flush Packets Sent (pagpOutFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets generated on this interface. This object doesnot count PagP flush packets counted in pagpInFlushes and returned to thesender. If pagpOutFlushes is counting, and pagpReturnedFlushes is not, the otherdevice may not be returning PagP flush packets. Flush Packets Returned (pagpReturnedFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received on this interface matching somepagpDeviceId belonging to this device. This object counts PagP flush packets thatwere originated by the managed device and returned to it by another device. Thecounting of returned flush packets indicates that the managed device isimplementing the PAgP flush protocol and the other device is correctly returning PAgPflush protocol packets. ErrorPackets Received (pagpInErrors) The number of packets received on this interface identified by encapsulationas PagP packets (of any type, for example: information or flush), but which werenot valid packets because of length, version, number of TLVs (the packet’s tag, length, and value), or an illegal value in an enumerated field.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Partner_Configuration.htm TITLE=Partner Configuration TEXT=Partner Configuration Port > Configure > Aggregation Control > Partner Configuration This dialog box provides the Link Aggregation Control configuration information for the aggregation port associated with this device. The following data is displayed: Admin System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID) Admin Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminKey) Oper Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperKey) Admin Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPort) Operational Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPort) Admin Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority) Operational Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority) Admin State (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminState) Operational State (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperState) Admin System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority) Operational System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Admin System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID) Administrative value associated with the system ID for this aggregation port's partner. Admin Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for the protocol partner. Oper Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperKey) Current operational value of the key for the protocol partner. Admin Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPort) Current administrative value of the port number for the protocol partner. Operational Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPort) Operational port number assigned to this aggregation port by its protocol partner. Admin Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority) Current administrative value of the port priority for the protocol partner. Operational Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority) Priority value assigned to this aggregation port by its protocol partner. Admin State (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminState) String of 8 bits that corresponds to the current administrative value of Actor_State for the protocol partner. Operational State (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperState) Current operational values of Actor_State, as transmitted in LACPDUs by its protocol partner. Admin System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority) Administrative priority value associated with the partner's system ID. Operational System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority) Operational priority value associated with the partner's system ID.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIM_Candidate_RP_Table.htm TITLE=PIM Candidate RP Table TEXT=PIM Candidate RP Table Device > Configure > Multicasting > PIM CandidateRP Table This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast(PIM) Candidate Rendezvous Point (RP) table. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Candidate RP Group Address (pimCandidateRPGroupAddress) Candidate RP Group Mask (pimCandidateRPGroupMask) Candidate RP Address (pimCandidateRPAddress) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Candidate RP Group Address (pimCandidateRPGroupAddress) IP multicast group address that, when combined with pimCandidateRPGroupMask, identifies a group prefix the local router will use when advertising itself as a Candidate-RP. Candidate RP Group Mask (pimCandidateRPGroupMask) Multicast group address mask that, when combined with pimCandidateRPGroupAddress, identifies a group prefix the local router will use when advertising itself as a Candidate-RP. Candidate RP Address (pimCandidateRPAddress) Unicast address of the interface which will be advertised as a Candidate-RP.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIM_Component_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Components TEXT=PIM Components Device > Configure > Multicasting > PIM Components This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) domain. One row is displayedfor each domain the router is connected to. A PIM-SM domain is defined as an area of the network over whichbootstrap messages are forwarded. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: BSR Address (pimComponentBSRAddress) BSR Expiry Time (pimComponentBSRExpiryTime) Candidate RP Hold Time (pimComponentCRPHoldTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. BSR Address (pimComponentBSRAddress) IP address of the bootstrap router (BSR) for the local PIM region. BSR Expiry Time (pimComponentBSRExpiryTime) Minimum time remaining before the BSR in the local domain is declared down. For candidate BSRs, this object indicates the amount of time before a component sends an RP-Set message. For other routers, this object indicates the amount of time a component waits before accepting an RP-Set message from a lower candidate BSR. Candidate RP Hold Time (pimComponentCRPHoldTime) Hold time of a component when it is a candidate RP in the local domain. The value 0 indicates that the local system is not a candidate RP.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIM_Interface_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Interface Details TEXT=PIM Interface Details Device > Configure > Multicasting > PIM Interface Details The PIM Interface Details dialog box lists the interfaces on which IGMP and Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) are enabled. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Interface Address (pimInterfaceAddress) Net Mask (pimInterfaceNetMask) PIM Mode (pimInterfaceMode) Designated Router (pimInterfaceDR) Hello Interval (pimInterfaceHelloInterval) Prune Interval (pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval) Candidate Boot Strap Router (pimInterfaceCBSRPreference) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Address (pimInterfaceAddress) IP address of the PIM interface. Net Mask (pimInterfaceNetMask) Network mask for the PIM interface's IP address. PIM Mode (pimInterfaceMode) Configured mode of this PIM interface. Designated Router (pimInterfaceDR) Router designated to this PIM interface. For point-to-point interfaces, this object has the value 0.0.0.0 . Hello Interval (pimInterfaceHelloInterval) Frequency at which PIM Hello messages are transmitted on this interface. Prune Interval (pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval) Frequency at which PIM Join/Prune messages are transmitted on this interface.The default value of this object is the value of pimJoinPruneInterval. Candidate Boot Strap Router (pimInterfaceCBSRPreference) Preference value for the local interface when acting as a candidate bootstraprouter. The value -1 indicates that the local interface is not acandidate bootstrap interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIM_Neighbor_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Neighbor Details TEXT=PIM Neighbor Details Device > Configure > Multicasting > PIM Neighbor Details This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast(PIM) neighbor device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Neighbor ifIndex (pimNeighborIfIndex) Neighbor UpTime (pimNeighborUpTime) Neighbor Expiry Time (pimNeighborExpiryTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Neighbor ifIndex (pimNeighborIfIndex) Value of ifIndex for the interface used to reach this PIM neighbor. Neighbor UpTime (pimNeighborUpTime) The amount time since this PIM neighbor last became a neighbor of the localrouter. Neighbor Expiry Time (pimNeighborExpiryTime) Minimum amount of time remaining before this PIM neighbor is aged out.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIM_RP_Set_Table.htm TITLE=PIM RP-SET Table TEXT=PIM RP-Set Table Device > Configure > Multicasting > PIM RP-SetTable This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM)Rendezvous Point (RP) Set table. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: RP Set Group Address (pimRPSetGroupAddress) RP Set Group Mask (pimRPSetGroupMask) RP Set Address (pimRPSetAddress) RP Set Hold Time (pimRPSetHoldTime) RP Set Expiry Time (pimRPSetExpiryTime) RP Set Component (pimRPSetComponent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. RP Set Group Address (pimRPSetGroupAddress) IP multicast group address that, when combined with pimRPSetGroupMask, indicates the group prefix for which this entry contains information about the Candidate-RP. RP Set Group Mask (pimRPSetGroupMask) Multicast group address mask that, when combined with pimRPSetGroupAddress, indicates the group prefix for which this entry contains information about the Candidate-RP. RP Set Address (pimRPSetAddress) IP address of the Candidate-RP. RP Set Hold Time (pimRPSetHoldTime) Indicates the hold time of a Candidate-RP. If the local router is not thebootstrap router, the value of this object is 0 . RP Set Expiry Time (pimRPSetExpiryTime) Minimum amount of time remaining before the Candidate-RP is declared down. If the local router is not the bootstrap router, the value of this object is 0 . RP Set Component (pimRPSetComponent) A number that uniquely identifies the component. Each protocol instance connected to a separate domain should have a different index value.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PIX_Device_Manager.htm TITLE=PIX Device Manager TEXT=PIX Device Manager The Cisco PIX&reg; Device Manager (PDM) is a browser-based configuration tool that enables you to graphically set up, configure, and monitor your Cisco PIX Firewall running version 6.0 or later over a secure administrative session. PDM is implemented as a signed Java applet which uploads to your PC or workstation when you point your browser at the PIX Firewall with a plug-in or other software to be installed beforehand. PDM simplifies administration by allowing you to configure all of your PIX Firewalls using visual tools, such as tables, drop-down menus, and task-oriented selections, right from your standard desktop web browser. However, PDM also maintains compatibility with the PIX Firewall Command Line Interface (CLI) and includes a tool for using the standard CLI commands with the convenience of a browser connection. In addition, PDM enables you to monitor connections, traffic and other activity over time with graphs which can also be printed. To launch PIX Device Manager: Right-click the firewall service blade, then select Launch PIX Device Manager .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/poe_details.htm TITLE=Power Over Ethernet Details TEXT=Power Over Ethernet Details Navigation Power over Ethernet Module > Config > Power Over Ethernet Details This dialog box provides the power details for a Power over Ethernet module. The following information is displayed: Nominal Power (pethMainPsePower) Total Used Power (pethMainPseConsumptionPower) Inline Power Status (pethMainPseOperStatus) Threshold Notification (pethNotificationControlEnable) Threshold Value (pethMainPseUsageThreshold) Nominal Power (pethMainPsePower) Nominal power of the main power source entity (PSE), measured in watts. Total Used Power (pethMainPseConsumptionPower) Total amount of power used by the main PSE, measured in watts. Inline Power Status (pethMainPseOperStatus) Operational status of the main PSE. Threshold Notification (pethNotificationControlEnable) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that agent notifications are enabled. Threshold Value (pethMainPseUsageThreshold) When the PSE exceeds the power usage percentage specified by this object, an alarm is generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policer_Change.htm TITLE=Policer Selection Change TEXT=Policer Change Configuration > Policies > Policer Selection > Add/Edit > Change To select a particular Micro Flow or Aggregate Flow policer: Click Change to bring up the Select a Micro Policy or Select an Aggregate Policy dialog box. From the list of Micro or Aggregate policies, depending on which button you clicked, select the desired policy. Click OK .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policy_Configuration.htm TITLE=Policies TEXT=Policies Configuration > Policies Policing is the process by which a device limits the bandwidth consumed by a flow of traffic. Policing can either mark or drop traffic. Marking is the process of setting a DSCP value (for Layer 3) or CoS value (for Layer 2) in the headers. Dropping is the process where packets exceeding a certain threshold are dropped from the interface. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policy_Names.htm TITLE=Policy Names TEXT=Policy Names Configuration > Policies > Policer Names This dialog box displays a list of configured flow policies. A flow policy is a rule consisting of normal rate, excess rate, burst rate, and drop-or-mark indication. From here, you can launch dialog boxes to add, edit, or delete policies. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Configured Policies (caqFlowPolicerName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add Policy to open the Add/Edit Policy dialog box and add a new policy. Click Edit Policy to open the Add/Edit Policy dialog box and edit an existing policy. Click Delete Policy to remove an existing policy. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Configured Policies (caqFlowPolicerName) The name of a policy. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policy_Selection.htm TITLE=Policy Selection TEXT=Policy Selection Configuration > Policies > Policer Selection This dialog box lists existing policy selections. From here, you can add, edit, or delete policy selections. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Policy Selections (caqQosActionSelectTable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Add to open the Add/Edit Policer Selection dialog box and add a new policy selection. Click Edit to open the Add/Edit Policer Selection dialog box and modify an existing policy selection. Click Delete to remove an existing policy selection. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Policy Selections (caqQosActionSelectTable) Describes the actions of Access Control Entries (ACEs). The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policy_Statistics.htm TITLE=Policy Statistics TEXT=Policy Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Policy Statistics . The following information is displayed: UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Policy_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Policy Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Policy Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Policy Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) UnMatched Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoMatchPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because they failed to match any configured policy. No Policy Rejects (cslbxStatsNoCfgPolicyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching virtual server was not configured with any policy. No Active Server Rejects (cslbxStatsNoActiveServerRejects) Number of connections rejected because the chosen server farm did not have any active servers. Client Group Rejects (cslbxStatsAclDenyRejects) Number of connections rejected because the matching client access list was configured to deny access.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Port_Authenticator_Configuration.htm TITLE=Port Authenticator TEXT=Port Authenticator Port > Configure > PAE > Port Authenticator The Port Access Entity (PAE) that performs authentication before allowing access to services available through that port is referred to as the authenticator PAE. In the authenticator role, the PAE is responsible for communicating with the supplicant and forwarding the information received from the supplicant to a suitable authentication server, in order to verify the credentials and determine the appropriate authorization state. Keep in mind that the functionality of the authenticator PAE is independent of the actual authentication method. It merely acts as an intermediary for the authentication exchange. The Port Authenticator Configuration dialog box displays the following data: State (dot1xAuthPaeState) Backend Authentication }}--> }}-->(dot1xAuthBackendAuthState) Admin Control Directions (dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections) Operation Control Directions (dot1xAuthOperControlledDirections) Port Status (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortStatus) Port Control (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl) Authentication (dot1xAuthReAuthEnabled) Authentication Key (dot1xAuthKeyTxEnabled) Auth-Bypass (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortEnabled) Auth-Bypass Initialization (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortInitialize) Reauthentication (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortReAuth) Mac Address (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortMacAddress) State (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortAuthState) Web Authentication (cpaeWebAuthPortEnabled) Web Auth Initialization (cpaeWebAuthPortInitialize) Term Action (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortTermAction) Time Left (cpaeMacAuthBypassSessionTimeLeft) AAA Fail Policy (cpaeWebAuthPortAaaFailPolicy) State (dot1xAuthPaeState) Current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine. Backend Authentication }}--> }}-->(dot1xAuthBackendAuthState) Current state of the Backend Authentication state machine. Admin Control Directions (dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections) Current value of the administratively controlled directions parameter for this port. Operation Control Directions (dot1xAuthOperControlledDirections) Current value of the operationally controlled directions parameter for this port. Port Status (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortStatus) Current value of the controlled port status parameter for this port. Port Control (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl) Current value of the controlled port control parameter for this port. Note: This object cannot be modified on a channeling port. Authentication (dot1xAuthReAuthEnabled) Enable/disable control used by the Reauthentication Timer state machine. Authentication Key (dot1xAuthKeyTxEnabled ) Value of the Key Transmission–enabled constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Auth-Bypass (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortEnabled) Indicates whether MAC Auth-Bypass is enabled on this port. Auth-Bypass Initialization (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortInitialize) Initialization control setting for this port. When this object is set to true , the MAC Auth-bypass state machine is initialized on this port. When this object is set to false , nothing happens. Note: This object always returns the value false when read. Reauthentication (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortReAuth) Reauthentication control setting for this port. When this object is set to true , the MAC address of the device connecting to this port is reauthenticated. When this object is set to false , nothing happens. Note: This object always returns the value false when read. Mac Address (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortMacAddress) MAC address of the device connecting to this port. State (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortAuthState) Current state of the MAC Auth-Bypass state machine. There are seven possible values: other(1) : Indicates an unknown state. waiting(2) : The state machine is waiting to receive the MAC address that needs to be authenticated. authenticating(3) : In authentication process. authenticated(4) : MAC address of the device connecting to this port has been authenticated. fail(5) : MAC Auth-bypass authentication failed. If there are no other authentication features available in the system, this port waits for a period of time before moving to the waiting state. finished(6) : MAC Auth-bypass authentication failed. This port has been authenticated by another authentication feature. aaaFail(7) : The	AAA server is not reachable after either the authentication request is sent or after the reauthentication timeout expires (with Inaccessible Authentication Bypass (IAB) enabled on the port). Web Authentication (cpaeWebAuthPortEnabled) Specifies whether web proxy authentication is enabled on this port. Web Auth Initialization (cpaeWebAuthPortInitialize) Initialization control setting for this port. When this object is set to true , the web proxy authentication state machine is initialized for all hosts connecting to this port. When this object is set to false , nothing happens. Note: This object always returns the value false when read. Term Action (cpaeMacAuthBypassPortTermAction) The termination action received from a RADIUS server that will be applied on the port when the current session timeout expires. There are three possible values: other : none of the following init : the current session will be terminated and a new authentication process will be initiated reauth : reauthentication will be applied without terminating the current session Time Left (cpaeMacAuthBypassSessionTimeLeft) Indicates the amount of time remaining in the current MAC Auth-Bypass session on this port. AAA Fail Policy (cpaeWebAuthPortAaaFailPolicy) The policy name to be applied on the port when the value of the corresponding cpaeWebAuthHostState is aaaFail . The specified policy name must either be an existing entry in cpgPolicyTable (defined in CISCO-POLICY-GROUP-MIB) or an empty string, which indicates that there will be no policy name applied on the port when the value of the corresponding cpaeWebAuthHostState is aaaFail .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Port_Configuration.htm TITLE=Port Configuration TEXT=Port Configuration Port > Configure > Aggregation Control This dialog box provides the Link Aggregation Control configuration information for the aggregation port associated with this device. The following data is displayed: Protocol Type (clagAggProtocolType) Admin Status (clagAggPortAdminStatus) Port Selected Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortSelectedAggID) Port Attached Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortAttachedAggID) Actor Port (dot3adAggPortActorPort) Actor Port Priority (1..255) (dot3adAggPortActorPortPriority) Aggregation Port State (Aggregate/Individual) (dot3adAggPortAggregateOrIndividual) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Protocol Type (clagAggProtocolType) Aggregation protocol type for this interface. If an aggregation protocol is assigned to any of the ports in a group, then the aggregation protocol is applied to all the ports in that group. (A group is a collection of ports which belong to a module or system.) On some platforms, the aggregation protocol type can be assigned per aggregator. Admin Status (clagAggPortAdminStatus) Administrative status of the LACP protocol on this aggregation port. Port Selected Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortSelectedAggID) Identifier of the aggregator this aggregation port currently has selected. Port Attached Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortAttachedAggID) Identifier of the aggregator this aggregation port is currently attached to. Actor Port (dot3adAggPortActorPort) Port number locally assigned to this aggregation port. ActorPort Priority (1..255) (dot3adAggPortActorPortPriority) Priority value assigned to this aggregation port. Aggregation Port State (Aggregate/Individual) (dot3adAggPortAggregateOrIndividual) Read-only value that indicates whether this aggregation port operates as an aggregate or individual link.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Power_Supply_Status.htm TITLE=Power Supply Status TEXT=Power Supply Status Device > Configure > Power Supply Status This dialog box provides information on the power supplies maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: Status Index (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusIndex) Supply Source (ciscoEnvMonSupplySource) }}--> }}--> Supply Status Description (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusDescr) Supply State (ciscoEnvMonSupplyState) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Status Index (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusIndex) Unique identifier for the power supply being used. This value is used for SNMP purposes only, and has no intrinsic signficance. Supply Source (ciscoEnvMonSupplySource) }}--> }}--> Power supply source; there are 5 possible values: AC—AC power supply DC—DC power supply externalPowerSupply—external power supply internalRedundant—internal redundant power supply unknown—power supply source is unknown Supply Status Description (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusDescr) Textual description of the power supply being used. Supply State (ciscoEnvMonSupplyState) Current state of the power supply being used.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Priority_Table.htm TITLE=Priority Table TEXT=Priority Table Device > Configure > AAA Configuration This category provides information on entries for AAA authentication methods. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Session (cacSession) Authentication (cacAuthen) Login Mode (cacLoginMode) Method (cacEnable) Priority Number (cacPriorityNumber) Primary Method (cacPrimaryMethod) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Session (cacSession) Session type used to connect to the network device. Authentication (cacAuthen) Authentication method to authenticate users. Login Mode (cacLoginMode) Mode used to login to the network device. Method (cacEnable) Indicates whether the authentication method denoted by cacAuthen is enabled or not. Priority Number (cacPriorityNumber) Number used to authenticate a user session. Primary Method (cacPrimaryMethod) Indicates whether the authentication method denoted by cacAuthen is the primary (first one to be tried) method when there are multiple authentication methods configured. Note: You cannot set the current primary method to false directly. Instead, you must specify another method as the new primary method.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Private_VLAN.htm TITLE=Private VLAN TEXT=Private VLAN Port > Configure > PrivateVLAN The Private VLAN window contains the following MIBs: Multi Primary VLANs (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicates whether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remapping objects (i.e. cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) can or cannot belong to multiple primary VLANs for this port. Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap(1-4)k) Secondary Remap field is a combination of the following 3 fields: cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k. Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 2047 in the management domain on this port. Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) A string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 3071 in the management domain on this port. Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) A string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 4095 in the management domain on this port. TwoWayCommunity Remap Capable (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether the port is currently in promiscuous mode for Private VLAN feature. Note: Extended range VLAN values (1025-4094) are supported by Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Private_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Private VLAN Details TEXT=Private VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > Private VLAN Details This dialog box displays private VLAN information on theVLANs that are currently configured on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Textual identifier assigned to a VLAN. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type, as defined for private VLAN features. Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) Identifier of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN featureif the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType is either isolated(3) , community(4) , or twoWayCommunity(5) . When the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanTypeis either normal(1) or primary(2) , then this object hasa value of zero. Please note the following: One isolated VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN. Similarly, one primary VLAN can be associated with only one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community or two-way community VLANs. However, the opposite is not true. One community or two-way community VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Promiscuous_Port_Details.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port Details TEXT=Promiscuous Port Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > Promiscuous Port Details This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLAN to primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicates whether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remapping objects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong to multiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondary VLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be the same. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature. When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can perform only one-way remappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When this object is set to true(1) , a promiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Protocol_Statistics.htm TITLE=Protocol Statistics TEXT=Protocol Statistics Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Protocol Statistics . The following information is displayed: FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropper HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropper HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Protocol_Statistics_Delta.htm TITLE=Protocol Statistics - DELTA TEXT=Protocol Statistics - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Protocol Statistics - DELTA . The following information is displayed: FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Dropper HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) FTP Connections (cslbxStatsFtpConns) Number of connections made to virtual servers via FTP. HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsHttpRedirectConns) Number of connections made to HTTP redirect servers. Dropper HTTP Redirect Connections (cslbxStatsDroppedRedirectConns) Number of connections dropped by HTTP redirect servers.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Allocation_Failures.htm TITLE=Allocation Failures TEXT=Allocation Failures Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the System Information folder and then select File Systems . With a table entry selected, click Allocation Failures . From the Allocation Failures dialog box, you can view information about the allocation failures that have taken place in your system's file systems. Allocation Failures (hrStorageAllocationFailures) Number of storage requests that could not be honored because of a lack of storage space. Note: Since this object has a syntax of Counter32, it does not have an initial value defined. However, it is recommended that you initialize this object to zero, even though management stations do not depend on such an initialization.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_ARP_Table.htm TITLE=ARP Table TEXT=ARP Table Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Network Details folder and then select ARP Table . The ARP Table dialog box lists IP addresses configured in the system and their corresponding physical addresses. This dialog box displays the following data: Interface Name (Interface Name) MAC Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) IP Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) Type (ipNetToMediaType) Interface Name (Interface Name) Interface on which the equivalent of this entry is effective. Note: The value of this object is equal to the value of the ifDescr object that corresponds to the index returned by ipNetToMediaIfIndex. MAC Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Media-dependent physical address. IP Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address corresponding to the media-dependent physical address. Type(ipNetToMediaType) Specifies the mapping type. There are four possible values: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) invalid mapping dynamic (3) dynamic mapping static (4) static mapping Note: Whether the agent removesan invalid mapping from ipNetToMediaTable is implementation–specific.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/psd_config.htm TITLE=PSD Configuration TEXT=PSD Configuration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select the category PSD Configuration . The following information appears: PSD Client Notification (cPsdClientNotifEnable) PSD Client Notification (cPsdClientNotifEnable) Specifies whether the agent should generate the notifications defined in this MIB module. When set to true , enables the device to generate notifications. When set to false , disables the device from generating notifications.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/psd_data_store_auto_retrieval.htm TITLE=PSD Data Store & Auto-retrieval TEXT=PSD Data Store & Auto-retrieval Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category PSD Data Store & Auto-retrieval The following information appears: Data-Store Name (cPsdClientDSName) Enable/Disable CDR (cPsdClientDSAutoRetrieve) Maximum Retrieval (cPsdClientDSMaxRetrieve) Data Store Row Status (cPsdClientDSRowStatus) Data-Store Name (cPsdClientDSName) Name of the configured data-store. Enable/Disable CDR (cPsdClientDSAutoRetrieve) Indicates whether Call Detail Record (CDR) auto-retrieval functionality is enabled. When set to true , auto-retrieval is enabled. When set to false , auto-retrieval is disabled. Maximum Retrieval (cPsdClientDSMaxRetrieve) Specifies the maximum retrieval value used when auto-retrieve is enabled, that is, when the value of the corresponding instance of cPsdClientDSAutoRetrieve is set to true. Data Store Row Status (cPsdClientDSRowStatus) Used to create a row or delete an existing row.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_File_Systems.htm TITLE=File Systems TEXT=File Systems Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the System Information folder and then select File Systems . From the File Systems dialog box, you can view information about the file systems present in this system. The following information is displayed: Index (hrStorageIndex) Mount Point (hrFSMountPoint) Type of Access (hrFSAccess) Is Bootable (hrFSBootable) Storage Size (Storage Size) Index (hrStorageIndex) Unique value assigned to each logical storage area contained by the host. Mount Point (hrFSMountPoint) Path name of this file system's root. Type of Access (hrFSAccess) Indicates whether this file system is logically configured by the operating system to be both readable and writable or just readable. This object does not represent any local access-control policies, except for ones that are applied to the entire file system. Is Bootable (hrFSBootable) Indicates whether this file system is bootable. Storage Size (Storage Size) Indicates the total amount of storage space available. The value of this object is calculated using the following formula: Storage Size = hrStorageSize * hrStorageAllocationUnits
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Hard_Disks.htm TITLE=Hard Disks TEXT=Hard Disks Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the System Information folder and then select Hard Disks . From the Hard Disks dialog box, you can view information about the hard disks present in this system. The following information is displayed: Description (hrDeviceDescr) Access Type (hrDiskStorageAccess) Storage Media (hrDiskStorageMedia) Is Removable (hrDiskStorageRemoveble) Capacity (hrDiskStorageCapacity) Description (hrDeviceDescr) Textual description of this device which includes the device's manufacturer, revision, and serial number (optional). Access Type (hrDiskStorageAccess) Indicates whether this long-term storage device is both readable and writable or just readable. This value of this object should reflect the media type, any write-protect mechanism in place, and any device configuration that affects the entire device. Storage Media (hrDiskStorageMedia) Indicates the type of media used in this long-term storage device. There are eight possible values: other(1) opticalDiskROM(5) unknown(2) opticalDiskWORM(6)* hardDisk(3) opticalDiskRW(7) floppyDisk(4) ramDisk(8) * Write Once Read Many Is Removable (hrDiskStorageRemoveble) Indicates whether the disk media can be removed from the drive. Capacity (hrDiskStorageCapacity) Total size of this long-term storage device, in kilobytes. If the media is removable and is currently not in the drive, then the value of this object should be zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_ICMP_Statistics.htm TITLE=ICMP Statistics TEXT=ICMP Statistics Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Statistics folder and then select ICMP Statistics . From the ICMP Statistics dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis system by monitoring ICMP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: Source Quenchs Received (icmpInSrcQuenchs) Source Quenchs Sent (icmpOutSrcQuenchs) Redirects Received (icmpInRedirects) Redirects Sent (icmpOutRedirects) Echo Requests Received (icmpInEchos) Echo Requests Sent (icmpOutEchos) Echo Replies Received (icmpInEchoReps) Echo Replies Sent (icmpOutEchoReps) Time Stamp Requests Received (icmpInTimestamps) Time Stamp Requests Sent (icmpOutTimestamps) Time Stamp Replies Received (icmpInTimestampReps) Time Stamp Replies Sent (icmpOutTimestampReps) Address Mask Requests Received (icmpInAddrMasks) Address Mask Requests Sent (icmpOutAddrMasks) Address Mask Replies Received (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Address Mask Replies Sent (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Parameter Problems Received (icmpInParmProbs) Parameter Problems Sent (icmpOutParmProbs) Destination Unreachables Received (icmpInDestUnreachs) Destination Unreachables Sent (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Time Exceeds Received (icmpInTimeExcds) Time Exceeds Sent (icmpOutTimeExcds) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . Source Quenchs Received (icmpInSrcQuenchs) Number of ICMP source quench messages received. Source Quenchs Sent (icmpOutSrcQuenchs) Number of ICMP source quench messages sent. Redirects Received (icmpInRedirects) Number of ICMP redirect messages received. Redirects Sent (icmpOutRedirects) Number of ICMP redirect messages sent. For a host, the value of this object willalways be zero because hosts do not send redirect messages. Echo Requests Received (icmpInEchos) Number of ICMP Echo request messages received. Echo Requests Sent (icmpOutEchos) Number of ICMP Echo request messages sent. Echo Replies Received (icmpInEchoReps) Number of ICMP Echo reply messages received. Echo Replies Sent (icmpOutEchoReps) Number of ICMP Echo reply messages sent. Time Stamp Requests Received (icmpInTimestamps) Number of ICMP timestamp request messages received. Time Stamp Requests Sent (icmpOutTimestamps) Number of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent. Time Stamp Replies Received (icmpInTimestampReps) Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. Time Stamp Replies Sent (icmpOutTimestampReps) Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent. Address Mask Requests Received (icmpInAddrMasks) Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received. Address Mask Requests Sent (icmpOutAddrMasks) Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. Address Mask Replies Received (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received. Address Mask Replies Sent (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. Parameter Problems Received (icmpInParmProbs) Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received. Note: These messages usually relate to problems in the optionalIP header fields. Parameter Problems Sent (icmpOutParmProbs) Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent. Destination Unreachables Received (icmpInDestUnreachs) Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received. Destination Unreachables Sent (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent. Time Exceeds Received (icmpInTimeExcds) Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received. Time Exceeds Sent (icmpOutTimeExcds) Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Interface_Details1.htm TITLE=Interface Details (table) TEXT=Interface Details (table) Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, select Interface Details . From the Interface Details dialog box, you can view a table which lists the interfaces present in the PSD card. Note: To view detailed information for a particular interface, double-click on the Interface Details folder and then select the desired interface. This dialog box displays the following data: Interface Index (ifIndex) Interface Description (ifDescr) Interface Index (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, assigned to each interface. Interface Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Interface_Details2.htm TITLE=Interface Details TEXT=Interface Details Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Interface Details folder and then select the desired interface. From the Interface Details dialog box, you can view both configuration and statistical information for each interface present in the PSD card. This dialog box displays the following data: Configure Name (ifDescr) Type (ifType) MTU Size (ifMtu) Speed (ifSpeed) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) IP Address(ipAdEntAddr) SubnetMask (ipAdEntNetMask) Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Statistics Utilization (Utilization) In Octets (ifInOctets) In Unicast Packets (ifInUcastPkts) In Errors (ifInErrors) Out Octets (ifOutOctets) Out Unicast Packets (ifOutUcastPkts) Out Discards (ifOutDiscards) Out Errors (ifOutErrors) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . Configure Name (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object contains a stringwhich identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interfacehardware/software version. Type (ifType) Indicates the interface type. MTU Size (ifMtu) Size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface,specified in octets. For interfaces that transmit network datagrams, thisis the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits persecond. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Address of the interface at its protocol sublayer. The media-specific MIB on the interface must define the bit and byte ordering and format ofthe value contained by this object. IP Address(ipAdEntAddr) IP address of an entry. SubnetMask (ipAdEntNetMask) Subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. The mask valueis an IP address with the network bits set to 1 and the hosts bits setto 0 . Administrative Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. Note: For dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156,5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to performan active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Statistics Utilization (Utilization) Indicates the bandwidth utilized by the interface. The value of this object is calculated using the following formula: Utilization = max (&#8710;ifInOctets, &#8710;ifOutOctets) * 800 (number of seconds in &#8710;) * ifSpeed In Octets (ifInOctets) Total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters. In Unicast Packets (ifInUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets received. In Errors (ifInErrors) For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets containing errors which prevent their transmission to a higher layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units containing errors which prevent their transmission to a higher layer protocol. Out Octets (ifOutOctets) Total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. Out Unicast Packets (ifOutUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets sent. Out Discards (ifOutDiscards) Number of outbound packets discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their transmission. One possible reason for discarding packets is to free up buffer space. Out Errors (ifOutErrors) For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_IP_Routing_Table.htm TITLE=IP Routing Table TEXT=IP Routing Table Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Network Details folder and then select IP Routing Table . From the IP Routing Table dialog box, you can enable/disable forwarding on thisdevice and make changes to any route. This dialog box displays the following data: Destination Address (ipRouteDest) Outgoing Interface (ipRouteIfIndex) Metric1 (ipRouteMetric) Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Route Type (ipRouteType) Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Subnet Mask (ipRouteMask) Destination Address (ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of this route. An entry with the value 0.0.0.0 is considered a default route. Note: Multiple routes to a single destination can appear in thetable. Access to multiple entries depends on the table access mechanismsdefined by the network management protocol in use. Outgoing Interface (ipRouteIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies thelocal interface through which the next hop of this route should be reached. Metric1 (ipRouteMetric) Specifies the primary routing metric for the route. Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) IP address of the next hop on this route. In the case of a route boundto an interface which is realized through broadcast media, the value ofthis object is the IP address of the agent on that interface. Route Type (ipRouteType) Specifies the type of route. There are 4 possible values: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) an invalid route direct (3) route to directly connected network or subnetwork indirect (4) route to a non-local host/network/subnetwork Note: Whether the agent removes an invalid entry from the tableis implementation–specific. Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Routing mechanism through which this route was learned. There are 14 possible values: other(1) rip(8) local(2) is-is(9) netmgmt(3) es-is(10) icmp(4) ciscoIgrp(11) egp(5) bbnSpfIgp(12) ggp(6) ospf(13) hello(7) bgp(14) Note: Inclusion ofvalues for gateway routing protocols is not intended to imply that hostsshould support these protocols. Subnet Mask (ipRouteMask) Indicates the mask to be logical-ANDed with the destination addressbefore being compared to the value in the ipRouteDest field. For systemsthat do not support arbitrary subnet masks, the agent constructs ipRouteMaskby determining whether the corresponding ipRouteDest object belongs to a class A, B, or C network: Class A 255.0.0.0 Class B 255.255.0.0 Class C 255.255.255.0 Note: If the value ipRouteDest is 0.0.0.0 (the default value),then the value of the mask is also 0.0.0.0 . All IP routing subsystemsimplicitly use this convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_IP_Statistics.htm TITLE=IP Statistics TEXT=IP Statistics Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Statistics folder and then select IP Statistics . From the IP Statistics dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis system by monitoring IP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: Datagrams Received (ipInReceives) Header Errors (ipInHdrErrors) Address Errors (ipInAddrErrors) Unsupported Protocol Errors (ipInUnknownProtos) In Discards (ipInDiscards) Delivered Datagrams (ipInDelivers) Out Requests (ipOutRequests) Out Discard (ipOutDiscards) No Route Datagrams (ipOutNoRoutes) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . Datagrams Received (ipInReceives) Total number of input datagrams received frominterfaces, including those received in error. Header Errors (ipInHdrErrors) Number of input datagrams discarded becauseof errors in their IP headers, such as: bad checksums version numbermismatches format errors time-to-live exceeded errors errors discovered during the processing of IP options for a datagram Address Errors (ipInAddrErrors) Number of input datagrams discarded becausethe IP address in their IP header destination field was invalid. The valueof this object includes invalid addresses and addresses of unsupported classes (for example,Class E). For entities that are not IP gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams, the valueof this object includes datagrams discarded because the destinationaddress was not a local address. Unsupported Protocol Errors (ipInUnknownProtos) Number of locally-addressed datagrams receivedand discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. In Discards (ipInDiscards) Number of input IP datagrams that can be continuallyprocessed but were discarded anyway. The valueof this object does not include any datagramsdiscarded while awaiting reassembly. Delivered Datagrams (ipInDelivers) Total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user protocols (including ICMP). Out Requests (ipOutRequests) Total number of IP datagrams which local IPuser protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in transmission requests. The value of this object does not include datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams. Out Discard (ipOutDiscards) Number of output IP datagrams for which no problemwas encountered to prevent their transmission but were discarded anyway. No Route Datagrams (ipOutNoRoutes) Number of IP datagrams discarded because noroute was found to transmit them through. The valueof this object includes datagramswhich could not be routed because a host's default gateways are down.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Memory_Details.htm TITLE=Memory Details TEXT=Memory Details Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the System Information folder and then select Memory Details . From the Memory Details dialog box, you can view information about the memory available on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card. The following information is displayed: Index (hrStorageIndex) Description (hrStorageDescr) Storage Size (Storage Size) Index (hrStorageIndex) Unique value assigned to each logical storage area contained by the host. Description (hrStorageDescr) Describes the type and instance of the storage associated with this entry. Storage Size (Storage Size) Indicates the amount of storage available on the host. The value of this object is calculated using the following formula: Storage Size = hrStorageSize * hrStorageAllocationUnits
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Physical.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select Configure . In the Physical dialog box, you can view general information about this PSD card. The following information is displayed: Name of the Module (moduleName) Module Model (moduleModel) Serial Number (moduleSerialNumberString) Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Status (moduleStatus) IP Address (moduleIPAddress) Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Name of the Module (moduleName) Name assigned to the module or card by the network administrator (for example, London ). Module Model (moduleModel) Manufacturer&#146;s model number for the card or module. Serial Number (moduleSerialNumberString) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023 ). Hardware Version (moduleHwVersion) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1 ). Firmware Version (moduleFwVersion) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0 ). Software Version (moduleSwVersion) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2 ). Status (moduleStatus) Current status of the module or card. Possible values include: other ok minorFault majorFault If the status is not ok , refer to the value of the Diagnostic Errors field for more information about the cause of the problem. IP Address (moduleIPAddress) IP address of the module or card. The value 0.0.0.0 may initially be set for this object. As a result, you will be prompted to enter the appropriate IP address when you right-click on the card and then select PSD Details from the context menu. After you specify an IP address, this object will display the value you entered. Note: This field is only displayed on IDS, NAM, and PSD modules. Diagnostic Errors (moduleTestResult) Result of the module&#146;s self-test. The value none indicates that the module passed all tests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Running_Processes_Configure.htm TITLE=Running Processes TEXT=Running Processes Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, select Running Processes . From the Running Processes dialog box, you can view information about the processes that are currently running in the system. The following information is displayed: Index (hrSWRunIndex) Name (hrSWRunName) Path (hrSWRunPath) Parameters (hrSWRunParameters) Type (hrSWRunType) Status (hrSWRunStatus) Index (hrSWRunIndex) A unique value assigned to each piece of software running on the host. When possible, this value should be the system's native, unique identification number. Name (hrSWRunName) Textual description of this piece of software that is currently running, indicating the manufacturer, revision, and name by which the software is commonly known. If this software was installed locally, the value of this object should be the same string used in the corresponding hrSWInstalledName object. Path (hrSWRunPath) Indicates the location on long-term storage (for example, a disk drive) from which this software was loaded. Parameters (hrSWRunParameters) Describes the parameters configured for this software when it was initially loaded. Type (hrSWRunType) Indicates what type this piece of software is. There are four possible values: unknown(1) operatingSystem(2) deviceDriver(3) application(4) Status (hrSWRunStatus) Indicates the current status of this piece of software. There are four possible values: running(1) runnable(2) – waiting for a resource (such as CPU, memory, etc.) notRunnable(3) – loaded, but waiting for an event invalid(4) – not loaded To stop this piece of software from running and unload it, set the value of this object to invalid(4) . Note that you cannot set the value of this object to anything other than invalid(4) .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Running_Processes_Monitor.htm TITLE=Monitor Process TEXT=Monitor Process Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, select Running Processes . With a table entry selected, click Monitor . From the Monitor Process dialog box, you can view the memory and CPU utilization statistics for each process currently running in the system. The following information is displayed: Total CPU Consumption (hrSWRunPerfCPU) Total Memory Consumption (hrSWRunPerfMem) Total CPU Consumption (hrSWRunPerfCPU) Total amount of the system's CPU resources, measured in centiseconds, consumed by this process. Note that on a multi-processor system, this value may increment by more than one centisecond in one centisecond of real (wall clock) time. Total Memory Consumption (hrSWRunPerfMem) Total amount of real system memory allocated to this process.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/psd_server.htm TITLE=psd_server TEXT=PSD Server Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. elect category PSD Server . The following information appears: Data-Store Name (cPsdClientDSName) PSD Server Address Type (cPsdClientDSServerAddressTyp) PSD Server Address (cPsdClientDSServerAddress) Write/Retrievable Service (cPsdClientDSRetrieveOnly) Server Row Status (cPsdClientDSServerRowStatus) Data-Store Name (cPsdClientDSName) Name of the configured data-store. PSD Server Address Type (cPsdClientDSServerAddressTyp) Type of Internet address of the PSD server. PSD Server Address (cPsdClientDSServerAddress) Internet address of the PSD server. Write/Retrievable Service (cPsdClientDSRetrieveOnly) Indicates whether the PSD server can be configured as retrievable only or as write/retrievable . When set to true , the PSD server (the value of the corresponding instance of cPsdClientDSServerAddress) cannot be used for writing Call Detail Records (CDRs). When set to false , the PSD server can be used for writing CDRs as well as retrieving them. Server RowStatus (cPsdClientDSServerRowStatus) Creates a row or deletes an existing row in a table.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_SNMP_Statistics.htm TITLE=SNMP Statistics TEXT=SNMP Statistics Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Statistics folder and then select SNMP Statistics . From the SNMP Statistics dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis system by monitoring SNMP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: Successfully Get Objects (snmpInTotalReqVars) Successfully Set Objects (snmpInTotalSetVars) In Get Reqs (snmpInGetRequests) Out Get Reqs (snmpOutGetRequests) In Get Nexts (snmpInGetNexts) Out Get Nexts (snmpOutGetNexts) In Set Reqs (snmpInSetRequests) Out Set Reqs (snmpOutSetRequests) In Get Responses (snmpInGetResponses) Out Get Responses (snmpOutGetResponses) In Traps (snmpInTraps) Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . Successfully Get Objects (snmpInTotalReqVars) Total number of MIB objects retrieved successfully by the SNMP protocolentity as a result of receiving valid SNMP Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs. Successfully Set Objects (snmpInTotalSetVars) Total number of MIB objects altered successfully by the SNMP protocolentity as a result of receiving valid SNMP Set-Request PDUs. In Get Reqs (snmpInGetRequests) Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity. Out Get Reqs (snmpOutGetRequests) Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. In Get Nexts (snmpInGetNexts) Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs accepted and processed by the SNMPprotocol entity. Out Get Nexts (snmpOutGetNexts) Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs generated by the SNMP protocol entity. In Set Reqs (snmpInSetRequests) Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity. Out Set Reqs (snmpOutSetRequests) Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. In Get Responses (snmpInGetResponses) Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity. Out Get Responses (snmpOutGetResponses) Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs accepted and processed by the SNMP protocolentity. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_System_Summary.htm TITLE=System Summary TEXT=System Summary Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the System Information folder and then select System Summary . In the System Summary dialog box, you can view general information about this Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card. The following information is displayed: System Name (sysName) System Description (sysDescr) Up Since (hrSystemUptime) System Date (hrSystemDate) Total Memory (hrMemorySize) Boot Device (hrSystemInitialLoadDevice) Number of Users (hrSystemNumUsers) Number of Processes (hrSystemProcesses) System Contact (sysContact) Location (sysLocation) System Name (sysName) Administratively assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the node's fully-qualified domain name. System Description (sysDescr) Textual description of the entity. This value should indicate the full name and version of the system's hardware type, software operating system, and networking software. Note: It is mandatory that this object only contains printable ASCII characters. Up Since (hrSystemUptime) Amount of time since this host was last initialized. This object is different from the sysUpTime object in the SNMPv2-MIB [RFC1907] because sysUpTime indicates the uptime of the network management portion of the system. System Date (hrSystemDate) Local date and time, as configured on the host. Total Memory (hrMemorySize) Amount of physical read-write main memory, typically RAM, available on the host. Boot Device (hrSystemInitialLoadDevice) Indicates the device from which this host is configured to load its initial operating system configuration (operating system code and/or boot parameters). Note: Modifying this object does not cause a reload to occur. It only changes the configuration that will be used the next time the operating system is loaded. Number of Users (hrSystemNumUsers) Number of user sessions for which this host is storing state information. A session is a collection of processes requiring one user authentication and is possibly subject to collective job control. Number of Processes (hrSystemProcesses) Number of processes currently loaded or running on this system. System Contact (sysContact) Contact person for this managed node, as well as information on how to contact this person. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of this node.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_TCP_Connection_Table.htm TITLE=TCP Connection Table TEXT=TCP Connection Table Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Network Details folder and then select TCP Connection Table . The TCP Connection Table dialog box provides information on the TCP connections configured in this system. This dialog box displays the following data: Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote Port (tcpConnRemPort) Connection State (tcpConnState) Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address of this TCP connection. For connections in the listen state which accept connections from any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. Local Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number of this TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address of this TCP connection. Remote Port (tcpConnRemPort) Remote port number of this TCP connection. Connection State (tcpConnState) State of this TCP connection.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_TCP_Statistics.htm TITLE=TCP Statistics TEXT=TCP Statistics Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Statistics folder and then select TCP Statistics . From the TCP Statistics dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis system by monitoring TCP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: Active Opens (tcpActiveOpens) Passive Opens (tcpPassiveOpens) Attempt Fails (tcpAttemptFails) Estab Resets (tcpEstabResets) Curr Estab (tcpCurrEstab) Out Rsts (tcpOutRsts) In Segs (tcpInSegs) Out Segs (tcpOutSegs) Retransmitted Segs (tcpRetransSegs) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . ActiveOpens (tcpActiveOpens) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state. PassiveOpens (tcpPassiveOpens) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state. AttemptFails (tcpAttemptFails) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT or SYN-RCVD state, plus thenumber of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN-RCVD state. EstabResets (tcpEstabResets) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state. CurrEstab (tcpCurrEstab) Number of TCP connections currently in the ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state. Out Rsts(tcpOutRsts) Number of TCP segments sent which contain the RST flag. In Segs (tcpInSegs) Total number of segments received, includingthose received in error. This count includes segments received on establishedconnections. Out Segs (tcpOutSegs) Total number of segments sent, including thoseon current connections, but excluding those containing only retransmittedoctets. Retransmitted Segs (tcpRetransSegs) Number of transmitted TCP segments containingone or more previously transmitted octets.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_UDP_Statistics.htm TITLE=UDP Statistics TEXT=UDP Statistics Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, double-click on the Statistics folder and then select UDP Statistics . From the UDP Statistics dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis system by monitoring UDP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: In Datagrams (udpInDatagrams) Datagrams with No Ports (udpNoPorts) In Errors (udpInErrors) Out Datagrams (udpOutDatagrams) To monitor these objects in real time, click Monitor . In Datagrams (udpInDatagrams) Total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users by this entity. Datagrams with No Ports (udpNoPorts) Total number of received UDP datagrams for which there is no correspondingapplication at the destination port. In Errors (udpInErrors) Number of received UDP datagrams undelivered for a reason other thanthe lack of a corresponding application at the destination port. Out Datagrams (udpOutDatagrams) Total number of UDP datagrams sent by this entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/PSD_Utilization.htm TITLE=Utilization TEXT=Utilization Navigation Right-click on the Persistent Storage Device (PSD) card and then select PSD Details . In the contents pane, do one of the following: To launch the Memory Details dialog box, double-click on the System Information folder and then select Memory Details . To launch the File Systems dialog box, double-click on the System Information folder and then select File Systems . With a table entry selected, click one of the following buttons: In the Memory Details dialog box, click Memory Utilization . In the File Systems dialog box, click Disk Utilization . From the Utilization dialog box, you can view a graph which indicates how much storage space is currently in use on the PSD card. The following information is displayed: Used Space (Used Space) Free Space (Free Space) Used Space (Used Space) Indicates the amount of storage space currently in use on the PSD card. The value of this object is calculated using the following formula: Used Space = hrStorageUsed * hrStorageAllocationUnits Free Space (Free Space) Indicates the amount of storage space currently available on the PSD card. The value of this object is calculated using the following formula: Free Space = (hrStorageSize – hrStorageUsed) * hrStorageAllocationUnits
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/QDM_Home.htm TITLE=Welcome to CatQDM TEXT=Welcome to CatQDM Catalyst QoS Device Manager (CatQDM) is a graphical user interface (GUI) application developed as an addlet, using the CiscoView development environment. CatQDM, which is supported by Catalyst 6000 devices, provides a user interface for configuring and monitoring Quality of Service (QoS) features. It uses the CiscoView framework to communicate to a device through SNMP. Note: Please refer to Configuring Quality of Service for further details on queue types and thresholds. You can access it from the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/cat6000/sw_5_5/cnfg_gd/qos.htm CatQDM Functionality CatQDM has two frames: Actions and Content. The Actions frame details a hierarchical view of the actions that can be performed to configure and monitor QoS parameters. The Content frame details Actions frame items and assists the user through steps to configure and monitor QoS parameters. Caveats You may encounter display refresh problems in this release of CatQDM. To work around the problem, which occurs intermittently, close and relaunch CatQDM. For more information on this problem, please refer to the CatQDM readme file. Internet Explorer has a caching error that occurs when using help hyperlinks. To avoid the problem: With Internet Explorer already running, select Tools > Internet Options . Click Settings from the General tab in the Temporary Internet files section. In Settings dialog box, verify that the radio button &#147;Every visit to the page&#148; is selected under &#147;Check for newer versions of stored pages.&#148; Select this option if it has not already been selected. Click OK , then click OK again to close the Internet Options dialog box. Close and relaunch Internet Explorer. You must set this option to prevent Internet Explorer from using the cached version of one of the control help files for context-sensitive help links. Otherwise, the first help link displays properly, but the second time the user clicks a link, the first page displays again. Creating Access Control Lists (ACLs) Traffic classification is a key function of CatQDM, and is handled by ACLs. To create an ACL: (Optional) From the Actions frame, select Configuration > Policies > Policer Names . In the Policy Names dialog box, you can specify the names of policies you wish to add. Launch the Policy Selection dialog box by selecting Configuration > Policies > Policer Selection from the Actions frame. Create an entry. Note: You are not required to specify a Micro Flow or Aggregate Flow policer name in the Add/Edit Policer Selection dialog box. Create an Access Control Entry (ACE). For example, to create an IP ACE: Select Configuration > Classification > IP ACL . Click Add ACL to bring up the Add/Edit Access Control List: dialog box. Enter an ACL name, then click Add ACE . The Add/Edit Access Control Element for < ACL name you entered > dialog box is displayed. Click Change to bring up the Policy Selection for ACE dialog box. Select an entry from the policy selection table, then click OK . The CatQDM online help is organized into the following sections: Global Configuration Classification Policies Output Scheduling Interfaces Mapping Tables Monitoring Note: If you are running embedded CiscoView, you will not be able to access the Monitoring dialog box or its subsequent dialog boxes. The following table outlines which policy types are supported by the IP, IPX, and MAC interfaces on Sup1 and Sup2 supervisor cards. Table 1: Policy Types Supported Policy Type Sup1 Card Sup2 Card IP IPX MAC IP IPX MAC Micro Flow Yes No No Yes No No Aggregate Flow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Trust Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Trust CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes DSCP Yes No No Yes No No IP Prec Yes No No Yes No No
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Quota_Managers.htm TITLE=Quota Managers TEXT=Quota Managers From this dialog box, you can view detail information (such as the IP address, port number, and current state) for the quota manager servers configured on the selected content services gateway (CSG) module. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a content services gateway (CSG) module selected, click Quota Managers . The following information is displayed: IP Address (csgQuotaMgrIpAddr) Port Number (csgQuotaMgrPort) User-Group Name (csgQuotaMgrUserGroupName) Priority (csgQuotaMgrPriority) State (csgQuotaMgrState) IP Address (csgQuotaMgrIpAddr) IP address of a quota manager. Port Number (csgQuotaMgrPort) UDP port associated with a quota manager. User-Group Name (csgQuotaMgrUserGroupName) Name of user group associated with a CSG module. Priority (csgQuotaMgrPriority) Priority of a quota manager. State (csgQuotaMgrState) States of a quota manager. There are six possible values: standby—The quota manager is ready to become active. failed—The quota manager has failed to respond to requests. active—The quota manager has been activated to receive requests. echowait—The CSG module has sent an echo request to this quota manager and is waiting for a response. nawait—The CSG module has sent a node-alive request to this quota manager and is waiting for a response. suspended—The quota manager has received a stop request from the operator.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Quota_Managers_Statistics.htm TITLE=Quota Managers Statistics TEXT=Quota Managers Statistics From this dialog box, you can monitor the traffic statistics for the selected quota manager in real time. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a content services gateway (CSG) module selected, click Quota Managers . With a quota manager selected, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: Lost Records (csgQuotaMgrLostRecords) Records Sent (csgQuotaMgrTotalSent) ACKs. Failed (csgQuotaMgrFailAck) Msgs to be ACKed (csgQuotaMgrOutstanding) Quota Mgr. High Water (csgQuotaMgrHighWater) Bad Records Received (csgQuotaMgrBadRecord) Msgs. Retransmitted (csgQuotaMgrRetransmit) Lost Records (csgQuotaMgrLostRecords) Total number of records lost since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. Records Sent (csgQuotaMgrTotalSent) Total number of records sent to the quota manager. ACKs. Failed (csgQuotaMgrFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the quota manager for which there are no requests. Msgs to be ACKed (csgQuotaMgrOutstanding) Current number of messages waiting to be acknowledged. Quota Mgr. High Water (csgQuotaMgrHighWater) Highest number of messages waiting for acknowledgment. The only write operation allowed for this object is to reset its value to zero. Bad Records Received (csgQuotaMgrBadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which the CSG detected an error while attempting to decode the contents. Msgs. Retransmitted (csgQuotaMgrRetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the billing mediation agent (BMA).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Real_Comparative_Charts_Bar.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - BAR TEXT=Comparative Charts - BAR Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Real Server . The Real Server Details dialog box appears. With a real server selected, click Monitor . Select Comparative Charts - BAR . The following information is displayed: Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total number of times this real server has failed since the creation of this row. Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Number of assigned connections handled by this real server since it was configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Real_Comparative_Charts_Pie.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - PIE TEXT=Comparative Charts - PIE Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Real Server . The Real Server Details dialog box appears. With a real server selected, click Monitor . Select Comparative Charts - PIE . The following information is displayed: Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total number of times this real server has failed since the creation of this row. Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Number of assigned connections handled by this real server since it was configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Real_Comparative_Charts_Strip.htm TITLE=Comparative Charts - STRIP TEXT=Comparative Charts - STRIP Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Real Server . The Real Server Details dialog box appears. With a real server selected, click Monitor . Select Comparative Charts - STRIP . The following information is displayed: Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Total Fails (slbRealTotalFails) Total number of times this real server has failed since the creation of this row. Total Connections (slbRealTotalConnections) Number of assigned connections handled by this real server since it was configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Real_Server_Info.htm TITLE=Real Server Info TEXT=Real Server Info To access the Real Server Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Real Servers . This dialog box provides information about the real server, like the IP address of the server, the port , the connections handled, and the name of the server farm to which it belongs. The Real Server Info dialog box displays the following data: Server Farm Name (slbRealServerFarmName) Real IP Address (slbRealIpAddress) Real Port (slbRealPort) Real State (slbRealState) Reserved Connections (slbRealNumberOfDummyConnections) Maximum Connections (slbRealMaxConnections) Configured Weight (slbRealAdminWeight) Reassigned Real Server (slbRealReassign) Retry Time Interval (slbRealRetryInterval) Real Server Fails (slbRealFailedConnections) Client Fails (slbRealFailedClients) Real Row status (slbRealRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Monitor Real Server dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Server Farm Name (slbRealServerFarmName) The name of the server farm. Real IP Address (slbRealIpAddress) The IP address of real server. Real Port (slbRealPort) The TCP or UDP port of real server. This is used if SLB NAT is configured. The value of this object is zero if SLB is not using network address translation (NAT). Real State (slbRealState) The state of real server. Reserved Connections (slbRealNumberOfDummyConnections) The number of idle dummy connections that are not in use but reserved for the real server to accomplish slow-start. Maximum Connections (slbRealMaxConnections) The maximum configured concurrent connections that SLB delivers to the real server. Configured Weight (slbRealAdminWeight) The user configured weight of the real server for load-balancing algorithms. The value zero shows that no new connections will be assigned to the real server. Higher weight values shows that the real server can accept more work. Reassigned Real Server (slbRealReassign) The number of consecutive unanswered TCP SYNs sent to the real server before reassigning the connection to another real server. Retry Time Interval (slbRealRetryInterval) The time interval between retries while the server is in the Failed state. Real Server Fails (slbRealFailedConnections) The number of failed connections after which the real server goes to Failed state. When connection fails, a SYN timeouts or a RST is received from the real server. Client Fails (slbRealFailedClients) The number of connections with distinct client IP addresses, that fails before the server goes to Failed state. When connection fails, a SYN timeouts or a RST is received from the real server. Real Row status (slbRealRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete a row entry in slbRealTable, following the RowStatus textual convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rejected_pdp_stat_per_cause_1.htm TITLE=Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 1 TEXT=Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 1 Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select Category MWAM module. Select a row and click on Statistics . In the category drop-down box select Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 1 . The following information appears: Unsupported Version (cGgsnVersionNotSupportedRejPdps) Unknown Message (cGgsnUnkownMessageRejPdps) Message too short (cGgsnMsgTooShortRejPdps) Mandatory IE Missing (cGgsnMandIeMissingRejPdps) Mandatory IE Incorrect (cGgsnMandIeIncorrectRejPdps) Optional IE Invalid (cGgsnOptIeInvalidRejPdps) Unsupported Version (cGgsnVersionNotSupportedRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to Version Not Supported. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Unknown Message (cGgsnUnkownMessageRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to Unknown Message. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Message too short (cGgsnMsgTooShortRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to the cause of Message Too Short. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Mandatory IE Missing (cGgsnMandIeMissingRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to the cause of Mandatory IE Missing. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Mandatory IE Incorrect (cGgsnMandIeIncorrectRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to the cause of Mandatory IE Incorrect. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Optional IE Invalid (cGgsnOptIeInvalidRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of Optional IE Invalid. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rejected_pdp_stat_per_cause_2.htm TITLE=Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 2 TEXT=Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 2 Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Statistics . Select Rejected PDP Statistics per Cause - 2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Unknown IE (cGgsnIeUnknownRejPdps) Out of Order IE (cGgsnIeOutOfOrderRejPdps) IE Unexpected (cGgsnIeUnexpectedRejPdps) IE Duplicated (cGgsnIeDuplicatedRejPdps) Optional IE Incorrect (cGgsnOptIeIncorrectRejPdps) TFT already exists (cGgsnPdpWithoutTftExistsRejPdps) Unknown IE (cGgsnIeUnknownRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of IE Unknown. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Out of Order IE (cGgsnIeOutOfOrderRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of IE Out of Order. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. IE Unexpected (cGgsnIeUnexpectedRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of IE Unexpected. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. IE Duplicated (cGgsnIeDuplicatedRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of IE Duplicated. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. Optional IE Incorrect (cGgsnOptIeIncorrectRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that rejected due to the cause of Optional IE Incorrect. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message. TFT already exists (cGgsnPdpWithoutTftExistsRejPdps) The number of PDP contexts that were rejected due to the cause of PDP context without TFT already exists. This counter is triggered by create/update PDP / PPP PDP context request message.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/RF_Config.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem > Configuration From this dialog box, you can configure the settings for the Redundancy Framework subsystem. The following information is displayed: Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Indicates the redundancy type currently in effect. Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Further describes the redundancy mode indicated bycRFCfgRedundancyMode. Implementation-specific terminology associated with thecurrent redundancy mode may be presented here. Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Indicates whether redundant units can exchange synchronization messages witheach other: When the value of this object is true , the redundant system is considered to bein a maintenance mode of operation. When the value of this object is false , theredundant system is considered to be in a normal (non-maintenance) mode ofoperation. In maintenance mode, the active unit does not communicate with thestandby unit, and standby unit progression does not occur. When maintenance modeis disabled, the standby unit is reset to recover. Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Allows the enabling/disabling of Redundancy Framework subsystem notifications. Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) Used to launch Redundancy Framework subsystem action commands. The commands areuseful for maintenance and software upgrade activities. Timers The following information is displayed: Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) On platforms that support keep-alives, this object designates the number of lost keep-alives tolerated before a failure condition is declared. If this occurs, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) The value of this object is used to guard against lost keep-alives. The Redundancy Frameworksubsystem expects to receive a keep-alive within this period. If a keep-alive isnot received within this time period, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) As the standby unit progresses to the standbyHot state,asynchronous messages are sent from the active unit to the standby unit. Thesemessages must then be acknowledged by the standby unit. If the active unitreceives acknowledgement during the time period specified by this object,progression proceeds as normal. If the timer expires and an acknowledgement isnot received by the active unit, a switch of activity occurs. Note: The term notification refers to a Redundancy Framework notification, not anSNMP notification.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/RF_Config_K.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem > Configuration From this dialog box, you can configure the settings for the Redundancy Framework subsystem. The following information is displayed: Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Indicates the redundancy type currently in effect. Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Further describes the redundancy mode indicated bycRFCfgRedundancyMode. Implementation-specific terminology associated with thecurrent redundancy mode may be presented here. Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Indicates whether redundant units can exchange synchronization messages witheach other: When the value of this object is true , the redundant system is considered to bein a maintenance mode of operation. When the value of this object is false , theredundant system is considered to be in a normal (non-maintenance) mode ofoperation. In maintenance mode, the active unit does not communicate with thestandby unit, and standby unit progression does not occur. When maintenance modeis disabled, the standby unit is reset to recover. Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Allows the enabling/disabling of Redundancy Framework subsystem notifications. Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) Used to launch Redundancy Framework subsystem action commands. The commands areuseful for maintenance and software upgrade activities. Timers The following information is displayed: Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) Keepalive Threshold - Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMin) Keepalive Threshold - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMax) Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) Keepalive Timer - Min (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMin) Keepalive Timer - Max (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMax) RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) RF Notification Timer - Min (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimerMin) RF Notification Timer - Max (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimerMax) Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) On platforms that support keep-alives, this object designates the number of lost keep-alives tolerated before a failure condition is declared. If this occurs, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keepalive Threshold - Min (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMin) The minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh object. Keepalive Threshold - Max (cRFCfgKeepaliveThreshMax) The maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh object. Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) The value of this object is used to guard against lost keep-alives. The Redundancy Frameworksubsystem expects to receive a keep-alive within this period. If a keep-alive isnot received within this time period, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keepalive Timer - Min (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMin) The minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer object. Keepalive Timer - Max (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimerMax) The maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer object. RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) As the standby unit progresses to the standbyHot state,asynchronous messages are sent from the active unit to the standby unit. Thesemessages must then be acknowledged by the standby unit. If the active unitreceives acknowledgement during the time period specified by this object,progression proceeds as normal. If the timer expires and an acknowledgement isnot received by the active unit, a switch of activity occurs. Note: The term notification refers to a Redundancy Framework notification, not anSNMP notification. RF Notification Timer - Min (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimerMin) The minimum acceptable value for the cRFCfgNotifTimer object. RF Notification Timer - Max (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimerMax) The maximum acceptable value for the cRFCfgNotifTimer object.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/RF_Status.htm TITLE=Status TEXT=Status Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework ... > Status This dialog box indicates the status of theRedundancy Framework (RF) subsystem on thedevice. The following information is displayed: Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Fail over Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) StandBy Entry Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) The following Table containing information about list of Redundancy Modes that can be supported on this is displayed Redundancy Mode (cRFStatusRFModeCapsMode) Redundancy Mode Description (cRFStatusRFModeCapsModeDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) A unique identifier for this redundant unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical entity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Current state of RF on this unit. Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Unique identifier for the redundant peer unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical mentity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Current state of RF on the peer unit. Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that thisunit is the primary unit. The primary unit is given a higher priority orprecedence over the secondary unit. Only one redundant unit can be the primaryunit at any given time. Note that the terms primary/secondary are not synonymous with the termsactive/standby. At any given time, the primary unit may be the active unit orthe standby unit; likewise for the secondary unit. Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Indicates whether the redundant peer unit has been detected or not. Truemeans that it has been detected. Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Indicates whether a manual switch of activity is permitted. False means thatmanual switch of activity is allowed. The valuet is the inverse of the status ofmanual SWACTs. A switch of activity happens when the standby redundant unitbecomes active and the previously active unit is in standby mode. Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Reason for the last switch of activity. Fail over Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) The value of sysUpTime when the primary redundant unit took over as active. The value of this object will be 0 till the first switchover. Standby Entity Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) The value of sysUpTime when the peer redundant unit entered the standbyHot state. The value will be 0 on system initialization. Redundancy Mode (cRFStatusRFModeCapsMode) The redundancy mode that can be supported on the device. Redundancy Mode Description (cRFStatusRFModeCapsModeDescr) The description of the device implementation specific terminology associated with its supported redundancy mode.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Routing_Table_Details.htm TITLE=IP Route TEXT=IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route From the IP Route dialog box, you can enable/disable forwarding on thisdevice, as well as make changes to any route. This dialog box displays the following data: Destination (ipRouteDest) Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Mask (ipRouteMask) Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Route Type (ipRouteType) Route Age (ipRouteAge) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Delete to delete an existing IP route. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Destination(ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of this route. An entry with the value "0.0.0.0"is considered a default route. Note: Multiple routes to a single destination can appear in thetable. Access to multiple entries depends on the table access mechanismsdefined by the network management protocol in use. NextHop (ipRouteNextHop) IP address of the next hop on this route. In the case of a route boundto an interface which is realized through broadcast media, the value ofthis field is the IP address of the agent on that interface. Mask(ipRouteMask) Indicates the mask to be logical-ANDed with the destination addressbefore being compared to the value in the ipRouteDest field. For systemsthat do not support arbitrary subnet masks, the agent constructs ipRouteMaskby determining whether the corresponding ipRouteDest object belongs toa class A, B, or C network. Class A 255.0.0.0 Class B 255.255.0.0 Class C 255.255.255.0 Note: If the value ipRouteDest is "0.0.0.0" (the default value),then the value of the mask is also "0.0.0.0". All IP routing subsystemsimplicitly use this convention. RoutingProtocol (ipRouteProto) Routing mechanism through which this route was learned. Inclusion ofvalues for gateway routing protocols is not intended to imply that hostsshould support these protocols. Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies thelocal interface through which the next hop of this route should be reached. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Specifies the primary routing metric for the route. RouteType (ipRouteType) Specifies the type of route. There are 4 possible values: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) an invalid route direct (3) route to directly connected network or subnetwork indirect (4) route to a non-local host/network/subnetwork Note: Whether the agent removes an invalid entry from the tableis implementation–specific. RouteAge (ipRouteAge) Number of seconds since this route was last updated or otherwise determinedto be correct.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_discard_stats.htm TITLE=RP Registration Discard Statistics TEXT=RP Registration Discard Statistics Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . Select a row and click on RP Registration Statistics Button and from the Category select RP Registration Discard Statistics . The following information appears: Initial A11 Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegDiscardedReqs) A11 Re-registration Request Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegDiscardedReqs) A11 De-registration Request Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegDiscardedReqs) Handoff A11 Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegDiscardedReqs) Initial A11 Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegDiscardedReqs) Number of Initial A11 Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. A11 Re-registration Request Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. A11 De-registration Request Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegDiscardedReqs) Number of A11 De-Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted. Handoff A11 Registration Requests Discarded (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegDiscardedReqs) Number of handoff A11 Registration requests silently discarded since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_reply_errors.htm TITLE=RP Registration Reply Errors  TEXT=RP Registration Reply Errors Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Reply Errors . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Internal Error (cCdmaRegRplyInternalErrs) Memory Allocation Failure (cCdmaRegRplyMemFailErrs) Security Association Not found or Parse Error (cCdmaRpRplyPCFNoSecOrParseErrs) Internal Error (cCdmaRegRplyInternalErrs) Number of registration replies not sent due to internal errors during processing since the system was last restarted Memory Allocation Failure (cCdmaRegRplyMemFailErrs) Number of registration replies not sent due to memory allocation failures during processing since the system was last restarted. Security Association Not found or Parse Error (cCdmaRpRplyPCFNoSecOrParseErrs) Number of Cannot send Reply to PCF due to security association not found for the PCF or Parse error of Request since system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_req_errors_invalid_reasons.htm TITLE=Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons TEXT=RP Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category I nvalid RP Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Invalid Packet Length (cCdmaRegReqInvPakLenErrs ) Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaRegReqInvProtocolErrs) Invalid Flags Value (cCdmaRegReqInvFlagsErrs) Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaRegReqInvMHAEKeyErrs) Invalid SPI (cCdmaRegReqInvSPIErrs) Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaRegReqInvConnectionIDErrs) Invalid MN ID (cCdmaRegReqInvMNIDErrs) Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaRegReqInvMNIDTypeErrs) Invalid Packet Length (cCdmaRegReqInvPakLenErrs ) Number of Invalid Registration request due to packet length while parsing since the system was last restarted. Invalid Protocol Value (cCdmaRegReqInvProtocolErrs) Number of Invalid Protocol value in the Registration Request Session Specific Extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Flags Value (cCdmaRegReqInvFlagsErrs) Number of Invalid Flags value in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Invalid Authentication Key (cCdmaRegReqInvMHAEKeyErrs) Number of Invalid Authentication key in the Registration Request Mobile-Home Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid SPI (cCdmaRegReqInvSPIErrs) Number of Invalid SPI in the Registration Request Mobile-Home Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Invalid Connection ID (cCdmaRegReqInvConnectionIDErrs) Number of Invalid Connection ID in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID (cCdmaRegReqInvMNIDErrs) Number of Invalid mobile node ID in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Invalid MN ID Type (cCdmaRegReqInvMNIDTypeErrs) Number of Invalid MN ID type in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_req_errors_invalid_reasons_contd.htm TITLE=RP Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons Contd TEXT=RP Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Request Errors of Invalid Reasons . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaRegReqInvMSIDLenErrs) Invalid Order of Extension (cCdmaRegReqInvOrderErrs) Invalid Vendor-Specific (cCdmaRegReqInvVSEErrs) Invalid Application Type (cCdmaRegReqInvAppTypeInVSEErrs) Invalid Sub Application Type (cCdmaRegReqInvAppSubTypeInVSEErrs) Invalid Vendor ID (cCdmaRegReqInvVendorIDInVSEErrs) Invalid Accounting Attribute Length (cCdmaRegReqAcctInvLenAttrErrs) Invalid Sequence Number (cCdmaRegReqAcctInvSeqNumErrs) Invalid Accounting Airlink (cCdmaRegReqInvAirlinkRecErrs) Invalid MSID Length (cCdmaRegReqInvMSIDLenErrs) Number of Invalid MSID length in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid Order of Extension (cCdmaRegReqInvOrderErrs) Number of Invalid order of the extensions in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid Vendor-Specific (cCdmaRegReqInvVSEErrs) Number of Invalid Vendor-specific extensions in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid Application Type (cCdmaRegReqInvAppTypeInVSEErrs) Number of Invalid Application type in Vendor-specific extensions in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid Sub Application Type (cCdmaRegReqInvAppSubTypeInVSEErrs) Number of Invalid Sub Application type in Vendor-specific extensions in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid Vendor ID (cCdmaRegReqInvVendorIDInVSEErrs) Number of Invalid Vendor ID in Vendor-specific extensions in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Invalid Accounting Attribute Length (cCdmaRegReqAcctInvLenAttrErrs) Number of Invalid accounting attribute length in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Invalid sequence number (cCdmaRegReqAcctInvSeqNumErrs) Number of Invalid sequence number in the airlink accounting record in Registration Requests that have been silently discarded since the system was last restarted. Invalid Accounting Airlink (cCdmaRegReqInvAirlinkRecErrs) Number of Invalid Accounting Airlink record type in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_req_errors_stats_1.htm TITLE=RP Registration Request Errors Stats 1 TEXT=RP Registration Request Errors Stats 1 Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Request Errors Stats1 . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: SPI Mismatch (cCdmaRegReqMismatchSPIErrs) Session Extension Missing (cCdmaRegReqMissingSSEErrs) Authentication Extension Missing (cCdmaRegReqMissingMHAEErrs) Duplicate Application Type (cCdmaRegReqDupAppTypeInVSEErrs) Duplicate Critical Vendor (cCdmaRegReqDupCVSEErrs) Unknown Accounting Attribute (cCdmaRegReqAcctUnknwnAttrErrs) Duplicate Accounting Attribute (cCdmaRegReqAcctDupAttrErrs) Sequence Number & Record Type Same (cCdmaRegReqAcctRecRetransErrs) SPI Mismatch (cCdmaRegReqMismatchSPIErrs) Number of Mismatch in SPI in the Registration Request Mobile-Home Authentication extension since the system was last restarted. Session Extension Missing (cCdmaRegReqMissingSSEErrs) Number of Session Specific extension missing in the Registration Request since the system was last restarted. Authentication extension missing (cCdmaRegReqMissingMHAEErrs) Number of Mobile-Home Authentication extension missing in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Duplicate Application Type (cCdmaRegReqDupAppTypeInVSEErrs) Number of Duplicate Application type in vendor-specific extensions in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Duplicate Critical Vendor (cCdmaRegReqDupCVSEErrs) Number of Duplicate Critical Vendor extension in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Unknown Accounting Attribute (cCdmaRegReqAcctUnknwnAttrErrs) Number of Unknown Accounting attribute in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Duplicate Accounting Attribute (cCdmaRegReqAcctDupAttrErrs) Number of Duplicate accounting attribute received in Registration Requests since the system was last restarted. Sequence Number & Record Type Same (cCdmaRegReqAcctRecRetransErrs) Number of Same accounting sequence number and record type in Registration Requests Airlink record not updated since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_req_errors_stats_2.htm TITLE=RP Registration Request Errors Stats 2 TEXT=RP Registration Request Errors Stats 2 Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Request Errors Stats 2 . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Duplicate GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqDuplicateGREKeyErrs) Same GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqSameGREKeySetupRcvdErrs) Changed GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqGREKeyChngNoSetupErrs) De-Registration Requests Denied (cCdmaRegReqDeRegNoSessionErrs) Re-Registration Request Received (cCdmaRegReqReRegInDisconnectErrs) Registration Request Discarded (cCdmaRegReqMemFailErrs) Registration Request Rejected due to Maximum session (cCdmaRpRegReqMaxSessionReachedErrs) Duplicate GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqDuplicateGREKeyErrs) Number of Duplicate GRE Key received in Registration Requests for different MSID from the same PCF since the system was last restarted. Same GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqSameGREKeySetupRcvdErrs) Number of Duplicate GRE Key received in Registration Requests for different MSID from the same PCF since the system was last restarted. Changed GRE Key (cCdmaRegReqGREKeyChngNoSetupErrs) Number of GRE changed without Airlink setup received in Registration Requests for existing session since system was last restarted. De-Registration Requests Denied (cCdmaRegReqDeRegNoSessionErrs) Number of De-Registration Requests denied for non-existing sessions since the system was last restarted. Re-Registration Request Received (cCdmaRegReqReRegInDisconnectErrs) Number of registration request discarded since the system was last restarted due to Re-Registration Request received for the session in the disconnecting or deleting state. Registration Request Discarded (cCdmaRegReqMemFailErrs) Number of Registration Request discarded due to memory allocation failure during processing since system was last restarted. Registration Request rejected due to Maximum session (cCdmaRpRegReqMaxSessionReachedErrs) Number of Registration request rejected since system was last restarted due to maximum limit or configured number of session reached.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_req_stats.htm TITLE=RP Registration Request Statistics TEXT=RP Registration Request Statistics Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . Select a row and click the RP Registration Statistics button and from the category select RP Registration Request Statistics . The following information appears: Initial A11 Registration Requests (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegRcvdReqs) A11 Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegRcvdReqs) A11 De-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegRcvdReqs) Handoff Registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegRcvdReqs) Airlink Start Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAirlinkStarts) Airlink Stop Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAirlinkStops) Airlink Stop De-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegAirlinkStops) Initial A11 Registration Requests (cCdmaPcfSoRpInitRegRcvdReqs) Number of Initial A11 Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. A11 Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegRcvdReqs) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. A11 De-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegRcvdReqs) Number of A11 De-Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. Handoff Registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpHandoffRegRcvdReqs) Number of A11 Handoff Registration requests received since the system was last restarted. Airlink Start Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAirlinkStarts) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests containing Airlink Start since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop Re-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpReRegAirlinkStops) Number of A11 Re-Registration requests containing Airlink Stop since the system was last restarted. Airlink Stop De-registration Request (cCdmaPcfSoRpDeRegAirlinkStops) Number of A11 De-Registration requests containing Airlink Stop since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_update_ack_errors_stats.htm TITLE=RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats  TEXT=RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Update Ack Errors Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Session Extension Missing (cCdmaRegUpdAckMissingSSEErrs) Registration Update Authentication Extension Missing (cCdmaRegUpdAckMissingRUAEErrs) Invalid Order of the Extensions (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvOrderErrs) Invalid Vendor Specific Extensions (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvVSEErrs) Registration Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaRegUpdAckNoSessionErrs) Memory Allocation Failure Ack Discarded (cCdmaRegUpdAckMemFailErrs) Session Extension Missing (cCdmaRegUpdAckMissingSSEErrs) Number of Session Specific extension missing in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Registration Update Authentication Extension Missing (cCdmaRegUpdAckMissingRUAEErrs) Number of Registration Update Authentication extension missing in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid Order of the Extensions (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvOrderErrs) Number of Invalid order of the extensions in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid Vendor Specific Extensions (cCdmaRegUpdAckInvVSEErrs) Number of Invalid vendor-specific extensions in the Registration Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Registration Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaRegUpdAckNoSessionErrs) Number of Registration Update Ack is discarded since the system was last restarted. Memory Allocation Failure Ack Discarded (cCdmaRegUpdAckMemFailErrs) Number of Registration Update Ack discarded due to memory allocation failure during processing since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_reg_update_errors.htm TITLE=RP Registration Update Errors TEXT=RP Registration Update Errors Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Registration Update Errors . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Internal Error (cCdmaRegUpdInternalErrs) Memory Allocation Failures (cCdmaRegUpdMemFailErrs) Internal Error (cCdmaRegUpdInternalErrs) Number of registration updates not sent due to internal errors during processing since the system was last restarted. Memory Allocation Failures (cCdmaRegUpdMemFailErrs) Number of registration updates not sent due to memory allocation failures during processing since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_session_update_ack_errors_stats.htm TITLE=RP Session Update Ack Errors Stats  TEXT=RP Session Update Ack Errors Stats Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Session Update Ack Errors Stats . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Session Specific Extension Missing (cCdmaSessUpdAckMissingSSEErrs) Authentication Missing (cCdmaSessUpdAckMissingRUAEErrs) Invalid Order of Extension (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvOrderErrs) Invalid Vendor Specific Ext (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvVSEErrs) Session Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaSessUpdAckNoSessionErrs) Memory Allocation Failure Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaSessUpdAckMemFailErrs) Session Specific Extension Missing (cCdmaSessUpdAckMissingSSEErrs) Number of Session Specific extension missing in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Authentication Missing (cCdmaSessUpdAckMissingRUAEErrs) Number of Session Update Authentication extension missing in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid Order of Extension (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvOrderErrs) Number of Invalid order of extensions in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Invalid Vendor Specific Ext (cCdmaSessUpdAckInvVSEErrs) Number of Invalid vendor-specific extensions in the Session Update Ack since the system was last restarted. Session Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaSessUpdAckNoSessionErrs) Number of Session Update Ack is discarded since the system was last restarted. Memory Allocation Failure Update Ack Discarded (cCdmaSessUpdAckMemFailErrs) Number of Session Update Ack discarded due to memory allocation failure during processing since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_session_update_errors.htm TITLE=RP Session Update Errors TEXT=RP Session Update Errors Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category RP Session Update Errors . Select a row and click on Monitor . The following information appears: Internal Error (cCdmaSessUpdInternalErrs) Memory Allocation Failures (cCdmaSessUpdMemFailErrs) Internal Error (cCdmaSessUpdInternalErrs) Number of session updates not sent due to internal errors during processing since the system was last restarted. Memory Allocation Failures (cCdmaSessUpdMemFailErrs) Number of session updates not sent due to memory allocation failures during processing since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_update_regi_failures_contd.htm TITLE=Update Registration Failures Contd TEXT=RP Update Registration Failures Contd Right click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . Select a row and click on the RP Update Statistics button and from the Category select RP Update Registration Failures Contd . The following information appears: Unspecified Reasons (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReaUnSpecFails) Administrative Prohibition (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffAdmProhibFails) MN Authentication (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffMNAuthenFails) Registration Identity Mismatch (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffIdMismatchFails) Poorly Formed Request (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffBadReqFails) Unspecified Reasons (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReaUnSpecFails) Number of update registrations that failed for an unspecified reason since the system was last restarted. The update is sent as a result of inter PCF handoff. Administrative Prohibition (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffAdmProhibFails) Number of update registrations that failed due to administrative prohibition since the system was last restarted. The update is sent as a result of inter PCF handoff. MN Authentication (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffMNAuthenFails) Number of update registrations that failed due to mobile node authentication failure since the system was last restarted. The update is sent as a result of inter PCF handoff. Registration Identity Mismatch (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffIdMismatchFails) Number of registrations that failed due to registration identity mismatch since the system was last restarted. The update is sent as a result of inter PCF handoff. Poorly Formed Request (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffBadReqFails) Number of update registrations failed due to poorly formed request since the system was last restarted. The update is sent as a result of inter PCF handoff.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/rp_update_stats_contd.htm TITLE=RP Update Statistics Contd TEXT=RP Update Statistics Contd Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Statistics button. Select category CDMA PDSN PCF & SO Based Statistics . Select a row and click on the RP Update Statistics button and from the Category select RP Update Statistics Contd. The following information appears: Inter Pcf Handoff Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdPcfHandoffs) Unacknowledged Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffNotAckedReqs) Acknowledged Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReceivedAcks) Accepted Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffAcceptedReqs) Denied Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffDeniedReqs) Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffDiscardedAcks) Initial Inter Pcf Handoff Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffInitTxdReqs) Initial Retransmitted Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReTxdReqs) Inter Pcf Handoff Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdPcfHandoffs) Number of update registrations sent as a result of inter PCF handoffs since the system was last restarted. Unacknowledged Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffNotAckedReqs) Total number of A11 Registration Updates (sent as the result of inter PCF handoffs), for which no corresponding A11 Registration Acknowledgements have been received since the system was last restarted. Acknowledged Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReceivedAcks) Total number of A11 Registration Acknowledgements received for the A11 Registration Updates that were sent as the result of inter PCF handoffs since the system was last restarted. Accepted Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffAcceptedReqs) Total number of A11 Registration Acknowledgements received with the Status field set to zero, which indicates that the corresponding Registration Update was accepted, since the system was last restarted. Denied Registration Updates (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffDeniedReqs) Total number of A11 Registration Acknowledgements received with the Status field set to non-zero, which indicates that the corresponding Registration Update was denied, since the system was last restarted. Acknowledgements Discarded (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffDiscardedAcks) Total number of A11 Registration Acknowledgements discarded since the system was last restarted. Initial Inter Pcf Handoff Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffInitTxdReqs) Total number of initial A11 Registration Updates sent as the result of inter PCF handoffs, excluding the re-transmitted A11 Registration Updates, since system was last restarted. Initial Retransmitted Update Registrations (cCdmaSoRpUpdHandoffReTxdReqs) Total number of re-transmitted A11 Registration Updates sent because the initial Registration Update (sent as a result of inter PCF handoffs) was not acknowledged or denied since the system was last restarted.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/RSPAN_Configuration.htm TITLE=Create (R)SPAN TEXT=Create (R)SPAN Device > Configure > SPAN - Switch Port Analyzer > Create (R)SPAN To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: SPAN Type RSPAN Type Data Source Source Destination RSPAN VLAN Direction The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Select Local or Remote. If Local is selected, the SPAN session created will be local to the switch. If Remote is selected, the RSPAN session will be created. RSPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Select Source or Destination. If Source is selected, the RSPAN session created will be local to the switch. If Destination is selected, the RSPAN session will be created. Note: If the SPAN type selected is remote, the RSPAN Type field will be enabled. If the SPAN type selected is not remote, the RSPAN Type field will be disabled. Data Source Select Port(s) or VLAN(s). Source Enter Source port numbers or VLAN numbers. Note: If the RSPAN Type selected is Destination, the above fields will be disabled. If the RSPAN Type selected is not Destination, the above fields will be enabled. Destination Destination port number. Note: If RSPAN Type is Source, this field will be disabled. If RSPAN Type is not Source, this field will be enabled. RSPAN V LAN RSPAN VLAN number. Note: This field will be enabled when SPAN Type is Remote. Direction (portCopyDirection) Select direction: Copy Rx only, Copy Tx only, (or) Copy both. Note: This field will be disabled if remote SPAN Type is Destination and the agent will use its default value instead. For a Catalyst 6000 device the default value is Tx only. For a Catalyst 4000 device the default value is Rx + Tx. Note: On a Catalyst 4000 device, local/remote VLAN spanning does not support Rx only or Tx only directions. Only Rx + Tx (both) direction is supported. Note: On a Catalyst 4000 device, CiscoView automatically selects Copy Both option when the source type is VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/RT_Status.htm TITLE=Status TEXT=Status
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Rx_Statistics.htm TITLE=IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Rx Statistics TEXT=IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Rx Statistics To access the IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Rx Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > IGMP Snooping Statistics. With an interface selected, click Monitor. Select IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Rx Statistics . This dialog box provides Rx statistics for IGMP Snooping capable interfaces. The following data is displayed: General Queries Received (cisRxGeneralQueries) Group Specific Queries Received (cisRxGroupSpecificQueries) Total Membership Reports Received (cisRxReports) Total Membership Leaves Received (cisRxLeaves) Valid IGMP Packets Received (cisRxValidPackets) Invalid IGMP Packets Received (cisRxInvalidPackets) Valid Learning Queries and Messages Received (cisRxOtherPackets) Total MAC Based General Queries Received (cisRxMACGeneralQueries) Total Topology Notification Received (cisRxTopoNotifications) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. General Queries Received (cisRxGeneralQueries) Total number of general queries that have been received by an interface. Group Specific Queries Received (cisRxGroupSpecificQueries) Total number of group-specific queries that have been received by an interface. Total Membership Reports Received (cisRxReports) Total number of membership reports that have been received by an interface. Total Membership Leaves Received (cisRxLeaves) Total number of leave messages that have been received by an interface. Valid IGMP Packets Received (cisRxValidPackets) Total number of valid IGMP packets that have been received by an interface. Invalid IGMP Packets Received (cisRxInvalidPackets) Total number of packets which are not a valid IGMP messages received by an interface. Valid Learning Queries and Messages Received (cisRxOtherPackets) Total number of other valid IGMP message types (such as learning queries and messages) that have been received by an interface. Total MAC Based General Queries Received (cisRxMACGeneralQueries) Total number of MAC-based general queries that have been received by an interface. Total Topology Notification Received (cisRxTopoNotifications) Total number of topology notifications that have been received by an interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Sc0_Interface.htm TITLE=Sc0 Interface TEXT=Sc0 Interface Supervisor Module > Configure > Sc0 Interface This dialog box provides Sc0 interface information on a supervisor module. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Name Index Speed MTU Physical Address Admin Status Operational Status Last Change Up/Down Traps Secondary VLAN The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. Index (ifIndex) Unique value for each interface. Speed (ifSpeed) Estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in bits per second. MTU (ifMtu) Size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Interface address at the protocol layer immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Desired state of the interface. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state. Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Indicates whether linkUp/linkDown traps should be generated for this interface. Secondary VLAN (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN configured on this private port.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Secondary_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN Details TEXT=Secondary VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > SecondaryVLAN Details This dialog box displays configuration information for the secondary VLANspresent on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected secondary VLAN. Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A private port: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, whencpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Select_Direction.htm TITLE=Select Direction TEXT=Select Direction Monitoring > Interface Based > Select Direction In this dialog box, specify whether you want to monitor incoming or outgoing traffic. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Direction (caqPortStatsDirection) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: After selecting a direction, click Select QueueNo to bring up the Monitoring Interface Based Statistics dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Direction (caqPortStatsDirection) Indicates the traffic direction of a physical interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Select_Queue.htm TITLE=Select Queue TEXT=Select Queue Monitoring > Interface Based > Select Direction > Select QueueNo In this dialog box, specify the queue number of the interface you want to monitor. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Queue Number (caqPortStatsQueueNumber) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: After selecting a queue number, click Select Threshold to bring up the Monitoring Interface Based Statistics dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Queue Number (caqPortStatsQueueNumber) Indicates the queue number of the interface for which statistics are collected.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Select_Threshold.htm TITLE=Select Threshold TEXT=Select Threshold Monitoring > Interface Based > Select Direction > Select QueueNo > Select Threshold In this dialog box, specify the treshold number of the interface you want to monitor. To view the definition for this MIB variable, click the following link: Threshold Number (caqPortStatsThresholdNumber) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: After selecting a threshold number, click Graph It to bring up the monitoring graph for the interface you selected. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Threshold Number (caqPortStatsThresholdNumber) Indicates the threshold number of a queue on the interface for which statistics are collected.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Sensors.htm TITLE=Sensors TEXT=Sensors Device > Configure > Sensors The Sensors dialog box provides information about the sensorspresent on the device. The following information is displayed: Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Sensor Type (entSensorType) Sensor Scale (entSensorScale) Sensor Precision (entSensorPrecision) Sensor Value (entSensorValue) Sensor Status (entSensorStatus) Sensor Measured (entSensorValueTimeStamp) Update Rate (entSensorValueUpdateRate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Description or name of sensor. Sensor Type (entSensorType) Type of data reported by the entSensorValue. This variable is set by theagent at start-up and the value does not change during operation. Sensor Scale (entSensorScale) Exponent to apply to sensor values reported by entSensorValue. This variableis set by the agent at start-up and the value does not change during operation. Sensor Precision (entSensorPrecision) Number of decimal places of precision in fixed-point sensor values reportedby entSensorValue. This variable is set to 0 when entSensorType is not afixed-point type: voltsAC(1), voltsDC(2), amperes(3), watts(4), hertz(5),celsius(6), or cmm(9). Sensor Value (entSensorValue) Recent measurement seen by the sensor.To correctly display or interpret thisvariable's value, you must also know entSensorType, entSensorScale, andentSensorPrecision. entSensorValue can be compared with the threshold valuesgiven in entSensorThresholdTable without any semantic knowledge. Sensor Status (entSensorStatus) Present operational status of the sensor. Sensor Measured (entSensorValueTimeStamp) Timestamp of the value reported by entSensorValue. Update Rate (entSensorValueUpdateRate) Type of data reported by the entSensorValue. This variable is set by theagent at start-up and the value does not change during operation.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/sensor_threshold.htm TITLE=Threshold TEXT=Threshold Navigation Device > Configure > Sensors > Threshold The following information appears: Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Threshold Severity (entSensorThresholdSeverity) Threshold Relation (entSensorThresholdRelation) Threshold Value (entSensorThresholdValue) Threshold Evaluation (entSensorThresholdEvaluation) Threshold Notification (entSensorThresholdNotificationEnable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this sensor. Threshold Severity (entSensorThresholdSeverity) Indicates the severity of a threshold. There are four possible values: other minor major critical Threshold Relation (entSensorThresholdRelation) Indicates how the the sensor value (entSensorValue) and threshold value (entSensorThresholdValue) required to trigger an alarm relate to each other. When evaluating the relationship, the sensor value is to the left of this object, whereas the threshold value is to the right. There are six possible values: lessThan lessOrEqual greaterThan greaterOrEqual equalTo notEqualTo Threshold Value (entSensorThresholdValue) Indicates the value of a threshold. To correctly display or interpret the value of this object, you must also know the value of entSensorType, entSensorScale, and entSensorPrecision. That said, you can still directly compare entSensorValue with the threshold values provided in entSensorThresholdTable. Threshold Evaluation (entSensorThresholdEvaluation) Indicates the result of the latest evaluation of a threshold. When the value of this object is true , it indicates that the threshold condition is true. Note: Thresholds are evaluated at the rate indicated by entSensorValueUpdateRate. Threshold Notification (entSensorThresholdNotificationEnable) When the value of this object is true , entSensorThresholdNotifications are generated for a threshold.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Server_Configuration.htm TITLE=Server Configuration TEXT=Server Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > System Information Log > Server Configuration . The following information is displayed: Server Address Type (csilServerAddressType) Server Address (csilServerAddress) Assigned Profile (csilServerProfileIndex) FTP Protocol (csilServerProtocol) RCP User name (csilServerRcpUserName) Frequency of Command Execution (csilServerInterval) Log file name (csilServerLoggingFileName) Log Status (csilServerLastStatus) Server Address Type (csilServerAddressType) Address type of the remote host used for logging system information. Server Address (csilServerAddress) Address of the remote host used for logging system information. Assigned Profile (csilServerProfileIndex) Specifies the profile assigned to this server. A profile is a set of specific commands, defined in csilCommandConfigTable, which will be executed in the period specified by csilServerInterval for logging system information to the server. FTP Protocol (csilServerProtocol) Specifies the file transfer protocol used for logging system information. There are two possible values: tftp(1) rcp(2) RCP User name (csilServerRcpUserName) Specifies the remote user name used to download system information via the RCP protocol. Note: This object can only be modified when the value of csilServerProtocol is rcp . Frequency of Command Execution (csilServerInterval) Specifies how often the command set is executed for system information logging. Log file name (csilServerLoggingFileName) File name used for system information logging. Log Status (csilServerLastStatus) Indicates the status of the last system information logging process into the server. There are nine possible values: none(1): This is the initial state; no process has been started. noLogFile(2): No log file has been configured. noCommand(3): No commands have been configured. linkBlock(4): Another process might have taken the RCP or TFTP connection when the interval was due. authError(5): Authentication failed. addrError(6): An error occurred because the destination address is not reachable. copying(7): The logging process to the destination server is in progress. writeError(8): An error occurred while copying logging information to the server. success(9): The logging process completed successfully.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Server_Farm_Info.htm TITLE=Server Farm Info TEXT=Server Farm Info To access the Server Farm Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Server Farm . This dialog box provides details about the server farms, like the name of the server farm, details of the algorithm configured on the server farm, bind identification number, and the number of real servers present in the server farm. The Server Farm Info dialog box displays the following data: Farm Name (slbServerFarmName) Farm Predictor (slbServerFarmPredictor) Nat (slbServerFarmNat) No. of Real Servers (slbServerFarmNumberOfRealServers) Bind Identification (slbServerFarmBindId) Server Row Status (slbServerFarmRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Farm Name (slbServerFarmName) The name of the server farm. Farm Predictor (slbServerFarmPredictor) The load balancing algorithm used by the server farm for its real servers for the local SLB entity. Nat (slbServerFarmNat) The type of network address translation (NAT) employed by the local SLB entity for servers in this server farm. No. of Real Servers (slbServerFarmNumberOfRealServers) The number of real servers in the server farm. Bind Identification (slbServerFarmBindId) Bind Identification is used to identify one or more real servers for which slbDfpRealWeight applies to the slbRealOperWeight of the real server. Rows in slbServerFarmTable for which slbServerFarmBindId matches slbDfpRealBindId are identified. Server Row Status (slbServerFarmRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete the row entry in slbServerFarmTable following the RowStatus textual convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Server_Initiated_Connections.htm TITLE=Server Initiated Connections TEXT=Server Initiated Connections Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Server Initiated Connections . The following information is displayed: Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Server_Initiated_Connections_Delta.htm TITLE=Server Initiated Connections - DELTA TEXT=Server Initiated Connections - DELTA Navigation Right-click the Content Switching Module (CSM) and then select Monitor > Connection . Select Server Initiated Connections - DELTA . The following information is displayed: Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Server Initiated Connections - 32 Bit (cslbxStatsServerInitConns) Total number of connections initiated by servers. Failed Load Balanced Connections (cslbxStatsFailedConns) Number of connections load balanced to real servers that then failed to respond. Failed Initiated Connections (cslbxStatsFailedServerInitConns) Number of server-initiated connections that failed. Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrConnections) Number of connections currently still open. Server Initiated Open Connections (cslbxStatsCurrServerInitConns) Number of server initiated connections currently still open.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/service_aware_config.htm TITLE=Service Aware Configuration TEXT=Service Aware Configuration Right-click on the MWAM Card and select Configure . Select category MWAM module . Select a row and click the Configure button. Select category Service Aware Configuration . The following information appears: CSG Notification (cGgsnSACsgNotifEnabled) DCCA Notification (cGgsnSADccaNotifEnabled) GGSN Service Aware Feature (cGgsnSAServiceAware) Vodafone Specific (cGgsnSADccaClci) CSG Notification (cGgsnSACsgNotifEnabled) Indicates whether cGgsnSACsgStateUpNotif and cGgsnSACsgStateDownNotif notifications are sent when the path state between the content service gateway and the quota server changes between UP/DOWN. When set to true , enables the device to send a notification. When set to false , prevents the device from sending a notification. DCCA Notification (cGgsnSADccaNotifEnabled ) Indicates whether any of these notifications are sent when a notification is generated by the device: cGgsnSADccaEndUsrServDeniedNotif cGgsnSADccaCreditLimReachedNotif cGgsnSADccaUserUnknownNotif cGgsnSADccaRatingFailed cGgsnSADccaAuthRejectedNotif When set to true , enables the device to send a notification. When set to false , prevents the device from sending a notification. GGSN Service Aware Feature (cGgsnSAServiceAware) Specifies the service-aware feature on GGSN. When set to true , enables service-aware features (for example, quota server, content service gateway, diameter credit control application). When set to false, disables the GGSN service from the GPRS service. Vodafone Specific (cGgsnSADccaClci) Indicates whether GGSNs diameter credit control application (DCCA) implementation is vodafone-specific; enables the GPRS client to add vodafone-specific attributes to the request message: clci: DCCA implementation is vodafone-specific. a3Gpp: DCCA implementation is non-vodafone-specific.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SLB_Statistics.htm TITLE=Server Load Balancing (SLB) Statistics TEXT=Server Load Balancing (SLB) Statistics Device > Configure > SLB Statistics The SLB Statistics dialog box displays the following information: SLB Instance (slbEntity) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: With an SLB instance selected, click Server Farm to launch the Server Farm Info dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click Real Servers to launch the Real Server Farm Info dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click Virtual Servers to launch the Virtual Server Info dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click DFP Password to launch the DFP Password Info dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click DFP Agents to launch the DFP Agent Info dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click 32 Bit Monitor to launch the SLB Statistics (32-bit) monitoring dialog box. With an SLB instance selected, click 64 Bit Monitor to launch the SLB Statistics (64-bit) monitoring dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. SLB Instance (slbEntity) The SLB instance reference number for the server. Allows multiple SLBs to exist on the same SNMP system.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SMTP_Server_Configuration.htm TITLE=SMTP Server Configuration TEXT=SMTP Server Configuration Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > System Log > Call Home Facility > SMTP Server Configuration . The following information is displayed: SMTP Server Address Type (ccmSmtpServersAddrType) SMTP Server Address (ccmSmtpServersAddr) SMTP Server Port (ccmSmtpServersPort) SMTP Server Address Type (ccmSmtpServersAddrType) Address type of the SMTP server. SMTP Server Address (ccmSmtpServersAddr) Address of the SMTP server. SMTP Server Port (ccmSmtpServersPort) Port associated with the SMTP server.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Spanning_Tree.htm TITLE=Global Configuration (Port) TEXT=Global Configuration Port > Configure > Spanning Tree This dialog box provides spanning tree information for this port. The following data is displayed: Module Number (moduleIndex) Port Number (portIndex) Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Loop Guard (stpxLoopGuardConfigMode / stpxLoopGuardConfigEnabled) Fast Start Mode (stpxFastStartPortMode / portSpantreeFastStart) Fast Start BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) Fast Start BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Module Number (moduleIndex) Module number for this port. Port Number (portIndex) Numerical identifier assigned to this port. Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Actual mode the spanning tree protocol runs in on this device. There are four modes: PVST+ (Per VLAN Spanning Tree+ Protocol) MISTP (Multiple Instance Spanning Tree Protocol) MISTP–PVST+ (with the tunneling scheme enabled) MST (IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree) Loop Guard (stpxLoopGuardConfigMode / stpxLoopGuardConfigEnabled) Indicates whether the Loop Guard feature is enabled on this port. This configuration is applied to all spanning tree instances in which this port exists. If this device is running the Catalyst OS version 7.1 (1) or later, there are 3 possible values for this object: enable, disable, and default. Otherwise, there are only 2 valid values: enable and disable. Fast Start Mode (stpxFastStartPortMode / portSpantreeFastStart) Indicates whether the Fast Start feature is enabled on this port. A port with fast start enabled is immediately put in the forwarding state when the port is detected by the spanning tree, rather than starting in the blocking state, which is the normal operation. If this device is running Catalyst OS version 7.1 (1) or later, there are 4 possible values for this object: enable, disable, enableForTrunk, and default. Otherwise, there are only 2 valid values: enable and disable. Note: This field is read-only on voice ports, and will not appear on ATM ports. FastStart BPDU Guard (stpxFastStartBpduGuardEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Guard for Spanning Tree Port Fast Startfeature is enabled or not. FastStart BPDU Filter (stpxFastStartBpduFilterEnable) Indicates whether BPDU Filtering for Spanning Tree Port FastStart feature is enabled or not.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Spanning_Tree_Objects_Device.htm TITLE=Spanning Tree Objects TEXT=Spanning Tree Objects Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Spanning Tree Objects This dialog box displays spanning tree information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Path Cost (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Actual mode the spanning tree protocol runs in on this device. There are four modes: PVST+ (pvstPlus) MISTP (mistp) MISTP–PVST+ (mistpPvstPlus) MST (mst) Path Cost (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) Indicates the spanning tree path cost mode configured on this device. Thismode applies to all instances of the spanning tree protocol running on thedevice. When the value of this field is changed, the path cost of all ports isreassigned to the default path cost value, which is based on the new spanning tree pathcost mode and the speed of the ports. If the selected STP mode for the device is pvst+ , the value ofthis field can be changed between long and short . If theselected STP mode for the device is mistp , mistp-pvst+ , or mst , thedefault switch uses the long path cost. Note: When the value of this field is set to long , the path costyou can specifyranges from 1 to 268,435,456. When the value of this field is set to short , the path cost you can specify ranges from 1 to 65,545.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/spa_config_6kios.htm TITLE=Configure TEXT=Configure You can launch the Configure dialog box from one of the following launch points: SPA module > Configure CMM module > Configure The following data is displayed: }}--> }}-->	 Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) }}--> }}-->Name (entPhysicalName) Index (entPhysicalIndex) Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The following legend describes the colors used to indicate the status of ports on modules that support ENTITY-MIB, but not STACK-MIB. Note that these colors are different from the colors that are normally used by device packages to indicate a port's status. Admin Status Operational Status Port Color Remarks 2(down) 2(down) Port is down. 1(up) 1(up) Port is Up. 1(up) 5(dormant) Port is dormant 1(up) 2(down) Port has failed 3(testing) 3(testing) Port is in testing state. Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Index value for the physical entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Vendor-specific hardware revision string for the physical entity. Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Vendor-specific firmware revision string for the physical entity. Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Vendor-specific software revision string for the physical entity. Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Vendor-specific serial number string for the physical entity. The preferred value is the serial number string printed on the component itself (if present). Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) Vendor-specific model name identifier string associated with this physical component. The preferred value is the customer-visible part number, which may be printed on the component itself.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/spa_interface_6kios.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface You can launch the Interface dialog box from one of the following launch points: SPA module port > Configure > Interface CMM module port > Configure > Interface This dialog box displays the following data: Name (ifName) Index (ifIndex) Descriptor (ifDescr) Port Description (ifAlias) Type (ifType) Speed (ifSpeed) MTU (ifMtu) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Last Change (ifLastChange) Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapsEnable) The following legend describes the colors used to indicate the status of ports on modules that support ENTITY-MIB, but not STACK-MIB. Note that these colors are different from the colors that are normally used by device packages to indicate a port's status. Admin Status Operational Status Port Color Remarks 2(down) 2(down) Port is down. 1(up) 1(up) Port is Up. 1(up) 5(dormant) Port is dormant 1(up) 2(down) Port has failed 3(testing) 3(testing) Port is in testing state. Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. The value of this object is the name of the interface, as assigned by the local device, and is suitable for use in commands entered at the device console. Index (ifIndex) A unique value for each interface, which ranges between 1 and the value of ifNumber. The value for each interface must remain constant from one reinitialization of the entity's network management system to the next reinitialization. Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. }}--> }}-->This object contains a string which identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interface hardware/software version. Port Description (ifAlias) An alias for the interface, as specified by a network manager. Type (ifType) The type of interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits per second. MTU (ifMtu) The size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface, specified in octets. For interfaces that transmit network datagrams, this is the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Address of the interface at its protocol sublayer. The media-specific MIB on the interface must define the bit and byte ordering and format of the value contained by this object. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Desired state of the interface. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operational state. }}--> }}-->If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem, then this object contains a value of 0 . Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapsEnable) Indicates whether traps are currently enabled on this interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/spa_transceiver_6kios.htm TITLE=Transceiver TEXT=Transceiver SPA module port > Configure > Transceiver The following data is displayed: }}--> }}-->	 Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) }}--> }}-->Name (entPhysicalName) Index (entPhysicalIndex) Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The following legend describes the colors used to indicate the status of ports on modules that support ENTITY-MIB, but not STACK-MIB. Note that these colors are different from the colors that are normally used by device packages to indicate a port's status. Admin Status Operational Status Port Color Remarks 2(down) 2(down) Port is down. 1(up) 1(up) Port is Up. 1(up) 5(dormant) Port is dormant 1(up) 2(down) Port has failed 3(testing) 3(testing) Port is in testing state. Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Index value for the physical entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Vendor-specific hardware revision string for the physical entity. Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Vendor-specific firmware revision string for the physical entity. Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Vendor-specific software revision string for the physical entity. Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Vendor-specific serial number string for the physical entity. The preferred value is the serial number string printed on the component itself (if present). Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) Vendor-specific model name identifier string associated with this physical component. The preferred value is the customer-visible part number, which may be printed on the component itself.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Excluded_APN_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Excluded APN Table TEXT=SSG Excluded APN Table This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) excluded access point name (APN). Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Excluded APN Table from the Category list. Excluded APN (cssgExcludedAPNName) Name of the excluded APN. APN Row Status (cssgExcludedAPNRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Excluded_Domain_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Excluded Domain Table TEXT=SSG Excluded Domain Table This dialog box displays details on Service Selection Gateway (SSG) excluded domains. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Excluded Domain Table from the Category list. Excluded Domain Name (cssgExcludedDomainName) Name of the excluded domain. Excluded Domain Name Status (cssgExcludedDomainRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_General_Information_Config.htm TITLE=SSG General Information TEXT=SSG General Information This dialog box displays general information on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG). Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG General Information from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Time Interval (cssgCfgAutoLogOffInterval) ICMP Ping Retries (cssgCfgAutoLogOffIcmpRetries) Maximum Service (cssgCfgMaxServicesPerUser) Default Ip Address Type (cssgCfgDefaultNetWorkType) Default Ip Address (cssgCfgDefaultNetWork) Access Request Receipt Port (cssgCfgRadiusAuthenPort) Accounting Receipt Port (cssgCfgRadiusAccountingPort) Authenticated TCP Group (cssgCfgTCPRedirGrpForUnAuthUsers) Unauthorized TCP Group (cssgCfgTCPRedirGrpForUnAuthServ) SMTP TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForSMTP) Initial Captivation TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForInitialCapt) Advertising Captivation TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForAdvCapt) Time Interval (cssgCfgAutoLogOffInterval) Interval at which connectivity to a host is checked. If the host is not reachable, SSG logs off the host if the auto-logoff feature is enabled. ICMP Ping Retries (cssgCfgAutoLogOffIcmpRetries) Number of ICMP ping attempts made by SSG to check connectivity to a host. Maximum Service (cssgCfgMaxServicesPerUser) Maximum number of services allowed per user. Default Ip Address Type (cssgCfgDefaultNetWorkType) Type of the IP address stored in cssgCfgDefaultNetwork. Default Ip Address (cssgCfgDefaultNetWork) IP address or subnet that users can access without authentication. This is the address where the Cisco service selection dashboard or subscriber-edge service manager resides. Access Request Receipt Port (cssgCfgRadiusAuthenPort) Port on which SSG receives access request packets from remote authentication dial-in user service clients. Accounting Receipt Port (cssgCfgRadiusAccountingPort) Port on which SSG receives accounting packets from remote authentication dial-in user service clients. Authenticated TCP Group (cssgCfgTCPRedirGrpForUnAuthUsers) TCP redirect group to which SSG directs unauthenticated users. Unauthorized TCP Group (cssgCfgTCPRedirGrpForUnAuthServ) TCP redirect group to which SSG directs unauthorized service access users. SMTP TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForSMTP) TCP redirect group to which SSG redirects SMTP traffic. Initial Captivation TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForInitialCapt) TCP redirect group for initial captivation. Advertising Captivation TCP Group (cssgCfgTcpRedirGrpForAdvCapt) TCP redirect group for advertising captivation.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_General_Information_Monitor.htm TITLE=SSG General Information TEXT=SSG General Information This dialog box allows you to monitor general information for the Service Selection Gateway (SSG). Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Statistics . Select SSG General Information from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Login Attempts (cssgStatsLoginAttempts) Successful Attempts (cssgStatsLoginsSuccessful) Active Sessions (cssgStatsActiveSessions) Active Hosts (cssgStatsActiveHosts) Active Services (cssgStatsActiveServices) Packets Death (cssgStatsPODs) Login Attempts (cssgStatsLoginAttempts) Number of attempts made to log in to service selection gateway (SSG). Successful Attempts (cssgStatsLoginsSuccessful) Number of successful logins to service selection gateway (SSG). Active Sessions (cssgStatsActiveSessions) Number of active sessions in service selection gateway (SSG). Active Hosts (cssgStatsActiveHosts) Number of active hosts in service selection gateway (SSG). Active Services (cssgStatsActiveServices) Number of active services in service selection gateway (SSG). Packets Death (cssgStatsPODs) Number of death packets sent to remote authentication dial-in user service client.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Network_and_Server_Group.htm TITLE=SSG Network &amp; Server Group TEXT=SSG Network & Server Group This dialog box displays the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) network and server group details. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Network & Server Group from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Network Group Name (cssgTcpRedirNetworkMapGrpName) Network & Server Group Rowstatus (cssgTcpRedirNetworkGrpMapRowStat) Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Name of the redirect group. Network Group Name (cssgTcpRedirNetworkMapGrpName) Name of the network group. A network group is a set of network groups that can be associated with TCP redirect for traffic redirection. Network & Server Group Rowstatus (cssgTcpRedirNetworkGrpMapRowStat) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Network_Group.htm TITLE=SSG Network Group TEXT=SSG Network Group This dialog box displays the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) network group details. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Network Group from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Network Group Name (cssgNetworkGrpName) Network Address Type (cssgNetworkGrpNetIpType) Network Address (cssgNetworkGrpNetIpAddr) Network Mask Type (cssgNetworkGrpNetMaskType) Network Mask (cssgNetworkGrpNetMask) Network Group RowStatus (cssgNetworkGrpNetRowStatus) Network Group Name (cssgNetworkGrpName) Name of the network group. A network group, which is a group of networks, is associated with a server group for traffic redirection. Packets to networks in the network group are directed to servers in the server group. Network Address Type (cssgNetworkGrpNetIpType) Value that represents the type of IP address in the object cssgNetworkGrpNetIpAddr. Network Address (cssgNetworkGrpNetIpAddr) IP address of a network in the network group. Network Mask Type (cssgNetworkGrpNetMaskType) Value that represents the type of address stored in cssgNetworkGrpNetMask. Network Mask (cssgNetworkGrpNetMask) Mask to be combined with the destination address before the destination address is compared to the value in cssgNetworkGrpNetIpAddr. Network Group RowStatus (cssgNetworkGrpNetRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Port_Group.htm TITLE=SSG Port Group TEXT=SSG Port Group This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) port group. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Port Group from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Port Group Name (cssgPortGrpName) Port Number (cssgPortGrpPortNo) Port Group RowStatus (cssgPortGrpPortRowStatus) Port Group Name (cssgPortGrpName) Name of the port group. The port group defines a list of ports to which a TCP redirect group can be redirected. Port Number (cssgPortGrpPortNo) Port in the port group. Port Group RowStatus (cssgPortGrpPortRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Port_Maps.htm TITLE=SSG Port Maps TEXT=SSG Port Maps This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) port map. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Port Maps from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Port Map Address Type (cssgPortMapSourceIpType) Port Map Address (cssgPortMapSourceIp) Lower Port Range (cssgPortMapPortRangeFrom) Upper Port Range (cssgPortMapPortRangeTo) Port Map RowStatus (cssgPortMapRowStatus) Port Map Address Type (cssgPortMapSourceIpType) Value that represents the type of IP address stored in cssgPortMapSourceIP object. Port Map Address (cssgPortMapSourceIp) SSG source IP addresses to be used while translating the network addresses of downstream traffic (traffic from subscriber to SSG). Lower Port Range (cssgPortMapPortRangeFrom) Lower limit of the range of ports in port map. Upper Port Range (cssgPortMapPortRangeTo) Upper limit of the range of ports in port map. Port Map RowStatus (cssgPortMapRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . cssgPortMapPortRangeFrom and cssgPortMapPortRangeTo are mandatory objects for a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Port_Server_Association.htm TITLE=SSG Port Server Association TEXT=SSG Port Server Association This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) port server association. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Port Server Association from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Server Group Port Number (cssgTcpRedirPortNo) Port Server Association RowStatus (cssgTcpRedirPortNoMapRowStat) Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Name of the redirect group. Server Group Port Number (cssgTcpRedirPortNo) Port number associated with the server group. Port Server Association RowStatus (cssgTcpRedirPortNoMapRowStat) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . cssgTcpRedirPortNo is a mandatory object for a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Radius_Client_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Radius Client Table TEXT=SSG Radius Client Table This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) remote authentication dial-in user service client. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Radius Client Table from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Radius Client Type (cssgRadiusClientAddrType) Radius Client Address (cssgRadiusClientAddr) Radius Client Rowstatus (cssgRadiusClientRowStatus) Radius Client Type (cssgRadiusClientAddrType) Type of address stored in cssgRadiusClientAddr. Radius Client Address (cssgRadiusClientAddr) Network layer address of the remote authentication dial-in user service (radius) client to which SSG acts as the radius-proxy. Radius Client Rowstatus (cssgRadiusClientRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Server_and_Port_Group.htm TITLE=SSG Server &amp; Port Group TEXT=SSG Server & Port Group This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) server and port group. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Server & Port Group from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Port Group Name (cssgTcpRedirPortMapGrpName) Server Port Group RowStatus (cssgTcpRedirPortGrpMapRowStat) Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Name of the redirect-group. Port Group Name (cssgTcpRedirPortMapGrpName) Name of the port group. A port group is a set of ports that can be associated with a TCP redirect group for traffic redirection. Server Port Group RowStatus (cssgTcpRedirPortGrpMapRowStat) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Service_Bind_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Service Bind Table TEXT=SSG Service Bind Table This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) service bind. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Service Bind Table from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Service Name (cssgServiceName) Interface Index (cssgServiceIfIndex) Bind RowStatus (cssgServiceIfRowStatus) Service Name (cssgServiceName) Name of the service profile. Interface Index (cssgServiceIfIndex) Interface index to which the service is bound. Bind RowStatus (cssgServiceIfRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . cssgServiceIfIndex is a mandatory object for a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Service_Route_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Service Route Table TEXT=SSG Service Route Table This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) service route table. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Service Route Table from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Service Name (cssgServiceName) Service Route Type (cssgServiceRouteType) Service Route Address (cssgServiceRouteAddr) Service Mask Type (cssgServiceRouteMaskType) Service Mask Address (cssgServiceRouteMask) Service Action (cssgServiceRoutePermission) Service Name (cssgServiceName) Name of the service profile. Service Route Type (cssgServiceRouteType) Value that represents the type of address stored in cssgServiceServRouteAddr. Service Route Address (cssgServiceRouteAddr) IP address of the networks available to you. Service Mask Type (cssgServiceRouteMaskType) Value that represents the type of address stored in cssgServiceServRouteMask. Service Mask Address (cssgServiceRouteMask) Mask to be combined with the destination address before the destination address is compared to the value in cssgServiceRouteAddr. Service Action (cssgServiceRoutePermission) Action to be taken on packets when the destination address matches with the cssgServiceRouteAddr. Action can be: Value Description 1 permit 2 deny
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Service_Table.htm TITLE=SSG Service Table TEXT=SSG Service Table This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) service table. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Service Table from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Service Name (cssgServiceName) Service Mode (cssgServiceMode) Service Type (cssgServiceType) Idle Timeout (cssgServiceIdleTimeout) Session Length (cssgServiceSessionTimeout) Active Sessions (cssgServiceActiveSessions) Primary DNS Type (cssgServiceDNSPrimaryIpType) Primary DNS (cssgServiceDNSPrimary) Secondary DNS Type (cssgServiceDNSSecondaryIpType) Secondary DNS (cssgServiceDNSSecondary) Upstream Status (cssgServiceUpstreamQOSEnabled) Downstream Status (cssgServiceDownStreamQOSEnabled) Open Garden Status (cssgServiceOpenGarden) Prepaid Status (cssgServicePrepaid) Service Name (cssgServiceName) Name of the service profile. Service Mode (cssgServiceMode) An optional attribute that indicates whether you can log in to another service while using the SSG service. There are three possible values: Value Description 1 unknown 2 concurrent 3 sequential (you cannot log in to another service) Service Type (cssgServiceType) Type of service. There are four possible values: Value Description 1 unknown 2 pass-through: Means that user authentication is not done during logon to this service. This is the default. 3 tunnel: L2TP tunneled service 4 proxy: Means that SSG performs authentication during logon to the service. Idle Timeout (cssgServiceIdleTimeout) Amount of time, in seconds, a session can idle before it times out. Session Length (cssgServiceSessionTimeout) Maximum length of a session in seconds. Active Sessions (cssgServiceActiveSessions) Number of active connections to the service. Primary DNS Type (cssgServiceDNSPrimaryIpType) IP address type of the primary DNS server for the service. Primary DNS (cssgServiceDNSPrimary) Primary DNS server for the service. Secondary DNS Type (cssgServiceDNSSecondaryIpType) IP address type of the secondary DNS server for the service. Secondary DNS (cssgServiceDNSSecondary) Secondary DNS server for the service. Upstream Status (cssgServiceUpstreamQOSEnabled) Indicates whether upstream policing is enabled for the service. Downstream Status (cssgServiceDownStreamQOSEnabled) Indicates whether downstream policing is enabled for the service. Open Garden Status (cssgServiceOpenGarden) Indicates whether the service is of the open garden type. An open garden service can be accessed without authentication. Prepaid Status (cssgServicePrepaid) Indicates whether the service is pre-paid.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_Status.htm TITLE=SSG Status TEXT=SSG Status The SSG Status dialog box displays details on the current Service Selection Gateway (SSG) configuration. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG Status from the Category list. The following information is displayed: SSG Service State (cssgCfgSsgEnabled) AutoDomain Status (cssgCfgAutoDomainMode) Local Forwarding Status (cssgCfgLocalForwardingEnabled) Auto Logoff Status (cssgCfgAutoLogOffMode) Radius Proxy Status (cssgCfgRadiusProxyEnabled) TCP Redirect Status (cssgCfgTcpRedirectEnabled) NAT Status (cssgCfgAutoDomainNatEnabled) PortBundle-Host Status (cssgCfgPortBundleHostKeyEnabled) Transparent Pass Status (cssgCfgTransPassThroughEnabled) Accounting Status (cssgCfgAccountingEnabled) Forwarding State (cssgCfgRadiusFwdAcctPktsEnabled) Radius Reboot Status (cssgCfgRadiusClntRbtNotifEnabled) AAA Reboot Status (cssgCfgAAAServerDownNotifEnabled) SSG Service State (cssgCfgSsgEnabled) Indicates whether SSG service is enabled. AutoDomain Status (cssgCfgAutoDomainMode) Indicates whether the auto-domain feature is enabled. This feature allows the user to be connected automatically to a service based on the access-point name or structured username. Auto-domain status can be one of three values: Value Description 1 disabled 2 basic 3 extended Local Forwarding Status (cssgCfgLocalForwardingEnabled) Indicates whether local forwarding is enabled. Local forwarding feature allows SSG to forward packets locally among connected subscribers. Auto Logoff Status (cssgCfgAutoLogOffMode) Indicates whether the auto-logoff feature is enabled. The auto-logoff feature allows SSG to initiate logoff if connectivity to a host is lost. Connectivity to a host is checked using either the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) or Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). There are three possible values: disabled(1) icmp(2) arp(3) Radius Proxy Status (cssgCfgRadiusProxyEnabled) Indicates whether RADIUS proxy feature is enabled. The remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS) proxy feature allows SSG to act as a generic RADIUS-proxy for non-service-selection dashboard clients such as gateway GPRS selection node. TCP Redirect Status (cssgCfgTcpRedirectEnabled) Indicates whether TCP redirect is enabled. TCP redirect feature redirects certain TCP packets to captive portals. NAT Status (cssgCfgAutoDomainNatEnabled) Indicates whether network address translation is available for auto-domain users. The network address translation feature determines whether the auto-domain service gets the IP address assigned by the auto-domain service. PortBundle-Host Status (cssgCfgPortBundleHostKeyEnabled) Indicates whether port bundle-host key feature is enabled. The port bundle-host key feature allows subscriber edge service manager to identify subscribers based on the PortBundle (combination of IP address and a range of ports) assigned by SSG. Transparent Pass Status (cssgCfgTransPassThroughEnabled) Indicates whether the transparent pass through feature is enabled. The transparent pass through feature allows unauthenticated subscriber traffic to be routed through SSG in either direction. Accounting Status (cssgCfgAccountingEnabled) Indicates whether accounting is enabled. The accounting feature allows SSG to generate accounting records and send them to the authentication, authorization and accounting (AAA) server. Forwarding State (cssgCfgRadiusFwdAcctPktsEnabled) Indicates whether SSG forwards accounting packets received from radius clients to the AAA server. Radius Reboot Status (cssgCfgRadiusClntRbtNotifEnabled) Indicates whether SSG generates a notification if a client of the RADIUS reboots. AAA Reboot Status (cssgCfgAAAServerDownNotifEnabled) Indicates whether SSG generates a notification if connectivity to an AAA server goes down or is lost.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ssg_tal_info.htm TITLE=SSG TAL Information TEXT=SSG TAL Information Procedure Right-click the Multi-Processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Configure . Select SSG TAL Information from the Category list. The following information appears: Max. authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMaxAuthRate) Time at Max. Auth. Request (cssgTalMaxAuthRateTimestamp) Min Authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMinAuthRate) Time at Min. Auth. Request (cssgTalMinAuthRateTimestamp) Current Authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalCurrentAuthRate) Time at Last Recorded (cssgTalCurrentAuthRateTimestamp) Reset Athorization Requests Rate (cssgTalResetAuthRates) Max. Pending Athorization Requests (cssgTalMaxPendingAuthReqs) Max. Athorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMaxAuthReqsRate) Drop Packets During Athorization (cssgTalDropPakDuringAuthorization) Allow Unidentified User Traffic (cssgTalUnidentifiedUserAllowTraff) Max Suspect Users (cssgTalMaxSuspectUsers) Suspect User Timeout (cssgTalSuspectUserTimeout) Unidentified User Timeout (cssgTalUnidentifiedUserTimeout) Max. authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMaxAuthRate) Maximum rate of authorization requests per second. At a given time, the maximum rate of authorization requests will overwrite the previous value. Time at Max. Auth. Request (cssgTalMaxAuthRateTimestamp) This is the local time on the SSG when the maximum rate of authorization requests per second, indicated by cssgTalMaxAuthRate, was recorded. Min Authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMinAuthRate) Minimum rate of authorization requests per second. At a given time, the minimum rate of authorization requests will overwrite the previous value. Time at Min. Auth. Request (cssgTalMinAuthRateTimestamp) This is the local time on the SSG when the minimum rate of authorization requests per second, indicated by cssgTalMinAuthRate, was recorded. Current Authorization Requests Rate (cssgTalCurrentAuthRate) The last recorded rate of authorization requests per second, on SSG. Time at Last Recorded (cssgTalCurrentAuthRateTimestamp) This is the local time on the SSG when cssgTalCurrentAuthRate, was recorded. Reset Athorization Requests Rate (cssgTalResetAuthRates) Setting this variable to 'reset' indicates that the minimum and maximum rates of authorization would be reset to the last recorded rate of authorization requests per second. Setting it to 'unknown' will not result in any changes. An snmp-get on this value will always return 'unknown'. Max. Pending Athorization Requests (cssgTalMaxPendingAuthReqs) The maximum number of outstanding TAL authorization requests allowed on SSG. If the number of authorization requests goes beyond this value, SSG does a SYS log message and any packets received that would result in SSG sending a new radius request will be dropped at the CEF path itself. When this value is set, it will be applicable from that point onwards. If the number of existing requests exceeds the new values, these requests will not be discarded. Max. Athorization Requests Rate (cssgTalMaxAuthReqsRate) The maximum number of authorization requests per second allowed on SSG. If this value is set, SSG throttles the authorization requests sent per second as per this value. Drop Packets During Athorization (cssgTalDropPakDuringAuthorization) The value 'true' indicates that any packets that are received from the user during user authorization would be dropped. The value 'false' indicates that the packets will not be dropped. Allow Unidentified User Traffic (cssgTalUnidentifiedUserAllowTraff) The value 'true' indicates that traffic from/to unidentified users would be allowed. A value of 'false' indicates that traffic from/to unidentified users will not be allowed. Max Suspect Users (cssgTalMaxSuspectUsers) The maximum number of suspect users allowed. Suspect User Timeout (cssgTalSuspectUserTimeout) The timeout value for a suspect user in minutes. If a packet is received for a suspect user, then packets from/to this user will be dropped/tcp-redirected, until a value of cssgTalSuspectUserTimeout is reached. After this timeout, any new traffic received by SSG from the suspect user will trigger the TAL procedure all over again. Unidentified User Timeout (cssgTalUnidentifiedUserTimeout) The timeout value for an unidentified user in minutes. After this time expiry, authorization will be done again when a packet is received from this user.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ssg_tal_stats.htm TITLE=SSG TAL Statistics TEXT=SSG TAL Statistics Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click on Statistics . Select SSG TAL Statistics from the Category list. The following information appears: Users waiting for Authorization (cssgTalWaitingForAuthUsers) Unidentified Users (cssgTalUnidentifiedUsers) Suspect Users (cssgTalSuspectUsers) Pass-through Users (cssgTalPassthroughUsers) Users waiting for Authorization (cssgTalWaitingForAuthUsers) The number of currently existing users waiting for authorization. Unidentified Users (cssgTalUnidentifiedUsers) The number of currently existing unidentified users. These are users for which there was no response received from AAA and hence it is not clear if they are valid users. Suspect Users (cssgTalSuspectUsers) The number of currently existing suspect users. Pass-through Users (cssgTalPassthroughUsers) The number of currently existing transparent pass-through users.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/ssg_tal_user_info_table.htm TITLE=SSG TAL User Info Table TEXT=SSG TAL User Info Table Procedure Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure, or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category list. Select a row and click Configure . Select SSG TAL User Info Table from the Category list. The following information appears: User IP Address (cssgTalUserIPAddress) User State (cssgTalUserState) User IP Address (cssgTalUserIPAddress) This is the IP address type of a particular transparent user and is used as index (together with cssgTalUserIPAddress) to identify a unique entry in the Tal User Info table. User State (cssgTalUserState) The state of the transparent user.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSG_TCP_Redirect_Group.htm TITLE=SSG TCP Redirect Group TEXT=SSG TCP Redirect Group This dialog box displays details on the Service Selection Gateway (SSG) TCP redirect group. Navigation Right-click the Multi-processor WAN Application Module (MWAM) and then select Configure , or double-click the module. Select MWAM module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected in the MWAM module dialog box, click Configure . Select SSG TCP Redirect Group from the Category list. The following information is displayed: Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Redirect Server Type (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerAddrType) Redirect Server (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerAddr) Redirection port (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerPort) Redirection Row Status (cssgTcpRedirectGrpRowStatus) Redirect-Group Name (cssgTcpRedirectGrpName) Name of the redirect group. Redirect Server Type (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerAddrType) Value that represents the type of address stored in cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerAddr. Redirect Server (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerAddr) IP address of the server in the server group. Redirection port (cssgTcpRedirectGrpServerPort) Port of the server to which TCP traffic is to be redirected. Redirection Row Status (cssgTcpRedirectGrpRowStatus) Status of the table entry. Change the status to create a new table entry or delete an existing one. To create a row, set the object to createAndGo . There are no mandatory objects in a create request. To delete a row, set the object to destroy .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSL_Configuration.htm TITLE=SSL Configuration TEXT=SSL Blade Configuration: Configure VLANs The SSL Blade Configuration dialog box displays the VLANs configured on the secure sockets layer (SSL) blade. Procedure Right-click the SSL blade, then select SSL Blade Configuration . The following information appears: VLAN ID IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Route IP Address Route Subnet Mask Route Gateway Is Admin VLAN? From the SSL Configuration dialog box: To create a new server load balancing VLAN, click Create . To delete a VLAN, select a row, then click Delete . To modify a VLAN, select a row, then click Modify . VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. IP Address IP address of the interface, in A.B.C.D format. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN. Route IP Address IP Address of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Subnet Mask Subnet Mask of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Gateway Gateway for server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) Services Module. Is Admin VLAN? When true, the VLAN is an admin VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSL_Create.htm TITLE=SSL Create TEXT=SSL Blade Configuration: Create VLANs The Create SSL BLade dialog box allows you to create a secure socket layer (SSL) VLAN. Procedure Right-click the SSL blade, then select SSL Blade Configuration . The SSL Configuration dialog box appears. Click Create . The following information appears: SSL VLAN VLAN ID IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Is Admin VLAN? Static Route Route IP Address Route Subnet Mask Route Gateway VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. IP Address IP address of the interface, in A.B.C.D format. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN. Is Admin VLAN? When true, the VLAN is an admin VLAN. Route IP Address IP Address of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Subnet Mask Subnet Mask of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Gateway Gateway for server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) Services Module.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SSL_Modify.htm TITLE=SSL Modify TEXT=SSL Blade Configuration: Modify VLANs The Modify SSL BLade dialog box allows you to modify a selected secure socket layer (SSL) VLAN. Procedure Right-click the SSL blade, then select SSL Blade Configuration . The SSL Configuration dialog box appears. Select a row, then click Modify . The following information appears: SSL VLAN VLAN ID IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Is Admin VLAN? Static Route Route IP Address Route Subnet Mask Route Gateway VLAN ID Number assigned to a particular VLAN. IP Address IP address of the interface, in A.B.C.D format. Subnet Mask IP mask address associated with a particular VLAN. Gateway IP gateway for the traffic in a particular VLAN. Is Admin VLAN? When true, the VLAN is an admin VLAN. Route IP Address IP Address of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Subnet Mask Subnet Mask of the server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) services module. Route Gateway Gateway for server that is one or more layer 3 hops away from the secure sockets layer (SSL) Services Module.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Status.htm TITLE=Status TEXT=Status Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Redundant Framework > Status . The Status dialog box indicates the status of theRedundant Framework (RF) subsystem on thedevice. The following information is displayed: Redundancy Status: Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Fail over Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) StandBy Entry Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) Redundancy Mode Capabilities: Redundancy Mode (cRFStatusRFModeCapsMode) Redundancy Mode Description (cRFStatusRFModeCapsModeDescr) Redundancy Status: Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) A unique identifier for this redundant unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical entity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Current state of RF on this unit. Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Unique identifier for the redundant peer unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical mentity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Current state of RF on the peer unit. Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that thisunit is the primary unit. The primary unit is given a higher priority orprecedence over the secondary unit. Only one redundant unit can be the primaryunit at any given time. Note that the terms primary/secondary are not synonymous with the termsactive/standby. At any given time, the primary unit may be the active unit orthe standby unit; likewise for the secondary unit. Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Indicates whether the redundant peer unit has been detected or not. Truemeans that it has been detected. Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Indicates whether a manual switch of activity is permitted. False means thatmanual switch of activity is allowed. The valuet is the inverse of the status ofmanual SWACTs. A switch of activity happens when the standby redundant unitbecomes active and the previously active unit is in standby mode. Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Reason for the last switch of activity. Fail over Time (cRFStatusFailoverTime) Value of sysUpTime when the primary redundant unit took over as the active unit. The value of this object is zero until the first switchover. StandBy Entry Time (cRFStatusPeerStandByEntryTime) Value of sysUpTime when the peer redundant unit entered the standbyHot state. The value of this object is zero after system initialization. Redundancy Mode Capabilities: Redundancy Mode (cRFStatusRFModeCapsMode) not listed in CISCO-RF_MIB Redundancy Mode Description (cRFStatusRFModeCapsModeDescr) not listed in CISCO-RF_MIB
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SVI_Configure.htm TITLE=SVI Configure TEXT=Switched Virtual Interface: Configure The Configure SVI dialog box allows you to enter the details for creating a switched virtual interface (SVI). An SVI is a switch interface with an IP address that is a layer 3 LAN. VLAN Interface ID IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Status From the SVI Configure dialog box: To create an SVI click Create . To modify an SVI, select a row, then click Modify . VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. IP Address IP address of the VLAN interface. Subnet Mask Mask IP address of the VLAN interface. Interface Status Status of the VLAN interface. Status can be Up or Down.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SVI_Create.htm TITLE=SVI Create TEXT=Switched Virtual Interface: Create The Create SVI dialog box allows you to enter the details for creating a switched virtual interface (SVI). An SVI is a switch interface with an IP address that is a layer 3 LAN. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configuration Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge dialog box appears. Click Configure in SVI toolbar. The SVI details are displayed. Click Create . The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID VLAN Interface IP Address VLAN Interface Subnet Mask VLAN Interface State VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface IP Address IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface Subnet Mask Mask IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface State Status of the VLAN interface. Status can be Up or Down.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/SVI_Modify.htm TITLE=SVI Modify TEXT=Switched Virtual Interface: Modify The Modify SVI dialog box allows you to modify the details of a switched virtual interface (SVI). An SVI is a switch interface with an IP address that is a layer 3 LAN. Procedure Right-click the device, then select Configure . The Configuration Device dialog box appears. Select VLAN & Bridge from the Category list. The VLAN & Bridge dialog box appears. Click Configure in SVI toolbar. The SVI details are displayed. Select a row, then click Modify . The following information appears: VLAN Interface ID VLAN Interface IP Address VLAN Interface Subnet Mask VLAN Interface State VLAN Interface ID Identifier of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface IP Address IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface Subnet Mask Mask IP address of the VLAN interface. VLAN Interface State Status of the VLAN interface. Status can be Up or Down.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Switching_Bus_Objects.htm TITLE=Switching Bus Objects TEXT=Switching Bus Objects Navigation Device > Configure > Switching Bus The following information appears: Utilization (cc6kxbarSwBusUtilization) Peak Utilization (cc6kxbarSwBusPeakUtilization) Peak Time Util (cc6kxbarSwBusPeakTimeUtil) Utilization (cc6kxbarSwBusUtilization) Percentage of bandwidth utilized by the switching bus. Peak Utilization (cc6kxbarSwBusPeakUtilization) Highest percentage of bandwidth utilized by the switching bus since the system started. Peak Time Util (cc6kxbarSwBusPeakTimeUtil) Indicates when the switching bus utilized the highest percentage of bandwidth.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Switch_Port_Analyzer.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) Device > Configure > SPAN (Switch Port Analyzer) The Switch Port Analyzer dialog box contains a table with PortCopy information on the switch. Port Copy allows you to copy all frames from aspecified source to a specified destination within a switch. The following information is displayed: Span Type (portCopySessionType) Source Ports/VLANs (portCopySource) Destination Port (portCopyDest) Direction (portCopyDirection) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create a new entry. Click Delete to delete a new entry. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Span Type (portCopySessionType) Indicates the span session type.When the value of this object is local , both source and destination ports reside on the sameswitch. If the associated portCopyStatus object is set to active , then this objectcannot be modified. Source Ports/VLANs (portCopySource) Indicates the port number of the source port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Destination Port (portCopyDest) Indicates the port number of the destination port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Direction (portCopyDirection) Specifies the direction in which traffic is copied from a switch source portfor the indicated port copy operation: When the value of this object is copyRxOnly(1) , only traffic received on the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyTxOnly(2) , only traffic transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyBoth(3) , all traffic received on or transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. The creation and deletion of instances of this object is controlled byportCopyRowStatus. Note that there is no guarantee that changing the value ofthis object while the value of the associated portCopyRowStatus object is set to active will not cause traffic discontinuities in the packet stream.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/System_Information.htm TITLE=System Information TEXT=System Information Device > Configure > System Information This dialog box provides general system information, displaying chassis, image,and entity information. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Chassis: Orderable Part Number (ceAssetOrderablePartNumber) Hardware Revision (ceAssetHardwareRevision) Part Number (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Board Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Chassis Serial Number (ceAssetSerialNumber) System: IOS Version (IOS Version) IOS Feature Set (IOS Feature Set) IOS Sysdescr (IOS Sysdescr) ROM Monitor (romVersion) System Image (sysConfigName) Last Reload Reason (whyReload) Configuration Register: Current Value (configRegister) Value at Next Reload (configRegNext) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Chassis: Orderable Part Number (ceAssetOrderablePartNumber) Part number to use to when ordering the entity. Hardware Revision (ceAssetHardwareRevision) Hardware revision string for the entity. Part Number (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Manufacturing assembly number for the entity. Board Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Revision string for the entity, within ceAssetMfgAssyNumber. Chassis Serial Number (ceAssetSerialNumber) Serial number of the entity. System: IOS Version (IOS Version) Indicates what version of IOS is running on this device. IOS Feature Set (IOS Feature Set) Indicates the IOS feature set currently running on this device. IOS Sysdescr (IOS Sysdescr) Provides information on the version of IOS running on this device. ROM Monitor (romVersion) ROM monitor version. System Image (sysConfigName) Name of the system boot image. Last Reload Reason (whyReload) Reason for the last reload. Configuration Register: Current Value (configRegister) Current value of the configuration register. Value at Next Reload (configRegNext) Value of the configuration register after the next reload.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/System_Processes_Information.htm TITLE=System Processes Information TEXT=System Processes Information You can access the System Processes Information dialog box in one of twoways: Device > Configure > System Processes Information Device > Monitor > System Processes Information This dialog box displays information on the processes running on this device.This table is updated as processes are created and terminated by the device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Process Name (cpmProcessName) Process Creation Time (cpmProcessTimeCreated) Process Priority (cpmProcExtPriorityRev) Invoke Count (cpmProcExtInvokedRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the CPU Utilization dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Numeric identifier assigned to a runningprocess. Process Name (cpmProcessName) Name assigned to a running process. Process Creation Time (cpmProcessTimeCreated) The time that the process was created. This object together with cpmProcessPID uniquely identifies a process. Process Priority (cpmProcExtPriorityRev) Priority level at which the process is running. This object deprecates cpmProcExtPriority. Invoke Count (cpmProcExtInvokedRev) Number of times since cpmTimeCreated that the process has been invoked. Thisobject deprecates cpmProcExtInvoked.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/TCP_Configuration.htm TITLE=TCP Configuration TEXT=TCP Configuration Device > Configure > TCP The TCP Configuration dialog box displays the retransmission algorithmand timeout information for this device. The algorithm determines how longthe system will wait, after transmitting an unacknowledged segment, beforetiming out and retransmitting the segment. This information helps controltraffic congestion on your network. The dialog box displays the following data: RetransmissionAlgorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Min RetransmissionTimeout (msec) (tcpRtoMin) Max RetransmissionTimeout (msec) (tcpRtoMax) Max Connections(tcpMaxConn) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm used to determine the timeout value for retransmitting unacknowledgedoctets. There are four possible values: other (1) none of the following constant (2) A constant RTO rsre (3) MIL-STD-1778, Appendix B vanj (4) Van Jacobson's algorithm [10] Min Retransmission Timeout (msec) (tcpRtoMin) Minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for retransmission timeout,measured in milliseconds. Max Retransmission Timeout (msec) (tcpRtoMax) Maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for retransmission timeout,measured in milliseconds. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Maximum number of TCP connections the entity can support. In entitieswhere the maximum number is dynamic, this object should have the value"-1".
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/TCP_Connections.htm TITLE=TCP Connections TEXT=TCP Connections Device > Configure > TCP > TCP Connections This dialog box displays the following data on the TCP connections configured on this device: Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Port (tcpConRemPort) State (tcpConnState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address of this TCP connection. For connections in the listen state which accept connections from any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number of this TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address of this TCP connection. Port (tcpConRemPort) Remote port number of this TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) State of this TCP connection.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Temperature.htm TITLE=Temperature TEXT=Temperature To access the Temperature dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Temperature Status or Device > Monitor > Temperature Status . Select an entry and click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the temperature of the selected testpoint. This dialog box displays the following data: Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Temperatureof the test point.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Temperature_Status.htm TITLE=Temperature Status TEXT=Temperature Status Temperature Status: Device > Configure > Temperature Status Temperature Table: Device > Monitor > Temperature Status This dialog box displays the status of the associated test point maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: Index (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusIndex) Test Point (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr) Current Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Threshold Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold) Last Shutdown Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown) Test Point State (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Temperature dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusIndex) Unique index for the testpoint being implemented. Test Point (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr) Shorttextual description of thetestpoint being monitored. Current Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Temperatureof the testpoint. Threshold Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold) Highesttemperature the testpoint can attain before an emergency shutdown of the deviceis initiated. Last Shutdown Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown) Temperatureof the testpoint when an emergency shutdown of the device was last initiated. Test Point State (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState) Currentstate of the testpoint being monitored. There are six possible values : Normal: the component is running at the normal operating temperature Warning: the component is running slightly above the normal operating temperature Critical: the component is running well above the normal operating temperature Shutdown: the component is running at a dangerously high temperature, and the device should be shut down immediately Not Present: the temperature sensor is not present Not Functioning: the temperature sensor is not functioning properly
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Threshold_Configuration.htm TITLE=Threshold Configuration TEXT=Threshold Configuration Configuration > Output Scheduling > Threshold Configuration Threshold configuration consists of configuring the drop algorithms. The two types of drop algorithms are TailDrop and Weighted Random Early Detect (WRED). TailDrop entails dropping incoming packets if the queue type can be configured as a percentage. WRED is a mechanism of dropping packets fairly during congestion so that adaptive applications can react to congestion. Configuring WRED is done by specifying minimum and maximum threshold. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Queue Type (caqQueueThreshQueueType) Queue Number (caqQueueThreshQueueIndex) Threshold Value (caqQueueThreshThresholdIndex) Drop Algorithm (caqQueueThreshDropAlgorithm) Drop Threshold (caqQueueThreshDropThreshold) Min WRED Threshold (caqQueueThreshMinWredThreshold) Max WRED Threshold (caqQueueThreshMaxWredThreshold) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Queue Type (caqQueueThreshQueueType) Indicates the queue type. Queue Number (caqQueueThreshQueueIndex) Indicates the queue number. This number must not be larger than the queue count defined by caqQueueThreshQueueType. Threshold Value (caqQueueThreshThresholdIndex) Indicates the threshold number. This number must not be larger than the threshold count defined by caqQueueThreshQueueType. Drop Algorithm (caqQueueThreshDropAlgorithm) Indicates the drop algorithm used by this queue and threshold.tailDrop(1) value indicates that tailDrop is used; wred(2) value indicates that WRED is used. Drop Threshold (caqQueueThreshDropThreshold) Specifies the drop threshold parameter for a queue and threshold of an interface queue type when the drop algorithm used is TailDrop. When the number of packets in the buffer exceeds the value of this object, incoming packets in the buffer are dropped. The value is a percentage of the full buffer. This object is instantiated only if the value of caqQueueThreshDropAlgorithm is tailDrop(1). Min WRED Threshold (caqQueueThreshMinWredThreshold) Specifies the min WRED threshold parameter of a threshold number for the specific port type when WRED drop algorithm is used. WRED (Weighted Random Early Detect) is a mechanism which drops packets fairly during congestion so that adaptive applications can react to the congestion. This object specifies a percentage of the buffer size. This object is instantiated only if the value of caqQueueThreshDropAlgorithm is wred(2). Max WRED Threshold (caqQueueThreshMaxWredThreshold) Specifies the max WRED threshold parameter of a threshold number for the specific port type when WRED drop algorithm is used. This object is instantiated only if the value of caqQueueThreshDropAlgorithm is wred(2).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Total_CPU_Utilization.htm TITLE=Total CPU Utilization TEXT=Total CPU Utilization To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > Total CPU Utilization . Select and entry and click Monitor . Use this feature to display CPU utilization information over three differenttime periods. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: CPU Busy (5sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) CPU Busy (1min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) CPU Busy (5min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. CPU Busy (5sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (1min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (5min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Trunk_VLAN_Mapping.htm TITLE=Trunk VLAN Mapping (For Cat4K and Cat6K only) TEXT=Trunk VLAN Mapping (For Catalyst 4000 and 6000 devices only) Device > Configure > Trunk VLAN Mapping Use the Trunk VLAN Mapping dialog box to add and delete VLAN to VLAN association. Note: For Catalyst 4000 and 6000 devices only running software image version 6.1 or later. From VLAN (vlanTrunkMappingFromVlan) Indicates the VLAN ID that will be mapped to the VLAN in the corresponding instance of To VLAN (vlanTrunkMappingToVlan) in the device. If mapping type is dot1qToisl, then the valid values are 1001..4095. If mapping type is reservedToNonReserved, then the valid values are 1006..1024. To VLAN (vlanTrunkMappingToVlan) Indicates the VLAN which the corresponding instance of From VLAN (vlanTrunkMappingFromVlan) will be mapped to. If mapping type is dot1qToisl, then the valid values are 1..1000. If mapping type is reservedToNonReserved, then the valid values are 1..1005 and 1025..4094. For Catalyst 6000 devices only: If the MAC reduction feature is disabled, then extended VLANs cannot be used for reserverToNonreserve mapping type. Mapping Type (vlanTrunkMappingType) Specifies the trunk VLAN mapping type: reservedToNonReserved, dot1qToisl. If extended range VLANs exist, you cannot create dot1qToisl mapping entries. Note: On Catalyst 4000 devices, only dot1qToisl is supported. Operational (vlanTrunkMappingOper) Indicates whether VLAN mapping is effective or not. If the switch is VTP client and To VLAN does not exist, then the mapping entry will be created in a false state. Note: Maximum number of mapping entries allowed in this table for Catalyst 4000 devices: 7. Maximum number of mapping entries allowed in this table for Catalyst 6000 devices: 8. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create a new trunk VLAN mapping. Click Delete to delete the selected trunk VLAN mapping. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Tx_Statistics.htm TITLE=IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Tx Statistics TEXT=IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Tx Statistics To launch the IGMP Snooping Capable Interfaces Tx Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > IGMP Snooping Statistics. With an interface selected, click Monitor. This dialog box provides Tx statistics for IGMP Snooping capable interfaces. The following data is displayed: General Queries Transmitted (cisTxGeneralQueries) Group Specific Queries Transmitted (cisTxGroupSpecificQueries) Total Membership Reports Transmitted (cisTxReports) Total Membership Leaves Transmitted (cisTxLeaves) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. General Queries Transmitted (cisTxGeneralQueries) Number of general queries that have been transmitted through an interface. Group Specific Queries Transmitted (cisTxGroupSpecificQueries) Total number of group-specific queries that have been transmitted through an interface. Total Membership Reports Transmitted (cisTxReports) Total number of membership reports that have been transmitted through an interface. Total Membership Leaves Transmitted (cisTxLeaves) Total number of leave messages that have been transmitted through an interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/UDP_Conf.htm TITLE=UDP TEXT=UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP dialog box lists the socket addresses configured on this device.Socket addresses are the mapping of IP addresses and UDP port numbers,used by local applications awaiting UDP datagrams. This dialog box displays the following data: Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local Port (udpLocalPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for this UDP listener. In the case of a UDP listenerwhich accepts datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node,the value "0.0.0.0" is used. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Local port number for this UDP listener.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/UplinkFast_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=UplinkFast TEXT=UplinkFast Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree > UplinkFast From this dialog box, you can monitor the UplinkFast transitions recorded onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: UplinkFast Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Station Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. UplinkFast Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Cumulative number of UplinkFast transitions recorded on the device. An UplinkFast transition goes directly from the STP Blocking state to the STP Forwarding state. Station Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) Cumulative number of station-learning frames generated on the device due toUplinkFast transitions.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Uplink_Fast_Capability.htm TITLE=Uplink Fast Capability TEXT=Uplink Fast Capability Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Uplink Fast Capability This dialog box displays the UplinkFast settings for the spanning tree protocolconfigured on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: UplinkFast Status (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Station Learning Rate (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. UplinkFast Status (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Displays whether STP UplinkFast is enabled on the device, as true or false. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST . Station Learning Rate (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) Maximum number of station-learning frames that this device will generate ineach 100 millisecond period after an UplinkFast transition. The default is 15. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/User_Database.htm TITLE=User Database TEXT=User Database From this dialog box, you can view the IP address, port number, and current state of user database servers configured on the selected content services gateway (CSG) module. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a CSG module selected, click User Database. The following information is displayed: IP Address (csgUserDbIpAddr) Port Number (csgUserDbPort) State (csgUserDbState) IP Address (csgUserDbIpAddr) IP address of the user database. Port Number (csgUserDbPort) Indicates the listening UDP port associated with the user database. State (csgUserDbState) State of the user database. There are three possible values: reset—The database has not been recognized as being active yet. active—The database is available and processing requests. failed—The database has failed and is not processing requests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/User_Database_Statistics.htm TITLE=User Database Statistics TEXT=User Database Statistics From this dialog box, you can monitor the traffic statistics for the selected user database server in real time. Navigation Right-click the device, then select Configure > Content Services Gateway . With a CSG module selected, click User Database. With a user database server selected, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: User Requests (csgUserDbRequests) User Ids Returned (csgUserDbUidsReturned) Requests Resent (csgUserDbReqResent) Requests Timed Out (csgUserDbReqTimeouts) Requests Errors (csgUserDbReqErrors) User Requests (csgUserDbRequests) Number of user database requests. User Ids Returned (csgUserDbUidsReturned) Number of user identifiers returned. Requests Resent (csgUserDbReqResent) Number of database requests resent. Requests Timed Out (csgUserDbReqTimeouts) Number of user database requests that have timed out. Requests Errors (csgUserDbReqErrors) Number of errors returned on user database requests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_billing_mediation_agent_statistics1.htm TITLE=Billing Mediation Agent Statistics1 TEXT=Billing Mediation Agent Statistics1 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select Billing Agent from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select Billing Mediation Agent Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Number of Records Lost (ccsBMALostRecords) Max Records Lost (ccsBMAHCLostRecords) Records Sent to BMA (ccsBMATotalSent) Max Records Sent to BMA (ccsBMAHCTotalSent) Acknowledgments Received (ccsBMAFailAck) Max Ackmts Received (ccsBMAHCFailAck) Number of Records Lost (ccsBMALostRecords) Total number of lost records since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. Max Records Lost (ccsBMAHCLostRecords) Total number of lost records since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsBMALostRecords. Records Sent to BMA (ccsBMATotalSent) Total number of records sent to the BMA. Max Records Sent to BMA (ccsBMAHCTotalSent) Total number of records sent to the BMA. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsBMATotalSent. Acknowledgments Received (ccsBMAFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the BMA for which there are no outstanding requests. Max Ackmts Received (ccsBMAHCFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the BMA for which there are no outstanding requests. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsBMAFailAck.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_billing_mediation_agent_statistics2.htm TITLE=Billing Mediation Agent Statistics2 TEXT=Billing Mediation Agent Statistics2 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select Billing Agent from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select Billing Mediation Agent Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Messages to be ACKed (ccsBMAOutstanding) Time to Reset High Water (ccsBMAHighWaterResetTime) Bad Records Received (ccsBMABadRecord) Max Bad Records Received (ccsBMAHCBadRecord) Messages Retransmitted (ccsBMARetransmit) Max Messages to BMA (ccsBMAHCRetransmit) Messages to be ACKed (ccsBMAOutstanding) Current number of messages waiting to be acknowledged. Time to Reset High Water (ccsBMAHighWaterResetTime) Indicates when ccsBMAHighWater was last reset to zero. Bad Records Recieved (ccsBMABadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which an error was detected while attempting to decode its contents. Max Bad Records Received (ccsBMAHCBadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which an error was detected while attempting to decode its contents. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsBMABadRecord. Messages Retransmitted (ccsBMARetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the billing mediation agent (BMA). Max Messages to BMA (ccsBMAHCRetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the BMA. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsBMARetransmit.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_billing_mediation_agent_table.htm TITLE=Billing Mediation Agent Table TEXT=Billing Mediation Agent Table Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select Billing Agent from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: VRF Name (ccsBMAVrfName) IP Address Type (ccsBMAIpAddrType) IP Address (ccsBMAIpAddr) Port No (ccsBMAPort) State (ccsBMAState) VRF Name (ccsBMAVrfName) Name of the VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) instance over which communication with the billing mediation agent ( BMA) occurs. If no VRF instance is specified, then the global routing table is used. IP Address Type (ccsBMAIpAddrType) Indicates the address type of ccsBMAIpAddr. IP Address (ccsBMAIpAddr) IP address of a BMA. Port No (ccsBMAPort) UDP port configured for a BMA. State (ccsBMAState) Status of a BMA. There are six possible values: standby —The BMA is ready to become active. failed —The BMA has failed to respond to requests. active —The BMA is ready to receive requests. echowait —An echo request has been sent to this BMA and is waiting for a response. nawait —A node-alive request has been sent to this BMA and is waiting for a response. suspended —The BMA has received a stop request from the operator.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_cpu_utilization_table.htm TITLE=CPU Utilization Table TEXT=CPU Utilization Table Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select CPU Utilization Table from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: CPU Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) CPU Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Index that uniquely represents a CPU (or group of CPUs) whose CPU load information is reported by a row in this table. This index is assigned arbitrarily by the engine and is not saved after a reboot. Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) entPhysicalIndex value of the physical entity for which the CPU statistics inthis entry are maintained. The physical entity can be a CPU chip, a group ofCPUs, a CPU card, etc. The exact entity type is described by itsentPhysicalVendorType value. If the CPU statistics in this entry correspond tomore than one physical entity (or no physical entities), or if theentPhysicalTable is not supported by the SNMP agent, the value of this objectmust be zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_global_statistics.htm TITLE=CSG Global Statistics TEXT=CSG Global Statistics Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select CSG Global Statistics from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Active Session Users (ccsgsUserCurrent) User Reset Time (ccsgsUserHighWaterResetTime) Total Sessions (ccsgsSessionCurrent) Session Reset Time (ccsgsSessionHighWaterResetTime) Active Session Users (ccsgsUserCurrent) Total number of users with one or more active sessions on the system. User Reset Time (ccsgsUserHighWaterResetTime) Indicates when the ccsgsUserHighWater object was last reset to zero. Total Sessions (ccsgsSessionCurrent) Total number of sessions on the system. A session corresponds to a TCP/UDP flow. Session Reset Time (ccsgsSessionHighWaterResetTime) Indicates when the ccsgsSessionHighWater object was last reset to zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_quota_manager_statistics1.htm TITLE=CSG Quota Manager Statistics1 TEXT=CSG Quota Manager Statistics1 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select CSG Quota Server from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select CSG Quota Manager Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Records Lost (ccsQuotaMgrLostRecords) Max Records Lost (ccsQuotaMgrHCLostRecords) Records Sent (ccsQuotaMgrTotalSent) Total Records Sent (ccsQuotaMgrHCTotalSent) Ackmts Received (ccsQuotaMgrFailAck) Max Ackmts Received (ccsQuotaMgrHCFailAck) Records Lost (ccsQuotaMgrLostRecords) Total number of lost records since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. Max Records Lost (ccsQuotaMgrHCLostRecords) Total number of lost records since system initialization or the last time the counter wrapped. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsQuotaMgrLostRecords. Records Sent (ccsQuotaMgrTotalSent) Total number of records sent to the quota manager. Total Records Sent (ccsQuotaMgrHCTotalSent) Total number of records sent to the quota manager. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsQuotaMgrTotalSent. Ackmts Received (ccsQuotaMgrFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the quota manager for which there are no requests. Max Ackmts Received (ccsQuotaMgrHCFailAck) Number of acknowledgments received from the quota manager for which there are no requests. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsQuotaMgrFailAck.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_quota_manager_statistics2.htm TITLE=CSG Quota Manager Statistics2 TEXT=CSG Quota Manager Statistics2 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select CSG Quota Server from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select CSG Quota Manager Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Messages to be ACKed (ccsQuotaMgrOutstanding) Time to Reset HighWater (ccsQuotaMgrHighWaterResetTime) Bad Records Received (ccsQuotaMgrBadRecord) Max Bad Records Received (ccsQuotaMgrHCBadRecord) Messages Retransmitted (ccsQuotaMgrRetransmit) Max Messages Retransmitted (ccsQuotaMgrHCRetransmit) Messages to be ACKed (ccsQuotaMgrOutstanding) Current number of messages waiting to be acknowledged. Time to Reset HighWater (ccsQuotaMgrHighWaterResetTime) Indicates when ccsgsUserHighWater was last reset to zero. Bad Records Received (ccsQuotaMgrBadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which an error was detected while attempting to decode its contents. Max Bad Records Received (ccsQuotaMgrHCBadRecord) Number of bad records received. These are records in which an error was detected while attempting to decode its contents. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsQuotaMgrBadRecord. Messages Retransmitted (ccsQuotaMgrRetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the quota manager. Max Messages Retransmitted (ccsQuotaMgrHCRetransmit) Number of messages retransmitted to the quota manager. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsQuotaMgrRetransmit.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_quota_manager_table.htm TITLE=CSG Quota Manager Table TEXT=CSG Quota Manager Table Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select CSG Quota Server from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Quota Server VRF Name (ccsQuotaMgrVrfName) IP Address Type (ccsQuotaMgrIpAddrType) IP Address (ccsQuotaMgrIpAddr) Port (ccsQuotaMgrPort) Quota Manager State (ccsQuotaMgrState) Quota Server VRF Name (ccsQuotaMgrVrfName) Name of the VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) instance over which communication with the quota manager occurs. If no VRF instance is specified, then the global routing table is used. IP Address Type (ccsQuotaMgrIpAddrType) Indicates the address type of ccsQuotaMgrIpAddr. IP Address (ccsQuotaMgrIpAddr) IP address of a quota manager. Port (ccsQuotaMgrPort) UDP port configured for a quota manager. Quota Manager State (ccsQuotaMgrState) Status of a quota manager. There are six possible values: standby —The quota manager is ready to become active. failed —The quota manager has failed to respond to requests. active —The quota manager is ready to receive requests. echowait —An echo request has been sent to this quota manager and is waiting for a response. nawait —A node-alive request has been sent to this quota manager and is waiting for a response. suspended —The quota manager has received a stop request from the operator.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_sami_module.htm TITLE=SAMI Module TEXT=SAMI Module Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Device Platform (cdpCachePlatform) With a device selected, click Statistics to launch the CPU Utilization Table dialog box. Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Address (cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has a value of ip(1) , then this object is an IP address. Device Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_total_cpu_utilization.htm TITLE=Total CPU Utilization TEXT=Total CPU Utilization Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select CPU Utilization Table from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select Total CPU Utilization from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: CPU Busy (5 sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) CPU Busy (1 min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) CPU Busy (5 min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) CPU Busy (5 sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last 5 second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (1 min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (5 min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from CISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_user_database_statistics1.htm TITLE=User Database Statistics1 TEXT=User Database Statistics1 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select User Database from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select User Database Statistics1 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Total Requests (ccsUserDbRequests) Max Number of Requests (ccsUserDbHCRequests) User Identifiers Returned (ccsUserDbUidsReturned) Max Returned Identifiers (ccsUserDbHCUidsReturned) Resent Database Requests (ccsUserDbReqResent) Total Requests (ccsUserDbRequests) Number of user database requests. Max Number of Requests (ccsUserDbHCRequests) Number of user database requests. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsUserDbRequests. User Identifiers Returned (ccsUserDbUidsReturned) Number of user identifiers returned. Max Returned Identifiers (ccsUserDbHCUidsReturned) Number of user identifiers returned. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsUserDbHCUidsReturned. Resent Database Requests (ccsUserDbReqResent) Number of database requests resent.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_user_database_statistics2.htm TITLE=User Database Statistics2 TEXT=User Database Statistics2 Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select User Database from the Category drop-down box. With a table entry selected, click Monitor . Select User Database Statistics2 from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: Max Requests Resent (ccsUserDbHCReqResent) Time out Requests (ccsUserDbReqTimeouts) Max Request Time out (ccsUserDbHCReqTimeouts) Errors on Request (ccsUserDbReqErrors) Max Errors on Request (ccsUserDbHCReqErrors) Max Requests Resent (ccsUserDbHCReqResent) Number of database requests resent. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsUserDbReqResent. Time out Requests (ccsUserDbReqTimeouts) Number of user database requests that have timed out. Max Request Time out (ccsUserDbHCReqTimeouts) Number of user database requests that have timed out. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsUserDbReqTimeouts. Errors on Request (ccsUserDbReqErrors) Number of errors returned on user database requests. Max Errors on Request (ccsUserDbHCReqErrors) Number of errors returned on user database requests. This object is a 64-bit version of ccsUserDbReqErrors.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/v26_user_database_table.htm TITLE=User Database Table TEXT=User Database Table Navigation Right-click the Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and then select Configure . Select SAMI module from the Category drop-down box. With a device selected, click Statistics . Select Content Services Gateway from the Category drop-down box. Select User Database from the Category drop-down box. The following information appears: VRF Name (ccsUserDbVrfName) IP Address Type (ccsUserDbIpAddrType) IP Address (ccsUserDbIpAddr) UDP Port (ccsUserDbPort) State (ccsUserDbState) VRF Name (ccsUserDbVrfName) Name of the VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) instance over which communication with the user data server occurs. If no VRF instance is specified, then the global routing table is used. IP Address Type (ccsUserDbIpAddrType) Indicates the address type of ccsUserDbIpAddr. IP Address (ccsUserDbIpAddr) IP address of the user database. UDP Port (ccsUserDbPort) UDP port configured for the user database. State (ccsUserDbState) Status of the user database. There are three possible values: reset —The database is waiting to be recognized as being active. active —The database is available and processing requests. failed —The database has failed and is not processing requests.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Version_3_Statistics.htm TITLE=IGMP Snooping Version 3 Statistics TEXT=IGMP Snooping Version 3 Statistics To access the IGMP Snooping Version 3 Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > IGMP Snooping Statistics. With an interface selected, click Monitor. Select IGMP Snooping Version 3 Statistics . This dialog box provides statistics for IGMP Snooping version 3 capable interfaces. The following data is displayed: ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES Records (cisV3Allows) BLOCK_OLD_SOURCE Records (cisV3Blocks) MODE_IS_INCLUDE Records (cisV3IsIncluded) MODE_IS_EXCLUDE Records (cisV3IsExcluded) CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE_MODE Records (cisV3ToIncluded) CHANGE_TO_EXCLUDE_MODE Records (cisV3ToExcluded) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES Records (cisV3Allows) Number of Source-List-Change records with the record type ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES that have been sent from hosts connected to an interface. This record type indicates that the source address fields in this group record contain a list of additional sources that the system wishes to hear from for packets sent to the specified multicast address. BLOCK_OLD_SOURCE Records (cisV3Blocks) Number of Source-List-Change records with the record type BLOCK_OLD_SOURCE that have been sent from hosts connected to an interface. This record type indicates that the source address fields in this group record contain a list of the sources that the system no longer wishes to hear from for packets sent to the specified multicast address. MODE_IS_INCLUDE Records (cisV3IsIncluded) Number of Current-State records in the state MODE_IS_INCLUDE sent from hosts in response to a query received by an interface. This state indicates that the interface has a filter mode of INCLUDE for the specified multicast address. MODE_IS_EXCLUDE Records (cisV3IsExcluded) Number of Current-State records in the state MODE_IS_EXCLUDE sent from hosts in response to a query received by an interface. This state indicates that the interface has a filter mode of EXCLUDE for the specified multicast address. CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE_MODE Records (cisV3ToIncluded) Number of Filter-Mode-Change records with the record type CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE_MODE that have been sent through an interface. This type of record indicates that: The filter mode has been changed to INCLUDE for the specified multicast address. The source address fields in this group record will contain the new source list for the specified multicast address, if it is not empty. CHANGE_TO_EXCLUDE_MODE Records (cisV3ToExcluded) Number of Filter-Mode-Change records with the record type CHANGE_TO_EXCLUDE_MODE that have been sent through an interface. This type of record indicates that: The filter mode has been changed to EXCLUDE for the specified multicast address. The source address fields in this group record will contain the new source list for the specified multicast address, if it is not empty.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Virtual_Client_Info.htm TITLE=Virtual Client Info TEXT=Virtual Client Info To access the Virtual Client Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a server load balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Virtual Servers . With an entry selected, click VirClient . This dialog box provides information regarding the client IP address, client mask, and the range of IP addresses of the clients. The Virtual Client Info dialog box displays the following information: Client IP Address (slbVirtualClientIpAddress) Client Mask (slbVirtualClientMask) Client Range Exclude (slbVirtualClientExclude) Virtual Client Row status (slbVirtualClientRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Client IP Address (slbVirtualClientIpAddress) The IP address of the client. It is used along with the slbVirtualClientMask to represent subsets of client traffic being handled by the virtual server. Client Mask (slbVirtualClientMask) The general purpose mask of the client. It is used along with the slbVirtualClientIpAddress to represent subsets of client traffic being handled by the particular virtual server. Client Range Exclude (slbVirtualClientExclude) The truth value that determines whether client range should be included or excluded on the virtual server. Virtual Client Row status (slbVirtualClientRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete the row entry in slbVirtualClientTable following the RowStatus textual convention.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Virtual_Server_Info.htm TITLE=Virtual Server Info TEXT=Virtual Server Info To access the Virtual Server Info dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SLB Statistics . With a Server Load Balancing (SLB) instance selected, click Virtual Servers . This dialog box provides information on the virtual server configured on the server load balancing (SLB) manager. virtual IP address, port, and the associated server farm name. The Virtual Server Info dialog box displays the following data: Virtual Name (slbVirtualServerName) Virtual State (slbVirtualServerState) Index (slbVirtualIndex) Virtual IP Address (slbVirtualIpAddress) Virtual Port (slbVirtualPort) Protocol (slbVirtualProtocol) Service (slbVirtualService) Address Advertise (slbVirtualAdvertise) Associated Server Farm name (slbVirtualFarmName) Delay time (slbVirtualDelayTimer) Idle time (slbVirtualIdleTimer) Sticky Time (slbVirtualStickyTimer) Sticky Group ID (slbVirtualStickyGroup) Unanswered SYNs count (slbVirtualSynguardCount) Period of Syngaurd Count (slbVirtualSynguardPeriod) Virtual Row status (slbVirtualRowStatus) Subnet mask (slbVirtualMask) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Monitor Virtual Server dialog box. With an entry selected, click VirClient to launch the Virtual Client Info dialog box. Click OK to continue. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Virtual Name (slbVirtualServerName) The name of the virtual server. Virtual State (slbVirtualServerState) The state of the virtual server. Index (slbVirtualIndex) The index assigned to the virtual server used to correlate connections with virtual servers. Virtual IP Address (slbVirtualIpAddress) The IP address of the virtual server. Virtual Port (slbVirtualPort) The port of the virtual server. Protocol (slbVirtualProtocol) The protocol for the virtual server. Service (slbVirtualService) The service setting for the virtual server. Setting this to values other than none results in an association being formed between clients using the service and the virtual server. Subsequent packets will be forwarded to the nominated real server. Address Advertise (slbVirtualAdvertise) The setting for virtual address advertising. It is set to true if the virtual server adds a static route to the routing table attracting traffic destined for slbVirtualIpAddress. Associated Server Farm name (slbVirtualFarmName) The name of the virtual server farm bound to the virtual server. Delay time (slbVirtualDelayTimer) The amount of time the SLB entity maintains TCP connection context after a connection has been terminated. Idle time (slbVirtualIdleTimer) The amount of time the SLB entity maintains connection information in the absence of packet activity. Sticky Time (slbVirtualStickyTimer) The amount of time a real server is remembered after a connection is terminated. Sticky Group ID (slbVirtualStickyGroup) The group ID associated with the sticky group the virtual server is placed in. A value zero shows that no sticky group is associated with the virtual server. Unanswered SYNs count (slbVirtualSynguardCount) The number of unanswered SYNs allowed to be outstanding to this virtual server. After this number is reached, SYNs are dropped depending on the value of slbVirtualSynguardPeriod. Period of Syngaurd Count (slbVirtualSynguardPeriod) The time interval for which the virtual server can have outstanding unanswered SYNs. This is used with slbVirtualSynguardCount to limit outstanding SYNs. Virtual Row status (slbVirtualRowStatus) The management station uses row status to create or delete the row entry in slbVirtualServerTable. Subnet mask (slbVirtualMask) The IP subnet mask that is applied to the virtual server address, for traffic filtering.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/VLAN_Flows_By_Services.htm TITLE=VLAN Flows By Services TEXT=VLAN Flows: By Services The VLAN Flows dialog box displays a tabular representation of VLANS spanning the various service blades in the chassis. This dialog box allows the user to identify potential security loopholes. The VLANs displayed in this table are sorted on services. You can also have the VLANs displayed sorted on VLAN ID. Navigation Right-click the device, then select VLAN Flows > By Services . The following information appears: Icons Service Slot No. VLAN Name VLAN ID VLAN Type Subnet Associated Ports Icons Pictorial representation of the associated service. Service Service associated with the VLAN. Service can be: Service Description MSFC A normal layer 3 VLAN interface. FWSM A layer 3 VLAN interface associated with a security level. CSM A layer 3 VLAN interface that is either a CSM client or a server. STE A layer 3 VLAN interface that secures traffic flow Slot No. Slot number of the blade associated with the VLAN. VLAN Name Name of the VLAN. VLAN ID Number assigned to the VLAN. VLAN Type Type of layer 3 VLAN. Type can be: VLAN Type Description Routed For MSFC layer 3 VLAN. Secure,name(x) For FWSM layer 3 VLAN, where name is the name of the secured interface and x is the security level. Client/Server For CSM layer 3 VLAN, client is for client VLANs and server is for server VLANs. Admin VLAN For SSL layer 3 VLAN Subnet IP address of the subnet in A.B.C.D/x format. A.B.C.D is the IP address and x denotes the number of bits set in the subnet mask. Associated Ports List of ports assigned to the VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/VLAN_Flows_By_VLANIDs.htm TITLE=VLAN Flows By VLANIDs TEXT=VLAN Flows By VLANIDs The VLAN Flows dialog box displays a tabular representation of VLANS spanning the various service blades in the chassis. This dialog box allows the user to identify potential security loopholes. The VLANs displayed in this table are sorted on VLAN IDs. You can also have the VLANs displayed sorted on services. Navigation Right-click the device, then select VLAN Flows > By VLAN IDs . The following information appears: VLAN Name VLAN ID Icons Service Slot No. VLAN Type Subnet Associated Ports VLAN Name Name of the VLAN. VLAN ID Number assigned to the VLAN. Icons Pictorial representation of the associated service. Service Service associated with the VLAN. Service can be: Service Description MSFC A normal layer 3 VLAN interface. FWSM A layer 3 VLAN interface associated with a security level. CSM A layer 3 VLAN interface that is either a CSM client or a server. STE A layer 3 VLAN interface that secures traffic flow. Slot No. Slot number of the blade associated with the VLAN. VLAN Type Type of layer 3 VLAN. Type can be: VLAN Type Description Routed For MSFC layer 3 VLAN. Secure,name(x) For FWSM layer 3 VLAN, where name is the name of the secured interface and x is the security level. Client/Server For CSM layer 3 VLAN, client is for client VLANs and server is for server VLANs. Admin VLAN For SSL layer 3 VLAN. Subnet IP address of the subnet in A.B.C.D/x format. A.B.C.D is the IP address and x denotes the number of bits set in the subnet mask. Associated Ports List of ports assigned to the VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/VLAN_Membership.htm TITLE=VLAN &amp; Ports TEXT=VLAN & Ports Device > Configure > VLAN Membership From this dialog box, you can configure VLAN port membership for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Name (ifName) Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN ID (vmVlan) VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the VLAN and port. Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN membership type assigned to this port: A port with static VLAN membership is assigned to a single VLAN directly. A port with dynamic membership is assigned a single VLAN based on the content of packets received on the port and via VQP queries to VMPS. A port with multi-VLAN membership may be assigned to one or more VLANs directly. A static or dynamic port membership is specified by the value of vmVlan. A multi-VLAN port membership is specified by the value of vmVlans. VLAN ID (vmVlan) Unique identifier of the VLAN this port is assigned to when vmVlanType is set to static or dynamic . When this object is not applicable, it will not be instantiated. When vmVlanType is set to static , the port is always assigned to a VLAN and this object may not be set to 0 . When vmVlanType is set to dynamic , the value of this object is 0 if the port is not currently assigned to a VLAN. VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) Indicates the current VLAN status of the port: inactive—a dynamic port is not assigned to a VLAN, or a port is assigned to a VLAN that is currently not active active—the currently assigned VLAN is active shutdown—the port has been disabled as a result of VQP shutdown response
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Vlan_Statistics.htm TITLE=VLAN Statistics TEXT=VLAN Statistics Device > Monitor > VLAN Statistics This dialog box provides the VLAN and SMON VLAN statistics for this device. With a Supervisory 2 module installed on the device, the following data is displayed: Interface Index (vtpVlanIfIndex) VLAN Index (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) By selecting a VLAN and clicking Monitor , you can monitor values for the following objects: Total Packets (smonVlanIdStatsTotalPkts) Non Unicast Packets (smonVlanIdStatsNUcastPkts) Total Octets (smonVlanIdStatsTotalOctets) Non Unicast Octets (smonVlanIdStatsNUcastOctets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click Stop to end device monitoring. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Index (vtpVlanIfIndex) Interface index for this VLAN. VLANIndex (vtpVlanIndex) }}--> }}--> Unique identifier of the VLAN monitored for this specific statistics collection. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with this VLAN. Total Packets (smonVlanIdStatsTotalPkts) Total number of packets counted on this VLAN. NonUnicast Packets (smonVlanIdStatsNUcastPkts) Total number of nonunicast packets counted on this VLAN. Total Octets (smonVlanIdStatsTotalOctets) Total number of octets counted on this VLAN. NonUnicast Octets (smonVlanIdStatsNUcastOctets) Total number of nonunicast HC octets counted on this VLAN. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Voice_VLAN_Configuration.htm TITLE=Voice VLAN Configuration TEXT=Voice VLAN Configuration Navigation Device > Configure > Voice VLAN Configuration The following information is displayed: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Voice VLAN ID (vmVoiceVlanId) Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected port. Voice VLAN ID (vmVoiceVlanId) The Voice VLAN ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Valid values range from zero to 4096, as described below: 0—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of zero. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of zero and an 802.1p priority. 1 through 4094—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of N (where N equals the VVID specifed by this object). VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of N and an 802.1p priority. 4095—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received untagged without an 802.1p priority set. 4096—CDP packets transmitting through this port do not contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV. Or, if this VVID is not supported by the port, then this MIB object cannot be configured and returns a value of 4096.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Voice_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Voice VLAN Details TEXT=Voice VLAN Details Navigation Device > Configure > Voice VLAN... The following information is displayed: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected port. Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) The Voice VLAN ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Valid values range from zero to 4096, as described below: 0—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of zero. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of zero and an 802.1p priority. 1 through 4094—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of N (where N equals the VVID specifed by this object). VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of N and an 802.1p priority. 4095—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received untagged without an 802.1p priority set. 4096—CDP packets transmitting through this port do not contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV. Or, if this VVID is not supported by the port, then this MIB object cannot be configured and returns a value of 4096.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_cvc00082.htm TITLE=Managing Card Configuration TEXT=Managing Card Configuration The Catalyst switch family supports several kinds of expansion modules.To get information about a module, select it in the device display, then choose Card from the Configure menu. The following categories of information are available: Physical Displays physical information about the module. Save Configuration Lets you save a copy of the module configuration file to NVRAM. Note: For information on how to read the LEDs on devices that support Virtual Switch functionality, click here . Physical Card > Configure > Physical The CiscoView Configure Card window displays the following information: Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Index value for the physical entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Hardware Revision (entPhysicalHardwareRev) Version number of the card being managed (for example, 3.1). Firmware Revision (entPhysicalFirmwareRev) Firmware version of the card being managed (for example, 2.0). Software Revision (entPhysicalSoftwareRev) Software version of the card being managed (for example, 3.2). Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) ^M Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Model Name(entPhysicalModelName) The vendor-specific model name associated with this card or module. Status (cefcModuleOperStatus) Current operational status of the module or card. Possible values include ok ,	 minorFault , majorFault , and other . If the status is a value other than ok , then the value of the Diagnostic Errors field gives more information about the cause of the problem. IP Address (cefcIntelliModuleIPAddr) IP address of the module or card. Note: This field is only displayed on NAM and IDS modules and for all other cards supporting IP Address configuration. Daughter Card# (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the daughterboard attached to this module. Note the following: If two daughterboards are attached, then the description of both daughterboards will be displayed. If no daughterboards are attached, then this field will not be displayed. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Save Configuration Card > Configure > Save Configuration The Save Configuration dialog box lets you save a copy of the module configuration file to NVRAM. Save Configuration to NVRAM (writeMem) Click Save to save the configuration to NVRAM. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Note: This category is applicable only for Supervisor Cards and ATM Cards (cevAtm1Oc12 and cevP1COc12 for software version > = 3.x ).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_cvc00090.htm TITLE=Managing Port Configuration TEXT=Managing Port Configuration To get information about a port on your switch, select the port in the CiscoView display and choose Port from the Configure menu. The following categories of information may be available, depending on the port type: Physical Displays physical information for the port. Interface Displays interface information for the port. Capabilities Displays information about the capabilities of a selected port. PVC Configuration Displays the parameters of the PVC tunnels defined on the port. Cisco Discovery Protocol Displays Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for the port. Bridge Displays bridging information for the port. FDDI Displays FDDI port information. Brouter Displays brouter information for the port. IGMP Filter Displays filtering information for the port. Filter Vendor Displays filter vendor information for the port. Filter Complex Displays filter complex information for the port. IGMP Displays IGMP information for the port. IGMP Multicast Displays IGMP multicast information for the port. Security Displays security information for the port. Broadcast Suppression Displays the broadcast packet suppression threshold for the port. Inter-Switch Link Indicates whether an inter-switch link is acting as a trunk. Managing the Console Port Displays physical information for the console port. Token Ring Displays Token Ring configuration information for a Token Ring port. Spanning Tree Displays spanning tree configuration information for a Token Ring port. Switching Displays information about the switching and operating mode of a Token Ring port. Source Routing Displays source routing information for a Token Ring port. Filtering Displays the Filtering window, from which you can configure a protocol or MAC address filter for a Token Ring port. VTP Pruning Displays VTP information for a selected port, if it is configured as a VLAN trunk port. Protocol Filtering Sets up a filter for the port based on protocol type. EtherChannel Configures a physical port interface to become part of an EtherChannel, and displays the PAgP information for the port(s). STP Root Guard Disallows a switch port from becoming root port in STP. UDLDP Detects unidirectional links for devices that are incorrectly connected by uncoupled fiber strands. Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Displays Layer2 protocol tunneling settings. Note: For information on how to read the LEDs on devices that support Virtual Switch functionality, click here . Interface Port > Configure > Interface To display interface information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Interface from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Index (ifIndex) Unique numerical index value for the interface. Descriptor (ifDescr) A textual string containing information about the interface. Port Description (ifAlias) This object is an 'alias' name for the interface as specified by a network manager. Type (ifType) The type of interface. Speed (ifSpeed) Estimate of current bandwidth in bits per second. If the value is constant or cannot be measured, nominal bandwidth is used. MTU (ifMtu) Size (in bytes) of the largest protocol data unit that can be sent or received on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) If applicable, a physical address such as an Ethernet MAC address, a phone number, or a Packet Data Net address. Where not relevant, a 0-length octet string is provided. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. The possible values are up or down. For the dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156, 5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to do an active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current actual operating state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of the sysUpTime (in hundredths of seconds) when the interface entered its current operational state (none if the current state was entered before last initialization of management entity). Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver table every time the port state changes from up to down. Cannot modify this field for ATM Ports. Role Combination (ccopsIfRoleCombination) This is the administratively-desired role combination which represents roles that are currently set by the administrator for a particular interface in the COPS domain. Only those role names exist in ccopsRoleTable can be used. This is only available when the supervisor module has a feature card in place. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Capabilities Port > Configure > Capabilities Use this feature to configure or display the capabilities of a port, such as speed, security, broadcast suppression, flow control, etc. The values of each capability is concatenated with commas. For example, if a port can be configured with speed auto, 10M, or 100M, then &#145;auto, 10M, 100M&#146; is displayed. Speed (portCpbSpeed) The port speed. Duplex Mode (portCpbDuplex) The duplex setting for the port; either half or full. Trunk Encapsulation Type (portCpbTrunkEncapsulationType) - Catalyst 4000 devices VLAN Encapsulation Type (portCpbTrunkEncapsulationType) - Catalyst 6000 devices The port&#146;s encapsulation type. Trunking Mode (portCpbTrunkMode) The port&#146;s trunking mode; either on, off, desirable, auto, no, or negotiation. Channelling (portCpbChannel) The port channeling setting; either yes or no. Broadcast Suppression (portCpbBroadcastSuppression) The means by which broadcast suppression is achieved; example: by percentage. Flow Control (portCpbFlowControl) The port&#146;s flow control method; either Receive Off, Receive On, Receive Desired, Send Off, Send On, or Send Desired. Security (portCpbSecurity) The port&#146;s security setting; either supported or not supported. Dynamic VLAN (portCpbVlanMembership) The port&#146;s VLAN membership status; either static or dynamic. Port Fast (portCpbPortfast) - Catalyst 4000 devices Portfast (portCpbPortfast) - Catalyst 6000 devices The port&#146;s Portfast setting; either supported or not supported. Udld (portCpbUdld) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates whether the port is, or is not, capable of UDLD (UniDirectional Link Detection). Inline Power (portCpbInlinePower) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the inline power capability of a port. Voice VLAN (portCpbAuxiliaryVlan) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the voice VLAN capability of a port. Span (portCpbSpan) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates the span capability of a port. 802.1x (portCpbDot1x) Indicates whether a port supports 802.1x. Auxiliary VLAN (portCpbAuxiliaryVlan) - Catalyst 6000 devices Indicates the voice VLAN capability of a port. IGMP Filter (portCpbIgmpFilter) - Catalyst 4000 devices Indicates whether a port supports IGMP filtering. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Cisco Discovery Protocol Port > Configure > Cisco Discovery Protocol To display Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for a port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Cisco Discovery Protocol from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Enabled (cdpInterfaceEnable) Whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol is running on this interface. The default value is enabled. Message Interval (cdpInterfaceMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are generated on this interface. The default is 60 seconds, and the possible values are from 5 to 900. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Bridge Port > Configure > Bridge The following information is displayed in the Bridge dialog box: Bridge Instance Number (dot1dStpInstance) In PVST+ mode, the bridge instance number is the VLAN number this port belongs to. The default value of this object is displayed as the native VLAN of this port. Note: There can be more than one valid VLAN for a trunk port, and bridge details can be obtained for each of these VLANs. In MISTP and MST mode, the bridge instance number is the MISTP/MST instance number of the native VLAN this port belongs to. For MISTP, the default value is the MISTP instance number mapped to this port's native VLAN. For MST, the default value is zero. Note: Since a trunk port can have more than one valid VLAN, multiple bridge instances are also valid. Click Bridge Details to launch the Bridge Details dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. FDDI Port > Configure > FDDI To display or change information for an FDDI port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select FDDI from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: PC Type (fddimibPORTMyType) Port Connector (PC) type. The possible values are a, b, s, m, or none. Neighbor PC Type (fddimibPORTNeighborType) Type of the remote port, as determined in Physical Connection Management (PCM). Connect State (fddimibPORTConnectState) Connect state of the port. The possible values are disabled, connecting, standby, or active. PCM State (fddimibPORTPCMState) Detailed state of the Port Connect state machine. PMD Class (fddimibPORTPMDClass) Type of physical medium for the port. The possible values are multimode, single-mode1, single-mode2, sonet, low-cost-fiber, twisted-pair, unknown, or unspecified. Ler Cutoff (fddimibPORTLerCutoff) Link Error Rate at which a link will be broken. The value is an integer from 4 through 15. Ler Alarm (fddimibPORTLerAlarm) Link Error Rate threshold at which an alarm will be generated. The value is an integer from 4 through 15. Ler Flag (fddimibPORTLerFlag) Condition when the Link Error Rate estimate is less than or equal to the Alarm level. The possible values are true or false. BS Flag (fddimibPORTBSFlag) Value of the flag indicating the break state. The possible values are true or false. PC Withold (fddimibPORTPCWithold) Value of PC_Withold. The possible values are none, m-m, other, incompatible, and path not available. MAC Placement (fddimibPORTMACPlacement) MAC, if any, whose transit path exits the station via this port. The value is an integer from 0 through 7. Action (fddimibPORTAction) Action request for the port. The possible values are other, maintPORT, enablePORT, disablePORT, startPORT, and stopPORT. Brouter Port > Configure > Brouter To display or change brouter information for a port, select Brouter from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Bridge VLAN (brouterPortBridgeVlan) Bridge VLAN to which this port belongs. Possible values are 1 to 1024. Route Group (brouterPortRouteGroup) IP route group to which this port belongs. For the Catalyst 5000, 5500, 2900 or CPW 2200, possible values are from 1 through 255; for the Catalyst 1200 and 1600, possible values are 1 to 10. IP Address (brouterPortIpAddr) IP address of the port. IP Helpers (brouterPortIpHelpers) Octet string indicating the other VLANs to which broadcasts received on this port will be forwarded. Net Mask (brouterPortNetMask) Subnet mask of the port. Broadcast Address (brouterPortBroadcast) Port&#146;s broadcast address. Broadcast Throttle (filterPortBroadcastThrottle) Maximum number of broadcast packets per second allowed on this port. Packets in excess of this limit are dropped. For FDDI, possible values are 1 through 150,000; for Ethernet, possible values are 1 through 15,000. The value 0 indicates that an unlimited number of broadcast packets are allowed. IGMP Filter Port > Configure > IGMP Filter To display or change filtering information from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP Filter from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Value (filterProtocolValue) 16-bit protocol value. A packet is dropped if the packet&#146;s type field or DSAP/SSAP field equals this value (a match) and the value deny is specified in the filter protocol table. The packet is dropped also if a match doesn&#146;t occur and at least one protocol type filter has the value permit. Type (filterProtocolType) Allows you to add or remove entries from the filter protocol table. To add a new entry to the filter protocol table, set this field to deny or permit for a module, port, and protocol not already in the table. To remove an entry, set this value to invalid. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Filter Complex Port > Configure > Filter Complex To display Filter Complex information from the CiscoView Configure window, select Filter Complex from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Index (filterTestIndex) Index value that uniquely identifies a test for a particular port. Offset (filterTestOffset) Byte offset value. This value must be a 32-bit word aligned offset (for example, 0, 4, 8). Value (filterTestValue) 32-bit value that is compared with the packet location by the value of the Filter Test Offset field. Mask (filterTestMask) 32-bit value to be bitwise ANDed with the packet location specified by the offset value (filterTestOffset) before being compared to the Value field (filterTestValue). Complex Expression (filterPortComplex) Complex expression indicating test results based on the filterTestIndex value. The expression uses the following numbers and symbols: Numbers 1 through 8 Logical operators & (and), | (or), ! (not) Parentheses The following is an example of a complex expression: ( ( 1 & 2 ) | ! 3 ) If the conditions in this filter expression match a packet, the packet is dropped. IGMP Port > Configure > IGMP To display or change IGMP information for a port from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Status (igmpCondFilterIfStatus) Whether the presence of an IP multicast router on this interface is determined statically or dynamically. The values routerPresent (indicating that the router is present) or noRouter (indicating that the router is not present) indicate that this information is statically determined. The value dynamic indicates that the information is dynamically or automatically determined. Router (igmpCondFilterIfRouter) Whether an IP multicast router is present on this interface. IGMP Multicast Port > Configure > IGMP Multicast To display or change IGMP multicast information from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select IGMP Multicast from the CATEGORY popup menu: The following information is displayed: Address (igmpCondFilterMcastAddress) IP address of the IP multicast group to which this port belongs. Member (igmpCondFilterMcastMember) Whether there is currently a member of the IP multicast group on this interface. In Pkts (igmpCondFilterMcastInPkts) Number of IP multicast datagrams destined for this multicast address that have been received on this interface. Out Pkts (igmpCondFilterMcastOutPkts) Number of IP multicast datagrams for this multicast address that have been forwarded to this interface. Security Port > Configure > Security The Security dialog box displays port security parameters for this port. Port Security Administrative Status (portSecurityAdminStatus) Set this value to enabled to enable port security on this port. Note: This variable cannot be enabled when the sysHighAvailabilityEnable is set to true. Port Security Operational Status (portSecurityOperStatus) Whether port security is currently enabled on this port. Port Security Last Source Address (portSecurityLastSrcAddr) Last source MAC address in an incoming packet seen on this port. Port Security Secure Source Address (portSecuritySecureSrcAddr) Address to be compared with incoming source addresses when port security is enabled on this port. Set this value to 0.0.0.0 to put the port in learning mode to make the next source address received the Secure Source Address. Security Policy (portSecurityViolationPolicy) If the value of this object is restrict(1) , the port drops all packets with unsecured addresses. If the value of this object is shutdown(2) , the port is forced to shut down for any violation of security. Supported only for Cat6000 series devices, version 5.4 or higher. Security Aging Time (portSecurityAgingTime) The interval in which the port is secured. After the expiration of the time, the corresponding portSecureSrcAddr or portSecurityExtSecureSrcAddr will be removed from the secure address list. The value of this object can be 0, or any number from 10 to 1440. If the value of this object is 0, the aging mechanism is disabled. Security Shutdown Time out (portSecurityShutdownTimeOut) The interval in which the port is shutdown due to the violation of security. After the expiration of the time, all the security configuration of this port is re-installed and the port is enabled. The value of this object can be 0, or any number from 10 to 1440. If the value of this object is 0, the port is shutdown permanently. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Broadcast Suppression Port > Configure > Broadcast Suppression The Broadcast Suppression dialog box displays the broadcast packet suppression threshold for the port. Broadcast Suppression - PPS Broadcast Throttle (cpscUpperThreshold) The maximum number of broadcast packets per second allowed on this port. Indicates the upper threshold of total traffic that can be handled on a given interface. When this threshold is exceeded, a storm event is declared and storm control action is taken. The value represents the traffic as a percentage of total bandwidth of the interface, in units of 0.01%. Broadcast Discards (cpscSuppressedPacket) Total number of packets that have been suppressed on a given interface by a storm control filter action. Broadcast Suppression - % Broadcast Threshold (cpscUpperThreshold) Indicates the integer part of the maximum percentage of available bandwidth allowed for incoming broadcast traffic on this port. Displayed for version 5.4 or higher. Broadcast Threshold Fraction (cpscUpperThreshold) Indicates the fraction part of the maximum percentage of available bandwidth allowed for incoming broadcast traffic on this port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Note: For information on how to read the LEDs on devices that support Virtual Switch functionality, click here . Inter-Switch Link Port > Configure > Inter-Switch Link The following information is displayed: Trunk Admin Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicState) Allows you to specify whether an Inter-Switch Link is a trunk. This object has five possible values: on —The link is permanently set to be a trunk. off —The link will never be a trunk. desirable —The link will initiate any negotiation necessary to become a trunk. However, it will not become a trunk unless it first receives confirmation from the switch at the far end of the link. auto —Before the link can become a trunk, the switch at the far end of the link is required to either start negotiations or start sending encapsulated packets. onNoNegotiate —The link is permanently set to be a trunk. Also, no negotiation takes place with the switch at the far end of the link to ensure consistent operation. Note the following: This object does notappear for ATM ports, on which trunking is enabled by default. If the port does not support negotiation or its corresponding vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType value is set to negotiate , you will not be able to set this object to	 onNoNegotiate . Trunk Oper Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) When the value of this object is trunking , it indicates that this Inter-Switch Link is acting as a trunk. Trunk Allowed VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansEnabled) Indicates theVLANs on which the local system can send and receive frames. This object consists of a string of octets containing one bit per VLAN in the management domain on this trunk. If the bit corresponding to a VLAN is set to 1 , then the local system is enabled to send and receive frames on that VLAN. If the bit corresponding to a VLAN is set to 0 , then the local system cannot send or receive frames on that VLAN. Physical Configure > Console > Physical To display interface information for a console port from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Physical from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: RS232 Port Speed (sysBaudRate) Baud rate in bits per second of the RS232 field. The possible values are 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, and 38400. Modem (sysEnableModem) Whether the RS-232 port modem control lines are enabled or disabled. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Token Ring Port > Configure > Token Ring To display or change information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Token Ring from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Result of Last Enter Ring (dot5RingOpenStatus) Status of the port the last time it attempted to enter the ring. Possible values are open and failure. Error Report (dot5RingStatus) Status of the ring to which this port is connected. Possible status values include normal, single, or beaconing. Open/Close Info (dot5RingState) Current interface state with respect to entering or leaving the ring. Possible values are opened, closed, opening, closing, open failure, and ring failure. Speed (dot5RingSpeed) Speed of the ring to which this port is connected. Possible values are 4 Mbps and 16 Mbps. Upstream Neighbor MAC Addr (dot5UpStream) MAC address of the nearest active upstream neighbor. Active Monitor (dot5ActMonParticipate) Whether this port will participate in the active monitor selection process. Time Last Beacon Sent (dot5LastBeaconSent) Date and time a beacon frame was last transmitted on this interface. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Spanning Tree Port > Configure > Spanning Tree To display or change spanning tree information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Spanning Tree from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Priority (dot1dStpPortPriority) Number that indicates the priority of the port. Possible values are 0 through 255. State (dot1dStpPortState) Current state of the port. The possible values are disabled, blocking, listening, learning, forwarding, or broken. Cost (dot1dStpPortPathCost) Contribution to the cost of paths through this port leading to the root. Possible values are 1 through 65535. Designated Root (dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot) Unique identifier of the root in the bridge protocol data units transmitted by the designated bridge for this port's segment. Designated Cost (dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost) Path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. Designated Bridge (dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge) Identifier of the bridge that this port considers to be designated for this port&#146;s segment. Designated Port (dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort) Identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Switching Port > Configure > Switching To display or change switching information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Switching from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Port Mode (tokenRingPortMode) Operating mode to be used at the next reset of the port. Possible values are auto, full-duplex-concentrator, full-duplex-station, half-duplex-concentrator, half-duplex-station, ringin-ringout, and passive. The default is auto. Only full-duplex and half-duplex modes can be automatically detected. You cannot specify an operating mode of passive or unknown. The passive mode is displayed if the port has been selected as a passive monitoring port. Token Ring AC-bits (tokenRingPortSetACbits) Whether the address recognized (A) bit and the frame copied (C) bit should be set unconditionally when a port forwards certain logical link control frames. Possible values are enabled and disabled. The default is disabled. If this parameter is set to disabled, the setting of these bits will be set based upon the frame type. Early Token Release (tokenRingPortEarlyTokenRel) Whether the MAC of individual ports can release the token that they hold, even before the frame that they sent out on the ring cycles back to them. Possible values are enabled or disabled. Highest Frame Priority (tokenRingPortPriorityThresh) Highest Token Ring frame priority in the Frame Control field of the frame that the switch should place in the low-priority transmit queue. Possible values are 0 through 7. The default is 3. Minimum Transmit Token Priority (tokenRingPortPriorityMinXmit) Minimum reservation priority used when requesting a token on a busy ring. Possible values are 0 through 6. The default is 4. Config Loss Threshold (tokenRingPortCfgLossThresh) Value used to control the number of configuration losses that can occur within the configuration loss sampling interval. Configuration loss occurs when a port completes a connection, allows data traffic to flow, and subsequently closes. When the threshold is exceeded, the port is disabled and must be enabled via this panel or an SNMP manager. Possible values are 1 through 100. The default is 8. Config Loss Sampling Interval (tokenRingPortCfgLossInterval) Sampling period (in minutes) during which the number of configuration losses is measured. Possible values are 1 through 60. The default is 10. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Source Routing Port > Configure > Source Routing To display or change Source Routing information for a Token Ring port, from the CiscoView Configure Port window, select Source Routing from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Configure Port window displays the following information: Hop Count (dot1dSrPortHopCount) Maximum number of routing descriptors allowed in explorer frames. Possible values are 1 through 14. The default is 7. Local Segment (dot1dSrPortLocalSegment) Number that uniquely identifies the segment to which this port is connected. Current source routing protocols limit this value to between 0 and 4095. (Zero is used by some management applications for special test cases.) The value 65535 signifies that no segment number is assigned to this port. Bridge Number (dot1dSrPortBridgeNum) Number that uniquely identifies a bridge when more than one bridge is used to span the same two segments. Current source-routing protocols limit this value to between 0 and 15. A value of 65535 signifies that no bridge number is assigned to this bridge. Largest Frame (dot1dSrPortLargestFrame) Maximum size of the INFO field (Logical Link Control (LLC) and above) that this port can send or receive. It does not include any MAC-level (framing) octets. STE Span Mode (dot1dSrPortSTESpanMode) Action the port will perform when presented with an STE frame. The following values can be set for STE Span Mode: disabled&#151;When you set STE Span Mode to disabled, the port will not accept or send STE packets. Any STE packets received will be silently discarded. forced&#151;When you set STE Span Mode to forced, the port will always accept and propagate STE frames. This allows a manually configured spanning tree to be configured for this class of packet. Note that unlike transparent bridging, this is not catastrophic to the network if there are loops. auto-span&#151;The auto-span value can be returned only by a bridge that implements the Spanning -Tree Protocol and has use of the protocol enabled on this port. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. VTP Pruning Port > Configure > VTP Pruning The VTP Pruning dialog box displays VTP information for this port, if it is configured as a VLAN trunk port. Desired VLAN Encapsulation Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType) Type of VLAN encapsulation to use on this trunk port: ISL, 802.10, LANE, 802.1Q, or negotiate (which means that the protocol is not predetermined and the software will negotiate the encapsulation type). VTP Management Domain Index (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationOperType) Index value assigned to this management domain. VTP Join Messages Received (vlanTrunkPortInJoins) Number of VTP join messages received on this trunk port. VTP Join Messages Transmitted (vlanTrunkPortOutJoins) Number of VTP join messages sent on this trunk port. Unsupported VTP Messages Received (vlanTrunkPortOldAdverts) Number of VTP advertisement messages received on this port indicating that the sender does not support VLAN pruning. Pruning Eligible VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansPruningEligible) VLANs in this management domain that are eligible for pruning. Accepted values are 2 through 1,000. Allowed VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansEnabled) VLANs in this management domain that are enabled. On Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, accepted values are 1 through 1,005 and 1,025 through 4,094. Pruning Requested VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansXmitJoined) VLANs in this management domain that are being forwarded (not pruned) on this trunk port. Values range from 1 through 1,005. Active VLANs (vlanTrunkPortVlansRcvJoined) VLANs in this management domain that are sending joins on this trunk port. Values range from 1 through 1,005. Trunking Administrative Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicState) The administrative state of the trunk port (defined during EtherChannel configuration): On, Off, Desirable, Auto, or Negotiate. Trunking Operational Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) The current operational status of the trunk port: trunking or not trunking. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Protocol Filtering Port > Configure > Protocol Filtering Use the Protocol Filtering dialog box to configure a filter for the selected port based on protocol type. There are three protocol types that the user can filter out: IP, IPX, and grpProtocols. Protocol to be Filtered (cseProtocolFilterPortProtocol) The protocol to be filtered for the selected port. Filter Admin Status (cseProtocolFilterPortAdminStatus) Indicates the administrative status of protocol membership of the port: on (1), off (2), or auto (3). Filter Operational Status (cseProtocolFilterPortOperStatus) Indicates the status of protocol filtering for the selected port: on (1), off (2), or notSupported (3). Click Apply to make your changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. # cvcat_conf_port_vlanmembership$ Port VLAN MembershipK Port VLAN Membership+ CVCAT The type of VLAN membership configuration; static or dynamic. The current status of the VLAN port: inactive, active, or shutdown. The port VLAN number. EtherChannel PAgP Port > Configure > EtherChannel > PAgP Use this feature to display information about the PagP (Port Aggregate Protocol) for the EtherChannel ports configured on the device. Those ports with a setting of off(1) or manual(2) in pagpEthcOperationMode will not have information displayed in this category. Operation Mode (pagpOperationMode) The operational mode of the Port Aggregation Portocol (PAgP) for this interface. PAgP State (pagpPortState) The state of the Port Aggregation Portocol (PAgP) for this interface. Last Changed On (pagpLastStateChanged) The time at which the pagpPortState last changed. Time-Out Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) The time-out frequency for the PagP packet measured as either fast (1) or slow (2). When the time-out frequency is fast (1), then this device uses a 3.5 second timer to time-out receipt of a PagP packet. When the time-out frequency is slow (2), then this device uses a 105-second timer. Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) The name of the method used on this interface&#146;s aggregation-port (agport) to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. The typical names are &#145;Source MAC address,&#146; &#145;Source and Destination Mac addresses,&#146; or &#145;IP Flow: Source, Destination, Protocol type.&#146; Number of Neighbors (pagpPartnerCount) The number of other devices known to be transmitting PagP packets to this device on this physical interface. Neighbor&#146;s MAC Address (pagpPartnerDeviceId) MAC address of the neighbor. Neighbor&#146;s Learning Method (pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpLearnMethod object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpPortPriority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pgapPortPriority object. Neighbor&#146;s ifIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) The value of the neighbor&#146;s ifIndex object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpOperGroupCapability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpOperGroupCapability object. Neighbor&#146;s pagpGroupIfIndex (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) The value of the neighbor&#146;s pagpGroupIfIndex object. Neighbor&#146;s sysName (pagpPartnerDeviceName) The value of the neighbor&#146;s sysName object. Neighbor&#146;s ifName (pagpPartnerPortName) The value of the neighbor&#146;s ifName object. Agport&#146;s MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The MAC Address obtained from the pAgP packet last received on this interface. Click Apply to make your changes take effect, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. UDLDP Port > Configure > UDLDP This feature can be used to detect unidirectional links for devices that are incorrectly connected by uncoupled fiber strands. UDLDP Enable (cudldpInterfaceEnable) Use cudldpInterfaceEnable to set UDLDP enable to true or false. If cudldpGlobalEnable is set to false, then this variable has no effect. UDLDP Status (cudldpInterfaceOperStatus) UDLDP indicates the status of the link: Shutdown &#150; An Uni-Direction link has been detected and the port has been disabled. Indeterminant &#150; Uni-Direction Link Detection protocol has not collected enough information to determine if the link is bidirectional or not. Bidirectional &#150; A bidirectional link has been detected. Not-applicable &#150; Uni-Direction Link Detection Protocol is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_cvc00091.htm TITLE=Physical TEXT=Physical Port > Configure Use the CiscoView Configure Port window to display some or all of the following information, depending upon the type of port selected: Descriptor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Index value for the physical entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational status of the port. There are seven possible values: up(1) —The interface is ready to transmit and receive network traffic. down(2) —The interface is unable to transmit and receive network traffic. testing(3) —The interface is in test mode. unknown(4) —The status of the interface cannot be determined at the moment. dormant(5) —The interface is waiting for external actions (such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection). notPresent(6) —The interface is missing components (typically hardware). lowerLayerDown(7) —The interface is down due to the current state of a lower-layer interface. Port Speed and Duplex (Port Speed and Duplex) Port's current operational speed (in megabits per second) and duplex mode. The port's operational speed is determined by the combination of values set for ifMauDefaultType, ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus, and ifMauAutoNegCapAdvertisedBits. There are eight possible values: The value for this object is autodetect(1) when ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to		 enabled (1) . The value for this object is 10 Mbps-Half Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType10BaseTHD The value for this object is 10 Mbps-Full Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType10BaseTFD The value for this object is 100 Mbps-Half Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType100BaseTXHD The value for this object is 100 Mbps-Full Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType100BaseTXFD The value for this object is 1 Gbps-Half Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType1000BaseXHD The value for this object is 1 Gbps-full Duplex when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType1000BaseXFD The value for this object is 10 Gbps when: ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus is set to disabled(2) ifMauDefaultType is set to dot3MauType10GigBaseX VLAN Number (vmVlan) ID of the VLAN this port is assigned to when vmVlanType is set to either static or dynamic . Note the following: The value of this object is zero when the port is not assigned to a VLAN If vmVlanType is set to static , the port is always assigned to a VLAN and this object may not be set to zero. VLAN Type (vmVlanType) The type of VLAN membership assigned to this port. A port with static VLAN membership is assigned to a single VLAN directly. A port with dynamic membership is assigned to a single VLAN based on the content of packets received on the port and via VQP queries to VMPS. A port with multi-VLAN membership may be assigned to one or more VLANs directly. Admin Mode (cL2L3IfModeAdmin) The administratively desired interface mode routed switchport VLAN Port Operational Status (vmPortStatus) An indication of the current VLAN status of the port. Inactive(1) :indicates that a dynamic port does not yet have a VLAN assigned, or a port is assigned to a VLAN that is currently not active. Active(2) :indicates that the currently assigned VLAN is active. Shutdown(3) :indicates that the port has been disabled as a result of VQP shutdown response. Voice Virtual VLAN ID (vlanPortAuxiliaryVlan) The Voice Virtual ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Note : Voice Virtual VLAN ID applies only when there is a phone card present. Valid MIB object settings (0, 1...1000, 1025...4094, 4095, 4096): 0, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 0 N (1...1000), the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with N N (1025...4094), the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with N [This feature is only supported for the Cat6000 with software image 6.1 or later] 4095, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would contain Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095 4096, the CDP packets transmitting through this port would not include Appliance VLAN-ID TLV Port Jumbo Frame Status (portJumboFrameEnable) Indicates the jumbo frame status of the port. When this object is enabled, the port supports frame sizes greater than the standard Ethernet frame size of 1,518 bytes. Dot 1Q Tunnel (cltcDot1qTunnelMode) Indicates whether dot1q tunnel mode is enabled on the interface. This object cannot be enabled when vlanTrunkPortsDot1qTag is set to false . Secondary VLAN (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN configured on this private port. Loop Guard (stpxLoopGuardConfigEnabled) Indicates whether the LoopGuard capability on this port is enabled or not. Note : LoopGuard cannot be enabled if Root Guard/STP Fast Start Mode is enabled. LoopGuard is valid for bridge ports only. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. For information on how to read the LEDs on devices that support Virtual Switch functionality, click here .
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_cvc00124.htm TITLE=Monitoring Device Performance TEXT=Monitoring Device Performance You can display a summary of device performance information or display the following categories of device performance information. To display device performance information, select Device from the Monitor menu, or display the popup menu for the device by single-clicking on the device display. Then choose Monitor from the device popup menu. See Also: Monitoring Device Performance for a Catalyst 6000 series . Summary Displays a summary of device performance information. CPU Utilization Displays CPU Utilization information for three different time periods. IP Displays IP performance information for the device. ICMP Traffic 1 and ICMPTraffic 2 Displays ICMP information for the device. IGMP Interfaces Monitors interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. TCP Displays TCP connection and traffic information for the device. SNMP Traffic Monitors SNMP traffic on the device. Spanning Tree Displays Uplink Fast Convergence and Backbone Fast Convergence transition activity for a 6000-series device. STP UplinkFast Conversion Monitors UplinkFast transition activity for the device. Memory Pool Utilization Displays information about different types of memory pools in a device. Process Utilization Use this feature to display statistics information for the selected running process. Switching Bus Traffic Displays traffic meter information for the device. Power Monitors the amount of power available and consumed by various components in the device. Environment Temperature Monitors the temperature of various device components. Summary Device > Monitor > Summary To display a summary of device performance information, select Summary from the CATEGORY popup menu, if it is not already selected. Note: For information on how to read the LEDs on devices that support Virtual Switch functionality, click here . The following information is displayed: IP Traffic (ipInReceives + ipOutRequests + ipForwDatagrams) IP traffic pattern for the device. The value below the display represents the current traffic level. IP traffic is measured as the sum of the following MIB variables: IP Errors Summary of IP errors for the specified device. The number of errors is based on the sum of the following MIB variables: ipInHdrErrors + ipInAddrErrors + ipInUnknownProtos + ipInDiscards + ipOutDiscards + ipOutNoRoutes + ipReasmFails + ipFragFails + ipRoutingDiscards ICMP Traffic (icmpInMsgs + icmpOutMsgs) Summary of ICMP traffic for the specified device. ICMP Errors (icmpInErrors + icmpOutErrors) Summary of ICMP errors for the specified device. UDP Traffic (udpInDatagrams + udpOutDatagrams) Summary of the UDP traffic trends on the specific device. UDP Errors (udpInErrors + udpNoPorts) Pattern and current value of UDP errors. TCP Traffic (tcpInSegs + tcpOutSegs + tcpRetransSegs) Summary of TCP traffic for the device. TCP Errors (tcpInErrs) Pattern and current value of TCP errors. SNMP Traffic (snmpInPkts + snmpOutPkts) Pattern and current level of SNMP traffic. SNMP Errors Pattern and current value of SNMP errors. The summary is a combination of the following MIB variables: snmpInBadVersions + snmpInBadCommunityNames + snmpInBadCommunityUses + snmpInASNParseErrs + snmpInTooBigs + snmpOutTooBigs + snmpInNoSuchNames + snmpOutNoSuchNames + snmpInBadValues + snmpOutBadValues + snmpInReadOnlys + snmpInGenErrs + snmpOutGenErrs To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/DifferentialValues Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. CPU Utilization Device > Monitor > CPU Utilization Use this feature to display CPU Utilization information over three different time periods. CPU Utilization % (5 sec) : (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Utilization % (1 min) : (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Utilization % (5 min) : (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. IP Device > Monitor > IP To display performance information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select IP . The following information is displayed: IP ReassembleRequest (ipReasmReqds) Number of received IP fragments that need to be reassembled. In Delivers (ipInDelivers) Number of IP datagrams delivered to local protocols. Fragments Create d (ipFragCreates) Number of IP datagram fragments created. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. ICMP Traffic 1 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 1 The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. From this dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on this device. The following information is displayed: In Source Quench (icmpInSrcQuenchs) The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received. Out Source Quench (icmpOutSrcQuenches) The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent. In Redirect (icmpInRedirects) Trend in the number of ICMP Redirect Messages. A host should update its routing table based on the Redirect information. Out Redirect (icmpOutRedirects) Pattern in the number of Redirect Messages sent by a router. A host does not send Redirect messages. In Echo Request (icmpInEchos) Pattern in the number of incoming ICMP Echo Request messages. Out Echo Request (icmpOutEchos) Pattern and latest number of outgoing ICMP Echo Request messages. In Echo Reply (icmpInEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. Out Echo Reply (icmpOutEchoReps) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. In Timestamp Request (icmpInTimestamps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received. Out Timestamp Request (icmpOutTimestamps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent. In Timestamp Reply (icmpInTimestampReps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. Out Timestamp Reply (icmpOutTimestampReps) The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. ICMP Traffic 2 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 2 The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. From this dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on this device. The following information is displayed: In Address Mask Request (icmpInAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Requests received. Out Address Mask Request (icmpOutAddrMasks) Pattern and latest number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. In Address Mask Reply (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply received messages. Out AddressMask Reply (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. In Parameter Problem (icmpInParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Parameter Problem messages. These messages usually relate to problems in optional IP header fields. Out ParameterProblem (icmpOutParmProbs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP messages sent to report a parameter problem. In DestinationUnreach able (icmpInDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Destination Unreachable Messages. Out DestinationUnreach able (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report unreachable destinations. In Time Exceeded (icmpInTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of incoming ICMP Time Exceeded messages. These signal expired Time-To-Lives and timeouts on reassembly of fragments. Out Time Exceeded (icmpOutTimeExcds) Pattern and latest number of ICMP messages sent to report Time Exceeded. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. TCP Device > Monitor > TCP The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is an essential part of IP. When the IP protocol runs into a problem delivering a datagram, an ICMP message is sent back to the source. The CiscoView Monitor Device window displays information about incoming and outgoing ICMP messages. Two categories of TCP information are monitored in the CiscoView Monitor Device window: information about connection statistics and information about traffic. Connection statistics count the outgoing and incoming connection attempts. TCP traffic counts indicate the network health of the host. For example, a large number of retransmissions indicates a problem. To display TCP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select TCP from the CATEGORY popup menu. The CiscoView Monitor device window displays the following information: Active Open (tcpActiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of outgoing connection requests from this system. Passive Open (tcpPassiveOpens) Pattern and latest number of incoming connection requests from this system. The latest number is the number of connections that occurred during the last polling interval. Attempt Fail (tcpAttemptFails) Number of incoming and outgoing connection requests. Close (tcpEstabResets) Number of times the TCP connections have changed from the ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state to the CLOSED state. Current Established (tcpCurrEstab) Pattern for and latest number of TCP connections that are in either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state. Note: This field displays an absolutevalue . Out Reset (tcpOutRsts) Pattern for and number of TCP segments with the reset flag (RST) set to 1. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/DifferentialValues Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. SNMP Traffic Device > Monitor > SNMP Traffic CiscoView allows you to monitor SNMP traffic activity. The overall traffic and each of the SNMP message types (get-request, get-next-request, set-request, get-response, and trap) are monitored. Monitoring this activity can help you determine the SNMP performance of your management station, for example, if too many MIB variables are being requested. To display SNMP information for a device, from the CiscoView Monitor Device window, select SNMP Traffic from the CATEGORY popup menu. The following information is displayed: Total In GetRequest (snmpInTotalReqVars) Pattern for and latest total of local MIB objects that have been retrieved successfully as a result of incoming get-request and get-next-request messages. Total In SetRequest (snmpInTotalSetVars) Pattern and latest total of local MIB objects that have been updated successfully as a result of incoming set-requests. In Get Re quest (snmpInGetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming get-request messages that have been accepted and processed. Out Get Re quest (snmpOutGetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-request messages generated. In GetNext Re quest (snmpInGetNexts) Pattern and current number of incoming get-next-request messages that have been accepted and processed. Out GetNext Re quest (snmpOutGetNexts) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-next requests generated. In Set Re quest (snmpInSetRequests) Pattern and current number of incoming set-request messages generated. Out Set Re quest (snmpOutSetRequests) Pattern and current number of outgoing set-request messages generated. In Get Response (snmpInGetResponses) Pattern and current number of incoming get-response messages accepted and processed. Out Get Response (snmpOutGetResponses) Pattern and current number of outgoing get-responses generated. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Pattern and current number of incoming traps accepted and processed. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Pattern and current number of outgoing traps generated. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Absolute/Differential Values Explained The fields in monitor dialog boxes display either absolute or differentialvalues: An absolute value indicates the value recorded for a monitor object at a specific polling time. A differential value is determined by subtracting the value recorded for a monitor object at the previous polling interval from the value recorded at the current polling interval. Unless otherwise noted, the fields in this dialog box displaydifferential values. STP UplinkFast Conversion Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree Use this option to do display UplinkFast Conversion/Convergence activity for a device. The following information is displayed: Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Cumulative number of UplinkFast transitions recorded on the device. An UplinkFast transition goes directly from the STP Blocking state to the STP Forwarding state. Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) Cumulative number of station-learning frames generated on the device due to UplinkFast transitions. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Process Utilization Device > Monitor > Process Utilization Use this feature to display statistics for the selected running process. Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Numeric identifier assigned to a runningprocess. Process Name (cpmProcessName) Name assigned to a running process. Process Priority (cpmProcessExtPriorityRev) Indicates the priority level of a runningprocess. With a running process selected, click Monitor and a new dialog box is opened. The following information is displayed: Allocated Memory (cpmProcExtMemAllocated) The sum of all the dynamically allocated memory that this process has received from the system. This includes memory that may have been returned. The sum of freed memory is provided by cpmProcExtMemFreed. Freed Memory (cpmProcExtMemFreed ) The sum of all memory that this process has returned to the system. # of Invocations (cpmProcExtInvoked) The number of times since cpmProcessTimeCreated that the process has been invoked. CPU Time (cpmProcExtRuntime) The amount of CPU time the process has used, in microseconds. Utilization (5 sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5sec) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 5 -econd period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. Utilization (1 min) : (cpmProcExtUtil1Min) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 1 minute period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. Utilization (5 min) : (cpmProcExtUtil5Min) This object provides a general idea of how busy a process caused the processor to be over a 5 minute period. It is determined as a weighted decaying average of the current idle time over the longest idle time. Note that this information should be used as an estimate only. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Switching Bus Traffic Device > Monitor > Switching Bus Traffic Use this option to display traffic meter information for the device. Supervisor Module (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for supervisor module WS-X5530; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus A (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus A; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus B (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus B; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. Bus C (sysTrafficMeter) Traffic meter value for Bus C; the percentage of bandwidth utilization for the previous polling interval. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> Memory Pool Utilization Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization Use the Memory Pool Utilization options to monitor information about different types of memory pools in a device. DRAM Flash NVRAM MBUF Cluster Memory MALLOC DRAM Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > DRAM From this dialog box, you can monitor DRAMmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Flash Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > Flash From this dialog box, you can monitor Flashmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. NVRAM Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > NVRAM From this dialog box, you can monitor NVRAMmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. MBUF Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > MBUF From this dialog box, you can monitor MBUFmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Cluster Memory Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > Cluster Memory From this dialog box, you can monitor ClusterMemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. MALLOC Device > Monitor > Memory Pool Utilization > MALLOC From this dialog box, you can monitor MALLOCmemory utilization. Memory Pool Utilization (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory utilization indicates the amount of memory used. Note: Devices running Catalyst OS version7.1.1 or later display the following three fields instead. Memory Pool Utilization (1 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization1Min) Memory pool utilization for 1 minute. Memory Pool Utilization (5 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization5Min) Memory pool utilization for 5 minutes. Memory Pool Utilization (10 Min) : (ciscoMemoryPoolUtilization10Min) Memory pool utilization for 10 minutes. To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/ Stop to begin/enddevice monitoring. Click Cancel to close the dialog box.Click Print to print the contents ofthe dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Note: TheStart/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}--> }}-->
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_Cvc00186.htm TITLE=Displaying Power Supply Information TEXT=Displaying Power Supply Information To display configuration information for a Catalyst 4000, 5000, 5500, or 6000 power supply,right-click the power supply and then select Configure > Physical . The following information is displayed: Descript or (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the power supply entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the power supply entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the power supply entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object should be the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and be suitable for use in commands entered at the console of the device. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Indicates the index of this power supply entity. Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Vendor-specific hardware type of the power supply entity. Serial Number (entPhysicalSerialNum) Serial number of the card or module (for example, 900000023). Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The vendor-specific model name associated with this card or module. Field Replaceable Unit (entPhysicalIsFRU) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that this power supply entity is considered a field replaceable unit (FRU) by the vendor. For all entPhysicalEntries that represent components permanently contained within a FRU, the value false should be returned for this object. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_led_overview.htm TITLE=Virtual Switch   LED Legend TEXT=Virtual Switch LED Legend LEDs indicate both a card’s operational status and a port’s link status. CiscoView uses CISCO-ENTITY-DISPLAY-MIB to generate the LED colors displayed in a chassis view. What these LEDs display is determined by the following two objects: ceDisplayState Indicates the current display state for an LED. There are four possible values for this object: unknown(1) off(2) on(3) blinking(4) When the value is set to either on(3) or blinking(4) , the LED displays the color specified by its ceDisplayColor value. ceDisplayColor Indicates the color currently displayed by an LED. The card/port state that corresponds to a particular color is device-specific. There a seven possible values for this object: unknown(1) —Typically, the agent would set this value only for an alphanumeric LED (i.e., an LED with a ceDisplayType value of alphanumeric ). white(2) red(3) green(4) yellow(5) amber(6) blue(7) Related Topics Virtual Switch Overview Virtual Switch Navigation Hardware and Software Requirements for Virtual Switch Support
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_navigation.htm TITLE=Virtual Switch Navigation TEXT=Virtual Switch Navigation Within the Virtual Switch, one chassis is designated as the active chassis and the other is designated as the standby chassis. CiscoView indicates a chassis' current status in the top left-hand corner of its view, as illustrated in the following screenshot. To select which chassis you want to manage: Right-click the chassis view of a device to bring up the device-level context menu. Select the appropriate chassis view. You have six options: Active Front View Active Rear View Standby Front View Standby Rear View Dual Front View Dual Rear View From this point, you would proceed as you would normally to manage a device within CiscoView. Related Topics Virtual Switch Overview Hardware and Software Requirements for Virtual Switch Support Virtual Switch LED Legend
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_overview.htm TITLE=Virtual Switch Overview TEXT=Virtual Switch Overview Virtual switch functionality enables a network administrator to take two switches from the local distribution layer and combine them virtually so that they can be managed from one point/IP address. The virtual switch will look and act as a single device to both the wiring closet and the core layer. After the wiring closet switch recognizes the two connected switches as a single device, it can create a port bundle to the virtual switch. This simplifies management because the wiring closet switch only has to deal with the lone virtual port (the uplink bundle) connected to the virtual switch. Related Topics Virtual Switch Navigation Hardware and Software Requirements for Virtual Switch Support Virtual Switch LED Legend
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_power_status.htm TITLE=Power Supply Status TEXT=Power Supply Status To view the status of a Catalyst 4000, 5000, 5500, or 6000 power supply,right-click the power supply and then select Configure > Power Status . The following information is displayed: Admin Status (cefcFRUPowerAdminStatus) Desired administrative field replaceable unit (FRU) power state. Oper Status (cefcFRUPowerOperStatus) Operational FRU power state. Current Supplied (cefcFRUCurrent) Current supplied by the FRU (positive values).
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/vs_supported_hardware.htm TITLE=Hardware and Software Requirements for Virtual Switch Support TEXT=Hardware and Software Requirements for Virtual Switch Support The following page lists the switches, line cards, and Cisco IOS software support Virtual Switch functionality. Supported Switches WS-C6506 WS-C6504-E WS-C6509 WS-C6506-E WS-C6513 WS-C6509-E WS-C6503-E WS-C6509-NEB-A Supported Line Cards WS-S720-10G-3C WS-X6748-GE-TX* WS-S720-10G-3CXL WS-SVC-NAM-2 WS-X6708-10G-3C WS-X6724-SFP* WS-X6708-10G-3CXL WS-X6748-SFP* WS-X6704-10GE* * These line cards will only operate in Virtual Switch mode if either a DFC3C or DFC3C-XL module is installed. Supported Software Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2(99)SXH Related Topics Virtual Switch Overview Virtual Switch Navigation Virtual Switch LED Legend
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/VTP_Management_Domain.htm TITLE=VTP Management Domain TEXT=VTP Management Domain Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > VLAN & Bridge > Local Mgmt Domain > VTP Management Domain . The VTP Management Domain dialog box displays the following information: Working Mode of Local System (ManagementDomainLocalMode) Indicates whether the local system is acting as a VTP client or VTP server in this management domain. When the value of this object is transparent , it indicates that a device cannot support VTP for this domain. Current Version of VTP in use (ManagementDomainVersionInUse) Version number of the current VTP management domain.
PATH=/ciscoview/cvcat/Weighted_Round_Robin_WRR.htm TITLE=Weighted Round Robin (WRR) TEXT=Weighted Round Robin (WRR) Configuration > Output Scheduling > WRR Weighted Round Robin (WRR) uses weight value to decide how much to transmit from one queue before switching to another. The higher the weight assigned to a queue, the more transmit bandwidth allocated to it. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Direction (caqQueueDirection) Queue Type (caqQueueType) Queue Number (caqQueueNumber) WRR Weight (caqQueueWrrWeight) Buffer Size Ratio (%) (caqQueueBufferSizeRatio) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Direction (caqQueueDirection) Indicates whether this row's queue parameters are to be applied for ingress (incoming) or egress (outgoing) traffic. Queue Type (caqQueueType) Indicates queue type. Queue Number (caqQueueNumber) Indicates queue number. WRR Weight (caqQueueWrrWeight) Allows you to configure the weight for the specified queue type and direction. Buffer Size Ratio (%) (caqQueueBufferSizeRatio) Indicates the percentage of ingress or egress packet buffer memory allocated to the specified queue.
